Book of Mormon - 1830
With Modern Chapter Breaks
- <file>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne1</bookName>
<text>I, Nephi, having been born of goodly parents,
therefore I was taught somewhat in all the learning of my father; and having
seen many afflictions in the course of my days --nevertheless, having been
highly favored of the Lord in all my days; yea, having had a great knowledge of
the goodness and the mysteries of God, therefore I make a record of my
proceedings in my days; yea, I make a record in the language of my father,
which consists of the learning of the Jews and the language of the Egyptians.
And I know that the record which I make, to be true; and I make it with mine
own hand; and I make it according to my knowledge. For it came to pass in the
commencement of the first year of the reign of Zedekiah, king of Judah, (my
father Lehi having dwelt at Jerusalem in all his days;) and in that same year
there came many prophets, prophesying unto the people, that they must repent,
or the great city Jerusalem must be destroyed. Wherefore it came to pass, that
my father Lehi, as he went forth, prayed unto the Lord, yea, even with all his
heart, in behalf of his people. And it came to pass, as he prayed unto the
Lord, there came a pillar of fire and dwelt upon a rock before him; and he saw
and heard, he did quake and tremble exceedingly. And it came to pass that he
returned to his own house at Jerusalem; and he cast himself upon his bed, being
overcome with the spirit and the things which he had seen; and being thus
overcome with the spirit, he was carried away in a vision, even that he saw the
Heavens open; and he thought he saw God sitting upon his throne, surrounded
with numberless concourses of angels in the attitude of singing and praising
their God. And it came to pass that he saw one descending out of the midst of
Heaven, and he beheld that his lustre was above that of the sun at noon-day;
and he also saw twelve others following him, and their brightness did exceed
that of the stars in the firmament; and they came down and went forth upon the
face of the earth; and the first came and stood before my father, and gave unto
him a Book, and bade him that he should read. And it came to pass as he read,
he was filled with the spirit of the Lord, and he read saying, Wo, wo unto
Jerusalem! for I have seen thine abominations; yea, and many things did my
father read concerning Jerusalem --that it should be destroyed, and the
inhabitants thereof, many should perish by the sword, and many should be
carried away captive into Babylon. And it came to pass that when my father had
read and saw many great and marvellous things, he did exclaim many things unto
the Lord; such as, Great and marvellous are thy works, O Lord God Almighty! Thy
throne is high in the Heavens, and the power and goodness, and mercy is over
all the inhabitants of the earth; and because thou art merciful, thou wilt not
suffer those who come unto thee that they shall perish! And after this manner
was the language of my father in the praising of his God; for his soul did
rejoice, and his whole heart was filled, because of the things which he had
seen; yea, which the Lord had shewn unto him. And now I, Nephi, do not make a
full account of the things which my father hath written, for he hath written
many things which he saw in visions and in dreams; and he also hath written
many things which he prophesied and spake unto his children, of which I shall
not make a full account; but I will make an account of my proceedings in my
days --Behold I make an abridgement of the record of my father, upon plates
which I have made with mine own hands; wherefore, after that I have abridged
the record of my father, then will I make an account of mine own life.
Therefore, I would that ye should know that after the Lord had shewn marvellous
things unto my father Lehi, yea, concerning the destruction of Jerusalem,
behold he went forth among the people and began to prophesy and to declare unto
them concerning the things which he had both seen and heard. And it came to
pass that the Jews did not mock him because of the things which he testified of
them; for he truly testified of their wickedness and their abominations; and he
testified that the things which he saw and heard, and also the things which he
read in the Book, manifested plainly of the coming of a Messiah, and also the
redemption of the world. And when the Jews heard these things, they were angry
with him; yea, even as with the prophets of old, whom they had cast out and
stoned and slain; and they also sought his life, that they might take it away.
But behold, I, Nephi will shew unto you that the tender mercies of the Lord is
over all them whom he hath chosen, because of their faith, to make them mighty
even unto the power of deliverance.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne2</bookName>
<text>For behold it came to pass that the Lord spake
unto my father., yea, even in a dream, and sayeth unto him, Blessed art thou
Lehi, because of the things which thou hast done; and because thou hast been
faithful and declared unto this people the things which I commanded thee,
behold they seek to take away thy life. And it came to pass that the Lord
commanded my father even in a dream, that he should take his family and depart
into the wilderness. And it came to pass that he was obedient unto the word of
the Lord, wherefore he did as the Lord commanded him. And it came to pass that
he departed into the wilderness. --And he left his house, and the land of his
inheritance, and his gold, and his silver, and his precious things, and took
nothing with him save it were his family, and provisions, and tents, and he
departed into the wilderness; and he came down by the borders near the shore of
the Red Sea; and he travelled in the wilderness, in the borders, which was
nearer the Red Sea; and he did travel in the wilderness with his family, which
consisted of my mother, Sariah, and my elder brothers, which were Laman, Lemuel
and Sam. And it came to pass that when he had travelled three days in the
wilderness, he pitched his tent in a valley beside a river of water. And it
came to pass that he built an altar of stones, and he made an offering unto the
Lord, and gave thanks unto the Lord our God. And it came to pass that he called
the name of the river Laman, and it emptied into the Red Sea; and the valley
was in the borders near the mouth thereof. And when my father saw that the
waters of the river emptied into the fountain of the Red Sea, he spake unto
Laman, saying: O that thou mightest be like unto this river, continually
running into the fountain of all righteousness. And he also spake unto Lemuel:
O that thou mightest be like unto this valley, firm, and steadfast, and
immoveable in keeping the commandments of the Lord. Now this he spake because
of the stiffneckedness of Laman and Lemuel; for behold; they did murmur in many
things against their father, because that he was a visionary man, and that he
had led them out of the land of Jerusalem, to leave the land of their
inheritance, and their gold, and their silver, and their precious things, and
to perish in the wilderness. And this they said he had done because of the
foolish imaginations of his heart. And thus Laman and Lemuel, being the eldest,
did murmur against their father. --And they did murmur because they knew not
the dealings of that God who had created them. Neither did they believe that
Jerusalem, that great city, could be destroyed according to the words of the
prophets. And they were like unto the Jews, which were at Jerusalem, which
sought to take away the life of my father. And it came to pass that my father
did speak unto them in the valley of Lemuel, with power, being filled with the
spirit, until their frames did shake before him. And he did confound them, that
they durst not utter against him; wherefore they did do as he commanded them.
And my father dwelt in a tent. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, being
exceeding young, nevertheless being large in stature, and also having great
desires to know of the mysteries of God, wherefore I did cry unto the Lord; and
behold he did visit me, and did soften my heart that I did believe all the
words which had been spoken by my father; wherefore I did not rebel against him
like unto my brothers. And I spake unto Sam, making known unto him the things
which the Lord had manifested unto me by his Holy Spirit. And it came to pass
that he believed in my words; but behold Laman and Lemuel would not hearken
unto my words: And being grieved because of the hardness of their hearts, I
cried unto the Lord for them. And it came to pass that the Lord spake unto me,
saying: Blessed art thou, Nephi, because of thy faith, for thou hast sought me
diligently, with lowiness of heart. And inasmuch as ye shall keep my
commandments, ye shall prosper, and shall be led to a land of promise; yea,
even a land which I have prepared for you; yea, a land which is choice above
all other lands. And inasmuch as thy brethren shall rebel against thee, they
shall be cut off from the presence of the Lord. And inasmuch as thou shalt keep
my commandments, thou shalt be made a ruler and a teacher over thy brethren.
For behold, in that day that they shall rebel against me. I will curse them
even with a sore curse, and they shall have no power over thy seed, except they
shall rebel against me also. And if it so be that they rebel against me, they
shall be a scourge unto thy seed, to stir them up in the way of remembrance.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne3</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that I, Nephi, returned
from speaking with the Lord, to the tent of my father. And it came to pass that
he spake unto me, saying: Behold I have dreamed a dream, in the which the Lord
hath commanded me that thou and thy brethren shall return to Jerusalem. For
behold, Laban hath the record of the Jews, and also a genealogy of my
forefathers, and they are engraven upon the plates of brass. Wherefore the Lord
hath commanded me that thou and thy brothers should go unto the house of Laban,
and seek the records, and bring them down hither into the wilderness. And now,
behold, thy brothers murmur, saying: It is a hard thing which I have required
of them; but behold I have not required it of them, but it is commanded of the
Lord. Therefore go, my son, and thou shalt be favored of the Lord, because thou
hast not murmured. And it came to pass, that I, Nephi, said unto my father, I
will go and do the things which the Lord hath commanded, for I know that the
Lord giveth no commandments unto the children of men, save he shall prepare a
way for them that they may accomplish the thing which he commandeth of them.
And it came to pass that when my father had heard these words, he was exceeding
glad, for he knew that I had been blessed of the Lord. And I, Nephi, and my
brethren, took our journey in the wilderness with our tents, to go up to the
land of Jerusalem. And it came to pass that when we had come up to the land of
Jerusalem, I and my brethren did consult one with another; and we cast lots,
which of us should go in unto the house of Laban. And it came to pass that the
lot fell upon Laman; and Laman went in unto the house of Laban and he talked
with him as he sat in his house. And he desired of Laban the records which were
engraven upon the plates of brass, which contained the genealogy of my father.
And behold, it came to pass that Laban was angry, and thrust him out of his
presence; and he would not that he should have records. Wherefore he said unto
him, behold thou art a robber, and I will slay thee. But Laman fled out of his
presence, and told the things which Laban had done, unto us. And we began to be
exceeding sorrowful, and my brethren were about to return unto my father in the
wilderness. But behold I said unto them, that as the Lord liveth, and as we
live, we will not go down unto our father in the wilderness, until we have
accomplished the thing which the Lord hath commanded us. Wherefore let us be
faithful in keeping the commandments of the Lord; therefore let us go down to
the land of our father's inheritance, for behold he left gold and silver, and
all manner of riches. And all this he hath done, because of the commandments of
the Lord: for he knowing that Jerusalem must be destroyed, because of the
wickedness of the people. For behold, they have rejected the words of the
prophets --Wherefore if my father should dwell in the land after that he hath
been commanded to flee out of the land, behold he would also perish. Wherefore
it must needs be that he flee out of the land. And behold, it is wisdom in God
that we should obtain these records, that we might preserve unto our children
the language of our fathers; and also that we may preserve unto them the words
which have been spoken by the mouth of all the holy prophets, which have been
delivered unto them by the spirit and power of God, since the world began, even
down unto the present time. And it came to pass that after this manner of
language did I persuade my brethren, that they might be faithful in keeping the
commandments of God. And it came to pass that we went down to the land of our
inheritance, and we did gather together our gold, and our silver, and our
precious things. And after that we had gathered these things together, we went
up again unto the house of Laban. And it came to pass that we went in unto
Laban, and desired him that he would give unto us the records which were
engraven upon the plates of brass, for which we would give unto him our gold,
and our silver, and all our precious things. And it came to pass that when
Laban saw our property, and that it was exceeding great, he did lust after it,
insomuch that he thrust us out, and sent his servants to slay us, that he might
obtain our property. And it came to pass that we did flee before the servants
of Laban, and we were obliged to leave behind our property, and it fell into
the hands of Laban. And it came to pass that we fled into the wilderness, and
the servants of Laban did not overtake us, and we hid ourselves in the cavity
of a rock. And it came to pass that Laman was angry with me, and also with my
father; and also Lemuel; for he hearkened unto the words of Laman. Wherefore
Laman and Lemuel did speak many hard words unto us, their younger brothers, and
they did smite us even with a rod. And it came to pass as they smote us with a
rod, behold an angel of the Lord came and stood before them, and he spake unto
them saying: Why do ye smite your younger brother with a rod? Know ye not that
the Lord hath chosen him to be a ruler over you , and this because of your
iniquities? Behold thou shalt go up to Jerusalem again, and the Lord will
deliver Laban into your hands. And after that the angel had spoken unto us, he
departed. And after that angel had departed, Laman and Lemuel again began to
murmur, saying, how is it possible that the Lord will deliver Laban into our
hands? Behold he is a mighty man, and he can command fifty, yea, even he can
slay fifty; then why not us?</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne4</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that I spake unto my
brethren, saying: Let us go up again unto Jerusalem, and let us be faithful in
keeping the commandments of the Lord; for behold he is mightier than all the
earth, then why not mightier than Laban and his fifty yea, or even than his
tens of thousands. Therefore let us go up; let us be strong like unto Moses:
For he truly spake unto the waters of the Red Sea, and they divided hither and
thither, and our fathers came through out of captivity on dry ground, and the
armies of Pharaoh did follow and were drowned in the waters of the Red Sea. Now
behold ye know that this is true; and ye also know that an angel hath spoken
unto you, wherefore can ye doubt. Let us go up; the Lord is able to deliver us,
even as our fathers, and to destroy Laban, even as the Egyptians. Now when I
had spoken these words, they were yet wroth, and still did continue to murmur;
Nevertheless they did follow me up until we came without the walls of
Jerusalem. And it was by night; and I caused that they should hide themselves
without the walls. And after that they had hid themselves, I, Nephi, crept into
the city and went forth towards the house of Laban. And I was led by the
spirit, not knowing beforehand the things which I should do. Nevertheless I
went forth, and as I came near the house of Laban, I beheld a man, and he had
fallen to the earth before me, for he was drunken with wine. And when I came to
him, I found that it was Laban. And I beheld his sword, and I drew it forth
from the sheath thereof, and the hilt thereof was of pure gold, and the
workmanship thereof was exceeding fine; and I saw that the blade thereof was of
the most precious steel. And it came to pass that I was constrained by the
spirit that I should kill Laban; but I said in my heart, never at any time have
I shed blood of man, and I shrunk and would that I might not slay him. And the
spirit saith unto me again, behold the Lord hath delivered him into thy hands;
yea, and I also knew that he had sought to take away mine own life; yea, and he
would not hearken unto the commandments of the Lord; and he also had taken away
our property. And it came to pass that the spirit said unto me again, slay him,
for the Lord hath delivered him into my hands. Behold the Lord slayeth the
wicked to bring forth his righteous purposes: it is better that one man should
perish, than that a nation should dwindle and perish in unbelief. And now, when
I, Nephi, had heard these words, I remembered the words of the Lord which he
spake unto me in the wilderness, saying, that inasmuch as thy seed shall keep
my commandments, they shall prosper in the land of promise. --Yea, and I also
thought that they could not keep the commandments of the Lord according to the
law of Moses, save they should have the law. And I also knew that the law was
engraven upon the plates of brass. And again --I knew that the Lord had
delivered Laban into my hands, for this cause: that I might obtain the records
according to his commandments. Therefore I did obey the voice of the spirit,
and took Laban by the hair of the head, and I smote off his head with his own
sword. And after that I had smitten off his head with his own sword, I took the
garments of Laban and put them upon mine own body; yea, even every whit; and I
did gird on his armour about my loins. And after that I had done this, I went
forth unto the treasury of Laban, And as I went forth towards the treasury of
Laban, behold I saw the servant of Laban which had the keys of the treasury.
And I commanded him in the voice of Laban, that he should go with me into the
treasury; and he supposed me to be his master, Laban, for he beheld the
garments, and also the sword girted about my loins. And he spake unto me
concerning the elders of the Jews, he knowing that his master Laban had been
out by night among them. And I spake unto him as if it had been Laban. And I
also spake unto him that I should carry the engravings which were upon the
plates of brass, to my elder brethren, which were without the walls. And I also
bade him that he should follow me. And he, supposing that I spake of the
brethren of the church, and that I was truly that Laban whom I had slain,
wherefore he did follow me. And he spake unto me many times concerning the
elders of the Jews, as I went forth unto my brethren, which were without walls.
And it came to pass that when Laman saw me, he was exceedingly frightened, and
also Lemuel and Sam. And they fled from before my presence; for they supposed
it was Laban, and that he had slain me, and had sought to take away their lives
also. And it came to pass that I called after them, and they did hear me;
wherefore they did cease to flee from my presence. And it came to pass that
when the servant of Laban beheld my brethren, he began to tremble, and was
about to flee from before me and return to the city of Jerusalem. And now I,
Nephi, being a man large in stature, and also having received much strength of
the Lord, therefore I did seize upon the servant of Laban, and held him, that
he should not flee. And it came to pass that I spake with him, that if he would
hearken unto my words, as the Lord liveth and as I live, even so that if he
would hearken unto our words, we would spare his life. And I spake unto him,
even with an oath, that he need not fear; that he should be a free man like unto
us, if he would go down in the wilderness with us. And I also spake unto him,
saying, surely the Lord hath commanded us to do this thing. And shall we not be
diligent in keeping the commandments of the Lord? therefore, if thou wilt go
down into the wilderness to my father, thou shalt have place with us. And it
came to pass that Zoram did take courage at the words which I spake. Now Zoram
was the name of the servant; and he promised that he would go down into the
wilderness unto our father. And he also made an oath unto us, that he would
tarry with us from that time forth. Now we were desirous that we should tarry
with us for this cause: that the Jews might not know concerning our flight into
the wilderness, lest they should pursue us and destroy us. And it came to pass
that when Zoram had made an oath unto us, our fears did cease concerning him.
And it came to pass that we took the plates of brass and the servant of Laban,
and departed into the wilderness, and journied into the tent of our father.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne5</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass after we had came down
into the wilderness unto our father, behold he was filled with joy, and also my
mother, Sariah, was exceeding glad, for she truly had mourned because of us;
for she had supposed that we had perished in the wilderness; and she also had
complained against my father, telling him that he was a visionary man; saying,
behold thou hast led us forth from the land of our inheritance, and my sons are
no more, and we perish in the wilderness. And after this manner of language had
my mother complained against my father. And it came to pass that my father
spake unto her saying: I know that I am a visionary man; for if I had not seen
the things of God in a vision, I should not have known the goodness of God, but
had tarried at Jerusalem and had perished with my children. But behold, I have
obtained a land of promise, in the which thing I do rejoice; yea, and I know
that the Lord will deliver my sons out of the hands of Laban, and bring them
down again unto us in the wilderness. And after this manner of language did my
father Lehi comfort my mother Sariah, concerning us, while we journied in the
wilderness up to the land of Jerusalem, to obtain the record of the Jews. And
when we had returned to the tent of my father, behold their joy was full, and
my mother was comforted; and she spake, saying: Now I know of a surety that the
Lord hath commanded my husband to flee into the wilderness; yea, and I also
know of a surety that the Lord hath protected my sons and delivered them out of
the hands of Laban, and gave them power whereby they could accomplish the thing
which the Lord hath commanded them. And after this language did she speak. And
it came to pass that they did rejoice exceedingly, and did offer sacrifice and
burnt offerings unto the Lord; and they gave thanks unto the God of Israel. And
after that they had given thanks unto the God of Israel, my father Lehi took
the records which were engraven upon the plates of brass, and he did search
them from the beginning. And he beheld that they did contain the five books of
Moses, which gave an account of the creation of the world, and also of Adam and
Eve, which was our first parents; and also a record of Jews from the beginning,
even down to the commencement of the reign of Zedekiah, King of Judah; and also
the prophecies of the Holy prophets, from the beginning, even down to the
commencement of the reign of Zedekiah; and also many prophecies which have been
spoken by the mouth of Jeremiah. And it came to pass that my father Lehi also
found upon the plates of brass, a genealogy of his fathers; wherefore he knew
that he was a descendant of Joseph; yea, even that Joseph which was the son of
Jacob, which was sold into Egypt, and which was preserved by the hand of the
Lord, that he might preserve his father Jacob and all his household from
perishing with famine. And they were also led out of captivity and out of the
land of Egypt, by the same God who had preserved them. And thus my father Lehi
did discover the genealogy of his fathers. And Laban also was a descendant of
Joseph, wherefore he and his fathers had kept the records. And now when my
father saw all these things, he was filled with the spirit, and began to
prophesy concerning his seed; that these plates of brass should go forth unto
all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people which were of his seed. Wherefore he
said that these plates of brass should never perish; neither should they be
dimmed any more by time. And he prophesied many times concerning his seed. And
it came to pass that thus far I and my father had kept the commandments
wherewith the Lord had commanded us. And we had obtained the record which the
Lord had commanded us, and searched them and found that they were desirable
yea, even of great worth unto us, insomuch that we could preserve the
commandments of the Lord unto our children. Wherefore it was wisdom in the Lord
that we should carry them with us, as we journied in the wilderness towards the
land of promise.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne6</bookName>
<text>And now I, Nephi, do not give the genealogy of
my fathers in this part of my record; neither at any time shall I give it after
upon these plates which I am writing; for it is given in the record which has
been kept by my father; wherefore I do not write it in this work. For it
sufficeth me to say, that we are a descendant of Joseph. And it mattereth not
to me that I am particular to give a full account of all things of my father,
for they cannot be written upon these plates, for I desire the room, that I may
write of the things of God. For the fullness of mine intent is that I may
persuade men to come unto the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God
of Jacob, and be saved. Wherefore the things which are pleasing unto the world,
I do not write, but the things which are pleasing unto God and unto them which
are not of the world. Wherefore I shall give commandment unto my seed, that
they shall not occupy these plates with things which are not of worth unto the
children of men.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne7</bookName>
<text>And now I would that ye might know, that after
my father Lehi had made an end of prophesying concerning his seed, it came to
pass that the Lord spake unto him again, saying, that it was not mete for him,
Lehi, that he should take his family into the wilderness alone; but that his
sons should take daughters to wife that they might raise up seed unto the Lord
in the land of promise. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded him that I,
Nephi, and my brethren, should again return unto the land of Jerusalem, and bring
down Ishmael and his family into the wilderness, And it came to pass that I,
Nephi, did again, with my brethren, go forth into the wilderness to go up to
Jerusalem. And it came to pass that we went up unto the house of Ishmael, and
we did gain favor in the sight of Ishmael, insomuch that we did speak unto him
the words of the Lord. And it came to pass that the Lord did soften the heart
of Ishmael, and also his household, insomuch that they took their journey with
us down into the wilderness to the tent of our father. And it came to pass as
we journied in the wilderness, behold, Laman and Lemuel, and two of the
daughters of Ishmael, and the two sons of Ishmael, and their families, did
rebel against us; yea, against I, Nephi, and Sam, and their father, Ishmael,
and his wife, and his three other daughters. And it came to pass in the which
rebellion, they were desirous to return unto the land of Jerusalem. And now I,
Nephi, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts, therefore I spake unto
them, saying; yea, even unto Laman and unto Lemuel, behold, thou art mine elder
brethren; and how is it that ye are so hard in your hearts, and so blind in
your minds, that ye have need that I, your younger brother, should speak unto
you, yea, and set an example for you? How is it that ye have not hearkened unto
the word of the Lord? How is it that ye have forgotten that ye have seen an
angel of the Lord? Yea, and how is it that ye have forgotten how great things
the Lord hath done for us in delivering us out of the hands of Laban, and also
that we should obtain the record? Yea, and how is it that ye have forgotten
that the Lord is able to do all things, according to his will, for the children
of men, if it so be that they exercise faith in him; wherefore, let us be faithful
in him. And if it so be that we are faithful in him, we shall obtain the land
of promise; and ye shall know at some future period, that the word of the Lord
shall be fulfilled, concerning the destruction of Jerusalem; for all things
which the Lord hath spoken concerning the destruction of Jerusalem, must be
fulfilled. For, behold, the spirit of the Lord ceaseth soon to strive with
them; for behold, they have rejected the prophets, and Jeremiah have they cast
into prison. And they have sought to take away the life of my father, insomuch
that they have driven him out of the land. Now behold, I say unto you, that if
ye will return unto Jerusalem, ye shall also perish with them. And now, if ye
have choice, go up to the land, and remember the words which I speak unto you,
that if ye go, ye will also perish; for thus the spirit of the Lord
constraineth me that I should speak. And it came to pass that when I, Nephi,
had spoken these words unto my brethren, they were angry with me. And it came
to pass that they did lay their hands upon me; for, behold, they were exceeding
wroth; and they did bind me with cords, for they sought to take away my life,
that they might leave me in the wilderness, to be devoured by wild beasts. But
it came to pass that I prayed unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, according to my
faith which is in thee, wilt thou deliver me from the hands of my brethren;
yea, even give me strength that I may burst these bands with which I am bound.
And it came to pass that when I had said these words, behold, the bands were
loosed from off my hands and feet, and I stood before my brethren, and I spake
unto them again. And it came to pass that they were angry with me again, and
sought to lay hands upon me; but, behold, one of the daughters of Ishmael, yea,
and also her mother, and one of the sons of Ishmael, did plead with my
brethren; and they did cease striving to take away my life. And it came to pass
that they were sorrowful, because of their wickedness, insomuch that they did
bow down before me, and did plead with me, that I would forgive them of the
thing that they had done against me. And it came to pass that I did frankly
forgive them all that they had done, and I did exhort them that they would pray
unto the Lord their God, for forgiveness. And it came to pass that they did so.
And after that they had done praying unto the Lord, we did again travel on our
journey toward the tent of our father. And it came to pass that we did come
down unto the tent of our father. And after that I and my brothers, and all the
house of Ishmael, had come down unto the tent of my father, they did give
thanks unto the Lord their God; and they did offer sacrifice and burnt
offerings unto him.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne8</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that we had gathered
together all manner of seeds of every kind; both of grain of every kind, and
also of the seeds of fruits of every kind. And it came to pass that while my
father tarried in the wilderness, he spake unto ,us, saying: Behold, I have
dreamed a dream; or, in other words, I have seen a vision. And behold, because
of the thing which I have seen, I have reason to rejoice in the Lord, because
of Nephi, and also of Sam, for I have reason to suppose that they, and also
many of their seed, will be saved. --But, behold, Laman and Lemuel, I fear
exceedingly, because of you; for, behold, me thought I saw a dark and dreary
wilderness. And it came to pass that I saw a man, and he was dressed in a white
robe; and he came and stood before me. And it came to pass that he spake unto
me, and bade me follow him. And it came to pass that as I followed him, and
after I had followed him, I beheld myself that I was in the dark and dreary
waste. And after that I travelled for the space of many hours in darkness, I
began to pray unto the Lord, that he would have mercy on me, according to the
multitude of his tender mercies. And it came to pass that after I had prayed
unto the Lord, I beheld a large and spacious field. And it came to pass that I
beheld a tree, whose fruit was desirable, to make one happy. And it came to
pass that I did go forth, and partake of the fruit thereof; and I beheld that
it was most sweet, above all that I ever had before tasted. Yea, and I beheld
that the fruit thereof was white, to exceed all the whiteness that I had ever
seen. And as I partook of the fruit thereof, it filled my soul with exceeding
great joy; wherefore, I began to be desirous that my family should partake of
it also; for I knew that it was desirous above all other fruit. And as I cast
my eyes round about, that perhaps I might discover my family also, I beheld a
river of water; and it ran along, and it was near the tree of which I was
partaking the fruit. And I looked to behold from whence it came; and I saw the head
thereof, a little way off; and at the head thereof, I beheld your mother
Sariah, and Sam, and Nephi; and they stood as if they knew not whither they
should go. And it came to pass that I beckoned unto them; and I also did say
unto them, with a loud voice, that they should come unto me, and partake of the
fruit, which was desirable above all other fruit. And it came to pass that they
did come unto me, and partake of the fruit also. And it came to pass that I was
desirous that Laman and Lemuel should come and partake of the fruit also;
wherefore, I cast mine eyes towards the head of the river, that perhaps I might
see them. And it came to pass that I saw them, but they would not come unto me.
And I beheld a rod of iron; and it extended along the bank of the river, and
led to the tree by which I stood. And I also beheld a straight and narrow path
which came along by the rod of iron, even to the tree by which I stood; and it
also led by the head of the fountain, unto a large and spacious field, as if it
had been a world; and I saw numberless concourses of people; many of whom were
pressing forward, that they might obtain the path which led unto the tree by
which it stood. And it came to pass that they did come forth, and commence in
the path which led to the tree. And it came to pass that there arose a mist of
darkness; yea, even an exceeding great mist of darkness, insomuch that they
which had commenced in the path, did lose their way, that they wandered off,
and were lost. And it came to pass that I beheld others pressing forward; and
they came forth, and caught hold of the end of the rod of iron, and they did
press through the mist of darkness, clinging to the rod of iron, even until
they did come forth and partake of the fruit of the tree. And after that they
had partaken of the fruit of the tree, they did cast their eyes about as it
they were ashamed. And I also cast my eyes round about, and beheld, on the
other side of the river of water, a great and spacious building; and it stood
as it were in the air, high above the earth; and it was filled with people,
both old and young, both male and female; and their number of dress was
exceeding fine; and they were in the attitude of mocking and pointing their
fingers towards those which had come at, and were partaking of the fruit. And
after that they had tasted of the fruit, they were ashamed, because of those
that were scoffing at them; and they fell away into forbidden paths, and were
lost. And now I, Nephi, do not speak all the words of my father. But to be short
in writing: Behold, he saw other multitudes pressing forward; and they came and
caught hold of the end of the rod of iron; and they did press their way
forward, continually holding fast to the rod of iron, until they came forth and
fell down, and partook of the fruit of the tree. And he also saw other
multitudes, feeling their way towards that great and spacious building. And it
came to pass that many were drowned in the depths of the fountain; and many
were lost from his view, wandering in strange roads. And great was the
multitude that did enter into that strange building. And after that they did
enter into that building, they did point the finger of scorn at me, and those
that were partaking of the fruit also; but we heeded them not. These are the
words of my father: For as many as heeded them, had fallen away. And Laman and
Lemuel partook not of the fruit, saith my father. And it came to pass that
after my father had spoken all the words of his dream or vision, which were
many, he said unto us, because of these things which he saw in a vision. he
exceedingly feared for Laman and Lemuel; yea, he feared lest they should be
cast off from the presence of the Lord; and he did not exhort them then with
all the feeling of a tender parent, that they would hearken to his words, in
that, perhaps the Lord would be merciful to them, and not cast them off; yea,
my father did preach unto them. And after he had preached unto them, and also
prophesied unto them of many things, he bade them to keep the commandments of the
Lord; and he did cease speaking unto them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne9</bookName>
<text>And all these things did my father see, and
hear, and speak, as he dwelt in a tent, in the valley of Lemuel; and also a
great many more things, which cannot be written upon these plates. And now, as
I have spoken concerning these plates, behold, they are not the plates upon
which I make a full account of the history of my people, I have given the name
of Nephi; wherefore, they are called the plates of Nephi, after mine own name;
and these plates also, are called the plates of Nephi. Nevertheless, I have received
a commandment of the Lord, that I should make these plates, for the special
purpose that there should be an account engraven of the ministry of my people.
Upon the other plates should be engraven an account of the reign of the Kings,
and the wars, and contentions of my people; wherefore, these plates are, for
the more part, of the ministry; and the other plates are, for the more part, of
the reign of the Kings, and the wars, and the contentions of my people.
Wherefore, the Lord hath commanded me to make these plates, for a wise purpose
in him; which purpose, I know not. Behold the Lord knoweth all things, from the
beginning; wherefore, he prepareth a way to accomplish all his works among the
children of men; for behold, he hath all power unto the fulfilling of all his
words. And thus it is. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne10</bookName>
<text>And now I, Nephi, proceed to give an account
upon these plates, of my proceedings, and my reign and ministry; therefore, to
proceed with mine account. I must speak somewhat of the things of my father,
and also of my brethren. For behold, it came to pass that after my father had
made an end of speaking the words of his dream, and also exhorting them to all
diligence, he spake unto them concerning the Jews: How that after they were
destroyed, yea, even that great city Jerusalem; and that many were carried away
captive into Babylon; that according to the own due time of the Lord, they
should return again; yea, even be brought back out of captivity; and after they
are brought back out of captivity, to possess again the land of their
inheritance. Yea, even six hundred years from the time that my father left
Jerusalem, a Prophet would the Lord God raise up among the Jews; yea, even a
Messiah; or, in other words, a Saviour of the world. And he also spake
concerning the prophets: How great a number had testified of these things,
concerning this Messiah, of which he had spoken, or this Redeemer of the world.
Wherefore, all mankind was in a lost and in a fallen state; and ever would be,
save they should rely on this Redeemer. And he spake also, concerning a prophet,
which should come before the Messiah, to prepare the way of the Lord; yea, even
he should go forth and cry in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord,
and make his paths straight; for there standeth one among you whom ye know not;
and he is mightier than I, whose shoe's latchet I am not worthy to unloose. And
much spake my father concerning this thing. And my father saith that he should
baptise in Bethabara, beyond Jordan; and he also spake, that he should baptise
with water. yea, even that he should baptise the Messiah with water. And after
that he had baptised the Messiah with water, he should behold and bear record,
that he had baptised the Lamb of God, which should take away the sins of the
world. And it came to pass that after my father had spoken these words, he
spake unto my brethren concerning the Gospel, which should be preached among
the Jews; and also, concerning the dwindling of the Jews in unbelief. And after
that they had slain the Messiah which should come, and after that he had been slain,
he should rise from the dead, and should make himself manifest, by the Holy
Ghost, unto the Gentiles. Yea, even my father spake much concerning the
Gentiles, and also concerning the House of Israel: that they should be compared
like unto an olive tree, whose branches should be broken off, and should be
scattered upon all the face of the earth. Wherefore, he said, it must needs be
that we should be led with one accord, into the land of promise, unto the
fulfilling of the word of the Lord: That we should be scattered upon all the
face of the earth. And after that the house of Israel should be scattered, they
should be gathered together again; or, in fine, that after the Gentiles had
received the fulness of the Gospel, the natural branches of the olive tree, or
the remnants of the House of Israel, should be grafted in, or come to the
knowledge of the true Messiah, their Lord and their Redeemer. And after this
manner of language did my father prophesy ,and speak unto my brethren; and
also, many more things, which I do not write in this book: for I have written
as many of them, as were expedient for me, in mine other book: And all these
things of which I have spoken, was done, as my father dwelt in a tent, in the
valley of Lemuel. And it came to pass that after I, Nephi, having heard all the
words of my father, concerning the things which he saw in a vision; and also
the things which he spake by the power of the Holy Ghost; which power, he
received by faith on the Son of God. And the Son of God was the Messiah, which
should come. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, was desirous also, that I might
see, and hear, and know of these things, by the power of the Holy Ghost, which
is the gift of God unto all those who diligently seek him, as well in times of
old in the time that he should manifest himself unto the children of men; for
he is the same yesterday, to-day, and forever; and the way is prepared from the
foundation of the world, if it so be that they repent and come unto him; for he
that diligently seeketh, shall find; and the mysteries of God shall be unfolded
unto them, by the power of the Holy Ghost, as well in these times, as in times
of old; and as well as in times of old, as in times to come; wherefore, the
courses of the Lord is one eternal round. Therefore, remember, O man, for all
thy doings, thou shalt be brought into judgment. Wherefore, if ye have sought
to do wickedly before the judgment seat of God; and no unclean thing can dwell
with God; wherefore, ye must be cast off forever. And the Holy Ghost giveth
authority that I should speak these things, and deny them not.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne11</bookName>
<text>For it came to pass that after I had desired
to know the things that my father had seen, and believing that the Lord was
able to make them known unto me; wherefore, as I sat pondering in mine heart, I
was caught away in the spirit of the Lord, yea, into an exceeding high
mountain, which I, never had before seen, and upon which I never had before sat
my foot. And the spirit saith unto me, Behold, what desirest thou? And I saith,
I desire to behold the things which my father saw. And the spirit saith unto
me, Believest thou that thy father saw the tree of which he hath spoken? And I
said yea; thou knowest that I believe all the words of my father. And when I
had spoken these words, the spirit cried with a loud voice, saying: Hosanna to
the Lord, the most high God; for he is God over all the earth, yea, even above
all; and blessed art thou, Nephi, because thou believest in the Son of the Most
High God; wherefore, thou shalt behold the things which thou desired. And
behold, this thing shall be given unto thee for a sign: that after thou hast
beheld the tree which bore the fruit which thy father tasted, thou shalt also
behold a man descending out of Heaven, and him shall ye witness; and after that
ye have witnessed him, ye shall bear record that it is the Son of God. And it
came to pass that the spirit saith unto me, look! and I looked and beheld the
tree; and it was like unto the tree which my father had seen; and the beauty
thereof was far beyond, yea, exceeding of all beauty; and the whiteness
thereof, did exceed the whiteness of the driven snow. And it came to pass that
after that I had seen the tree, I said unto the spirit, I behold thou hast
shewn unto me the tree which is precious above all. And he saith unto me, What
desirest thou? And I said unto him, to know the interpretation thereof; for I
spake unto him as a man speaketh; for I beheld that he was in the form of a
man; yet, nevertheless, I knew that it was the spirit of the Lord; and he spake
unto me as a man speaketh with another. And it came to pass that he said unto
me, look: And I looked as if to look upon him, and I saw him not; for he had
gone from before my presence. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld the
great city Jerusalem, and also other cities. And I beheld the city of Nazareth;
and in the city of Nazareth I beheld a virgin, and she was exceeding fair and
white. And it came to pass that I saw the Heavens open; and an angel came down
and stood before me; and he saith unto me, Nephi, what beholdest thou? And I
saith unto him, a virgin, most beautiful and fair above all other virgins. And
he saith unto me, Knowest thou condescention of God? And I said unto him, I
know that he loveth his children; nevertheless, I do not know the meaning of
all things. And he said unto me, Behold, the virgin which thou seest, is the
mother of God, after the manner of flesh. And it came to pass I beheld that she
was carried away in the spirit; and after that she had been carried away in the
spirit for the space of time, the angel spake unto me, saying, look! And I
looked and beheld the virgin again, bearing a child in her arms. And the angel
said unto me, behold the Lamb of God, yea, even the Eternal Father! Knowest
thou the meaning of the tree which thy father saw? And I answered him, saying:
Yea, it is the love of God, which sheddeth itself abroad in the hearts of the
children of men; wherefore, it is the most desirable above all things. And he
spake unto me, saying, Yea, and the most joyous to the soul. And after that he
had said those words, he said unto me, look! And I looked, and I beheld the Son
of God going forth among the children of men; and I saw many fall down at his
feet and worship him. And it came to pass that I beheld that the rod of iron
which my father had seen, was the word of God, which let to the fountain of
living waters, or to the tree of life; which waters are a representation of the
love of God; and I also beheld that the tree of life was a representation of
the love of God. And the angel said unto me again, Look and behold the
condescention of God! And I looked and beheld the Redeemer of the world, of
which my father had spoken; and I also beheld the prophet, which should prepare
the way before him. And the Lamb of God went forth, and was baptised of him;
and after that he was baptised, I beheld the Heavens open, and the Holy Ghost
come down out of Heaven and abode upon him in the form of a dove. And I beheld
that he went forth ministering unto the people, in power and great glory; and
the multitudes were gathered together to hear him; and I beheld that they cast
him out from among them. And I also beheld twelve others following him. And it
came to pass that they were carried away in the spirit, from before my face,
that I saw them not. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me again,
saying, look! And I looked, and I beheld the Heavens open again, and I saw
angels descending upon the children of men; and they did minister unto them.
And he spake unto me again, saying. look! And I looked, and beheld the Lamb of
God going forth among the children of men. And I beheld multitudes of people
which were sick, and which were afflicted of all manner of diseases, and with
devils, and unclean spirits; and the angel spake, and shewed all these things
unto me. And they were healed by the power of the Lamb of God; and the devils
and the unclean spirits were cast out. And it came to pass that the angel spake
unto me again, saying, look! And I looked and beheld the Lamb of God, that he
was taken by the people; yea, the Everlasting God, was judged of the world; and
I saw and bear record. And I, Nephi, saw that he was lifted up upon the cross,
and slain for the sins of the world. And after that he was slain, I saw the
multitudes of the earth, that they were gathered together to fight against the
apostles of the Lamb; for thus were the twelve called by the angel of the Lord.
And the multitude of the earth was gathered together; and I beheld that they
were in a large spacious building, like unto the building which my father saw.
And the angel of the Lord spake unto me again, saying, Behold the world and the
wisdom thereof; yea, behold, the House of Israel hath gathered together, to
fight against the twelve apostles of the Lamb. And it came to pass I saw and
bear record, that the great and spacious building was the pride of the world;
and it fell; and the fall thereof was exceeding great. And the angel of the
Lord spake unto me again, saying: Thus shall be the destruction of all nations,
kindreds, tongues, and people, that shall fight against the twelve apostles of
the Lamb.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne12</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the angel said unto
me, Look, and behold thy seed, and also the seed of thy brethren! And I looked
and beheld the land of promise; and I beheld multitudes of people, yea, even as
it were in number, as many as the sand of the sea. And it came to pass that I
beheld multitudes gathered together, to battle one against the other; and I
beheld wars, and rumors of wars, and great slaughters with the sword among my
people. And it came to pass that I beheld many generations pass away after the
manner of wars and contentions in the land; and I beheld many cities, yea, even
that I did not number them. And it came to pass that I saw a mist of darkness
on the face of the land of promise; and I saw lightnings, and I heard
thunderings, and earthquakes, and all manner of tumultuous noises; and I saw
the earth and the rocks, that rent; and I saw mountains tumbling into pieces;
and I saw the plains of the earth. that they were broken up; and I saw many
cities, that they were sunk; and I saw many, that they were burned with fire;
And I saw many, that they did tumble to earth, because of the quaking thereof.
And it came to pass that after I saw these things, I saw the vapor of darkness,
that it passed from off the face of the earth; and behold, I saw the multitudes
which had fallen, because of the great and terrible judgments of the Lord. And
I saw the Heavens open, and the Lamb of God descending out of Heaven; and he
came down and shewed himself unto them. And I also saw and bear record, that
the Holy Ghost fell upon twelve others; and they were ordained of God, and
chosen. And the angel spake unto me, saying: Behold the twelve disciples of the
Lamb, which are chosen to minister unto thy seed. And he saith unto me, Thou
remembereth the twelve apostles of the Lamb? Behold, they are they which shall
judge the twelve tribes of Israel; wherefore, the twelve ministers of thy seed,
shall be judged of them; for ye are of the house of Israel; and these twelve
ministers which thou beholdest, shall judge thy seed. And behold, they are
righteous forever; for because of their faith in the Lamb of God, their
garments are made white in his blood. And the angel saith unto me, look! And I
looked and beheld three generations did pass away in righteousness; and their garments
were white, even like unto the Lamb of God. And the angel said unto me, These
are made white in the blood of the Lamb, because of their faith in him. And I,
Nephi, also many of the fourth generation, which did pass away in
righteousness. And it came to pass that I saw the multitudes of the earth
gathered together. And the angel said unto me, Behold they seed, and also the
seed of thy brethren! And it came to pass that I looked, and beheld the people
of my seed gathered together in multitudes against the seed of my brethren; and
they were gathered together in battle. And the angel spake unto me, saying:
Behold the fountain of filthy water which thy father saw; yea, even the river
of which he spake; and the depths thereof, are the depths of hell; and the
mists of darkness, are the temptations of the devil, which blindeth the eyes,
and hardeneth the hearts of the children of men, and leadeth them away into
broad roads, that they may perish, and are lost; and the large and spacious
building which thy father saw, is vain imaginations, and the pride of the
children of men. And a great and terrible gulf divideth them; yea, even the
word of the justice of the Eternal God, and Jesus Christ, which is the Lamb of
God, of whom the Holy Ghost beareth record, from the beginning of the world
until this time, and from this time henceforth and forever. And while the angel
spoke these words, I beheld and saw that the seed of my brethren did contend
against my seed, according to the word of the angel; and because of the pride
of my seed, and the temptations of the devil, I beheld that the seed of my
brethren did overpower the people of my seed. And it came to pass that I beheld
and saw the people of the seed of my brethren, that they had overcome my seed;
and they went forth in multitudes upon the face of the land. And I saw them
gathered together in multitudes; and I saw wars, and rumors of wars among them;
and in wars, and rumors of wars, I saw many generations pass away. And the
angel said unto me, behold, these shall dwindle in unbelief. And it came to
pass that I beheld that after they had dwindled in unbelief, they became a
dark, and loathsome, and a filthy people, full of idleness and all manner of
abominations.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne13</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the angel spake unto
me saying, look! And I looked and beheld many nations and kingdoms. And the
angel saith unto me, what beholdest thou? And I said I behold many nations and
kingdoms. And he saith unto me, these are the nations and kingdoms of the
Gentiles. And it came to pass that I saw among the nations of the Gentiles, the
foundation of a great church. And the angel said unto me, Behold the foundation
of a church, which is most abominable above all churches, which slayeth the Saints
of God, yea, and tortureth them and bindeth them down, and yoketh them with a
yoke of iron, and bringeth them down into captivity. And it came to pass that I
beheld this great and abominable church; and I saw the devil, that he was the
founder of it. And I also saw gold, and silver, and silks, and scarlets, and
fine twined linen, and all manner of precious clothing; and I saw many harlots.
And the angel spake unto me, saying: Behold the gold, and the silver, and the
silks, and the scarlets, and the fine twined linen, and the precious clothing,
and the harlots, are the desires of this great and abominable church: and also
for the praise of the world, do they destroy the Saints of God, and bring them
down into captivity. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld many waters;
and they divided the Gentiles from the seed of my brethren. And it came to pass
that the angel said unto me, Behold, the wrath of God is upon the seed of thy
brethren! And I looked and beheld a man among the Gentiles, which was separated
from the seed of my brethren by the many waters; and I beheld the spirit of
God, that it came down and wrought upon the man; and he went forth among the
many waters, even unto the seed of my brethren, which were in the promised
land. And it came to pass that I beheld the spirit of God, that it wrought upon
other Gentiles; and they went forth out of captivity, upon the many waters. And
it came to pass that I beheld many multitudes of the Gentiles, upon the land of
promise; and I beheld the wrath of God, that it was upon the seed of my
brethren; and they were scattered before the Gentiles, and they were smitten.
And I beheld the spirit of the Lord, that it was upon the Gentiles; that they
did prosper, and obtain the land of their inheritance; and I beheld that they
were white, and exceeding fair and beautiful, like unto my people, before they
were slain. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld that the Gentiles which
had gone forth out of captivity, did humble themselves before the Lord; and the
power of the Lord was with them; and I beheld that their mother Gentiles was
gathered together upon the waters, and upon the land also, to battle against
them, and I beheld that the power of God was with them; and also, that the
wrath of God was upon them, that were gathered together against them to battle.
And I, Nephi, beheld that the Gentiles which had gone out of captivity, were
delivered by the power of God, out of the hands of all other nations. And it
came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld that they did prosper in the land, and I
beheld a Book; and it was carried forth among them. And the angel saith unto
me, Knowest thou the meaning of the Book? And I saith unto him, I know not. And
he saith, Behold, it proceedeth out of the mouth of a Jew, and I, Nephi, beheld
it; and he saith unto me, The Book which thou beholdest, is a record of the
Jews, which contains the covenants of the Lord which he hath made unto the
House of Israel; and it also containeth many of the prophesies of the Holy
Prophets; and it is a record like unto the engravings which are upon the plates
of brass, save there are not so many; nevertheless, they contain the covenants
of the Lord, which he hath made unto the House of Israel; wherefore, they are
of great worth unto the Gentiles. And the angel of the Lord said unto me, Thou
hast beheld that the Book proceeded forth from the mouth of a Jew; and when it
proceedeth from the mouth of a Jew, it contained the plainness of the Gospel of
the Lord, of whom the twelve apostles bear record; and they bear record
according to the truth which is in the Lamb of God; wherefore, these things go
forth from the Jews in purity, unto the Gentiles, according to the truth which
is in God; and after that they go forth by the hand of the twelve apostles of
the Lamb, from the Jews unto the Gentiles; behold, after this, thou seest the
foundation of a great and abominable church, which is the most abominable above
all other churches; for behold, they have taken away from the Gospel of the
Lamb, many parts which are plain and most precious; and also, many Covenants of
the Lord have they taken away; and all this have they done, that they might
pervert the right ways of the Lord; that they might blind the eyes and harden
the hearts of the children of men; wherefore, thou seest that after the Book
hath gone forth through the hands of the great and abominable church, that
there are many plain and precious things taken away from the Book, which is the
Book of the Lamb of God; and after that these plain and precious things were
taken away, it goeth forth unto all the nations of the Gentiles; and after it
goeth forth unto all the nations of the Gentiles, yea, even across the many
waters which thou hast seen with the Gentiles which have gone forth out of
captivity; and thou seest because of the many plain and precious things which
have been taken out of the Book, which were plain unto the understanding of the
children of men, according to the plainness which is in the Lamb of God; and
because of these things which were taken away out of the Gospel of the Lamb, an
exceeding great many do stumble, yea, insomuch that Satan hath great power over
them; nevertheless thou beholdest that the Gentiles which have gone forth out
of captivity, and have been lifted up by the power of God above all other nations
upon the face of the Land, which is choice above all other lands, which is the
land which the Lord God hath covenanted with thy father, that his seed should
have, for the land of their inheritance; wherefore, thou seest that the Lord
God will not suffer that the Gentiles will utterly destroy the mixture of thy
seed, which is among thy brethren; neither will he suffer that the Gentiles
shall destroy the seed of thy brethren; neither will the Lord God suffer that
the Gentiles shall forever remain in that state of awful woundedness which thou
beholdest that they are in, because of the plain and most precious parts of the
Gospel of the Lamb which hath been kept back by the abominable church, whose
formation thou hast seen; wherefore, saith the Lamb of God, I will be merciful
unto the Gentiles, unto the visiting of the remnant of the House of Israel in
great judgment. And it came to pass that the angel of the Lord spake unto me,
saying: Behold, saith the Lamb of God, after that I have visited the remnant of
the House of Israel, and this remnant of which I speak, is the seed of thy
father; wherefore, after that I have visited them in judgment, and smitten them
by the hand of the Gentiles; and after that the Gentiles do stumble
exceedingly, because of the most plain and precious parts of the Gospel of the
Lamb which hath been kept back, by that abominable church, which is the mother
of harlots, saith the Lamb; wherefore, I will be merciful unto the Gentiles in
that day, saith the Lamb, insomuch that I will bring forth unto them in mine
own power, much of my Gospel, which shall be plain and precious, saith the
Lamb; for behold, saith the Lamb, I will manifest myself unto thy seed, that
they shall write many things which I shall minister unto them, which shall be
plain and precious; and after that thy seed shall be destroyed and dwindle in
unbelief, and also, the seed of thy brethren; behold, these things shall be hid
up, to come forth unto the Gentiles, by the gift and power of the Lamb; and in
them shall be written my Gospel, saith the Lamb, and my rock and my salvation;
and blessed are they which shall seek to bring forth my Zion at that day, for
they shall have the gift and the power of the Holy Ghost; and if they endure
unto the end, they shall be lifted up at the last day, and shall be saved in
the Everlasting Kingdom of the Lamb; yea, whoso shall publish peace, that shall
publish tidings of great joy, how beautiful upon the mountains shall they be.
And it came to pass that I beheld the remnant of the seed of my brethren, and
also the book of the Lamb of God, which had proceeded forth from the mouth of
the Jew; and I beheld that it came forth from the Gentiles, unto the remnant of
the seed of my brethren; and after it had come forth unto them, I beheld other Books,
which came forth by the power of the Lamb, from the Gentiles, unto them, unto
the convincing of the Gentiles, and the remnant of the seed of my brethren, and
also to the Jews, which were scattered upon all the face of the earth, that the
records of the prophets and of the twelve apostles of the Lamb, are true. And
the angel spake unto me, saying: These last records which thou hast seen among
the Gentiles, shall establish the truth of the first, which is of the twelve
apostles of the Lamb, and shall make known the plain and precious things which
have been taken away from them; and shall make known to all kindreds, tongues,
and people, that the Lamb of God is the Eternal Father and the Saviour of the
world; and that all men must come unto Him, or they cannot be saved; and they
must come according to the words which shall be established by the mouth of the
Lamb; and the words of the Lamb shall be made known in the records of thy seed,
as well as in the records of the twelve apostles of the Lamb; wherefore, they
shall be established in one, for there is one God and one Shepherd over all the
earth; and the time cometh that he shall manifest himself unto all nations,
both unto the Jews, and also unto the Gentiles; and after that he hath
manifested himself unto the Jews, and also unto the Gentiles, then he shall
manifest himself unto the Gentiles, and also unto the Jews, and the last shall
be first, and the first shall be last.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne14</bookName>
<text>And it shall come to pass, that if the
Gentiles shall hearken unto the Lamb of God in that day that he shall manifest
himself unto them in word, and also in power, in very deed, unto the taking
away of their stumbling blocks, if it so be that they harden not their hearts
against the Lamb; and if it so be that they harden not their hearts against the
Lamb of God, they shall be numbered among the seed of thy father; yea, they
shall be numbered among the House of Israel; and they shall be a blest people
upon the promised land forever; they shall be no more brought down into
captivity; and the House of Israel shall no more be confounded; and that great
pit which hath been digged for them, by that great and abominable church, which
was founded by the Devil and his children, that he might lead away the souls of
men down to Hell; yea, the great pit which hath been digged for the destruction
of men, shall be filled by those who digged it, unto their utter destruction,
saith the Lamb of God; not the destruction of the soul, save it be the casting
of it into that Hell which hath no end; for behold, this is according to the
captivity of the Devil, and also according to the justice of God, upon all
those who will work wickedness and abomination before him. And it came to pass
that the angel spake unto me, Nephi, saying: Thou hast beheld that if the
Gentiles repent, it shall be well with them; and thou also knowest concerning
the covenants of the Lord unto the House of Israel; and thou also hast heard,
that whoso repenteth not, must perish; therefore, wo be unto the Gentiles, if
it so be that they harden their hearts against the Lamb of God: for the time
cometh, saith the Lamb of God, that I will work a great and a marvellous work
among the children of men; a work which shall be everlasting, either on the one
hand or on the other; either to the convincing of them unto peace and life
eternal, or unto the deliverance of them to the hardness of their hearts and
the blindness of their minds, unto their being brought down into captivity, and
also unto destruction, both temporally and spiritually, according to the
captivity of the Devil, of which I have spoken. And it came to pass that when
the angel had spoken these words, he saith unto me, Remember thou the covenants
of the Father unto the House of Israel? I saith unto ,him, yea. And it came to
pass that he saith unto me, Look, and beheld that great and abominable church,
which is the mother of abominations, whose foundation is the devil. And he
saith unto me, Behold, there is, save it be, two churches: the one is the
church of the Lamb of God, and the other is the church of the Devil; wherefore.
whoso belongeth not to the church of the Lamb of God, belongeth to that great
church, which is the mother of abominations; and she is the whore of all the
earth. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld the whore of all the earth,
and she sat upon many waters; and she had dominion over all the earth, among
all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people. And it came to pass that I beheld
the church of the Lamb of God, and its numbers were few, because of the
wickedness and abominations of the whore which sat upon many waters;
nevertheless, I beheld that the church of the Lamb, which were the Saints of
God, were also upon all the face of the earth; and their dominion upon the face
of the earth was small, because of the wickedness of the great whore which I
saw. And it came to pass that I beheld that the great mother of abominations
did gather together multitudes upon the face of the earth, among all the
nations of the Gentiles, to fight against the Lamb of God. And it came to pass
that I, Nephi, beheld the power of the Lamb of God, that it descended upon the
saints of the church of the Lamb, and upon the covenant people of the Lord,
which were scattered upon all the face of the earth; and they were warned with
righteousness and with the power of God in great glory. And it came to pass
that I beheld that the wrath of God was poured out upon the great and
abominable church, insomuch that there were wars and rumors of wars among all
the nations and kindreds of the earth; and as there began to be wars and rumors
of war among all the nations which belongeth to the mother of abominations, the
angel spake unto me saying: Behold, the wrath of God is upon the mother of
harlots; and behold, thou seest all these things! And when the day cometh that
the wrath of God is poured out upon the mother of harlots, which is the great
and abominable church of all the earth, whose founder is the Devil, then, at
that day, the work of the Father shall commence, in preparing the way for the
fulfilling of his covenants, which he hath made to his people, which are of the
House of Israel. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me, saying,
Look! And I looked and beheld a man, and he was dressed in a white robe; and
the angel said unto me, Behold one of the twelve Apostles of the Lamb! Behold,
he shall see and write the remainder of these things; yea, and also many things
which have been; and he shall also write concerning the end of the world;
wherefore, the things which he shall write, are just and true; and, behold,
they are written in the book which thou beheld proceeding out of the mouth of
the Jew; and at the time proceeded out of the mouth of the Jew, or, at the time
the book proceeded out of the mouth of the Jew, the things which were written,
were plain and pure, and most precious, and easy to the understanding of all
men. And, behold, the things which the Apostle of the Lamb shall write, are
many things which thou hast seen; and, behold, the remainder shalt thou see;
but the things which thou shalt see hereafter, thou shalt not write; for the
Lord God hath ordained the Apostle of the Lamb of God, that he should write
them. And also, others which have been to them, hath he shown all things, and
they have written them; and they are sealed up, to come forth in their purity,
according to the truth which is in the Lamb, in the own due time of the Lord,
unto the House of Israel. And I, Nephi, heard and bear record, that the name of
the Apostle of the Lamb was John, according to the word of the angel. And,
behold, I, Nephi, am forbidden that I should write the remainder of the things
which I saw and heard; wherefore, the things which I have written, sufficeth
me; and I have not written but a small part of the things which I saw. And I
bear record, that I saw the things which my father saw, and the angel of the
Lord did make them known unto me. --And now I make an end of speaking
concerning the things which I saw, while I was carried away in the spirit; and
if all the things which I saw are not written, the things which I have written
are true. And thus it is. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne15</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had
been carried away in the spirit, and seen all these things, I returned to the
ten of my father. And it came to pass that I beheld my brethren, and they were
disputing one with another, concerning the things which my father had spoken
unto them; for he truly spake many great things unto them, which was hard to be
understood, save a man should inquire of the Lord; and they being hard in their
hearts, therefore they did not look unto the Lord as they had ought. And now I,
Nephi, was grieved because of the hardness of their hearts, and also, because
of the things which I had seen, and knew they must unavoidably come to pass,
because of the great wickedness of the children of men. And it came to pass
that I was overcome because of my afflictions, for I considered that mine
afflictions were great above all, because of the destruction of my people; for
I had beheld their fall. And it came to pass that after I had received
strength, I spake unto my brethren, desiring to know of them the cause of their
disputations. And they said, Behold, we cannot understand the words which our
father hath spoken concerning the natural branches of the olive tree, and also,
concerning the Gentiles. And I said unto them, Have ye inquired of the Lord?
And they said unto me, we have not; for the Lord maketh no such things known
unto us. Behold, I said unto them, How is it ye do not keep the commandments of
the Lord? How is it that ye will perish, because of the hardness of your
hearts? Do ye not remember the things which the Lord hath said: If ye will not
harden your hearts, and ask me in faith, believing that ye shall receive, with
diligence in keeping my commandments, surely, these things shall be made known
unto you? Behold, I say unto you, that the House of Israel was compared unto an
olive tree, by the spirit of the Lord which was in our fathers; and, behold,
are we not broken off from the House of Israel; and are we not a branch of the
House of Israel? And now, the thing which our father meaneth concerning the
grafting in of the natural branches through the fulness of the Gentiles, is,
that in the latter days, when our seed shall have dwindled in unbelief, yea,
for the space of many years, and many generations, after that the Messiah hath
manifested himself in body unto the children of men, then shall the fullness of
the Gospel of the Messiah come unto the Gentiles, and from the Gentiles unto
the remnant of our seed; and at that day, shall the remnant of our seed know
that they are of the House of Israel, and that they are the covenant people of
the Lord; and then shall they know and come to the knowledge of their
forefathers, and also to the knowledge of the Gospel of their Redeemer, which
was ministered unto their fathers by him; wherefore, they shall come to the
knowledge of their Redeemer, and the very points of his doctrine, that they may
know how to come unto him and be saved. And then at that day, will they not
rejoice and give praise unto their everlasting God, their rock and their
salvation? Yea, at that day, will they not receive the strength and nourishment
from the true vine? Yea, will they not come unto the true fold of God? Behold,
I say unto you, Yea, they shall be remembered again among the House of Israel;
they shall be grafted in, being a natural branch of the olive tree, into the
true olive tree; and this is what our father meaneth; and he meaneth that it
will not come to pass, until after that they are scattered by the Gentiles; and
he meaneth that it shall come by way of the Gentiles, that the Lord may shew
his power unto the Gentiles, for the very cause that he shall be rejected of
the Jews, or of the House of Israel; wherefore, our father hath not spoken of
our seed alone, but also of all the House of Israel, pointing to the covenant
which should be fulfilled in the latter days; which covenant the Lord made to
our father Abraham, saying: In they seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be
blessed. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, spake much unto them concerning
these things; yea, I spake unto them concerning the restoration of the Jews, in
the latter days; and I did rehearse unto them the words of Isaiah, which spake
concerning the restoration of the Jews, or of the House of Israel; and after
that they were restored, they should no more be confounded, neither should they
be scattered again. And it came to pass that I did speak many words unto my
brethren, that they were pacified, and did humble themselves before the Lord.
And it came to pass that they did speak unto me again, saying: What meaneth the
thing which our father saw in a dream? What meaneth the tree which he saw? And
I said unto them, it was a representation of the tree of life. And they said
unto me, What meaneth the rod of iron which our father saw, that led to the
tree? And I said unto them, that it was the word of God; and whoso would hearken
unto the word of God, and would hold fast unto it, they would never perish;
neither could the temptations and the firy darts of the adversary, overpower
them unto blindness, to lead them away to destruction. Wherefore I, Nephi, did
exhort them to give heed unto the word of the Lord; yea, I did exhort them with
all the energies of my soul, and with all the faculty which I possessed that
they would give heed to the word of God, and remember to keep his commandments
always, in all things. --And they said unto me, What meaneth the river of water
which our father saw? And I said unto them, that the water which my father saw,
was filthiness; and so much was his mind swallowed up in other things, that he
beheld not the filthiness of the water; and I said unto them, that it was an
awful gulf, which separateth the wicked from the tree of life, and also from
the Saints of God; and I said unto them, that it was a representation of that
awful Hell, which the angel said unto me was prepared for the wicked. And I
said unto them, that our father also saw, that the justice of God did also
divide the wicked from the righteous; and the brightness thereof was like unto
the brightness of a flaming fire, which ascendeth up unto God forever and ever,
and hath no end. And they said unto me, Doth this thing mean the torment of the
body in the days of probation, or doth it mean the final state of the soul
after the death of the temporal body? or doth it speak of the things which are
temporal? And it came to pass that I said unto them, That it was a
representation of things both temporal and spiritual; for the day should come
that they must be judged of their works, yea, even the works which were done by
the temporal body in their days of probation; wherefore, if they should die in
their wickedness, they must be cast off; also as to the things which are
spiritual, which are pertaining to righteousness; wherefore, they must be
brought to stand before God to be judged of their works; and if their works
have been filthiness, they must needs be filthy; and if they be filthy, it must
needs be that they cannot dwell in the kingdom of God; if so, The kingdom of
God must be filthy also. But behold, I say unto you, The kingdom of God is not
filthy, and there cannot any unclean thing enter into the kingdom of God;
wherefore, there must needs be a place of filthiness prepared for that which is
filthy. And there is a place prepared, yea, even that awful Hell of which I
have spoken, and the Devil is the preparator of it; wherefore, the final state
of the souls of men is to dwell in the kingdom of God, or to be cast out
because of that justice of which I have spoken; wherefore, the wicked are
rejected from the righteous, and also from that tree of life, whose fruit is
most precious and most desirable above all other fruits; yea, and it is the
greatest of all the gifts of God. And thus I spake unto my brethren. --Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne16</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after I, Nephi,
had made an end of speaking to my brethren, behold, they said unto me, Thou
hast declared unto us hard things, more than that which we are able to bear.
And it came to pass that I said unto them, That I knew that I had spoken hard
things against the wicked, according to the truth; and the righteous have I
justified, and testified that they should be lifted up at the last day;
wherefore, the guilty taketh the truth to be hard, for it cutteth them to the
very centre. And now, my brethren, if ye were righteous, and were willing to
hearken to the truth, and give heed unto it, that ye might walk uprightly
before God, then ye would not murmur because of the truth, and say thou
speaketh hard things against us. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did exhort
my brethren, with all diligence, to keep the commandments of the Lord. And it
came to pass that they did humble themselves before the Lord; insomuch, that I
had joy and great hopes for them, that they would walk in the paths of
righteousness. Now all these things were said and done, as my father dwelt in a
tent in the valley which he called Lemuel. And it came to pass that I, Nephi,
took one of the daughters of Ishmael to wife; and also my brethren took of the
daughters of Ishmael to wife; and also, Zoram took the eldest daghter of
Ishmael to wife. And thus my father had fulfilled all the commandments of the
Lord, which had been given unto him. And also, I Nephi, had been blessed of the
Lord, exceedingly. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord spake unto my
father, by night, and commanded him, that on the morrow, he should take his
journey into the wilderness. And it came to pass that as my father arose in the
morning, and went forth to the tent door, to his great astonishment, he beheld
upon the ground a round ball, of curious workmanship; and it was of fine brass.
And within the ball were two spindles; and the one pointed the way whither we should
go into the wilderness. And it came to pass that we did gather together
whatsoever things we should carry into the wilderness, and all the remainder of
our provisions which the Lord had given unto us; and we did take seed of every
kind, that we might carry into the wilderness. And it came to pass that we did
take our tents, and depart into the wilderness, across the river Laman. And it
came to pass that we travelled for the space of four days, nearly a south,
southeast direction, and we did pitch our tents again; and we did call the name
of the place Shazer. And it came to pass that we did take our bows and our
arrows, and go forth into the wilderness, to slay food for our families; and
after that we had slain food for our families, we did return again to our
families in the wilderness, to the place of Shazer. And we did go forth again
in the wilderness, following the same direction, keeping in the most fertile
parts of the wilderness, which was in the borders near the Red Sea, And it came
to pass that we did travel for the space of many days, slaying food by the way,
with our bows and arrows, and our stones, and our slings; and we did follow the
directions of the ball, which led us in more fertile parts of the wilderness.
And after that we had travelled for the space of many days, we did pitch our
tents, for the space of a time, that we might again rest ourselves and obtain
food for our families. And it came to pass that as I, Nephi, went forth to slay
food, behold, I did break my bow, which was made of fine steel; and after that
I did break my bow, behold, my brethren were angry with me, because of the loss
of my bow, for we did obtain no food. And it came to pass that we did return
without food to our families. And being much fatigued, because of their journeying,
they did suffer much for want of food. And it came to pass that Laman and
Lemuel, and the sons of Ishmael, did begin to murmur exceedingly, because of
their sufferings and afflictions in the wilderness; and also, my father began
to murmur against the Lord his God; yea, and they were all exceeding sorrowful,
even that they did murmur against the Lord. Now it came to pass that I, Nephi,
having been afflicted with my brethren, because of the loss of my bow; and
their bows having lost their springs, it began to be exceeding difficult, yea,
insomuch, that we could obtain no food. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did
speak much unto my brethren, because that they had hardened their hearts again,
even unto complaining against the Lord their God. And it came to pass that I,
Nephi, did make out of wood a bow, and out of a straight stick, an arrow;
wherefore, I did arm myself with a bow and arrow, with a sling, and with
stones. And I said unto my father, Whither shall I go, to obtain food? And it
came to pass that he did inquire of the Lord, for they had humbled themselves
because of my word; for I did say many things unto them in the energy of my
soul. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came unto my father; and
he was truly chastened because of his murmuring against the Lord; insomuch,
that he was brought down into the depths of sorrow. And it came to pass that
the voice of the Lord said unto him, Look on the ball, and behold the things
which are written! And it came to pass that when my father beheld the things
which were written upon the ball, he did fear and tremble exceedingly; and also
my brethren, and the sons of Ishmael, and our wives. And it came to pass that
I, Nephi, beheld the pointers which were in the ball, that they did work according
to the faith, and diligence, and heed, which we did give unto them. And there
was also written upon them, a new writing, which was plain to read, which did
give us understanding concerning the ways of the Lord; and it was written and
changed from time to time, according to the faith and diligence which we gave
unto it: And thus we see, that by small means, the Lord can bring about great
things. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did go forth up into the top of the
mountain, according to the directions which were given upon the ball. And it
came to pass that I did slay beasts, insomuch, that I did obtain food for our
families. --And it came to pass that I did return to our tents, bearing the
beasts which I had slain; and now, when they beheld that I had obtained food,
how great was their joy. And it came to pass that they did humble themselves
before the Lord, and did give thanks unto him. And it came to pass that we did
again take our journey, travelling nearly the same course as in the beginning;
and after that we had travelled for the space of many days, we did pitch our
tents again, that we might tarry for the space of a time. And it came to pass
that Ishmael died, and was buried in the place which was called Nahom. And it
came to pass that the daughters of Ishmael did mourn exceedingly, because of
the loss of their father, and because of their afflictions in the wilderness;
and they did murmur against my father, because he had brought them out of the
land of Jerusalem, saying: Our father is dead; yea, and we have wandered much
in the wilderness, and we have suffered much afflictions, hunger, thirst, and
fatigue; and after all these sufferings, we must perish in the wilderness with
hunger. And thus they did murmur against my father, and also against me; and
they were desirous to return again to Jerusalem. And Laman saith unto Lemuel,
and also unto the sons of Ishmael, Behold, let us slay our father, and also our
brother Nephi, who hath taken it upon him to be our ruler and our teacher, who
are his elder brethren. Now, he saith that the Lord hath talked with him, and
also, that angels hath ministered unto him! But behold, we know that he lieth
unto us; and he telleth us these things, and he worketh many things by his
cunning arts, that he may deceive our eyes, thinking, that he may lead us away
into some strange wilderness; and after that he hath led us away, he hath
thought to make himself a King and a ruler over us, that he may do with us
according to his will and pleasure. And after this manner, did my brother Laman
stir up their hearts to anger. And it came to pass that the Lord was with us;
yea, even the voice of the Lord came and did speak many words unto them, and
did chasten them exceedingly; and after that they were chastened by the voice
of the Lord, they did turn away their anger, and did repent of their sins,
insomuch, that the Lord did bless us again with food, that we did not perish.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne17</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that we did again take our
journey in the wilderness; and we did travel nearly eastward, from that time
forth. And we did travel and wade through much affliction in the wilderness;
and our women did bear children in the wilderness. And so great were the
blessings of the Lord upon us, that while we did live upon the raw meat in the
wilderness, our women did give plenty of suck for their children, and were
strong, yea, even like unto the men; and they began to bear the journeyings
without murmurings. And thus we see that the commandments of God must be
fulfilled. And if it so be that the children of men keep the commandments of
God, he doth nourish them, and strengthen them, and provide means whereby they
can accomplish the thing which he hath commanded them; wherefore, he did
provide means for us while we did sojourn in the wilderness. And we did sojourn
for the space of many years, yea, even eight years in the wilderness. And we
did come to the land which we called Bountiful, because of its much fruit, and
also, wild honey; and all these things were prepared of the Lord, that we might
not perish. --And we beheld the Sea, which we called Irreantum, which being
interpreted, is, many waters. And it came to pass that we did pitch our tents
by the seashore; and notwithstanding we had suffered many afflictions and much
difficulty, yea, even so much that we cannot write them all, we were exceedingly
rejoiced when we came to the seashore; and we called the place Bountiful,
because of its much fruit. And it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had been in
the land of Bountiful for the space of many days, the voice of the Lord came
unto me, saying: Arise, and get thee into the mountains. And it came to pass
that I arose and went up into the mountain, and cried unto the Lord. And it
came to pass that the Lord spake unto me, saying: Thou shalt construct a ship,
after the manner which I shall shew thee, that I may carry thy people across
these waters. And I saith, Lord, whither shall I go. that I may find ore to
molten, that I may make tools to construct the ship, after the manner which
thou hast shewn unto me? And it came to pass that the Lord told me whither I
should go to find ore, that I might make tools. And it came to pass that I,
Nephi, did make bellowses wherewith to blow the fire, of the skins of beasts;
and after that I had made bellowses, that I might have wherewith to blow the
fire, I did smite two stones together, that I might make fire; for the Lord had
not hitherto suffered that we should make much fire, as we journied in the
wilderness; for he saith, I will make that thy food shall become sweet, that ye
cook it not; and I will also be your light in the wilderness; and I will
prepare the way before you, if it so be that ye shall keep my commandments;
wherefore, inasmuch as ye shall keep my commandments, ye shall be led towards
the promised land; and ye shall know that it is by me that ye are led. Yea, and
the Lord said also, that after ye have arrived to the promised land, ye shall
know that I the Lord, am God; and that I, the Lord, did deliver you from
destruction; yea, that I did bring you out of the land of Jerusalem; wherefore,
I, Nephi, did strive to keep the commandments of the Lord, and I did exhort my
brethren to faithfulness and diligence. And it came to pass that I did make the
tools of the ore which I did molten out of rock. And when my brethren saw that
I was about to build a ship, they began to murmur against me, saying: Our
brother is a fool, for he thinketh that he can build a ship; yea, and he also
thinketh that he can cross these great waters. And thus my brethren did
complain against me, and were desirous that they might not labor, for they did
not believe that I could build a ship; neither would they believe that I was
instructed of the Lord. And now it came to pass that I, Nephi, was exceeding
sorrowful, because of the hardness of their hearts; and now when they saw that
I began to be sorrowful, they were glad in their hearts, insomuch, that they
did rejoice over me, saying: We knew that ye could not construct a ship, for we
knew that ye were lacking in judgment; wherefore, thou canst not accomplish so
great a work; and thou art like unto our father, led away by the foolish
imaginations of his heart; yea, he hath led us out of the land of Jerusalem;
and we have wandered, in the wilderness for these many years; and our women
have toiled, being big with child; and they have borne children in the
wilderness, and suffered all things, save it were death; and it would have been
better that they had died, before they came out of Jerusalem, than to have
suffered these afflictions. Behold, these many years we have suffered in the
wilderness, which time we might have enjoyed our possessions, and the land of
our inheritance; yea, and we might have been happy; and we know that the people
which were in the land of Jerusalem, were a righteous people; for they kept the
statues and the judgments of the Lord, and all his commandments, according to
the law of Moses; wherefore, we know that they are a righteous people; and our
father hath judged them, and hath led us away because we would hearken unto his
words; yea, and our brother is like unto him. And after this manner of language
did my brethren murmur and complain against us. And it came to pass that I,
Nephi, spake unto them, saying: Do ye believe that our fathers, which were the
children of Israel, would have been led away out of the hands of the Egyptians,
if they had not hearkened unto the words of the Lord? Yea, do ye suppose that
they would have been led out of bondage, if the Lord had not commanded Moses
that he should lead them out of bondage? Now ye know that the children of
Israel were in bondage; and ye know that they were laden with tasks, which were
grievous to be borne; wherefore, ye know that it must needs be a good thing for
them, that they should be brought out of bondage. Now ye know that Moses was
commanded of the Lord to do that great work; and ye know that by his word, the
waters of the Red Sea were divided hither and thither, and they passed through
on dry ground. But ye know that the Egyptians were drowned in the Red Sea,
which were the armies of Pharaoh; and ye also know that they were fed with
manna, in the wilderness; yea, and ye also know that Moses by his word,
according to the power of God which was in him, smote the rock, and there came
forth water, that the children of Israel might quench their thirst; and
notwithstanding they being led, the Lord their God, their Redeemer, going
before them, leading them by day, and giving light unto them by night, and
doing all things for them which was expedient for man to receive, they hardened
their hearts, and blinded their minds, and prevailed against Moses and against
the true and living God. And it came to pass that according to his word, he did
destroy them; and according to his word, he did lead them; and according to his
word, he did do all things for them; and there was not anything done, save it
were by his word. And after they had crossed the river Jordan, he did make them
mighty, unto the driving out the children of the land, yea, unto the scattering
them to destruction. And now do ye suppose that the children of this land,
which were in the land of promise, which were driven out by our fathers, do ye
suppose that they were righteous? Behold, I say unto you, nay. Do ye suppose
that our fathers would have been more choice than they, if they had been
righteous? I say unto you, nay, behold the Lord esteemeth all flesh in one: He
that is righteous, is favored of God. But, behold, this people had rejected
every word of God, and the were ripe in iniquity; and the fulness of the wrath
of God was upon them; and the Lord did curse them; and the Lord did curse the
land against them, and bless it unto our fathers; yea, he did curse it against
them unto their destruction; and he did bless it unto our fathers, unto
obtaining power over it. Behold, the Lord hath created the earth, that it
should be inhabited; and he hath created his children, that they should possess
it. And he raiseth up a righteous nation, and destroyeth the nations of the
wicked. And he leadeth away the righteous into precious lands, and the wicked
he destroyeth, and curseth the land unto them for their sakes. He ruleth high
in the Heavens, for it is his throne, and the earth is his footstool. And he
loveth them which will have him to be their God. Behold, he loveth our fathers;
and he covenanted with them, yea, even Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and he
remembered the covenants which he had made; wherefore, he did bring them out of
the land of Egypt, and he did straighten them in the wilderness with his rod,
for they hardened their hearts, even as ye have; and the Lord straightened them,
because of their iniquity. He sent firy-flying serpents among them; and after
they were bitten, he prepared a way, that they might be healed; and the labor
which they had to perform, was to look! and because of the simpleness of the
way, or the easiness of it, there were many which perished. And they did harden
their hearts from time to time, and they did revile against Moses, and also
against God; nevertheless, ye know that they were led forth by his matchless
power, into the land of promise. --And now, after all these things, the time
has come that they have become wicked, yea, nearly unto ripeness; and I know
not but they are at this day about to be destroyed, for I know that the day
must surely come, that they must be destroyed, save a few only, which shall be
led away into captivity. wherefore, the Lord commanded my father that he should
depart into the wilderness; and the Jews also sought to take away his life;
yea, and ye also have sought to take away his life; wherefore, ye are murderers
in your hearts, and ye are like unto they: Ye are swift to do iniquity, but
slow to remember the Lord your God. Ye have seen the angel, and he spake unto
you; yea, ye have heard his voice from time to time; and he hath spoken unto
you in a still, small voice, but ye were past feeling, that ye could not feel
his words; wherefore, he hath spoken unto you like unto the voice of thunder,
which did cause the earth to shake as if it were to divide asunder. And ye also
know, that by the power of his almighty word, he can cause the earth that it
shall pass away; yea, and ye know that by his word, he can cause the rough
places be made smooth, and smooth places shall be broken up. O, then, why is
it, that ye can be so hard in your hearts? Behold, my soul is rent with anguish
because of you, and my heart is pained: I fear lest ye shall be cast off
forever. Behold, I am full of the spirit of God, insomuch as if my frame had no
strength. And now it came to pass that when I had spoken these words, they were
angry with me, and were desirous to throw me into the depths of the Sea; and as
they came forth to lay their hands upon me, I spake unto them saying: In the
name of the Almighty God, I command you that ye touch me not, for I am filled
with the power of God, even unto the consuming of my flesh; and whoso shall lay
their hands upon me, shall wither even as a dried reed; and he shall be as
nought before the power of God, for God shall smite him. And it came to pass
that I, Nephi, saith unto them, That they should murmur no more against their
father; neither should they withhold their labor from me, for God had commanded
me that I should build a ship. And I saith unto them, If God had commanded me
to do all things, I could do it. If he should command me that I should say unto
this water, Be thou earth; and if I should say it, it would be done. And now,
if the Lord hath such great power, and hath wrought so many miracles among the
children of men, how is it that he cannot instruct me, that I should build a
ship? And it came to pass that I, Nephi, said many things unto my brethren,
insomuch that they were confounded, and could not contend against me; neither
durst they lay their hands upon me, nor touch me with their fingers, even for
the space of many days. Now they durst not do this, lest they should wither
before me, so powerful was the spirit of God; and thus it had wrought upon
them. And it came to pass that the Lord said unto me, Stretch forth thine hand
again unto thy brethren, and they shall not wither before thee, but I will
shock them, saith the Lord; and this will I do, that they may know that I am
the Lord their God. And it came to pass that I stretched forth my hand unto my
brethren, and they did not wither before me; but the Lord did shake them, even
according to the word which he had spoken. And now, they said, We know of a
surety, that the Lord is with thee, for we know that it is the power of the
Lord that hath shaken us. And they fell down before me, and were about to
worship me, but I would not suffer them, saying: I am thy brother, yea, even
thy younger brother; wherefore, worship the Lord thy God, and honor thy father
and thy mother, that thy days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God
shall give thee.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne18</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that they did worship the
Lord, and did go forth with me; and we did work timbers of curious workmanship.
And the Lord did shew me from time to time, after what manner I should work the
timbers of the ship. Now I, Nephi, did not work the timbers after the manner
which was learned by men, neither did I build the ship after the manner of men;
but I did build it after the manner which the Lord had shewn unto me;
wherefore, it was not after the manner of men. And I, Nephi, did go into the
mount oft, and I did pray oft unto the Lord; wherefore, the Lord shewed unto me
great things. And it came to pass that after I had finished the ship according
to the word of the Lord, my brethren beheld that it was good, and that the
workmanship thereof was exceeding fine; wherefore, they did humble themselves
again before the Lord. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came unto
my father, that we should arise and go down into the ship. --And it came to
pass that on the morrow, after that we had prepared all things, much fruits and
meat from the wilderness, and honey in abundance, and provisions, according to
that which the Lord had commanded us, we did go down into the ship with all our
loading and our seeds, and whatsoever thing we had brought with us, every one
according to his age; wherefore, we did all go down into the ship, with our
wives and our children. And now, my father had begat two sons, in the
wilderness: The eldest was called Jacob, and the younger, Joseph. And it came
to pass that after we had all gone down into the ship, and had taken with us
our provisions and things which had been commanded us, we did put forth into
the sea, and were driven forth before the wind, towards the promised land; and
after that we had been driven forth before the wind, for the space of many
days, behold, my brethren, and the sons of Ishmael, and also their wives, began
to make themselves merry, insomuch that they began to dance, and to sing, and
to speak with much rudeness, yea, even to that they did forget by what power
they had been brought thither; yea, they were lifted up unto exceeding
rudeness. And I, Nephi, began to fear exceedingly, lest the Lord should be
angry with us, and smite us, because of our iniquity, that we should be
swallowed up in the depths of the Sea; wherefore, I, Nephi, began to speak to
them with much soberness; but, behold they were angry with me, saying: We will
not that our younger brother shall be a ruler over us. And it came to pass that
Laman and Lemuel did take me and bind me with cords, and they did treat me with
much harshness; nevertheless, the Lord did suffer it, that he might shew forth
his power, unto the fulfilling of his word which he hath spoken, concerning the
wicked. And it came to pass that after they had bound me, insomuch that I could
not move, the compass, which had been prepared of the Lord, did cease to work;
wherefore, they knew not whither they should steer the ship, insomuch, that
there arose a great storm, yea, a great and terrible tempest; and we were
driven back upon the waters for the space of three days; and they began to be
frightened exceedingly, lest they should be drowned in the Sea; nevertheless,
they did loose me not. --And on the fourth day which we had been driven back,
the tempest began to be exceeding sore. And it came to pass that we were about
to be swallowed up in the depths of the Sea. And after that we had been driven
back upon the waters for the space of four days, my brethren began to see that
the judgment of God was upon them, and that they must perish, save that they
should repent of their iniquities; wherefore, they came unto me and loosed the
bands which was upon my wrists, and behold, they had much swollen, exceedingly;
and also, mine ancles were much swollen, and great was the soreness thereof.
Nevertheless, I did look unto my God, and I did praise him all the day long;
and I did not murmur against the Lord, because of mine afflictions. Now, my
father, Lehi, had said many things unto them, and also unto the sons of
Ishmael; but, behold, they did breathe out much threatnings against any one
that should speak for me; and my parents being stricken in years, and having
suffered much grief because of their children, they were brought down, yea,
even unto their sick beds. Because of their grief, and much sorrow, and the
iniquity of my brethren, they were brought near even to be carried out of this
time, to meet their God; yea, their gray hairs were about to be brought down to
lie low in the dust; Yea, even they were near to be cast into a watery grave.
And Jacob and Joseph also, being young, having need of much nourishment, were
grieved because of the afflictions of their mother; and also my wife, with her
tears and prayers, and also my children, did not soften the hearts of my
brethren, that they would loose me; and there was nothing, save it were the
power of God, which threatened them with destruction, could soften their
hearts; wherefore, when they saw that they were about to be swallowed up in the
depths of the sea, they repented to the thing which they had done, insomuch
that they loosed me. And it came to pass that after they had loosed me, behold,
I took the compass, and it did work whither I desired it. And it came to pass
that I prayed unto the Lord; and after that I had prayed, the winds did cease,
and the storm did cease, and there was a great calm. And it came to pass that
I, Nephi, did guide the ship, that we sailed again toward the promised land.
And it came to pass that after we had sailed for the space of many days, we did
arrive to the promised land; and we went forth upon the land, and did pitch our
tents; and we did call it the promised land. And it came to pass that we did
begin to till the earth, and we began to plant seeds; yea, we did put all our
seeds into the earth, which we had brought from the land of Jerusalem. And it
came to pass that they did grow exceedingly; wherefore, we were blessed in
abundance. And it came to pass that we did find upon the Land of Promise, as we
journied in the wilderness, that there were beasts in the forests of every
kind, both the cow, and the ox, and the ass, and the horse, and the goat, and
the wild goat, and all manner of wild animals, which were used for the use of
men. And we did find all manner of ore, both of gold, and of silver, and of
copper.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne19</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the Lord commanded
me, wherefore I did make plates of ore, that I might engraven upon them the
record of my people. And upon the plates which I made, I did engraven the
record of my father, and also our journeyings in the wilderness, and the
prophecies of my father; and also, many of mine own prophecies have I engraven
upon them. And I knew not at that time when I made them, that I should be
commanded of the Lord to make these plates; wherefore, the record of my father,
and the genealogy of his fathers, and the more part of all our proceedings in
the wilderness, are engraven upon those plates of which I have spoken;
wherefore, the things which transpired before that I made these plates, are of
a truth, more particularly made mention upon the first plates. And after that I
made these plates by way of commandment, I, Nephi, received a commandment, that
the ministry, and the prophecies, the more plain and precious parts of them,
should be written upon these plates; and that the things which were written,
should be kept for the instruction of my people, which should possess the land,
and also for other wise purposes, which purposes, are known unto the Lord;
wherefore, I, Nephi, did make a record upon the other plates, which gives an
account, or which gives a greater account, of the wars, and contentions, and
destructions of my people. And this I have done, and commanded my people that
they should do, after that I was gone, and that these plates should be handed
down from one generation to another, or from one prophet to another, until
further commandments of the Lord. And an account of my making these plates
shall be given hereafter; and then behold, I proceed according to that which I
have spoken; and this I do, that the more sacred things may be kept for the
knowledge of my people. Nevertheless, I do not write any thing upon the plates,
save it be that I think it be sacred. And now, if I do err, even did they err
of old. Not that I would excuse myself because of other men, but because of the
weakness which is in me, according to the flesh, I would excuse myself. For the
things which some men esteem to be of great worth, both to the body and soul,
others set at nought, and trample under their feet. Yea, even the very God of
Israel, do men trample under their feet; I say, trample under their feet; but I
would speak in other words: They do set him at nought, and hearken not to the
voice of his counsels; and behold, he cometh according to the words of the
angel, in six hundred years from the time my father left Jerusalem: And the
world, because of their iniquity, shall judge him to be a thing of nought;
wherefore, they scourge him, and he suffereth it; and they smite him, and he
suffereth it. Yea, they spit upon him, and he suffereth it, because of his
loving kindness and his long suffering towards the children of men. And the God
of our fathers, which were led out of Egypt, out of bondage, and also were
preserved in the wilderness by him; yea, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and
the God of Jacob, yieldeth himself according to the words of the angel, as a
man, into the hands of wicked men, to be lifted up according to the words of
Zenock, and to be crucified, according to the words of Neum, and to be buried
in a sepulchre, and according to the words of Zenos, which he spake, concerning
the three days of darkness, which should be a sign given of his death, unto
them who should inhabit the isles of the sea; more especially given unto them
which are of the House of Israel. For thus spake the Prophet: The Lord God
surely shall visit the House of Israel at that day: some with his voice,
because of their righteousness, unto their great joy and salvation; and others
with the thunderings and lightnings of his power, by tempest, by fire, and by
smoke, and vapour of darkness, and by the opening of the earth, and by
mountains which shall be carried up; and all these things must surely come,
saith the Prophet Zenos. And the rocks of the earth must rend; and because the
groanings of the earth, many of the Kings of the isles of the sea shall be
wrought upon by the spirit of God, to exclaim, The God of nature suffers. And
as for they which are at Jerusalem, saith the prophet, shall be scourged by all
people, saith the prophet, because they crucify the God of Israel, and turned
their hearts aside, rejecting signs, and wonders, and power and glory of the
God of Israel; and because they turned their hearts aside, saith the prophet,
and have despised the Holy one of Israel, they shall wander in the flesh, and
perish, and become a hiss and a by-word, and be hated among all nations;
nevertheless, when that day cometh, saith the prophet, that they no more turn
aside their hearts against the Holy one of Israel, then will he remember the
covenants which he made to their fathers; yea, then will he remember the isles
of the sea; yea, and all the people which are of the House of Israel, will I
gather in, saith the Lord, according to the words of the Prophet Zenos, from
the four quarters of the earth; yea, and all the earth shall see the salvation
of the Lord, saith the prophet; every nation, kindred, tongue, and people,
shall be blessed. And I, Nephi, have written these things unto my people, that
perhaps I might persuade them that they would remember the Lord their Redeemer;
wherefore, I speak unto all the House of Israel, if it so be that they should
obtain these things. For behold, I have workings in the spirit, which doth
weary me, even that all my joints are weak, for they which are at Jerusalem;
for had not the Lord been merciful, to shew unto me concerning them, even as he
had prophets of old; for he surely did shew unto the prophets of old, all
things concerning them; and also, he did shew unto many, concerning us;
wherefore, it must needs be, that we know concerning them, for they are written
upon the plates of brass. Now it came to pass that I, Nephi, did teach my
brethren these things. And it came to pass that I did read many things to them,
which were engraven upon the plates of brass, that they might know concerning
the doings of the Lord in other lands, among people of old. And I did read many
things unto them, which were written in the Book of Moses; but that I might
more fully persuade them to believe in the Lord their Redeemer, wherefore I did
read unto them that which was written by the Prophet Isaiah; for I did liken
all the scriptures unto us, that it might be for our profit and learning.
Wherefore, I spake unto them, saying: Hear ye the words of the prophet, ye
which are a remnant of the House of Israel, a branch of which have been broken
off; hear ye the words of the prophet, which was written unto all the House of
Israel, and liken it unto yourselves, that ye may have hope as well as your
brethren, from whom ye have broken off. For after this manner hath the prophet written:</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne20</bookName>
<text>Hearken and hear this, O house of Jacob, which
are called by the name of Israel, and are come forth out of the waters of
Judah, which swear by the name of the Lord, and make mention of the God of
Israel; yet they swear not in truth, nor righteousness.-- Nevertheless, they
call themselves of the Holy city, but they do not stay themselves upon the God
of Israel, which is the Lord of hosts; yea, the Lord of hosts is his name.
Behold, I have declared the former things from the beginning; and they went
forth out of my mouth, and I shewed them; I did shew them suddenly. And I did
it because I knew that thou art obstinate, and thy neck was an iron sinew, and
thy brow brass; and I have, even from the beginning, declared to thee; before
it came to pass I shewed them thee; and I shewed them for fear lest thou
shouldst say, Mine idol hath done them; and my graven image, and my molten
image, hath commanded them. Thou hast seen and heard all this; and will ye not
declare them? And that I have shewed thee new things from this time, even
hidden things, and thou didst not know them. They are created now, and not from
the beginning; even before the day when thou heardest them not, they were
declared unto thee, lest thou shouldst say, Behold, I knew them. Yea, and thou
heardest not; yea, thou knewest not; yea, from that time, thine ear was not
opened: for I know that thou wouldst deal very treacherously, and wast called a
transgressor from the womb. Nevertheless, for my name sake I will defer mine
anger, and for my praise will I refrain from thee, that I cut thee not off. For
behold, I have refined thee; I have chosen thee in the furnace of affliction.
For mine own sake, yea, for mine own sake, will I do this; for I will not
suffer my name to be polluted, and I will not give my glory unto another.
Hearken unto me, O Jacob and Israel, my called; for I am he; and I am the
first, and I am also the last. Mine hand hath also laid the foundation of the
earth, and my right hand hath spanned the heavens: and I called unto them, and
they stand up together. All ye, assemble yourselves, and hear; which among them
hath declared these things unto them? The Lord hath loved him: yea, and he will
fulfill his word which he hath declared by them; and he will do his pleasure on
Babylon, and his arm shall come upon the Chaldeans. Also, saith the Lord: I the
Lord, yea, I have spoken, yea, I have called him, to declare I have brought
him; and he shall make his way prosperous. Come ye near unto me; I have not
spoken in secret from the beginning; from the time that it was declared, have I
spoken; and the Lord God, and his spirit, hath sent me. And thus saith the
Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel I have sent him, the Lord thy God,
which teacheth thee to profit, which leadeth thee by the way thou shouldst go,
hath done it. O that thou hadst hearkened to my commandments! then had thy
peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea; thy seed
also had been as the sand; the offspring of thy bowels like the gravel thereof;
his name should not have been cut off nor destroyed from before me. Go ye forth
of Babylon, flee ye from the Chaldeans, with a voice of singing declare ye,
tell this, utter to the end of the earth; say ye, The Lord hath redeemed his
servant Jacob. --And they thirsted not; he led them through the deserts: he
caused the waters to flow out of the rock for them: he cleaved the rock also,
and the waters gushed out. And notwithstanding he hath done all this, and
greater also, There is no peace, saith the Lord, unto the wicked.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne21</bookName>
<text>And again: Hearken, O ye house of Israel, all
ye that are broken off and are driven out, because of the wickedness of the
pastors of my people; yea, all ye that are broken off, that are scattered
abroad, which are of my people, O house of Israel. Listen, O isles, unto me;
and hearken, ye people, from far; The Lord hath called me from the womb; from
the bowels of my mother hath he made mention of my name. And he hath made my
mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand hath he hid me, and made me
a polished shaft; in his quiver hath he hid me; and said unto me, Thou art my
servant, O Israel, in whom I will be glorified. Then I said, I have labored in
vain, I have spent my strength for nought, and in vain; surely, my judgment is
with the Lord, and my work with my God. And now, saith the Lord, that formed me
from the womb that I should be his servant, to bring Jacob again to him, Though
Israel be not gathered, yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord, and my
God shall be my strength. And he said, It is a light thing that thou shouldest
be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob, and to restore the preserved of
Israel: I will also give thee for a light to the Gentiles, that thou mayest be
my salvation unto the ends of the earth. --Thus saith the Lord, the Redeemer of
Israel, his Holy One, to him whom man despiseth, to him whom the nations
abhorreth, to servants of rulers, Kings shall see and arise, princes also shall
worship, because of the Lord that is faithful. Thus saith the Lord, In an
acceptable time have I heard thee, O isles of the sea, and in a day of
salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee my
servant for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to
inherit the desolate heritages: that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go
forth; to them that sit in darkness, Shew yourselves. --They shall feed in the
ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger or
thirst, neither shall the heat or the sun smite them: for he that hath mercy on
them shall lead them, even by the springs of water shall he guide them. And I
will make all my mountains away, and my highways shall be exalted. And then, O
house of Israel, behold, these shall come from far; and lo, these from the
north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. Sing, O Heavens; and
be joyful, O earth; for the feet of them which are in the east shall be
established; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for they shall be
smitten no more: for the Lord hath comforted his people, and will have mercy
upon his afflicted. But, behold, Zion hath said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and
my Lord hath forgotten me; but he will shew that he hath not. For can a woman
forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her
womb? Yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee, O house of Israel.
Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are
continually before me. Thy children shall make haste against thy destroyers;
and they that made thee waste, shall go forth of thee. Lift up thine eyes round
about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and they shall come to
thee. And as I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them
all, as with an ornament, and bind them on even as a bride. For thy waste and
thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too
narrow by reason of the inhabitants; and they that swallowed thee up, shall be
far away. The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other,
shall again in thine ears say, The place is too straight for me: give place to
me that I may dwell. Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me
these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a captive, and removing
to and fro? and who hath brought up these? Behold, I was left alone; these,
where have they been? Thus saith the Lord God. Behold, I will lift up mine hand
to the Gentiles, and set my standard to the people: and they shall bring thy
sons in their arms, and thy daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders.
And kings shall be thy nursing fathers, and thy queens thy nursing mothers:
they shall bow down to thee with their face towards the earth, and lick up the
dust of thy feet; and thou shalt know that I am the Lord: for they shall not be
ashamed that wait for me. For shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the
lawful captives delivered? But thus saith the Lord, Even the captives of the
mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered:
for I will contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save thy
children. And I will feed them that oppress thee with their own flesh; they
shall be drunken with their own blood, as with sweet wine: and all flesh shall
know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the mighty one of Jacob.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x1ne22</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after I, Nephi,
after that I had read these things which were engraven upon the plates of
brass, my brethren came unto me and said unto me, What meaneth these things
which ye have read? Behold, are they to be understood according to the spirit
and not the flesh? And I, Nephi, sayeth unto them, Behold, they were made
manifest unto the prophet, by the voice of the spirit: for by the spirit are
all things made known unto the prophet, which shall come upon the children of
men, according to the flesh. Wherefore, the things which I have read, are
things pertaining to things both temporal and spiritual: for it appears that
the House of Israel, sooner or later, will be scattered upon all the face of
the earth, and also among all nations, and before there are many which are
already lost from the knowledge of they which are at Jerusalem. Yea, the more
part of all the tribes have been led away; and they are scattered to and fro
upon the isles of the sea: and wither they are, none of us knoweth, save that
we know that they have been led away. --And since that they have been led away,
these things have been prophesied concerning them, and also concerning all they
which shall hereafter be scattered and be confounded, because of the Holy One
of Israel: for against him will they harden their hearts: wherefore, they shall
be scattered among all nations, and shall be hated by all men. Nevertheless,
after that they have been nursed by the Gentiles, and the Lord hath lifted up
his hand upon the Gentiles and set them up for a standard, and their children
shall be carried in their arms, and their daughters shall be carried upon their
shoulders, behold, these things of which are spoken, are temporal: for thus is
the covenants of the Lord with our fathers; and it meaneth us in the days to
come, and also our brethren which are of the House of Israel. And it meaneth
that the time cometh that after all the House of Israel have been scattered and
confounded, that the Lord God will raise up a mighty nation among the Gentiles,
yea, even upon the face of this land; and by them shall our seed be scattered.
And after that our seed is scattered, the Lord God will proceed to do a
marvellous work among the gentiles, which shall be of great worth unto our
seed; wherefore, it is likened unto the being nourished by the Gentiles, and
being carried in their arms, and upon their shoulders. And it shall also be of
worth unto the Gentiles; and not only unto the Gentiles, but unto all the House
of Israel, unto the making known of the covenants of the Father of Heaven unto
Abraham, saying, In thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.
And I would, my brethren, that ye should know that all the kindreds of the
earth cannot be blessed, unless he shall make bare his arm in the eyes of the
nations. Wherefore, the Lord God will proceed to make bare his arm in the eyes
of all the nations, in bringing about his covenants and his Gospel, unto they
which are of the House of Israel. Wherefore, he will bring them again out of
captivity, and they shall be gathered together to the lands of their
inheritance; and they shall be brought out of obscurity, and out of darkness;
and they shall know that the Lord is their Saviour and their Redeemer, the
mighty one of Israel. And the blood of that great and abominable church, which
is the whore of all the earth, shall turn upon their own heads: for they shall
war among themselves, and the sword of their own hands shall fall upon their
own heads, and they shall be drunken with their own blood. And every nation
which shall war against thee, O house of Israel, shall be turned one against
another, and they shall fall into the pit which they digged to ensnare the
people of the Lord. And all that fight against Zion, shall be destroyed. And
that great whore, which hath perverted the right ways of the Lord; yea, that
great and abominable church, shall stumble to the dust, and great shall be the
fall of it. For behold, saith the prophet, that the times cometh speedily, that
Satan shall have no more power over the hearts of the children of men: for the
day soon cometh, that all the proud and they which do wickedly, shall be as
stubble; and the day cometh that they must be burned. For the time soon cometh,
that the fulness of the wrath of God shall be poured out upon all the children
of men: for he will not suffer that the wicked shall destroy the righteous.
Wherefore, he will preserve the righteous by his power, even if it so be that
the fulness of his wrath must come, and the righteous be preserved, even unto
the destruction of their enemies by fire. Wherefore, the righteous need not fear:
for thus saith the prophet, They shall be saved, even if it be so as by fire.
Behold, my brethren, I say unto you, that these things must shortly come; yea,
even blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke must come; and it must needs be upon
the face of this earth; and it cometh unto men according to the flesh, if it so
be that they will harden their hearts against the Holy One of Israel: for
behold, the righteous shall not perish; for the time surely must come, that all
they which fight against Zion, shall be cut off. And the Lord will surely
prepare a way for his people, unto the fulfilling of the words of Moses, which
he spake, saying: A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you, like
unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. And
it shall come to pass that all they which will not hear that prophet, shall be
cut off from among the people. And now I, Nephi, declare unto you, that this
prophet of whom Moses spake, was the Holy One of Israel; wherefore, he shall
execute judgment in righteousness; and the righteous need not fear, for it is
they which shall not be confounded. But it is the kingdom of the Devil, which
shall be built up among the children of men, which kingdom is established among
them which are in the flesh: for the time speedily shall come, that all
churches which are built up to get gain, and they which are built up to get
power over the flesh, and they which are built up to become popular in the eyes
of the world, and they which seek the lusts of the flesh and the things of the
world, and do all manner of iniquity; yea, in fine, all they which belong to
the kingdom of the Devil, it is they which need fear, and tremble, and quake;
it is they which must be brought low in the dust; it is they which must be consumed
as stubble: and this is according to the words of the prophet. And the time
cometh speedily, that the righteous must be led up as calves of the stall, and
the Holy One of Israel must reign in dominion, and might, and power, and great
glory. And he gathereth his children from the four quarters of the earth; and
he numbereth his sheep, and they know him; and there shall be one fold and one
shepherd; and he shall feed his sheep, and in him they shall find pasture.
--And because of the righteousness of his people, Satan, hath no power;
wherefore, he cannot be loosed for the space of many years: for he hath no
power over the hearts of the people, for they dwell in righteousness, and the
Holy One of Israel reigneth. And now behold, I, Nephi, say unto you, that all
these things must come, according to the flesh. But, behold, all nations,
kindreds, tongues, and people, shall dwell safely in the Holy One of Israel, if
it so be that they will repent. And now I, Nephi, make an end; for I durst not
speak further as yet, concerning these things. Wherefore, my brethren, I would
that ye consider that the things which have been written upon the plates of
brass, are true; and they testify that a man must be obedient to the
commandments of God. Wherefore, ye need not suppose that I and my father are
the only ones that have testified, and also taught them. Wherefore, if ye shall
be obedient to the commandments, and endure to the end, ye shall be saved at
the last day. And thus it is. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne1</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass after I, Nephi, had
made an end of teaching my brethren, our father, Lehi, also spake many things
unto them: how great things the Lord had done for them, in bringing them out of
the land of Jerusalem. And he spake unto them concerning their rebellions upon
the waters, and the mercies of God in sparing their lives, that they were not
swallowed up in the sea. And he also spake unto them concerning the land of
promise, which they had obtained: how merciful the Lord had been in warning us that
we should flee out of the land of Jerusalem. For, Behold, saith he, I have seen
a vision, in the which I know that Jerusalem is destroyed; and had we remained
in Jerusalem, we should also have perished. But, said he, notwithstanding our
afflictions, we have obtained a land of promise, a land which is choice above
all other lands; a land which the Lord God hath covenanted with me should be a
land for the inheritance of my seed. Yea, the Lord hath covenanted this land
unto me, and to my children forever; and also they which should be led out of
other countries, by the hand of the Lord. Wherefore, I, Lehi, prophesy
according to the workings of the spirit which is in me, that there shall be
none come into this land, save they should be brought by the hand of the Lord.
Wherefore, this land is consecrated unto him whom he shall bring. And if it so
be that they shall serve him according to the commandments which he hath given,
it shall be a land of liberty unto them; wherefore, they shall never be brought
down into captivity: if so it shall be because of iniquity: for if iniquity
shall abound, cursed shall be the land for their sakes; but unto the righteous,
it shall be blessed forever. And behold, it is wisdom that this land should be
kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations: for behold, many nations would
overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance. Wherefore,
I, Lehi, have obtained a promise that inasmuch as they which the Lord God shall
bring out of the land of Jerusalem shall keep his commandments, they shall
prosper upon the face of this land; and they shall be kept from all other
nations, that they may possess this land unto themselves. And if it so be that
they shall keep his commandments, they shall be blessed upon the face of this
land, and there shall be none to molest them, nor to take away the land of
their inheritance; and they shall dwell safely forever. But behold, when the
time cometh that they shall dwindle in unbelief, after that they have received
so great blessings from the hand of the Lord; having a knowledge of the
creation of the earth, and all men knowing the great and marvellous works of
the Lord from the creation of the world; having power given them to do all
things by faith; having all the commandments from the beginning, and having
been brought by his infinite goodness into this precious land of promise;
behold, I say, if the day shall come that they will reject the Holy One of
Israel, the true Messiah their Redeemer and their God, behold, the judgments of
him that is just, shall rest upon them; yea, he will bring other nations unto
them and he will give unto them power, and he will take away from them the
lands of their possessions; and he will cause them to be scattered and smitten.
Yea, as one generation passeth to another, there shall be bloodsheds and great
visitations among them; wherefore, my sons, I would that ye would remember;
yea, I would that ye would hearken, unto my words. O that ye would awake, awake
from the deep sleep, yea, even from the sleep of hell, and shake off the awful
chains by which ye are bound, which are the chains which bind the children of
men, that they are carried away captive down to the eternal gulf of misery and
wo! Awake! and arise from the dust, and hear the words of a trembling parent,
whose limbs ye must soon lay down in the cold and silent grave, from whence no
traveller can return: a few more days, and I go the way of all the earth. But
behold, the Lord hath redeemed my soul from hell: I have beheld his glory, and
I am encircled about eternally in the arms of his love. And I desire that ye
should remember to observe the statues and the judgments of the Lord: behold,
this hath been the anxiety of my soul, from the beginning. My heart hath been
weighed down with sorrow from time to time: for I have feared, lest for the
hardness of your hearts, lest the Lord your God should come out in the fulness
of his wrath, upon you, that ye be cut off and destroyed forever; or, that a
cursing should come upon you, for the space of many generations; and ye are
visited by sword, and by famine, and are hated, and are led according to the
will and the captivity of the Devil. O my sons, that these things might not
come upon you, but that ye might be a choice and a favored people of the Lord.
But, behold, his will be done: for his ways are righteousness forever; and he
hath said, that inasmuch as ye shall keep my commandments, ye shall prosper in
the land; but inasmuch as ye will not keep my commandments, ye shall be cut off
from my presence. And now that my soul might have joy in you, and that my heart
might leave this world with gladness because of you; that I might not be
brought down with grief and sorrow to the grave, arise from the dust, my sons,
and be men, and be determined in one mind, and in one heart united in all
things, that ye may not come down into captivity; that ye may not be cursed
with a sore cursing; and also, that ye may not incur the displeasure of a just
God upon you, unto the destruction, yea, the eternal destruction of both soul
and body. Awake, my sons; put on the armor of righteousness. Shake off the
chains with which ye are bound, and come forth out of obscurity. and arise from
the dust. Rebel no more against your brother, whose views have been glorious,
and who hath kept the commandments from the time that we left Jerusalem, and
who hath been an instrument in the hands of God, in bringing us forth into the
land of promise: for were it not for him, we must have perished with hunger in
the wilderness; nevertheless, ye sought to take away his life; yea, and he hath
suffered much sorrow because of you. And I exceedingly fear and tremble because
of you, lest he shall suffer again: for behold, ye have accused him that he
sought power and authority over you; but I know that he hath not sought power
nor authority over you; but he hath sought the glory of God, and your own
eternal welfare. And ye have murmured because he hath been plain unto you. Ye
say that he hath used sharpness; ye say that he hath been angry with you. But
behold, his sharpness was the sharpness of the power of the word of God, which
was in him; and that which ye call anger, was the truth, according to that
which is in God, which he could not constrain, manifesting boldly concerning
your iniquities. And it must needs be that the .power of God must be with him,
even unto his commanding you, that ye must obey. But behold, it was not him,
but it was the spirit of the Lord which was in him, which opened his mouth to
utterance that he could not shut it. And now my son Laman, and also Lemuel and
Sam, and also my sons which are the sons of Ishmael, beheld, if ye will hearken
unto the voice of Nephi, ye shall not perish, And if ye will hearken unto him,
I leave unto you a blessing, yea, even my first blessing, yea, even my blessing,
and it shall rest upon him. And now, Zoram, I speak unto you: Behold, thou art
the servant of Laban; nevertheless, thou hast been brought out of the land of
Jerusalem, and I know that thou art a true friend of my son, Nephi, forever.
Wherefore, because thou hast been faithful, thy seed shall be blessed with his
seed, that they dwell in prosperity long upon the face of this land; and
nothing, save it shall be iniquity among them, shall harm or disturb their
prosperity upon the face of this land forever. --Wherefore, if ye shall keep
the commandments of the Lord, the Lord hath consecrated this land for the
security of thy seed with the seed of my son.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne2</bookName>
<text>And now, Jacob, I speak unto you; Thou art my
first born in the days of my tribulation in the wilderness. And behold, in thy
childhood, thou hast suffered afflictions and much sorrow, because of the
rudeness of thy brethren. Nevertheless, Jacob, my first born in the wilderness,
thou knowest the greatness of God; and he shall consecrate thine afflictions
for thy gain. Wherefore, thy soul shall be blessed, and thou shall dwell safely
with thy brother, Nephi; and thy days shall be spent in the service of thy God.
--Wherefore, I know that thou art redeemed because of the righteousness of thy
Redeemer: for thou hast beheld, that in the fulness of time, he cometh to bring
salvation unto men. And thou hast beheld in thy youth, his glory; wherefore,
thou art blessed even as they unto whom he shall minister in the flesh: for the
spirit is the same, yesterday, to-day, and forever. And the way is prepared
from the fall of man, and salvation is free. And men are instructed
sufficiently, that they know good from evil. And the law is given unto men. And
by the law, no flesh is justified; or, by the ;law, men are cut off. Yea, by
the temporal law, they were cut off; and also, by the spiritual law, they
perish from that which is good, and become miserable forever. Wherefore,
redemption cometh in and through the Holy Messiah: for he is full of grace and
truth. Behold, he offereth himself a sacrifice for sin, to answer the ends of
the law, unto all those which have a broken heart and a contrite spirit; and
unto none else can the ends of the law be answered. Wherefore, how great the
importance to make these things known unto the inhabitants of the earth, that
they may know that there is no flesh that can dwell in the presence of God,
save it be through the merits, and mercy, and the grace of the Holy Messiah,
which layeth down his life according to the flesh, and taketh it again by the
power of the spirit, that he may bring to pass the resurrection of the dead,
being the first that should rise. Wherefore, he is the first fruits unto God,
inasmuch as he shall make intercession for all the children of men; and they
that believe in him, shall be saved. And because of the intercession for all,
all men cometh unto God; wherefore, they stand in the presence of Him, to be
judged of Him, according to the truth and holiness which is in him. Wherefore,
the ends of the law which the Holy One hath given, unto the inflicting of the
punishment which is affixed, which punishment that is affixed is in opposition
to that of the happiness which is affixed, to answer the ends of the atonement;
for it must needs be, there is an opposition in all things. If not so, my first
born in the wilderness, righteousness could not be brought to pass; neither
wickedness; neither holiness nor misery; neither good or bad. Wherefore, all
things must needs be a compound in one; wherefore, if it should be one body, it
must needs remain as dead, having no life, neither death nor corruption, nor
incorruption, happiness nor misery, neither sense or insensibility. Wherefore,
it must needs have been created for a thing of nought; wherefore, there would
have been no purpose in the end of its creation. Wherefore, this things must
needs destroy the wisdom of God, and his eternal purposes; and also, the power,
and the mercy, and the justice of God. And if ye shall say there is no law, ye
shall also say there is no sin. If ye shall say there is no sin, ye shall also
say there is no righteousness. --And if there be no righteousness, there be no
happiness. And if there be no righteousness nor happiness, there be no
punishment nor misery. And if these things are not, there is no God. And if
there is no God, we are not, neither the earth: for there could have been no
creation of things, neither to act nor to be acted upon; wherefore, all things
must have vanished away. And now, my sons, I speak unto you these things, for
your profit and learning: for there is a God, and he hath created all things,
both the heavens and the earth, and all things that in them is; both things to
act, and things to be acted upon; and to bring about his eternal purposes in
the end of man, after that he created our first parents, and the beasts of the
field, and the fowls of the air, and in fine, all things which are created, it
must needs be that there was an opposition; even the forbidden fruit in
opposition to the tree of life; the one being sweet and the other bitter;
wherefore, the Lord God gave unto man, that he should act for himself.
Wherefore, man could not act for himself, save it should be that he were
enticed by the one or the other. And I, Lehi, according to the things which I
have read must needs suppose, that an angel of God, according to that which is
written, had fallen from Heaven; wherefore, he became a Devil, having sought
that which was evil before God. And because he had fallen from Heaven, and had
become miserable forever, he sought also the misery of all mankind.
--Wherefore, he sayeth unto Eve, yea, even that old serpent, which is the
Devil, which is the father of all lies; wherefore he sayeth, Partake of the
forbidden fruit, and ye shall not die, but ye shall be as God, knowing good and
evil. And after that Adam and Eve had partaken of the forbidden fruit, they
were driven out from the garden of Eden, to till the earth. And they brought
forth children; yea, even the family of all the earth. And the days of children
of men were prolonged, according to the will of God, that they might repent
while in the flesh; wherefore, their state being a state of probation, and
their time was lengthened, according to the commandments which the Lord God
gave unto the children of men. For he gave a commandment that all men must
repent; for he shewed unto all men that they were lost, because of the
transgression of their parents. And now, behold, if Adam had not transgressed,
he would not have fallen; but he would have remained in the garden of Eden. And
all things which were created, must have remained in the same state which they
were, after that they were created; and they must have remained forever, and
had no end. And they would have had no children; wherefore, they would have
remained in a state of innocence, having no joy, for they knew no misery: doing
no good, for they knew no sin. But, behold, all things have been done in the
wisdom of Him who knoweth all things. Adam fell, that men might be; and men
are, that they might have joy. And the Messiah cometh in the fulness of time,
that he might redeem the children of men from the fall. And because that they
are redeemed from the fall, they have become free forever, knowing good from
evil; to act for themselves. and not to be acted upon, save it be by the
punishment of law, at the great and last day, according to the commandments
which God hath given. Wherefore, men are free according to the flesh; and all
things are given them which is expedient unto man. And they are free to choose
liberty and eternal life, through the mediation of all men, or to choose captivity
and death, according to the captivity and the power of the Devil: for he
seeketh that all men might be miserable like unto himself. And now, my sons, I
would that ye looked to the great mediator, and hearken unto his great
commandments; and be faithful unto his words, and choose eternal life,
according to the will of his Holy Spirit, and not choose eternal death,
according to the will of the flesh and the evil which is therein, which giveth
the spirit of the Devil power to captivate, to bring you down to hell, that he
may reign over you in his own kingdom. I have spoken these few words unto you
all, my sons, in the last days of my probation; and I have chosen the good part
according to the words of the prophet. And I have none another object save it be
the everlasting welfare of your souls. --Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne3</bookName>
<text>And now I speak unto you, Joseph, my last
born. Thou wast born in the wilderness of mine afflictions; yea, in the days of
my greatest sorrow, did thy mother bear thee. And may the Lord consecrate unto
thee this land, which is a most precious land for thine inheritance and the
inheritance of thy seed with thy brethren, for thy security forever, if it so
be that ye shall keep the commandments of the Holy One of Israel. And now,
Joseph, my last born, whom I have brought out of the wilderness of mine afflictions,
may the Lord bless thee forever, for thy seed shall not utterly be destroyed.
For behold, thou art the fruit of my loins; and I am a descendant of Joseph,
which was carried captive into Egypt. And great was the covenants of the Lord,
which he made unto Joseph; wherefore, Joseph truly saw our day. And he obtained
a promise of the Lord, that out of the fruit of his loins, the Lord God would
raise up a righteous branch unto the House of Israel; not the Messiah , but a
branch which was broken off; nevertheless, to be remembered in the covenants of
the Lord, that the Messiah should be made manifest unto them in the latter days
in the spirit of power, unto the bringing of them out of the darkness unto the
light; yea, out of hidden darkness and out of captivity unto freedom. For
Joseph truly testified saying: A seer shall the Lord my God raise up, which
shall be a choice seer unto the fruit of my loins. Yea, Joseph truly said thus
saith the Lord unto me: A choice seer will I raise up out of the fruit of thy loins;
and he shall be esteemed highly among the fruit of thy loins. And unto him will
I give commandment, that he shall do a work for the fruit of thy loins, his
brethren, which shall be of great worth unto them, even to the bringing of them
to the knowledge of the covenants which I have made with thy fathers. And I
will give unto him a commandment, that he shall do none other work, save the
work which I shall command him. And I will make him great in mine eyes: for he
shall do my work. And he shall be great like unto Moses, whom I have said I
would raise up unto you, to deliver my people, O house of Israel. And Moses
will I raise up, to deliver thy people out of the land of Egypt. Bat a seer
will I raise up out of the fruit of thy loins; and unto him will I give power
to bring forth my word unto the seed of thy loins; and not to the bringing
forth my word only, saith the Lord, but to the convincing them of my word,
which shall have already gone forth among them. Wherefore, the fruit of my
loins shall write; and the fruit of the loins of Judah shall write; and that
which shall be written by the fruit of thy loins, and also that which shall be
written by the fruit of the loins of Judah, shall grow together, unto the
confounding of false doctrines, and laying down of contentions, and
establishing peace among the fruit of thy loins, and bringing them to the
knowledge of their fathers in the latter days; and also to the knowledge of my
covenants, saith the Lord. And out of weakness he shall be made strong, in that
day when my work shall commence among all my people, unto the restoring thee, O
house of Israel, saith the Lord. And thus prophesied Joseph, saying: Behold,
that seer will the Lord bless; and they that seek to destroy him, shall be
confounded: for this promise, of which I have obtained of the Lord, of the
fruit of thy loins, shall be fulfilled. Behold, I am sure of the fulfilling of
this promise. And his name shall be called after me; and it shall be after the
name of his father. And he shall be like unto me; for the thing which the Lord
shall bring forth by his hand, by the power of the Lord shall bring my people
unto salvation; yea, thus prophesied Joseph. I am sure of this thing, even as I
am sure of the promise of Moses: for the Lord hath said unto me, I will
preserve thy seed forever. And the Lord hath said I will raise up a Moses; and
I will give power unto him in a rod; and I will give judgment unto him in
writing. Yet I will not loose his tongue, that he shall speak much: for I will
not make him mighty in speaking. But I will write unto him my law, by the
finger of mine own hand; and I will make a spokesman for him. And the Lord said
unto me also, I will raise up unto the fruit of thy loins; and I will make ,for
him a spokesman. And I, behold, I will give unto him, that he shall write the
writing of the fruit of thy loins, unto the fruit of thy loins; and the
spokesman of thy loins shall declare it. And the words which he shall write,
shall be the words which is expedient in my wisdom, should go forth unto the
fruit of thy loins. And it shall be as if the fruit of thy loins had cried unto
them from the dust: for I know their faith. And they shall cry from the dust;
yea, even repentance unto their brethren, even that after many generations have
gone by them. And it shall come to pass that their cry shall go, even according
to the simpleness of their words. Because of their faith, their words shall
proceed forth out of my mouth unto their brethren, which are the fruit of thy
loins; and the weakness of their words will I make strong in their faith, unto
the remembering of my covenant which I made unto thy fathers. And now, behold,
my son, Joseph, after this manner did my father of old prophesy. Wherefore,
because of this covenant, thou art blessed: for thy seed shall not be
destroyed, for they shall hearken unto the words of the Book. And there shall
raise up one, mighty among them, which shall do much good, both in word and in
deed, being an instrument in the hands of God, with exceeding faith, to work
mighty wonders, and do that thing which is great in the sight of God, unto the
bringing to pass much restoration unto the House of Israel, and unto the seed
of thy brethren. And now, blessed art thou, Joseph. Behold, thou art little;
wherefore, hearken unto the words of thy brother Nephi, and it shall be done
unto thee, even according to the words which I have spoken. Remember, the words
of thy dying father. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne4</bookName>
<text>And now, I, Nephi, speak concerning the
prophecies of which my father hath spoken, concerning Joseph, who was carried
into Egypt: For behold, he truly prophesied concerning all his seed. And the
prophecies which he wrote, there are not many greater. And he prophesied
concerning us, and our future generations: and they are written upon the plates
of brass. Wherefore, after my father had made an end of the speaking concerning
the prophecies of Joseph, he called the children of Laman, his sons, and his
daughters, and sayeth unto them, Behold, my sons, and my daughters, which are
the sons and the daughters of my first born. I would that ye should give ear
unto my words: for the Lord God hath said, That inasmuch as ye shall keep my
commandments, ye shall prosper in the land; and inasmuch as ye will not keep my
commandments, ye shall be cut off from my presence. But behold, my sons and my
daughters, I cannot go down to my grave, save I should leave a blessing upon
you: For behold, I know that if ye are brought up in the right way that ye
should go, ye will not depart from it. Wherefore, if ye are cursed, behold, I
leave my blessing upon you, that the cursing may be taken from you, and be
answered upon the heads of your parents. Wherefore, because of my blessing, the
Lord God will not suffer that ye shall perish; wherefore, he will be merciful
unto you, and unto your seed, forever. And it came to pass that after my father
had made an end of speaking to the sons and daughters of Laman, he caused the
sons and daughters of Lemuel to be brought before him. And he spake unto them,
saying: Behold, my sons and my daughters, which are the sons and the daughters
of my second son; behold, I leave unto you the same blessing which I left unto
the sons and daughters of Laman; wherefore, thou shalt not utterly be
destroyed; but in the end, thy seed shall be blessed. And it came to pass that
when my father had made an end of speaking unto them, behold, it came to pass
that he spake unto the sons of Ishmael, yea, and even all his household. And
after that he had made an end of speaking unto them, he spake unto Sam, saying:
Blessed art thou, and thy seed: for thou shalt inherit the land, like unto thy
brother, Nephi. And thy seed shall be numbered with his seed; and thou shalt be
even like unto thy brother, and thy seed like unto his seed; And thou shalt be
blessed in all thy days. And it came to pass that after Lehi had spake unto all
his household, according to the feelings of his heart, and the spirit of the
Lord which was in him, he waxed old. And it came to pass that he died, and was
buried. And it came to pass that not many days after his death, Laman and
Lemuel, and the sons Ishmael, were angry with me, because of the admonitions of
the Lord: for I, Nephi, was constrained to speak unto them according to the
word. For I had spake many things unto them, and also my father, before his
death; many of which sayings, are written upon mine other plates: for a more
history part are written upon mine other plates. And upon these I write the things
of my soul, and many of the Scriptures which are engraven upon the plates of
brass: For my soul deliteth in the Scriptures; and my heart pondereth them, and
writeth them for the learning and the profit of my children. Behold, my soul
delighteth in the things of the Lord; and my heart pondereth continually upon
the things which I have seen and heard. Nevertheless, notwithstanding the great
goodness of the Lord, in shewing me his great and marvelous works, my heart
exclaimeth, O wretched man that I am; yea, my heart sorroweth, because of my
flesh. My soul grieveth, because of mine iniquities. I am encompassed about,
because of the temptations and the sins which doth so easily beset me. And when
I desire to rejoice, my heart groaneth because of my sins; nevertheless, I know
in whom I have trusted. My God hath been my support; he hath led me through
mine afflictions in the wilderness; and he hath preserved me upon the waters of
the great deep. He hath filled me with his love, even unto the consuming of my
flesh. He hath confounded mine enemies, unto the causing of them to quake
before me. Behold, he hath heard my cry by day, and he hath given me knowledge
by visions in the night time. And by day have I waxed bold in mighty prayer
before him; yea, my voice have I sent upon high; and angels came down and
ministered unto me. And upon the wings of his spirit hath my body been carried
away upon exceeding high mountains. And mine eyes hath beheld great things;
yea, even too great for man; therefore I was bidden that I should not write
them. O then, if I have seen so great things; if the Lord in his condescension
unto the children of men, hath visited men in so much mercy, why should my
heart weep, and my soul linger in the valley of sorrow, and my flesh wasteth
away, and my strength slacken, because of mine afflictions? And why should I
yield to sin, because of my flesh? Yea, why should I give away to temptations,
that the evil one have place in my heart, to destroy my peace and afflict my
soul? Why am I angry because of mine enemy? Awake, my soul! No longer droop in
sin. Rejoice O my heart, and give place no more for the enemy of my soul. Do
not anger again, because of mine enemies. Do not slacken my strength, because
of mine afflictions. Rejoice, O my heart, and cry unto the Lord, and say, O
Lord, I will praise thee forever; yea, my soul will rejoice in thee, my God,
and the rock of my salvation. O Lord, wilt thou redeem my soul? Wilt thou
deliver me out of the hands of mine enemies? Wilt thou make me that I may shake
at the appearance of sin? May the gates of hell be shut continually before me,
because that my heart is broken and my spirit is contrite? O Lord, wilt thou
shut the gates of thy righteousness before me, that I may walk in the path of
the low valley, that I may be strict in the plain road? O Lord, wilt thou
encircle me around in the robe of thy righteousness? O Lord, wilt thou make a
way for mine escape before mine enemies? Wilt thou make my path straight before
me? Wilt thou not place a stumbling block in my way? But that thou wouldst
clear my way before me, and hedge not up my way, but the ways of mine enemy. O
Lord, I have trusted in thee, and I will trust in thee forever. I will not put
my trust in the arm of flesh; for I know that cursed is he that putteth his
trust in the arm of flesh. --Yea, cursed is he that putteth his trust in man,
or maketh flesh his arm. Yea, I know that God will give liberally to him that
asketh. Yea, my God will give me, if I ask not amiss; therefore I will lift up
my voice unto thee; yea, I will cry unto thee, my God, the rock of my
righteousness. Behold, my voice shall forever ascend up unto thee, my rock and
mine everlasting God. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne5</bookName>
<text>Behold, it came to pass that I, Nephi, did cry
much unto the Lord my God, because of the anger of my brethren. But behold,
their anger did increase against me, insomuch that they did seek to take away
my life. Yea, they did murmur against me, saying: Our younger brother thinketh
to rule over us; and we have had much trial because of him; wherefore, now let
us slay him, that we may not be afflicted more because of his words. For
behold, we will not that he shall be our ruler: for it belongeth unto us, which
are the elder brethren, to rule over this people. Now I do not write upon these
plates, all the words which they murmured against me. But it sufficeth me to
say, that they seek to take away my life. And it came to pass that the Lord did
warn me, that I, Nephi, should depart from them, and flee into the wilderness,
and all they which would go with me. Wherefore, it came to pass that I, Nephi,
did take my family, and also Zoram and his family, and Sam, mine elder brother,
and his family, and Jacob and Joseph, my younger brethren, and also my sisters,
and all they which would go with me. And all they which would go with me, were
they which believed in the warnings and the revelations of God; Wherefore, they
did hearken unto my words. And we did take our tents and whatsoever things were
possible for us, and did journey in the wilderness for the space of many days.
And after that we had journied for the space of many days, we did pitch our
tents. And my people would that we should call the name of the place Nephi;
wherefore, we did call it Nephi. And all they which were with me, did take it
upon them to call themselves the people of Nephi. And we did observe to keep
the judgments, and the statues, and the commandments of the Lord, in all
things, according to the law of Moses. And the Lord was with us; and we did
prosper exceedingly: for we did sow seed, and we did reap again in abundance.
And we began to raise flocks, and herds, and animals of every kind. And I,
Nephi, had also brought the records which were engraven upon the plates of
brass; and also the ball, or compass, which was prepared for my father, by the
hand of the Lord, according to that which is written. And it came to pass that
we began to prosper exceedingly, and to multiply in the land. And I, Nephi, did
take the sword of Laban, and after the manner of it did make many swords, lest
by any means the people which were now called Lamanites, should come upon us
and destroy us: for I knew their hatred towards me and my children, and they
which were called my people. And I did teach my people, that they should build
buildings; and that they should work in all manner of wood, and of iron, and of
copper, and of brass, and of steel, and of gold, and of silver, and of precious
ores which were in great abundance. And I, Nephi, did build a temple; and I did
construct it after the manner of the temple of Solomon, save it were not built
of so many precious things: for they were not to be found upon the land;
wherefore, it could not be built like unto Solomon's temple. But the manner of
the construction was like unto the temple of Solomon; and the workmanship
thereof was exceeding fine. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did cause my
people that they should be industrious, and that they should labor with their
hands. And it came to pass that they would that I should be their King. But I,
Nephi, was desirous that they should have no King; nevertheless, I did do for
them according to that which was in my power. And behold, the words of the Lord
had been fulfilled unto my brethren, which he spake concerning them, that I
should be their ruler and their teacher; wherefore, I had been their ruler and
their teacher, according to the commandments of the Lord, until the time that
they sought to take away my life. Wherefore, the word of the Lord was fulfilled
which he spake unto me, saying: That inasmuch as they will not hearken unto thy
words, they shall be cut off from his presence. And he had caused the cursing
to come upon them, yea, even a sore cursing, because of their iniquity. For behold,
they had hardened their hearts against him, that they had become like unto a
flint; wherefore, as they were white, and exceeding fair and delightsome, that
they might not be enticing unto my people, therefore the Lord God did cause a
skin of blackness to come upon them. And thus saith the Lord God, I will cause
that they shall be loathsome unto thy people, save they shall repent of their
iniquities. And cursed shall be the seed of him that mixeth with their seed:
for they shall be cursed even with the same cursing. And the Lord spake it, and
it was done. And because of their cursing which was upon them, they did become
and idle people, full of mischief and subtlety, and did seek in the wilderness
for beasts of prey. And the Lord God said unto me, they shall be a scourge unto
thy seed, to stir them up in remembrance of me, and inasmuch as they will not
remember me, and hearken unto my words, they shall scourge them even unto
destruction. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did consecrate Jacob and Joseph,
that they should be priests and teachers over the land of my people. And it
came to pass that we lived after the manner of happiness. And thirty years had
passed away from the time we left Jerusalem. And I, Nephi, had kept the record
upon my plates, which I had made of my people thus far. And it came to pass
that the Lord God said unto me, Make other plates; and thou shalt engraven many
things upon them which are good in my sight, for the profit of thy people.
--Wherefore, I, Nephi, to be obedient to the commandments of the Lord, went and
made these plates upon which I have engraven these things. And I engravened
that which is pleasing unto God. And if my people be pleased with the things of
God, they be pleased with mine engravings which are upon these plates. And if
my people desire to know the more particular part of the history of my people,
they must search mine other plates. And if it sufficeth me to say, that forty
years had passed away, and we had already had wars and contentions with our
brethren.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne6</bookName>
<text>The words of Jacob, the brother of Nephi,
which he spake unto the people of Nephi: Behold, my beloved brethren, that I,
Jacob, having been called of God, and ordained after the manner of his holy
order, and having been consecrated by my brother, Nephi, unto whom ye look as a
king or a protector, and on whom ye depend for safety, behold, ye know that I
have spoken unto you exceeding many things; nevertheless, I speak unto you
again: for I am desirous for the welfare of your souls. Yea, mine anxiety is
great for you; and ye yourselves know that it ever has been. For I have
exhorted you with all diligence; and I have taught you the words of my father;
and I have spoken unto you concerning all things which are written from the
creation of the world. And now, behold, I would speak unto you concerning
things which are, and which are to come; wherefore, I will read you the words
of Isaiah. And they are the words which my brother hath desired me that I
should speak unto you. And I speak them unto you for your sakes, that ye may
learn and glorify the name of your God. And now, the words which I shall read,
are they which Isaiah spake concerning all the House of Israel; wherefore, they
may be likened unto you: for ye are of the House of Israel. And there are many
things which have been spoken by Isaiah, which may be likened unto you, because
that ye are of the House of Israel. And now, these are the words: Thus saith
the Lord God: Behold, I will lift up my hand to the Gentiles, and set up my
standard to the people; and they shall bring thy sons in their arms, and thy
daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders. And kings shall be thy nursing
fathers, and their queens thy nursing mothers: they shall bow down to thee with
their faces towards the earth, and lick up the dust of thy feet; and thou shalt
know that I am the Lord: for they shall not be ashamed that wait for me. And
now I, Jacob, would speak somewhat concerning these words: For behold, the Lord
hath shewn me that they which were at Jerusalem, from whence we came, have been
slain and carried away captive; nevertheless, the Lord hath shewn unto me, that
the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel, should manifest himself unto them in the
flesh; and after that he should manifest himself, they should scourge him and
crucify him, according to the words of the angel, which spake it unto me. And
after that they have hardened their hearts and stiffened their necks against
the Holy One of Israel, behold, the judgments of the Holy One of Israel shall
come upon them. And the day cometh that they shall be smitten and afflicted.
Wherefore, after they are driven to and fro, for thus saith the angel, many
shall be afflicted in the flesh and shall not be suffered to perish, because of
the prayers of the faithful: wherefore, they shall be scattered, and smitten,
and hated; nevertheless, the Lord will be merciful unto them, that when they
shall come to the knowledge of their Redeemer, they shall be gathered together
again to the land of their inheritance. And blessed are the Gentiles, they of whom
the prophet hath written: for behold, if it so be that they shall repent and
fight not against Zion, and do not unite themselves to that great and
abominable church, they shall be saved: for the Lord God will fulfill his
covenants which he hath made unto his children; and for this cause, the prophet
hath written these things. Wherefore, they that fight against Zion and the
covenant people of the Lord, shall lick up the dust of their feet; and the
people of the Lord shall not be ashamed. For the people of the Lord are they
which wait for him: for they still wait for the coming of the Messiah. And
behold, according to the words of the prophet, the Messiah will set himself
again the second time, to recover them; wherefore, he will manifest himself
unto them in power and great glory, unto the destruction of their enemies, when
that day cometh when they shall believe in him; and none will he destroy that
believeth in him. And they that believe not in him, shall be destroyed, both by
fire, and by tempest, and by earthquakes, and by bloodshed, and by pestilence,
and by famine. And they shall know that the Lord is God, the Holy One of
Israel: for shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive
delivered? But thus saith the Lord: Even the captives of the mighty shall be
taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for the Mighty God
shall deliver his covenant people. For thus saith the Lord: I will contend with
them that contendeth with thee, and I will feed them that oppress thee, with
their own flesh; and they shall be drunken with their own blood, as with sweet
wine; and all flesh shall know that I the Lord am thy saviour and thy Redeemer,
the Mighty One of Jacob.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne7</bookName>
<text>Yea, for thus saith the Lord: Have I put thee
away, or have I cast thee off forever? For thus saith the Lord: Where is the
bill of your mother's divorcement? To whom have I put thee away, or to which of
my creditors have I sold you? Yea, to whom have I sold you? Behold, for your
iniquities have ye sold yourselves, and for your transgressions is your mother
put away; wherefore, when I come, there was no man; when I called, yea, there
was none to answer. O House of Israel, is my hand shortened at all that it cannot
redeem, or have I no power to deliver? Behold, at my rebuke, I dry up the sea,
I make their rivers a wilderness and their fish to stink, because the waters
are dried up; and they die because of thirst. I clothe the heavens with
blackness, and I make sackcloth their covering. The Lord God hath given me the
tongue of the learned, that I should know how to speak a word in season unto
thee, O House of Israel. When ye are weary, he waketh morning by morning. He
waketh mine ear to hear as the learned. The Lord God hath appointed mine ear,
and I was not rebellious, neither turned away back. I gave my back to the
smiter, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair. I hid not my face from
shame and spitting, for the Lord God will help me: therefore shall I not be
confounded. Therefore have I set my face like a flint, and I know that I shall
not be ashamed; and the Lord is near, and he justifieth me. Who will contend
with me? let us stand together. Who is mine adversary? let him come near me,
and I will smite him with the strength of my mouth: for the Lord God will help
me. And all they which shall condemn me, behold, all they shall wax old as a
garment, and the moth shall eat them up. Who is among you that feareth the
Lord; that obeyeth the voice of his servant; that walketh in darkness, and hath
no light? Behold, all ye that kindleth fire, that compass yourselves about with
sparks: walk in the light of your fire, and in the sparks which ye have
kindled. This shall ye have of mine hand: Ye shall lie down in sorrow.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne8</bookName>
<text>Hearken unto me, ye that follow after
righteousness: Look unto the rock from whence ye are hewn, and the hole of the
pit from whence ye are digged. Look unto Abraham, your father; and unto Sarah,
she that bare you: for I called him alone, and blessed him. For the Lord shall
comfort Zion: he will comfort all her waste places; and he will make her
wilderness like Eden, and her desert like the garden of the Lord. Joy and
gladness shall be found therein, thanksgiving and the voice of melody. Hearken
unto me my people; and give ear unto me, O my nation: for a law shall proceed
from me, and I will make my judgment to rest for a light thing of the people.
My righteousness is near; my salvation is gone forth, and mine arm shall judge
the people. The isles shall wait upon me, and on mine arm shall they trust.
Lift up your eyes to the heavens, and look upon the earth beneath: for the
heavens shall vanish away like smoke, and the earth shall wax old like a
garment; and they that dwell therein, shall die in like manner. But my salvation
shall be forever; and my righteousness shall not be abolished. Hearken unto me,
ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart I have written my law;
fear ye not the reproach of men; neither be ye afraid of their revilings: for
the moth shall eat them up like a garment, and the worm shall eat them like
wool. But my righteousness shall be forever; and my salvation from generation
to generation. Awake, awake! Put on strength O arm of the Lord: awake as in the
ancient days. Art thou not it that hath cut Rahab, and wounded the dragon? Art
thou not it which hath dried the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath
made the depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over? Therefore, the
redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and
everlasting joy and holiness shall be upon their heads; and they shall obtain
gladness and joy: sorrowing and mourning shall flee away. I am he; yea, I am he
that comforteth you: Behold, who art thou, that thou shouldst be afraid of man,
which shall die, and of the Son of man, which shall be made like unto grass;
and forgetest the Lord thy maker, that hath stretched forth the heavens, and
laid the foundations of the earth; and hast feared continually every day,
because of the fury of the oppressor, as if he were ready to destroy? And where
is the fury of the oppressor? The captive exile hasteneth, that he may be
loosed, and that he should not die in the pit, nor that his bread should fail.
--But I am the Lord thy God, whose waves roared: the Lord of Hosts is my name.
And I have put my words in thy mouth, and hath covered thee in the shadow of
mine hand, that I may plant the heavens and lay the foundations of the earth,
and say unto Zion, Behold, thou art my people. Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem,
which hast drunk at the hand of the Lord the cup of his fury; thou hast drunken
the dregs of the cup of trembling rung out; and none to guide her among all the
sons she hath brought forth; neither that taketh her by the hand, of all the
sons she hath brought up. These two sons are come unto thee; who shall be sorry
for thee? thy desolation and destruction, and the famine and the sword: And by
whom shall I comfort thee? Thy sons have fainted, save these two: they lie at
the heads of all the streets, as a wild bull in a net: they are full of the
fury of the Lord, the rebuke of thy God. Therefore hear now this, thou
afflicted, and drunken, and not with wine: thus saith thy Lord, The Lord and
thy God pleadeth the cause of his people, Behold, I have taken out of thine
hand the cup of trembling, the dregs of the cup of my fury; thou shalt no more
drink it again. But I will put it into the hand of them that afflict thee;
which I said to thy soul, Bow down, that we may go over: and thou hast laid thy
body as the ground, and as the street, to them that went over. Awake, awake,
put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the
holy city: for henceforth there shall no more come into thee, the uncircumcised
and the unclean. Shake thyself from the dust; arise, sit down, O Jerusalem:
loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne9</bookName>
<text>And now, my beloved brethren, I have read
these things that ye might know concerning the covenants of the Lord; that he
hath covenanted with all the House of Israel; that he hath spoken unto the
Jews, by the mouth of his holy prophets, even from the beginning down, from
generation to generation, until the time cometh that they shall be restored to
the true Church and fold of God; when they shall be gathered home to the lands
of their inheritance, and shall be established in all their lands of promise.
Behold, my beloved brethren, I speak unto these things that ye may rejoice, and
lift up your heads forever, because of the blessings which the Lord God shall
bestow upon your children. For I know that thou hast searched much, many of
you, to know of things to come; wherefore I know that ye know that our flesh
must waste away and die; nevertheless, in our bodies, we shall see God. Yea,
and I know that ye know, that in the body he shall shew himself unto they at
Jerusalem, from whence we came; for it is expedient that it should be among
them; for it behoveth the Great Creator that he suffereth himself to become
subject unto man, in the flesh, and die for all men, that all men might become
subject unto him. For as death hath passed upon all men, to fulfil the merciful
plan of the Great Creator, there must needs be a power of resurrection, and the
resurrection must needs come unto man by reason of the fall; and the fall came
by reason of transgression; and because man became fallen, they were cut off
from the presence of the Lord; wherefore it must needs be an infinite
atonement; save it should be an infinite atonement, this corruption could not
put on corruption. Wherefore, the first judgment which came upon man, must
needs have remained to an endless duration. And if so, this flesh must have
laid down to rot and to crumble to its mother earth, to rise no more. O the
wisdom of God! his mercy and grace! For behold, if the flesh should rise no more,
our spirits must become subject to that Angel which fell from before the
presence of the Eternal God, and became the Devil, to rise no more. And our
spirits must have become like unto him, and we become Devils, Angels to a
Devil, to be shut out from the presence of our God, and to remain with the
father of lies, in misery, like unto himself; yea, to that being who beguiled
our first parents; who transformeth himself nigh unto an angel of light, and
stirreth up the children of men unto secret combinations of murder, and all
manner of secret works of darkness. O how great the goodness of our God, who
prepareth a way for our escape from the grasp of this awful monster; yea, that
monster, death and hell, which I call the death of the body, and also the death
of the spirit. And because of the way of deliverance of our God, the Holy One
of Israel, this death, of which I have spoken, which is the temporal, shall
deliver up its dead; which death is the grave. And this death of which I have
spoken, which is the spiritual death is hell; wherefore, death and hell must
deliver up its dead, and hell must deliver up its captive spirits, and the
grave must deliver up its captive bodies, and the bodies and the spirits of men
will be restored, one to the other: and it is by the power of the resurrection
of the Holy One of Israel. O how great the plan of our God! For on the other
hand, the paradise of God must deliver up the spirits of the righteous, and the
grave deliver up the body of the righteous; and the spirit and the body is
restored to itself again, and all men become incorruptible, and immortal, and
they are living souls, having a perfect knowledge like unto us, in the flesh;
save it be that our knowledge shall be perfect; wherefore, we shall have a
perfect knowledge of all our guilt, and our uncleanness, and our nakedness; and
the righteous shall have a perfect knowledge of their enjoyment, and their
righteousness, being clothed with purity, yea, even with the robe of
righteousness. And it shall come to pass, that when all men shall have passed
from this first death unto life, inasmuch as they have become immortal, they
must appear before the judgment seat, and then they must be judged according to
the holy judgment of God. And assuredly, as the Lord liveth, for the Lord God
hath spoken it, and it is his eternal word, which cannot pass away, that they
which are righteous, shall be righteous still, and they which are filthy, shall
be filthy still; wherefore, they which are filthy, are the Devil and his
angels; and they shall go away into everlasting fire, prepared for them; and
their torment is a lake of fire and brimstone, whose flames ascendeth up
forever and ever, and hath no end. O the greatness and the justice of our God!
For he executeth all his words, and they have gone forth out of his mouth, and
his law must be fulfilled. But, behold, the righteous, the saints of the Holy
One of Israel, they which have believed in the Holy One of Israel; they which
have endured the crosses of the world, and despised the shame of it; they shall
inherit the Kingdom of God, which was prepared for them from the foundation of
the world: and their joy shall be full forever. O the greatness of the mercy of
our God, the Holy One of Israel! For he delivereth his saints from that awful
monster, the Devil, and death and hell, and that lake of fire and brimstone,
which is endless torment. O how great the holiness of our God! For he knoweth
all things, and there is not any thing, save he know it. And he cometh into the
world that he may save all men, if they will hearken unto his voice: for
behold, he suffereth the pains of all men; yea, the pains of every living
creature, both men women and children, which belong to the family of Adam.
--And he suffereth this, that the resurrection might pass upon all men, that
all might stand before him, at the great and judgment day. And he commandeth
all men that they must repent, and be baptised in his name, having perfect
faith in the Holy One of Israel, or they cannot be saved in the Kingdom of God.
And if they will not repent and believe in his name, and be baptised in his
name, and endure to the end, they must be damned; for the Lord God, the Holy
One of Israel, hath spoken it; wherefore he hath given a law; and where there
is no law given, there is no punishment; and where there is no punishment,
there is no condemnation; and where there is no condemnation, the mercies of
the Holy One of Israel hath claim upon them, because of the atonement: for they
are delivered by the power of him: for the atonement satisfieth the demands of
his justice upon all those who have not the law given to them, that they are
delivered from that awful monster, death and hell, and the Devil, and the lake
of fire and brimstone, which is endless torment; and they are restored to that God
who gave them breath, which is the Holy One of Israel. But wo unto him that
hath the law given; yea, that hath all the commandments of God, like unto us,
and that transgresseth them, and that wasteth the days of his probation: for
awful is his state! O that cunning plan of the evil one! O the vainness, and
the frailties, and the foolish of men! When they are learned, they think they
are wise, and they hearken not unto the counsel of God, for they set it aside,
supposing they know of themselves. Wherefore, their wisdom if foolishness, and
it profiteth them not. Wherefore they shall perish. But to be learned is good,
if it so be that they hearken unto the counsels of God. But wo unto the rich,
which are rich as to the things of the world. For because that they are rich,
they despise the poor, and they persecute the meek, and their hearts are upon
their treasures; wherefore their treasure is their God. And behold, their
treasure shall perish with them also. And wo unto the deaf, that will not hear:
for they shall perish. Wo unto the blind, that will not see: for they shall
perish also. Wo unto the uncircumcised of heart: for a knowledge of their
iniquities shall smite them at the last day. Wo unto the liar: for he shall be
thrust down to hell. Wo unto the murderer, who deliberately killeth: for he
shall die. Wo unto them who commit whoredoms: for they shall be thrust down to
hell. Yea, wo unto they that worship Idols: for the Devil of all Devil's
delighteth in them. And, in fine, wo unto all they that die in their sins: for
they shall return to God, and behold his face, and remain in their sins. O, my
beloved brethren, remember the awfulness in transgressing against that holy
God, and also the awfulness of yielding to the enticing of that cunning one.
Remember, to be carnally minded, is death, and to be spiritually minded, is
life eternal. O, my beloved brethren, give ear to my words. Remember the
greatness of the Holy One of Israel. Do not say that I have spoken hard things
against you: for if ye do, ye will revile against the truth: for I have spoken
the words of your Maker. I know that the words of truth are hard against all
uncleanness; but the righteous fear it not, for they love the truth, and are
not shaken. O then, my beloved brethren, come unto the Lord, the Holy One.
Remember that his paths are righteousness. Behold, the way for man is narrow,
but it lieth in a straight course before him, and the keeper of the gate is the
Holy One of Israel: and he employeth no servant there; and there is none other
way, save it be by the gate, for he cannot be deceived; for the Lord God is his
name. And whoso knocketh, to him will he open, and the wise, and the learned,
and they that are rich, which are puffed up because of their learning, and
their wisdom, and their riches; yea, they are they, whom he despiseth; and save
they shall cast these things away, and consider themselves fools before God,
and come down in the depths of humility, he will not open unto them. But the
things of the wise and the prudent, shall be hid from them forever; yea, that
happiness which is prepared for the Saints. O my beloved brethren, remember my
words: Behold, I take off my garments, and I shake them before you: I pray the
God of my salvation that he view me with his All-searching eye; wherefore, ye
shall know at the last day, when all men shall be judged of their works, that
the God of Israel did witness that I shook your iniquities from my soul, and
that I stand with brightness before him, and am rid of your blood. O my beloved
brethren, turn away from your sins; shake off the chains of him that would bind
you fast; come unto that God which is the rock of your salvation. Prepare your
souls for that glorious day, when justice shall be administered unto the
righteous; even the day of judgment, that ye may not shrink with awful fear;
that ye may not remember your awful guilt in perfectness, and be constrained to
exclaim, Holy, holy are thy judgments, O Lord God Almighty. But I know my
guilt; I transgressed thy law, and my transgressions are mine; and the Devil
hath obtained me, that I am prey to his awful misery. But behold, my brethren,
is it expedient that I should awake you to an awful reality of these things?
Would I harrow up your souls, if your minds were pure? Would I be plain unto
you according to the plainness of the truths, if ye were freed from sin?
Behold, if ye were holy, I would speak unto you of holiness; but as ye are not
holy, and ye look upon me as a teacher, it must needs be expedient that I teach
you the consequences of sin. Behold, my soul abhorreth sin, and my heart
delighteth in righteousness; and I will praise the holy name of my God. Come.
my brethren, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters; and he that hath
no money, come buy and eat; yea, come buy wine and milk without money and
without price. Wherefore, do not spend money for that which is of no worth, nor
your labor for that which cannot satisfy. Hearken diligently unto me, and
remember the words which I have spoken; and come unto the Holy One of Israel,
and feast upon that which perisheth not, neither can be corrupted, and let your
soul delight in fatness. Behold, my beloved brethren, remember the words of
your God; pray unto him continually by day, and give thanks unto his holy name
at night. Let your hearts rejoice, and behold how great the covenants of the
Lord, and how great his condescentions unto the children of men; and because of
his greatness, and his grace and mercy, he hath promised unto us that our seed
shall not utterly be destroyed, according to the flesh, but that he would
preserve them; and in future generations, they shall become a righteous branch
unto the House of Israel. And now, my brethren, I would speak unto you more;
but on the morrow I will declare unto you the remainder of my words. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne10</bookName>
<text>And now, I, Jacob, speak unto you again, my
beloved brethren, concerning this righteous branch of which I have spoken. For
behold, the promises which we have obtained, are promises unto us according to
the flesh; wherefore, as it hath been shown unto me that many of our children
shall perish in the flesh, because of unbelief, neverthelass, God will be
merciful unto many; and our children shall be restored, that they may come to
that which will give them the true knowledge of their Redeemer. Wherefore, as I
said unto you, it must needs be expedient that Christ, (for in the last night
the Angel spake unto me that this should be his name,) should come among the
Jews, among they which are the more wicked part of the world; and they shall
crucify him: For thus it behooveth our God; and there is none other nation on
earth that would crucify their God. For should the mighty miracles be wrought
among other nations, they would repent, and know that he be their God; but
because of priest-crafts and iniquities, they at Jerusalem will stiffen their
necks against him, that he be crucified. Wherefore, because of their
iniquities, destructions, famines, pestilences, and bloodsheds, shall come upon
them; and they which shall not be destroyed, shall be scattered among all
nations. But behold, thus saith the Lord God: When the day cometh that they
shall believe in me, that I am Christ, they have I covenanted with their
fathers that they shall be restored in the flesh, upon the earth, unto the
lands of their inheritance. And it shall come to pass that they shall be
gathered in from their long dispersion, from the isles of the sea, and from the
four parts of the earth; and the nation of the Gentiles shall be great in the
eyes of me, saith God, in carrying them forth to the lands of their
inheritance. Yea, the kings of the Gentiles shall be nursing fathers unto them,
and their queens shall become nursing mothers, wherefore, the promises of the
Lord are great unto the Gentiles: for he hath spoken it, and who can dispute.
But behold, This land, saith God, shall be a land of thine inheritance; and the
Gentiles shall be blessed upon the land. And this land shall be a land of
liberty unto the Gentiles; and there shall be no kings upon the land, which
shall raise up unto the Gentiles. And I will fortify this land against all
other nations; and he that fighteth against Zion, shall perish, saith God: for
he that raiseth up a king against me, shall perish. For I the Lord, the King of
Heaven, will be their king; and I will be a light unto them forever, that hear
my words. Wherefore, for this cause, that my covenants may be fulfilled, which
I have made unto the children of men, that I will do unto them while they are
in the flesh, I must needs destroy the secret works of darkness, and of murders
of abomination; wherefore, he that fighteth against Zion, both Jew and Gentile,
both bond and free, both male and female, shall perish: for they are they which
are the whore of all the earth; for they which are not for me, are against me,
saith our God. For I will fulfill my promises which I have made unto the
children of men, that I will do unto them while they are in the flesh.
Wherefore, my beloved brethren, thus saith our God: I will afflict thy seed by
the hand of the Gentiles; nevertheless, I will soften the hearts of the
Gentiles, that they shall be like unto a father to them; wherefore, the
Gentiles shall be blessed and numbered among the House of Israel. --Wherefore,
I will consecrate this land unto thy seed and they which shall be numbered
among thy seed, forever, for the land of their inheritance: For it is a choice
land, saith God unto me, above all other lands; wherefore, I will have all men
that dwell thereon, that they shall worship me, saith God. And now, my beloved
brethren, seeing that our merciful God hath given us so great knowledge
concerning these things, let us remember him, and lay aside our sins, and not
hang our heads, for we are not cast off; nevertheless, we have been driven out
of the land of our inheritance; but we have been led to a better land: for the
Lord hath made the sea our path, and we are upon an isle of the sea. But great
is the promises of the Lord unto they which are upon the isles of the sea;
wherefore, as it sayeth isles, there must needs be more than this; and they are
inhabited also by our brethren. For behold, the Lord God hath led away from
time to time from the House of Israel, according to his will and pleasure. And
now, behold, the Lord remembereth all they which have been broken off;
wherefore, he remembereth us also. Therefore cheer up your hearts, and remember
that ye are free to act for yourselves: to choose the way of everlasting death,
or the way of eternal life. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, reconcile
yourselves to the will of God, and not to the will of the Devil and the flesh;
and remember that after ye are reconciled unto God, that it is only in and
through the grace of God that ye are saved. Wherefore, may God raise you from
death, by the power of the resurrection; and also from everlasting death, by
the power of the atonement, that ye may be received into the Eternal Kingdom of
God, that ye may praise him through Grace Divine. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne11</bookName>
<text>And now Jacob spake many more things to my
people at that time; nevertheless, only these things have I caused to be
written: for the things which I have written, sufficeth me. And now I, Nephi,
write more of the words of Isaiah: for my soul delighteth in his words. For I
will liken his words unto my people; and I will send them forth unto all my
children: for he verily saw my Redeemer, even as I have seen him. And my
brother Jacob also hath seen him as I have seen him; wherefore, I will send
their words forth unto my children, to prove unto them that my words are true.
Wherefore, by the words of three, God hath said, I will establish my word.
Nevertheless, God sendeth more witnesses; and he proveth all his words. Behold,
my soul delighteth in proving unto my people the truth of the coming of Christ:
for, this end hath the law of Moses been given; and all things which have been
given of God from the beginning of the world, unto man, are the typifying of
him. And also, my soul delighteth in the covenants of the Lord which he hath
made to our fathers; yea, my soul delighteth in his grace, and his justice, and
power, and mercy, in the great and eternal plan of deliverance from death. And
my soul delighteth in proving unto my people, that save Christ should come, all
men must perish. For if there be no Christ, there be no God; and if there be no
God, we are not, for there could have been no creation. --But there is a God,
and he is Christ; and he cometh in the fulness of his own time. And now, I
write some of the words of Isaiah, that whoso of my people which shall see
these words, may lift up their hearts and rejoice for all men. Now, these are
the words; and ye may liken them unto you, and unto all men.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne12</bookName>
<text>The word that Isaiah, the son of Amoz, saw
concerning Judah and Jerusalem: And it shall come to pass in the last days,
when the mountain of the Lord's house shall be established in the top of the
mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills, and all nations shall flow
into it, and many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the
mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us of
his ways, and we will walk in his paths: for out of Zion shall go forth the
law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And he shall judge among the
nations, and shall rebuke many people: and they shall beat their swords,
plough-shares, and their spears into pruning hooks: nation shall not lift up
sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more. O house of Jocob,
come ye and let us walk in the light of the Lord; yea, come, for ye have all
gone astray, every one to his wicked ways. Therefore, O Lord, thou hast
forsaken thy people, the house of Jacob, because they be replenished from the
east, and hearken unto soothsayers like the Philistines, and they please
themselves in the children of strangers. Their land also is full of silver and
gold, neither is there any end of their treasures; their land is also full of
horses, neither is there any end of their chariots: their land also is full of
idols; they worship the work of their own hands, --that which their own fingers
have made: and the mean man boweth down, and the great man humbleth himself
not: therefore forgive him not. O ye wicked ones, enter into the rock, and hide
thee in the dust, for the fear of the Lord, and the glory of his majesty shall
smite thee. And it shall come to pass that the lofty looks of man shall be
humbled, and the haughtiness of men shall be bowed down, and the Lord alone
shall be exalted in that day. For the day of the Lord of hosts soon cometh upon
all nations; yea, upon every one; yea, upon the proud and lofty, and upon every
one which is lifted up; and he shall be brought low: yea, and the day of the
Lord shall come upon all the cedars of Lebanon, for they are high and lifted
up; and upon all the oaks of Bashan, and upon all the high mountains, and upon
all the hills, and upon all the nations which are lifted up, and upon every
people, and upon every high tower, and upon every fenced wall, and upon all the
ships of the sea, and upon all the ships of Tarshish, and upon all pleasant
pictures. And the loftiness of man shall be bowed down, and the haughtiness of
men shall be made low: and the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day. And the
idols he shall utterly abolish. And they shall go into the holes of the rocks,
and into the caves of the earth, for the fear of the Lord shall come upon them;
and the glory of his majesty shall smite them, when he ariseth to shake
terribly the earth. In that day a man shall cast his idols of silver and his
idols of gold, which he hath made for himself to worship, to the moles and to
the bats; to go into the clefts of the rocks, and into the tops of the ragged
rocks, for the fear of the Lord shall come upon them, and the majesty of his
glory shall smite them when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth. Cease ye
from man, whose breath is in his nostrils: for wherein is he to be accounted
of?</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne13</bookName>
<text>For behold, the Lord, the Lord of hosts, doth
take away from Jerusalem and from Judah the stay and the staff, the whole staff
of bread, and the whole stay of water, the mighty man, and the man of war, the
judge, and the prophet, and the prudent, and the ancient, the captain of fifty,
and the honorable man, and the counsellor, and the cunning artificer, and the
eloquent orator. And I will give children unto them to be their princes, and
babes shall rule over them. And the people shall be oppressed, every one by another,
and every one by his neighbor: the child shall behave himself proudly against
the ancient, and the base against the honorable. When a man shall take hold of
his brother of the house of his father, and shall say, Thou hast clothing, be
thou our ruler, and let not this ruin come under thy hand: in that day shall he
swear, saying, I will not be a healer; for in my house there is neither bread
or clothing: make me not a ruler of the people. For Jerusalem is ruined, and
Judah is fallen: because their tongues are their doings have been against the
Lord, to provoke the eyes of his glory. The shew of their countenance doth
witness against them, and doth declare their sin to be even as Sodom, and they
cannot hide it. Wo unto their souls! for they have rewarded evil unto
themselves. Say unto the righteous, that it is well with them: for they shall
eat the fruit of their doings. Wo unto the wicked! for they shall perish: for
the reward of their hands shall be upon them. And my people, children are their
oppressors, and women rule over them. O my people, they which lead thee cause
thee to err, and destroy the ways of thy paths. The Lord standeth up to plead,
and standeth to judge the people. The Lord will enter into judgment with the
ancients of his people, with the princes thereof: for ye have eaten up the
vineyard, and the spoil of the poor in your houses. What mean ye? Ye beat my
people to pieces, and grind the faces of the poor, saith the Lord God of hosts.
Moreover the Lord saith, Because the daughters of Zion are haughty, and walk
with stretched necks and wanton eyes, walking and mincing as they go,, and
making a tinkling with their feet: therefore the Lord will smite with a scab
the crown of the head of the daughters of Zion, and the Lord will discover their
secret parts. In that day the Lord will take away the bravery of tinkling
ornaments, and cauls, and round tires like the moon, the chains, and the
bracelets, and mufflers, the bonnets, and the ornaments of the legs, and the
head-bands, and the tablets, and the ear-rings, the rings, and nose-jewels, the
changeable suits of apparel, and the mantles, and the wimples, and the
crisping-pins, the glasses, and the fine linen, and hoods, and the vails. And
it shall come to pass, instead of sweet smell, there shall be stink; and
instead of a girdle, a rent; and instead of well set hair, baldness; and
instead of a stomacher, a girding of sack cloth: burning instead of beauty. Thy
men shall fall by the sword, and thy mighty in the war. And her gates shall
lament and mourn; and she shall be desolate, and shall sit upon the ground.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne14</bookName>
<text>And in that day, seven women shall take hold
of one man, saying, We will eat our own bread, and wear our own apparel: only
let us be called by the name, to take away our reproach. In that day shall the
branch of the Lord be beautiful and glorious; the fruit of the earth excellent
and comely to them that are escaped of Israel. And it shall come to pass, them
that are left in Zion, and remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called holy, every
one that is written among the living in Jerusalem: when the Lord shall have
washed away the filth of the daughters of Zion, and shall have purged the blood
of Jerusalem from the midst thereof by the spirit of judgment, and by the
spirit of burning. And the Lord will create upon every dwelling-place of mount
Zion, and upon her assemblies a cloud of smoke by day, and the shining of a
flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory of Zion shall be a defence. And
there shall be a tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat, and for
a place of refuge, and a covert from storm and from rain.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne15</bookName>
<text>And then I will sing to my well beloved a song
of my beloved touching his vineyard. My well-beloved hath a vineyard in a very
fruitful hill: and he fenced it, and gathered out the stones thereof, and
planted it with the choicest vine, and built a tower in the midst of it, and
also made a wine-press therein: and he looked that it should bring forth
grapes, and it brought forth wild grapes. And now, O inhabitants of Jerusalem,
and men of Judah, judge, I pray you, betwixt me and my vineyard. What could
have been done more to my vineyard, that I have not done in it? wherefore, when
I looked that it should bring forth grapes, it brought forth wild grapes. And
now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard: I will take away the
hedge thereof, and it shall be eaten up; and I will break down the wall
thereof, and it shall be trodden down: and I will lay it waste: it shall not be
pruned, nor digged; but there shall come up briars and thorns: I will also
command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it. For the vineyard of the Lord
of hosts is the House of Israel, and the men of Judah his pleasant plant: and
he looked for judgment, and behold oppression; for righteousness, but behold a
cry. Wo unto them that join house to house, till there can be no place, that
they may be placed alone in the midst of the earth! In mine ears, said the Lord
of hosts, Of a truth many houses shall be desolate, and great and fair cities
without inhabitant. Yea, ten acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, and the
seed of a horner shall yield an ephah. Wo unto them that rise up early in the
morning, that they may follow strong drink; that continue until night, and wine
inflame them! And the harp, and the viol the tabret, and pipe, and wine, are in
their feasts: but they regard not the work of the Lord, neither consider the
operation of his hands. Therefore my people are gone into captivity, because
they have no knowledge: and their honorable men are famished, and their
multitude dried up with thirst. Therefore hell hath enlarged herself, and
opened her mouth without measure: and their glory, and their multitude, and
their pomp, and he that rejoiceth, shall descend into it. And the mean man
shall be brought down, and the mighty man shall be humbled, and the eyes of the
lofty shall be humbled: but the Lord of hosts shall be exalted in judgment, and
God that is holy shall be sanctified in righteousness. Then shall the lamb feed
after their manner, and the waste places of the fat ones shall strangers eat.
Wo unto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a
cart-rope: that say, Let him make speed, hasten his work, that we may see it:
and let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel draw nigh and come, that we may
know it. Wo unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for
light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter!
Wo unto the wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight! Wo unto the
mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink: which justify
the wicked for reward, and take away the righteousness of the righteous from
him! Therefore as the fire devoureth and the stubble, and the flame consumeth
the chaff, their root shall be rottenness, and their blossoms shall go up as
dust: because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised
the word of the Holy One of Israel. Therefore is the anger of the Lord kindled
against his people, and he hath stretched forth his hand against them, and hath
smitten them: and the hills did tremble, and their carcases were torn in the
midst of the streets. For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand
stretched out still. And he will lift up an ensign to the nations from far, and
will hiss unto them from the end of the earth; and behold they shall come with
speed swiftly: none shall be weary nor stumble among them; non shall slumber or
sleep; neither shall the girdle of their loins be loosed, not the lachet of
their shoes be broken: whose arrows shall be sharp, and all their bows bent, and
their horses' hoofs shall be counted like flint, and their wheels like a
whirlwind, their roaring like a lion. --They shall roar like young lions: yea,
they shall roar, and lay hold of the prey, and shall carry away safe, and none
shall deliver. And in that day they shall roar against them like the roaring of
the sea: and if they look unto the land, behold, darkness and sorrow, and the
light is darkened in the heavens thereof.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne16</bookName>
<text>In the year that king Uzziah died, I saw also
the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the
temple. Above it stood the seraphims: each one had six wings; with twain he
covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did
fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of
hosts: the whole earth is full of his glory. And the posts of the door moved at
the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I,
Wo me! for I am undone; because I a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the
midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord
of hosts. --Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his
hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar: and he laid it upon
my mouth, and said, Lo, this has touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken
away, and thy sin purged. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom
shall I send, and who will go for us? Then I said, Here I; send me. And he
said, Go, and tell this people, Hear ye indeed, but they understand not; and
see ye indeed, but they perceived not. Make the heart of this people fat, and
make their ears heavy. and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes, and
hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and convert, and be
healed. Then said I, Lord, how long? And he said, Until the cities be wasted
without inhabitant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly
desolate; and the Lord have removed men far away, for there shall be a great
forsaking in the midst of the land. But yet in there shall be a tenth, and they
shall return, and shall be eaten: as a teil-tree, and as an oak whose substance
is in them, when they cast their leaves: so the holy seed shall be the
substance thereof.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne17</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the days of Ahaz the
son of Jotham, the son of Uzziah, king of Judah, and Rezin, king of Syria, and
Pekah the son of Remaliah, king of Israel, went up towards Jerusalem to war
against it, but could not prevail against it. And it was told the house of
David, saying, Syria is confederate with Ephraim. And his heart was moved, and
the heart of his people, as the trees of the wood are moved with the wind. Then
said the Lord unto Isaiah, Go forth now to meet Ahaz, thou, and Shearjashub thy
son, at the end of the conduit of the upper pool in the highway of the fuller's
field; and say unto him, Take heed, and be quiet; fear not, neither be
faint-hearted for the two tails of these smoking fire-brands, for the fierce
anger of Rezin with Syria, and of the son of Remaliah. Because Syria, Ephraim,
and the son of Remaliah, have taken evil counsel against thee, saying, Let us
go up against Judah, and vex it, and let us make a breach therein for us, and
set a king in the midst of it, yea the son of Tabeal: thus saith the Lord God,
it shall not stand, neither shall it come to pass. For the head of Syria is
Damascus, and the head of Damascus, Rezin: and within threescore and five years
shall Ephraim be broken, that it be not a people. And the head of Ephraim is
Samaria, and the head of Samaria is Remaliah's son. If ye will not believe,
surely ye shall not be established. Moreover, the Lord spake again unto Ahaz,
saying, Ask thee a sign of the Lord thy God; ask it either in the depths, or in
the heights above. But Ahaz said, I will not ask, neither will I tempt the
Lord. And he said, Hear ye now, O house of David; Is it a small thing for you
to weary men, but will ye weary my God also? Therefore the Lord himself shall
give you a sign: Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and shall bear a son, and
shall call his name Immanuel. Butter and honey shall he eat, that he may know
to refuse the evil, and to choose the good. For before the child shall know to
refuse the evil and choose the good, the land that thou abhorrest shall be
forsaken of both her kings. The Lord shall bring upon thee, and upon thy
people, and upon thy father's house, days that have not come, from the day that
Ephraim departed from Judah, the king of Assyria. And it shall come to pass in
that day, that the Lord shall hiss for the fly that is in the uttermost part of
Egypt, and for the bee that is in the land of Assyria. And they shall come, and
shall rest all of them in the desolate valleys, and in the holes of the rocks,
and upon all thorns, and upon all bushes. In the same day shall the Lord shave
with a razor that is hired, by them beyond the river, by the king of Assyria,
the head, and the hair of the feet: and it shall also consume the beard. And it
shall come to pass in that day, a man shall nourish a young cow, and two sheep;
and it shall come to pass, for the abundance of milk they shall give, he shall
eat butter: for butter and honey shall every one eat that is left in the land.
--And it shall come to pass in that day, every place shall be, where there were
a thousand vines at a thousand silverlings, which shall be for briers and
thorns. With arrows and with bows shall men come thither; because all the land
shall become briers and thorns. And all the hills that shall be digged with the
mattock, there shall not come thither the fear of briers and thorns: but is
shall be for the sending forth of oxen, and treading of lesser cattle.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne18</bookName>
<text>Moreover, the word of the Lord said unto me,
Take thee a great roll, and write in it with a man's pen concerning
Maher-shalal-hash-baz. And I took unto me faithful witnesses to record, Uriah
the priest, and Zechariah, the son of Jeberechiah. And I went unto the
prophetess; and she conceived and bear a son. Then said the Lord to me, Call
his name Maher-shalal-hash-baz. For behold, the child shall not have knowledge
to cry, My father, and my mother, before the riches of Damascus and the spoil
of Samaria shall be taken away before the king of Assyria. The Lord spake also
unto me again, saying, Forasmuch as this people refuseth the waters of Shiloah
that go softly, and rejoice in Rezin and Remaliah's son; now therefore, behold,
the Lord bringeth up upon the waters of the river, strong and many, even the
king of Assyria, and all his glory: and he shall come up over all his channels,
and go over all his banks: and he shall pass through Judah; he shall overflow
and go over, he shall reach even to the neck; and the stretching out of his
wings shall fill the breadth of thy land, O Immanuel. Associate yourselves, O
ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear all ye of far
countries: gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces; gird yourselves,
and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take counsel together and it shall come to
nought; speak the word, and it shall not stand: for God is with us. For the
Lord spake thus to me with a strong hand, and instructed me that I should not
walk in the way of this people, saying, Say ye not. A confederacy, to all to
whom this people shall say, A confederacy; neither fear ye their fear, nor be
afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts himself, and let him be your fear, and let
him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of
stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the Houses of Israel, for a gin and
a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and
fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. --Bind up the testimony, seal
the law among my disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth his face
from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him. Behold, I and the children
whom the Lord hath given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the
Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in mount Zion. And when they shall say unto you,
Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and
mutter: should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to hear from
the dead? to the law and to the testimony: and if they speak not according to
this word, it is because there is no light in them. And they shall pass through
it, hardly bestead and hungry: and it shall come to pass, that when they shall
be hungry, they shall fret themselves, and curse their king and their God, and
look upward. And they shall look unto the earth; and behold trouble and darkness,
dimness of anguish, and shall be driven to darkness.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne19</bookName>
<text>Nevertheless the dimness shall not be such as
was in her vexation, when at the first he lightly afflicted the land of
Zebulun, and the land of Naphtali, and afterwards did more grievously afflict
by the way of the Red Sea beyond Jordan, in Galilee of the nations. The people
that walked in darkness have seen a great light: they that dwell in the land of
the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined. Thou hast multiplied the
nations, and increased the joy: they joy before thee according to the joy in
harvest, and as men rejoice when they divide the spoil. For thou hast broken
the yoke of his burden, and the staff of his shoulder, the rod of his
oppressor. For every battle of the warrior with confused noise, and garments
rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire. For unto us a
child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his
shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God,
The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of government and
peace there is no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order
it, and to establish it with judgment and justice from henceforth even forever.
The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this. The Lord sent his word unto
Jacob and it hath lighted upon Israel. And all the people shall know, even
Ephraim and the inhabitants of Samaria, that say in the pride and the stoutness
of heart, The bricks are fallen down, but we will change them into cedars. Therefore
the Lord shall set up the adversaries of Rezin against him, and join his
enemies together; the Syrians before, and the Philistines behind: and they
shall devour Israel with open mouth. For all this his anger is not turned away,
but his hand stretched out still. For the people turneth not unto him that
smiteth them, neither do they seek the Lord of hosts. Therefore will the Lord
cut off from Israel head and tail, branch and rush in one day. --The ancient,
he is the head; and the prophet that teacheth lies, he is the tail. For the
leaders of this people cause them to err; and they that are led of them are
destroyed. Therefore the Lord shall have no joy in their young men, neither
shall have mercy on their fatherless and widows: for every one of the is a
hypocrite and an evil-doer, and every mouth speaketh folly. For all this his
anger is not turned away, but his hand stretched out still. For the wickedness
burneth as the fire; it shall devour the briers and thorns, and shall kindle in
the thickets of the forests, and they shall mount up like the lifting up of
smoke. --Through the wrath of the Lord of hosts is the land darkened, and the
people shall be as the fuel of the fire: no man shall spare his brother. And he
shall snatch on the right hand, and be hungry; and he shall eat on the left
hand, and they shall not be satisfied: they shall eat every man the flesh of
his own arm: Manasseh, Ephraim; and Ephraim, Manasseh: they together shall be
against Judah. For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand
stretched out still.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne20</bookName>
<text>Wo unto them that decree unrighteous decrees,
and that write grievousness which they have prescribed; to turn aside the needy
from judgment, and to take away the right from the poor of my people, that
widows may be their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless! And what will
ye do in the day of visitation, and in desolation which shall come from far? to
whom will ye flee for help? and where will ye leave your glory? Without me they
shall bow down under the prisoners, and they shall fall under the slain. For
all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand stretched out still. O
Assyrian, the rod of mine anger, and the staff in their hand is their
indignation. I will send him against a hypocritical nation, and against the
people of my wrath will I give him a charge, to take the spoil, and to take the
prey, and to tread them down like the mire of the streets . Howbeit he meaneth
not so, neither doth his heart think so; but in his heart it is to destroy and
cut off nations not a few. For he saith, Are not my princes altogether kings?
Is not Calno as Carchemish? Is not Hamath as Arpad? Is not Samaria as Damascus?
As my hand hath founded the kingdoms of the idols, and whose graven images did
excel them of Jerusalem and of Samaria; shall I not, as I have done unto
Samaria and her idols, so do to Jerusalem and her idols? Wherefore it shall
come to pass, that when the Lord hath performed his whole work upon the mount
Zion and upon Jerusalem, I will punish the fruit of the stout heart of the king
of Assyria, and the glory of his high looks. For he saith, By the strength of
my hand and by my wisdom I have done these things; for I am prudent: and I have
moved the borders of the [people, and have robbed their treasures, and I have
put down the inhabitants like a valiant man: and my hand hath found as a nest
the riches of the people: and as one gathereth eggs that are left, have I
gathered all the earth; and there was none that moved the wing, or opened the
mouth, or peeped. Shall the axe boast itself against him that heweth therewith?
Shall the saw magnify itself against him that shaketh it? as if the rod should
shake itself against them that lift it up, or as if the staff should lift up
itself, as if it were no wood. Therefore shall the Lord, the Lord of hosts,
send among his fat ones leanness; and under his glory he shall kindle a burning
like the burning of a fire. And the light of Israel shall be for a fire, and
his Holy One for a flame, and shall burn and shall devour his thorns and his
briers in one day; and shall consume the glory of his forest, and of his
fruitful field, both soul and body; and they shall be as when a standard-bearer
fainteth. And the rest of the trees of his forest shall be few, that a child
may write them. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the remnant of
Israel, and such as are escaped of the house of Jacob, shall no more again stay
upon him that smote them; but shall stay upon the Lord, the Holy One of Israel,
in truth. The remnant shall return, yea, even the remnant of Jacob, unto the mighty
God. For though thy people Israel be as the sand of the sea, yet a remnant of
them shall return: the consumption decreed shall overflow with righteousness.
For the Lord God of hosts shall make a consumption, even determined, in all the
land. Therefore thus saith the Lord God of hosts, O my people that dwellest in
Zion, be not afraid of the Assyrian: he shall smite thee with a rod, and shall
lift up his staff against thee, after the manner of Egypt. For yet a very
little while, and the indignation shall cease, and mine anger in their
destruction. And the Lord of hosts shall stir up a scourge for him according to
the slaughter of Midian at the rock of Oreb; and as his rod was upon the sea,
so shall he lift it up after the manner of Egypt. And it shall come to pass in
that day, that his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoulder, and his
yoke from off thy neck, and the yoke shall be destroyed because of the
anointing. He is come to Aiath, he is passed to Migron; at Michmash he hath
laid up his carriages; they are gone over the passage; they have taken up their
lodging at Geba; Ramath is afraid; Gibeah of Saul is fled. Lift up the voice, O
daughter of Gallim; cause it to be heard unto Laish, O poor Anathoth. Madmenah
is removed; the inhabitants of Gebim gather themselves to flee. As yet shall he
remain at Nob that day; he shall shake his hand against the mount of the
daughter of Zion, the hill of Jerusalem. Behold, the Lord, the Lord of hosts
shall lop the bough with terror; and the high ones of stature shall be hewn
down, and the haughty shall be humbled. And he shall cut down the thickets of
the forests with iron, and Lebanon shall fall by a mighty one.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne21</bookName>
<text>And there shall come forth a rod out of the
stem of Jesse, and a branch shall grow out of his roots; and the spirit of the
Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of
counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of fear of the Lord; and shall
make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord; and he shall not judge
after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears: but
with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the
meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and
with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked. And righteousness shall
be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins. The wolf
also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid;
and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child
shall lead them. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall
lie down together; and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. And the sucking
child shall play on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his
hand on the cockatrice's den. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy
mountain: for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the
waters cover the sea. And in that day there shall be a root of Jesse, which
shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek: and his
rest shall be glorious. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord
shall set his hand again the second time to recover the remnant of his people,
which shall be left from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from
Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of
the sea. And he shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the
outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four
corners of the earth. The envy of Ephraim also shall depart and the adversaries
of Judah shall be cut off: Ephraim shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not
vex Ephraim. But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward
the west; they shall spoil them of the east together; they shall lay their hand
upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them. And the Lord
shall utterly destroy the tongue of the Egyptian sea; and with his mighty wind
he shall shake his hand over the river, and shall smite it in the seven
streams, and make men go over dry shod. And there shall be a highway for the
remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, like as it was to
Israel in the day that he came up out of the land of Egypt.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne22</bookName>
<text>And in that day thou shalt say, O Lord, I will
praise thee: though thou wast angry with me, thine anger is turned away, and
thou comfortedst me. Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be
afraid: for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; he also is become my
salvation. Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of
salvation. And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon his name,
declare his doings among the people, make mention that his name is exalted.
Sing unto the Lord; for he hath done excellent thing: this is known in all the
earth. Cry out and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion; for great is the Holy One of
Israel in the midst of thee.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne23</bookName>
<text>The burden of Babylon, which Isaiah the son of
Amoz did see. Lift ye up a banner upon the high mountain, exalt the voice unto
them, shake the hand, that they may go into the gates of the nobles. I have
commanded my sanctified ones, I have also called my mighty ones, for mine anger
is not upon them that rejoice in my highness. The noise of the multitude in the
mountains like as of a great people; a tumultous noise of the kingdoms of
nations gathered together: the Lord of hosts mustereth the hosts of the battle.
They come from a far country, from the end of heaven, yea, the Lord, and the
weapons of his indignation, to destroy the whole land. Howl ye; for the day of
the Lord is at hand: it shall come as a destruction from the Almighty.
Therefore shall all hands be faint, every man's heart shall melt; and they
shall be afraid; pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be
amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames.-- Behold, the day of the
Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate:
and he shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of heaven and
the constellations thereof shall not give their light; and the sun be darkened
in her going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will
punish the world for evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; I will cause the
arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay down the haughtiness of the
terrible. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the
golden wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove
out of her place in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the days of his
fierce anger. And it shall be as the chaste roe, and as a sheep that no man
taketh up: they shall every man turn to his own people, and flee every one into
his own land. Every one that is proud shall be thrust through; yea, and every
one that is joined to the wicked, shall fall by the sword. Their children also
shall be dashed to pieces before their eyes; their houses shall be spoiled, and
their wives ravished. Behold, I will stir up the Medes against them, which
shall not regard silver and gold, nor they shall not delight in it. Their bows
shall also dash the young men to pieces; and they shall have no pity on the
fruit of the womb; their eyes shall not spare children. And Babylon, the glory
of kingdoms, the beauty of the Chaldees' excellency shall be as when God
overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah. It shall never be inhabited, neither shall it be
dwelt in from generation to generation: neither shall the Arabian pitch tent
there: neither shall the shepherds make their fold there: but wild beasts of
the desert shall lie there; and their houses shall be full of doleful
creatures, and owls shall dwell there, and satyrs shall dance there. And the
wild beasts of the islands shall cry in their desolate houses, and dragons in
their pleasant palaces: and her time is near to come, and her day shall not be
prolonged. For I will destroy her speedily; yea, for I will be merciful unto my
people: but the wicked shall perish.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne24</bookName>
<text>For the Lord will have mercy on Jacob, and
will yet choose Israel, and set them in their own land: and the strangers shall
be joined with them, and they shall cleave to the house of Jacob. And the
people shall take them, and bring them to their place: yea, from far unto the
ends of the earth: and they shall return to their lands of promise. And the
house of Israel shall possess them, and the land of the Lord shall be for
servants and handmaids: and they shall take them captives, unto whom they were
captives; and they shall rule over their oppressors. And it shall come to pass
in that day that the Lord shall give thee rest from thy sorrow, and from thy
fear, and from the hard bondage wherein thou wast made to serve. And it shall
come to pass in that day, that thou shalt take up this proverb against the king
of Babylon, and say, How hath the oppressor ceased, the golden city ceased! The
Lord hath broken the staff of the wicked, the sceptres of the rulers. He who
smote the people in wrath with a continual stroke, he that ruled the nations in
anger, is persecuted, and none hindereth. The whole earth is at rest, and is
quiet: they break forth into singing. Yea, the fir-trees rejoice at thee, and
also the cedars of Lebanon, saying, Since thou art laid down, no feller is come
up against us. Hell from beneath moved for thee to meet thee at thy coming: it
stirreth up the dead for thee, even all the chief ones of the earth: it hath
raised up from their thrones all the kings of the nations. All they shall speak
and say unto thee, Art thou also become weak as we? Art thou become like unto
us? Thy pomp is brought down to the grave; the noise of thy viols is not heard:
the worm is spread under thee, and the worms cover thee. How art thou fallen
from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! Art thou cut down to the ground,
which did weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thy heart, I will ascend
into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also
upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north; I will ascend
above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High. Yet thou shalt
be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. They that see thee shall
narrowly look upon thee, and shall consider thee, and shall say, Is this the
man that made the earth to tremble, and did shake kingdoms, and made the world
as a wilderness, and destroyed the cities thereof, and opened not the house of
his prisoners? All the kings of the nations, yea, all of them, lie in glory,
every one of them in his own house. But thou are cast out of thy grave like an
abominable branch, and the remnant of those that are slain, thrust through with
a sword, that go down to the stones of the pit; as a carcass trodden under
feet. Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial, because thou hast destroyed
thy land, and slain thy people: the seed of evil-doers shall never be renowned.
Prepare slaughter for his children for the iniquities of their fathers; that
they do not rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the face of the world with
cities.-- For I will rise up against them, saith the Lord of hosts, and cut off
from Babylon the name and remnant, and son, and nephew, saith the Lord. I will
also make it a possession for the bittern, and pools of water: and I will sweep
it with the besom of destruction, saith the Lord of hosts. The Lord of hosts
hath sworn, saying, Surely as I have thought, so shall it come to pass; and as
I have purposed, so shall it stand: that I will bring the Assyrian in my land,
and upon my mountains tread him under foot: then shall his yoke depart from off
them, and his burden depart from off their shoulders. This is the purpose that
is purposed upon the whole earth: and this is the hand that is stretched out
upon all nations. For the Lord of hosts hath purposed, and who shall disannul?
And his hand stretched out, and who shall turn it back? In the year that king
Ahaz died was this burden. Rejoice not thou, whole Palestina, because the rod
of him that smote thee is broken: for out of the serpent's root shall come forth
a cockatrice, and his fruit shall be a fiery flying serpent. And the first-born
of the poor shall feed, and the needy shall lie down in safety: and I will kill
thy root with famine, and he shall slay thy remnant. Howl, O gate; cry O city;
thou, whole Palestina, art dissolved: for there shall come from the north a
smoke, and none shall be alone in his appointed times. What shall then answer
the messengers of the nations? That the Lord hath founded Zion, and the poor of
his people shall trust in it.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne25</bookName>
<text>Now I, Nephi, do speak somewhat concerning the
words which I have written, which have been spoken by the mouth of Isaiah. For
behold, Isaiah spake many things which were hard for many of my people to
understand: for they know not concerning the manner of prophesying among the
Jews. For I, Nephi, have not taught them many things concerning the manner of
the Jews; for their works were works of darkness, and their doings were doings
of abominations. Wherefore, I write unto my people, unto all they that shall
receive hereafter these things which I write, that they may know the judgments
of God, that they come upon all nations. according to the word which he hath
spoken. --Wherefore hearken, O my people, which are of the House of Israel, and
give ear unto my words: for because that the words of Isaiah are not plain unto
you, nevertheless they are plain unto all they that are filled with the spirit
of prophecy. But I give unto you a prophecy, according to the spirit which is
in me; wherefore I shall prophesy according to the plainness which hath been
with me from the time that I came out from Jerusalem with my father: for
behold, my soul delighteth in plainness unto my people, that they may learn;
yea, and my soul delighteth in the words of Isaiah, for I came out from Jerusalem,
and mine eyes hath beheld the things of the Jews, and I know that the Jews do
understand the things of the Prophets, and there is none other people that
understand the things which were spoken unto the Jews, like unto them, save it
be that they are taught after the manner of the things of the Jews. But behold,
I, Nephi, have not taught my children after the manner of the Jews; but behold,
I, of myself, have dwelt at Jerusalem, wherefore I know concerning the regions
round about; and I have made mention unto my children concerning the judgments
of God, which hath come to pass among the Jews, unto my children, according to
all that which Isaiah hath spoken, and I do not write them. But behold, I
proceed with mine own prophecy, according to my plainness; in the which, I know
that no man can err; nevertheless, in the days that the prophecies of Isaiah
shall be fulfilled, men shall know of a surety, at the times when they shall
come to pass; wherefore, they are of worth unto the children of men, and he that
supposeth that they are not, unto them will I speak particularly, and confine
the words unto mine own people: for I know that they shall be of great worth
unto them on the last days; for in that day shall they understand them;
wherefore, for their good have I written them. And as one generation hath been
destroyed among the Jews, because of iniquity, even so have they been
destroyed, from generation to generation, according to their iniquities; and
never hath any of them been destroyed, save it were foretold them by the
Prophets of the Lord. Wherefore, it hath been told them concerning the
destruction which should come upon them, immediately after my father left
Jerusalem; nevertheless, they hardened their hearts; and according to my
prophecy, they have been destroyed, save it be those which are carried away
captive into Babylon. And now this I speak because of the spirit which is in
me. And notwithstanding that they have been carried away, they shall return
again, and possess the land of Jerusalem; wherefore they shall be restored
again to the lands of their inheritance. But, behold, they shall have wars, and
rumors of wars; and when the day cometh that the only begotten of the Father,
yea, even the Father of heaven and of earth, shall manifest himself unto them
in the flesh, behold, they will reject him, because of their iniquities, and
the hardness of their hearts, and the stiffness of their necks. Behold they
will crucify him, and after that he is laid in a Sepulcher for the space of
three days, he shall rise from the dead, with healing in his wings, and all
they that shall believe on his name, shall be saved in the Kingdom of God;
wherefore, my soul delighted to prophesy concerning him, for I have seen his
day, and my heart doth magnify his holy name. And behold it shall come to pass,
that after the Messiah hath risen from the dead, and hath manifested himself
unto his people, unto as many as will believe on his name, behold, Jerusalem
shall be destroyed again: for wo unto them that fight against God and the
people of his church. Wherefore, the Jews shall be scattered among all nations,
yea, and also Babylon shall be destroyed; wherefore, the Jews shall, be
scattered by other nations; and after that they have been scattered, and the
Lord God hath scourged them by other nations, for the space of many
generations, yea, even down from generation to generation, until they shall be
persuaded to believe in Christ, the Son of God, and the atonement, which is
infinite for all mankind; and when that day shall come, that they shall believe
in Christ, and worship the father in his name, with pure hearts, and clean
hands, and look not foreward any more for another Messiah, then, at that time
the day will come that it must needs be expedient that they should believe these
things, and the Lord will set his hand again the second time to restore his
people from their lost and fallen state. Wherefore, he will proceed to do a
marvelous work, and a wonder among the children of men. Wherefore, he shall
bring forth his words unto them, which words shall judge them at the last day,
for they shall be given them for the purpose of convincing them of the true
Messiah, who was rejected by them; and unto the convincing of them that they
need not look forward for a Messiah to come, for there should not any come,
save it should be a false Messiah, which should deceive the people: for there
is save one Messiah spoken of by the Prophets, and that Messiah is he which
should be rejected by the Jews. For according to the words of the Prophets, the
Messiah cometh in six hundred years from the time my father left Jerusalem; and
according to the words of the Prophets, and also the word of the Angel of God,
his name shall be Jesus Christ the Son of God. And now my brethren, I have
spoken plain, that ye cannot err; and as the Lord liveth, that brought Israel
up out of the land of Egypt, and gave unto Moses power that he should heal the
nations, after that they had been bitten by the poisonous serpents, if they
would cast their eyes unto the serpent which he did raise up before them , and
also gave him power that he should smite the rock, and the water should come
forth; yea, behold I say unto you, that as these things are true, and as the
Lord God liveth, there is none other name given under heaven, save it be this
Jesus Christ of which I have spoken, whereby man can be saved. Wherefore, for
this cause hath the Lord God promised unto me that these things which I write,
shall be kept and preserved, and handed down unto my seed, from generation to
generation, that the promise may be fulfilled unto Joseph, that his seed should
never perish as long as the earth should stand. Wherefore, these things shall
go from generation to generation, as long as the earth shall stand; and they
shall go according to the will and pleasure of God; and the nations shall
possess them, shall be judged of them according to the words which are written;
for we labor diligently to write, to persuade our children, and also our
brethren, to believe in Christ, and to be reconciled to God; for we know that
it is by grace that we are saved, after all that we can do. And notwithstanding
we believe in Christ, we keep the law of Moses, and look forward with
steadfastness unto Christ, until the law shall be fulfilled; for, for this end
was the law given; wherefore, the law hath become of our faith; yet we keep the
law because of the commandments; and we talk of Christ, we rejoice in Christ,
we preach of Christ, we prophesy of Christ, and we write according to our
prophecies, that our children may know to what source they may look for a
remission of their sins. Wherefore, we speak concerning the law that our
children may know the deadness of the law; and they, by knowing the deadness of
the law, may look forward unto that life which is in Christ, and know for what
end the law was given. And after that, the law is fulfilled in Christ, that
they need not harden their hearts against him, when the law had ought to be
done away. And now behold, my people, ye are a stiffnecked people; wherefore, I
have spoken plain unto you, that ye cannot misunderstand. And the words which I
have spoken, shall stand as a testimony against you: for they are sufficient to
teach any man the right way; for the right way is to believe in Christ and deny
him not; for by denying him, ye also deny the Prophets and the law. And now
behold I say unto you, that the right way is to believe in Christ, and deny him
not; and Christ is the Holy One of Israel: wherefore ye must bow down before
him and worship him with all your might, mind, and strength, and your whole
soul; and if ye do this, ye shall in nowise be cast out. And inasmuch as it
shall be expedient, ye must keep the performances and ordinances of God, until
the law shall be fulfilled which was given unto Moses.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne26</bookName>
<text>And after that Christ shall have risen from
the dead, he shall shew himself unto you, my children, and my beloved brethren;
and the words which he shall speak unto you, shall be the law which ye shall
do. For behold, I say unto you, that I have beheld that many generations shall
pass away, and there shall be great wars and contentions among my people. And
after that the Messiah shall come, there shall be signs given unto my people of
his birth, and also of his death and resurrection; and great and terrible shall
that day be unto the wicked; for they shall perish; and they perish because
they cast out the prophets, and the saints, and stone them, and slay them:
wherefore the cry of the blood of the saints shall ascend up to God from the
ground, against them. Wherefore all they that are proud, and that do wickedly,
the day that cometh shall burn them up saith the Lord of Hosts, for they shall
be as stubble; and they that kill the prophets, and the saints, the depths of
the earth shall swallow them up, saith the Lord of Hosts; and mountains shall
cover them, and whirlwinds shall carry them away, and buildings shall fall upon
them, and crush them to pieces, and grind them to powder; and they shall be
visited with thunderings, and lightnings, and earthquakes, and all manner of
destruction, for the fire of the anger of the Lord shall be kindled against
them, and they shall be as stubble, and the day that cometh shall consume them,
saith the Lord of Hosts. O the pain and the anguish of my soul for the loss of
the slain of my people! For I, Nephi, hath seen it, and it well nigh consumeth
me before the presence of the Lord; but I must cry unto my God, thy ways are
just. But behold, the righteous, that hearken unto the words of the Prophets,
and destroy them not, but look forward unto Christ with steadfastness for the
signs which are given, notwithstanding all persecutions; behold they are which
shall not perish. But the Son of righteousness shall appear unto them; and he
shall heal them, and they shall have peace with him, until three generations
shall have passed away, and many of the fourth generation shall have passed
away in the righteous. --And when these things shall have passed away, a speedy
destruction cometh unto, my people; for, notwithstanding the pains of my soul,
I have seen it; wherefore, I know that it shall come to pass; and they sell
themselves for nought; for, for the reward of their pride, and their
foolishness, they shall reap destruction; for because they yieldeth unto the
Devil, and choose works of darkness rather than light; therefore they must go
down to hell, for the spirit of the Lord will not always strive with man. And
when the spirit ceaseth to strive with man, then cometh speedy destruction; and
this grieveth my soul. And I spake concerning the convincing of the Jews, that
Jesus is the very Christ, it must needs be, that the Gentiles be convinced
also, that Jesus is the Christ, the Eternal God; and that he manifesteth
himself unto all they that believe in him, by the power of the Holy Ghost; yea,
unto every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, working mighty miracles, signs
and wonders, among the children of men, according to their faith. But behold I
prophesy unto you concerning the days when the Lord God shall bring these
things forth unto the children of men. After that my seed and the seed of my
brethren shall have dwindled in unbelief, and shall have been smitten by the
Gentiles; yea, after that the Lord God shall have camped against them round
about, and shall have laid siege against them with a mount, and raised forts
against them; and after that they shall have been brought down low into the
dust, even that they are not, yet the words of the righteous shall be written,
and the prayers of the faithful shall be heard, and all they which have dwindled
in unbelief, shall not be forgotten; for they which shall be destroyed shall
speak unto them out of the ground, and their speech shall be low out of the
dust, and their voice shall be as one that hath a familiar spirit; for the Lord
God will give unto him power, that he may whisper concerning them, even as it
were out of the ground; and their speech shall whisper out of the dust. For
thus saith the Lord God: They shall write the things which shall be done among
them, and they shall be written and sealed up in a book, and they that have
dwindled in unbelief, shall not have them, for they seek to destroy the things
of God: wherfore, as they which have been destroyed, have been destroyed
speedily; and the multitude of their terrible ones, shall be as chaff that
passeth away. Yea, thus saith the Lord God: It shall be at an instant,
suddenly. And it shall come to pass, that they which have dwindled in unbelief,
shall be smitten by the hand of the Gentiles. And the Gentiles are lifted up in
the pride of their eyes, and have stumbled, because of the greatness of their
stumbling block, that they have built up many churches; nevertheless they put
down the power and the miracles of God, and preach up unto themselves, their
own wisdom, and their own learning, that they may get gain, and grind upon the
face of the poor; and there are many churches built up which causeth envyings,
and strifes, and malice; and there are also secret combinations, even as in
times of old, according to the combinations of the Devil, for he is the founder
of all these things; yea, the founder of murder, and works of darkness; yea,
and he leadeth them by the neck with a flaxen cord, until he bindeth them with
his strong cords forever. For behold, my beloved brethren, I say unto you, that
the Lord God worketh not in darkness. He doeth not anything, save it be for the
benefit of the world; for he loveth the world, even that he layeth down his own
life, that he may draw all men unto him. Wherefore, he commandeth none that
they shall not partake of his salvation. Behold, doth he cry unto any, saying,
Depart from me? Behold, I say unto you, nay; but he saith, Come unto me all ye
ends of the earth, buy milk and honey, without money, and without price.
Behold, hath he commanded any that they should depart out of the synagogues, or
out of the houses of worship? Behold, I say unto you, nay. Hath he commanded
any that they should not partake of his salvation? Behold, I say unto you, nay;
but he hath given it free for all men; and he hath commanded his people that
they should persuade all men unto repentance. Behold, hath the Lord commanded
any that they should not partake of his goodness? Behold, I say unto you, nay;
but all men are privileged the one like unto the other, and none are forbidden.
He commandeth that there shall be no priest-crafts; for, behold, the
priest-crafts are that men preach and set themselves up for a light unto the
world; that they may get gain, and praise of the world; but they seek not the
welfare of Zion. Behold, the Lord hath forbidden this thing; wherefore, the
Lord God hath given a commandment, that all men should have charity, which
charity is love. And except they should have charity, they were nothing:
wherefore, if they should have charity, they would not suffer the laborer in
Zion to perish. But the laborer in Zion, shall labor for Zion; for if they
labor for money, they shall perish. And again, the Lord God hath commanded that
men should not murder; that they should not lie; that they should not steal;
that they should not take the name of the Lord their God in vain; that they
should not envy; that they should not have malice; that they should not contend
one with another; that they should not commit whoredoms; and that they should
do none of these things; for whoso doeth them, shall perish; for none of these
iniquities come of the Lord; for he doeth that which is good among the children
of men; and he doeth nothing save it be plain unto the children of men; and he
inviteth them all to come unto him, and partake of his goodness; and he denieth
none that come unto him, black and white, bond and free, male and female, and
he remembereth the heathen, and all alike unto God, both Jew and Gentile.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne27</bookName>
<text>But, behold, in the last days, or in the days
of the Gentiles; yea, behold all the nations of the Gentiles, and also the
Jews, both they which shall come upon this land, and they which shall be upon
other lands; yea, even upon all the lands of the earth; behold, they will be
drunken with iniquity, and all manner of abominations; and when that day shall
come, they shall be visited of the Lord of hosts, with thunder and with
earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm and tempest, and with the
flame of devouring fire; and all the nations that fight against Zion, and that
distress her, shall be as a dream of a night vision; yea, it shall be unto
them, even as unto a hungry man, which dreameth, and behold he eateth, but he
awaketh and his soul is empty; or like unto a thirsty man, which dreameth, and
behold he drinketh, but he awaketh, and behold he is faint, and his soul hath
appetite; yea, even so shall the multitude of all the nations be that fight
against mount Zion: for behold, all ye that do iniquity, stay yourselves and
wonder, for ye shall cry out, and cry; ,yea, ye shall be drunken, but not with
wine; ye shall stagger, but not with strong drink: for behold, the Lord hath
poured out upon you, the spirit of deep sleep. For behold, ye have closed your
eyes, and ye have rejected the Prophets, and your rulers, and the seers hath he
covered because of your iniquities. And it shall come to pass, that the Lord
God shall bring forth unto you, the words of a book, and they shall be the
words of them which have slumbered. And behold, the book shall be sealed; and
in the book shall be a revelation from God, from the beginning of the world, to
the ending thereof. Wherefore, because of the things which are sealed up, the
things which are sealed, shall not be delivered in the day of the wickedness
and abominations of the people. Wherefore the book shall be kept from them. But
the book shall be delivered unto a Man, and he shall deliver the words of the
book, which are the words of they which have slumbered in the dust; and he
shall deliver these words unto another; but the words which are sealed, he
shall not deliver, neither shall he deliver the book. For the book shall be
sealed by the power of God, and the revelation which was sealed, shall be kept
in the book until the own due time of the Lord, that they may come forth: for,
behold, they reveal all things from the foundation of the world, unto the end
thereof. And the day cometh that the words of the book which were sealed, shall
be read upon the house-tops; and they shall be read by the power of Christ: and
all things shall be revealed unto the children of men which ever hath been
among the children of men, and which ever will be, even unto the end of the
earth. Wherefore, at that day when the book shall be delivered unto the man of
whom I have spoken, the book shall be hid from the eyes of the world, that the
eyes of none shall behold it, save it be that three witnesses shall behold it,
by the power of God, besides him to whom the book shall be delivered; and they
shall testify to the truth of the book, and the things therein. And there is
none other which shall view it, save it be a few, according to the will of God,
to bear testimony of his word unto the children of men: for the Lord God hath
said, that the words of the faithful should speak as if it were from the
dead.Wherefore, the Lord God will proceed to bring forth the words of the book,
and in the mouth of as many witnesses as seemeth him good, will he establish
his word: and wo be unto him that rejecteth the word of God. But behold, it
shall come to pass that the Lord God shall say unto him to whom he shall
deliver the book. Take these words which are not sealed, and deliver them to
another, that he may shew them unto the learned, saying: Read this, I pray thee.
And the learned shall say, Bring hither the book, and I will read them: and
now, because of the glory of the world, and to get gain, will they say this,
and not for the glory of God. And the man shall say, I cannot bring the book,
for it is sealed. Then shall the learned say, I cannot read it. Wherefore, it
shall come to pass, that the Lord God will deliver again the book and the words
thereof, to him that is not learned; and the man that is not learned, shall
say, I am not learned. Then shall the Lord say unto him, The learned shall not
read them, for they have rejected them, and I am able to do mine own work;
wherefore, thou shalt read the words which I shall give unto thee. Touch not
the things which sealed, for I will bring them forth in mine own due time: for
I will shew unto the children of men, that I am able to do mine own work.
Wherefore, when thou hast read the words which I have commanded thee, and
obtained the witnesses which I have promised unto thee, then shalt thou seal up
the book again, and hide it up unto me, that I may preserve the words which
thou hast not read, until I shall see fit in mine own wisdom, to reveal all
things unto the children of men. For behold, I am God; and I am a God of
miracles; and I will shew unto the world that I am the same yesterday, to-day,
and forever; and I work not among the children of men, save it be according to
their faith. And again it shall come to pass, that the Lord shall say unto him
that shall read the words that shall be delivered him, For asmuch as this
people draw near unto me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor me, but
have removed their hearts far from me, and their fear towards me is taught by
the precepts of men, therefore, I will proceed to do marvellous work among this
people; yea, a marvellous work, and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise and
learned shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent shall be hid. And
wo unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord. And their
works are in the dark; and they say, Who seeth us; and who knoweth us? And they
also say, Surely, your turning of things upside down, shall be esteemed as the
potter's clay. But behold, I will shew unto them, saith the Lord of Hosts, that
I know all their works. For shall the work say of him that made it, He made me
not? Or, shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, He had no
understanding? But behold, saith the Lord of hosts, I will shew unto the
children of men, that it is yet a very little while, and Lebanon shall be
turned into a fruitful field; and the fruitful field shall be esteemed as a
forest. And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book; and the eyes
of the blind shall see out of obscurity and out of darkness; and the meek also
shall increase, and their joy shall be in the Lord; and the poor among men
shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For assuredly as the Lord liveth, they
shall see that the terrible one is brought to nought, and the scorner is
consumed, and all that watch for the iniquity are cut off: and they that a make
a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the
gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought. Therefore thus saith the
Lord, who redeemed Abraham, concerning the house of Jacob, Jacob shall not now
be ashamed, neither shall his face now wax pale. But when he seeth his
children, the work of my hands, in the midst of him, they shall sanctify my
name, and sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, and shall fear the God of Israel.
They also that erred in spirit shall come to understanding, and they that
murmured shall learn doctrine.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne28</bookName>
<text>And now, behold, my brethren, I have spoken
unto you, according as the spirit hath constrained me; wherefore, I know that
they must surely come to pass. The things which shall be written out of the
book shall be of great worth unto the children of men, and especially unto our
seed, which is a remnant of the house of Israel. For it shall come to pass in
that day, that the churches which are built up, and not unto, the Lord, when
the one shall say unto the other, Behold, I, I am the Lord's; and the other
shall say, I, I am the Lord's. And thus shall every one say, that hath built up
the churches, and not unto the Lord; and they shall contend one with another;
and their priests shall contend one with another; and they shall teach with
their learning, and deny the Holy Ghost, which giveth utterance. And they deny
the power of God, the Holy One of Israel; and they say unto the people, Hearken
unto us, and hear ye our precept: for behold, there is no God to-day, for the
Lord and the Redeemer hath done his work, and he hath given his power unto men.
Behold, hearken ye unto my precept: if they shall say there is a miracle
wrought, by the hand of the Lord, believe it not; for this day he is not a God
of miracles: he hath done his work. Yea, and there shall be many which shall
say, eat, drink, and be merry, for to-morrow we die; and it shall be well with
us. And there shall also be many which shall say, eat, drink, and be merry;
nevertheless, fear God, he will justify in committing a little sin; yea, lie a
little, take the advantage of one because of his words, dig a pit for thy
neighbor; there is no harm in this. And do all these things, for to-morrow we
die; and if it so be that we are guilty, God will beat us with a few stripes,
and at last we shall be saved in the Kingdom of God. Yea, and there shall be
many which shall teach after this manner, false, and vain, and foolish
doctrines, and shall be puffed up in their hearts, and shall seek deep to hide
their counsels from the Lord; and their works shall be in the dark; and the
blood of the Saints shall cry from the ground against them. Yea, they have all
gone out of the way; they have become corrupted. Because of pride, and because
of false teachers, and false doctrine, their churches have become corrupted;
and their churches are lifted up; because of pride, they are puffed up. They
rob the poor, because of their fine sanctuaries; they rob the poor, because of
their fine clothing; and they persecute the meek, and the poor in heart;
because of their pride, they are puffed up. They wear stiff necks, and high
heads; yea, and because of pride, and wickedness, and abominations, and
whoredoms, they have all gone astray, save it be a few, which are humble
followers of Christ; nevertheless, they are led, that in many instances they do
err, because they are taught by the precepts of men. O the wise and the
learned, and the rich, that are puffed up in pride of their hearts, and all
they that preach false doctrines, and all they that commit whoredoms, and pervert
the right way of the Lord; wo, wo, wo be unto them saith the Lord God Almighty,
for they shall be thrust down to hell. Wo unto them that turn aside the just
for a thing of nought, and revile against that which is good, and say that it
is no worth: for the day shall come that the Lord God will speedily visit the
inhabitants of the earth; and in that day that they are fully ripe in iniquity,
they shall perish. But behold, if the inhabitants of the earth shall repent of
their wickedness and abominations, they shall not be destroyed, saith the Lord
of Hosts. But behold, that great and abominable church, the whore of all the
earth, must tumble to the earth; and great must be the fall thereof: for the
kingdom of the Devil must shake, and they which belong to it must needs be
stirred up unto repentance, or the Devil will grasp them with his everlasting
chains, and they be stirred up to anger and perish: for behold, at that day
shall he rage in the hearts of the children of men, and stir them up to anger
against that which is good; and others will he pacify, and lull them away into
carnal security, that they will say, All is well in Zion; yea, Zion prospereth,
all is well; and thus the Devil cheateth their souls, and leadeth them away
carefully down to hell. And behold, others he flattereth away, and telleth them
there is no hell; and he saith unto the, I am no Devil, for there is none: and
thus he whispereth in their ears, until he grasps them with his awful chains,
from whence there is no deliverance.Yea, they are grasped with death and hell;
and death, and hell, and the Devil, and all that have been seized therewith,
must stand before the Throne of God, and be judged according to their works,
from whence they must go into the place prepared for them, even a lake of fire
and brimstone, which is endless torment. Therefore, wo be unto him that is at
ease in Zion. Wo be unto him that crieth, All is well; yea, wo be unto him that
hearkeneth unto the precepts of men, and denieth the power of God and the gift
of the Holy Ghost. Yea, wo be unto him that saith, We have received, and we
need no more. And in fine, wo unto all they that tremble, and are angry because
of the truth of God. For behold, he that is built upon the rock, receiveth it
with gladness; and he that is built upon a sandy foundation, trembleth, lest he
shall fall. Wo be unto him that shall say, We have received the word of God,
and we need no more of the word of God, for we have enough. For behold, thus
saith the Lord God: I will give unto the children of men line upon line,
precept upon precept, here a little there a little; and blessed are they that
hearken unto my precepts, and lend an ear unto my counsel, for they shall learn
wisdom: for unto him that receiveth, I will give more; and them that shall say,
We have enough, from them shall be taken away even that which they have.
--Cursed is he that putteth his trust in man, or maketh flesh his arm, or shall
hearken unto the precepts of men, save their precepts shall be given by the
power of the Holy Ghost. Wo be unto the Gentiles, saith the Lord God of Hosts:
for notwithstanding I shall lengthen out mine arm unto them from day to day,
they shall deny me; nevertheless, I will be merciful unto them, saith the Lord
God, if they will repent and come unto me: for mine arm is lengthened out all
the day long, saith the Lord God of Hosts.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne29</bookName>
<text>But behold, there shall be many at that day,
when I shall proceed to do a marvelous work among them, that I may remember my
covenants which I have made unto the children of men, that I may set my hand
again the second time to recover my people, which are of the House of Israel;
and also, that I may remember the promises which I have made unto thee, Nephi,
and also unto thy father, That I would remember your seed; and that the words
of your seed should proceed forth out of my mouth unto your seed. And my words
shall hiss forth unto the ends of the earth, for a standard unto my people,
which are of the House of Israel. And because my words shall hiss forth, many
of the Gentiles shall say, A Bible, a Bible, we have got a Bible, and there
cannot be any more Bible. But thus saith the Lord God: O fools, they shall have
a Bible; and it shall proceed forth from the Jews, mine ancient covenant
people. And what thank they the Jews for the Bible which they receive from
them? Yea, what do the Gentiles mean? Do they remember the travels, and labors,
and the pains of the Jews, and their diligence unto me, in bringing forth
salvation unto the Gentiles. O ye Gentiles, have ye remembered the Jews, mine
ancient covenant people? Nay; but ye have cursed them, and have hated them, and
have not sought to recover them. But behold, I will return all these things
upon your own heads: for I the Lord hath not forgotten my people. Thou fool,
that shall say a Bible, we have got a Bible, and we need no more Bible. Have ye
obtained a Bible, save it were by the Jews? Know ye not that there are more
nations than one? Know ye not that I the Lord your God, have created all men,
and that I remember they which are upon the isles of the sea; and that I rule
in the heavens above, and in the earth beneath; and I bring forth my word unto
the children of men, yea, even upon all the nations of the earth? Wherefore
murmur ye, because that ye shall receive more of my word? Know ye not that the
testimony of two nations is a witness unto you that I am God. that I remember
one nation like unto another? wherefore, I speak the same words unto one nation
like unto another. And when the two nations shall run together, the testimony
of the two nations shall run together also. I do this that I may prove unto
many, that I am the same yesterday, to-day, and forever; and that I speak forth
my words according to mine own pleasure. And because that I have spoken one
word, ye need not suppose that I cannot speak another: for my work is not yet
finished; neither shall it be, until the end of man; neither from that time
henceforth and forever. Wherefore, because that ye have a Bible, ye need not
suppose that it contains all my words; neither need ye suppose that I have not
caused more to be written: for I command all men, both in the east, and in the
west, and in the north, and in the south, and in the islands of the sea, that
they shall write the words which I speak unto them: for out of the books which
shall be written, I will judge the world every man according to their works,
according to that which is written. --For behold, I shall speak unto the Jews,
and they shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the Nephites, and they
shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the other tribes of the House of
Israel, which I have led away, and they shall write it; and I shall also speak
unto all the nations of the earth, and they shall write it. And it shall come
to pass that the Jews, shall have the words of the Nephites, and the Nephites
shall have the words of the Jews; and the Nephites and the Jews shall have the
words of the lost tribes of Israel; and the lost tribes of Israel shall have
the words of the Nephites and the Jews. And it shall come to pass that my
people which are of the House of Israel, shall be gathered home unto the lands
of their possessions; and my word also shall be gathered in one. And I will
shew them that fight against my word and against my people, which are of the
House of Israel, that I am God, and that I covenanted with Abraham that I would
remember his seed forever.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne30</bookName>
<text>And now, behold, my beloved brethren, I would
speak unto you: for I, Nephi, would not suffer, that ye should suppose that ye
are more righteous than the Gentiles shall be. For behold, except ye shall keep
the commandments of God, ye shall all likewise perish; and because of the words
which have been spoken, ye need not suppose that the gentiles are utterly
destroyed. For behold, I say unto you, as many of the Gentiles as will repent,
are the covenant people of the Lord; and as many of the Jews as will not
repent, shall be cast off: for the Lord covenanteth with none, save it be with
them that repent and believe in his Son, which is the Holy One of Israel. And
now, I would prophesy somewhat more concerning the Jews and the Gentiles. For
after the book of which I have spoken shall come forth, and be written unto the
Gentiles, and sealed up again unto the Lord, there shall be many which shall
believe the words which are written; and they shall carry them forth unto the
remnant of our seed. And then shall the remnant of our seed know concerning us,
how that we came out from Jerusalem, and that they are a descendant of the
Jews. And the Gospel of Jesus Christ shall be declared among them; wherefore,
they shall be restored unto the knowledge of their fathers, and also to the
knowledge of Jesus Christ, which was had among their fathers. And then shall
they rejoice, for they shall know that it is a blessing unto them from the hand
of God; and their scales of darkness shall begin to fall from their eyes; and
many generations shall not pass away among them, save they shall be a white and
a delightsome people. And it shall come to pass that the Jews are scattered,
also shall begin to believe in Christ; and they shall begin to gather in upon
the face of the land; and as many as shall believe in Christ, shall also become
a delightsome people. And it shall come to pass that the Lord God shall
commence his work, among all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people, to bring
about the restoration of his people upon the earth. And with righteousness
shall the Lord God judge the poor, and reprove with equity, for the meek of the
earth. And he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth; and with the
breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked: for the time speedily cometh, that
the Lord God shall cause a great division among the people; and the wicked will
he destroy; and he will spare his people, yea, even if it so be that he must
destroy the wicked by fire. And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins,
and faithfulness the girdle of his reins. And then shall the wolf dwell with
the lamb. and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf, and the
young lion, and the fatling, together; and a little child shall lead them. And
the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together; and
the lion shall eat straw like the ox. And the sucking child shall play on the
hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice's
den. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth
shall be full of knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea. Wherefore,
the things of all nations shall be made known; yea, all things shall be made
known unto the children of men. There is nothing which is secret, save it shall
be revealed; there is no works of darkness, save it shall be made manifest in
the light; and there is nothing which is sealed upon the earth, save it shall
be loosed. Wherefore, all things which have been revealed unto the children of
men, shall at that day be revealed; and Satan shall have power over the hearts
of the children of men no more, for a long time. And now, my beloved brethren,
I must make an end of my sayings.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne31</bookName>
<text>And now, I, Nephi, make an end of my
prophesying unto you, my beloved brethren. And I cannot write but a few things,
which I know must surely come to pass; neither can I write but a few words of
my brother Jacob. Wherefore, the things which I have written, sufficeth me,
save it be a few words which I must speak, concerning the doctrine of Christ;
wherefore, I shall speak unto you plainly, according to the plainness of my
prophesying. For my soul delighteth in plainness: for after this manner doth
the Lord God work among the children of men. For the Lord God giveth light unto
the understanding: for he speaketh unto men according to their language, unto
their understanding. Wherefore, I would that ye remember that I have spoken
unto you, concerning that Prophet which the Lord showed unto me, that should
baptize the Lamb of God, which should take away the sins of the world. And now,
if the Lamb of God, he being holy, should have need to be baptized by water, to
fulfil righteousness, O then, how much more need have we, being unholy, to be
baptized, yea, even by water. And now, I would ask of you, my beloved brethren,
wherein the Lamb of God did fulfil all righteousness in being baptized by
water? Know ye not that he was holy? But notwithstanding he being holy, he showeth
unto the children of men, that according to the flesh, he humbleth himself
before the Father, and witnesseth unto the Father that he would be obedient
unto him in keeping his commandments; wherefore, after that he was baptized
with water, the Holy Ghost descended upon him in the form of a dove. And again:
it sheweth unto the children of men the straightness of the path, and the
narrowness of the gate, by which they should enter, he having set the example
before them. And he saith unto the children of men, Follow thou me. Wherefore,
my beloved brethren, can we follow Jesus, save we shall be willing to keep the
commandments of the Father? And the Father saith, Repent ye, repent ye, and be
baptized in the name of my beloved Son. And also, the voice of the Son came
unto me saying, He that is baptized in my name, to him will the Father give the
Holy Ghost, like unto me; wherefore, follow me, and do the things which ye have
seen me do. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, I know that if ye shall follow the
Son, with full purpose of heart, acting no hypocrisy and no deception before
God, but with real intent, repenting of your sins, witnessing unto the Father
that ye are willing to take upon you the name of Christ, by baptism; yea, by
following your Lord and Saviour down into the water, according to his word;
behold, then shall ye receive the Holy Ghost; yea, then cometh the baptism of
fire and of the Holy Ghost; and then can ye speak with the tongues of Angels,
and shout praises unto the Holy One of Israel. But behold, my beloved brethren,
thus came the voice of the Son unto me, saying, After that ye have repented of
your sins, and witnessed unto the Father that ye are willing to keep my
commandments, by the baptism of water, and have received the baptism of fire
and of the Holy Ghost, and can speak with a new tongue, yea, even with the
tongue of Angels, and after this, should deny me, it would have been better for
you, that ye had not known me. And I heard a voice from the Father, saying,
Yea, the words of my beloved, are true and faithful. He that endureth to the
end, the same shall be saved. And now, my beloved brethren, I know by this,
that unless a man endure to the end, in following the example of the Son of the
living God, he cannot be saved; wherefore, do the things which I have told you
that I have seen, that your Lord and your Redeemer should do: for, for this
cause have they been shown unto me, that ye might know the gate by which ye
should enter. For the gate by which ye should enter, is repentance, and baptism
by water; and then cometh a remission of your sins by fire, and by the Holy
Ghost. And then are ye in this straight and narrow path which leads to eternal
life; yea, ye have entered in by the gate: ye have done according to the
commandments of the Father and the Son; and ye have received the Holy Ghost,
which witness of the Father and the Son, unto the fulfilling of the promise
which he hath made. That if ye entered in by the way, ye should receive. And
now, my beloved brethren, after that ye have got into this straight and narrow
path, I would ask, If all is done? Behold, I say unto you, Nay; for ye have not
come thus far, save it were by the word of Christ, with unshaken faith in him,
relying wholly upon the merits of Him who is mighty to save; wherefore, ye must
press forward with a steadfastness in Christ, having a perfect brightness of
hope, and a love of God and of all men. Wherefore, if ye shall press forward,
feasting upon the word of Christ, and endure to the end, behold, thus saith the
Father: Ye shall have eternal life. And now, my beloved brethren, this is the
way; and there is none other way nor name given under heaven, whereby man can
be saved in the Kingdom of God. And now, behold, this is the doctrine of
Christ, and the only true doctrine of the Father, and of the Son, and of the
Holy Ghost, which is in God, without end. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne32</bookName>
<text>And now, behold, my beloved brethren, I
suppose that ye ponder somewhat in your hearts, concerning that which ye should
do, after that ye have entered in by the way. But behold, why do ye ponder
these things in your hearts? Do ye not remember that I said unto you, that
after ye had received the Holy Ghost, ye could speak with the tongue of Angels?
And now, how could ye speak with the tongue of Angels, save it were by the Holy
Ghost? Angels speak by the power of the Holy Ghost; wherefore, they speak the
words of Christ. --Wherefore, I said unto you, feast upon the words of Christ:
for behold, the words of Christ will tell you all things what ye should do.
Wherefore, now after that I have spoken these words, if ye cannot understand
them, it will be because ye ask not, neither do ye knock; wherefore, ye are not
brought into the light, but must perish in the dark. For behold, again I say
unto you, that if ye will enter in by the way, and receive the Holy Ghost, it will
shew unto you all things what ye should do. Behold, this is the doctrine of
Christ; and there will be no more doctrine given, until after that he shall
manifest himself unto you in the flesh. And when he shall manifest himself unto
you in the flesh, the things which he shall say unto you, shall ye observe to
do. And now I, Nephi, cannot say more: the spirit stoppeth mine utterance, and
I am left to mourn because of the unbelief, and the wickedness, and the
ignorance, and the stiff-neckedness of men: for they will not search knowledge,
nor understand great knowledge, when it is given unto them in plainness, even
as plain as word can be. And now my beloved brethren, I perceive that ye ponder
still in your hearts; and it grieveth me that I must speak concerning this
thing. For if ye would hearken unto the spirit which teacheth a man to pray, ye
would know that ye must pray: for the evil spirit teacheth not a man to pray,
but teacheth him that he must not pray. But behold, I say unto you, that ye
must pray always, and not faint; that ye must not perform any thing unto the
Lord, save in the first place ye shall pray unto the Father in the name of
Christ, that he will consecrate thy performance unto thee, that thy performance
may be for the welfare of thy soul.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x2ne33</bookName>
<text>And now I, Nephi, cannot write all the things
which were taught among my people; neither am I mighty in writing, like unto
speaking: for when a man speaketh by the power of the holy Ghost , the power of
the Holy Ghost carrieth it unto the hearts of the children of men. But behold,
there are many that harden their hearts against the Holy Spirit, that it hath
no place in them; wherefore, they cast many things away which are written, and
esteem them as things of nought. But I, Nephi, have written what I have written;
and I esteem it as of great worth, and especially unto my people. For I pray
continually for them by day, and mine eyes water my pillow by night, because of
them; and I cry unto my God in faith, and I know that he will hear my cry; and
I know that the Lord God will consecrate my prayers, for the gain of my people.
And the things which I have written in weakness, will be made strong unto them:
for it persuadeth them to do good; it maketh known unto them of their fathers;
and it speaketh of Jesus, and persuadeth men to believe in him, and to endure
to the end, which is life eternal. And it speaketh harsh against sin, according
to the plainness of the truth; wherefore, no man will be angry at the words
which I have written, save he shall be of the spirit of the Devil. I glory in
plainness; I glory in truth; I glory in my Jesus, for he hath redeemed my soul
from hell. I have charity for my people, and great faith in Christ, that I
shall meet many souls spotless at his judgment seat. I have charity for the Jew;
I say Jew, because I mean them from whence I came. I also have charity for the
Gentiles. --But behold, for none of these I cannot hope, except they shall be
reconciled unto Christ, and enter into the narrow gate, and walk in the
straight path, which leads to life, and continue in the path until the end of
the day of probation. And now, my beloved brethren, and also Jew, and all ye
ends of the earth, hearken unto these words, and believe in Christ; and if ye
believe not in these words, believe in Christ. And if ye shall believe in
Christ, ye will believe in these words: for they are the words of Christ, and
he hath given them unto me; and they teach all men that they should do good.
And if they are not the words of Christ, judge ye: for Christ will shew unto
you, with power and great glory, that they are his words, at the last day; and
you and I shall stand face to face before his bar; and ye shall know that I
have been commanded of him to write these things, notwithstanding my weakness:
And I pray the Father in the name of Christ, that many of us, if not all, may
be saved in his kingdom, at the great and last day. And now, my beloved
brethren, all they which are of the House of Israel, and all ye ends of the
earth, I speak unto you, as the voice of one crying from the dust: farewell
until that great day shall come; and you that will not partake of the goodness
of God, and respect the words of the Jews, and also my words, and the words
which shall proceed forth out of the mouth of the Lamb of God, behold, I bid
you an everlasting farewell, for these words shall condemn you at the last day:
for what I seal on earth, shall be brought against you at the judgment bar; for
thus hath the Lord commanded me, and I must obey. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac1</bookName>
<text>For behold, it came to pass that fifty and
five years had passed away, from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem; wherefore,
Nephi gave me, Jacob, a commandment concerning the small plates, upon which
these things are engraven. And he gave me, Jacob, a commandment that I should
write upon these plates, a few of the things which I considered to be most
precious: that I should not touch, save it were lightly, concerning the history
of this people which are called the people of Nephi. For he said that the
history of his people should be engraven upon his other plates, and that I
should preserve these plates, and hand them down unto my seed, from generation
to generation. And if there were preaching which was sacred, or revelation
which was great, or prophesying, that I should engraven the heads of them upon
these plates, and touch upon them as much as it were possible, for Christ's
sake, and for the sake of our people: for because of faith and great anxiety,
it truly had been made manifest unto us concerning our people, what things
should happen unto them. And we also had many revelations, and the spirit of
much prophecy; wherefore, we knew of Christ and his Kingdom, should come.
Wherefore, we laboured diligently among our people, that we might persuade them
to come unto Christ, and partake of the goodness of God, that they might enter
into his rest, lest by means he should swear in his wrath they should not enter
in, as in the provocation in the days of temptation, while the children of
Israel were in the wilderness. --Wherefore, we would to God that we could
persuade all men not to rebel against God, to provoke him to anger, but that
all men would believe in Christ, and view his death, and suffer his cross, and
bear the shame of the world; wherefore, I, Jacob, take it upon me to fulfil the
commandment of my brother Nephi. Now Nephi began to be old, and he saw that he
must soon die; wherefore, he anointed a man to be a king and a ruler over his
people now, according to the reigns of the kings. --The people having loved Nephi
exceedingly, he having been a great protector for them, having wielded the
sword of Laban in their defence, and having laboured in all his days for their
welfare; wherefore, the people were desirous to retain in remembrance his name.
And whoso should reign in his stead, were called by the people Second Nephi,
Third Nephi, &c. according to the reigns of the kings; and thus they were
called by the people, let them be of whatever name they would. And it came to
pass that Nephi died. Now the people which were not Lamanites, were Nephites;
nevertheless, they were called Nephites, Jacobites, Josephites, Zoramites,
Lamanites, Lemuelites, and Ishmaelites. But I, Jacob, shall not hereafter
distinguish them by these names, but I shall call them Lamanites. They that
seek to destroy the people of Nephi, and they which are friendly to Nephi, I
shall call Nephites, or the people of Nephi, according to the reigns of the
kings. And now it came to pass that the people of Nephi, under the reign of the
second king, began to grow hard in their hearts, and indulge themselves
somewhat in wicked practices, such as like unto David of Old, desiring many
wives and concubines, and also Solomon, his son; yea, and they also began to
search much gold and silver, and began to be lifted up somewhat in pride;
wherefore, I, Jacob, gave unto them these words as I taught them in the temple,
having firstly obtained mine errand from the Lord. For I, Jacob, and my brother
Joseph, had been consecrated priests, and teachers of this people, by the hand
of Nephi. And we did magnify our office unto the Lord, taking upon us the
responsibility, answering the sins of the people upon our own heads, if we did
not teach them the word of God with all diligence; wherefore, by laboring with
our mights, their blood might not come upon our garments, and we would not be
found spotless at the last day.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac2</bookName>
<text>The words which Jacob, the brother of Nephi,
spake unto the people of Nephi, after the death of Nephi: Now my beloved
brethren, I, Jacob, according to the responsibility which I am under to God, to
magnify mine office with soberness, and that I might rid my garments of your
sins, I come up into the temple this day, that I might declare unto you the
word of God; and ye yourselves know, that I have hitherto been diligent in the
office of my calling; but I this day am weighed down with much more desire and
anxiety for the welfare of your souls, than I have hitherto been. For behold,
as yet, ye have been obedient unto the word of the Lord, which I have given
unto you. But behold, hearken ye unto me, and know that by the help of the
All-powerful Creator of Heaven and Earth, I can tell you concerning your
thoughts, how that ye are beginning to labor in sin, which sin appeareth very
abominable unto me, yea, and abominable unto God. Yea, it grieveth my soul and
causeth me to shrink with shame before the presence of my Maker, that I might
testify unto you concerning the wickedness of your hearts; and also, it
grieveth me that I must use so much boldness of speech, concerning you, before
your wives and your children, many of whose feelings are exceeding tender, and
chaste, and delicate before God, which thing is pleasing unto God; and it
supposeth me that they have come up hither to hear the pleasing word of God,
yea, the word which healeth the wounded soul. Wherefore, it burdeneth my soul,
that I should be constrained because of the strict commandment which I have
received from God, to admonish you, according to your crimes, to enlarge the
wounds of those which are already wounded, instead of consoling and healing and
their wounds; and those which have not been wounded, instead of feasting upon
the pleasing word of God, have daggers placed to pierce their souls, and wound
their delicate minds. But, notwithstanding the greatness of the task, I must do
according to the strict commands of God, and tell you concerning your
wickedness and abominations, in the presence of the pure in heart, and the
broken heart, and under the glance of the piercing eye of the Almighty God.
Wherefore, I must tell you the truth, according to the plainness of the word of
God. For behold, as I inquired of the Lord, thus came the word unto me, saying,
Jacob, get thou up into the temple on the morrow, and declare the word which I
shall give thee, unto this people. And now behold, my brethren, this is the word
which I declare unto you, that many of you have began to search for gold, and
for silver, and all manner of precious ores, in the which this land, which is a
land of promise unto you, and to your seed, doth abound most plentifully. And
the hands of Providence hath smiled upon you most pleasingly, that you have
obtained many riches; and because that some of you have obtained more
abundantly than that of your brethren, ye are lifted up in the pride of your
hearts, and wear stiff necks, and high heads, because of the costliness of your
apparel, and persecute your brethren, because that ye suppose that ye are
better than they. And now my brethren, do ye suppose that God justifieth you in
this thing? Behold, I say unto you, Nay. But he condemneth you, and if ye
persist in these things, his judgments must speedily come unto you. O that he
would shew you that he can pierce you, and with one glance of his eye, he can
smite you to the dust. O that he would rid you from this iniquity, and
abomination. And, O that ye would listen unto the word of his commands, and let
not his pride of your hearts destroy your souls. Think of your brethren, like
unto yourselves, and be familiar with your substance, that they may be rich
like unto you. But before ye seek for riches, seek ye for the Kingdom of God.
And after that ye have obtained a hope in Christ, ye shall obtain riches, if ye
seek them; and ye shall seek them, for the intent to do good; to clothe the
naked, and to feed the hungry, and to liberate the captive, and administer
relief to the sick, and the afflicted. And now my brethren, I have spoken unto
you concerning pride; and those of you which have afflicted your neighbor, and
persecuted him, because ye were proud in your hearts, of the things which God
hath given you, what say ye of it? Do ye not suppose that such things are
abominable unto him, and who created all flesh? And the one being is as
precious in his sight as the other. And all flesh is of dust; and for the self
same end hath he created them, that they should keep his commandments, and
glorify him forever. And now I make an end of speaking unto you concerning this
pride. And were it not that I must speak unto you concerning a grosser crime,
my heart would rejoice exceedingly, because of you. But the word of God
burthens me because of your grosser crimes. For behold, thus saith the Lord:
This people begin to wax in iniquity; they understand not the Scriptures: for
they seek to excuse themselves in committing whoredoms, because of the things
which were written concerning David, and Solomon his Son. Behold, David and
Solomon truly had many wives and concubines, which thing was abominable before
me, saith the Lord. Wherefore, thus saith the Lord: I have led this people
forth out of the land of Jerusalem, by the power of mine arm, that I might rise
up unto me a righteous branch, from the fruit of the loins of Joseph.
Wherefore, I the Lord God, will not suffer that this people shall do like unto
them of old. Wherefore, my brethren, hear me, and hearken to the word of the
Lord: for there shall not any man among you have save it be one wife; and
concubines he shall have none: For I, the Lord God, delighteth in the chastity
of women. And whoredoms is an abomination before me: thus saith the Lord of
Hosts. Wherefore, this people shall keep my commandments, saith the Lord of
Hosts, or cursed be the land for their sakes. For if I will, saith the Lord of
Hosts, raise up seed unto me, I will command my people: otherwise, they shall
hearken unto these things. For behold, I, the Lord, have seen the sorrow, and
heard the mourning of the daughters of my people, in the land of Jerusalem;
yea, and in all the lands of my people, because of the wickedness and
abominations of their husbands. And I will not suffer, saith the Lord of Hosts,
that the cries of the fair daughters of this people, which I have led out of
the land of Jerusalem, shall come up unto me, against the men of my people,
saith the Lord of Hosts; for they shall not lead away captive, the daughters of
my people, because of their tenderness, save I shall visit them with a sore
curse, even unto destruction: for they shall not commit whoredoms, like unto
they of old, saith the Lord of Hosts. And now behold, my brethren, ye know that
these commandments were given to our father Lehi; wherefore, ye have known them
before; and ye have come unto great condemnation; for ye have done these
things, which ye ought not have done. Behold, ye have done greater iniquities
than the Lamanites, our brethren. Ye have broken the hearts of your tender
wives, and lost the confidence of your children, because of your bad examples
before them; and the sobbings of their hearts ascendeth up to God against you.
And because of the strictness of the word of God, which cometh down against
you, many hearts died, pierced with deep wounds.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac3</bookName>
<text>But behold, I, Jacob, would speak unto you
that are pure in heart. Look unto God with firmness of mind, and pray unto him
with exceeding faith, and he will console you in your afflictions, and he will
plead your cause, and send down justice upon those who seek your destruction. O
ye that are pure in heart, lift up your heads and receive the pleasing word of
God, and feast upon his love; for ye may, if your mind are firm, forever. But,
wo, wo, unto you that are not pure in heart; that are filthy this day before God;
for except ye shall repent, the land is cursed for your sakes; and the
Lamanites, which are not filthy like unto you, (nevertheless, they are cursed
with a sore cursing) shall scourge you even unto destruction. And the time
speedily cometh that except ye repent, they shall possess the land of your
inheritance, and the Lord God will lead away the righteous out from among you.
Behold, the Lamanites your brethren, whom ye hate, because of their filthiness
and the cursings which hath come upon their skins, are more righteous than you:
for they have not forgotten the commandment of the Lord, which was given unto
our fathers, that they should have, save it were one wife; and concubines they
should have none; and there should not be whoredoms committed among them. And
now this commandment they observe to keep it; wherefore, because of this
observance in keeping this commandment. the Lord God will not destroy them, but
will be merciful unto them; and one day they shall become a blessed people.
Behold, their husbands love their wives, and their wives love their husbands,
and their husbands and their wives love their children; and their unbelief and
their hatred towards you, is because of the iniquity of their fathers;
wherefore, how much better are you than they, in the sight of your Great
Creator? O my brethren, I fear, that unless ye shall repent of your sins, that
their skins will be whiter than yours, when ye shall be brought with them
before the throne of God. Wherefore, a commandment I give unto you, which is
the word of God, that ye revile no more against them, because of the darkness
of their skins; neither shall ye revile against them because of their
filthiness; but ye shall remember your own filthiness, and remember that their
filthiness came because of their fathers. Wherefore, ye shall remember your
children, how that ye have grieved their hearts, because of the example that ye
have set before them; and also, remember that ye may, because of your
filthiness, bring your children unto destruction, and their sins be heaped upon
your heads at the last day. O my brethren, hearken unto my word; arouse the
faculties of your soul; shake yourselves, that ye may awake from the slumber of
death; and loose yourselves from the pains of hell, that ye may not become the
Angels to the Devil, to be cast into that lake of fire and brimstone, which is
the second death. And now I, Jacob, spake many more things unto the people of
Nephi, warning them against fornications, and lasciviousness, and every kind of
sin, telling them the awful consequences of them; and a hundredth part of the
proceedings of this people, which now began to be numerous, cannot be written
upon these plates; but many of their proceedings are written upon the larger
plates, and their wars, and their contentions, and the reigns of their kings.
These plates are called the plates of Jacob; and they were made by the hand of
Nephi. And I make an end of speaking these words.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac4</bookName>
<text>Now behold it came to pass, that I, Jacob,
having ministered much unto my people, in word, (and I cannot write but a
little of my words because of the difficulty of engraving our words upon
plates,) and we know that the things which we write upon plates, must remain;
but whatsoever things we write upon any thing save it be upon plates, must
perish and vanish away; but we can write a few words upon plates, which will
give our children, and also our beloved brethren, a small degree of knowledge
concerning us, or concerning their fathers. Now in this thing we do rejoice;
and we labor diligently to engraven these words upon the plates, hoping that
our beloved brethren, and our children, will receive them with thankful hearts,
and look upon them, that they may learn with joy, and not with sorrow, neither
with contempt, concerning their first parents: for, for this intent have we
written these things, that they may know that we knew of Christ, and we had a
hope of his glory, many hundred years before his coming; and not only we,
ourselves, had a hope of his glory, but also all the Holy Prophets which were
before us. Behold, they believed in Christ, and worshiped the Father in his
name; and also, we worshiped the Father in his name. And for this intent, we
keep the law of Moses, it pointing our souls to him; and for this cause, it is
sanctified unto us for righteousness, even as it was accounted unto Abraham in
the wilderness, to be obedient unto the commands of God, in offering up his son
Isaac, which was a similitude of God and his only begotten Son. Wherefore, we
search the Prophets; and we have many revelations, and the spirit of prophecy;
and having all these witnesses, we obtain a hope, and our faith becometh
unshaken, insomuch that we truly can command in the name of Jesus, and the very
trees obey us, or the mountains, or the waves of the sea; nevertheless, the
Lord God sheweth us our weakness, that we may know that it is by grace, and his
great condescentions unto the children of men, that we have power to do these things.
Behold, great and marvelous are the works of the Lord. --How unsearchable are
the depths of the mysteries of Him; and it is impossible that man should find
out all his ways. --And no man knoweth of his ways, save it be revealed unto
him; wherefore, brethren, despise not the revelations of God. For behold, by
the power of his word, man came upon the face of the earth; which earth was
created by the power of his word. Wherefore, if God, being able to speak, and
the world was; and to speak, and man was created, O then, why not able to
command the earth, or the workmanship of his hands upon the face of it,
according to his will and pleasure. Wherefore, brethren, seek not to counsel
the Lord, but to take counsel from his hand. For behold, ye yourselves know,
that he counseleth in wisdom, and in justice, and in great mercy, over all his
works, wherefore, beloved brethren, be reconciled unto him, through the
atonement of Christ, his only begotten Son, that ye may obtain a resurrection,
according to the power of the resurrection which is in Christ, and be presented
as the first fruits of Christ, unto God, having faith, and obtained a good hope
of glory in him, before he manifesteth himself in the flesh. And now, beloved,
marvel not that I tell you these things; for why not speak of the atonement of
Christ, and attain to a perfect knowledge of him, as to attain to the knowledge
of a resurrection and the world to come? Behold, my brethren, he that
prophesieth, let him prophesy to the understanding of men; for the spirit
speaketh the truth, and lieth not. Wherefore, it speaketh of things as they
really are, and of things as they really will be; wherefore, these things are
manifested unto us plainly, for the salvation of our souls. But behold, we are
not witnesses alone in these things; for God also spake them unto Prophets of
old. But behold, the Jews were a stiffnecked people; and they despised the
words of plainness, and killed the Prophets, and sought for things that they
could not understand. Wherefore, because of their blindness, which blindness
came by looking beyond the mark, they must needs fall: for God hath taken away
his plainness from them, and delivered unto them many things which they cannot
understand, because they desired it. And because they desired it, God hath done
it, that they may stumble. And now I, Jacob, am led on by the spirit unto
prophesying: for I perceive the working of the spirit which is in me, that by
the stumbling of the Jews, they will reject the stone upon which they might
build, and have safe foundation. But behold, according to the Scriptures, this
stone shall become the great, and the last, and only sure foundation, upon
which the Jews can build. And now, my beloved, how is it possible that these,
after having rejected the sure foundation, can ever build upon it, that it may
become the head of their corner? Behold, my beloved brethren, I will unfold
this mystery, unto you; if I do not, by any means, get shaken from my firmness
in the spirit, and stumble because of my over anxiety for you.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac5</bookName>
<text>Behold, my brethren, do ye not remember to
have read the words of the Prophet Zenos, which spake unto the House of Israel,
saying: Hearken O ye House of Israel, and hear the words of me a Prophet of the
Lord: for behold, thus saith the Lord, I will liken thee, O House of Israel,
like unto a tame olive tree, which a man took and nourished in his vineyard;
and it grew, and waxed old, and began to decay. And it came to pass that the
master of the vineyard went forth, and he saw that his olive tree began to
decay; and he sayeth, I will prune it, and dig about it, and nourish it, that
perhaps it may shoot forth young and tender branches, and it perish not. And it
came to pass that he pruned it, and digged about it, and nourished it,
according to his word. And it came to pass that after many days, it began to
put forth somewhat a little, young and tender branches; but behold, the main
top thereof began to perish. And it came to pass that the master of the
vineyard saw it, and he sayeth unto his servant, It grieveth me that I should
lose this tree; wherefore, go and pluck the branches from a wild olive tree,
and bring them hither unto me; and we will pluck off those main branches which
are beginning to wither away, and we will cast them into the fire, that they
may be burned. And behold, saith the Lord of the vineyard, I take away many of
these young and tender branches, and I will graft them whithersoever I will;
and it mattereth not that if it so be, that the root of this tree will perish,
I may preserve the fruit thereof unto myself; wherefore, I will take these
young and tender branches, and I will graft them withersoever I will. Take thou
the branches of the wild olive tree, and graft them in, in the stead thereof;
and these which I have plucked off, I will cast into the fire, and burn them,
that they may not cumber the ground of my vineyard. And it came to pass that
the servant of the Lord of the vineyard, done according to the word of the Lord
of the vineyard, and grafted in the branches of the wild olive tree. And the Lord
of the vineyard caused that it should be digged about, and pruned, and
nourished, saying unto his servant, It grieveth me that I should lose this
tree; wherefore, that perhaps I might preserve the roots thereof that they
perish not, that I might preserve them unto myself, I have done this thing.
--Wherefore, go thy way; watch the tree, and nourish it, according to my words.
And these will I place in the nethermost part of my vineyard, whithersoever I
will, it mattereth not unto thee; and I do it, that I may preserve unto myself
the natural branches of the tree; and also, that I may lay up fruit thereof,
against the season, unto myself: for it grieveth me that I should lose this
tree, and the fruit thereof. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard
went his way, and hid the natural branches of the tame olive tree in the
nethermost parts of the vineyard; some in one, and some in another, according
to his will and pleasure. And it came to pass that a long time passed away, and
the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto his servant, Come, let us go down into the
vineyard, that we may labor in the vineyard. And it came to pass that the Lord
of the vineyard, and also the servant, went down into the vineyard to labor.
And it came to pass that the servant sayeth unto his master, Behold, look here;
behold the tree. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard looked and
beheld the tree, in the which the wild olive branches had been grafted; and it
had sprang forth, and began to bear fruit. And he beheld that it was good; and
the fruit thereof was like unto the natural fruit. --And he sayeth unto the
servant, Behold, the branches of the wild tree hath taken hold of the moisture
of the root thereof, that the root thereof hath brought forth much strength;
and because of the much strength of the root thereof, the wild branches hath
brought forth tame fruit: now, if we had not grafted in these branches, the
tree thereof would have perished. And now, behold, I shall lay up much fruit,
which the tree thereof hath brought forth; and the fruit thereof I shall lay
up, against the season unto mine own self. And it came to pass that the Lord of
the vineyard sayeth unto the servant, Come, let us go to the nethermost part of
the vineyard, and behold if the natural branches of the tree hath not brought
forth much fruit also, that I may lay up of the fruit thereof against the
season, unto mine own self. And it came to pass that they went forth whither
the master of the vineyard had hid the natural branches of the tree, and he sayeth
unto the servant, Behold these: and he beheld the first, that it had brought
forth much fruit; and he beheld also, that it was good. And he sayeth unto the
servant, Take of the fruit thereof, and lay it up, against the season, that I
may preserve it unto mine own self: for behold, sayeth he, This long time I
have nourished it, and it hath brought forth much fruit. And it came to pass
that the servant sayeth unto his master, How comest thou hither to plant this
tree, or this branch of the tree? for behold, it was the poorest spot in all
the land of thy vineyard. And the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto him, Counsel
me not: I knew that it was a poor spot of ground; wherefore, I said unto thee,
I have nourished it this long time; and thou beholdest that it hath brought
forth much fruit. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto
his servant, Look hither: behold I have planted another branch of the tree
also; and thou knowest that this spot of ground was poorer than the first. But,
behold the tree: I have nourished it this long time, and it hath brought forth
much fruit; therefore, gather it, and lay it up, against the season, that I may
preserve it unto mine own self. And it came to pass that the Lord of the
vineyard sayeth again unto his servant, Look hither, and behold another branch
also, which I have planted: behold that I have nourished it also, and it hath
brought forth fruit. And he sayeth unto the servant, Look hither, and behold
the last: behold, this have I planted in a good spot of ground; and I have
nourished it this long time, and only a part of the tree hath brought forth
tame fruit; and the other part of the tree hath brought forth wild fruit:
behold, I have nourished this tree like unto the others. And it came to pass
that the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto the servant, Pluck off the branches
that have not brought forth good fruit, and cast them into the fire. But
behold, the servant sayeth unto him, Let us prune it, and dig about it, and
nourish it a little longer, that perhaps it may bring forth good fruit unto
thee, that thou canst lay it up against the season. --And it came to pass that
the Lord of the vineyard, and the servant of the Lord of the vineyard, did
nourish all the fruit of the vineyard. And it came to pass that a long time had
passed away, and the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto his servant, Come, let us
go down to the vineyard, that we may labor again in the vineyard. For behold,
the time draweth near, and the end soon cometh: wherefore, I must lay up fruit,
against the season, unto mine own self. And it came to pass that the Lord of
the vineyard and the servant, went down into the vineyard; and they came to the
tree whose natural branches had been broken off, and the wild branches had been
grafted in; and behold, all sorts of fruit did cumber the tree. And it came to
pass that the Lord of the vineyard did taste of the fruit, every sort according
to its number. And the Lord of the vineyard saith, Behold, this long time have
we nourished this tree, and I have laid up unto myself against the season, much
fruit. But behold, this time it hath brought forth much fruit, and there is
none of it which is good. And behold, there are all kinds of bad fruit; and it
profiteth me nothing, notwithstanding all our labor : and now, it grieveth me
that I should lose this tree. And the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto the
servant, What shall we do unto the tree, that I may preserve again good fruit
thereof unto mine own self? And the servant sayeth unto his master, Behold,
because thou didst graft in the branches of the wild olive tree, they have
nourished the roots, that they are alive, and they have not perished;
wherefore, thou beholdest that they are yet good. And it came to pass that the
Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto his servant, The tree profiteth me nothing;
and the roots thereof profiteth me nothing, so long as it shall bring forth
evil fruit. Nevertheless, I know that the roots are good; and for mine own
purpose I have preserved them; and because of their much strength, they have
hitherto brought forth from the wild branches, good fruit. But behold, the wild
branches have grown, and have overran the roots thereof; and because that the
wild branches have overcome the roots thereof, it hath brought forth much evil
fruit; and because that it hath brought forth much evil fruit, thou beholdest
that it beggineth to perish: and it will soon become ripened, that it may be
cast into the fire, except we should do something for it to preserve it. And it
came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard sayeth, unto his servant, Let us go
down into the nethermost parts of the vineyard, and behold if the natural
branches have also brought forth evil fruit. And it came to pass that they went
down into the nethermost parts of the vineyard. And it came to pass that they
beheld that the fruit of the natural branches had become corrupt also; yea, the
first, and the second, and also the last; and they had all become corrupt. And
the wild fruit of the last, had overcome that part of the tree which brought
forth good fruit, even that the branches had withered away and died. And it
came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard wept, and sayeth unto his servant,
What could I have done more for my vineyard? Behold, I knew that all the fruit
of the vineyard, save it were these, had become corrupt. And now, these which
have once brought forth good fruit, have also become corrupted. And now, all
the trees of my vineyard are good for nothing, save it be hewn down and cast
into the fire. And behold, this last, whose branch hath withered away, I did
plant in a good spot of ground; yea, even that which was choice unto me, above
all other parts of the land of my vineyard. And thou beheldest that I also cut
down that which cumbered this spot of ground, that I might plant this tree in
the stead thereof. And thou beheldest that a part thereof, brought forth good
fruit; and a part thereof, brought forth wild fruit. And because that I plucked
not the branches thereof, and cast them into the fire, behold, they have
overcome the good branch, that it hath withered away. And now behold,
notwithstanding all the care which we have taken of my vineyard, the trees
thereof hath become corrupted, that they bring forth no good fruit; and these I
had hope to preserve, to have laid up the fruit thereof, against the season,
unto mine own self. But behold, they have become like unto the wild olive tree;
and they are of no worth, but to be hewn down and cast into the fire: and it
grieveth me that I should lose them. But what could I have done more in my
vineyard? Have I slackened mine hand, that I have not nourished it? Nay; I have
nourished it, and I have digged it, and I have pruned it, and I have dunged it;
and I have stretched forth mine hand almost all the day long; and the end
draweth nigh. And it grieveth me that I should hew down all the trees of my
vineyard, and cast them into the fire, that they should be burned. Who is it
that hath corrupted my vineyard? And it came to pass that the servant, sayeth
unto his master, Is it not the loftiness of thy vineyard? Hath not the branches
thereof overcame the roots, which are good? And because that the branches have
overcame the roots thereof? For behold, they grew faster than the strength of
the roots thereof, taking strength unto themselves. Behold, I say, Is not this
the cause that the trees of thy vineyard hath become corrupted? And it came to
pass that the Lord of the vineyard sayeth unto the servant, Let us go to, and
hew down the trees of the vineyard, and cast them into the fire, that they
shall not cumber the ground of my vineyard; for I have done all: what could I
have done more for my vineyard? But behold, the servant saith unto the Lord of
the vineyard, Spare it a little longer. And the Lord saith, Yea, I will spare
it a little longer: for it grieveth me that I should lose the trees of my
vineyard. Wherefore, let us take of the branches of these which I have planted
in the nethermost parts of my vineyard, and let us graft them into the tree
from whence they came; and let us pluck from the tree, those branches whose
fruit is most bitter, and graft in the natural branches of the tree, in the
stead thereof. And this I will do, that the tree may not perish, that perhaps I
may preserve unto myself the roots thereof, for mine own purpose. And behold,
the roots of the natural branches of the tree which I planted whithersoever I
would, are yet alive; wherefore, that I may preserve them also, for mine own
purpose, I will take of the branches of this tree, and I will graft them in
unto them.. Yea, I will graft in unto them the branches of their mother tree,
that I may preserve the roots also unto mine own self, that when they shall be
sufficiently strong, that perhaps they may bring forth good fruit unto me, and
I may yet have glory in the fruit of my vineyard. And it came to pass that they
took from the natural tree which had become wild, and grafted in unto the
natural trees, which also had become wild; and they also took of the natural
trees which had become wild, and grafted into their mother tree. And the Lord
of the vineyard sayeth unto the servant, Pluck not the wild branches from the
trees, save it be those which are most bitter; and in them ye shall graft,
according to that which I have said. And we will nourish again the trees of the
vineyard, and we will trim up the branches thereof; and we will pluck from the
trees those branches which are ripened that must perish, and cast them into the
fire. --And this I do, that perhaps the roots thereof may take strength,
because of their goodness; and because of the change of the branches, that the
good may overcome the evil; and because that I have preserved the natural
branches, and the roots thereof; and that I have grafted in the natural
branches again, into their mother tree, that perhaps the trees of my vineyard
may bring forth again good fruit; and that I may have joy again in the fruit of
my vineyard; and perhaps that I may rejoice exceedingly, that I have preserved
the roots and the branches of the first fruit; wherefore, go to, and call
servants, that we may labor diligently with our mights in the vineyard, that we
may prepare the way, that I may bring forth again the natural fruit, which
natural fruit is good, and the most precious above all other fruit. Wherefore,
let us go to, and labor with our mights, this last time: for behold, the end
draweth nigh; and this is for the last time that I shall prune my vineyard.
Graft in the branches: begin at the last, that they may be first, and that the
first may be last, and dig about the trees, both old and young, the first and
the last, and the last and the first, that all may be nourished once again for
the last time. Wherefore, dig about them, and prune them, and dung them once
more, for the last time: for the end draweth nigh. And if it so be that these
last grafts shall grow, and bring forth the natural fruit, then shall ye
prepare the way for them, that they may grow; and as they begin to grow, ye
shall clear away the branches which bring forth bitter fruit, according to the
strength of the good and the size thereof; and ye shall not clear away the bad
thereof, all at once, lest the roots thereof should be too strong for the
graft, and the graft thereof shall perish, and I lose the trees of my vineyard.
For it grieveth me that I should lose the trees of my vineyard; wherefore, ye
shall clear away the bad, according as the good shall grow, that the roots and
the top may be equal in strength, until the good shall overcome the bad, and
the bad be hewn down and cast into the fire, that they cumber not the ground of
my vineyard; and thus will I sweep away the bad out of my vineyard. And the
branches of the natural tree, will I graft again, into the natural tree; and
the branches of the natural tree, will I graft into the natural branches of the
tree; and thus will I bring them together again, that they shall bring forth
the natural fruit: and they shall be one. And the bad shall be cast away; yea,
even out of all the land of my vineyard: for behold, only this once will I
prune my vineyard. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard sent his
servant; and the servant went and did as the Lord had commanded him, and
brought other servants; and they were few. And the Lord of the vineyard saith
unto them, Go to, and labor in the vineyard, with your mights. For behold, this
is the last time that I shall nourish my vineyard: for the end is nigh at hand,
and the season speedily cometh; and if ye labor with your mights with me, ye
shall have joy in the fruit which I shall lay unto myself, against the time
which will soon come. And it came to pass that the servants did go to it, and
labor with their mights; and the Lord of the vineyard labored also with them:
and they did obey the commandments of the Lord of the vineyard, in all things.
And there began to be the natural fruit again in the vineyard; and the natural
branches began to grow and thrive exceedingly; and the wild branches began to
be plucked off, and to be cast away; and they did keep the root and the top
thereof, equal, according to the strength thereof. And thus they labored with
all diligence, according to the commandments of the Lord of the vineyard, even
until the bad had been cast out of the vineyard, and the Lord preserved unto
himself, that the trees had become again the natural fruit; and they became
like unto one body; and the fruit were equal; and the Lord of the vineyard had
preserved unto himself the natural fruit, which was most precious unto him from
the beginning. And it came to pass that when the Lord of the vineyard saw that
his fruit was good, and that his vineyard was no more corrupt, he calleth up
his servants and sayeth unto them, Behold, for this last time have we nourished
my vineyard; and thou beholdest that I have done according to my will; and I
have preserved the natural fruit that it is good, even like as it was in the
beginning; and blessed art thou. For because that ye have been diligent in
laboring with me in my vineyard, and have kept my commandments, and hath
brought unto me again the natural fruit, that my vineyard is no more corrupt,
and the bad is cast away, behold, ye shall have joy with me, because of the
fruit of my vineyard. For behold, for a long time will I lay up of the fruit of
my vineyard unto mine own self, against the season, which speedily cometh; and
for the last time have I nourished my vineyard, and pruned it, and dug about
it, and dunged it; wherefore I will lay up unto mine own self of the fruit, for
a long time, according to that which I have spoken. And when the time cometh
that evil fruit shall again come into my vineyard, then will I cause the good
and the bad to be gathered; and the good will I preserve unto myself; and the
bad will I cast away into its own place. And then cometh the season and the
end; and my vineyard will I cause to be burned with fire.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac6</bookName>
<text>And now, behold, my brethren, as I said unto
you that I would prophesy, behold this is my prophesy: That the things which
this prophet Zenos spake, concerning the House of Israel, in the which he
likened them unto a tame olive tree, must surely come to pass. And in the day
that he shall set his hand again the second time to recover his people, is the
day, yea, even the last time, that the servants of the Lord shall go forth in
his power, to nourish and prune his vineyard; and after that, the end soon
cometh. And how blessed are they who have labored diligently in his vineyard;
and how cursed are they which shall be cast out into their own place! And the
world shall be burned with fire. And how merciful is our God unto us: for he
remembereth the House of Israel, both roots and branches; and he stretches
forth his hands unto them, all the day long: and they are a stiffnecked, and a
gain-saying people; but as many as will not harden their hearts, shall be saved
in the Kingdom of God. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, I beseech of you on
words of soberness, that ye would repent, and come with full purpose of heart,
and cleave unto God as he cleaveth unto you. And while his arm of mercy is
extended towards you in the light of the day, harden not your hearts. Yea,
to-day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts: for why will ye die?
For behold, after that ye have been nourished by the good word of God all the
day long, will ye bring forth evil fruit, that ye must be hewn down and cast
into the fire? Behold, will ye reject these words? Will ye reject the words of
the Prophets? and will ye reject all the words which have been spoken
concerning Christ, after that so many have spoken concerning him? and deny the
good word of Christ, and the power of God, and the gift of the Holy Ghost, and
quench the Holy Spirit? and make a mock of the great plan of redemption, which
hath been laid for you? Know ye not that if ye will do these things, that the
power of the redemption and the resurrection which is in Christ, will bring you
to stand with shame and awful guilt before the bar of God, and according to the
power of justice? for justice cannot be denied. That ye must go away into that
lake of fire and brimstone, whose flames are unquenchable, and whose smoke
ascendeth up forever and ever? which lake of fire and brimstone, is endless
torment. O then, my beloved brethren, repent ye, and enter in at the straight
gate, and continue in the way which is narrow, until ye shall obtain eternal
life. O be wise: what can I say more? Finally, I bid you farewell, until I
shall meet you before the pleasing bar of God, which bar striketh the wicked
with awful dread and fear. --Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjac7</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after some years
had passed away, there came a man among the people of Nephi. whose name was
Sherem. And it came to pass that he began to preach among the people, and to
declare unto them that there should be no Christ. And he preached many things
which were flattering unto the people; and this he done, that he might
overthrow the doctrine of Christ.And he labored diligently that he might lead
away the hearts of the people, insomuch that he did lead away many hearts; and
he knowing that I, Jacob, had faith in Christ which should come, wherefore, he
sought much opportunity that he might come unto me. And he was learned, that he
had a perfect knowledge of the language of the people; wherefore, he could use
much flattery, and much power of speech, according to the power of the Devil.
And he had hoped to shake me from the faith, notwithstanding the many
revelations, and the many things which I had seen concerning these things: for
I truly had seen Angels, and they had ministered unto me. And also, I had heard
the voice of the Lord speaking unto me in very word, from time to time;
wherefore, I could not be shaken. And it came to pass that he came unto me; and
on this wise did he speak unto me saying: Brother Jacob, I have sought much
opportunity that I might speak unto you: for I have heard and also know, that
thou goest about much, preaching that which ye call the Gospel, or the doctrine
of Christ; and ye have led away much of this people, that they pervert the
right way of God, and keep not the law of Moses, which is the right way; and
convert the law of Moses into the worship of a being, which ye say shall come
many hundred years hence. And now behold, I, Sherem, declare unto you that this
is blasphemy; for no man knoweth of such things: for he cannot tell of things
to come. And after this manner did Sherem contend against me. But behold, the
Lord God poured in his spirit into my soul, insomuch that I did confound him in
all his words. And I sayeth unto him, Deniest thou the Christ which should
come? And he sayeth, if there should be a Christ, I would not deny him; I know
that there is no Christ, neither hath been, nor never will be. And I sayeth
unto him, Believest thou the Scriptures? And he sayeth, Yea, And I sayeth unto
him, Then ye do not understand them; for they truly testify of Christ. Behold,
I say unto you, That none of the prophets have written, nor prophesied, save
they have spoken concerning this Christ. And this is not all: it hath been made
manifest unto me, for I have heard and seen; and it also hath been made
manifest unto me by the power of the Holy Ghost; wherefore, I know if there
should be no atonement made, all mankind must be lost. And it came to pass that
he sayeth unto me, Shew me a sign by this power of the Holy Ghost, in which ye
know so much. And I said unto him, What am I, that I should tempt God to shew
unto thee a sign, in the thing which thou knowest to be true? Yet thou wilt
deny it, because thou art of the Devil. Nevertheless, not my will be done; but
if God shall smite thee, let that be a sign unto thee that he hath power, both
in Heaven and in Earth; and also, that Christ shall come. And thy will, O Lord,
be done, and not mine. And it came to pass that when Jacob, had spoken these
words, the power of the Lord came upon him, insomuch that he fell to the earth.
And it came to pass that he was nourished for the space of many days. And it
came to pass that he sayeth unto the people, Gather together on the morrow, for
I shall die; wherefore, I desire to speak unto the people before that I shall
die. And it came to pass that on the morrow, that the multitude were gathered
together; and he spake plainly unto them, and denied the things which he had
taught them; and confessed the Christ, and the power of the Holy Ghost, and the
ministering of Angels. And he spake plainly unto them, that he had been
deceived by the power of the Devil. And he spake of hell, and eternity, and of
eternal punishment. And he sayeth I fear lest I have committed the unpardonable
sin, for I have lied unto God: for I denied the Christ, and said that I
believed the Scriptures; and they truly testify of him. And because that I have
thus lied unto God, I greatly fear lest my case shall be awful; but I confess
unto God. And it came to pass that when he had said these words, he could say
no more; and he gave up the ghost. And when the multitude had witnessed that he
spake these things as he was about to give up the ghost, they were astonished
exceedingly; insomuch, that the power of God came down upon them, and they were
overcome, that they fell to the earth. Now, this thing was pleasing unto me,
Jacob; for I had requested it of my Father which was in Heaven: for he had
heard my cry, and answered my prayer. And it came to pass that peace, and the
love of God, was restored again among the people; and they searched the
Scriptures, and hearkened no more to the words of this wicked man. And it came
to pass that many means were devised, to reclaim and restore the Lamanites, to
the knowledge of the truth; but it all were vain: for they delighted in wars
and bloodsheds; and they had an eternal hatred against us, their brethren. And
they sought by the power of their arms to destroy us continually; wherefore,
the people of Nephi did fortify against them with their armies, and with all
their might, trusting in the God and the rock of their salvation; wherefore,
they became as yet, conquerors of their enemies. And it came to pass that I,
Jacob, began to be old; and the record of this people being kept on the other
plates of Nephi, wherefore, I conclude this record, declaring that I have written
according to the best of my knowledge, by saying, That the time passed away
with us, and also our lives passed away, like as it were unto us a dream, we
being a lonesome and a solemn people, wanderers cast out from Jerusalem; born
in tribulation, in the wilderness, and hated of our brethren, which caused wars
and contentions; wherefore, we did mourn out our days. And I, Jacob, saw that I
must soon go down to my grave; wherefore, I said unto my son Enos, Take these
plates. And I told him the things which my brother Nephi had commanded me; and
he promised obedience unto the commands. And I make an end of my writing upon
these plates, which writing hath been small; and to the reader I bid farewell,
hoping that many of my brethren may read my words. Brethren, adieu.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xeno1</bookName>
<text>Behold, it came to pass that I, Enos, knowing
my father that he was a just man: for he taught me in his language, and also in
the nurture and admonition of the Lord. And blessed be the name of my God for
it. And I will tell you of the wrestle which I had before God, before that I
received a remission of my sins: behold, I went to hunt beasts in the forest;
and the words which I had often heard my father speak, concerning eternal life,
and the joys of the saints, and the words of my father, sunk deep into my heart.
And my soul hungered; and I kneeled down before my Maker, and I cried unto him
in mighty prayer and supplication, for mine own soul; and all the day long did
I cry unto him; yea, and when the night came, I did still raise my voice high,
that it reached the heavens. And there came a voice unto me saying, Enos, thy
sins are forgiven thee, and thou shalt be blessed. And I, Enos, knew that god
could not be; wherefore, my guilt was swept away. And I sayeth, Lord, how is it
done? And he sayeth unto me, Because of thy faith in Christ, whom thou hast not
heard nor seen. And many years passeth away, before that he shall manifest
himself; wherefore, go to it, thy faith hath made thee whole. Now, it came to
pass that when I had heard these words, I began to feel a desire for the
welfare of my brethren, the Nephites; wherefore, I did pour out my whole soul
unto God for them. And while I was thus struggling in the spirit, behold, the
voice of the Lord came into my mind again, saying, I will visit thy brethren,
according to their diligence in keeping my commandments. I have given unto them
this land; and it is a holy land; and I curse it not, save it be for the cause
of iniquity; wherefore, I will visit thy brethren, according as I have said;
and their transgressions will I bring down with sorrow upon their own heads.
And after that I, Enos, had heard these words, my faith began to be unshaken in
the Lord; and I prayed unto him with many long strugglings for my brethren the
Lamanites. And it came to pass, that after I had prayed, and labored with all
diligence, the Lord said unto me, I will grant unto thee according to thy
desires, because of thy faith. And now behold, this was the desire which I
desired of him: That if it should so be, that my people, the Nephites, should fall
into transgression, and by any means be destroyed, and the Lamanites should not
be destroyed. that the Lord God would preserve a record of my people, the
Nephites; even if it so be, by the power of his holy arm, that it might be
brought forth, at some future day, unto the Lamanites, that perhaps they might
be brought unto salvation: for at the present, our struggles were vain, in
restoring them to the true faith. And they swore in their wrath, that if it
were possible, they would destroy our records and us, and, also, all the
traditions of our fathers. Wherefore, I knowing that the Lord God was able to
preserve our records, I cried unto him continually; for he had said unto me,
Whatsoever thing ye shall ask in faith, believing that ye shall receive in the
name of Christ, ye shall receive it. And I had faith, and I did cry unto God,
that he would preserve the records; and he covenanted with me that he would
bring them forth unto the Lamanites, in his own due time. --And I, Enos, knew
it would be according to the covenant which he had made; wherefore, my soul did
rest. And the Lord said unto me, Thy fathers have also required of me this
thing; and it shall be done unto them according to their faith, for their faith
was like unto thine. And now it came to pass, that I, Enos, went about among
the people of Nephi, prophesying of things to come, and testifying of the
things which I had heard and seen. And I bare record that the people of Nephi
did seek diligently to restore the Lamanites unto the true faith in God. But
our labors were vain; their hatred was fixed, and they were led by their evil
nature, that they became wild, and ferocious, and a blood-thirsty people; full
of idolatry, and filthiness, feeding upon beasts of prey, dwelling in tents,
and wandering about in the wilderness, with a short skin girded about their
loins, and their heads shaven; and their skill was in the bow, and the cimeter,
and the axe. --And many of them did eat nothing save it was raw meat; and they
were continually seeking to destroy us. And it came to pass that the people of
Nephi did till the land, and raise all manner of grain, and of fruit, and
flocks of herds, and flocks of all manner of cattle, of every kind, and goats,
and wild goats, and also much horses. And there were exceeding many prophets
among us. And the people were a stiff-necked people, hard to understand. And
there was nothing save it was exceeding harshness, preaching, and prophesying
of wars, and contentions, and destructions, and continually reminding them of
death, and the duration of eternity, and the judgments and the power of God;
and all these things stirring them up continually, to keep them in the fear of
the Lord. I say there was nothing short of these things, and exceeding great
plainness of speech, would keep them from going down speedily to destruction.
And after this manner do I write concerning them. And I saw wars between the
Nephites and the Lamanites, in the course of my days. And it came to pass that
I began to be old, and an hundred and seventy and nine years had passed away
from the time that our father Lehi left Jerusalem. And as I saw that I must
soon go down to my grave, having been wrought upon by the power of God, that I
must preach and prophesy unto this people, and declare the word according to
the truth, which is in Christ. And I have declared it in all my days, and have
rejoiced in it, above that of the world. And I soon go to the place of my rest,
which is with my Redeemer; for I know that in him I shall rest: I rejoice in
the day when my mortal shall put on immortality, and shall stand before him:
then I shall see his face with pleasure, and he will say unto me, Come unto me
ye blessed, there is a place prepared for you in the mansions of my Father.
Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xjar1</bookName>
<text>Now behold, I, Jarom, write a few words,
according to the commandment of my father Enos, that our genealogy may be kept.
And as these plates are small, and as these things are written for the intent
of the benefit of our brethren, the Lamanites, wherefore, it must needs be that
I write a little; but I shall not write the things of my prophesying, nor of my
relations. For what could I write more than my fathers have written? For have
not they revealed the plan of salvation? I say unto you, Yea; and this sufficeth
me. Behold, it is expedient that much should be done among this people, because
of the hardness of their hearts, and the deafness of their ears, and the
blindness of their minds, and the stiffness of their necks; nevertheless, God
is exceeding merciful unto them, and hath not as yet swept them off from the
face of the land. And there are many among us which have many revelations: for
they are not all stiffnecked. And as many as are not stiffnecked, and have
faith, have communion with the Holy Spirit, which maketh manifest unto the
children of men, according to their faith. And now, behold, two hundred years
had passed away, and the people of Nephi had waxed strong in the land. They
observed to keep the law of Moses, and the Sabbath day Holy unto the Lord. And
they profaned not; neither did they blaspheme. And the laws of the land were
exceeding strict. And they were scattered upon much of the face of the land;
and the Lamanites also. And they were exceeding more numerous than were they of
the Nephites; and they loved murder, and would drink the blood of beasts. And
it came to pass that they came many times against us, the Nephites, to battle.
But our kings and our leaders were mighty men in the faith of the Lord; and
they taught the people the ways of the Lord; wherefore, we withstood the
Lamanites, and swept them away out of our lands, and began to fortify our
cities, or whatsoever place of our inheritance. And we multiplied exceedingly,
and spread upon the face of the land, and became exceeding rich in gold, and in
silver, and in precious things, and in fine workmanship of wood, in building,
and in machinery, and also in iron, and copper, and brass, and steel, making
all manner of tools of every kind to till the ground, and weapons of war; yea,
the sharp pointed arrow, and the quiver, and the dart, and the javelin, and all
preparations for war; and thus being prepared to meet the Lamanites, they did
not prosper against us. But the word of the Lord was verified, which he spake
unto our fathers, saying, That inasmuch as ye will keep my commandments, ye
shall prosper in the land. And it came to pass that the prophets of the Lord
did threaten the people of Nephi, according to the word of God, that if they
did not keep the commandments, but should fall into transgression, they should
be destroyed from off the face of the land; wherefore, the prophets, and the
priests, and the teachers, did labor diligently, exhorting, with all long
suffering, the people to diligence; teaching the law of Moses, and the intent
for which it was given; persuading them to look forward unto the Messiah, and
believe in him to come, as though he already was. And after this manner did
they teach them. And it came to pass that by so doing, they kept them from
being destroyed upon the face of the land: for they did prick their hearts with
the word, continually stirring them up unto repentance. And it came to pass
that two hundred and thirty and eight years had passed away, after the manner
of wars, and contentions, and dissentions, for the space of much of the time.
And I, Jarom, do not write more, for the plates are small. --But behold, my
brethren, ye can go to the other plates of Nephi: for behold, upon them the
record of our wars are engraven, according to the writings of kings, or that
which they caused to be written. And I deliver these plates into the hands of
my son Omni, that they may be kept according to the commandments of my fathers.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xomn1</bookName>
<text>Behold, it came to pass that I, Omni, being
commanded by my father Jarom, that I should write somewhat upon these plates,
to preserve our genealogy; wherefore, in my days, I would that ye should know
that I fought much with the sword, to preserve my people, the Nephites, from
falling into the hands of their enemies, the Lamanites. But behold I, of
myself, am a wicked man; and I have not kept the statutes and the commandments
of the Lord, as I ought to have done. And it came to pass that two hundred and
seventy and six years had passed away, and we had many seasons of peace; and we
had many seasons of serious war and bloodshed. --Yea, and in fine, two hundred
and eighty and two years had passed away, and I kept these plates according to
the commandments of my fathers; and I conferred them upon my son Amaron. And I
make an end. And now I, Amaron, write these things whatsoever I write, which
are few, in the book of my father. Behold, it came to pass that three hundred
and twenty years had passed away, and the more wicked part of the Nephites were
destroyed: for the Lord would not suffer, after he had led them out of the land
of Jerusalem, and kept and preserved them from falling into the hands of their
enemies; yea, he would not suffer that the words should not be verified, which
he spake unto our fathers, saying, That inasmuch as ye will not keep my
commandments, ye shall not prosper in the land. Wherefore, the Lord did visit
them in great judgment; nevertheless, he did spare the righteous, that they
should not perish, but did deliver them out of the hands of their enemies. And
it came to pass that I did deliver the plates unto my brother Chemish. Now I,
Chemish, write what few things I write, in the same book with my brother: for
behold, I saw the last which he wrote, that he wrote it with his own hand; and
he wrote it in the day that he delivered them unto me. And after this manner we
keep the records: for it is according to the commandments of our fathers. And I
make an end. Behold, I, Abinadom, I am the son of Chemish. Behold, it came to
pass that I saw much war and contention between my people, the Nephites, and
the Lamanites; and I, with mine own sword, have taken the lives of many of the
Lamanites, in the defence of my brethren. And behold, the record of this people
is engraven upon the plates which is had by the kings, according to the
generations; and I know of no revelations, save that which has been written,
neither prophecy; wherefore, that which is sufficient, is written. And I make
an end. Behold, I am Amaleki, the son of Abinadom. Behold, I will speak unto
you somewhat concerning Mosiah, which was made king over the land of Zarahemla:
for behold, he being warned of the Lord that he should flee out of the land of
Nephi, and as many as would hearken unto the voice of the Lord, should also
depart out of the land with him, into the wilderness. And it came to pass that
he did according as the Lord had commanded him. And they departed out of the
land into the wilderness, as many as would hearken unto the voice of the Lord;
and they were led by many preachings and prophesyings. And they were admonished
continually by the word of God; and they were led by the power of his arm,
through the wilderness, until they came down into the land which is called the
land of Zarahemla. And they discovered a people which was called the people of
Zarahemla. Now, there was great rejoicing among the people of Zarahemla; and
also, Zarahemla did rejoice exceedingly, because that the Lord had sent the
people of Mosiah with the plates of brass which contained the record of the
Jews. Behold, it came to pass that Mosiah discovered that the people of
Zarahemla, came out from Jerusalem, at the time that Zedekiah, king of Judah,
was carried away captive into Babylon. And they journied in the wilderness, and
was brought by the hand of the Lord, across the great waters, into the land
where Mosiah discovered them; and they had dwelt there from that time forth.
And at the time that Mosiah discovered them, they had become exceeding
numerous. Nevertheless. they had had many wars and serious contentions, and had
fallen by the sword from time to time; and their language had become corrupted;
and they had brought no records with them; and they denied the being of their
Creator, and Mosiah, nor the people of Mosiah, could not understand them. But
it came to pass that Mosiah caused that they should be taught in his language.
And it came to pass that after they were taught in the language of Mosiah,
Zarahemla gave a genealogy of his fathers, according to his memory: and they
are written, but not in these plates. And it came to pass that the people of
Zarahemla, and of Mosiah did unite together; and Mosiah was appointed to be
their king. And it came to pass in the days of Mosiah, there was a large stone
brought unto him, with engravings on it; and he did interpret the engravings,
by the gift and power of God. And they gave an account of one Coriantumr, and
the slain of his people. And Coriantumr was discovered by the people of
Zarahemla; and he dwelt with them for the space of nine Moons. It also spake a
few words concerning his fathers. And his first parents came out from the
Tower, at the time the Lord confounded the language of the people; and the
severity of the Lord fell upon them, according to his judgments, which is just;
and their bones lay scattered in the land northward. Behold, I, Amaleki, was
born in the days of Mosiah; and I have lived to see his death; and Benjamin,
his son, reigneth in his stead. And behold, I have seen in the days of the king
Benjamin, a serious war, and much bloodshed, between the Nephites and the
Lamanites. But behold, the Nephites did obtain much advantage over them; yea,
insomuch that king Benjamin did drive them out of the land of Zarahemla. And it
came to pass that I began to be old; and, having no seed, and knowing king
Benjamin to be a just man before the Lord, wherefore, I shall deliver up these
plates unto him, exhorting all men to come unto God, the Holy One of Israel,
and believe in prophesying, and in revelations, and in the ministering of
Angels, and in the gift of speaking with tongues, and in the gift of
interpreting languages in all things which is good: for there is nothing which
is good, save it come from the Lord; and that which is evil, cometh from the
Devil. And now my beloved brethren, I would that ye should come unto Christ,
which is the Holy One of Israel, and partake of his salvation, and the power of
his redemption. Yea, come unto him, and offer your whole souls as an offering
unto him, and continue in fasting and praying, and endure to the end; and as
the Lord liveth, ye will be saved. And now, I would speak somewhat concerning a
certain number which went up into the wilderness, to return to the land of
Nephi: for there was a large number which were desirous to possess the land of
their inheritance; wherefore, they went up into the wilderness. And their
leader being a strong and mighty man, and a stiffnecked man, wherefore, he
caused a contention among them; and they were all slain, save fifty, in the
wilderness, and they returned again to the land of Zarahemla. And it came to
pass that they also took others, to a considerable number, and took their
journey again into the wilderness. And, I, Amaleki, had a brother, which also
went with them; and I have, not since known concerning them. And I am about to
lay down in my grave; and these plates are full. And I make an end of my
speaking.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xwom1</bookName>
<text>And now I, Mormon, being about to deliver up
the record which I have been making, into the hands of my son Moroni, behold, I
have witnessed almost all the destruction of my people, the Nephites. And it is
many hundred years after the coming of Christ, that I deliver these records
into the hands of my son; and it supposeth me that he will witness the entire
destruction of my people. But may God grant that he may survive them, that he
may write somewhat concerning them, and somewhat concerning Christ, that
perhaps some day it may profit them. And now, I speak somewhat concerning that
which I have written: for after that I had made an abridgment from the plates
of Nephi, down to the reign of this king Benjamin, of which Amaleki spake, I
searched among the records which had been delivered into my hands, and I found
these plates. which contained this small account of the Prophets, from Jacob,
down to the reign of this king Benjamin; and also many of the words of Nephi.
And the things which are upon these plates pleasing me, because of the
prophecies of the coming of Christ; and my fathers knowing that many of them
have been fulfilled, yea, and I also know that as many things as have been
prophesied concerning us down to this day, has been fulfilled; and as many as
go beyond this day. must surely come to pass; wherefore, I chose these things,
to finish my record upon them, which remainder of my record I shall take from
the plates of Nephi; and I cannot write a hundredth part of the things of my
people. But behold, I shall take these plates, which contain these prophecying
and revelations, and put them with the remainder of my record, for they are
choice unto me; and I know they will be choice unto my brethren. And I do this
for a wise purpose; for thus it whispereth me, according to the workings of the
spirit of the Lord which is in me. And now, I do not know all things; but the
Lord knoweth all things which is to come; wherefore, he worketh in me to do
according to his will. And my prayer to God, is concerning my brethren, that
they may once again come to the knowledge of God; yea, the redemption of
Christ; that they may once again be a delightsome people. And now I, Mormon,
proceed to finish out my record, which I take from the plates of Nephi; and I
make it according to the knowledge and the understanding which God hath given
me. Wherefore, it came to pass that after Amaleki had delivered up these plates
into the hands of king Benjamin, he took them and put them with the other
plates, which contained records which had been handed down by the kings, from
generation to generation, until the days of king Benjamin; and they were handed
down from king Benjamin, from generation to generation, until they have fallen
into my hands. And I, Mormon, pray to God that they may be preserved, from this
time hence forth. And I know that they will be preserved: for there are great
things written upon them out of which my people and their brethren, shall be
judged at the great and last day, according to the word of God which is
written. And now, concerning this king Benjamin: He had somewhat contentions
among his own people. And it came to pass also, that the armies of the
Lamanites came down out of the land of Nephi, to battle against his people. But
behold, king Benjamin gathered together his armies, and he did stand against
them; and he did fight with strength of his own arm, with the sword of Laban;
and in the strength of the Lord they did contend against their enemies, until
they had slain many thousands of Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did
contend against the Lamanites, until they had driven them out of all the lands
of their inheritance. And it came to pass that after there had been a false
Christs, and their mouths had been shut, and they punished according to their
crimes; and after there had been false prophets, and false preachers, and
teachers among the people, and all these having been punished according to
their crimes; and after there having been much contentions and many
dissentions, away unto the Lamanites, behold, it came to pass that king
Benjamin, with the assistance of the Holy Prophets which were among his people:
for behold, king Benjamin was a holy man, and he did reign over his people in
righteousness. And there were many holy men in the land; and they did speak the
word of God, with power and with authority; and they did use much sharpness,
because of the stiffneckedness of the people; wherefore, with the help of
these, king Benjamin, by laboring with all the might of his body and the
faculty of his whole soul and also the prophets, wherefore, they did once more
establish peace in the land.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos1</bookName>
<text>And now there was no more contention in all
the land of Zarahemla, among all the people which belonged to king Benjamin, so
that king Benjamin had continual peace all the remainder of his days. And it
came to pass that he had three sons; and he called their names Mosiah, and
Helorum, and Helaman. And he caused that they should be taught in all the
language of his fathers, that thereby they might become men of understanding;
and that they might know concerning the prophecies, which had been spoken by
the mouths of their fathers, which was delivered them by the hand of the Lord.
--And he also taught them concerning the records which were engraven on the
plates of brass, saying, My sons, I would that ye should remember, that were it
not for these plates, which contain these records and these commandments, we
must have suffered in ignorance, even at the present time, not knowing the
mysteries of God: for it were not possible that our father Lehi could have
remembered all these things, to have taught them to his children, except it
were for the help of these plates: for he having been taught in the language of
the Egyptians, therefore he could read these engravings, and teach them to his
children, that thereby they could teach them to their children, and so
fulfilling the commandments of God, even down to the present time. I say unto
you, my sons, were it not for these things, which have been kept and preserved
by the hand of God, that we might read and understand of his mysteries, and
have his commandments always before our eyes, that even our fathers would have
dwindled in unbelief, and we should have been like unto our brethren, the
Lamanites, which know nothing concerning these things, or even do not believe
in them when they are taught them, because of the traditions of their fathers,
which are not correct. O my sons, I would that ye should remember that these
sayings are true; and also, that these records are true. And behold, also the
plates of Nephi, which contain the records and the sayings of our fathers, from
the time they left Jerusalem, until now; and they are true; and we can no of
their surety, because we have them before our eyes. And now, my sons, I would
that ye should remember to search them diligently, that ye may profit thereby;
and I would that ye should keep the commandments of God, that ye may prosper in
the land, according to the promises which the Lord made unto our fathers. And
many more things did king Benjamin teach his sons, which are not written in
this book. And it came to pass that after king Benjamin had made an end of
teachings his sons, that he waxed old; and he saw that he must very soon go the
way of all the earth; therefore, he though it expedient that he should confer
the kingdom upon one of his sons. Therefore, he had Mosiah brought before him;
and these are the words he spake unto him, saying: My son, I would that ye
should make a proclamation throughout all this land, among all this people, or
the people of Zarahemla, and the people of Mosiah, which dwell in the land,
that thereby they may be gathered together: for on the morrow, I shall proclaim
unto this my people, out of mine own mouth, that thou art a king, and a ruler
over this people, which the Lord our God hath given us. And moreover, I shall
give this people a name, that thereby they may be distinguised above all the
people which the Lord God hath brought out of the land of Jerusalem; and this I
do, because they have been a diligent people in keeping the commandments of the
Lord.-- And I give unto them a name, that never shall be blotted out, except it
be through transgression. Yea, and moreover I say unto you, That if this highly
favored people of the Lord should fall into transgression, and become a wicked
and an adulterous people, that the Lord will deliver them up, that thereby they
become weak, like unto their brethren; and he will no more preserve them, by
his matchless and marvelous power, as he hath hitherto preserved our fathers.
For I say unto you that if he had not extended his arm in the preservation of
our fathers, they must have fallen into the hands of the Lamanites, and become
victims to their hatred. And it came to pass that after king Benjamin had made
an end of these sayings to his son, that he gave them charge concerning all the
affairs of the kingdom. And moreover, he also gave him charge concerning the
records which were engraven on the plates of brass; and also, the plates of
Nephi; and also, the sword of Laban, and the ball or director, which led our
fathers through the wilderness, which was prepared by the hand of the Lord,
that thereby they might be led, every one according to the heed and diligence
which they gave unto him. Therefore, as they were unfaithful, they did not
prosper nor progress in their journey, but were driven back, and incurred the
displeasure of God upon them; and therefore, they were smitten with famine and
sore afflictions, to stir them up in remembrance of their duty. And now, it
came to pass that Mosiah went and did as his father commanded him, and
proclaimed unto all the people which were in the land of Zarahemla, that
thereby they might gather themselves together, to go up to the temple, to hear
the words which his father should speak unto them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos2</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after Mosiah had done
as his father had commanded him, and had made a proclamation throughout all the
land, that the people gathered themselves together throughout all the land,
that they might go up to the temple to hear the words which king Benjamin
should speak unto them. And there were a great number, even so many that they
did not number them; for they had multiplied exceedingly, and waxed great in
the land. And they also took of the firstlings of their flocks, that they might
offer sacrifice and burnt offerings, according to the law of Moses; and also,
that they might give thanks to the Lord their God, who had brought them out of
the Land of Jerusalem, and who had delivered them out of the hands of their
enemies, and had appointed just men to be their teachers; and also, a just man
to be their king, who had established peace in the land of Zarahemla, and who
had taught them to keep the commandments of God, that they might rejoice, and
be filled with love towards God, and all men. And it came to pass that when
they came up to the temple, they pitched their tents round about, every man
according to his family, consisting of his wife, and his son, and his
daughters, and their sons, and their daughters, from the eldest down to the
youngest, every family being separate, one from another; and they pitched their
tents round about the temple, every man having his tent with the door thereof
towards the temple, that thereby they might remain in their tents, and hear the
words which king Benjamin should speak unto them; for the multitude being so
great, that king Benjamin could not teach them all within the walls of the
temple; therefore, he caused a tower to be erected, that thereby his people
might hear the words which he should speak unto them. And it came to pass that
he began to speak to his people from the tower; and they could not all hear his
words, because of the greatness of the multitude; therefore, he caused that the
words he spake, should be written and sent forth among those that were not
under the sound of his voice, that they might also receive his words. And these
are the words which he spake and caused to be written, saying: My brethren, all
ye that have assembled yourselves together, you that can hear my words which I
shall speak unto you this day: for I have not commanded you to come up hither,
to trifle with the words, which I shall speak, but that you should hearken unto
me, and open your ears that ye may hear, and your hearts that ye may
understand, and your minds that the mysteries of God may be unfolded to your
view. I have not commanded you to come up hither, that ye should fear me, or
that ye should think that I, of myself, am more than a mortal man; but I am
like as yourselves, subject to all manner of infirmities in body and mind; yet,
as I have been chosen by this people, and was consecrated by my father, and was
suffered by the hand of the Lord that I should be a ruler, and a king over this
people; and have been kept and preserved by his matchless power, to serve thee with
all the might, mind, and strength which the Lord hath granted unto me; I say
unto you, that as I have been suffered to spend my days in your service, even
up to this time, and have not sought gold nor silver, nor no manner of riches
of you; neither have I suffered that ye should be confined in dungeons, nor
that ye should make slaves one to another, or that ye should murder, or
plunder, or steal, or commit adultery, or even I have not suffered that ye
should commit any manner of wickedness, and have taught you that ye should keep
the commandments of the Lord, in all things which he hath commanded you; and
even I, myself, have labored with mine own hands, that I might serve you, and
that ye should not be laden with taxes, and that there should nothing come upon
you, which was grievous to be borne; and all of these things which I have
spoken, ye yourselves are witnesses this day. Yet, my brethren, I have not done
these things that I might boast, neither do I tell these things that thereby I
might accuse you; but I tell you these things, that ye may know that I can
answer a clear conscience before God this day. Behold, I say unto you, that
because I said unto you that I had spent my days in your service, I do not
desire to boast, for I have only been in the service of God. And behold, I tell
you these things that ye may learn wisdom; that ye may learn that when ye are
in the service of your fellow beings, ye are only in the service of your God.
Behold, ye have called me your king; and if I, whom ye call your king, do labor
to serve you, then had not ye ought to labor to serve one another? And behold,
if I, who ye call your king, who has spent his days in your service, and yet
hath been in the service of God, doth merit any thanks from you, O how had you
ought to thank your heavenly King! I say unto you, my brethren, that if you
should render all the thanks and praise which your whole souls hath power to
possess, to that God who hath created you, and hath kept and preserved you, and
hath caused that ye should rejoice, and hath granted that ye should live in
peace one with another; I say unto you, that if ye should serve him who hath
created you from the beginning, and art preserving you from day to day, by
lending you breath, that ye may live and move, and do according to your own
will, and even supporting you from one moment to another; I say, if ye should
serve him with all your whole soul, and yet ye would be unprofitable servants.
And behold, all that he requires of you, is to keep his commandments; and he
hath promised you that if ye would keep his commandments, ye should prosper in
the land; and he never doth vary from that which he hath said; therefore, if ye
do keep his commandments, he doth bless you, and prosper you. And now in the
first place, he hath created you, and granted unto you your lives, for which ye
are indebted unto him. And secondly: He doth require that ye should do as he
hath commanded you, for which if ye do, he doth immediately bless you; and
therefore, he hath paid you. And ye are still indebted unto him; and will be,
forever and ever; therefore, of what have ye to boast? And now I ask, Can ye
say aught of yourselves? I answer Nay. Ye cannot say that thou art even as much
as the dust of the earth; yet thou was created of the dust of the earth: but
behold, it belongeth to him who created you. And I, even I, whom ye call your
king, am no better than ye yourselves are; for I am also of the dust. And thou
beholdest that I am old, and am about to yield up this mortal frame to its
mother earth; therefore, as I said unto you that I had served you, walking with
a clear conscience before God, even so I at this time have caused that ye
should assemble yourselves together, that I might be found blameless, and that
your blood should not come upon me, when I shall stand to be judged of God of
the things whereof he hath commanded me concerning you. I say unto you, that I
have caused that ye should assemble yourselves together, that I might rid my
garments of your blood, at this period of time when I am about to go down to my
grave, that I might go down in peace, and my immortal spirit may join the
choirs above in singing the praises of a just God. And moreover, I say unto
you, that I have caused that ye should assemble yourselves together, that I
might declare unto you that I can no longer be your teacher, nor your king, for
even at this time, my whole frame doth tremble exceedingly, while attempting to
speak unto you; but the Lord God doth support me, and hath suffered me that I
should speak unto you, and hath commanded me that I should declare unto you
this day, that my son Mosiah, is a king and ruler over you. And now, my
brethren, I would that ye should do as ye hath hitherto done. As ye have kept
my commandments, and also the commandments of my father, and have prospered and
have been kept from falling into the hands of your enemies, even so if ye shall
keep the commandments of my son, or the commandments of God, which shall be
delivered unto you by him, ye shall prosper in the land, and your enemies shall
have no power over you. But O my people, beware lest there shall arise
contentions among you, and ye list to obey the evil spirit, which was spoken of
by my father Mosiah. For behold, there is a wo pronounced upon him who listeth
to obey that spirit; for if he listeth to obey him, and remaineth and dieth in
his sins, the same drinketh damnation to his own soul; for he receiveth for his
wages an everlasting punishment, having transgressed the law of God, contrary
to his own knowledge. I say unto you, that there are not one among you, except
it be your little children, that have not been taught concerning these things;
but what knoweth that ye are eternally indebted to your Heavenly Father, to
render to him all that you have, and are, and also have been taught, concerning
the records which contain the prophecies which have been spoken by the Holy
Prophets, even down to the time of our father Lehi left Jerusalem; and also,
all that hath been spoken by our fathers, until now. And behold, also, they
spake that which was commanded them of the Lord; therefore, they are just and
true. And now, I say unto you, my brethren, that after ye have known and have
been taught all these things, if ye should transgress, and go contrary to that
which hath been spoken, that ye do withdraw yourselves from the Spirit of the
Lord, that it may have no place in you to guide you in wisdom's paths, that ye
may be blessed, prospered, and preserved. I say unto you, that the man that
doeth this, the same cometh out in open rebellion against God; therefore, he
listeth to obey the evil spirit, and becometh an enemy to all righteous;
therefore, the Lord hath no place for him, for he dwelleth not in unholy
temples. Therefore, if that man repenteth not, and remaineth and dieth an enemy
to God, the demands of Divine Justice doth awaken his immortal soul to a lively
sense of his own guilt, which doth cause him to shrink from the presence of the
Lord, and doth fill his breast with guilt, and pain, and anguish, which is like
an unquenchable fire, whose flames ascendeth up forever and ever. And now I say
unto you, that mercy hath no claim on that man; therefore, his final doom is to
endure a never ending torment. O all ye old men, and also ye young men, and you
little children, which can understand my words,(for I have spoken plain unto
you, that ye might understand,) I pray that ye should awake to a remembrance of
the awful situation of those that have fallen into transgression; and moreover,
I would desire that ye should consider on the blessed and happy state of those
that keep the commandments of God. For behold, they are blessed in all things,
both temporal and spiritual; and if they hold out faithful to the end, they are
received into Heaven, that thereby they may dwell with God, in a state of never
ending happiness. O remember, remember that these things are true; for the Lord
God hath spoken it.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos3</bookName>
<text>And again my brethren, I would call your
attention, for I have somewhat more to speak unto you for behold, I have things
to tell you, concerning that which is to come; and the things which I shall tell
you, are made known unto me, by an Angel from God. And he said unto me, Awake;
and I awoke, and beheld, he stood before me. And he said unto me, Awake, and
hear the words which I shall tell thee: for behold, I am come to declare unto
you the glad tidings of great joy. For the Lord hath heard the prayers, and
hath judged of thy righteousness, and hath sent me to declare unto thee that
thou mayest rejoice; and that thou mayest declare unto thy people, that they
may also be filled with joy. For behold, the time cometh, and is not far
distant, that with power, the Lord omnipotent who reigneth, which was, and is
from all eternity to all eternity, shall come down from Heaven, among the
children of men, and shall dwell in a tabernacle of clay, and shall go forth
amongst men, working mighty miracles, such as healing the sick, raising the
dead, causing the lame to walk, the blind to receive their sight, and the deaf
to hear, and curing all manner of diseases; and he shall cast out Devils, or
the evil spirits which dwelleth in the hearts of the children of men. And lo,
he shall suffer temptations, and pain of body, hunger, thirst, and fatigue,
even more than man can suffer, except it be unto death: for behold, blood
cometh from every pore, so great shall be his anguish for the wickedness and
the abominations of his people. And he shall be called Jesus Christ, the Son of
God, the Father of Heaven and Earth, the creator of all things, from the
beginning; and his mother shall be called Mary. And lo, he cometh unto his own,
that salvation might come unto the children of men, even through faith on his
name; and even after all this, they shall consider him a man, and say that he
hath a Devil , and shall scourge him, and shall crucify him. And he shall rise
the third day from the dead; and behold, he standeth to judge the world. And
behold, all these things are done, that a righteous judgment might come upon
the children of men. For behold, and also his blood atoneth for the sins of
those who have fallen by the transgression of them, or who have ignorantly
sinned. But wo, we unto him who knoweth that he rebelleth against God: for
salvation cometh to none such, except it be through repentance and faith on the
Lord Jesus Christ. And the Lord God hath sent his Holy Prophets among all the
children of men, to declare these things to every kindred, nation, and tongue,
that thereby whosoever should believe that Christ should come, the same might
receive remission of their sins, and rejoice with exceeding great joy, even as
though he had already come among them. Yet the Lord saw that his people were a
stiffnecked people, and he appointed unto them a law, even the law of Moses.
And many signs, and wonders, and types, and shadows shewed he unto them,
concerning his coming; and also Holy Prophets spake unto them concerning his
coming; and yet they hardened their hearts, and understood not that the law of
Moses availeth nothing, except it were through the atonement of his blood; and
even if it were possible that little children could sin, they could not be
saved; but I say unto you, they are blessed: for behold, as in Adam, or by
nature they fall, even so the blood of Christ atoneth for their sins. And
moreover, I say unto you, that there shall be no other names given, nor no
other way nor means whereby salvation can come unto the children of men, only
in and through the name of Christ, the Lord Omnipotent. For behold, he judgeth,
and his judgment is just, and the infant perisheth not, that dieth in his
infancy; but men drinketh damnation to their own souls, except they humble
themselves, and become as little children, and believeth that salvation was,
and is, and is to come, in and through the atoning blood of Christ, the Lord
Omnipotent: for the natural man is an enemy of God, and has been, from the fall
of Adam, and will be, forever and ever; but if he yieldeth to the enticings of
the Holy Spirit, and putteth off the natural man, and becometh a saint, through
the atonement of Christ, the Lord, and becometh as a child, submissive, meek,
humble, patient, full of love willing to submit to all things which the Lord
seeth fit to inflict upon him, even as a child doth submit to his father. And
moreover, I say unto you, that the time shall come, when the knowledge of a
Saviour shall spread throughout every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. And
behold, when that time cometh, none shall be found blameless before God, except
it be little children, only through repentance and faith on the name of the
Lord God Omnipotent; and even at this time, when thou shalt have taught thy
people the things which the Lord thy God hath commanded thee, even then are
they found no more blameless in the sight of God, only according to the words
which I have spoken unto thee. And now, I have spoken the words which the Lord God
hath commanded me. And thus saith the Lord: They shall stand as a bright
testimony against this people, at the judgment day; whereof, they shall be
judged, every man, according to his works, whether they be good, or whether
they be evil; and if they be evil, they are consigned to an awful view of their
own guilt and abominations, which doth cause them to shrink from the presence
of the Lord, into a state of misery and endless torment, from whence they can
no more return; therefore, they have drunk damnation to their own souls.
--Therefore, they have drunk out of the cup of the wrath of God, which justice
could no more deny unto them, than it could deny that Adam should fall, because
of his partaking of the forbidden fruit; therefore, mercy could have a claim on
them no more forever. And their torment is as a lake of fire and brimstone,
whose flames are unquenchable, and whose smoke ascendeth up forever and ever.
Thus saith the Lord commanded me. Amen,</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos4</bookName>
<text>And now, it came to pass that when king
Benjamin had made an end of speaking the words which had been delivered unto
him by the Angel of the Lord, that he cast his eyes round about on the
multitude, and behold, they had fell to the earth, for the fear of the Lord had
come upon them; and they had viewed themselves in their own carnal state, even
less than the dust of the earth. And they all cried aloud with one voice
saying, O have mercy, and apply the atoning blood of Christ, that we may
receive forgiveness of our sins, and our hearts may be purified: for we believe
in Jesus Christ, the Son of God, who created Heaven and earth, and all things,
who shall come down among the children of men. And it came to pass that after
they had spoken these words, the spirit of the Lord came upon them, and they
were filled with joy, having received a remission of their sins, and having
peace of conscience, because of the exceeding faith which they had in Jesus
Christ which should come, according to the words which king Benjamin had spoken
unto them. And king Benjamin again opened his mouth, and began to speak unto
them, saying, My friends and my brethren, my kindred and my people, I would
again call your attention, that ye may hear and understand the remainder of my
words which I shall speak unto you: for behold, that if the knowledge of the
goodness of God at this time, hath awakened you to a sense of your nothingness,
and your worthless and fallen state; I say unto you, that if ye have come to a
knowledge of the goodness of God, and his matchless power, and his wisdom, and
his patience, and his long suffering towards the children of men, and also, the
atonement which hath been prepared from the foundation of the world, that
thereby salvation might come to him that should put his trust in the Lord, and
should be diligent in keeping his commandments, and continue in the faith even
unto the end of his life; I mean the life of the mortal body; I say, that this
is the man that receiveth salvation, through the atonement which was prepared
from the foundation of the world, for all mankind, which ever was ever since
the fall of Adam, or which is or which ever shall be, even unto the end of the
world; and this is the means whereby salvation cometh. And there is none other
salvation, save this which hath been spoken of; neither is there any conditions
whereby man can be saved, except the conditions which I have told you. Believe
in God; believe that he is, and that he created all things, both in Heaven and
in Earth; believe that he hath all wisdom, and all power, both in Heaven and in
Earth; believe that man doth not comprehend all the things which the Lord can
comprehend. And again: Believe that ye must repent of your sins and forsake
them, and humble yourselves before God, and ask in sincerity of the heart that
he would forgive you: and now, if you believe all these things, see that ye do
them. And again I say unto you, as I have said before, that as ye have come to
the knowledge of the glory of God, or if ye have known of his goodness, and have
tasted of his love, and have received a remission of your sins, which causeth
such exceeding great joy in your souls, even so I would that ye should
remember, and always retain in remembrance, the greatness of God, and your own
nothingness, and his goodness and long suffering towards you unworthy
creatures, and humble yourselves even in the depths of humility, calling on the
name of the Lord daily, and standing steadfastly in the faith of that which is
to come, which was spoken by the mouth of the Angel; and behold, I say unto you
that if ye do this, ye shall always rejoice, and be filled with the love of
God, and always retain a remission of your sins; and ye shall grow in the
knowledge of the glory of Him that created you, or in the knowledge of that which
is just and true. And ye will not have a mind to injure one another, but to
live peaceably, and to render to every man according to that which is his due.
And ye will not suffer your children, that they go hungry, or naked; neither
will ye suffer that they transgress the laws of God, and fight and quarrel one
with another, and serve the Devil, which is the master of sin, or which is the
evil spirit which hath been spoken of by our fathers; he being an enemy to all
righteousness; but ye will teach them to walk in the ways of truth and
soberness; ye will teach them to love one another; and also, ye yourselves will
succor those that stand in need of your succor; ye will administer of your
substance unto him that standeth in need; and ye will not suffer that the
beggar putteth up his petition to you in vain, and turn out to perish. Perhaps
thou shalt say, The man hath brought upon himself his misery, therefore I will
stay my hand, and will not give unto him of my food, nor impart unto him of my
substance, that he may not suffer, for his punishments are just. But I say unto
you, O man, whosoever doeth this, the same hath great cause to repent; and
except he repenteth of that which he done, he perisheth forever, and hath no
interest in the kingdom of God. For behold, are we not all beggars? Do we not
all depend upon the same being, even God, for all substance which we have; for
both food, and raiment, and for gold, and for silver, and for all riches which
we have of every kind? And behold, even at this time, ye have been calling on
his name, and begging for a remission of your sins. And hath he suffered that
ye have begged in vain? Nay; he hath poured out his spirit upon, and hath
caused that your hearts should be filled with joy, and hath caused that your
mouths should be stopped, that ye should not find utterance, so exceeding great
was your joy. And now, if God, who hath created you, on whom you are dependant
for your lives, and for all that ye have and are, doth grant unto you
whatsoever ye ask that is right, in faith, believing that ye shall receive, O
then, how had ye ought to impart of the substance that ye have, one to another?
And if ye judge the man who putteth up his petition to you for your substance,
that he perish not, and condemn him, how much more just will be your
condemnation, for withholding your substance, which doth not belong to you, but
to God, to whom also, your life belongeth; and yet ye put up no petition, or
repenteth not of the thing which thou hast done. --I say unto you, Wo be unto
that man, for his substance shall perish with him, and now, I say these things
unto those which are rich, as pertaining to the things of the world. And again,
I say unto the poor, ye that have not and yet hath sufficient, that ye remain
from day to day; I mean all you that deny the beggar, because ye have not; I
would that ye say in your hearts, that I give not because I have not; but if I
had, I would give. And now, if ye say this in pour hearts, ye remain guiltless,
otherwise ye are condemned, and your condemnation is just; for ye covet that
which ye have not received. And now, for the sake of these things which I have
spoken unto you; that is, for the sake of retaining a remission of your sins
from day to day, that ye may walk guiltless before God, I would that ye should
impart of your substance to the poor, every man according to that which he
hath, such as feeding the hungry, clothing the naked, visiting the sick, and
administering to their relief, both spiritually and temporally, according to
their wants, and see that all these things are done in wisdom and order: for it
is not requisite that a man should run faster than what he hath strength. And
again: It is expedient that he should be diligent, that thereby he might win
the prize; therefore, all things must be done in order. And I would that ye
should remember, that whosoever among you that borroweth of his neighbor,
should return the thing that he borroweth, according as he doth agree, or else
thou shalt commit sin also. And finally, I cannot tell you all the things
whereby ye may commit sin: for there are divers ways and means, even so many,
that I cannot number them. But this much I can tell you, that if ye do not
watch yourselves, and your thoughts, and your words, and your deeds, and
observe to keep the commandments of God, and continue in the faith of what ye
have heard concerning the coming of our Lord, even unto the ends of your lives,
ye must perish. And now, O man, remember, and perish not.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos5</bookName>
<text>And now, it came to pass that when king
Benjamin had thus spoken to his people, he sent among them, desiring to know of
his people, if they believed the words which he had spoken unto them. And if
they all cried with one voice, saying, Yea, we believe all the words which thou
hast spoken unto us; and also, we know of their surety and truth, because of
the Spirit of the Lord Omnipotent, which hath wrought a mighty change in us, or
in our hearts, that we have no more disposition to do evil, but to do good
continually. And we, ourselves, also, through the infinite goodness of God, and
the manifestations of his Spirit, have great views of that which is to come;
and were it expedient, we could prophesy of all things. And it is the faith
which we have had on the things which our king hath spoken unto us, and hath
brought us to this great knowledge, whereby we do rejoice with such exceeding
great joy; and we are willing to enter into a covenant with our God, to do his
will, and to be obedient to his commandments in all things, that he shall
command us, all the remainder of our days, that we may not bring upon ourselves
a never ending torment, as has been spoken by the Angel, that we may not drink
out of the cup of the wrath of God. And now, these are the words which king
Benjamin desired of them; and therefore he said unto them, Ye have spoken the
words that I desired; and the covenant which ye have made, is a righteous
covenant . And now, because of the covenant which ye have made, ye shall be
called the children of Christ, his sons, and daughters: for behold, this day he
hath spiritually begotten you; for ye say that your hearts are changed, through
faith on his name; therefore, ye are born of him, and have become his sons, and
daughters. And under this head, ye are made free; and there is no other head
whereby ye can be made free. There is no other name given, whereby salvation
cometh; therefore, I would that ye should take upon you the name of Christ, all
you that have entered into the covenant with God, that ye should be obedient
unto the end of your lives. And it shall come to pass that whosoever doeth
this, shall be found at the right hand of God, for he shall know the name by
which he is called: for he shall be called by the name of Christ. And now, it
shall come to pass that whosoever shall not take upon them the name of Christ,
must be called by some other name; therefore, he findeth himself on the left
hand of God. And I would that ye should remember also, that this is the name
that I said I should give you, that never should be blotted out, except it be
through transgression; therefore, take heed that ye do not transgress, that the
name be not blotted out of your hearts. I say unto you, I would that ye should
remember to retain the name written always in your hearts, that ye are not
found on the left hand of God, but that ye hear and know the voice by which ye
shall be called, and also, the name by which he shall call you: for, how
knoweth a man the master which he hath not served, and which is a stranger unto
him, and is far from the thought and intents of his heart? And again: Doth a
man take an ass which belongeth to his neighbor, and keep him? I say unto you,
Nay; he will not even suffer that he shall feed among his flocks, but will
drive him away, and cast him out. I say unto you, that even so shall it be
among you, if ye know not the name by which ye are called. Therefore, I would
that ye should be steadfast and immovable, always abounding in good works, that
Christ, the Lord God Omnipotent, may seal you his, that you may be brought to
Heaven, that ye may have everlasting salvation and eternal life, through the
wisdom, and power, and justice, and mercy of Him, who created all things, in
Heaven and in Earth, who is God above all. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos6</bookName>
<text>And now, king Benjamin thought it was
expedient, after having finished speaking to the people, that he should take
the names of all those who had entered into a covenant with God, to keep his
commandments. And it came to pass that there was not one soul, except it were
little children, but what had entered into the covenant, and had taken upon
them the name of Christ. And again: It came to pass that when king Benjamin had
made an end of all these things, and had consecrated his son Mosiah, to be a
ruler and a king over his people, and had given him all the charges concerning
the kingdom, and also had appointed priests to teach the people, that thereby
they might hear and know the commandments of God, and to stir them up in
remembrance of the oath which they had made, he dismissed the multitude, and
they returned, every one according to their families, to their own houses. And
Mosiah began to reign in his father's stead. And he began to reign in the
thirtieth year of his age, making in the whole, about four hundred and
seventy-six years from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem. And king Benjamin
lived three years, and he died. And it came to pass that king Mosiah did walk
in the ways of the Lord, and did observe his judgments, and his statutes, and
did keep his commandments in all things whatsoever he commanded him. And king
Mosiah did cause his people that they should till the earth. And he also,
himself did till the earth, that thereby he might not become burthensome to his
people, that he might do according to that which his father had done, in all
things. And there was no contention among all his people, for the space of
three years.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos7</bookName>
<text>And now, it came to pass that after king
Mosiah had had continual peace, for the space of three years, he was desirous
to know concerning the people which went up to dwell in the land of Lehi-Nephi,
or in the city of Lehi-Nephi: for his people had heard nothing from them, from
the time they left the land of Zarahemla; therefore, they wearied him with
their teasings. And it came to pass that king Mosiah granted that sixteen of
their strong men might go up to the land of Lehi-Nephi, to inquire concerning
their children. And it came to pass that on the morrow, they started to go up,
having with them one Ammon, he being a strong and mighty man, and a descendant
of Zarahemla; and he was also their leader. And now, they knew not the course
they should travel in the wilderness, to go up to the land of Lehi-Nephi;
therefore, they wandered many days in the wilderness, even forty days, did they
wander. And when they had wandered forty days, they came to a hill, which is
north of the land of Shilom, and there they pitched their tents. And Ammon took
three of his brethren, and their names were Amaleki, Helem, and Hem, and they
`went down into the land of Nephi; and behold, they met the king of the people,
which was in the land of Nephi, and in the land of Shilom; and they were
surrounded by the king's guard, and was taken, and was bound, and was committed
to prison. And it came to pass hem they had been in prison two days, they were
again brought before the king, and their bands were loosed; and they stood
before the king, and was permitted or rather commanded that they should answer
the questions which he should ask them. And he saith unto them, Behold, I am
Limhi, the son of Noah, which was the son of Zeniff, which came up out of the
land of Zarahemla to inherit this land, which was the land of their fathers,
which was made a king by the voice of the people. And now, I desire to know the
cause whereby ye were so bold as to come near the walls of the city, when I,
myself, was with my guards, without the gate? And now, for this cause have I
suffered that ye should be preserved, that I might inquire of you, or else I
should have caused that my guards should have put you to death. --Ye are
permitted to speak. And now, when Ammon saw that he was permitted to speak, he
went forth and bowed himself before the king; and rising again, he said, O
king, I am very thankful before God this day, that I am yet alive, and am
permitted to speak; and I will endeavor to speak with boldness: for I am
assured that if ye had known me, ye would not have suffered that I should have
wore these bands. For I am Ammon, and am a descendant of Zarahemla, and have
come up out of the land of Zarahemla, to inquire concerning our brethren, which
Zeniff brought up out of that land. And now, it came to pass that after Limhi
had heard the words of Ammon, he was exceeding glad, and said, Now, I know of a
surety that my brethren which was in the land of Zarahemla, are yet alive. And
now, I will rejoice; and on the morrow, I will cause that my people shall
rejoice also. For behold, we are in bondage to the Lamanites, and are taxed
with a tax which is grievous to be borne. And now, behold, our brethren will
deliver us out of our bondage, or out of the hands of the Lamanites, and we
will be their slaves: for it is better that we be slaves to the Nephites, than
to pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites. And now, king Limhi commanded his
guards that they should no more bind Ammon, nor his brethren, but caused that
they should go to the hill which was north of Shilom, and bring their brethren
into the city, that thereby they might eat, and drink, and rest, themselves
from the labors of their journey; for they had suffered many things: they had
suffered hunger, thirst, and fatigue. And now, it came to pass on the morrow,
that king Limhi sent a proclamation among all his people, that thereby they
might gather themselves together to the temple, to hear that the words which he
should speak unto them. And it came to pass that when they had gathered
themselves together, that he spake unto them in this wise, saying, O ye, my
people, lift up your heads and be comforted: for behold, the time is at hand,
or is not far distant, when we shall no longer be in subjection to our enemies,
notwithstanding our many strugglings, which have been in vain; yet I trust
there remaineth an effectual struggle to be made. Therefore, lift up your
heads, and rejoice, and put your trust in God, in that God who was the God of
Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob; and also, that God who brought the Children of
Israel out of the land of Egypt, and caused that they should walk through the
Red Sea on dry ground, and fed them with manna, that they might not perish in
the wilderness; and many more things did he do for them. And again: That same
God hath brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem, and hath kept and
preserved his people, even until now. And behold, it is because of our
iniquities and abominations, that has brought us into bondage. --And ye all are
witnesses this day, that Zeniff, who was made king over this people, he being
over zealous to inherit the land of his fathers, therefore being deceived by
the cunning and craftiness of king Laman, who having entered into a treaty with
king Zeniff, and having yielded up into his hands the possessions of a part of
the land, or even the city of Lehi-Nephi, and the city of Shilom, and the land
round about; and all this he done, for the sole purpose of bringing this people
into subjection, or is bondage. And behold, we at this time do pay tribute to
the king of the Lamanites, to the amount of one half of our corn, and our
barley, and even all our grain of every kind, and one half of the increase of
our flocks, and our herds; and even one half of all we have or possess. the
king of the Lamanites doth exact of us, or our lives. And now, is not this
grievous to be borne? And is not this, our afflictions great? Now behold, how
great reason have we to mourn. Yea, I say unto you, great are the reasons which
we have to mourn: for behold, how many of our brethren have been slain, and
their blood hath been spilt in vain, and all because of iniquity. For if this
people had not fallen into transgression, the Lord would not have suffered that
this great evil should come upon them. But behold, they would not hearken unto
his words; but there arose contentions among them, even so much that they did
shed blood among themselves. And a Prophet of the Lord have they slain; yea, a
chose man of God, who told them of their wickedness and abominations, and
prophesied of many things which is to come, yea, even the coming of Christ. And
because he saith unto them, That Christ was the God, the Father of all things,
and saith that he should take upon him the image of man, and it should be the
image after which man was created after the image of God, and that God should
come down among the children of men, and take upon him flesh and blood, and go
forth upon the face of the earth; and now, because he said this, they put him
to death; and many more things did they do, which brought down the wrath of God
upon them. Therefore, who wondereth that they are in bondage, and that they are
smitten with sore afflictions? For behold, the Lord hath said, I will not
succor my people in the day of their transgression; but I will hedge up their
ways, that they prosper not, and their doing shall be as a stumbling block
before them. And again, He saith, If my people shall sow filthiness, they shall
reap the chaff thereof, in the whirlwind; and the effects thereof is poison,
And again: He saith, If my people shall sow filthiness, they shall reap the
east wind, which bringeth immediate destruction. And now, behold, the promise
of the Lord is fulfilled; and ye are smitten, and afflicted. But if ye will
turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart, and put your trust in him, and
serve him will all diligence of mind; and if ye do this, he will, according to
his own will and pleasure, deliver you out of bondage.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos8</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after king Limhi had
made an end of speaking to his people, for he spake many things unto them, and
only a few of them have I written in this book, he told his people all the
things concerning their brethren which were in the land of Zarahemla; and he
caused that Ammon should stand up before the multitude, and rehearse unto them
all that had happened unto their brethren, from the time that Zeniff went up
out of the land, even until the time that he, himself came out of the land. And
he also rehearsed unto them the last words which king Benjamin had taught them,
and explained them to the people of king Limhi, so that they might understand all
the words he spake. And it came to pass that after he had done all this, that
the king Limhi dismissed the multitude, and caused that they should return,
every one unto his own house. And it came to pass that he caused that the
plates which contained the record of his people, from the time before Ammon,
that he might read them. Now, as soon as Ammon had read the record, the king
inquired of him to know if he could interpret languages. And Ammon told him
that he could not. And the king saith unto him, I being grieved for the
afflictions of my people, I caused that forty and three of my people should
take a journey into the wilderness, that thereby they might find the land of
Zarahemla; that we might appeal unto our brethren to deliver us out of bondage;
and they were lost in the wilderness, for the space of many days, yet they were
diligent, and found not the land of Zarahemla, but returned to this land,
having travelled in a land among many waters; having discovered a land which
was covered with ruins of buildings of every kind; having discovered a land
which had been peopled with a people, which were as numerous as the hosts of
Israel. And for a testimony that the things that they have said is true, they
have brought twenty-four plates, which are filled with engravings; and they are
of pure gold. And behold, also, they have brought breast- plates, which are
large; and they are of brass, and of copper, and are perfectly sound. And
again: They have brought swords, the hilts thereof hath perished, and the blades
thereof were cankered with rust; and there is no one in the land that is able
to interpret the language of the engravings that are on the plates. Therefore,
I said unto thee, Canst thou translate? And I say unto you again, Knowest thou
of any one that can translate? for I am desirous that these records should be
translated into our language. For, perhaps they will give us a knowledge of a
remnant of the people which have been destroyed, from whence these records
came; or, perhaps they will give us a knowledge of this very people which hath
been destroyed; and I am desirous to know the cause of their destruction. Now,
Ammon saith unto him, I can assuredly tell thee, O king, of a man that can
translate the records: for he hath wherewith that he can look, and translate
all records that are of ancient date; and it is a gift from God. And the things
are called interpreters; and no man can look in them, except he be commanded,
lest he should look for that he had not ought, and he should perish. And
whosoever is commanded to look in them, the same is called seer. And behold,
the king of the people which is in the land of Zarahemla, is the man that is
commanded to do these things, and which hath this high gift from God. And the
king saith, That a seer is greater than a prophet. And Ammon saith, That a seer
is a revelator, and a prophet also; and a gift which is greater, can no man
have, except he should possess the power of God, which no man can; yet a man
may have great power given him from God. But a seer can know of things which
has past, and also of things which is to come; and by them shall all things be
revealed, or rather, shall secret things be made manifest, and hidden things
shall come to light, and things which is not known, shall be made known by
them; and also, things shall be made known by them, which otherwise could not
be known. Thus God hath provided a means that man, through faith, might work
mighty miracles; therefore, he becometh a great benefit to his fellow beings.
And now, when Ammon had made an end of speaking these words, the king rejoiced
exceedingly, and gave thanks to God, saying, Doubtless, a great mystery is
contained within these plates; and these interpreters was doubtless prepared
for the purpose of unfolding all such mysteries to the children of men. O how
marvellous are the works of the Lord, and how long doth he suffer with his
people; yea, and how blind and impenetrable are the understandings of the
children of men: for they shall not seek wisdom, neither do they desire that
she should rule over them. Yea, they are as a wild flock, which fleeth from the
shepherd, and scattereth, and are driven, and are devoured by the beasts of the
forest.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos9</bookName>
<text>I, Zeniff, having been taught in all the
language of the Nephites, and having had a knowledge of the land of Nephi, or
the land of our father's first inheritance, and I having been sent as a spy
among the Lamanites, that I might spy out their forces, that our army might
come upon them and destroy them; but when I saw that which was good among them,
I was desirous that they should not be destroyed; therefore, I contended with
my brethren in the wilderness: for I would that our ruler should make a treaty
with them. But he being an austere and a blood-thirsty man, commanded that I
should be slain; but I was rescued, by the shedding of much blood: for father
fought against father, and brother against brother, until the greatest number
of our army was destroyed in the wilderness; and we returned, those of us that
were spared, to the land of Zarahemla, to relate that tale to their wives, and
their children. And yet, I being over zealous to inherit the land of our
fathers, collected as many as were desirous to go up to possess the land, and
started again on our journey into the wilderness, to go up to the land; but we
were smitten with famine and sore afflictions: for we were slow to remember the
Lord our God. Nevertheless, after many days wandering in the wilderness, we
pitched our tents in the place where our brethren were slain, which was near
the land of our fathers. And it came to pass that I went again with four of my
men, into the city, in unto the king, that I might know of the disposition of
the king, and that I might know if I might go in with my people, and possess
the land in peace. And I went in unto the king, and he covenanted me, that I
might possess the land of Lehi-Nephi, and the land of Shilom. And he also
commanded that his people should depart out of the land, and I and my people
went into the land, that we might possess it. And we began to build buildings,
and to repair the walls of the city of Shilom. And we began to till the ground,
yea, even with all manner of seeds, with seeds of corn, and of wheat, and of
barley, and with peas, and with sheum, and with seeds of all manner of fruits:
and we did begin to multiply and prosper in the land. Now, it was the cunning
and the craftiness of king Laman, to bring my people into bondage, that he
yielded up the land, that we might possess it. Therefore, it came to pass that
after we had dwelt in the land for the space of twelve years, that king Laman
began to grow uneasy, lest by any means my people should wax strong in the
land, and that they could not overpower them and bring them into bondage. Now,
they were a lazy, and an idolatrous people; therefore, they were desirous to
bring us into bondage, that they might glut themselves with the labors of our
hands; yea, that they might feast themselves upon the flocks of our fields.
Therefore, it came to pass that king Laman began to stir up his people, that
they should contend with my people; therefore, there began to be wars and
contentions in the land. For, in the thirteeneth year of my reign in the land
of Nephi, away on the south of the land of Shilom, when my people were watering
and feeding their flocks, and tilling their lands, a numerous host of Lamanites
came upon them, and began to slay them, and to take of their flocks, and the
corn of their fields. Yea, and it came to pass that they fled, all that were
not overtaken, even into the city of Nephi, and did call upon me for
protection. And it came to pass that I did arm them with bows, and with arrows,
with swords, and with cimeters, and with clubs, and with slings, and with all
manner of weapons which we could invent, and I and my people did go forth
against the Lamanites, to battle; yea, in the strength of the Lord did we go
forth to battle against the Lamanites: for I and my people did cry mightily to
the Lord, that he would deliver us out of the hands of our enemies, for we were
awakened to a remembrance of the deliverance of our fathers. And God did hear
our cries, and did answer our prayers; and we did go forth in his might. Yea,
we did go forth against the Lamanites; and in one day and a night, we did slay
three thousand and forty-three; we did slay them, even until we had driven them
out of our land. And I, myself, with mine own hands, did help to bury their
dead. And behold, to our great sorrow and lamentation, two hundred and
seventy-nine of our brethren were slain.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos10</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that we again began to
establish the kingdom; and we again began to possess the land in peace. And I
caused that there should be weapons of war made, of every kind, that thereby I
might have weapons for my people, against the time the Lamanites should come up
again to war against my people. And I set guards round about the land, that the
Lamanites might not come upon us again unawares, and destroy us; and thus I did
guard my people, and my flocks, and keep them from falling into the hands of
our enemies. And it came to pass that we did inherit the land of our fathers,
for many years; yea, for the space of twenty and two years. And I did cause
that the men should till the ground, and raise all manner of grain, and all manner
of fruit, of every kind. And I did cause that the women should spin, and toil,
and work, and work all manner of fine linen; yea, and cloth of every kind, that
we might clothe our nakedness; and thus we did prosper in the land; thus we did
have continual peace in the land, for the space of twenty and two years. And it
came to pass king Laman died, and his son began to reign in his stead. And he
began to stir his people up in rebellion against my people; therefore, they
began to prepare for war, and to come up to battle against my people. --But I
having sent my spies out round about the land of Shemlon, that I might discover
their preparations, that I might guard against them, that they might not come
upon my people and destroy them. And it came to pass that they came up upon the
north of the land of Shilom, with their numerous hosts, men armed with bows,
and with arrows, and with swords, and with cimeters, and with stones, and with
slings; and they had their heads shaved, that they were naked; and they were
girded about with a leathern girdle about their loins. And it came to pass that
I caused that the women and children of my people should be hid in the
wilderness; and I also caused that all my old men that could bear arms, and
also all my young men that were able to bear arms, should gather themselves
together, to go to battle against the Lamanites; and I did place them in their
ranks, every man according to his age. And it came to pass that we did go up to
battle against the Lamanites. And I, even I, in my old age, did go up to battle
against the Lamanites. And it came to pass that we did go up in the strength of
the Lord, to battle. Now, the Lamanites knew nothing concerning the Lord, nor
the strength of the Lord; therefore, they depended upon their own strength. Yet
they were a strong people, as to the strength of men: they were a wild and
ferocious, and a blood-thirsty people, believing in the tradition of their
fathers, which is this: Believing that they were driven out of the land of
Jerusalem. because of the iniquities of their fathers, and that they were
wronged in the wilderness by their brethren; and they were also wronged, while
crossing the sea. And again: That they were wronged while in the land of their
first inheritance, after they had crossed the sea; and all this, because that
Nephi was more faithful in keeping the commandments of the Lord; therefore he
was favored of the Lord, for the Lord heard his prayers and answered them, and
he took the lead of their journey in the wilderness. And his brethren were
wroth with him, because they understood not the dealings of the Lord; they were
also wroth with him upon the waters, because they hardened their hearts against
the Lord. And again: They were wroth with him, when they had arriven to the
promised land, because they said that he had taken the ruling of the people out
of their hands; and they sought to kill him. And again: They were wroth with
him, because he departed into the wilderness as the Lord commanded him, and
took the records which were engraven on the plates of brass; for they said he
robbed them. And thus they have taught their children, that they should hate
them, and that they should murder them, and that they should rob and plunder
them, and do all they could to destroy them; therefore, they have an eternal
hatred towards the children of Nephi. For this very cause hath king Laman, by
his cunning and lying craftiness, and his far promises, hath deceived me, that
I have brought this, my people, up into this land, that they may destroy them;
yea, and we have suffered this many years in the land. And now, I, Zeniff,
after having told all these things unto my people concerning the Lamanites, I
did stimulate them to go to battle with their might, putting their trust in the
Lord; therefore, we did contend with them, face to face. And it came to pass
that we did drive them again out of our land; and we slew them with a great
slaughter, even so many that we did not number them. And it came to pass that
we returned again to our own land, and my people again began to tend their
flocks, and to till their ground. And now, I being old, did confer the kingdom
upon one of my sons; therefore, I say no more. And may the Lord bless my
people. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos11</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Zeniff conferred
the kingdom upon Noah, one of his sons; therefore Noah began to reign in his
stead; and he did not walk in the ways of his father. For behold, he did not
keep the commandments of God, but he did walk after the desires of his own
heart. And he had many wives and concubines. And he did cause his people to
commit sin, and do that which was abominable in the sight of the Lord. Yea, and
they did commit whoredoms, and all manner of wickedness. And he laid a tax of
one fifth part of all they possessed; and a fifth part of their gold and of
their silver, and a fifth part of their ziff, and of their copper, and of their
brass and their iron; and a fifth part of their fatlings; and also, a fifth
part of all their grain. And all this did he take, to support himself, and his
wives, and his concubines, and also, his priests, and their wives, and their
concubines; thus he had changed the affairs of the kingdom. For he put down all
the priests that had been consecrated by his father, and consecrated new ones
in their stead, such as were lifted up in pride of their hearts. Yea, and thus
were they supported in their laziness, and in their idolatry, and in their
whoredoms, by the taxes which king Noah had put upon his people; thus did the
people labor exceedingly, to support iniquity. Yea, and they also became
idolatrous, because they were deceived by the vain and flattering words of the
king and priests; for they did speak flattering things unto them. And it came
to pass that king Noah built many elegant and spacious buildings; and he
ornamented them with fine work of wood, and of all manner of precious things,
of gold, and of silver, and of iron, and of brass, and of ziff, and of copper;
and he also built him a spacious palace, and a throne in the midst thereof, all
of which was of fine wood, and was ornamented with gold and silver, and with
precious things. And he also caused that his workmen should work all manner of
fine work within the walls of the temple, of fine wood, and of copper, and of
brass; and the seats which was set apart for the high priests, which was above
all the other seats, he did ornament with pure gold; and he caused a breastwork
to be built before them, that they might rest their bodies and their arms upon,
while they should speak lying and vain words to his people. And it came to pass
that he built a tower near the temple; yea, a very high tower, even so high
that he could stand upon the top thereof and overlook the land of Shilom, and
also the land of Shemlon, which was possessed by the Lamanites; and he could
even look over all the land round about. And it came to pass that he caused
many buildings to be built in the land of Shilom; and he caused a great tower
to be built on the hill north of the land of Shilom, which had been a resort
for the children of Nephi, at the time they fled out of the land; and thus he
did do with the riches which he obtained by the taxation of his people. And it
came to pass that he placed his heart upon his riches, and he spent his time in
riotous living with his wives and his concubines; and so did also his priests
spend their time with harlots. And it came to pass that he planted vineyards
round about in the land; and he built wine presses, and made wine in abundance;
and therefore he became a wine bidder, and also his people. And it came to pass
that the Lamanites began to come in upon his people, upon small numbers, and to
slay them in their fields, and while they were tending their flocks. And king
Noah sent guards round about the land to keep them off; but he did not send a
sufficient number, and the Lamanites came upon them and killed them, and drove
many of their flocks out of the land: thus the Lamanites began to destroy them
and to exercise their hatred upon them. And it came to pass that king Noah sent
his armies against them, and they were driven back, or they drove them back for
a time; therefore, they returned rejoicing in their spoil. And now, because of
this great victory, they were lifted up in the pride of their hearts; they did
boast in their own strength, saying, That their fifty could stand against
thousands of the Lamanites; and thus they did boast, and did delight in blood,
and the shedding of the blood. of their brethren, and this because of the
wickedness of their king and priests. And it came to pass that there was a man
among them, whose name was Abinadi; and he went forth among them, and began to
prophesy, saying, Behold, thus saith the Lord, and thus hath he commanded me,
saying, Go forth and say unto this people, thus saith the Lord: Wo be unto this
people, for I have seen their abominations, and their wickedness, and their
whoredoms; and except they repent, I will visit them in mine anger. And except
they repent, and turn to the Lord their God, behold, I will deliver them into
the hands of their enemies; yea, and they shall be brought into bondage; and
they shall be afflicted by the hand of their enemies. And it shall come to pass
that they shall know that I am the Lord their God, and am a jealous God,
visiting the iniquities of my people. And it shall come to pass that except
this people repent, and turn unto the Lord their God, they shall be brought
into bondage; and none shall deliver them, except it be the Lord the Almighty
God. Yea, and it shall come to pass that when they shall cry unto me, I will be
slow to hear their cries; yea, and I will suffer them that they be smitten by
their enemies. And except they repent in sackcloth and ashes, and cry mightily
to the Lord their God, I will not hear their prayers, neither will I deliver
them out of their afflictions; and thus saith the Lord, and thus hath he
commanded me. Now it came to pass that when Abinadi had spoken these words unto
them, they were wroth with him, and sought to take away his life; but the Lord
delivered him out of their hands. Now when king Noah had heard of the words
which Abinadi had spake unto the people, he was also wroth; and he saith, Who
is Abinadi, that I and my people should be judged of him? or who is the Lord,
that shall bring upon my people such great affliction? I command you to bring
Abinadi hither, that I may slay him: for he hath said these things, that he
might stir up my people to anger, one with another, and to raise contentions
among my people; therefore, I will slay him. Now the eyes of the people were
blinded; therefore, they hardened their hearts against the words of Abinadi,
and they sought from that time forward to take him. And king Noah hardened his
heart against the word of the Lord; and he did not repent his evil doings.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos12</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after the space of
two years, that Abinadi came among them in disguise, that they knew him not,
and began again to prophesy among them, saying, Thus hath the Lord commanded me
saying: Abinadi, go and prophesy unto this my people, for they have hardened
their hearts against my words; they have repented not of their evil doings;
therefore, I will visit them in my anger, yea, in my fierce anger will I visit
them in their iniquities and abominations; yea, wo be unto this generation. And
the Lord said unto me, Stretch forth thy hand, and prophesying, saying, Thus
saith the Lord: It shall come to pass that this generation, because of their
iniquities, shall be brought into bondage, and shall be smitten on the cheek;
yea, and shall be driven by men, and shall be slain; and the vultures of the
air, and the dogs, yea, and the wild beasts, shall devour their flesh. And it
shall come to pass that the life of king Noah shall be valued even as a garment
in a hot furnace; for he shall know that I am the Lord. And it shall come to
pass that I will smite this my people, with sore afflictions; yea, with famine
and with pestilence; and I will cause that ye shall howl all the day long. Yea,
and I will cause that they shall have burdens lashed upon their backs; and they
shall be driven before, like a dumb ass. And it shall come to pass that I will
send forth hail among them, and it shall smite them; and they shall also be
smitten with the east wind; and insects shall pester their land also, and
devour their grain. And they shall be smitten with a great pestilence; and all
this will I do, because of their iniquities and abominations. And it shall come
to pass that except they repent, I will utterly destroy them from off the face
of the earth; yet they shall leave a record behind them, and I will preserve
them for other nations which shall possess the land; yea, even this will I do,
that I may discover the abominations, of this people to other nations. And many
things did Abinadi prophesy against this people. And it came to pass that they
were angry with him; and they took him and carried him bound before the king,
and saith unto the king, Behold, we have brought a man before thee which has
prophesied evil concerning thy people, and saith that God will destroy them;
and he also prophesieth evil concerning thy life, and saith that thy life shall
be as a garment in a furnace of fire. And again: He saith that thou shalt be as
a stalk, even as a dry stalk of the field, which is ran over by the beasts and
trodden under foot. And again; He saith thou shalt be as the blossoms of a
thistle, which when it is fully ripe, if the wind bloweth, it is driven forth
upon the face of the land; and he pretendeth the Lord hath spoken it. And he
saith all this shall come upon thee, except thou repent; and this because of
thine iniquities. And now, O king, what great evil hast thou done, or what
great sins has thy people committed, that we should be condemned of God, or
judged of this man? And now, O king, behold, we are guiltless, and thou, O king
hast not sinned; therefore, this man hast lied concerning you, and he hath
prophesied in vain. And behold, we are strong, we shall not come into bondage,
or be taken captive by our enemies; yea, and thou hast prospered in the land,
and thou shalt also prosper. Behold, here is the man, we deliver him into thy
hands; thou mayest do with him as seemeth thee good. And it came to pass that
king Noah caused that Abinadi should be cast into prison; and he commanded that
the priests should gather themselves together, that he might hold a council
with them what he should do with him. And it came to pass that they saith unto
the king, Bring him hither, that we may question him. And the king commanded
that he should be brought before them. And they began to question him, that
they might cross him, that thereby they might have wherewith to accuse him; but
he answered them boldly, and withstood all their questions, yea, to their
astonishment: for he did withstand them in all their questions, and did
confound them in all their words. And it came to pass that one of them saith
unto him, What meaneth the words which are written, and which have been taught
by our fathers, saying: How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of Him
that bringeth good tidings; that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings
of good; that publisheth salvation; that sayeth unto Zion, Thy God reigneth;
thy watchmen shall lift up the voice with the voice; together shall they sing,
for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break
forth into joy; sing together ye waste places of Jerusalem: for the Lord hath
comforted his people; he hath redeemed Jerusalem. The Lord hath made bare his
holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see
the salvation of our God. And now Abinadi saith unto them, Are you priests? and
pretend to teach this people, and to understand the spirit of prophesying, and
yet desireth to know of me what these things mean? I say unto you, Wo be unto
you for perverting the ways of the Lord. For if ye understand these things, ye
have not taught them; therefore, ye have perverted the ways of the Lord. --Ye
have not applied your hearts to understanding; therefore, ye have not been
wise. Therefore, what teacheth thou this people? And they said, We teach the
law of Moses. And again, He saith unto them, if ye teach the law of Moses, why
do ye not keep it? Why do ye set your hearts upon riches? Why do ye commit
whoredoms, and spend your strength with harlots, yea, and cause this people to
commit sin, that the Lord hath caused to send me to prophesy against this
people, yea, even a great evil against this people? Knowest thou not that I
speak the truth? Yea, thou knowest that I speak the truth; and you had ought to
tremble before God. And it shall come to pass, that ye shall be smitten for
thine iniquities: for ye had said that ye teach the law of Moses. And what
knowest thou concerning the law of Moses? Doth salvation come by the law of
Moses? What sayest thou? And they answered and said, that salvation did come by
the law of Moses. But now Abinadi saith unto them, I know if ye keep the
commandments of God, ye shall be saved; yea, if ye keep the commandments which
the Lord delivered unto Moses in the mount of Sinai, saying: I am the Lord thy
God, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of
bondage. Thou shalt have no other God before me. Thou shalt not make unto thee
any graven image, or any likeness of any thing in the heaven above, or the
things which is in the earth beneath. Now Abinadi saith unto them, Have ye done
all this? I say unto you, Nay, ye have not. And have ye taught this people that
they should do all these things? I say unto you, Nay, ye have not.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos13</bookName>
<text>And now that when the king had heard these
words, he said unto his priests, Away with this fellow, and slay him: for what
have we to do with him, for he is mad. And they stood forth and attempted to
lay hands on him; but he withstood them, and said unto them, Touch me not, for
God shall smite you if ye lay your hands upon me, for I have not delivered the
message which the Lord sent me to deliver; neither have I told you that which
ye requested that I should tell; therefore, God will not suffer that I shall be
destroyed at this time. For I must fulfil the commandments wherewith God hath
commanded me; and because I have told you the truth, ye are angry with me. And
again: Because I have spoken the word of God, you have judged me that I am mad.
Now it came to pass after Abinadi had spoken these words, that the people of
king Noah durst not lay their hands on him; for the Spirit of the Lord was upon
him; and his face shone with exceeding lustre, even as Moses did while in the
mount of Sinai, while speaking with the Lord. And he spake with power and
authority from God; and he continued his words, saying, Ye see that ye have not
power to slay me, therefore, I finish my message. Yea, and I perceive that it
cuts you to your hearts, because I tell you the truth concerning your
iniquities; yea, and my words fill you with wonder and amazement, and with
anger. But I finish my message; and then it matters not whither I go, if it so
be that I am saved. But this much I tell you: What you do with me after this,
shall be as a type and a shadow of things which is to come. And now I read unto
you the remainder of the commandments of God, for I perceive that they are not
written in your hearts; I perceive that ye have studied and taught iniquity the
most part of your lives. And now, ye remember that I said unto you, Thou shalt
not make unto thee any graven images, or any likeness of things which is in
heaven above, or which is in the earth beneath, or which is in the water under
the earth. And again: Thou shalt not bow down thyself unto them, nor serve
them: for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquities of the
fathers upon the children, unto the third and fourth generations of them that
hate me; and shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my
commandments. --Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain: for
the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain. Remember the
sabbath-day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work:
but the seventh day, the sabbath of the Lord thy God, thou shalt not do any
work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, nor thy
maid-servant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: for in
six days the Lord mad heaven and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is;
wherefore the Lord blessed the sabbath-day, and hallowed it. Honor thy father
and thy mother, that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God
giveth thee. Thou shalt not kill. Thou shalt not commit adultery. Thou shalt not
steal. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor. Thou shalt not
covet thy neighbor's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife, nor his
man-servant, nor his maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that
is they neighbor's. And it came to pass that after Abinadi had made an end of
these sayings, that he said unto them, Have ye taught this people that they
should observe to do all these things? For to keep these commandments? I say
unto you, Nay; for if ye had, the Lord would not have caused me to come forth
and to prophesy evil concerning this people. And now ye have said the salvation
cometh by the law of Moses. I say unto you that it is expedient that ye should
keep the law of Moses as yet; but I say unto you, that the time shall come when
it shall no more be expedient to keep the law of Moses. And moreover, I say
unto you, that salvation doth not come by the law alone; and were it not for
the atonement which God himself shall make for the sins and iniquities of his
people, that they must unavoidably perish, notwithstanding the law of Moses.
And now I say unto you, that it was expedient that there should be a law given
to the children of Israel, yea, even a very strict law: for they were a
stiffnecked people, quick to do iniquity, and slow to remember the Lord their
God; therefore there was a law given them, yea, a law of performances and of
ordinances, a law which they were to observe strictly, from day to day, to keep
them in remembrance of God, and their duty towards him. But behold, I say unto
you, that all these things were types of things to come. And now, did they
understand the law? I say unto you, Nay, they did not all understand the law;
and this because of the hardness of their hearts: for they understood not that
there could not any man be saved, except it were through the redemption of God.
For behold, did not Moses prophesy unto them concerning the coming of the
Messiah, and that God should redeem his people, yea, and even all the prophets
which have prophesied ever since the world began? Have they not spoken more or
less concerning these things? Have they not said that God himself should come
down among the children of men, and take upon him the form of man, and go forth
in mighty power upon the face of the earth? Yea, and have they not said also,
that he should bring to pass the resurrection of the dead, and that he himself
should be oppressed and afflicted?</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos14</bookName>
<text>Yes, even doth not Isaiah say, Who hath
believed our report, and to whom is the arm of the Lord revealed? for he shall
grow up before him as a tender plant, and as a root out of dry ground: he hath
no form nor comeliness; and when we shall see him, there is no beauty that we
should desire him. He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and
acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was
despised, and we esteemed him not. Surely he has borne our griefs, and carried
our sorrows: yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But
he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the
chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed. All
we, like sheep, have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and
the lord hath laid on him the iniquities of us all. He was oppressed, and he
was afflicted, yet he opened not his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the
slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so he opened not his
mouth. He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his
generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the
transgressions of my people was he stricken. And he made his grave with the
wicked, and with the rich in his death; because he had done no evil, neither
was any deceit in his mouth. Yet it pleased the Lord to bruise him; he hath put
him to grief: when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see
his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the lord shall prosper
in his hand. He shall see of the travail of his soul, and shall be satisfied:
by his knowledge shall my righteous servant justify many; for he shall bear
their iniquities. Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great, and he
shall divide the spoil with the strong; because he hath poured out his soul
unto death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sins of
many, and made intercession for the transgressors.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos15</bookName>
<text>And now Abinadi saith unto them, I would that
ye should understand that God himself shall come down among the children of
men, and shall redeem his people; and because he dwelleth in flesh, he shall be
called the Son of God: and having subjected the flesh to the will of the
Father, being the Father and the Son; the Father because he was conceived by
the power of God; and the Son, because of the flesh; thus becoming the Father
and Son: and they are one God, yea, the very Eternal Father of Heaven and of
Earth; and thus the flesh becoming subject to the Spirit, or the Son to the
Father, being one God, suffereth temptation, and yieldeth not to the
temptation, but suffereth himself to be mocked, and scourged, and cast out, and
disowned by his people. And after all this, and after working many mighty
miracles among the children of men, he shall be led, yea, even as Isaiah said;
As a sheep before the shearer is dumb, so he opened not his mouth; yea, even so
he shall be led, crucified, and slain, the flesh becoming subject even unto
death, the will of the Son being swallowed up in the will of the Father; and
thus God breaketh the bands of death; having gained the victory over death;
giving the Son power to make intercession for the children of men; having
ascended into heaven; having the bowels of mercy; being filled with compassion
toward the children of men; standing betwixt them and justice; having broken
the bands of death, taken upon himself their iniquity and their transgressions;
having redeemed them, and satisfied the demands of justice. And now I say unto
you, Who shall declare his generation? Behold, I say unto you, that when his
soul has been made an offering for sin, he shall see his seed. And now what say
ye? And who shall be his seed? Behold I say unto you, that whosoever hath heard
the words of the prophets, yea, all the Holy Prophets which have prophesied
concerning the coming of the Lord; I say unto, that all those who hath
hearkened unto their words, and believed that the Lord would redeem his people,
and have looked forward to that day for a remission of their sins; I say unto
you, that these are his seed, or they are heirs of the Kingdom of God: for
these are they whose sins he hath borne; these are they for whom he hath died,
to redeem them from their transgressions. And now, are they not his seed? Yea,
and are not the prophets, every one that has opened his mouth to prophesy, that
has not fallen into transgression; I mean all the Holy Prophets ever since the
world began; I say unto you that they are his seed; and these are they which
hath published peace, that hath brought good tidings of good, that hath
published salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth! And O how
beautiful upon the mountains were their feet! And again: How beautiful upon the
mountains are the feet of those that are still publishing peace! And again: How
beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of those who shall hereafter publish
peace, yea, from this time henceforth and forever! And behold, I say unto you,
this is not all: For O how beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him
that bringeth good tidings, that is the founder of peace; yea, even the Lord,
who hath redeemed his people; yea, him who hath granted salvation unto his
people: for were it not for the redemption which he hath made for his people,
which was prepared from the foundation of the world; I say unto you, were it
not for this, that all mankind must have perished. But behold, the bands of
death shall be broken, and the Son reigneth, and hath power over the dead;
therefore, he bringeth to pass the resurrection of the dead. And there cometh a
resurrection, even a first resurrection; yea, even a resurrection of those that
have been and which are, and which shall be, even until the resurrection of
Christ: for so shall he be called. And now, the resurrection of all the
prophets, and all those that have believed in their words, or all those that
have kept the commandments of God, these shall come forth in the first
resurrection; therefore, they are the first resurrection. They are raised to
dwell with God, who hath redeemed them: thus they have eternal life through
Christ, who hath broken the bands of death. And there are those who have a part
in the first resurrection; and these are they that have died before Christ came,
in their ignorance, not having salvation declared unto them. And thus the Lord
bringeth about the restoration of these, and they have a part in the first
resurrection, or hath eternal life, being redeemed by the Lord. And little
children also, hath eternal life. But behold, and fear, and tremble before God;
for ye had ought to tremble: for the Lord redeemeth none such that rebelleth
against him, and dieth in their sins; yea, even all those that have perished in
their sins ever since the world began, that have wilfully rebelled against God,
that have known the commandments of God, and would not keep them; these are
they that have no part in the first resurrection. Therefore, had ye not ought
to tremble? For salvation cometh to none such; for the Lord hath redeemed none
such; yea, neither can the Lord redeem such: for he cannot deny himself; for he
cannot deny justice when it hath its claim. And now I say unto you, that the
time shall come that the salvation of the Lord shall be declared to every
nation, kindred, tongue, and people. Yea, Lord, the watchmen shall lift up
their voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they shall see eye to
eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break forth into joy, sing together,
ye waste places of Jerusalem: for the Lord hath comforted his people, he hath
redeemed Jerusalem. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the
nations: and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos16</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after Abinadi had
spoken these words, he stretched forth his hand and said, The time shall come
when all shall see the salvation of the Lord; when every nation, kindred,
tongue and people, shall see eye to eye, and shall confess before God that his
judgments are just; and then shall the wicked be cast out, and they shall have
cause to howl, and weep, and wail, and gnash their teeth; and this because they
would not hearken unto the voice of the Lord; therefore the Lord redeemeth them
not, for they are carnal and devlish, and the devil hath power over them; yea,
even that old serpent that did beguile our first parents, which was the cause
of their fall; which was the cause of all mankind becoming carnal, sensual,
devlish, knowing evil from good, subjecting themselves to the devil. Thus all
mankind were lost; and behold, they would have been endlessly lost, were it not
that God redeemed his people from their lost and fallen state. But remember,
that he that persists in his own carnal nature, and goes on in the ways of sin
and rebellion against God, he remaineth in his fallen state, and the devil hath
power over him. Therefore he is as though there was no redemption made; being
an enemy to God; and also is the devil an enemy to God. And now if Christ had
not come into the world, speaking of things to come, as though they had already
come, there could have been no redemption. And if Christ had not risen from the
dead, or have broken the bands of death, that the grave should have no victory,
and that death should have no sting, there could have been no resurrection. But
there is a resurrection, therefore the grave hath no victory, and the sting of
death, is swallowed up in Christ: He is the light and the life of the world;
yea, a light that is endless, that can never be darkened; yea, and also a life
which is endless, that there can be no more death. Even this mortal shall put
on immortality, and this corruption shall put on incorruption, and shall be
brought to stand before the bar of God, to be judged of him according to their
works, whether they be good or whether they be evil. If they be good, to the
resurrection of endless life and happiness, and if they be evil, to the
resurrection of endless damnation; being delivered up to the devil, who hath
subjected them which is damnation; having gone according to their own carnal
wills and desires; having never called upon the Lord while the arms of mercy
was extended towards them; for the arms of mercy was extended towards them, and
they would not; they being warned of their iniquities, and yet they would not
depart from them; and they were commanded to repent, and yet they would not
repent. And now had ye not ought to tremble and repent of your sins, and
remember only in and through Christ ye can be saved? Therefore, if ye teach the
law of Moses, also teach that it is a shadow of those things which are to come;
teach them that redemption cometh through Christ the Lord, which is the very
Eternal Father. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos17</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Abinadi had
finished these sayings, that the king commanded that the priests should take
him and cause that he should be put to death. But there was one among them,
whose name was Alma, he also being a descendant of Nephi. And he was a young
man, and he believed the words which Abinadi had spoken, for he knew concerning
the iniquity which Abinadi had testified against them: Therefore he began to
plead with the king that he would not be angry with Abinadi, but suffer that he
might depart in peace. But the king was more wroth, and caused that Alma should
be cast out from among them, and sent his servants after him, that they might
slay him. But he fled from before them, and hid himself, that they found him
not. And he, being concealed for many days, did write all the words which
Abinadi had spoken. And it came to pass that the king caused that his guards
should surround Abinadi, and take him; and they bound him and cast him into
prison. And after three days, having counselled with his priests, he caused
that he should again be brought before him. And he said unto him, Abinadi, we
have found an accusation against thee, and thou art worthy of death. For thou
hast said that God himself should come down among the children of men; and now
for this cause thou shalt be put to death, unless thou wilt recall all the
words which thou hast spoken evil concerning me and my people. Now Abinadi
saith unto him: I say unto you, I will not recall the words which I have spoken
unto you concerning this people, for they are true; and that ye may know of
their surety, I have suffered myself that I have fallen into your hands. Yea,
and I will suffer even until death, and I will not recall my words, and they
shall stand as a testimony against you. And if ye slay me, ye will shed
innocent blood, and this shall also stand as a testimony against you at the
last day. And now king Noah was about to release him, for he feared his word;
for he feared the judgment of God would come upon him. But the priests lifted up
their voices against him, and began to accuse him, saying: He hath reviled the
king. Therefore the king was stirred up in anger against him, and he delivered
him up, that he might be slain. And it came to pass that they took him, and
bound him, and scourged his skin with faggots, yea, even unto death. And now
when the flames began to scorch him, he cried unto them saying: Behold, even as
ye have done unto me, so shall it come to pass that thy seed shall cause that
many shall suffer the pains that I do suffer, even the pains of death, by fire;
and this because they believe in the salvation of the Lord their God. And it
will come to pass that ye shall be afflicted with all manner of diseases,
because of your iniquities. Yea, and ye shall be smitten on every hand, and
shall be driven and scattered to and fro, even as a wild flock is driven by
wild and ferocious beasts. And in that day ye shall be hunted, and ye shall be
taken by the hand of your enemies, and then ye shall suffer, as I suffer, the
pains of death, by fire. Thus God executeth vengeance upon those that destroy
his people. O God, receive my soul. And now when Abinadi had said these words,
he fell, having suffered death by fire; yea, having been put to death because
he would not deny the commandments of God: having sealed the truth of his words
by his death.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos18</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Alma, who had
fled from the servants of king Noah, repented of his sins and iniquities, and
went about privately among the people, and began to teach the words of Abinadi;
yea, concerning that which was to come, and also concerning the resurrection of
the dead, and the redemption of the people, which was to be brought to pass
through the power, and sufferings, and death of Christ, and his resurrection
and ascension into Heaven. And as many as would hear his word he did teach. And
he taught them privately, that it might not come to the knowledge of the king.
And many did believe his words. And it came to pass that as many as did believe
him, did go forth to a place which was called Mormon, having received its name
from the king, being in the borders of the land having been infested, by times,
or at seasons, by wild beasts. Now there was in Mormon a fountain of pure
water, and Alma resorted thither, there being near the water a thicket of small
trees, where he did hide himself in the day-time, from the searches of the
king. And it came to pass that as many as believed him, went thither to hear
his words. And it came to pass after many days, there were a goodly number
gathered together to the place of Mormon, to hear the words of Alma. Yea, all
were gathered together that believed on his word, to hear him. And he did teach
them, and did preach unto them repentance, and redemption, and faith on the
Lord. And it came to pass that he said unto them, Behold, here is the waters of
Mormon; for thus were they called. And now, as ye are desirous to come into the
fold of God, and to be called his people, and are willing to bear one another's
burdens, that they may be light; yea, and are willing to mourn with those that
mourn; yea, and comfort those that stand in need of comfort, and to stand as
witnesses of God at all times, and in all things, and in all places that ye may
be in, even until death, that ye may be redeemed of God, and be numbered with
those of the first resurrection, that ye may have eternal life: Now I say unto
you, if this be the desires of your hearts, what have you against being
baptized in the name of the Lord, as a witness before him that ye have entered
into a covenant with him that ye will serve him and keep his commandments, that
he may pour out his spirit more abundantly upon you. --And now when the people
had heard these words, they clapped their hands for joy and exclaimed. This is
the desires of our hearts. And now it came to pass that Alma took Helam, he
being one of the first, and went and stood forth in the water, and cried,
saying, O Lord, pour out your spirit upon thy servant, that he may do this work
with holiness of heart. And when he had said these words, the spirit of the
Lord was upon him, and he said, Helam, I baptize thee, having authority from
the Almighty God, as a testimony that ye have entered into a covenant to serve
him until you are dead, as to the mortal body; and may the spirit of the Lord
be poured out upon you; and may he grant unto you eternal life, through the
redemption of Christ, which he hath prepared from the foundation of the world.
And after Alma had said these words, both Alma and Helam was buried in the
water; and they arose and came forth out of the water rejoicing, being filled
with the spirit. And again, Alma took another, and went forth a second time
into the water, and baptizing him according to the first, only he did not bury
himself again in the water. And after this manner he did baptize every one that
went forth to the place of Mormon; and they were in number about two hundred
and four souls; yea, and they were baptized in the waters of Mormon, and were
filled with the grace of God: and they were called the Church of God, or the
Church of Christ, from that time forward. And it came to pass that whosoever
was baptized by the power and authority of God, they was added to his church.
And it came to pass that Alma, having authority from God, ordained priests;
even one priests to every fifty of their number did he ordain to preach unto
them, and to teach them concerning the things pertaining to the kingdom of God.
And he commanded them that they should teach nothing save it were the things
which he had taught, and which had been spoken by the mouths of the holy
prophets. Yea, even he commanded them that they should preach nothing save it
were repentance and faith on the Lord, who hath redeemed his people. And he
commanded them that there should be no contention one with another, but that
they should look forward with one eye, having one faith and one baptism; having
their hearts knit together in unity and in love, one towards another. And thus
he commanded them to preach. And thus they became the children of God. And he
commanded them that they should observe the sabbath day, and keep it holy, and
also every day they should give thanks to the Lord their God. And he also
commanded them that the priests which he had ordained should labor with their
own hands for their support; and there was one day in every week that was set apart
that they should gather themselves together to teach the people, and worship
the Lord their God, and also as often as it was in their power to assemble
themselves together. And the priests was not to depend upon the people for
their support; but for their labor they were to receive the grace of God, that
they might wax strong in spirit, having the knowledge of God, that they might
teach the power and authority from God. And again Alma commanded that the
people of the Church should impart of their substance, every one according to
that which he hath; if he have more abundantly, he should impart more
abundantly; and he that hath but little, but little should be required; and to
him that doth not should be given. And thus they should impart of their substance,
of their own free will and good desires towards God, and to those priests that
stood in need, yea, and to every needy, naked soul. And this he said unto them,
having been commanded of God; and they did walk uprightly before God, imparting
to one another, both temporally and spiritually, according to their needs and
their wants. And now it came to pass that all this was done in Mormon; yea, by
the waters of Mormon, in the forest that was near the waters of Mormon, yea,
the place of Mormon, the waters of Mormon, the forest of Mormon, how beautiful
are they to the eyes of them who there came to the knowledge of their redeemer;
yea, and how blessed are they, for they shall sing to his praise forever. And
these things were done in the borders of the land, that they might not come to
the knowledge of the king. But behold, it came to pass that the king, having
discovered a movement among the people, sent his servants to watch them.
Therefore on the day that they were assembling themselves together to hear the word
of the Lord, they were discovered unto the king. And now the king saith that
Alma was stirring up the people to a rebellion against him; therefore he sent
his army to destroy them. And it came to pass that Alma, and the people of the
Lord were apprised of the coming of the king's army; therefore they took their
tents and their families, and departed into the wilderness. And they were in
number about four hundred and fifty souls.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos19</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the army of the king
returned, having searched in vain for the people of the Lord. And now behold,
the forces of the king were small, having been reduced, and there began to be a
division among the remainder of the people. And the lesser part began to breath
out threatnings against the king, and there began to be a great contention
among them. And now there was a man among them whose name was Gideon, and he
being a strong man, and an enemy to the king, therefore he drew his sword and swore
his wrath, that he would slay the king. And it came to pass that he fought with
the king; and when the king saw that he was about to overpower him, he fled and
ran and got upon the tower, which was near the temple. And Gideon pursued after
him and was about to get upon the tower to slay the king, and the king cast his
eyes round about towards the land of Shemlon, and behold, the army of the
Lamanites were within the borders of the land. And now the king cried out in
the anguish of his soul, saying, Gideon, spare me, for the Lamanites are upon
us, and they will destroy them; yea, they will destroy my people. And now the
king was not so much concerned about his people, as he was about his own life;
nevertheless, Gideon did spare his life. And the king commanded the people that
they should flee before the Lamanites, and he himself did go before them, and
they did flee into the wilderness with their women and their children. And it
came to pass that the Lamanites did pursue them, and did overtake them, and began
to slay them. Now it came to pass that the king commanded them that all men
should leave their wives and their children, and flee from the Lamanites. Now
there were many that would not leave them, but had rather stay and perish with
them. And the rest left their wives and their children and fled. And it came to
pass that those that tarried with their wives and their children, caused that
their fair daughters should stand forth and plead with the Lamanites, that they
would not slay them. And it came to pass that the Lamanites had compassion on
them, for they were charmed with the beauty of their women; therefore the
Lamanites did spare their lives, and took them captives, and carried them back
to the land of Nephi, and granted unto them that they might possess the land,
under the conditions that they would deliver up the king Noah unto the hands of
the Lamanites, and deliver up their property, even one half of all they
possessed; one half of their gold, and their silver, and all their precious
things; and thus they should pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites, from
year to year. And now there was one of the sons of the king among those that
was taken captive, whose name was Limhi. And now Limhi was desirous that his
father should not be destroyed; nevertheless, Limhi was not ignorant of the
iniquities of his father, he himself, being a just man. And it came to pass
that Gideon sent men into the wilderness secretly, to search for the king, and
those that was with him. And it came to pass that they met the people in the
wilderness, all save the king and his priests. Now they had sworn in their
hearts that they would return to the land of Nephi, and if their wives and
their children were slain, and also those that had tarried with them, that they
would seek revenge, and also perish with them. And the king commanded them that
they should not return; and they were angry with the king, and caused that he
should suffer, even unto death by fire. And they were about to take the priests
also and put them to death, and they fled before them. And it came to pass that
they were about to return to the land of Nephi, and they met the men of Gideon.
And the men of Gideon told them of all that had happened to their wives and
their children; and that the Lamanites had granted unto them that they might
possess the land by paying a tribute to the Lamanites of one half of all they
possessed. And the people told the men of Gideon that they had slain the king,
and his priests had fled from them farther into the wilderness, And it came to
pass that after they had ended the ceremony, that they returned to the land of
Nephi, rejoicing, because their wives and their children were not slain; and
they told Gideon what they had done to the king. And it came to pass that the
king of the Lamanites made an oath unto them, that his people should not slay
them. And also Limhi, being the son of the king, having the kingdom conferred
upon him by the people, made an oath unto the king of the Lamanites, that his
people should pay tribute unto him, even one half of all they possessed. And it
came to pass that Limhi began to establish the kingdom, and to establish peace
among his people. And the king of the Lamanites set guards round about the
land, that he might keep the people of Limhi in the land, that they might not
depart into the wilderness; and he did support his guards out of the tribute
which he did receive from the Nephites. And now king Limhi did have continual
peace in his kingdom, for the space of two years, that the Lamanites did not
molest them nor seek to destroy them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos20</bookName>
<text>Now there was a place in Shemlon, where the
daughters of the Lamanites did gather themselves together for to sing, to
dance, and to make themselves merry. And it came to pass that there was one day
a small number of them gathered together to sing and dance. And now the priests
of the king Noah, being ashamed to return to the city of Nephi, yea, and also
fearing that the people would slay them, therefore they durst not return to
their wives and their children. And having tarried in the wilderness and having
discovered the daughters of the Lamanites, they laid and watched them; and when
there were but few of them gathered together to dance, they came forth out of
their secret places, and took them and carried them into the wilderness; yea,
twenty and four of the daughters of the Lamanites they carried into the
wilderness. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites found that their
daughters had been missing, they were angry with the people of Limhi; for they
thought it was the people of Limhi. Therefore they sent their armies forth;
yea, even the king himself went before his people; and they went up to the land
of Nephi, to destroy the people of Limhi. And now Limhi had discovered them
from the tower; even all their preparations for war did he discover; therefore
he gathered his people together, and laid wait for them in the fields, and in
the forests. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites had come up, that the
people of Limhi began to fall upon them from their waiting places, and began to
slay them. And it came to pass that the battle became exceeding sore, for they
fought like lions for their prey. And it came to pass that the people of Limhi
began to drive the Lamanites before them, yet they were not half so numerous as
the Lamanites. But they fought for their lives, and for their wives, and for
their children; therefore they exerted themselves, and like dragons did they
fight. And it came to pass that they found the king of the Lamanites among the
number of their dead; yet he was not dead, having been wounded and left upon
the ground, so speedy was the flight of his people. And they took him and bound
up his wounds, and brought him before Limhi, and said, Behold, here is the king
of the Lamanites; he having received a wound, hath fallen among their dead, and
they have left him; and behold, we have brought him before you; and now let us
slay him. But Limhi saith unto them, Ye shall not slay him, but bring him
hither, that I may see him. And they brought him. And Limhi saith unto him,
What cause have ye to come up to war against my people? Behold, my people have
not broken the oath that I made unto you; therefore, why should ye break the
oath which ye made unto my people? And now the king said, I have broken the
oath, because thy people did carry away the daughters of my people; therefore
in my anger I did cause my people to come up to war against thy people. Now
Limhi had heard nothing concerning this matter; therefore he saith, I will
search among my people, and whosoever hath done this thing shall perish. Therefore
he caused a search to be made among his people. Now when Gideon had heard these
things, he being the king's captain, he went forth and said unto the king, I
pray thee forbear, and do not search this people, and lay not this thing to
their charge. For do ye not remember the priests of thy father, which this
people sought to destroy? And are they not in the wilderness? And is it not
they which have stolen the daughters of the Lamanites? And now behold, and tell
the king these things, that he may tell his people, that they may be pacified
towards us: for behold, they are already preparing to come against us; and
behold also, there are but few of us. And behold, they come with their numerous
hosts; and except the king doth pacify them towards us, we must perish. For are
not the words of Abinadi fulfilled, which he prophesied against us? and all
this because we would not hearken unto the words of the Lord, and turn from our
iniquities? And now let us pacify the king, and we fulfil the oath which we
have made unto him: for it is better that we should be in bondage, than that we
should lose our lives; therefore, let us put a stop to the shedding of so much
blood. And now Limhi told the king all the things concerning his father, and
the priests that had fled into the wilderness, and attributed the carrying away
of their daughters to them. And it came to pass that the king was pacified
towards his people; and he said unto them, Let us go forth to meet my people,
without arms; and I swear unto you with an oath, that my people shall not slay
thy people. And it came to pass that they followed the king, and went forth
without arms to meet the Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did meet the
Lamanites; and the king of the Lamanites did bow himself down before them, and
did plead in behalf of the people of Limhi. And when the Lamanites saw the
people of Limhi, that they were pacified towards them, and returned with their
king in peace to their own land.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos21</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Limhi and his people
returned to the city of Nephi, and began to dwell in the land again in peace.
And it came to pass that after many days, the Lamanites began to be stirred up
in anger against the Nephites; and they began to come into the borders of the
land round about. Now they durst not slay them, because of the oath which their
king had made unto Limhi; but they would smite them on their cheeks, and
exercise authority over them; and began to put heavy burdens upon their backs,
and drive them as they would a dumb ass: yea, all this was done, that the word
of the Lord be fulfilled. And now the afflictions of the Nephites was great;
and there was no way that they could deliver themselves out of their hands, for
the Lamanites had surrounded them on every side. And it came to pass that the
people began to murmur with the king, because of their afflictions; and they
began to be desirous to go against them to battle. And they did afflict the
king sorely with their complaints; therefore he granted unto them that they
should do according to their desires. And they gathered themselves together
again, and put on their armor, and went forth against the Lamanites, to drive
them out of their land. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did beat them,
and drove them back, and slew many of them. And now there was a great mourning
and lamentation among the people of Limhi; the widow mourning for her husband;
the son and the daughter mourning for their father; and the brothers for their
brethren. Now there were a great many widows in the land; and they did cry
mightily from day to day, for a great fear of the Lamanites had come upon them.
And it came to pass that their continual cries did stir up the remainder of the
people of Limhi to anger, against the Lamanites. And they went again to battle;
but they were driven back again, suffering much loss. Yea, they went again,
even the third time, and suffered in the like manner; and those that were not
slain, returned again to the city of Nephi. And they did humble themselves even
to the dust, subjecting themselves to the yoke of bondage, submitting
themselves to be smitten, and to be driven to and fro, and burdened, according
to the desires of their enemies. And they did humble themselves even in the
depths of humility; and they did cry mightily to God; yea, even all the day
long did they cry unto their God, that he would deliver them out of their
afflictions. And now the Lord was slow to hear their cry, because of their
iniquities; nevertheless the Lord did hear their cries, and began to soften the
hearts of the Lamanites, that they began to ease their burdens: yet the Lord
did not see fit to deliver them out of bondage. And it came to pass that they
began to prosper by degrees in the land, and began to raise grain more
abundantly, and flocks, and herds, that they did not suffer with hunger. Now
there was a great number of women more than there was of men; therefore king
Limhi commanded every man should impart to the support of the widows and their
children, that they might not perish with hunger: and this they did, because of
the greatness of their number that had been slain. Now the people of Limhi kept
together in a body as mush as it was possible, and secure their grain, and
their flocks; and the king himself did not trust his person without the walls
of the city, unless he took his guards with him, fearing that he might by some
means fall into the hands of the Lamanites. And he caused that his people
should watch the land round about, that by some means they might take those
priests that fled into the wilderness, which had stolen the daughters of the
Lamanites, and that caused such a great destruction to come upon them; for they
were desirous to take them, that they might punish them: for they had come into
the land of Nephi by night, and carried off of their grain, and many of their
precious things; therefore they laid wait for them. And it came to pass that
there was no more disturbance between the Lamanites and the people of Limhi,
even until the time that Ammon and his brethren came into the land. And the
king having been without the gates of the city with his guard he discovered
Ammon and his brethren; and supposing them to be priests of Noah, therefore he
caused that they should be taken, and bound, and cast into prison. And had they
been the priests of Noah, he would have caused that they should be put to
death; but when he found that they were not, but that they were his brethren,
and had come from the land of Zarahemla, he was filled with exceeding great
joy. --Now king Limhi had sent, previous to the coming of Ammon, a small number
of men to search for the land of Zarahemla; but they could not find it: and
they were lost in the wilderness. Nevertheless they did find a land which had
been peopled; yea, a land which was covered with dry bones; yea, a land which
had been peopled, and which had been destroyed; and they having supposed it to
be the land of Zarahemla, returned to the land of Nephi, having arrived in the
borders of the land not many days before the coming of Ammon. And they brought
a record with them, even a record of the people whose bones they had found; and
they were engraven on plates of ore. And now Limhi was again filled with joy,
on learning from the mouth of Ammon that king Benjamin had a gift from God,
whereby he could interpret such engravings; yea, and Ammon also did rejoice.
Yet Ammon and his brethren were filled with sorrow, because so many of his
brethren had been slain; and also that king Noah and his priests had caused the
people to commit so many sins and iniquities against God; and they also did
mourn for the death of Abinadi; and also for the departure of Alma, and the
people that went with him, who had formed a church of God through the strength
and power of God, and faith on the words which had been spoken by Abinadi; yea,
they did mourn for their departure, for they knew not whither they had fled.
Now they would have gladly joined with them, for they themselves had entered
into a covenant with God, to serve him, and keep his commandments. And now
since the coming of Ammon, king Limhi had also entered into a covenant with
God, and also many of his people, to serve him, and keep his commandments. And
it came to pass that king Limhi and many of his people was desirous to be baptized;
but there was none in the land that had authority from God. And Ammon declined
doing this thing, considering himself an unworthy servant; therefore they did
not at that time form themselves into a church, waiting upon the spirit of the
Lord. Now they were desirous to become even as Alma and his brethren, which had
fled into the wilderness. They were desirous to be baptized, as a witness and a
testimony that they were willing to serve God with all their hearts;
nevertheless they did prolong the time: and an account of their baptism shall
be given hereafter. And now all the study of Ammon and his people, and king
Limhi and his people, was to deliver themselves out of the hands of the
Lamanites, and from bondage.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos22</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Ammon and king
Limhi began to consult with the people how they should deliver themselves out
of bondage; and even they did cause that all the people should gather
themselves together: and this they did that they might have a voice of the
people concerning the matter. And it came to pass that they could find no way
to deliver themselves out of bondage, except it were to take their women and
children, and their flocks, and their herds, and their tents, and depart into
the wilderness; for the Lamanites being so numerous that it was impossible for
the people of Limhi to contend with them, thinking to deliver themselves out of
bondage by the sword. Now it came to pass that Gideon went forth and stood
before the king, and said unto him, Now O king, thou hast hitherto hearkened
unto my words many times when we have been contending with our brethren, the
Lamanites. And now O king, if thou hast not found me to be a unprofitable
servant or if thou hast hitherto listened to my words in any degree, and they
have been of service to thee, even so I desire that thou wouldst listen to my
words at this time, and I will be thy servant, and deliver this people out of
bondage. And the king granted unto him that he might speak. And Gideon saith
unto him, Behold the back pass through the back wall, on the back side of the
city. The Lamanites, or the guards of the Lamanites, by night, are drunken;
therefore let us send a proclamation among all this people, that they gather
together their flocks and herds, that they may drive them into the wilderness
by night. And I will go according to thy command, and pay the last tribute of
wine to the Lamanites, and they will be drunken; and we will pass through the
secret pass on the left of the camp, when they are drunken and asleep: thus we
will depart with our women and our children, our flocks and our herds, into the
wilderness; and we will travel around the land of Shilom. And it came to pass
that the king hearkened unto the words of Gideon. And it came to pass that king
Limhi caused that his people should gather their flocks together; and he sent
the tribute of wine to the Lamanites; and he also sent more wine, as a present
unto them: and they did drink freely of the wine which king Limhi did send unto
them. And it came to pass that the people of king Limhi did depart by night
into the wilderness with their flocks and their herds; and they went round
about the land of Shilom in the wilderness, and bent their course towards the
land of Zarahemla, being led by Ammon and his brethren. And they had taken all
their gold, and silver, and their precious things, which they could carry; and
also their provisions with them, into the wilderness; and they pursued their
journey. And after being many days in the wilderness, they arrived in the land
of Zarahemla, and joined his people, and became his subjects. And it came to
pass that Mosiah received them with joy; and he also received their records,
and also the records which had been found by the people of Limhi. And now it
came to pass when the Lamanites had found that the people of Limhi had departed
out of the land by night, that they sent an army into the wilderness to pursue
them; and after they had pursued them two days, they could no longer follow
their tracks; therefore they were lost in the wilderness.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos23</bookName>
<text>Now Alma, having been warned of the Lord that
the armies of king Noah would come upon them, and had made it known to his
people, therefore they gathered together their flocks and took of their grain,
and departed into the wilderness before the armies of king Noah. And the Lord
did strengthen them, that the people of king Noah could not overtake them, to
destroy them. And it came to pass that they fled eight days' journey into the
wilderness. And they came to a land, yea, even a very beautiful and pleasant
land; a land of pure water. And it came to pass that they pitched their tents,
and began to till the ground, and began to build buildings, &c; yea, they
were industrious, and did labor exceedingly. And it came to pass that the
people were desirous that Alma should be their king, for he was beloved by his
people. But he saith unto them, Behold, it is not expedient that we should have
a king; for thus saith the Lord: Ye shall not esteem one flesh above another;
or one man shall not think himself above another; therefore I say unto you, It
is not expedient that ye should have a king. Nevertheless, if it were possible
that ye could always have just men to be your kings, it would be well for you
to have a king. But remember the iniquity of king Noah and his priests: and I
myself was caught in a snare, and did many things which was abominable in the
sight of the Lord, which caused me sore repentance; nevertheless, after much
tribulation, the Lord did hear my cries, and did answer my prayers, and hath
made me an instrument in his hands, in bringing so many of you to a knowledge
of his truth. Nevertheless, in this I do not glory, for I am unworthy to glory
of myself. And now I say unto you, As ye have been oppressed by king Noah, and
have been in bondage to him and his priests, and have been brought into
iniquity by them; therefore ye were bound with the hands of iniquity. And now
as ye have been delivered, by the power of God, out of these bonds; yea, even
out of the hands of king Noah and his people, and also from the bonds of
iniquity, even so I desire that ye should stand fast in this liberty wherewith
ye have been made free, and that ye trust no man to be king over you; and also
trusting no one to be your teachers nor your ministers, except he be a man of
God, walking in his ways and keeping his commandments. Thus did Alma teach his
people, that every man should love his neighbor as himself; that there should
be no contention among them. And now Alma was their high priest, he being a
founder of their Church. And it came to pass that none received authority to
preach or to teach, except it were by him from God. Therefore he consecrated
all their priests, and all their teachers, and none were consecrated except it
were just men. Therefore they did watch over their people, and did nourish them
with things pertaining to righteousness. And it came to pass that they began to
prosper exceedingly in the land; and they called the land Helam. And it came to
pass that they did multiply and prosper exceedingly in the land of Helam; and
they built a city, which they called Helam. Nevertheless the Lord seeth fit to
chasten his people; yea, he trieth their patience and their faith.
Nevertheless, whosoever puteth his trust in him, the same shall be lifted up at
the last day. Yea, and thus it was with this people. For behold, I will shew
unto you that they were brought into bondage, and none could deliver them but
the Lord their God; yea, even the God of Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob. And it
came to pass that he did deliver them, and he did shew forth his might power
unto them, and great was their rejoicings. For behold, it came to pass that
while they were in the land of Helam, yea, in the city of Helam, while tilling
the land round about, behold an army of the Lamanites were in the borders of
the land. Now it came to pass that the brethren of Alma fled from the fields,
and gathered themselves together into the city of Helam; and they were much
frightened because of the appearance of the Lamanites. But Alma went forth and
stood among them, and exhorted them that they should not be frightened, but
they should remember the Lord their God, and he would deliver them; therefore
they hushed their fears, and began to cry unto the Lord, that he would soften
the hearts of the Lamanites, that they would spare them, and their wives, and
their children. And it came to pass that the Lord did soften the hearts of the
Lamanites. And Alma and his brethren went forth and delivered themselves up
into their hands; and the Lamanites took possession of the land of Helam. Now
the armies of the Lamanites which had followed after the people of king Limhi,
had been lost in the wilderness for many days. And behold, they had found those
priests of king Noah, in a place called Amulon; and they began to possess the
land of Amulon, and had began to till the ground. Now the name of the leader of
those priests was Amulon. And it came to pass that Amulon did plead with the
Lamanites; and he also sent forth their wives, which was the daughters of the
Lamanites, to plead with their brethren, that they should not destroy their
husbands. And it came to pass that the Lamanites had compassion on Amulon and
his brethren, and did not destroy them, because of their wives. And Amulon and
his brethren did join the Lamanites, and they were travelling in the wilderness
in search of the land of Nephi, when they discovered the land of Helam, which
was possessed by Alma and his brethren. And it came to pass that the Lamanites
promised unto Alma and his brethren, that if they shewed them the way which led
to the land of Nephi, that they would grant unto them their lives and their
liberty. But it came to pass that after Alma had shewn them the way that led to
the land of Nephi, the Lamanites would not keep their promise; but they set
guards round about the land of Helam, over Alma and his brethren. And the
remainder of them went to the land of Nephi, and a part of them returned to the
land of Helam, and also brought with them the wives and the children of the
guards which had been left in the land. And the king of the Lamanites had
granted unto Amulon that he should be a king and a ruler over his people, which
was in the land of Helam; nevertheless he should have no power to do any thing
contrary to the will of the king of the Lamanites.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos24</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Amulon did gain favor
in the eyes of the king of the Lamanites; therefore the king of the Lamanites
granted unto him and his brethren, that they should be appointed teachers over
his people; yea, even over the people which was in the land of Shemlon, and in
the land of Shilom, and in the land of Amulon: for the Lamanites had taken
possession of all these lands; therefore the king of the Lamanites had
appointed kings over all these lands. And now the name of the king of the
Lamanites was Laman, being called after the name of his father; and therefore
he was called king Laman. And he was king over a numerous people; and he
appointed teachers of the brethren of Amulon, in every land which was possessed
by his people: and thus the language of Nephi began to be taught among all the
people of the Lamanites. And they were a people friendly one with another;
nevertheless they knew not God; neither did the brethren of Amulon teach them
any thing concerning the Lord their God, neither the law of Moses; nor did they
teach them the words of Abinadi; but they taught them that they should keep
their record, and that they might write one to another. And thus the Lamanites
began to increase in riches, and began to trade one with another, and wax
great, and began to be a cunning and a wise people, as to the wisdom of the
world; yea, a very cunning people; delighting in all manner of wickedness and
plunder, except it were among their own brethren. And now it came to pass that
Amulon began to exercise authority over Alma and his brethren, and began to
persecute him and cause that his children should persecute their children: for
Amulon knew Alma, that he had been one of the king's priests, and that it was
he that believed the words of Abinadi, and was driven out before the king; and
therefore he was wroth with him, for he was subject to king Laman; yet he
exercised authority over them, and put tasks upon them, and put task-masters
over them. And it came to pass that so great was their afflictions, that they began
to cry mightily to God. And it came to pass that Amulon commanded them that
they should stop their cries; and he put guards over them to watch them, that
whosoever should be found calling upon God, should be put to death. And it came
to pass that Alma and his people did not raise their voices to the Lord their
God, but did pour out their hearts to him; and he did know the thoughts of
their hearts. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came to them in
their afflictions, saying, Lift up your heads and be of good comfort, for I
know of the covenant which ye have made unto me; and I will covenant with my
people, and deliver them out of bondage. And I will also ease the burdens which
is put upon your shoulders, that even you cannot feel them upon your backs,
even while you are in bondage; and this will I do, that ye may stand as
witnesses for me hereafter, and that ye may know of a surety that I, the Lord
God, do visit my people in their afflictions. And now it came to pass that the
burdens which was laid upon Alma and his brethren, were made light; yea, the
Lord did strengthen them that they could bear up their burdens with ease, and
they did submit cheerfully and with patience to all the will of the Lord. And
it came to pass that so great was their faith and their patience, that the
voice of the Lord came unto them saying, Be of good comfort, for on the morrow
I will deliver thee out of bondage. And he saith unto Alma, Thou shalt go
before this people, And I will go with thee, and deliver this people out of
bondage. And he saith unto Alma: Thou shalt go before this people, and I will
go with thee, and deliver this people out of bondage. Now it came to pass that
Alma and his people, in the night time, gathered their flocks together, and
also their grain; yea, even all the night time were they gathering their flocks
together. And in the morning the Lord caused a deep sleep to come upon the
Lamanites, yea, and all their task-masters were in a profound sleep. And it
came to pass that Alma and his people departed into the wilderness; and when
they had travelled all day, they pitched their tents in a valley, and they
called the valley Alma, because he led their way in the wilderness; yea, and in
the valley of Alma they poured out their thanks to God because he had been
merciful unto them, and eased their burdens, and had delivered them out of
bondage; for they were in bondage, and none could deliver them, except it were
the Lord their God. And they gave thanks to God, yea, all their men, and all
their women, and all their children, that could speak, lifted their voices in
the praises of their God. And now the Lord said unto Alma, Haste thee and get
thou and this people out of this land, for the Lamanites have awoke and doth
pursue thee; therefore get thee out of this land, and I will stop the Lamanites
in this valley, that they come no further in pursuit of this people. And it
came to pass that they departed out of the valley, and took their journey into
the wilderness. And it came to pass that after they had been in the wilderness
twelve days, they arrived to the land of Zarahemla; and king Mosiah did also
receive them with joy.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos25</bookName>
<text>And now king Mosiah caused that all the people
be gathered together. Now there were not so many of the children of Nephi, or
so many of those descendants of Nephi, as they were of the people of Zarahemla,
which was a descendant of Mulok, and those which came with him into the
wilderness; and there were not so many of the people of Nephi and of the people
of Zarahemla as there was of the Lamanites; yea, they were not half so
numerous. And now all the people of Nephi was assembled together, and also all
the people of Zarahemla, and they were gathered together in two bodies. And it
came to pass that Mosiah did read, and caused to be read, the records of Zeniff
to his people; yea, he read the records of the people of Zeniff, from the time
they left the land of Zarahemla until the time they returned again. And he also
read the account of Alma and his brethren, and all their afflictions, from the
time they left the land of Zarahemla, until the time they returned again. And
now when Mosiah had made an end of reading the records, his people which had
tarried in the land was struck with wonder and amazement, for they knew not
what to think;, for when they beheld those that had been delivered out of
bondage, they were filled with exceeding great joy. And again, when they thought
of their brethren which had been slain by the Lamanites, they were filled with
sorrow, and even shed many tears of sorrow. And again, when they thought of the
immediate goodness of God, and his power in delivering Alma and his brethren
out of the hands of the Lamanites, and of bondage, they did raise their voices,
and gave thanks to God. And again when they thought upon the Lamanites, which
was their brethren, of their sinful and polluted state, they were filled with
pain and anguish, for the welfare of their souls. And it came to pass that when
those which were the children of Amulon and his brethren, which had taken to
wife the daughters of the Lamanites, they were displeased with the conduct of
their fathers, and they would not longer be called by the names of their
fathers; therefore they took upon themselves the name of Nephi, that they might
be called the children of Nephi, and be numbered among those which were called
Nephites. And now all the people of Zarahemla were numbered with the Nephites, and
this because the kingdom had been conferred upon none but those which were the
descendants of Nephi. And now it came to pass that when Mosiah had made an end
of speaking and reading to the people, he desired that Alma should also speak
to the people. And it came to pass that Alma did speak unto them, when they
were assembled together in large bodies, and he went from one body to another,
preaching unto the people repentance and faith on the Lord. And he did exhort
the people of Limhi and his brethren, all these that had been delivered out of
bondage, that they should remember that it was the Lord that did deliver them.
And it came to pass that after Alma had taught the people many things, and had
made an end of speaking to them, the king Limhi was desirous that he might be
baptized; and all his people were desirous that they might be baptized also.
Therefore Alma did go forth into the water, and did baptize them; yea, he did
baptize them after the manner he did his brethren in the waters of Mormon; yea,
and as many as he did baptize did belong to the Church of God; and this because
of their belief on the words of Alma. And it came to pass that king Mosiah
granted unto Alma, that he might establish Churches throughout all the land of
Zarahemla; and gave him power to ordain priests and teachers over every Church.
Now this was done because there was so many people that they could not all be
governed by one teacher; neither could they all hear the word of God in one
assembly; therefore they did assemble themselves together in different bodies,
being called Churches; every Church having their priests and their teachers,
and every priest preaching the word according as it was delivered to him by the
mouth of Alma: and thus, notwithstanding there being many Churches, they were
all one Church; yea, even the Church of God: for there was nothing preached in
all the Churches except it were repentance and faith in God. And now there was
seven Churches in the land of Zarahemla. And it came to pass that whosoever was
desirous to take upon them the name of Christ, or of God, they did join the
churches of God; and they were called the people of God. And the Lord did pour
out his spirit unto them, and they were blest, and prospered in the land.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos26</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that there was many of the
rising generation that could not understand the words of king Benjamin, being
little children at the time he spake unto his people; and they did not believe
the tradition of their fathers. They did not believe what had been said
concerning the resurrection of the dead; neither did they believe concerning
the coming of Christ. And now because of their belief, they could not
understand the word of God; and their hearts were hardened. And they would not
be baptized; neither would they join the church. And they were a separate
people as to their faith, and remained so ever after, even in their carnal and
sinful state: for they would not call upon the Lord their God. --``And now in
the reign of Mosiah, they were not half so numerous as the people of God but
because of the dissentions among the brethren, they became more numerous. For
it came to pass that they did deceive many with their flattering words, which
were in the church, and did cause them to commit many sins; therefore it became
expedient that those who committed sin that was in the church, should be
admonished by the church. And it came to pass that they were brought before the
priests, and delivered up unto the priests by the teachers; and the priests
brought them before Alma, which was the high priest. Now king Mosiah had given
Alma the authority over the church. And it came to pass that Alma did not know
concerning them, for there were many witnesses against them; yea, the people
stood and testified of their iniquity in abundance. Now there had not any such
thing happened before, in the church; therefore Alma was troubled in his
spirit, and he caused that they should be brought before the king. And he saith
unto the king, Behold, here are many which we have brought before thee, which
are accused of their brethren; yea, and they have been taken in divers
iniquities. And they do not repent of their iniquities; therefore we have
brought them before thee, that thou may judge them according to their crimes.
But king Mosiah saith unto Alma, Behold, I judge them not; therefore I deliver
them into thy hands to be judged. And now the spirit of Alma was again
troubled; and he went and inquired of the Lord what he should do concerning
this matter, for he feared that he should do wrong in the sight of God. And it
came to pass that after he had poured out his whole soul to God, the voice of
the Lord came to him, saying, Blessed art thou, Alma; and blessed are they
which were baptized in the waters of Mormon. Thou art blessed because of thy
exceeding faith in the words alone my servant Abinadi. And blessed are they,
because of their exceeding faith in the words alone which thou hast spoken unto
them. And blessed are thou because thou hast established a church among this
people; and they shall be established, and they shall be my people. Yea,
blessed is this people, which is willing to bear my name: for in my name shall
they be called; and they are mine. And because thou hast inquired of me
concerning the transgressor, thou art blessed. Thou art my servant; And I
covenant with thee, that thou shall have eternal life; and thou shalt serve me,
and go forth in my name, and shall gather together my sheep. And he that will
hear my voice, shall be my sheep; and him shall ye receive into the church; and
him will I also receive. For behold, this is my church; whosoever that is
baptized, shall be baptized unto repentance. And whosoever ye receive, shall
believe in my name; and him will I freely forgive: for it is I that taketh upon
me the sins of the world; for it is I that hath created them; and it is I that
granteth unto him that believe in the end, a place at my right hand. For
behold, in my name are they called; and if they know me, they shall come forth,
and shall have a place eternally at my right hand. And it shall come to pass
that when the second trump shall sound, then shall they that never knew me come
forth, and shall stand before me; and then shall they know that I am the Lord
their God, that I am their Redeemer; but they would not be redeemed. And then
will I confess unto them, that I never knew them; and they shall depart into
everlasting fire, prepared for the Devil and his angels. Therefore I say unto
you, That he that will not hear my voice, the same shall ye not receive into my
church, for my voice, the same shall ye not receive into my church, for him I
will not receive at the last day; therefore I say unto you, Go; and whosoever
transgresseth against me, him shall ye judge according to the sins which he
hath committed; and if he confess his sins before thee and me, and repenteth in
the sincerity of his heart, him shall ye forgive, and I will forgive him also;
yea, and as often as my people repent, will I forgive them their trespasses
against me. And ye shall also forgive one another your trespasses: for verily I
say unto you, He that forgiveth not his neighbor's trespasses, when he saith
that he repenteth, the same hath brought himself under condemnation. Now I say
unto you, Go; and whosoever will not repent of his sins, the same shall not be
numbered among my people; and this shall be observed from this time forward.
And it came to pass when Alma had heard these words, he wrote them down, that
he might have them, and that he might judge the people of that church,
according to the commandments of God. And it came to pass that Alma went and
judged those that had been taken in iniquity, according to the word of the
Lord. And whosoever repenteth of their sins and did confess them, them he did
number among the people of the church; and them that would not confess their
sins and repent of their iniquity, the same were not numbered among the people
of the church, and their names were blotted out. And it came to pass that Alma
did regulate all the affairs of the church; and they began to have peace, and
to prosper exceedingly in the affairs of the church; walking circumspectly
before God; receiving many and baptizing many. And now all these things did
Alma and his fellow-laborers do, which were over the church; walking in all
diligence; teaching the word of God in all things; suffering all manner of
afflictions; being persecuted by all those who did not belong to the church of
God. And they did admonish their brethren; and they were also admonished,
everyone, by the word of God, according to his sins, or to the sins which he
had committed; being commanded of God to pray without ceasing, and to give
thanks in all things.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos27</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that the persecutions
which was inflicted on the church by the unbelievers, became so great, that the
church began to murmur, and complain to their leaders concerning the matter;
and they did complain to Alma. And Alma laid the case before their king,
Mosiah. And Mosiah consulted with his priests. And it came to pass that king
Mosiah sent a proclamation throughout the land round about, that there should
not any unbeliever persecute any of those which belonged to the church of God;
and there was a strict command throughout all the churches, that there should
be no persecutions among them; that there should be an equality among all men;
that they should let no pride nor haughtiness disturb their peace; that every
man should esteem his neighbor as himself, laboring with their own hands for
their support; yea, and all their priests and teachers should labor with their
own hands for their support, in all cases save it were in sickness, or in much
want: and doing these things, they did abound in the grace of God. And there
began to be much peace again in the land; and the people began to be very
numerous, and began to scatter abroad upon the face of the earth; yea, on the
north and on the south, on the east and on the west, building large cities and
villages in all quarters of the land. And the Lord did visit them and prosper
them, and they became a large and a wealthy people. Now the sons of Mosiah was
numbered among the unbelievers; and also one of the sons of Alma was numbered
among them, he being called Alma, after his father; nevertheless he became a
very wicked and idolatrous man. And he was a man of many words, and did speak
much flattery to the people; therefore he led many of the people to do after
the manner of his iniquities. And he became a great hinderment to the
prosperity of the church of God; stealing away the hearts of the people;
causing much dissention among the people; giving a chance for the enemy of God
to exercise his power over them. And now it came to pass that while he was
going out about to destroy the church of God: for he did go about secretly with
the sons of Mosiah, seeking to destroy the church, and to lead astray the
people of the Lord, contrary to the commandments of God, or even the king; and
as I said unto you, as they were going about rebelling against God, behold, the
angel of the Lord appeared unto them; and he descended as it were in a cloud;
and he spake as it were with a voice of thunder, which caused the earth to
shake upon which they stood; and so great was their astonishment, that they
fell to earth, and understood not the words which he spake unto them.
Nevertheless he cried again, saying, Alma, arise, and stand forth, for why
persecuteth thou the church of God? For the Lord hath said, This is my church,
and I will establish it; and nothing shall overthrow it, save it is the transgression
of my people. And again: The angel saith, Behold, the Lord hath heard the
prayers of his people and also the prayers of his servant Alma, which is thy
father: for he hath prayed with much faith concerning thee, that thou mightest
be brought to the knowledge of the truth; therefore for this purpose have I
come to convince thee of the power and authority of God, that the prayers of
his servants might be answered according to their faith. And now behold, can ye
dispute the power of God? For behold, doth not my voice shake the earth? And
can ye not also behold me before you? And I am sent from God. --Now I say unto
thee, Go, and remember the captivity of thy fathers in the land of Helam, and
in the land of Nephi; and remember how great things he hath done for them: for
they were in bondage, and he hath delivered them. And now I say unto thee,
Alma, Go thy way, and seek to destroy the church no more, that their prayers
may be answered, and this even if thou wilt of thyself be cast off. And now it
came to pass that these were the last words which the angel spake unto Alma,
and he departed. And now Alma, and those that were with him, fell again to the
earth, for great was their astonishment: for with their own eyes they had
beheld an angel of the Lord; and his voice was as thunder, which shook the
earth; and they knew that there was nothing save the power of God, that should
shake the earth and cause it to tremble, as though it would part asunder. And
now the astonishment of Alma was so great, that he became dumb, that he could
not open his mouth; yea, and he became weak, even that he could not move his
hands; therefore he was taken by those that were with him, and carried
helpless, even until he was laid before his father. And they rehearsed unto his
father all that had happened unto them; and his father rejoiced, for he knew
that it was the power of God. And he caused that a multitude should be gathered
together, that they might witness what the Lord had done for his son, and also
for those that were with him. And he caused that the priests should assemble
themselves together; and they began to fast, and to pray to the Lord their God,
that he would open the mouth of Alma, that he might speak; and also that his
limbs might receive their strength, that the eyes of the people might be opened
to see and know of the goodness and glory of God. And it came to pass after
that they fasted and prayed for the space of two days and two nights, the limbs
of Alma received their strength, and he stood up and began to speak unto them,
bidding them to be of good comfort: for, said he, I have repented of my sins,
and have redeemed of the Lord; behold, I am born of the spirit. And the Lord
said unto me, Marvel not that all mankind, yea, men, and women, all nations,
kindreds, tongues and people, must be born again; yea, born of God, changed
from their carnal and fallen state, to a state of righteousness, being redeemed
of God, becoming his sons and daughters; and thus they become new creatures;
and unless they do this, they can in no wise inherit the kingdom of God. I say
unto you, unless this be the case, they must be cast off: and this I know,
because I was like to be cast off. Nevertheless, after wandering through much
tribulation, repenting nigh unto death, the Lord in mercy hath seen fit to
snatch me out of an everlasting burning, and I am born of God; my soul hath
been redeemed from the gall of bitterness and bonds of iniquity. I was in the
darkest abyss; but now I behold the marvellous light of God. My soul was
wrecked with eternal torment; but I am snatched, and my soul is pained no more.
I rejected my Redeemer, and denied that which had been spoken of by our
fathers; but now that they may foresee that he will come, and that he
remembereth every creature of his creating, and he will make himself manifest
unto all; yea, every knee shall bow, and every tongue confess before him. Yea,
even at the last day, when all men shall stand to be judged of him, than shall
they confess that he is God; then shall they confess, who live without God in
the world, that the judgment of an everlasting punishment is just upon them;
and they shall quake, and tremble, and shrink beneath the glance of his
all-searching eye. And now it came to pass that Alma began from this time
forward, to teach the people, and those which were with Alma at the time the
angel appeared unto them; travelling round about through all the land,
publishing to all the people the things which they had heard and seen, and
preaching the word of God in much tribulation, being greatly persecuted by
those which were unbelievers, being smitten by many of them; but
notwithstanding all this, they did impart much consolation to the church,
confirming their faith, and exhorting them with long suffering and much
travail, to keep the commandments of God. And four of them were sons of Mosiah;
and their names were Ammon, and Aaron, and Omner, and Himni: these were the
names of the sons of Mosiah. And after they had travelled throughout all the
land of Zarahemla, and among all the people which was under the reign of king
Mosiah, zealously striving to repair all the injuries which they had done to
the church; confessing all their sins, and publishing all the things which they
had seen, and explaining the prophecies and the scriptures to all who desired
to hear them: and thus they were instruments in the hands of God, in bringing
many to the knowledge of the truth, yea, to the knowledge of their redeemer.
And how blessed they are! For they did publish peace; they did publish good
tidings of good; and they did declare unto the people that the Lord reigneth.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos28</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that after the sons of
Mosiah had done all these things, they took a small number with them, and
returned to their father, the king, and desired of him that he would grant unto
them, that they might, with these whom they had selected, go up to the land of
Nephi, that they might preach the things which they had heard, and that they
might impart the word of God to their brethren, the Lamanites, that perhaps
they might bring them to the knowledge of the Lord their God, and convince them
of the iniquity of their fathers; and that perhaps they might cure them of
their hatred towards the Nephites, that they might also be brought to rejoice
in the Lord their God, that they might become friendly to one another, and that
there should be no more contentions in all the land which the Lord their God
hath given them. Now they were desirous that salvation should be declared to
every creature, for they could not bear that any human soul should perish; yea,
even the very thoughts that any soul should endure endless torment, did cause
them to quake and tremble. And thus did the spirit of the Lord work upon them,
for they were the very vilest of sinners. And the Lord saw fit in his infinite
mercy to spare them; nevertheless they suffered much anguish of soul, because
of their iniquities; and suffering much, fearing that they should be cast off
forever. And it came to pass that they did plead with their father many days,
that they might go up to the land of Nephi. And it came to pass that king
Mosiah went and inquired of the Lord, if he should let his sons go up among the
Lamanites to preach the word. And the Lord said unto Mosiah, Let them go up,
for many shall believe on their words, and they shall have eternal life; and I
will deliver thy sons out of the hands of the Lamanites. And it came to pass
that Mosiah granted that they might go, and do according to their request; and
they took their journey into the wilderness, to go up to preach the word among
the Lamanites: and I shall give an account of their proceedings hereafter. Now
king Mosiah had no one to confer the kingdom upon, for there was not any of his
sons which would accept of the kingdom; therefore he took the records which
were engraven upon the plates of brass, and also the plates of Nephi, and all
the things which he had kept and preserved, according to the commandments of
God, and after having translated and caused to be written the records which
were on the plates of gold, which had been found by the people of Limhi, which
was delivered to him by the hand of Limhi: and this he done, because of the
great anxiety of his people. for they were desirous beyond measure, to know
concerning those people which had been destroyed. And now he translated them by
the means of those two stones which was fastened into the rims of a bow. Now
these things was prepared from the beginning, and was handed down from
generation to generation, for the purpose of interpreting languages; and they
have been kept and preserved by the hand of the Lord, that he should discover
to every creature which should possess the land, the iniquities and
abominations of his people: and whosoever has these things, is called seer,
after the manner of old times. Now after Mosiah had finished translating these
records, behold, it gave an account of the people which was destroyed, from the
time they were destroyed, back to building of the great tower, at the time the
Lord confounded the language of the people; and they were scattered abroad upon
the face of all the earth, yea, and even from that time until the creation of
Adam. Now this account did cause the people of Mosiah to mourn exceedingly;
yea, they were filled with sorrow; nevertheless it gave them much knowledge in
the which they did rejoice. And this account shall be written hereafter: for
behold, it is expedient that all people should know these things which are
written in this account. And now I said unto you, that after king Mosiah had
done these things, he took the plates of brass, and all the things which he had
kept, and conferred them upon Alma, which was the son of Alma; yea, all the
records, and also the interpreters, and conferred them upon him, and commanding
him that he should keep and preserve them, and also keep a record of the
people, handing them down from one generation to another, even as they had been
handed down from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmos29</bookName>
<text>Now when Mosiah had done this, he sent out
throughout all the land, among all the people, desiring to know their will
concerning who should be their king. And it came to pass that the voice of the
people came, saying: We are desirous that Aaron, thy son, should be our king,
and our ruler. Now Aaron had gone up to the land of Nephi, therefore the king
could not confer the kingdom upon him; neither would Aaron take upon him the
kingdom; neither was any of the sons of Mosiah willing to take upon them the
kingdom; therefore king Mosiah sent again among the people, yea, even a written
word sent he among the people. And these were the words that were written,
saying: Behold, O ye my people, or my brethren for I esteem you as such; for I
desire that ye should consider the cause which ye are called to consider; for
ye are desirous to have a king. Now I declare unto you, that he to whom the
kingdom doth rightly belong, hath declined, and will not take upon him the
kingdom. And now if there should be another appointed to his stead, behold I
fear there would rise contentions among you; and who knoweth but what my son,
to whom the kingdom doth belong, should turn to be angry, and draw away a part
of this people after him, which would cause wars and contentions among you;
which would be the cause of shedding much blood, and perverting the way of the
Lord; yea, and destroy the souls of much people. Now I say unto you, let us be
wise and consider these things, for we have no right to destroy my son, neither
should we have any right to destroy another, if he should be appointed in his
stead. And if my son should turn again to his pride and vain things, he would
recall the things which he had said, and claim his right to the kingdom, which
would cause him and also this people to commit much sin. And now let us be
wise, and look forward to these things, and do that which will make for the
peace of this people. Therefore I will be your king the remainder of my days;
nevertheless, let us appoint judges to judge this people according to our law,
and we will newly arrange the affairs of this people; for we will appoint wise
men to be judges, that will judge this people according to the commandments of
God. Now it is better that a man be judged of God than of man, for the
judgments of God are always just; therefore, if it were possible that ye could
have just men to be your kings, which would establish the laws of God, and
judge this people according to his commandments; yea, if ye could have men for
kings, which would do even as my father Benjamin did for this people; I say
unto you, if this could always be the case, then it would be expedient that ye
should always have kings to rule over you. And even I, myself have labored with
all the power and faculties which I have possessed, to teach you the
commandments of God, and to established peace throughout the land, that there
should be no wars nor contentions, no stealing, nor plundering, nor murdering,
nor no manner of iniquity; and whosoever hath committed iniquity, him have I
punished according to the crime which he hath committed, according to the law
which hath been given to us by our fathers. Now I say unto you, that because
all men are not just, it is not expedient that ye should have a king or kings
to rule over you. For behold, how much iniquity doth one wicked king cause to
be committed! yea, and what great destruction! --Yea, remember king Noah, his
wickedness and abominations of his people. Behold what great destruction did
come upon them; and also because of their iniquities, they were brought into
bondage. And were it not for the interposition of their all-wise Creator, and
this because of their sincere repentance, they must unavoidably remained in
bondage until now. But behold, he did deliver them because they did humble
themselves before him; and because they cried mightily unto him, he did deliver
them out of bondage: and thus doth the Lord work with his power in all cases
among the children of men, extending the arm of mercy towards them that put
their trust in him. And behold, now I say unto you, Ye cannot dethrone an
iniquitous king, save it be through much contention and the shedding of much
blood. For behold, he hath his friends in iniquity, and he keepeth his guards
about him; and he teareth up the laws of these which have reigned in
righteousness before him; and he trampleth under his feet the commandments of
God; and he enacted laws, and sendeth them forth among his people; yea, laws
after the manner of his own wickedness; and whosoever doth not obey his laws,
he causeth to be destroyed; and whosoever doth rebel against him, he will send
his armies against them in war, and if he can, he will destroy them: and thus
an unrighteous king doth pervert the ways of all righteousness. And now behold
I say unto you, It is expedient that such abominations should come upon you;
therefore choose you by the voice of this people, judges, that ye may be judged
according to the laws which hath been given you by our fathers, which are
correct, and which was given them by the hand of the Lord. Now it is not common
that the voice of the people desireth any thing contrary to that which is
right; but it is common for the lesser part of the people to desire that which
is not right; therefore this shall ye observe, and make it your law to do
business by the voice of the people. And if the time cometh that the voice of
the people doth choose iniquity, then is the time that the judgments of God
will come upon you; yea, then is the time he will visit you with great
destruction, even as he hath hitherto visited this land. And now if ye have
judges, and they do not judge you according to the law which has been given, ye
can cause that they may be judged of a higher judge; if your higher judges doth
not judge righteous judgments, ye shall cause that a small number of your lower
judges should be gathered together, and they shall judge your higher judges,
according to the voice of the people. And I command you to do these things in
the fear of the Lord; and I command you to do these things, and that ye have no
king: that if these people commit sins and iniquities, they shall be answered
upon their own heads. For behold I say unto you, The sins of many people have
been caused by iniquities of their kings; therefore iniquities are answered
upon the heads of their kings. And now I desire that this inequality should be
no more in this land, especially among this my people; but I desire that this
land be a land of liberty, and every man may enjoy his rights and priveleges
alike, so long as the Lord seeth fit, that we may live and inherit the land;
yea, even as long as any of our posterity remaineth upon the face of the land.
And many more things did king Mosiah write unto them, unfolding unto them all
the trials and troubles of a righteous king; yea, all the travails of soul for
their people, and also all the murmurings of the people to their king; and he
explained it all unto them. And he told them that these things had not ought to
be; but that the burdens should come upon all the people, that every man might
bear his part. And he also unfolded unto them all the disadvantages they
labored under, by having an unrighteous king to rule over them; yea, all his
iniquities and abominations, and all the wars, and contentions, and blood-shed,
and the stealing, and the plundering, and the committing of whoredoms, and all
manner of iniquities, which cannot be enumerated; telling them that these
things ought not to be; that they was expressly repugnant to the commandments
of God. And now it came to pass, after king Mosiah had sent these things forth
among the people, they were convinced of the truth of his words; therefore they
relinquished their desire for a king, and became exceedingly anxious that every
man should have an equal chance throughout all the land; yea, and every man
expressed a willingness to answer for his own sins. Therefore it came to pass
that they assembled themselves together in bodies throughout the land, to cast
in their voices concerning who should be their judges, to judge them according
to the law which had been given them; and they were exceedingly rejoiced,
because of the liberty which had been granted unto them. And they did wax
strong in love towards Mosiah; yea, they did esteem him more than any other
man: for they did not look upon him as a tyrant, who was seeking for gain, yea,
for that lucre which doth corrupt the soul, for he had not exacted riches of
them, neither did he delight in the shedding of blood; but he had established
peace in the land, and he had granted unto his people that they should be
delivered from all manner of bondage; therefore they did esteem him, yea,
exceedingly, beyond measure. And it came to pass that they did appoint judges
to rule over them, or to judge them according to the law; and this they done
throughout all the land. And it came to pass that Alma was appointed to be the
chief judge; he being also the high priest; his father having conferred the
office upon him, and had given him the charge concerning all the affairs of the
church. And now it came to pass that Alma did walk in the ways of the Lord, and
he did keep his commandments, and he did judge righteous judgments; and there
was continual peace through the land; and thus commenced the reign of the
judges throughout all the land of Zarahemla, among all the people which was
called the Nephites: and Alma was the first and chief judge. And now it came to
pass that his father died, being eighty and two years old, having lived to
fulfil the commandments of God. And it came to pass that Mosiah died also, in
the thirty and third year of his reign, being sixty and three years old; making
in the whole, five hundred and nine years from the time Lehi left Jerusalem;
and thus ended the reign of the kings over the people of Nephi; and thus ended
the days of Alma, who was the founder of their church.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma1</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that in the first year of
the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, from this time forward, king
Mosiah having gone the way of all the earth, having warred a good warfare,
walking uprightly before God, leaving none to reign in his stead; nevertheless
he established laws, and they were acknowledged by the people; therefore they
were obliged to abide by the laws which he had made. And it came to pass that
in the first year of the reign of Alma in the judgment seat, there was a man
brought before him to be judged; a man which was large, and was noted for his
much strength; and he had gone about among the people, preaching to them that
which he termed to be the word of God, bearing down against the church;
declaring unto the people that every priest and teacher had ought to become
popular; and they ought not to labor with their own hands, but they had ought
to be supported by the people; and he also testified unto the people that all
mankind should be saved at the last day, and that they need not fear or
tremble, but they might lift up their heads and rejoice: for the Lord had
created all men, and had also redeemed all men; and in the end, all men should
have eternal life. And it came to pass that he did teach these things so much,
that many did believe on his words, even so many that they began to support him
and give him money; and he began to be lifted up in the pride of his heart, and
to wear very costly apparel; yea, and even began to establish a church, after
the manner of his preaching. And it came to pass as he was going to preach to
those who believed on his word, he met a man which belonged to the church of
God, yea, even one of their teachers; and he began to contend with him sharply,
that he might lead away the people of the church; but the man withstood him,
admonishing him with the words of God. Now the name of the man was Gideon; and
it was him that was an instrument in the hands of God, in delivering the people
of Limhi out of bondage. --Now because Gideon withstood him with the words of
God, he was wroth with Gideon, and drew his sword and began to smite him. Now
Gideon being stricken with many years, therefore he was able to withstand his
blows, therefore he was slain by the sword; and the man who slew him was taken
by the people of the church, and was brought before Alma, to be judged
according to the crime which he had committed. And it came to pass that he
stood before Alma, and plead for himself with much boldness. But Alma said unto
him, Behold, this is the first time that priestcraft has been introduced among
this people. And behold, thou art not only guilty of priestcraft, but hast
endeavored to enforce among this people, it would prove their entire
destruction. And thou hast shed the blood of a righteous man, yea, a man which
has done much good among this people; and were we to spare thee, his blood
would come upon us for vengeance; therefore thou art condemned to die,
according to the law which has been given us by Mosiah, our last king; and they
have been acknowledged by this people; therefore this people must abide by the
law. And it came to pass that they took him; and his name was Nehor; and they
carried him upon the top of the hill Manti, and there he was caused, or rather
did acknowledge, between the heavens and the earth, that what we had taught to
the people was contrary to the word of God; and there he suffered an
ignominious death. Nevertheless this did not put an end to the spreading of
priestcraft through the land: for there was many which loved the vain things of
the world, and they went forth preaching false doctrines; and this they did for
the sake of riches and honor. Nevertheless they durst not lie, if it were
known, for fear of the law, for liars were punished; therefore they pretended
to preach according to their belief: and now the law could have no power on any
man for their belief. And they durst not steal, for fear of the law; for such
were punished; neither durst they rob, nor murder: for he that murdered was punished
unto death. But it came to pass that whosoever did not belong to the Church of
God, began to persecute those that did belong to the Church of God, and had
taken upon them the name of Christ; yea, they did persecute them, and afflict
them with all manner of words, and this because of their humility; because they
were not proud in their own eyes, and because they did impart the word of God,
one with another, without money and without price. Now there was a strict law
among the people of the Church, that there should not any man, belonging to the
Church, arise and persecute those that did not belong to the Church, and that
there should be no persecution among themselves. Nevertheless, there were many
among them who began to be proud, and began to contend warmly with their
adversaries, even unto blows; yea, they would smite one another with their
fists. Now this was in the second year of the reign of Alma, and it was a cause
of much affliction to the Church; yea, it was the cause of much trial with the
Church; for the hearts of many were hardened, and their names were blotted out,
that they were remembered no more among the people of God. And also many
withdrew themselves from among them. Now this was a great trial to those that
did stand fast in faith; nevertheless, they were steadfast and immoveable in
keeping the commandments of God, and they bore with patience the persecution
which was heaped upon them. And now when the priests left their labor, to
impart the word of God unto the people, the people also left their labors to
hear the word of God. And when the priest had imparted unto them the word of
God, they all returned again diligently unto their labors; and the priest, not
esteeming himself above his hearers; for the preacher was no better than the hearer,
neither was the teacher any better than the learner: and thus they were all
equal and they did all labor, every man according to his strength; and they did
impart of their substance every man according to that which he had, to the
poor, and the needy, and the sick, and the afflicted; and they did not wear
costly apparel, yet they were neat and comely: and thus they did establish the
affairs of the Church: and thus they began to have continual peace again,
notwithstanding all their persecutions. And now because of the steadiness of
the Church, they began to be exceeding rich; having abundance of all things
whatsoever they stood in need; an abundance of flocks, and herds, and fatlings
of every kind, and also abundance of grain, and of gold, and of silver, and of
precious things; and abundance of silk and fine twined linen, and all manner of
good homely cloth. And thus in their prosperous circumstances they did not send
away any which was naked, or that was hungry, or that was athirst, or that was
sick, or that had not been nourished; and they did not set their hearts upon
riches; therefore they were liberal to all, both old and young, both bond and
free, both male and female, whether out of the Church or in the Church, having
no respects to persons as to those who stood in need; and thus they did prosper
and become far more wealthy, than those who did not belong to their Church. For
those who did not belong to their Church, did indulge themselves in sorceries,
and in idolatry or idleness, and in bablings, and in envyings and strife;
wearing costly apparel; being lifted up in the pride of their own eyes; lying,
thieving, robbing, commiting whoredoms, and murdering, and all manner of
wickedness; nevertheless, the law was put in force upon all those who did transgress
it, inasmuch as it were possible. And it came to pass that by thus exercising
the law upon them, every man suffering according to that which he had done,
they became more still, and durst not commit any wickedness, if it were known;
therefore, there was much peace among the people of Nephi, until the fifth year
of the reign of the judges.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma2</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the commandment of the
fifth year of their reign, there began to be a contention among the people, for
a certain man, being called Amlici; he being a very cunning man, yea, a wise
man, as to the wisdom of the world; he being after the order of the man that
slew Gideon by the sword, who was executed according to the law. Now this
Amlici had, by his cunning, drawn away much of the people after him; even so
much that they began to be very powerful; and they began to endeavor to
establish Amlici to be a king over the people. Now this was alarming to the
people of the Church, and also to all those that had not been drawn away after
the persuasions of Amlici: for they knew that according to their law that such
things must be established by the voice of the people; therefore, if it were
possible that Amlici should gain the voice of the people, he being a wicked
man, would deprive them of their rights and privileges of the Church, &c:
for it was his intent to destroy the Church of God. And it came to pass that
the people assembled themselves together throughout all the land, every man
according to his mind, whether it were for or against Amlici, in separate
bodies, having much dispute and wonderful contentions one with another: and
thus they did assemble themselves together, to cast their voices concerning the
matter: and they were laid before the judges. And it came to pass that the
voice of the people came against Amlici, that he was not made king over the
people. Now this did cause much joy in the hearts of those which were against
him; but Amlici did stir up those which were in his favor, to anger against
those which were not in his favor. And it came to pass that they gathered
themselves together, and did consecrate Amlici to be their king. Now when
Amlici was made king over them, he commanded them that they should take up arms
against their brethren; and this he done, that he might subject them to him.
Now the people of Amlici were distinguished by the name of Amlici, being called
Amlicites; and the remainder were called Nephites, or the people of God;
therefore the people of the Nephites was aware of the intent of the Amlicites,
and therefore they did prepare for to meet them; yea, they did arm themselves
with swords, and with cimeters, and with bows, and with arrows, and with
stones, and with slings, and with all manner of weapons of war, of every kind;
and thus they were prepared to meet the Amlicites at the time of their coming.
And there was appointed captains, and higher captains, and chief captains,
according to their numbers. And it came to pass that Amlici did arm his men
with all manner of weapons of war, of every kind; and he also appointed rulers
and leaders over his people, to lead them to war against their brethren. And it
came to pass that the Amlicites came up upon the hill Amnihu, which was east of
the river Sidon, which ran by the land of Zarahemla, and there they began to
make war with the Nephites. Now Alma, he being the chief judge, and the
governor of the people of Nephi therefore he went up with his people, yea, with
his captains, and chief captains, yea, at the head of his armies, against the
Amlicites to battle; and they began to slay the Amlicites upon the hill east of
Sidom. And the Amlicites did contend with the Nephites with great strength,
insomuch that many of the Nephites did fall before the Amlicites; nevertheless
the Lord did strengthen the hand of the Nephites, that they slew the Amlicites
with a great slaughter, that they began to flee before them. And it came to
pass that the Nephites did pursue the Amlicites all that day, and did slay them
with much slaughter, insomuch that there was slain of the Amlicites twelve
thousand five hundred thirty two souls; and there was slain of the Nephites,
six thousand five hundred sixty and two souls. And it came to pass that when
Alma could pursue the Amlicites no longer, he caused that his people should
pitch their tents in the valley of Gideon, the valley being called after that Gideon,
which was slain by the hand of Nehor with the sword; and in this valley the
Nephites did pitch their tents for the night. And Alma sent spies to follow the
remnant of the Amlicites, that he might know of their plans and their plots,
whereby he might guard himself against them, that he might prepare his people
from being destroyed. Now those which he had sent out to watch the camp of the
Amlicites, were called Zeram, and Amnor, and Manti, and Limher; these were they
which went out with their men to watch the camp of the Amlicites. And it came
to pass that on the morrow they returned into the camp of the Nephites, in
great haste, being greatly astonished, and struck with much fear, saying,
Behold, we followed the camp of the Amlicites, and to our great astonishment,
in the land of Minon, above the land of Zarahemla, in the course of the land of
Nephi, we saw numerous hosts of the Lamanites; and behold the Amlicites have
joined them, and they are upon our brethren in that land; and they are fleeing
before them with their flocks, and their wives, and their children, towards our
city; and except we make haste, they obtain possession of our city; and our
fathers, and our wives, and our children be slain. And it came to pass that the
people of Nephi took their tents, and departed out of the valley of Gideon
towards their city, which was the city of Zarahemla. And behold, as they were
crossing the river Sidon, the Lamanites and the Amlicites being as numerous
almost, as it were, as the sands of the sea, came upon them to destroy them;
nevertheless the Nephites being strengthened by the hand of the Lord, having
prayed mightily to him that he would deliver them out of the hands of their
enemies; therefore the Lord did hear their cries, and did strengthen them, and the
Lamanites and the Amlicites did fall before them. And it came to pass that Alma
fought with Amlici with the sword, face to face; and they did contend mightily,
one with another. And it came to pass that Alma, he being a man of God, being
exercised with much faith, and he cried, saying, O Lord, have mercy and spare
my life, that I may be an instrument in thy hands, to save and preserve this
people. Now when Alma had said these words, he contended with Amlici; and he
was strengthened, insomuch that he slew Amlici with the sword. And he also
contended with the king of the Lamanites; but the king of the Lamanites fled
back from before Alma, and sent his guards to contend with Alma. But Alma, with
his guards, contended with the guards of the king of the Lamanites, until he
slew and drove them back; and thus he cleared the ground, or rather the bank,
which was on the west side of the river Sidon, throwing bodies of the Lamanites
which had been slain, into the waters of Sidon, that thereby his people might
have room to cross and contend with the Lamanites and the Amlicites, on the
west side of the river Sidon. And it came to pass that when they had all
crossed the river Sidon, that the Lamanites and the Amlicites began to flee
before them, notwithstanding they were so numerous that they could not be
numbered; and they fled before the Nephites, towards the wilderness which was
west and north, away beyond the borders of the land; and the Nephites did
pursue them with their might, and did slay them; yea, they were met on every
hand, and slain, and driven, until they were scattered on the west, and on the
north, until they had reached the wilderness, which was called Hermounts, and
it was that part of the wilderness which was infested by wild and ravenous
beasts. And it came to pass that many died in the wilderness of their wounds,
and were devoured by those beasts, and also the vultures of the air; and their
bones have been found, and have been heaped up on the earth.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma3</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the Nephites, which
were not slain by the weapons of war, after having buried those which had been
slain: now the number of the slain were not numbered because of the greatness
of their number; and after they had finished burying their dead, they all
returned to their lands, and to their houses, and their wives, and their
children. Now many women and children had been slain with the sword, and also
many of their flocks and their herds; and also many of their fields of grain
were destroyed, for they were trodden down by the hosts of men. And now as many
of the Lamanites and the Amlicites which had been slain upon the bank of the
river Sidon, were cast into the waters of Sidon; and behold, their bones are in
the depths of the sea, and they are many. And the Amlicites were distinguished
from the Nephites, for they had marked themselves with red in their foreheads,
after the manner of the Lamanites; nevertheless they had not shorn their heads
like unto the Lamanites. Now the heads of the Lamanites were shorn; and they
were naked, save it were skin, which was girded about their loins, and also
their armour, which was girded about them, and their bows, and their arrows,
and their stones, and their slings, &c. And the skins of the Lamanites were
dark, according to the mark which was set upon their fathers, which was a curse
upon them because of their transgression and their rebellion against their
brethren, which consisted of Nephi, Jacob, and Joseph, and Sam, which were just
and holy men. And their brethren sought to destroy them; therefore they were
cursed; and the Lord God set a mark upon them, yea, upon Laman and Lemuel, and
also the sons of Ishmael, and the Ismaelitish women: and this was done, that
their seed might be distinguished from the seed of their brethren, that thereby
the Lord God might preserve his people, that they might not mix and believe in
incorrect traditions, which would prove their destruction. And it came to pass
that whosoever did mingle his seed with that of the Lamanites, did bring the
same curse upon his seed; therefore whomsoever suffered himself to be led away
by the Lamanites, were called under the head, and there was a mark set upon
him. And it came to pass that whosoever would not believe in the tradition of
the Lamanites, but believed those records which were brought out of the land of
Jerusalem, and also the tradition of their fathers, which were correct, which
believed in the commandments of God, and kept them, were called the Nephites,
or the people of Nephi, from that time forth; and it is they which have kept
the records which are true of their people, and also the people of Lamanites.
Now we will return again to the Amlicites, for they also had a mark set upon
them; yea, they set the mark upon themselves, yea, even a mark of red upon
their foreheads. Thus the word of God is fulfilled, for these are the words
which he saith to Nephi: Behold, the Lamanites have I cursed; and I will set a
mark upon them, that they and their seed may be separated from thee and thy seed,
from this time henceforth and forever, except thy repent of their wickedness
and turn to me, that I may have mercy upon them. And again: I will set a mark
upon him that mingleth his seed with thy brethren, that they may be cursed
also. And again: I will set a mark upon them that fighteth against thee and thy
seed. And again I say, He that departeth from thee, shall no more be called thy
seed, henceforth and forever: and these were the promises of the Lord unto
Nephi, and to his seed. Now the Amlicites knew not that they were fulfilling
the words of God, when they began to mark themselves in their foreheads;
nevertheless they had come out in open rebellion against God; therefore it was
expedient that the curse should fall upon them. --Now I would that ye should
see that they brought upon themselves the curse; and even so doth every man
that is cursed, bring upon himself his own condemnation. Now it came to pass
that not many days after the battle which was fought in the land of Zarahemla,
by the Lamanites and the Amlicites, that there was another army of the
Lamanites came in upon the people of Nephi, in the same place where the first
army met the Amlicites. And it came to pass that there was an army sent to
drive them out of their lands. --Now Alma himself being afflicted with a wound,
did not go up to battle at this time against the Lamanites; but he sent up a
numerous army against them; and they went up and slew many of the Lamanites,
and drove the remainder of them out of the borders of their land; and then they
returned again, and began to establish peace in the land, being troubled no
more for a time with their enemies. Now all these things were done, yea, all
these wars and contentions was commenced and ended, in the fifth year of the
reign of the Judges; and in one year was thousands of souls sent to the eternal
world, that they might reap their rewards according to their works, whether
they were good or whether they were bad, to reap eternal happiness or eternal
misery, according to the spirit which he listed to obey, whether it be a good
spirit or a bad one, for every man receiveth wages of him who listeth to obey,
and according to the words of the spirit of prophecy; therefore let it be
according to the truth. And thus ended the fifth year of the reign of the
Judges.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma4</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass in the sixth year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, there was no contentions nor wars
in the land of Zarahemla; and the people being afflicted, yea greatly afflicted
for the loss of their brethren, and also for the loss of their flocks and
herds, and also for the loss of their fields of grain, which was trodden under
foot and destroyed by the Lasmanites, and so great was their afflictions, that
every soul had cause to mourn; and they believed that it was the judgment of God
sent upon them, because of their wickedness and their abominations; therefore
they were awakened to a remembrance of their duty. And they began to establish
the church more fully; yea, and many were baptized in the water of Sidon, and
were joined to the church of God; yea, they were baptized by the hand of Alma,
who had been consecrated the high priest over the people of the church by the
hand of his father Alma. And it came to pass in the seventh year of the reign
of the Judges, there was about three thousand five hundred souls that united
themselves to the church of God, and were baptized. And thus ended the seventh
year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi; and there was
continual peace in all that time. And it came to pass in the eighth year of the
reign of the Judges, that the people of the church began to wax proud, because
of their exceeding riches, and their fine silks, and their fine twined linen,
and because of many flocks and herds, and their gold, and their silver, and all
manner of precious things, which they had obtained by their industry; and in
all these things were they lifted up in pride of their eyes, for they began to
wear costly apparel. Now this was the cause of much affliction to Alma, yea,
and to many of the people which Alma had consecrated to be teachers, and
priests, and elders, over the church; yea, many of them were sorely grieved for
the wickedness which they saw had begun to be among their people. For they saw
and beheld with great sorrow, that the people of the church began to be lifted
up in the pride of their eyes, and to set their hearts upon riches and upon
vain things of the world; that they began to be scornful, one towards another,
and they began to persecute those that did not believe according to their own
will and pleasure. And thus in this eighth year of the reign of the Judges,
there began to be great contentions among the people of the church; yea, there
were envyings, and strife, and malice, and persecutions, and pride, even to
exceed the pride of those who did not belong to the church of God. And thus
ended the eighth year of the reign of Judges; and the wickedness of the church
was a great stumbling block to those who did not belong to the church; and thus
the church began to fail in its progress. And it came to pass in the
commencement of the ninth year, Alma seeking the wickedness of the church, and
seeing also that the example of the church began to lead those who were
unbelievers, on from one piece of iniquity to another, thus bringing on the destruction
of the people; yea, seeing great inequality among the people, some lifting
themselves up with their pride, despising others, turning their backs upon the
needy, and the naked, and those which were hungry, and those which are athirst,
and those which were sick and afflicted. Now this was a great cause for
lamentations among the people, while others were abasing themselves, succoring
those who stood in need of their succor, such as imparting their substance to
the poor and the needy; feeding the hungry; and suffering all manner of
afflictions, for Christ's sake, which should come according to the spirit of
prophecy, looking forward to that day, thus retaining a remission of their
sins; being filled with great joy, because of the resurrection of the dead,
according to the will, and power, and deliverance of Jesus Christ from the
bands of death. And now it came to pass that Alma, having seen the afflictions
of the humble followers of God, and the persecutions which was heaped upon them
by the remainder of his people, and seeing all their inequality, he began to be
very sorrowful; nevertheless the spirit of the Lord did not fail him. And he
selected a wise man which was among the elders of the church, and gave him
power according to the voice of the people, that he might have power to enact
laws according to the laws which had been given, and to put them in force,
according to the wickedness and the crimes of the people. Now this man's name
was Nephihah, and he was appointed Chief Judge; and he sat in the judgment
seat, to judge and to govern the people. Now Alma did not grant unto him the
office of being High Priests over the church, but he retained the office of
High Priest unto himself; but he delivered the judgment seat unto Nephihah: and
this he did, that he himself might go forth among his people, or among the
people of Nephi, that he might preach the word of God unto them, to stir them
up in remembrance of their duty, and that he might pull down, by the word of
God, all the pride and craftiness, and all the contentions which was among his
people, seeing no way that he might reclaim them, save it were in bearing down
in pure testimony against them. And thus in the commencement of the ninth year
of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, Alma delivered up the
judgment seat to Nephihah, and confined himself wholly to the high priesthood
of the holy order of God, to the testimony of the word, according to the spirit
of revelation and prophecy.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma5</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that Alma began to deliver
the word of God unto the people, first in the land of Zarahemla, and from
thence throughout all the land. And these are the words which he spake to the
people in the Church which was established in the city of Zarahemla, according
to his own record, saying: I, Alma, having been consecrated by my father Alma,
to be a High Priest over the Church of God, he having power and authority from
God to do these things, behold, I say unto you, that he began to establish a Church
in the land which was in the borders of Nephi; yea, the land which was called
the land of Mormon; yea, and he did baptize his brethren in the waters of
Mormon. And behold, I say unto you, they were delivered out of the hands of the
people of king Noah, by the mercy and power of God. And behold, after that,
they were brought into bondage by the hands of the Lamanites, in the
wilderness; yea, I say unto you, they were in captivity, and again the Lord did
deliver them out of bondage by the power of his word; and we were brought into
this land and here we began to establish the Church of God throughout this
land, also. And now behold, I say unto you, my brethren, you that belong to
this Church, have you sufficiently retained in remembrance the captivity of your
fathers? Yea, and have you sufficiently retained in remembrance of his mercy
and long-suffering towards them? And moreover, have ye sufficiently retained in
remembrance that he hath delivered their souls from hell? Behold, he changed
their hearts; yea, he awaked them out of a deep sleep, and they awoke unto God.
Behold, they were in the midst of darkness, their souls were illuminated by the
light of the everlasting word; yea, they were encircled about by the bands of
death, and the chains of hell, and an everlasting destruction did await them.
And now I ask you my brethren, were they destroyed? Behold, I say unto you,
nay, they were not. And again I ask, was the bands of death broken, and the
chains of hell which encircled them about, were they loosed? I say unto you,
yea, they were loosed, and their souls did expand, and they did sing redeeming
love. And I say unto you, that they are saved. And now I ask of you on what
conditions are they saved? Yea, what grounds had they to hope for salvation?
Yea, and also, the chains of hell? Behold, I can tell you: did not my father
Alma believe in the words which was delivered by the mouth of Abinadi? And was
he not a holy prophet? Did he not speak the word of God, and my father Alma
believe them? And according to his faith there was a mighty change wrought in
his heart. Behold I say unto you, that this is all true. --And behold, he
preached the word unto your fathers, and a mighty change was also wrought in
their hearts; and they humbled themselves, and put their trust in the true and
living God. And behold, they were faithful until the end; therefore they were
saved. And now behold, I ask of you, my brethren of the Church, have ye
spiritually been born of God? Have ye received his image in your countenances?
Have ye experienced this mighty change in your hearts? Do ye exercise faith in
the redemption of him who created you? Do you look forward with an eye of
faith, and view this mortal body raised in immortality, and this corruption
raised in incorruption, to stand before God, to be judged according to the
deeds which hath been done in the mortal body? I say unto you, can you imagine
to yourselves that ye hear the voice of the Lord, saying unto you, in that day.
Come unto me ye blessed, for behold, your works have been the works of
righteousness upon the face of the earth? Or do ye imagine to yourselves that
ye can lie unto the Lord in that day, and say, Lord, Our works have been
righteous works upon the face of the earth, and that he will save you? Or
otherwise, can ye imagine yourselves brought before the tribunal of God, with
your souls filled with guilt and remorse; having a remembrance of all your
guilt; yea, a perfect remembrance of all your wickedness; yea, a remembrance
that ye have set at defiance the commandments of God? I say unto you, can ye
look up to God at that day with a pure heart and clean hands? I say unto you,
can you look up, having the image of God engraven upon your countenances? I say
unto you, can ye think of being saved when you have yielded yourselves to
become subjects to the Devil? I say unto you, ye will know at that day, that ye
cannot be saved: for there can no man be saved except his garments are washed
white; yea, his garments must be purified until they are cleansed from all
stain, through the blood of him of whom it hath been spoken by our fathers
which should come to redeem his people from sins. And now I ask of you, my
brethren, how will any of you feel, if ye shall stand before the bar of God,
having your garments stained with blood, and all manner of filthiness? Behold,
what will these things testify against you? Behold, will they not testify that
ye are murderers, yea, and also that ye are guilty of all manner of wickedness?
Behold, my brethren, do ye suppose that such an one can have a place to sit
down in the Kingdom of God, with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob, and also
all the holy prophets, whose garments are cleansed, and are spotless, pure and
white? I say unto you, nay, except ye make our creator a liar from the
beginning, or suppose that he is a liar from the beginning; or also, ye cannot
suppose that such an one can have a place in the kingdom of heaven, but they
shall be cast out, for they are the children of the kingdom of the Devil. And
now behold, I say unto you, my brethren, if ye have experienced a change of
heart, and if ye have felt to sing the song of redeeming love, I would ask, can
ye feel so now? Have ye walked, keeping yourselves blameless before God? Could
ye say, if ye were called to die at this time, within yourselves, that ye have
been sufficiently humble? That your garments have been cleansed and made white,
through the blood of Christ, which will come to redeem his people from their
sins? Behold, are ye stripped of pride? I say unto you, if ye are not, ye are
not prepared to meet God. Behold, ye must prepare quickly, for the Kingdom of
Heaven is soon at hand, and such an one hath not eternal life. Behold, I say,
is there one among you who is not stripped of envy? I say unto you, that such
an one is not prepared, and I would that he should prepare quickly, for the
hour is close at hand, and he knoweth not when the time shall come: for such an
one is not found guiltless. And again I say unto you, is there one among you
that doth make a mock of his brother, or that heapeth upon him persecutions? Wo
unto such an one, for he is not prepared, and the time is at hand that he must
repent, or he cannot be saved; yea, even wo unto all ye workers of iniquity;
repent, repent, for the Lord hath spoken it. Behold, he sendeth an invitation
unto all men; for the arms of mercy is extended toward them, and he saith,
Repent, and I will receive you; yea, he saith, Come unto me and ye shall
partake of the fruit of the tree of life; yea, ye shall eat and drink, of the
bread and the waters of life freely; come unto me and bring forth works of
righteousness, and ye shall not be hewn down and cast into the fire: for
behold, the time is at hand that whosoever bringeth forth not good fruit, or
whosoever doeth not the works of righteousness, the same hath cause to wail and
mourn. O ye workers of iniquity, ye that are puffed up in the vain things of
the world; ye that have professed to have known the ways of righteousness;
nevertheless ye have gone astray, as sheep having no shepherd, notwithstanding
a shepherd hath called after you, and art still calling after you, but ye will
not hearken unto his voice. Behold, I say unto you, that the good shepherd doth
call you; yea, and in his own name he doth call you, which is the name of
Christ; and if ye will not hearken unto the voice of the good shepherd, to the
name by which you are called, behold, ye are not the sheep of the good
shepherd. And now if ye are not the sheep of the good shepherd, of what fold
are you? Behold, I say unto you, that the Devil is your shepherd, and ye are of
his fold; and now who can deny this? Behold, I say unto you, whoever denieth
this, is a liar and a child of the Devil; for I say unto you, that whosoever is
good, cometh from God, and whatsoever is evil, cometh from the Devil;
therefore, if a man bringeth forth good works, he hearkeneth unto the voice of
the good shepherd, and he doth follow him; but whosoever bringeth forth evil
works, the same becometh a child of the Devil: for he hearkeneth unto his
voice, and doth follow him. And whosoever doeth this must receive the wages of
him; therefore, for his wages he receiveth death, as to the things pertaining
unto righteousness, being dead unto all good works. --And now my brethren, I
would that ye should hear me, for I speak in the energy of my soul; for behold,
I have spoken unto you plain, that ye cannot err, or have spoken according to
the commandments of God. For I am called to speak after this manner, according
to the holy order of God, which is in Christ Jesus; yea, I am commanded to
stand and testify unto this people the things which have been spoken by our
fathers, concerning the things which is to come. And this is not all. Do ye
suppose that I know not of these things myself? Behold, I testify unto you,
that I do know that these things whereof I have spoken, are true. And how do ye
suppose that I know of their surety? Behold, I say unto you, they are made
known unto me by the holy spirit of God. Behold, I have fasted and prayed many
days, that I might know these things myself. And now I do know of myself that
they are true; for the Lord God hath made them manifest unto me by his holy
spirit; and this is the spirit of revelation which is in me. And moreover, I
say unto you, that as it has thus been revealed unto me, that the words which
have been spoken by our fathers, are true, even so according to the spirit of
prophecy, which is in me, which is also by the manifestation of the spirit of
God, I say unto you, that I know of myself that whatsoever I shall say unto you
concerning that which is to come, is true; and I say unto you, that I know that
Jesus Christ shall come; yea, the Son of the only begotten of the Father, full
of grace, and mercy, and truth. And behold, it is he that cometh to take away
the sins of the world; yea, the sins of every man which steadfastly believeth
on his name. And now I say unto you, that this is the order after which I am
called; yea, to preach unto my beloved brethren; yea, and every one that
dwelleth in the land; yea, to preach unto all, both old and young, both bond
and free; yea, I say unto you, the aged, and also the middle aged, and the
rising generation; yea, to cry unto them they must repent and be born again;
yea, thus saith the spirit, Repent all ye ends of the earth, for the Kingdom of
Heaven is soon at hand; yea, the Son of God cometh in his glory, in his might,
majesty, power and dominion. Yea, my beloved brethren, I say unto you, that the
spirit saith, Behold, the glory of the King of all the earth; and also the King
of Heaven shall very soon shine forth among all the children of men; and also
the spirit saith unto me, yea, crieth unto me with a mighty voice, saying, Go
forth and say unto this people, repent, for except ye repent ye can in no wise
inherit the Kingdom of Heaven. And again I say unto you, the spirit saith,
Behold, the axe is laid at the root of the tree; therefore every tree that
bringeth not forth good fruit, shall be hewn down and cast into the fire; yea,
a fire which cannot be consumed; even an unquenchable fire. Behold, and
remember, the holy one hath spoken it. And now my beloved brethren, I say unto
you, can ye withstand these sayings; yea, can ye lay aside these things, and
trample the holy one under your feet; yea, can ye be puffed up in the pride of
your hearts; yea, will ye still persist in the wearing of costly apparel, and
setting your hearts upon the vain things of the world, upon your riches; yea,
will ye persist in supposing that ye are better one than another; yea, will ye
persist in the persecutions of your brethren, who humble themselves, and do
walk after the holy order of God, wherewith they have been brought into this
Church, having been sanctified by the holy spirit; and they do bring forth
works which is meet for repentance; yea, and will you persist in turning your
backs upon the poor, and the needy, and in withholding your substance from
them? And finally, all ye that will persist in your wickedness, I say unto you,
that these are they which shall be hewn down and cast into the fire, except they
speedily repent. And now I say unto you, all you that are desirous to follow
the voice of the good shepherd, come ye out from the wicked, and be ye
separate, and touch not their unclean things; and behold, their names shall be
blotted out, that the names of the wicked shall not be numbered among the names
of the righteous, that the sword of God may be fulfilled, which saith, The name
of the wicked shall not be mingled with the names of my people. For the names
of the righteous shall be written in the Book of Life; and unto them will I
grant an inheritance at my right hand. And now my brethren, what have ye to say
against this? I say unto you, if ye speak against it, it matters not, for the
word of God must be fulfilled. For what shepherd is there among you having many
sheep, doth not watch over them, that the wolves enter not and devour his
flock? And behold, if a wolf enter his flock, doth he not drive him out? Yea,
and at the last, if he can he will destroy him. And now I say unto you, that
the good shepherd doth call after you; and if you will hearken unto his voice,
he will bring you into his fold, and ye are his sheep; and he commandeth you
that ye suffer no ravenous wolf to enter among you, that ye may not be
destroyed. And now I, Alma, do command you in the language of him who hath
commanded me, that ye observe to do the words which I have spoken unto you. I
speak by way of command unto you that belong to the church; and unto those
which do not belong to the church, I speak by way of invitation, saying, Come
and be baptized unto repentance, that ye also may be partakers of the fruit of
the tree of life.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma6</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after Alma had
made an end of speaking unto the people of the church, which was established in
the city of Zarahemla, he ordained priests and elder, by laying on his hands
according to the order of God, to preside and watch over the church. And it
came to pass that whomsoever did not belong to the church who repented of their
sins, was baptized unto repentance, and was received into the church. And it
also came to pass that whomsoever did belong to the church, that did not repent
of their wickedness, and humble themselves before God; I mean those which were
lifted up in the pride of their hearts; the same were rejected, and their names
were blotted out, that their names were not numbered among those of the
righteous; and thus began to establish the order of the church in the city of
Zarahemla. Now I would that ye should understand that the word of God was
liberal unto all; that no one was deprived of the privilege of assembling
themselves together to hear the word of God; nevertheless the children of God
were commanded that they should gather themselves together oft and join in
fasting and mighty prayer, in behalf of the welfare of the souls of those who
knew not God. And now it came to pass that when Alma had made those
regulations, he departed from them, yea, from the church which was in the city
of Zarahemla, and went over upon the east of the river Sidon, into the valley
of Gideon, there having been a city built which was called the city of Gideon,
which was in the valley that was called Gideon, being called after the man
which was slain by the hand of Nehor with the sword. And Alma went and began to
declare the word of God unto the church which was established in the valley of
Gideon, according to the revelation of the truth of the word which had been
spoken by his fathers, and according to the spirit of prophecy which was in
him, according to the testimony of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, which should
come for to redeem his people from their sins, and by the holy order by which
he was called. And thus it is written. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma7</bookName>
<text>Behold my beloved brethren, seeing that I have
been permitted to come unto you, therefore I attempt to address you in my
language; yea, by my own mouth, seeing that it is the first time that I have spoken
unto you by the words of my mouth, I having been wholly confined to the
judgment seat, having had much business that I could not have come unto you;
and even I could not have come now at this time, were it not that the judgment
seat hath been given to another, to reign in my stead; and the Lord in much
mercy hath granted that I should come unto you. And behold, I have come, having
great hopes and much desire that I should find that ye had humbled yourselves
before God, and that ye have continued in the supplicating of his grace, that I
should find that ye were blameless before him; that I should find that ye were
not in the awful dilemma that our brethren were in at Zarahemla; but blessed be
the name of God that he hath given me to know, yea, hath given unto me the
exceeding great joy of knowing that they are established again in the way of
his righteousness. And I trust according to the spirit of God which is in me,
that I shall also have joy over you; nevertheless I do not desire that my joy
over you, should come by the cause of so much afflictions and sorrow which I
have had for the brethren at Zarahemla: for behold, my joy cometh over them
after wading through much afflictions and sorrow. But behold, I trust that ye
are not in a state of so much unbelief as were your brethren; I trust that ye
are not lifted up in the pride of your hearts; yea, I trust that ye have not
set your hearts upon riches, and the vain things of the world; yea, I trust
that you do not worship idols, but that ye do worship the true and the living
God, and that ye look forward for the remission of your sins with an
everlasting faith which is to come. For behold, I say unto you, there be many
things to come; and behold, there is one thing which is of more importance than
they all: for behold, the time is not far distant, that the Redeemer liveth and
cometh among his people. Behold, I do not say that he will come among us at the
time of his dwelling in his mortal tabernacle; for behold, the spirit hath not
said unto me that this should be the case. Now as to this thing I do not know,
but this much I do know, that the Lord God hath the power to do all things
which is according to his word. But behold, the spirit hath said this much unto
me, saying: Cry unto this people, saying, Repent ye, and prepare the way of the
Lord, and walk in his paths, which are straight: for behold, the Kingdom of
Heaven is at hand, and the Son of God cometh upon the face of the earth. And
behold, he shall be born of Mary, at Jerusalem, which is the land of our
forefathers, she being a Virgin, a precious and chosen vessel, who shall be
overshadowed, and conceive by the power of the Holy Ghost, and bring forth a
son, yea, even the Son of God; and he shall go forth, suffering pains, and
afflictions, and temptations of every kind; and this that the word might be
fulfilled which saith, He will take upon him the pains and the sickness of his
people; and he will take upon him death, that he may loose the bands of death
which binds his people; and he will take upon him their infirmities, that his
bowels may be filled with mercy, according to the flesh, that he may know
according to the flesh how to suffer his people according to their infirmities.
Now the spirit knoweth all things; nevertheless the Son of God suffereth according
to the flesh, that he might take upon him the sins of his people, that he might
blot out their transgressions, according to the power of his deliverance; and
now behold, this is the testimony which is in me. Now I say unto you, that ye
must repent, and be born again: for the spirit saith, If ye are not born again,
ye cannot inherit the Kingdom of Heaven; therefore come and be baptized unto
repentance, that ye may be washed from your sins, that ye may have faith on the
Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world, which is mighty to save
and to cleanse from all unrighteousness; yea, I say unto you, Come and fear
not, and lay aside every sin, which easily doth beset you, which doth bind you
down to destruction; yea, come and go forth, and shew unto your God that ye are
willing to repent of your sins, and enter into a covenant with him to keep his
commandments, and witness it unto him this day, by going into the waters of
baptism; and whosoever doeth this, and keepeth the commandments of God from
thenceforth, the same will remember that I say unto him, yea, he will remember
that I have said unto him, he shall have eternal life, according to the
testimony of the Holy Spirit, which testifieth in me. And now my beloved
brethren, do you believe these things? Behold, I say unto you, yea, I know that
you believe them; and the way that I know that ye believe them, is by the
manifestation of the spirit which is in me. And now because your faith is
strong concerning that, yea, concerning the things which I have spoken, great
is my joy. For as I said unto you from the beginning, that I had much desire
that ye was not in the state of dilemma like your brethren, even so I have
found that my desires have been gratified. For I perceive that ye are in the
paths of righteousness; I perceive that ye are in the path which leads to the
kingdom of God; yea, I perceive that ye are making his paths straight; I
perceive that it hath been made known unto you by the testimony of his word,
that he cannot walk in crooked paths; neither doth he vary from that which he
hath said; neither hath he a shadow of turning from the right to the left, or
from that which is right to that which is wrong; therefore, his course is one
eternal round. And he doth not dwell in unholy temples; neither can filthiness,
or any thing which is unclean be received into the kingdom of God; therefore I
say unto you, the time shall come, yea, and it shall be at the last day, that
he which is filthy, shall remain in his filthiness. And now my beloved brethren,
I have said these things unto you, that I might awaken you to a sense of your
duty to God, that ye may walk blameless before him; that ye may walk after the
holy order of God, after which ye have been received. And now I would that ye
should be humble, and be submissive, and gentle; easy to be entreated; full of
patience and long suffering; being temperate in all things; being diligent in
keeping the commandments of God at all times; asking for whatsoever things ye
stand in need, both spiritual and temporal; always returning thanks unto God
for whatsoever things ye do receive, and see that ye have faith, hope, and
charity, and then ye will always abound in good works; and may the Lord bless
you, and keep your garments spotless, that ye may at last be brought to sit
down with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the Holy Prophets, which have been ever
since the world began, having your garments spotless, even as their garments
are spotless in the kingdom of Heaven, to go no more out. And now my beloved
brethren, I have spoken these words unto you, according to the spirit which
testifieth in me; and my soul doth exceedingly rejoice, because of the
exceeding diligence and heed which ye have given unto your word. And now, may
the peace of God rest upon you, and upon your houses and land, and upon your
flocks and herds, and all that you possess; your women and your children,
according to your faith and good works, for this time forth and forever. And
thus I have spoken. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma8</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Alma returned
from the land of Gideon, after having taught the people of Gideon many things
which cannot be written, having established the order of the church, according
as he had before done in the land of Zarahemla; yea, he returned to his own
house at Zarahemla, to rest himself from the labors which he had performed. And
thus ended the ninth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi.
And it came to pass in the commencement of the tenth year of the reign of the Judges
over the people of Nephi, that Alma departed from thence, and took his journey
over into the land of Melek, on the west of the river Sidon, on the west, by
the borders of the wilderness; And he began to teach the people in the land of
Melek, according to the holy order of God by which he had been called; and he
began to teach the people throughout all the land of Melek. And it came to pass
that the people came to him throughout all the borders of the land which was by
the wilderness side. And it came to pass that they were baptized throughout all
the land, so that when he had finished his work at Melek, he departed thence,
and travelled three days' journey on the north of the land of Melek; and he
came to a city which was called Ammonihah. Now it was the custom of the people
of Nephi, to call their lands, and their cities, and their villages, yea, even
all their small villages, after the name of him, who first possessed them; and
thus it was with the land of Ammonihah. And it came to pass that when Alma came
to the city of Ammonihah, he began to preach the word of God unto them. Now
Satan had gotten great hold upon the hearts of the people of the city of
Ammonihah; therefore they would not hearken unto the words of Alma.
Nevertheless Alma labored much in the spirit, wrestling with God in mighty
prayer, that he would pour out his spirit upon the people which was in the
city; that he would also grant that he might baptize them unto repentance;
nevertheless, they hardened their hearts, saying unto him, Behold, we know that
thou art Alma; and we know that thou art High Priest over the church which thou
hast established in many parts of the land, according to your tradition; and we
are not of the church, and we do not believe in such foolish traditions. And
now we know that because we are not of thy church, we know that thou hast no
power over us; and thou hast delivered up the judgment seat unto Nephihah;
therefore thou art not the Chief Judge over us. Now when the people had said
this, and had withstood all his words, and reviled him, and spit upon him, and
caused that he should be cast out of their city, he departed thence and took
his journey towards the city which was called Aaron. And it came to pass that
while he was journeying thither, being weighed down with sorrow, wading through
much tribulation and anguish of souls, because of the wickedness of the people
which was in the city of Ammonihah. And it came to pass that while Alma was
weighed down with sorrow, behold, and angel of the Lord appeared unto him saying,
Blessed art thou, Alma; therefore lift up thy head and rejoice, for thou hast
great cause to rejoice; for thou hast been faithful in keeping the commandments
of God from the time which thou received thy first message from him. Behold, I
am he that delivered it into you; and behold, I am sent to command thee that
thou return to the city of Ammonihah, and preach again unto the people of the
city; yea, preach unto them. --Yea, say unto them, except they repent, the Lord
God will destroy them. For behold, they do study at this time that they may
destroy the liberty of thy people, (for thus saith the Lord,) which is contrary
to the statutes, and judgments, and commandments which he hath given unto his
people. Now it came to pass that after Alma had received his message from the
angel of the Lord, he returned speedily to the land of Ammonihah. And it came
to pass that he entered the city by another way, yea, by the way which was on
the south of the city of Ammonihah. And it came to pass that as he entered the
city, he was an hungered, and he saith to a man, Will ye give to an humble
servant of God something to eat? And the man saith unto him, I am a Nephite,
and I know that thou art a Holy Prophet of God, for thou art the man which an
angel saith in a vision, Thou shalt receive; therefore go with me into my
house, and I will impart unto thee of my food; and I know that thou will be a
blessing unto me and my house. And it came to pass that the man received him
into his house; and the man was called Amulek; and he brought forth bread and
meat, and sat before Alma. And it came to pass that Alma ate bread and was
filled; and he blessed Amulek and his house, and he gave thanks unto God. And
after he had eat and was filled, he said unto Amulek, I am Alma, and am the High
Priest over the church of God throughout the land. And behold, I have been
called to preach the word of God among all this people, according to the spirit
of revelation and prophecy; and I was in this land, and they would not receive
me, but they cast me out, and I was about to set my back towards this land
forever. But behold, I have been commanded that I should turn again and
prophesy unto this people, yea, and to testify against them concerning their
iniquities. And now Amulek, because thou hast fed me and took me in, thou art
blessed: for I was an hungered, for I had fasted many days. And it came to pass
that Alma tarried many days with Amulek, before he began to preach unto the
people. And it came to pass that the people did wax more gross in their
iniquities. And the word came to Alma, saying, Go; and also say unto my servant
Amulek, Go forth and prophesy unto this people, saying: Repent ye, for thus
saith the Lord: Except ye repent, I will visit this people in mine anger; yea,
and I will not turn my fierce anger away. And it came to pass that Alma went
forth, and also Amulek, among the people, to declare the words of God unto
them; and they were filled with the Holy Ghost; and they had power given unto
them, insomuch that they could not be confined in dungeons; neither were it
possible that any man could slay them; nevertheless they did not exercise their
power until they were bound in bands and cast into prison. Now this was done
that the Lord might show forth his power in them. And it came to pass that they
went forth and began to preach and to prophesy unto the people, according to
the spirit and power which the Lord had given them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma9</bookName>
<text>And again: I Alma, having been commanded of
God that I should take Amulek and go forth and preach again unto this people,
or the people which was in the city of Ammonihah. --And it came to pass as I
began to preach unto them, they began to contend with me, saying: Who art thou?
Suppose ye that we shall believe the testimony of one man, although he should
preach unto us that the earth should pass away? Now they understood not the
words which they spake, for they knew not that the earth should pass away. And
they sayeth also, We will not believe thy words, if thou shouldst prophesy that
this great city should be destroyed in one day. Now they knew not that God
could do such marvellous works, for they were a hard hearted and a stiffnecked
people. And they sayeth, Who is God, that sendeth no more authority than one
man among this people, to declare unto them the truth of such great and
marvellous things? And they stood forth to lay their hands on me; behold, they
did not. And I stood with boldness to declare unto them, yea, I did boldly
testify unto them, saying: Behold, O ye wicked and perverse generation, how
have ye forgotten the tradition of your fathers; yea, how soon ye have
forgotten the commandments of God. Do ye not remember that our father Lehi was
brought out of Jerusalem by the hand of God? Do ye not remember that they were
all led by him through the wilderness? And have ye forgotten so soon how many
times he delivered our fathers out of the hands of their enemies, and preserved
them from being destroyed, even by the hands of their own brethren? Yea, and if
it had not been for his matchless power, and his mercy, and his long suffering
towards us, we should unavoidably have been cut off from the face of the earth,
long before this period of time, and perhaps been consigned to a state of
endless misery and wo. Behold, now I say unto you, that he commandeth you to
repent; and except ye repent, ye can in no wise inherit the kingdom of God. But
behold, this is not all: he hath commanded you to repent, or he will utterly
destroy you from off the face of the earth; yea, he will visit you in his
anger, and in his fierce anger he will not turn away. Behold, do ye not
remember the words which he spake unto Lehi, saying, That inasmuch as ye shall
keep my commandments, ye shall prosper in the land? And again it is said, That
inasmuch as ye will not keep my commandments, ye shall be cut off from the
presence of the Lord. Now I would that ye should remember, that inasmuch as the
Lamanites have not kept the commandments of God, they have been cut off from
the presence of the Lord. Now we see that the word of the Lord hath been
verified in this thing, and the Lamanites have been cut off from his presence,
from the beginning of their transgressions in the land. Nevertheless I say unto
you, that it shall be more tolerable for them in the day of judgment, than for
you, if ye remain in your sins; yea, and even more tolerable for them in this
life, than for you, except ye repent, for there are many promises which is
extended to the Lamanites: for it is because of the traditions of their fathers
that causeth them to remain in their state of ignorance; therefore the Lord
will be merciful unto them, and prolong their existence in the land. And at
some period of time they will be brought to believe in his word, and to know of
the incorrectness of the traditions of their fathers; and many of them will be
saved, for the Lord will be merciful unto all who call on his name. But behold,
I say unto you, that if ye persist in your wickedness, that your days shall not
be prolonged in the land, for the Lamanites shall be sent upon you; and if ye
repent not, they shall come in a time when you know not, and ye shall be
visited with utter destruction; and it shall be according to the fierce anger
of the Lord; for he will not suffer you that ye shall live in you iniquities,
to destroy his people. I say unto you, Nay; he would rather suffer that the
Lamanites might destroy all this people which is called the people of Nephi, if
it were possible that they could fall into sins and transgressions, after
having so much light and so much knowledge given unto them of the Lord their
God; yea, after having been such a highly favored people of the Lord; yea,
after having been favored above every other nation, kindred, tongue, or people;
after having had all things made known unto them, according to their desires,
and their faith, and prayers, of that which has been, and which is, and which
is to come; having been visited by the spirit of God; having conversed with angels,
and having been spoken unto by the voice of the Lord; and having the spirit of
prophecy, and the spirit of revelation, and also many gifts: the gift of
speaking with tongues, and the gift of preaching, and the gift of the Holy
Ghost, and the gift of translation; yea, and after having been delivered of God
out of the land of Jerusalem, by the hand of the Lord; having been saved from
famine, and from sickness, and all manner of diseases of every kind; and they
having been waxed strong in battle, that they might not be destroyed; having
been brought out of bondage time after time, and having been kept and preserved
until now; and they have been prospered until they are rich in all manner of
things. And now behold I say unto you, that if this people, who have received
so many blessings from the hand of the Lord, should transgress, contrary to the
light and knowledge which they do have; I say unto you, that if this be the
case; that if they should fall into transgression, that it would be far more
tolerable for the Lamanites than for them. For behold, the promises of the
Lord, are extended to the Lamanites, but they are not unto you, if ye
transgress: for hath not the Lord expressly promised and firmly decreed, that
if ye will rebel against him, that ye shall utterly be destroyed from off the
face of the earth? And now for this cause, that ye may not be destroyed, the
Lord hath sent his angel to visit many of his people, declaring unto them that
they must go forth and cry mightily unto this people, saying, Repent ye, for
the kingdom of Heaven is nigh at hand; and not many days hence, the Son of God
shall come in his glory; and his glory shall be the glory of the only begotten
of the Father, full of grace, equity and truth, full of patience, mercy, and
long suffering, quick to hear the cries of his people, and to answer their
prayers. And behold, he cometh to redeem those who will be baptized unto
repentance, through faith on his name; therefore prepare ye the way of the
Lord, for the time is at hand that every man shall reap a reward of their
works, according to that which they have been: if they have been righteous,
they shall reap the salvation of their souls, according to the power and
deliverance of Jesus Christ; and if they have been evil, they shall reap the
damnation of their souls, according to the power and captivation of the Devil.
--Now behold, this is the voice of the angel, crying unto the people. And now
my beloved brethren, for ye are my brethren, and ye had ought to be loved, and
ye had ought to bring forth works which is mete for repentance, seeing that
your hearts have been grossly hardened against the word of God, and seeing that
ye are a lost and fallen people. Now it came to pass that when I, Alma, had
spoken these words, behold, the people were wroth with me, because I said unto
them that they were a hardhearted and a stiffnecked people; and also because I
had said unto them that they were a lost and a fallen people, they were angry
with me, and sought to lay their hands upon me, that they might cast me into
prison; but it came to pass that the Lord did not suffer them that they should
take me at a time and cast me into prison. And it came to pass that Amulek went
and stood forth, and began to preach unto them also. And now the words of Amulek
are not all written; nevertheless a part of his words are written in this book.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma10</bookName>
<text>Now these are the words that Amulek preached
unto the people which was in the land of Ammonihah, saying: I am Amulek; I am
the son of Giddonah, who was the son of Ishmael, who was a descendant of
Aminadi: and it was that same Aminadi which interpreted the writing which was
upon the wall of the temple, which was written by the finger of God. --And
Aminadi was a descendant of Nephi, who was the son of Lehi, who came out of the
land of Jerusalem, who was a descendant of Manasseh, who was the son of Joseph,
which was sold into Egypt by the hands of his brethren. And behold, I am also a
man of no small reputation among all those who know me; yea, and behold, I have
many kindred and friends, and I have also acquired much riches by the hand of
my industry; nevertheless, after all this, I never have known much of the ways
of the Lord, and his mysteries and marvellous power. I said I never had known
much of these things; but behold, I mistake, for I have seen much of his
mysteries and his marvellous power; yea, even in the preservation of the lives
of this people; nevertheless, I did harden my heart, for I was called many
times, and I would not hear; therefore I knew concerning these things, yet I
would not know; therefore I went on unbelieving against God, in the wickedness
of my heart, even until the fourth day of this seventh month, which is in the
tenth year of the reign of our Judges. As I was a journeying to see a very near
kindred, behold an angel of the Lord appeared unto me, and said, Amulek, return
to thine own house, for thou shalt feed a prophet of the Lord; yea, a holy man
, which art a chosen man of God; for he hath fasteth many days because of the
sins of this people, and he is an hungered, and thou shalt receive him into thy
house and feed him, and he shall bless thee and thy house; and the blessing of
the Lord shall rest upon thee and thy house. And it came to pass that I obeyed
the voice of the angel, and returned towards my house. And as I was a going
thither, I found the man which the angel said unto me, Thou shalt receive into
thy house; and behold it was this same man which hath been speaking unto you
concerning the things of God. --And the angel said unto me, He is a holy man;
wherefore I know he is a holy man, because it was said by an angel of God. And
again: I know that the things whereof he hath testified are true; for behold, I
say unto you, that as the Lord liveth, even so he hath sent his angel to make
these things manifest unto me; and this he hath done while this Alma hath dwelt
at my house; for behold, he hath blessed mine home, he hath blessed me, and my
woman, and my children, and my father, and my kinsfolks; yea, even all my
kindred hath he blessed, and the blessings of the Lord hath rested upon us according
to the words which he spake. And now when Amulek had spoken these words, the
people began to be astonished, seeing there was more than one witness which
testifieth of the things whereof they were accused, and also of the things
which was to come, according to the spirit of prophecy which was in them;
nevertheless, there were some among them which thought to question them, that
by their cunning devices they might catch them in their words, that they might
find witness against them, that they might deliver them to the Judges, that
they might be judged according to the law, and that they might be slain or cast
into prison, according to the crime which they could make appear, or witness
against them. Now it was those men which sought to destroy them, which were
Lawyers, which were hired or appointed by the people to administer the law at
their times of trials, or at trials of the crimes of the people, before the
Judges. Now these Lawyers were learned in all the arts and cunning of the
people; and this was to enable them that they might be skilful in their
profession. And it came to pass that they began to question Amulek, that
thereby they might make him cross his words, or contradict the words which he
should speak. Now they knew not that Amulek could know of their designs. But it
came to pass as they began to question him, he perceived their thoughts, and he
saith unto them, O ye wicked and perverse generation; ye Lawyers and
hypocrites; for ye are laying the foundation of the Devil; for ye are laying
traps and snares to catch the holy ones of God; ye are laying plans to pervert
the ways of the righteous, and to bring down the wrath of God upon your heads,
even to the utter destruction of this people; yea, well did Mosiah say, who was
our last king, when he was about to deliver up the kingdom, having no one to
confer it upon, causing that this people should be governed by their own
voices; yea, well did he say, that if the time should come that the voice of
this people should choose iniquity; that is, if the time should come that this
people should fall into transgression, they would be ripe for destruction. And
now I say unto you, that well doth the Lord judge your iniquities; well doth he
cry unto this people, by the voice of his angels, Repent ye, repent, for the
Kingdom of Heaven is at hand. Yea, well doth he cry, by the voice of his
angels, that I will come down among my people with equity and justice in my
hands. Yea, and I say unto you, that if it were not for the prayers of the
righteous, which are now in the land, that ye would even now be visited with
utter destruction; yet it would not be by flood, as were the people in the days
of Noah, but it would be by famine, and by pestilence, and the sword. Now it is
by the prayers of the righteous that ye are spared; now therefore if ye will
cast out the righteous from among you, then will not the Lord stay his hand,
but in his fierce anger he will come down against you; then ye shall be smitten
by famine, and by pestilence, and by the sword; and the time is soon at hand,
except ye repent. And now it came to pass that the people were more angry with
Amulek, and they cried out saying: This man doth revile against our laws, which
are just, and our wise Lawyers, which we have selected. But Amulek stretched
forth his hand, and cried the mightier unto them, saying: O ye wicked and
perverse generation; why hath Satan got such great hold upon your hearts? Why
will ye yield yourselves unto him, that he may have power over you, to blind
your eyes, that ye will not understand the words which are spoken, according to
their truth? For behold, have I testified against your law? Ye do not
understand; ye say that I have spoken against your law; but have I not; but I
have spoken in favor of your law, to your condemnation. And now behold, I say
unto you, that the foundation of the destruction of this people is a beginning
to be laid by the unrighteousness of your lawyers and your Judges. And now it
came to pass that when Amulek had spoken these words, the people cried out
against him, saying, Now we know that this man is a child of the Devil, for he
hath lied unto us; for he hath spoken against our law. And now he saith that he
hath not spoken against it. And again: he hath reviled against our Lawyers, and
our Judges, &c. And it came to pass that the Lawyers put it into their
hearts that they should remember these things against him. And it came to pass
that there was one among them whose name was Zeezrom. Now he being the foremost
to accuse Amulek and Alma, he being one of the most expert among them, having
much business to do among the people. Now the object of these Lawyers were to
get gain; and they got gain according to their employ.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma11</bookName>
<text>Now it was in the law of Mosiah that every man
which was a Judge of the law, or which was appointed to be Judges, should
receive wages according to the time which they labored to judge those which
were brought before them to be judged. Now if a man oweth another, and he would
not pay that which he owe, he was complained of to the Judge; and the Judge
executed authority, and sent forth officers that the man should be brought
before him; and he judgeth the man according to the law and the evidence which
are brought against him; and thus the man was compelled to pay that which he
oweth, or be striped, or be cast out from among the people, as a thief and a
robber. And the Judge receiveth for his wages according to his time: a senine
of gold for a day, or a senum of silver, which is equal to a senine of gold;
and this is according to the law which was given. Now these are the names of
the different pieces of their gold, and of their silver, according to their
value. And the names are given by the Nephites; for they did not reckon after
the manner of the Jews which were at Jerusalem; neither did they measure after
the manner of the Jews, but they altered their reckoning and their measure,
according to the minds of the circumstances of the people, in every generation,
until the reign of the Judges; they having been established by king Mosiah. Now
the reckoning is thus: A senine of gold, a seon of gold, a shum of gold, and a
limnah of gold. A senum of silver, an amnor of silver, an ezrom of silver, and
an onti of silver. A senum of silver was equal to a senine of gold; and either
for a measure of barley, and also for a measure of every kind of grain. Now the
amount of a seon of gold, was twice the value of a senine; and a shum of gold
was twice the value of a seon; and a limnah of gold was the value of them all;
and an amner of silver was as great as two senums; and an ezrom of silver was
as great as four senums; and an onti was as great as them all. Now this is the
value of the lesser numbers of their reckoning: A shiblon is half of a senum:
therefore a shiblon for half a measure of barley; and a shiblum is a half of
shiblon; and a leah is the half of a shiblum. Now this is their number,
according to their reckoning. Now an antion of gold is equal to three shublons.
Now it was for the sole purpose for to get gain, because they received wages
according to their employ; therefore they did stir up the people to riotings,
and all manner of disturbances and wickedness , that they might have more
employ; that they might get money according to the suits which was brought
before them; therefore they did stir up the people against Alma and Amulek. And
this Zeezrom began to question Amulek, saying: Will ye answer me a few
questions which I shall ask you? Now Zeezrom was a man which was expert in the
devises of the Devil, that he might destroy that which was good; therefore he
saith unto Amulek, Will ye aaswer the questions which I shall put unto you? And
Amulek saith unto him, Yea, if it be according to the spirit of the Lord, which
is in me; for I shall say nothing contrary to the spirit of the Lord. And
Zeezrom saith unto him, Behold, here is six onties of silver, and all these
will I give to thee if thou wilt deny the existence of a Supreme Being. Now
Amulek saith, O thou child of Hell, why tempt ye me? Knowest thou that the
righteous yieldeth to no such temptations? Believest thou that there is no God?
I say unto you, nay: thou knowest that there is a God, but thou lovest that
lucre more than him. And now thou hast lied unto God before me. Thou saidst
unto me, Behold these six onties, which are of great worth, I will give unto
thee, when thou had it in thy heart to retain them from me; and it was only thy
desire that I should deny the true and living God, that thou mightest have
cause to destroy me. And now behold, for this great evil thou shalt have thy
reward. And Zeezrom saith unto him, Thou sayest there is a true and living God?
And Amulek saith, Yea, there is a true and living God. Now Zeezrom saith, Is
there more than one God? And he answered No. Now Zeezrom saith unto him again:
How knowest thou these things? And he saith An angel hath made them known unto
me. And Zeezrom saith again: Who is he that shall come? Is it the Son of God?
And he said unto him, Yea. And Zeezrom saith again: Shall he save his people in
their sins? And Amulek answered and said unto him, I say unto you he shall not,
for it is impossible for him to deny his word. Now Zeezrom saith unto the
people, See that ye remember these things; for he saith there is but one God;
yet he saith that the Son of God shall come, but he shall not save his people,
as though he had authority to command God. Now Amulek saith again unto him,
Behold thou hast lied, for thou sayest that I spake as though I had authority
to command God, because I said he shall not save his people in their sins. And
I say unto you again, that he cannot save them in their sins; for I cannot deny
his word, and he hath said that no unclean thing can inherit the Kingdom of
Heaven? --Therefore ye cannot be saved in your sins. Now Zeezrom saith again
unto him: Is the Son of God the very Eternal Father? And Amulek saith unto him,
Yea, he is the very Eternal Father of Heaven and of Earth, and all things which
in them is; he is the beginning and the end, the first and the last; and he
shall come into the world to redeem his people; and he shall take upon him the
transgressions of those who believe on his name; and these are they that shall
have eternal life, and salvation cometh to none else; therefore the wicked remain
as though there had been no redemption made, except it be the loosing of the
bands of death; for behold, the day cometh that all shall rise from the dead
and stand before God, and be judged according to their works. Now there is a
death which is called a temporal death; and the death of Christ shall loose the
bands of this temporal death, that all shall be raised from this temporal
death; the spirit and the body shall be re- united again, in its perfect form;
both limb and joint shall be restored to its proper frame, even as we now are
at this time; and we shall be brought to stand before God, knowing even as we
know now, and have a bright recollection of all our guilt. Now this restoration
shall come to all, both old and young, both bond and free, both male and
female, both the wicked, and the righteous; and even there shall not so much as
a hair of their heads be lost; but all things shall be restored to its perfect
frame, as it is now, or in the body, and shall be brought and be arraigned
before the bar of Christ the Son of God, the Father, and the Holy Spirit, which
is the Son, and God the Father, and the Holy Spirit, which is one Eternal God,
to be judged according to their works, whether they be good or whether they be
evil. Now behold I have spoken unto you, concerning the death of the mortal
body, and also concerning the resurrection of the mortal body. I say unto you,
that this mortal body is raised to an immortal body; that is from death; even
from the first death, unto life, that they can die no more; their spirits
uniting with their bodies, never to be divided; thus the whole becoming
spiritual and immortal, that they can no more see corruption. Now when Amulek
had finished these words, the people began to be astonished, and also Zeezrom
began to tremble. And thus ended the words of Amulek, or this is all that I
have written.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma12</bookName>
<text>Now Alma, seeing that the words of Amulek had
silenced Zeezrom, for he beheld that Amulek had caught him in his lying and
deceiving, to destroy him, and seeing that he began to tremble under the
consciousness of his guilt, he opened his mouth and began to speak unto him,
and to establish the words of Amulek, and to explain things beyond, or to
unfold the Scriptures beyond that which Amulek had done. Now the words that
Alma spake unto Zeezrom, was heard by the people round about: for the multitude
was great, and he spake on this wise: Now Zeezrom, seeing that thou hast been
taken in thy lying and craftiness, for thou hast not lied unto men only, but
thou hast lied unto God. For behold, he knows all thy thoughts; and thou seest
that thy thoughts are made known unto us by his spirit; and thou seest that we
know that thy plan was a very subtle plan, as to the subtlety of the Devil, for
to lie and to deceive this people, that thou mightest set them against us, to
revile us and to cast us out. Now this was a plan of thine adversary, and he
hath exercised his power in thee. Now I would that ye should remember that what
I say unto thee, I say unto all. And behold, I say unto you all, that this was
a snare of the adversary, which he hath laid to catch this people, that he
might bring you into subjection unto him, that he might encircle you about with
his chains, that he might chain you down to everlasting destruction, according
to the power of his captivity. Now when Alma had spoken these words, Zeezrom
began to tremble more exceedingly, for he was convinced more and more of the
power of God; and he was also convinced that Alma and Amulek had a knowledge of
him, for he was convinced that they knew the thoughts and intents of his heart:
for power was given unto them that they might know of these things, according
to the spirit of prophecy. And Zeezrom began to inquire of them diligently,
that he might know more concerning the kingdom of God. And he saith unto Alma,
What does this mean which Amulek hath spoken concerning the resurrection of the
dead, that all shall rise from the dead, both the just and the unjust, and are
brought to stand before God, to be judged according to their works? And now
Alma began to expound these things unto him, saying, It is given unto many to
know the mysteries of God; nevertheless they are laid under a strict command,
that they shall not impart only according to the portion of his word, which he
doth grant unto the children of men, according to the heed and diligence which
they give unto him; and therefore he that will harden his heart, the same
receiveth the lesser portion of the word; and he that will not harden his
heart, to him is given the greater portion of the word, until it is given unto
him to know the mysteries of God, until they know them in full; and he that
will harden his heart, to him is given the lesser portion of the word, until
they know nothing concerning his mysteries; and then they are taken captive by
the Devil, and led by his will down to destruction. Now this is what is meant
by the chains of Hell; and Amulek hath spoken plainly concerning death, and
being raised from this mortality to a state of immortality, and being brought
before the bar of God, to be judged according to our works. Then if our hearts
have been hardened, yea, if we have hardened our hearts against the word,
insomuch that it hath not been found in us, then will our state be awful, for
then we shall be condemned: for our words will condemn us, yea, all our work
will condemn us; we shall not be found spotless; and our thoughts will also
condemn us; and in this awful state, we shall not durst look up to our God; and
we would fain be glad if we could command the rocks and the mountains to fall
upon us, to hide us from his presence. But this cannot be; we must come forth
and stand before him in his glory, and in his power, and in his might, majesty,
and dominion, and acknowledge to the everlasting shame, that all his judgments
are just; that he is just in all his works, and that he is merciful unto the
children of men, and that he hath all power to save every man that believeth on
his name, and bringeth forth mete for repentance. And now behold I say unto
you, then cometh a death, even a second death, which is a spiritual death; then
is a time whosoever dieth in his sins, as to the temporal death, shall also die
a spiritual death; yea, he shall die as to things pertaining unto
righteousness; then is the time when their torments shall be as a lake of fire
and brimstone, whose flames ascendeth up forever and ever; and then is the time
that they shall be chained down to an everlasting destruction, according to the
power and captivity of Satan; he having subjected them according to his will.
Then I say unto you, they shall be as though there had been no redemption made;
for they cannot be redeemed according to God's justice; and they cannot die,
seeing there is no more corruption. Now it came to pass that when Alma had made
an end of speaking these words, the people began to be more astonished; but
there was one Antionah, who was a chief ruler among them, come forth and said
unto him, What is this that thou hast said, that man should rise from the dead
and be changed from this mortal to an immortal state, that the soul can never
die? What does this Scripture mean, which saith that God placed Cherubims and a
flaming sword on the east of the garden of Eden, lest our first parents should
enter and partake of the fruit of the tree of life, and live forever? And thus
we see that there was no possible chance that they should live forever. Now
Alma saith unto him, This is the thing which I was about to explain. Now we see
that Adam did fall by partaking of the forbidden fruit, according to the word
of God; and thus we see that by his fall, that all mankind became a lost and a
fallen people. And now behold, I say unto you, that if it had been possible for
Adam for to have partaken of the fruit of the tree of life at that time, that
there would have been no death, and the word would have been void, making God a
liar: for he said, If thou eat, thou shalt surely die. --And we see that death
comes upon mankind, yea, the death which has been spoken of by Amulek, which is
the temporal death; nevertheless there was a space granted unto man, in which
he might repent; therefore this life became a probationary state; a time to
prepare to meet God; a time to prepare for that endless state, which has been
spoken of by us, which is after the resurrection of the dead. Now if it had not
been for the plan of redemption, which was laid from the foundation of the
world, there could have been no resurrection of the dead; but there was a plan
of redemption laid, which shall bring to pass the resurrection of the dead, of
which has been spoken. And now behold, if it were possible that our first
parents could have went forth and partaken of the tree of life, they would have
been forever miserable, having no preparatory state; and thus the plan of
redemption would have been frustrated, and the word of God would have been void,
taking none effect. But behold, it was not so; but it was appointed unto man
that they must die; and after death, they must come to judgment; even that same
judgment of which we have spoken, which is the end. And after God had appointed
that these things should come unto man, behold, then he saw that it was
expedient that man should know concerning the things whereof he had appointed
unto them; therefore he sent angels to converse with them, which caused men to
behold of his glory. And they began from the time forth to call on his name;
therefore God conversed with men, and made known unto them the plan of
redemption, which had been prepared from the foundation of the world; and this
he made known unto them, according to their faith and repentance, and their
holy works; wherefore he gave commandments unto men, they having first
transgressed the first commandments as to things which were temporal, and
becoming as Gods, knowing good from evil, placing themselves in a state to act,
or being placed in a state to act, according to their wills and pleasures,
whether to do evil or to do good; therefore God gave unto them commandments,
after having made known unto them the plan of redemption, that they should not
do evil, the penalty thereof being a second death, which was an everlasting
death as to things pertaining unto righteousness; for on such the plan of
redemption could have no power, for the works of justice could not be
destroyed, according to the Supreme goodness of God. But God did call on men,
in the name of his Son, (this being the plan of redemption which was laid,)
saying: if ye will repent, and harden not your hearts, then I will have mercy
upon you, through mine only begotten Son; therefore, whosoever repenteth, and
hardeneth not his heart, he shall have claim on mercy through mine only
begotten Son, unto a remission of their sins; and these shall enter into my
rest. And whosoever will harden his heart, and will do iniquity, behold, I
swear in my wrath that they shall not enter into my rest. And now my brethren,
behold I say unto you, That if ye will harden your hearts, ye shall not enter
into the rest of the Lord; therefore your iniquity provoketh him, that he
sendeth down his wrath upon you as in the first provocation, yea, according to
this word in the last provocation, as well as in the first, to the everlasting
destruction of your souls; therefore, according to his word, unto the last
death, as well as the first. And now my brethren, seeing we know these things,
and they are true, let us repent, and harden not our hearts, that we provoke
not the Lord our God to pull down his wrath upon us in these his second
commandments which he hath given unto us; but let us enter into the rest of
God, which is prepared according to his word.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma13</bookName>
<text>And again: My brethren, I would cite your
minds forward to the time which the Lord God gave these commandments unto his
children; and I would that ye should remember that the Lord God ordained
Priests, after his holy order, which was after the order of his Son, to teach
these things unto the people; and those Priests were ordained after the order
of his Son, in a manner that thereby the people might know in what manner to
look forward to his Son for redemption. And this is the manner after which they
were ordained, being called and prepared from the foundation of the world,
according to the foreknowledge of God, on account of their exceeding faith and
good works; in the first place being left to choose good or evil; therefore
they being chosen good, and exercising exceeding great faith, are called with a
holy calling, yea, with that holy calling which was prepared with and according
to, a preparatory redemption for such; and thus they having been called to this
holy calling on account of their faith, while others would reject the spirit of
God on account of the hardness of their hearts and blindness of their minds,
while, if it had not been for this, they might had as great privilege as their
brethren. Or in fine: In the first place they were on the same standing with
their brethren; thus this holy calling being prepared from the foundation of
the world for such as would not harden their hearts, being in and through the
atonement of the only begotten Son, which was prepared; and thus being called
by this holy calling, and ordained unto the High Priesthood of the holy order
of God, to teach us his commandments unto the children of men, that they also
might enter into his rest, this High Priesthood being after the order of his
Son, which order was from the foundation of the world; or in other words, being
without beginning of days or end of years, being prepared from eternity to all
eternity, according to his foreknowledge of all things. Now they were ordained
after this manner: Being called with a holy calling, and ordained with a holy
ordinance, and taking upon them the High Priesthood of the holy order, which
calling, and ordinance, and High Priesthood, is without beginning or end; thus
they become High Priests forever, after the order of the Son of the only begotten
of the Father, which is without beginning of days or end of years, which is
full of grace, equity and truth. And thus it is. Amen. Now as I said concerning
the holy order of this High Priesthood: There were many which were ordained and
became High Priests of God; and it was on account of the exceeding faith and
repentance, and their righteousness before God, they choosing to repent and
work righteousness, rather than to perish; therefore they were called after
this holy order, and were sanctified, and their garments were washed white,
through the blood of the Lamb. Now they, after being sanctified by the Holy
Ghost, having their garments made white, being pure and spotless before God,
could not look upon sin, saving it were with abhorrence; and there were many,
exceeding great many, which were made pure, and entered into the rest of the
Lord their God. And now, my brethren, I would that ye should humble yourselves
before God, and bring forth fruit mete for repentance, that ye may also enter
into that rest; yea, humble yourselves even as the people in the days of
Melchizedek, who was also a High Priest after this same order which I have
spoken, who also took upon him the High Priesthood forever. And it was this
same Melchizedek to whom Abraham paid tithes; yea, even our father Abraham paid
tithes of one tenth part of all he possessed. Now these ordinances were given
after this manner, that thereby the people might look forward on the Son of
God, it being a type of his order, or it being his order; and this, that they
might look forward to him for a remission of their sins, that they might enter
into the rest of the Lord. Now this Melchizedek was a king over the land of
Salem; and his people had waxed strong in iniquity and abominations; yea, they
had all gone astray: they were full of all manner of wickedness; but
Melchizedek having exercised mighty faith, and received the office of the High
Priesthood, according to the holy order of God, did preach repentance unto his
people. --And behold, they did repent; and Melchizedek did establish peace in
the land in his days; therefore he was called the Prince of Peace, for he was
the king of Salem; and he did reign under his father. Now there were many
before him, and also there were many afterwards, but none were greater;
therefore of him they have more particularly made mention. Now I need not
rehearse the matter; what I have said, may suffice. Behold, the Scriptures are
before you; if ye will arrest them, it shall be to your own destruction. And
now it came to pass that when Alma had said these words unto them, he stretched
forth his hand unto them and cried with a mighty voice, saying, Now is the time
to repent, for the day of salvation draweth nigh; yea, and the voice of the
Lord, by the mouth of angels, doth declare it unto all nations; yea, doth
declare it, that they may have glad tidings of great joy; yea, and he doth
sound these glad tidings among all his people, yea, even to them that are
scattered abroad upon the face of the earth; wherefore they have come unto us.
--And they are made known unto us in plain terms, that we may understand, that
we cannot err; and this because of our being wanderers in a strange land;
therefore we are thus highly favored, for we have these glad tidings declared
unto us in all parts of our vineyard. For behold, angels are declaring it unto
many at this time in our land; and this is for the purpose of preparing the
hearts of the children of men for to receive his word, at the time of his
coming in his glory. And now we only wait to hear the joyful news declared unto
us by the mouth of angels, of his coming: for the time cometh, we know not how
soon. Would to God that it might be in my day; but let it be sooner or later,
in it I will rejoice. And it shall be knowon unto just and holy men, by the
mouth of angels, at the time of his coming, that the words of our fathers might
be fulfilled, according to that which they have spoken concerning him, which
was according to the spirit of prophecy which was in them. And now my brethren,
I wish from the inmost part of my heart, yea, with great anxiety, even unto
pain, that ye would hearken unto my words, and cast off your sins, and not
procrastinate the day of your repentance; that ye would humble yourselves
before the Lord, and call on his holy name, and watch and pray continually,
that ye may not be tempted above that which ye can bear, and thus be led by the
holy spirit, becoming humble, meek, submissive, patient, full of love and all
long suffering; having faith on the Lord; having a hope that ye shall receive
eternal life; having the love of God always in your hearts, that ye may be
lifted up at the last day, and enter into his rest; and may the Lord grant unto
you repentance, that ye may not bring down his wrath upon you, that ye may not
be bound down by the chains of hell, that ye may not suffer the second death.
And it came to pass that Alma spake many more words unto the people, which are
not written in this book.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma14</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after he had made an end of speaking unto
the people, many of them did believe on his words, and began to repent, and to
search the Scriptures; but the more part of them were desirous that they might
destroy Alma and Amulek: for they were angry with Alma, because of the
plainness of his words unto Zeezrom; and they also said that Amulek had lied
unto them, and had reviled against their law, and also against their Lawyers
and Judges. And they were also angry with Alma and Amulek; and because they had
testified so plainly against their wickedness, they sought to put them away
privily. But it came to pass that they did not; but they took them and bound
them with strong cords, and took them before the Chief Judge of the land. And
the people went forth and witnessed against them, testifying that they had
reviled against the law, and their Lawyers and Judges of the land, and also all
the people that were in the land; and also testified that there was but one
God, and that he should send his Son among the people, but he should not save
them; and many such things did the people testify against Alma and Amulek. And
it came to pass that it was done before the Chief Judge of the land. And it
also came to pass that Zeezrom was astonished at the words which had been
spoken; and he also knew concerning the blindness of the minds which he had
caused among the people, by his lying words; and his soul began to be harrowed
up, under a consciousness of his own guilt; yea, he began to be encircled about
by the pains of hell. And it came to pass that he began to cry unto the people,
saying: Behold, I am guilty, and these men are spotless before God. And it came
to pass that he began to plead for them, from that time forth; but they reviled
him, saying: Art thou also possessed with the Devil? And it came to pass that
they spit upon him, and cast him out from among them, and also all those that
believed in the words which had been spoken by Alma and Amulek; and they cast
them out, and sent men to cast stones at them. And they brought their wives and
children together, and whosoever believed or had been taught to believe in the
word of God, they caused that they should be cast into the fire; and they also
brought forth their records which contained the Holy Scriptures, and cast them
into the fire also, that they might be burned and destroyed by fire. And it
came to pass that they took Alma and Amulek, and carried them forth to the
place of martyrdom, that they might witness the destruction of those which were
consumed by fire. And it came to pass that when Amulek saw the pains of the
women and children which were consuming in the fire, he was also pained; and he
saith unto Alma, How can we witness this awful scene? Therefore let us stretch
forth our hands, and exercise the power of God which is in us, and save them
from the flames. But Alma saith unto him, The spirit constraineth me that I
must not stretch forth mine hand; for behold, the Lord receiveth them up unto
himself, in glory; and he doth not suffer that they may do this thing, or that
the people may do this thing unto them, according to the hardness if their
hearts, that the judgments which he shall exercise upon them in his wrath, may
be just; and the blood of the innocent shall stand as a witness against them,
yea, and cry mightily against them at the last day. Now Amulek saith unto Alma,
Behold, perhaps they will burn us also. And Alma saith, Be it according to the
will of the Lord. But behold, our work is not finished; therefore they burn us
not. Now it came to pass that when the bodies of those which had been cast into
the fire, were consumed, and also the records which were cast in with them, the
Chief Judge of the land came and stood before Alma and Amulek, as they were
bound; and he smote them with his hand upon their cheeks, and saith unto them,
After what ye have seen, will ye preach again unto this people, that they shall
be cast into a lake of fire and brimstone? Behold, ye see that ye had not power
to save these which had been cast into the fire; neither hath God saved them
because they were of thy faith. And the Judge smote them again upon their
cheeks, and asked, What say ye for yourselves? Now this Judge was after the
order and faith of Nehor, which slew Gideon. And it came to pass that Alma and
Amulek answered him nothing; and he smote them again, and delivered them to the
officers to be cast into prison. And it came to pass that when they had been
cast into prison three days, there came many Lawyers, and Judges, and Priests,
and teachers, which were of the profession of Nehor; and they came in unto the
prison to see them, and they questioned them about many words; but they
answered them nothing. And it came to pass that the Judge stood before them,
and saith, Why do ye not answer the words of this people? Know ye not that I
have the power to deliver ye up unto the flames? And he commanded them to
speak; but they answered nothing. And it came to pass that they departed and
went their ways, but came again on the morrow; and the Judge also smote them again
on their cheeks. And many came forth also, and smote them, saying: Will ye
stand again and Judge this people, and condemn our law? If ye have such great
power, why do ye not deliver yourselves? And many such things did they say unto
them, gnashing their teeth upon them, and spitting upon them, and saying, How
shall ye look when we are damned? And many such things, yea, all manner of such
things did they say unto them; and thus they did mock them, for many days. And
they did withhold food from them. that they might hunger, and water, that they
might thirst; and they also did take from them their clothes, that they were
naked; and thus they were bound with strong cords, and confined in prison. And
it came to pass after they had thus suffered for many days, (and it was on the
twelfth day, in the tenth month, in the tenth year of the reign of the Judges
over the people of Nephi,) that the Chief Judge over the land of Ammonihah, and
many of their teachers and their Lawyers, went in unto the prison where Alma and
Amulek was bound with cords. And the Chief Judge stood before them, and smote
them again, and saith unto them, If ye have the power of God, deliver
yourselves from these bands, and then we will believe that the Lord will
destroy this people according to your words. And it came to pass that they all
went forth and smote them, saying the same words, even until the last; and when
the last had spoken unto them, the power of God was upon Alma and Amulek, and
they arose and stood upon their feet; and Alma cried, saying, How long shall we
suffer these great afflictions, O Lord? O Lord, give us strength according to
our faith which is in Christ, even unto deliverance; and they break the cords
with which they were bound; and when the people saw this, they began to flee,
for the fear of destruction had come upon them. And it came to pass that so
great was their fear, that they fell to the earth, and did not obtain the outer
door of the prison; and the earth shook mightily, and the walls of the prison
were wrent in twain, so that they fell to the earth; and the Chief Judge, and
the Lawyers, and Priests, and teachers which smote upon Alma and Amulek, were
slain by the fall thereof. And Alma and Amulek came forth out of the prison,
and they were not hurt; for the Lord had granted unto them power, according to
their faith which was in Christ. And they straightway came forth out of the
prison; and they were loosed from their bands; and the prison had fallen to the
earth, and every soul which was within the walls thereof, save it were Alma and
Amulek, were slain; and they straightway came forth into the city. Now the
people having heard a great noise, came running together by multitudes, to know
the cause of it; and when they saw Alma and Amulek coming forth out of the prison,
and the walls thereof had fallen to the earth, they were struck with great
fear, and fled from the presence of Alma and Amulek, even as a goat fleeth with
her young from two lions; and thus they did flee from the presence of Alma and
Amulek.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma15</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Alma and Amulek
were commanded to depart out of the city; and they departed, and came out even
into the land of Sidom; and behold, there they found all the people which had
departed out of the land of Ammonihah, who had been cast out and stoned,
because they believed in the words of Alma. And they related unto them all that
had happened unto their wives and children, and also concerning themselves, and
of their power of deliverance. And also Zeezrom lay sick at Sidom, with a
burning fever, which was caused by the great tribulations of his mind, on
account of his wickedness, for he supposed that Alma and Amulek was no more;
and he supposed that they had been slain, by the cause of his iniquity. And
this great sin, and his many other sins, did harrow up his mind until it did
become exceeding sore, having no deliverance; therefore he began to be scorched
with a burning heat. Now when he heard that Alma and Amulek was in the land of
Sidom, his heart began to take courage; and he sent a message immediately unto
them, desiring them to come unto him. And it came to pass that they went
immediately, obeying the message which he had sent unto them; and they went in
unto the house unto Zeezrom; and they found him upon his bed sick, being very
low with a burning fever; and his mind also was exceeding sore, because of his
iniquities; and when he saw them, he stretched forth his hand, and besought
them that they would heal him. And it came to pass that Alma said unto him,
taking him by the hand, Believest thou in the power of Christ unto salvation?
And he answered and said, Yea, I belive all the words that thou hast taught.
And Alma saith, If thou believest in the redemption of Christ, thou canst be
healed. And he saith, Yea, I believe according to thy words. And then Alma
cried unto the Lord, saying, O Lord our God, have mercy on this man, and heal
him according to his faith which is in Christ. And it came to pass that when
Alma said these words, that Zeezrom leaped upon his feet, and began to walk;
and this was done to the great astonishment of all the people; and the
knowledge of this went forth throughout all the land of Sidom. And Alma
baptized Zeezrom unto the Lord; and he began from that time forth to preach
unto the people. And Alma established a Church in the land of Sodom, and
consecrated Priests and teachers in the land to baptize unto the Lord whosoever
were desirous to be baptized. And it came to pass that they were many; for they
did flock in from all the region round about Sidom, and were baptized; but as
to the people that were in the land of Ammonihah, they yet remained a
hardhearted and a stiffnecked people; and they repented not of their sins,
ascribing all the power of Alma and Amulek to the Devil: for they were of the
profession of Nehor, and did not believe in the repentance of their sins. And
it came to pass that Alma and Amulek, Amulek having forsaken all his gold, and
his silver, and his precious things, which was in the land of Ammonihah, for
the word of God, he being rejected by those which were once his friends, and
also by his father and his kindred; therefore, after Alma having established
the Church at Sidom, seeing a great check, yea, seeing that the people were
checked as to the pride of their hearts, and began to humble themselves before
God, and began to assemble together at their sanctuaries to worship God before
the alter, watching and praying continually, that they might be delivered from
Satan, and from death, and from destruction: Now as I said, Alma having seen
all these things, therefore he took Amulek and came over to the land of
Zarahemla, and took him to his own house, and did administer unto him in his
tribulations, and strengthened him in the Lord. And thus ended the tenth year
of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma16</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the eleventh year of
the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, on the fifth day of the
second month, there having been much peace in the land of Zarahemla; there
having been no wars nor contentions for a certain number of years; even until
the fifth day of the second month, in the eleventh year, there was a cry of war
heard throughout the land; for behold, the armies of the Lamanites had come in
on the wilderness side, into the borders of the land, even into the city of
Ammonihah, and began to slay the people, and to destroy the city. And now it
came to pass before the Nephites could raise a sufficient army to drive them
out of the land, they had destroyed the people which were in the city of
Ammonihah, and also some around the borders of Noah, and taking others captive
into the wilderness. Now it came to pass that the Nephites were desirous to
obtain those which had been carried away captive into the wilderness; therefore
he that had been appointed Chief Captain over the armies of the Nephites, (and
his name was Zoram, and he had two sons, Lehi and Aha:) Now Zoram and his two
sons, knowing that Alma was High Priest over the Church, and having heard that
he had the spirit of Prophecy, therefore they went unto him and desired of him
to know whether the Lord would that they should go into the wilderness in
search of their brethren, who had been captive by the Lamanites. And it came to
pass that Alma inquired of the Lord concerning the matter. And Alma returned
and said unto them, Behold the Lamanites will cross the river Sidon in the
south wilderness, away up beyond the borders of the land of Manti. --And behold
there shall ye meet them, on the east of the river Sidon, and there the Lord
will deliver unto thee thy brethren which have been taken captive by the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that Zoram and his sons crossed over the river
Sidon, with their armies, and marched away beyond the borders of Manti, into
the south wilderness, which was on the east side of the river Sidon. And they
came upon the armies of the Lamanites, and the Lamanites were scattered and
driven into the wilderness; and they took their brethren which had been taken
captive by the Lamanites, and there was not one soul of them which had been
lost, that were taken captive. And they were brought by their brethren to
possess their own lands. And thus ended the eleventh year of the Judges, the
Lamanites having been driven out of the land, and the people of Ammonihah were
destroyed; yea, every living soul of the Ammonihahites were destroyed , and
also their great city, which they said God could not destroy, because of its
greatness. --But behold, in one day it was left desolate; and their carcases
were mangled by dogs and wild beasts of the wilderness; nevertheless, after
many days, their dead bodies were heaped up upon the face of the earth, and
they were covered with a shallow covering. And now so great was the scent
thereof, that the people did not go in to possess the land of Ammonihah for
many years. And it was called desolation of Nehors; for they were of the
profession of Nehor, which were slain; and their lands remained desolate. And
it came to pass that the Lamanites did not come again to war against the
Nephites until the fourteenth year of the reign of the Judges over the people
of Nephi. And thus for three years did the people of Nephi have continual peace
in all the land. And Alma and Amulek went forth preaching repentance unto the
people in their tempels, and in their sanctuaries, and also in their
synagogues, which was built after the manner of the Jews. And as many as would
hear their words, unto them they did impart the word of God, without any
respects of persons continually. And thus did Alma and Amulek go forth, and
also many more which had been chosen for the work, to preach the word
throughout the land. And the establishment of the Church became general
throughout all the land, in all the region round about, among all the people of
the Nephites. And there was no inequality among them, for the Lord did pour out
his spirit on all the face of the land, for to prepare the minds of the
children of men, or to prepare their hearts to receive the word which should be
taught among them at the time of his coming, that they might not be hardened
against the word,, that they might not be unbelieving, and go on to
destruction, but that they might receive the word with joy, and as a branch be
grafted into the true vine, that they might enter into the rest of the Lord
their God. Now those priests which did go forth among the people, did preach
against all lyings, and deceivings, and envyings, and strifes, and malice, and
revilings, and stealing, robbing, plundering, murdering, committing adultry,
and all manner of lasciviousness, crying that these things ought not so to be;
holding forth things which must shortly come; yea, holding forth the coming of
the Son of God, his sufferings and death, and also the resurrection of the
dead. And many of the people did inquire concerning the place where the Son of
God should come; and they were taught that he would appear unto them after his
resurrection; and this the people did hear with great joy and gladness. And now
after the Church having been established throughout the land, having got the
victory over the Devil, and the word of God being preached in its purity in all
the land; and the Lord pouring out his blessings upon the people; and thus
ended the fourteenth year of the reign of the Judges, over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma17</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that as Alma was
journeying from the land of Gideon, southward, away to the land of Manti,
behold, to his astonishment, he met with the sons of Mosiah, a journeying
towards the land of Zarahemla. Now these sons of Mosiah were with Alma at the
time the angel first appeared unto him; therefore Alma did rejoice exceedingly,
to see his brethren; and what added more to his joy, they were still his
brethren in the Lord; yea, and they had waxed strong in the knowledge of the
truth; for they were men of a sound understanding, and they had searched the Scriptures
diligently, that they might know the word of God. But this is not all; they had
given themselves to much prayer, and fasting, therefore they had the spirit of
prophecy, and the spirit of revelation, and when they taught, they taught with
power and authority, even as with the power and authority of God. And they had
been teaching the word of God for the space of fourteen years, among the
Lamanites, having had much success in bringing many to the knowledge of the
truth; yea, by the power of their words, many were brought before the alter of
God, to call on his name, and confess their sins before him. Now these are the
circumstances which attended them in their journeyings, for they had many
afflictions; they did suffer much, both in body and in mind; such as hunger,
thirst and fatigue, and also much labor in the spirit. Now these were their
journeyings, having taken leave of their father Mosiah, in the first year of
the reign of the Judges; having refused the kingdom which their father was
desirous to confer upon them; and also this was the minds of the people;
nevertheless they departed out of the land of Zarahemla, and took their swords,
and their spears, and their bows, and their arrows, and their slings; and this
they done that they might provide food for themselves while in the wilderness:
and thus they departed into the wilderness, with their numbers which they had
selected, to go up to the land of Nephi, to preach the word of God unto the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that they journeyed many days in the wilderness,
and they fasted much, and prayed much, that the Lord would grant unto them a
portion of his spirit to go with them, and abide with them, that they might be
an instrument in the hands of God, to bring, if it were possible, their brethren,
the Lamanites, to the knowledge of the truth; to the knowledge of the baseness
of the traditions of their fathers, which were not correct. And it came to pass
that the Lord visit them with his spirit, and said unto them, Be comforted; and
they were comforted. And the Lord said unto them also, Go forth among the
Lamanites, thy brethren, and establish my word; yet ye shall be patient in long
suffering and afflictions, that ye may shew forth good examples unto them in
me, and I will make an instrument of thee in my hands, unto the salvation of
many souls. And it came to pass that the hearts of the sons of Mosiah, and also
those which were with them, took courage to go forth unto the Lamanites, to
declare unto them the word of God. And it came to pass when they had arriven in
the borders of the land of the Lamanites, that they separated themselves, and
departed one from another, trusting in the Lord, that they should meet again at
the close of their harvest: for they supposed that great was the work which they
had undertaken. --And assuredly it was great, for they had undertaken to preach
the word of God to a wild, and a hardened, and a ferocious people; a people
which delighted in the murdering the Nephites, and robbing, and plundering
them; and their hearts were set upon riches, or upon gold, and silver, and
precious stones; yet they sought to obtain these things by murdering and
plundering, that they might not labor for them with their own hands: thus they
were a very indolent people, many of whom did worship idols, and the curse of
God had fell upon them because of the traditions of their fathers;
notwithstanding, the promises of the Lord were extended unto them, on the
conditions of repentance; therefore this was the cause for which the sons of
Mosiah had undertaken the work, that perhaps they might bring them unto
repentance; that perhaps they might bring them to know of the plan of
redemption; therefore they separated themselves one from another; and went
forth among them every man alone, according to the word and power of God, which
was given unto him. Now Ammon being the chief among them, or rather he did
administer unto them; and he departed from them, after having blessed them
according to their several stations, having imparted the word of God unto them,
or administered unto them before his departure; and thus they took their
several journeys throughout the land. And Ammon went to the land of Ishmael,
the land being called after the sons of Ishmael, which also became Lamanites.
And as Ammon entered the land of Ishmael, the Lamanites took him and bound him,
as was their custom, to bind all the Nephites which fell into their hands, and
carry them before the king; and thus it was left to the pleasure of the king to
slay them, or to retain them in captivity, or to cast them into prison, or to
cast them out of his land, according to his will and pleasure; and thus Ammon
was carried before the king which was over the land of Ishmael; and his name
was Lamoni; and he was a descendant of Ishmael. And the king inquired of Ammon
if it were desirous to dwell in the land among the Lamanites, or among his
people? And Ammon said unto him, Yea, I desire to dwell among this people for a
time; yea, and perhaps until the day I die. And it came to pass that king
Lamoni was much pleased with Ammon, and caused that his bands should be loosed;
and he would that Ammon should take one of his daughters to wife. But Ammon
saith unto him, Nay, but I will be thy servant; therefore Ammon became a
servant to king Lamoni. And it came to pass that he was set, among other
servants, to watch the flocks of Lamoni, according to the custom of the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that after he had been in the service of the
king three days, that as he was, with the Lamanitish servants, a going forth with
their flocks, to the place of water, which was called the water of Sebus; (and
all the Lamanites drive their flocks hither, that they might have water;)
therefore as Ammon and the servants of the king were driving forth their flocks
to this place of water, behold, a certain number of the Lamanites who had been
with their flocks to water, stood and scattered the flocks of Ammon, and the
servants of the king, and they scattered them insomuch that they fled many
ways. Now the servants of the king began to murmur, saying: Now the king will
slay us, as he has our brethren, because their flocks were scattered by the
wickedness of these men. And they began to weep exceedingly, saying, Behold our
flocks are scattered already. Now they wept because of the fear of being slain.
Now when Ammon saw this, his heart was swollen within him, with joy, for, said
he, I will shew forth my power unto these my fellow servants, or the power
which is in me, in restoring these flocks unto the king, that I may win the
hearts of these my fellow servants, that I may lead them to believe in my
words. Now these were the thoughts of Ammon, when he saw the afflictions of
those which he termed to be his brethren. And it came to pass that he flattered
them by his words, saying: My brethren, be of good cheer and let us go in
search of the flocks, and we will gather them together, and bring them back
unto the place of water; and thus we will reserve the flocks unto the king, and
he will not slay us. And it came to pass that they went in search of the
flocks, and they did follow Ammon, and they rushed forth with much swiftness,
and did head the flocks of the king, and did gather them together again, to the
place of water. And those men again stood to scatter their flocks; but Ammon
saith unto his brethren, Encircle the flocks round about, that they flee not;
and I go and contend with these men which do scatter our flocks. Therefore they
did as Ammon commanded them, and he went forth and stood to contend with those
which stood by the waters of Sebus; and they were not in number a very few;
therefore they did not fear Ammon, for they supposed that one of their men
could slay him, according to their pleasure, for they knew not that the Lord
had promised Mosiah that he would deliver his sons out of their hands; neither
did they know any thing concerning the Lord; therefore they delighted in the
destruction of their brethren; and for this cause they stood to scatter the
flocks of the king. But Ammon stood forth and began to cast stones at them with
his sling; yea, with mighty power he did sling stones amongst them; and thus he
slew a certain number of them, insomuch that they began to be astonished at his
power; nevertheless they were angry because of the slain of their brethren, and
they were determined that he should fall; therefore, seeing that they could not
hit him with their stones, they came forth with clubs to slay him. But behold,
every man that lifted his club to smite Ammon, he smote off their arms with his
sword; for he did withstand their blows by smiting their arms with the edge of
his sword, insomuch that they began to be astonished, and began to flee before
him; yea, and they were not few in number; and he caused them to flee by the
strength of his arm. Now six of them had fallen by the sling, but he slew none
save it were their leader; and he smote off as many of their arms as was lifted
against him, and they were not a few. And when he had driven them afar off, he
returned, and they watered their flocks and returned them to the pasture of the
king, and then went in unto the king, bearing the arms which had been smote off
by the sword of Ammon, of those who sought to slay him; and they were carried
in unto the king, for a testimony of the things which they had done.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma18</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that king Lamoni caused
that his servants should stand forth and testify to all the things which they
had seen concerning the matter. And when they had all testified to the things
which they had seen, and he had learned of the faithfulness of Ammon in
preserving his flocks, and also of his great power in contending against those
who sought to slay him, he was astonished exceedingly, and saith, Surely, this
is more than a man. Behold, is not this the Great Spirit which doth send such
great punishments upon his people, because of their murders? And they answered
the king, and said, Whether he be the Great Sprit or a man, we know not; but
this much we do know, that he cannot be slain by the enemies of the king;
neither can they scatter the king's flocks when he is with us, because of his
expertness and great strength; therefore, we know that he is a friend to the
king. And now, O king, we do not believe that a man hath such great power, for
we know that he cannot be slain. And now when the king heard these words, he
said unto them, Now I know that it is the Great Spirit; and he hath come down
at this time to preserve your lives, that I might not slay you as I did your
brethren. Now this is the Great Spirit of which our fathers have spoken. Now
this was the tradition of Lamoni, which he had received from his father, that
there was a Great Spirit. Notwithstanding they believed in a Great Spirit, they
supposed that whatsoever they did, was right; nevertheless, Lamoni began to
fear exceedingly, with fear lest he had done wrong in slaying his servants: for
he had slew many of them, because their brethren had scattered their flocks at
the place of water; and thus because they had their flocks scattered, they were
slain. Now it was the practice of the Lamanites, to stand by the waters of
Sebus, to scatter the flocks of the people, that thereby they might drive away
many that were scattered, unto their own land, it being a practice of plunder
among them. And it came to pass that king Lamoni inquired of his servants,
saying: Where is this man that hath such great power? And they said unto him,
Behold, he is feeding thy horses. --Now the king had commanded his servants
previous to the time of the watering of their flocks, that they should prepare
his horses and chariots, and conduct him forth to the land of Nephi: for their
had been a great feast appointed at the land of Nephi, by the father of Lamoni,
who was king over all the land. Now when king Lamoni heard that Ammon was
preparing his horses and his chariots, he was more astonished, because of the
faithfulness of Ammon, saying: Surely, there has not been any servant among all
my servants, that has been so faithful as this man; for even he doth remember
all my commandments to execute them. Now I surely know that this is the Great
Spirit; and I would desire him that he come in unto me, but I durst not. And it
came to pass that when Ammon had made ready the horses and the chariots for the
king and his servants, he went in unto the king, and he saw that the
countenance of the king was changed; therefore he was about to return out of
his presence; and one of the king's servants said unto him, Rabbanah, which is,
being interpreted, powerful, or great king, considering their kings to be
powerful; and thus he said unto him, Rabbanah, the king desireth thee to stay;
therefore, Ammon turned himself unto the king, and saith unto him, What will
thou that I should do for thee, O king? And the king answered him not for the
space of an hour, according to their time, for he knew not what he should say
unto him. And it came to pass that Ammon said unto him again, What desireth
thou of me? But the king answered him not. And it came to pass that Ammon,
being filled with the spirit of God, therefore he perceived the thoughts of the
king. And he saith unto him, It is because that thou hast heard that I defended
thy servants and thy flocks, and slew seven of their brethren with the sling,
and with the sword, and smote off the arms of others, in order to defend thy
flocks and thy servants; behold, is it this that causeth thy marvellings? I say
unto you, what is it, that thy marvellings are so great? Behold, I am a man,
and am thy servant; therefore, whatsoever thou desirest which is right, that
will I do. Now when the king had heard these words, he marvelled again, for he
beheld that Ammon could discern his thoughts; notwithstanding this, king Lamoni
did open his mouth, and said unto him, Who art thou ? Art thou that Great
Spirit, which knows all things? Ammon answered and said unto him, I am not. And
the king saith, How knowest thou the thoughts of my heart? Thou mayest speak
boldly, and tell me concerning these things; and also tell me by what power ye
slew and smote off the arms of my brethren, that scattered my flocks. And now
if thou wilt tell me concerning these things, whatsoever thou desirest, I will
give unto thee; and if it were needed, I would guard thee with my armies; but I
know that thou art more powerful than all they; nevertheless, whatsoever thou
desirest of me, I will grant it unto thee. Now Ammon being wise, yet harmless,
he saith unto Lamoni, Wilt thou hearken unto my words, if I tell thee by what
power I do these things? and this is the thing that I desire of thee. And the
king answered him, and said, Yea, I will believe all thy words; and thus he was
caught with guile. And Ammon began to speak unto him with boldness, and said
unto him, Believest thou that there is a God? And he answered, and said unto
him, I do not know what that meaneth. And the Ammon saith, Believest thou that
there is a Great Spirit? And he saith, Yea. And Ammon saith, This is God. And
Ammon saith unto him again, Believest thou that this Great Spirit, which is
God, created all things, which is in Heaven and the Earth? And he saith, Yea, I
believe that he created all things which is in the earth; but I do not know the
Heavens. And Ammon saith unto him, The Heavens is a place where God dwells, and
all his holy angels. And king Lamoni saith, Is it above the earth? And Ammon
saith, Yea, and he looketh down upon all the children of men; and he knows all
the thoughts and intents of the heart: for by his hand were they all created,
from the beginning. And king Lamoni saith, I believe all these things which
thou hast spoken. Art thou sent from God? Ammon saith unto him, I am a man; and
man in the beginning, was created after the image of God; and I am called by
his Holy Spirit to teach these things unto this people, that they may be
brought to a knowledge of that which is just and true; and a portion of that
Spirit dwelleth in me, which giveth me knowledge, and also power, according to
my faith and desires which is in God. Now when Ammon had said these words, he
began to the creation of the world, and also to the creation of Adam, and told
him all the things concerning the fall of man, and rehearsed and laid before
him the records and the Holy Scriptures of the people, and which had been
spoken by the prophets, even down to the time that their father Lehi left
Jerusalem; and he also rehearsed unto them (for it was unto the king and to his
servants,) all the journeyings of their fathers in the wilderness, and all
their sufferings with hunger and thirst, and their travel, &c; and he also
rehearsed unto them concerning the rebellions of Laman and Lemuel, and the sons
of Ishmael, yea, all their rebellions did he relate unto them, and he expounded
unto them all the records and Scriptures, from the time that Lehi left
Jerusalem, down to the present time; but this is not all, for he expounded unto
them the plan of redemption, which was prepared from the foundation of the
world; and he also made known unto them concerning the coming of Christ; and
all the works of the Lord did he make known unto them. And it came to pass that
after he said all these things, and expounded them to the king, that the king
believed all his words. And he began to cry unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, have
mercy; according to thy abundant mercy which thou hast had upon the people of
Nephi, have upon me and my people. And now when he had said this, he fell unto
the earth, as if he were dead. And it came to pass that his servants took him
and carried him in unto his wife, and laid him upon a bed; and he lay as if he
were dead, for the space of two days and two nights; and his wife, and his
sons, and his daughters mourned over him, after the manner of the Lamanites,
greatly lamenting his loss.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma19</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that after two days and
two nights, they were about to take his body and lay it in a sepulchre which
they had made for the purpose of burying their dead. Now the queen having heard
of the fame of Ammon, therefore she sent and desired that he should come unto
her. And it came to pass that Ammon did as he was commanded, and went in unto
the queen, and desired to know what she would that he should do. And she saith
unto him, The servants or my husband have made it known unto me, that thou art
a prophet of a Holy God., and that thou hast the power to do many mighty works
in his name; therefore, if this is the case, I would that ye should go in and
see my husband, for he has been laid upon his bed for the space of two days and
two nights; and some say that he is not dead, but others say that he is dead,
and that he stinketh, and that he ought to be placed in the sepulchre; but as
for myself, to me he doth not stink. Now this was what Ammon desired, for he
knew that king Lamoni was under the power of God; he knew that the dark veil of
unbelief being cast away from his mind, and the light which did light up his
mind, which was the light of the glory of God, which was a marvellous light of
his goodness; yea, this light had infused such joy into his soul, the cloud of
darkness having been dispelled, and the light of everlasting light was lit up
in his soul; yea, he knew that this had overcame his natural frame, and he was
carried away in God; therefore, what the queen desired of him, was his only
desire. Therefore he went in to see the king, according as the queen desired
him; and he saw the king, and he knew that he was not dead. And he saith unto
the queen, He is not dead, but he sleepeth in God, and on the morrow he shall
rise again; therefore bury him not. And Ammon saith unto her, Believest thou
this? And she asid unto him, I have had no witness, save thy word, and the word
of our servants; nevertheless, I believe that it shall be according as thou
hast said. And Ammon said unto her, Blessed art thou, because of thy exceeding
faith; I say unto thee, woman, there has not been such great faith among all
the people of the Nephites. And it came to pass that she watched over the bed
of her husband, from that time, even until that time on the morrow which Ammon
had appointed that he should rise. And it came to pass that he arose, according
to the words of Ammon; and as he arose, he stretched forth his hand unto the
woman, and said, Blessed be the name of God, and blessed art thou: for as sure
as thou livest, behold, I have seen my Redeemer; and he shall come forth, and
be born of a woman, and he shall redeem all mankind who believe on his name.
Now when he had said these words , his heart was swollen within him, and he
sunk again with joy; and the queen also sunk down, being overpowered by the
spirit. Now Ammon seeing the spirit of the Lord poured out according to his
prayers upon the Lamanites, his brethren, which had been the cause of so much
mourning among the Nephites, or among all the people of God, because of their
iniquities and their traditions; and Ammon fell upon his knees, and began to
pour out his soul in prayer and thanksgiving to God, for what he had done for
his brethren; and he was also overpowered with joy; and thus they all three had
sunk to the earth. Now when the servants of the king had seen that they had
fallen, they also began to cry unto God, for the fear of the Lord had come upon
them also: for it was they which had stood before the king, and testified unto
him concerning the great power of Ammon. And it came to pass that they did call
on the name of the Lord in their might, even until they had fallen to the
earth, save it were one of the Lamanitish women, whose name was Abish, she
having been converted unto the Lord for many years, on account of a remarkable
vision of her father; thus having been converted to the Lord, never had made it
known; therefore when she saw that all the servants of Lamoni had fallen to the
earth, and also her mistress, the queen, and the king, and Ammon lay prostrate
upon the earth, she knew that it was the power of God; and supposing that this
opportunity, by making known unto the people what had happened among them, that
by beholding this scene, it would cause them to believe in the power of God,
therefore she ran forth from house to house, making it known unto the people;
and they began to assemble themselves together unto the house of the king. And
there came a multitude, and to their astonishment, they beheld the king, and
the queen, and their servants, prostrate upon the earth, and they all lay there
as though they were dead; and they also saw Ammon, and behold, he was a
Nephite. And now the people began to murmur among themselves; some saying, That
it was a great evil that had come upon them, or upon the king and his house,
because he had suffered that the Nephite should remain in the land. But others
rebuked them, saying, The king hath brought this evil upon his house, because
he slew his servants who had their flocks scattered by those men which had
stood at the waters of Sebus, and scattered the flocks which belonged to the
king, for they were angry with Ammon because of the number which he had slain
of their brethren at the waters of Sebus, while defending the flocks of the
king. Now one of them, whose brother had been slain with the sword of Ammon,
being exceeding angry with Ammon, drew his sword and went forth that he might
let it fall upon Ammon, to slay him; and as he lifted the sword to smite him,
behold, he fell dead. Now we see that Ammon could not be slain, for the Lord
had said unto Mosiah, his father, I will spare him, and it shall be unto him
according to thy faith; therefore Mosiah trusted him unto the Lord. And it came
to pass that when the multitude beheld the man had fell dead, who lifted the sword
to slay Ammon, fear came upon them all, and they durst not put forth their
hands to touch him, or any of those which had fallen; and they began to marvel
again among themselves, what could be the cause of this great power, or what
all these things could mean. And it came to pass that there was many among
them, who said that Ammon was the Great Spirit, and others said he was sent by
the Great Spirit; but others rebuked them all, saying, That he was a monster,
which hath been sent from the Nephites to torment us; and there were some which
said that Ammon was sent by the Great Spirit to afflict them, because of their
iniquities, and that it was the Great Spirit that had always attended the
Nephites, which had ever delivered them out of their hands; and they said that
it was this Great Spirit which had destroyed so many of their brethren, the
Lamanites; and thus the contention began to be exceeding sharp among them. And
while they were thus contending, the woman servant which had caused the
multitude to be gathered together came; and when she saw the contention which
was among the multitude, she was exceeding sorrowful, even unto tears. And it
came to pass that she went and took the queen by the hand, that perhaps she
might raise her from the ground; and as soon as she touched her hand, she arose
and stood upon her feet, and cried with a loud voice, saying: O blessed Jesus,
who has saved me from the awful hell! O blessed God, have mercy on this people.
And when she had said this, she clasped her hands, being filled with joy,
speaking many words which were not understood; and when she had done this, she
took the king, Lamoni, by the hand, and behold, he arose and stood upon his
feet; and he immediately, seeing the contention among his people, went forth
and began to rebuke them, and to teach them the words which he had heard from
the mouth of Ammon; and as many as heard his words, believed, and were
converted unto the Lord. But there were many among them which would not hear
his words; therefore they went their way. And it came to pass that when Ammon
arose, he also administered unto them, and also did all the servants of Lamoni;
and they did all declare unto the people the self-same thing: and their hearts
had been changed; that they had no more desire to do evil. And behold, many did
declare unto the people that they had seen angels, and had conversed with them;
and thus they had told them things of God, and of his righteousness, And it
came to pass that there was many that did believe in their words; and as many as
did believe, were baptized; and they became a righteous people, and they did
establish a church among them: and thus the work of the Lord did commence among
the Lamanites; thus the Lord did begin to pour out his spirit upon them; and we
see that his arm is extended to all people who will repent and believe on his
name.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma20</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that when they
established a church in that land, that king Lamoni desired that Ammon should
go with him to the land of Nephi, that he might show unto his father. And it
came to pass that the voice of the Lord came to Ammon, saying: Thou shalt not
go up to the land of Nephi, for behold, the king will seek thy life; but thou
shalt go to the land of Middoni; for behold, thy brother Aaron, and also Muloki
and Ammah are in prison. Now it came to pass that when Ammon had heard this, he
saith unto Lamoni, Behold, my brother and brethren are in prison at Middoni,
and I go that I may deliver them. Now Lamoni saith unto Ammon, I know, in the
strength of the Lord, thou canst do all things. But behold, I will go with thee
to the land of Middoni; for the king of the land of Middoni, whose name is
Antiomno, is a friend unto me; therefore I go to the land of Middoni, that I
may flatter the king of the land; and he will cast thy brethren out of prison.
Now Lamoni saith unto him, Who told thee that my brethren were in prison? And
Ammon saith unto him, No one hath told me, save it be God: and he said unto me,
Go and deliver thy brethren, for they are in prison in the land of Middoni. Now
when Lamoni had heard this, he caused that his servants should make ready his
horses, and his chariots. And he saith unto Ammon, Come, I will go with thee
down to the land of Middoni, and there I will plead with the king, that he will
cast thy brethren out of prison. And it came to pass that as Ammon and Lamoni
was a journeying thither, that they met the father of Lamoni, who was king over
all the land. And behold, the father of Lamoni saith unto him, Why did ye not
come to the feast, on that great day when I made feast unto my sons, and unto
my people? And he also saith, Whither art thou going with this Nephite, which
is one of the children of a liar? And it came to pass that Lamoni rehearst unto
him whither he was going, for he feared to offend him. And he also told him all
the cause of his tarrying in his own kingdom, that he did not go unto his
father, to the feast which he had prepared. And now when Lamoni had rehearsed
unto him all these things, behold, to his astonishment, his father was angry
with him, and saith, Lamoni, thou art going to deliver these Nephites, which
are the sons of a liar. Behold, he robbed our fathers; and now his children are
also come amongst us, that they may, by their cunning and lyings, deceive us,
that they again may rob us of our property. Now the father of Lamoni commanded
him that he should slay Ammon, with the sword. And he also commanded him that
he should not go to the land of Middoni, but that he should return with him, to
the land of Ishmael. But Lamoni saith unto him, I will not slay Ammon, neither
will I return to the land of Ishmael, but I go to the land of Middoni, that I
may release the brethren of Ammon, for I know that they are just men, and holy
prophets of the true God. Now when his father heard these words, he was angry
with him, and he drew his sword that he might smite him to the earth. But Ammon
stood forth and saith unto him, Behold, thou shalt not slay thy son;
nevertheless, it were better that he should fall than thee: for behold, he hath
repented of his sins; but if thou shouldst fall at this time, in thine anger,
thy soul could not be saved. And again: It is expedient that thou shouldst
forbear; for if thou shouldst slay thy son, (he being and innocent man,) his
blood would cry from the ground, to the Lord his God, for vengeance to come
upon thee; and perhaps thou wouldst lose thy soul. Now when Ammon had said
these words unto him, he answered him, saying: I know that if I should slay my
son, that I should shed innocent blood; for it is thou that hast sought to
destroy him: and he stretched forth his hand to slay Ammon. But Ammon withstood
his blows, and also smote his arm that he could not use it. Now when the king
saw that Ammon could slay him, he began to plead with Ammon, that he would
spare his life. But Ammon raised his sword, and said unto him, Behold, I will
smite thee, except thou wilt grant unto me that my brethren may be cast out of
prison. Now the king, fearing that he should lose his life, said, if thou wilt
spare me, I will grant unto thee whatsoever thou wilt ask, even to the half of the
kingdom. Now when Ammon saw that he had wrought upon the old king according to
his desire. he saith unto him, If thou wilt grant that my brethren may be cast
out of prison, and also that Lamoni may retain his kingdom, and that ye be not
displeased with him, but grant that he may according to his own desires, in
whatsoever thing he thinketh, and then will I spare thee; otherwise I will
smite thee to the earth. Now when Ammon had said these words, the king began to
rejoice because of his life. And when he saw that Ammon had no desires to
destroy him, and when he also saw the great love he had for his son Lamoni, he
was astonished exceedingly, and saith, Because this is all that thou hast
desired, that I would release thy brethren, and suffer that my son Lamoni
should retain his kingdom, behold, I will grant unto you that my son retain his
kingdom from this time and forever; and I will govern him no more. And I will
also grant unto thee that thy brethren may be cast out of prison, and thou and
thy brethren may come unto me, in my kingdom; for I shall greatly desire to see
thee; for the king was greatly astonished at the words which had been spoken,
and also at the words which had been spoken by his son Lamoni; therefore he was
desirous to learn them. And it came to pass that Ammon and Lamoni proceeded on
their journey towards the land of Middoni. And it came to pass that Lamoni
found favor in the eyes of the king of the land; therefore the brethren of
Ammon was brought forth out of prison. And when Ammon did meet them, he was
exceeding sorrowful, for behold, they were naked, and their skins were worn
exceedingly, because of being bound with strong cords. And they also had
suffered hunger, thirst, and all kind of afflictions; nevertheless they were
patient in all their sufferings. And as it happened, it was their lot to have
fallen into the hands of a more hardened and a more stiffnecked people;
therefore they would not hearken unto their words, and they had cast them out,
and had smote them, and had driven them from house to house, and from place to
place, even until they had arriven to the land of Middoni; and there they were
taken and cast into prison, and bound with strong cords, and kept in prison for
many days; and were delivered by Lamoni and Ammon.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma21</bookName>
<text>Now when Ammon and his brethren separated
themselves in the borders of the land of the Lamanites, behold, Aaron took his
journey towards the land which was called by the Lamanites, Jerusalem; calling
it after the land of their fathers' nativity; and it was away joining the
borders of Mormon. --Now the Lamanites, and the Amalekites, and the people of
Amulon, had built a great city, which was called Jerusalem. Now the Lamanites,
of themselves, were sufficiently hardened, but the Amalekites, and the
Amulonites, were still harder; therefore they did cause the Lamanites that they
should harden their hearts, that they should wax stronger in wickedness, and
their abominations. And it came to pass that Aaron came to the city of
Jerusalem, and firstly began to preach to the Amalekites. And he began to
preach to them in their synagogues, for they had built synagogues, after the
order of the Nehors; for many of the Amalekites and the Amulonites were after
the order of the Nehors. Therefore, as Aaron entered into one of their
synagogues to preach unto the people, and as he was speaking unto them, behold
there arose an Amalekite, and began to contend with him, saying: What is that
that thou hast testified? Hast thou seen an angel? Why do not angels appear
unto us? Behold, art not this people as good as thy people? --Thou also sayest,
Except ye repent, we shall perish. How knowest thou the thought and intent of
our hearts? How knowest thou that we have cause to repent? How knowest thou
that we are not a righteous people? Behold, we have built sanctuaries, and we
do assemble ourselves together to worship God. We do believe that God will save
all men. Now Aaron said unto him, Believest thou that the Son of God shall come
to redeem mankind from their sins? And the man saith unto him, We do not
believe that thou knowest any such thing. We do not believe in these foolish
traditions. We do not believe that thou knowest of things to come, neither do
we believe that thy fathers, and also that our fathers did know concerning the
things which they spake, of that which is to come. Now Aaron began to open the
Scriptures unto them, concerning the coming of Christ, and also concerning the
resurrection of the dead, and that there could be no redemption for mankind,
save it were through the death and sufferings of Christ, and the atonement of
his blood. And it came to pass that as he began to expound these things unto
them, they were angry with him, and began to mock him; and they would not hear
the words which he spake; therefore, when he saw that they would not hear his
words, he departed out of the synagogue, and came over to a village which was
called Ani-anti, and there he found Muloki a preaching the word unto them; and
also Ammah, and his brethren. And they contended with many about the word. And
it came to pass that they saw that the people would harden their hearts;
therefore they departed, and came over into the land of Middoni. And they did
preach the word unto many, and few believed on the words which they taught.
Nevertheless, Aaron, and a certain number of his brethren, were taken and cast
into prison, and the remainder of them fled out of the land of Middoni, unto
the regions round about. And those which were cast into prison suffered many
things, and they were delivered by the hand of Lamoni and Ammon; and they were
fed and clothed. And they went forth again to declare the word; and thus they
were delivered for the first time out of prison; and thus they had suffered.
And they went forth whithersoever they were led by the spirit of the Lord,
preaching the word of God in every synagogue of the Amalekites, or in every
assembly of the Lamanites, where they could be admitted. And it came to pass
that the Lord began to bless them, insomuch that they brought many to the
knowledge of the truth; yea, they did convince many of their sins, and of the
tradition of their fathers, which were not correct. And it came to pass that
Ammon and Lamoni returned from the land of Middoni, to the land of Ishmael,
which was the land of their inheritance. And king Lamoni would not suffer that
Ammon should serve him, or be his servant; but he caused that there be
synagogues built in the land of Ishmael; and he caused that his people, or the
people which was under his reign, should assemble themselves together. And he
did rejoice over them, and he did teach them many things. And he did also
declare unto them that they were a people which was under him, and that they
were a free people; that they were free from the oppressions of the king, his
father; for that his father had granted unto him that he might reign over the
people which were in the land of Ishmael, and in all the land round about. And
he also declared unto them that they might have the liberty of worshiping the
Lord their God, according to their desires, in whatsoever place they were in,
if it were in the land which was under the reign of king Lamoni. And Ammon did
preach unto the people of king Lamoni.-- And it came to pass that he did teach
them all things concerning things pertaining to righteousness. And he did
exhort them daily, with all diligence; and they gave heed unto his word, and
they were zealous for keeping the commandments of God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma22</bookName>
<text>Now as Ammon was thus teaching the people
of Lamoni continually, we will return to the account of Aaron and his brethren;
for after he departed from the land of Middoni, he was led by the spirit to the
land of Nephi; even to the house of the king which was over all the land, save
it were the land of Ishmael; and he was the father of Lamoni. And it came to
pass that he went in unto him into the king's palace, with his brethren, and
bowed himself before the king, and said unto him, Behold, O king, we are the
brethren of Ammon, whom thou hast delivered out of prison. And now, O king, if
thou wilt spare our lives, we will be thy servants. And the king saith unto
them, Arise, for I will grant unto you your lives, and I will not suffer that
ye shall be my servants; but I will insist that ye shall administer unto me;
for I have been somewhat troubled in mind, because of the generosity, and the
greatness of the words of thy brother Ammon; and I desire to know the cause why
he has not come up out of Middoni, with thee. And Aaron saith unto the king,
Behold, the spirit of the Lord hath called him another way: he hath gone to the
land of Ishmael, to teach the people of Lamoni. Now the king saith unto them,
What is this that ye have said concerning the spirit of the Lord? Behold, this
is the thing which doth trouble me. And also, what is this that Ammon said --if
ye will repent ye shall be saved, and if ye will not repent, ye shall be cast
off at the last day? And Aaron answered him and said unto him, Believest thou
that there is a God? And the king saith, I know that the Amalekites say that
there is a God, and I have granted unto them that they should build
sanctuaries, that they might assemble themselves together, to worship him. And
if now thou sayest there is a God, behold, I will believe. And now when Aaron
heard this, his heart began to rejoice, and he saith, Behold, assuredly, as
thou livest, O king, there is a God. And the king saith, Is God that Great Spirit
that brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem? And Aaron said unto him,
Yea, he is that Great Spirit, and he created all things, both in Heaven and in
earth: believest thou this? --And he saith Yea, I believe that the Great Spirit
created all things, and I desire that ye should tell me concerning all these
things, and I will believe thy words. And it came to pass that when Aaron saw
that the king would believe his words, he began from the creation of Adam,
reading the Scriptures unto the king; how God created man after his own image,
and that God gave him commandments, and that because of transgression, man had
fallen. And Aaron did expound unto him the Scriptures, from the creation of
Adam, laying the fall of man before him, and their carnal state, and also the
plan of redemption, which was prepared from the foundation of the world,
through Christ, for all whosoever would believe on his name. And since man had
fallen, he could not merit any thing of himself; but the sufferings and the
death of Christ atoneth for their sins, through faith and repentance, &c;
and that he breaketh the bands of death, that the grave shall have no victory,
and that the sting of death should be swallowed up in the hopes of glory: and
Aaron did expound all these things unto the king. And it came to pass that
after Aaron had expounded these things unto him, the king saith, What shall I
do, that I may be born of God, having this wicked spirit rooted out of my
breast, and receive his spirit, that I may be filled with joy, that I may not
be cast off at the last day? Behold, saith he, I will give up all that I
possess; yea, I will forsake my kingdom, that I may receive this great joy. But
Aaron saith unto him, if thou desirest this thing, if thou wilt bow down before
God, yea, if thou repent of all thy sins, and will bow down before God, and
call. on his name in faith, believing that ye shall receive, then shalt thou
receive the hope which thou desirest. And it came to pass that when Aaron had
said these words, the king did bow down before the Lord, upon his knees; yea,
even he did prostrate himself upon the earth, and cried mightily, saying, O
God, Aaron hath told me that there is a God; and if there is a God, and if thou
art God, wilt thou make thyself known unto me, and I will give away all my sins
to know thee, and that I may be raised from the dead, and be saved at the last
day. And now when the king had said these words, he was struck as if he were
dead. And it came to pass that his servants ran and told the queen all that had
happened unto the king. And she came in unto the king; and when she saw him lay
as if he were dead, and also Aaron and his brethren standing as though they had
been the cause of his fall, she was angry with them, and commanded that her
servants, or the servants of the king, should take them and slay them. Now the
servants had seen the cause of the king's fall, therefore they durst not lay
their hands on Aaron and his brethren; and they plead with the queen, saying,
Why commandest thou that we should slay these men, when behold, one of them is
mightier than us all? Therefore we shall fall before them. Now when the queen
saw the fear of the servants, she also began to fear exceedingly, lest there
should some evil come upon her. And she commanded her servants that they should
go and call the people, that they might slay Aaron and his brethren. Now when
Aaron saw the determination of the queen, and he also knowing the hardness of
the hearts of the people, feared lest that a multitude should assemble
themselves together, and there should be a great contention, and a disturbance
among them; therefore he put forth his hand and raised the king from the earth,
and said unto him, Stand: and he stood upon his feet, receiving his strength.
Now this was done in the presence of the queen, and many of the servants. And
when they saw it, they greatly marvelled, and began to fear. And the king stood
forth and began to minister unto them. And he did minister unto them insomuch
that his whole household were converted unto the Lord. Now there was a
multitude gathered together because of the commandment of the queen, and there
began to be great murmurings among them, because of Aaron and his brethren. But
the king stood forth among them, and administered unto them. And it came to pass
that they were pacified towards Aaron, and those which were with him. And it
came to pass that when the king saw that the people were pacified, he caused
that Aaron and his brethren should stand forth in the midst of the multitude,
and that they should preach the word unto them. And it came to pass that the
king sent a proclamation throughout all the land, amongst all his people which
was in all his land, which was in all the regions round about, which was
bordering even to the sea, on the east, and on the west, and which was divided
from the land of Zarahemla by a narrow strip of wilderness, which ran from the
sea, east, even to the sea west, and round about on the borders of the sea
shore, and the borders of the wilderness which was on the north, by the land of
Zarahemla, through the borders of Manti, by the head of the river Sidon,
running from the east towards the west; and thus were the Lamanites and the
Nephites divided. Now the more idle part of the Lamanites lived in the
wilderness, and dwelt in tents; and they were spread through the wilderness, on
the west, in the land of Nephi; yea, and also on the west of the land of
Zarahemla, in the borders, by the seashore, and on the west, in the land of
Nephi, in the place of their fathers' first inheritance; and thus bordering
along the seashore. And also there was many Lamanites on the east by the
seashore, whither the Nephites had driven them. And thus the Nephites were
nearly surrounded by the Lamanites; nevertheless the Nephites had taken
possession of all the northern parts of the land, bordering on the wilderness,
at the head of the river Sidon, from the east to the west, round about on the
wilderness side; on the north, even until they came to the land which they
called Bountiful. And it bordered upon the land which they called Desolation;
it being so far northward that it came into the land which had been peopled,
and had been destroyed of whose bones we have spoken, which was discovered by
the people of Zarahemla; it being the place of their first landing. And they
came from there up into the south wilderness. Thus the land on the northward
was called Desolation, and the land on the southward was called Bountiful; it
being the wilderness which was filled with all manner of wild animals of every
kind; a part of which had come from the land northward, for food. And now it
was only the distance of a day and a half's journey for a Nephite, on the line
Bountiful, and the land Desolation, from the East to the West sea; and thus the
land of Nephi, and the land of Zarahemla, was surrounded by water; there being
a small, neck of land between the land northward, and the land southward. And
it came to pass that the Nephites had inhabited the land Bountiful, even from
the East unto the West sea, and thus the Nephites in their wisdom, with their
guards and their armies, had hemmed in the Lamanites on the south, that thereby
they should have no more possession on the north, that they might overrun the
land northward; therefore the Lamanites could have no more possessions only in
the land of Nephi, and the wilderness round about. Now this was wisdom in the
Nephites, as the Lamanites were an enemy to them, they would not suffer their
afflictions on every hand, and also that they might have a country whither they
might flee, according to their desires. And now I, after having said this,
return again to the account of Ammon, and Aaron, Omner and Himni, and their
brethren.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma23</bookName>
<text>Behold, now it came to pass that the king
of the Lamanites sent a proclamation among all his people, that they should not
lay their hands on Ammon or Aaron, or Omner, or Himni, nor neither of their
brethren which should go forth preaching the word of God, in whatsoever place
they should be, in any part of the land; yea, he sent a decree among them, that
they should not lay their hands on them to bind them, or to cast them into
prison; neither should they spit upon them, nor smite them, nor cast them out
of their synagogues, nor scourge them; neither should they cast stones at them,
but that they should have free access to their houses, and also their temples,
and their sanctuaries; and thus they might go forth and preach the word
according to their desires, for the king had been converted unto the Lord, and
all his household; therefore he seat this proclamation throughout the land unto
his people, that the word of God might have no obstruction, but that it might
go forth throughout all the land, that his people might be convinced concerning
the wicked traditions of their fathers, and that they might be convinced that
they were all brethren, and that they had not ought to murder, nor to plunder,
nor to steal, nor to commit adultery, not to commit any manner of wickedness.
And now it came to pass that when the king had sent forth this proclamation,
that Aaron and his brethren went forth from city to city, and from one house of
worship to another, establishing churches, and consecrating priests and
teachers throughout the land among the Lamanites, to preach and to teach the word
of God among them; and thus they began to have great success. And thousands
were brought to the knowledge of the Lord, yea, thousands were brought to
believe in the traditions of the Nephites; and they were taught the records and
the prophecies which were handed down, even to the present time; and as sure as
the Lord liveth, so sure as many as believed, or as many as were brought to the
knowledge of the truth, through the preaching of Ammon and his brethren,
according to the spirit of revelation and of prophecy, and the power of God,
working miracles in them; yea, I say unto you, as the Lord liveth, as many of
the Lamanites as believed in their preaching, and were converted unto the Lord,
never did fall away, for they became a righteous people; they did lay down the
weapons of their rebellion, that they did not fight against God no more,
neither against any of their brethren. --Now these are they which were
converted unto the Lord: The people of the Lamanites which were in the land of
Ishmael, and also the people of the Lamanites which were in the land of
Middoni, and also of the people of the Lamanites which were in the city of
Nephi, and also of the people of the Lamanites which were in the land of
Shilom, and which were in the land of Shemlon, and in the city of Lemuel, and
the city of Shimnilom; and these are the names of the cities of the Lamanites
which were converted unto the Lord; and these are they that laid down the
weapons of their rebellion, yea, all their weapons of war; and they were all
Lamanites. And the Amalekites were not converted, save only one; neither was
any of the Amulonites; but they did harden their hearts, and also the hearts of
the Lamanites in that part of the land whithersoever they dwelt; yea, and all
their villages and all their cities; therefore we have named all the cities of
the Lamanites in which they did repent and come to the knowledge of the truth,
and were converted. And now it came to pass that the king and those people
which were converted, were desirous that they might have a name, that thereby
they might be distinguished from their brethren; therefore the king consulted
with Aaron and many of their priests, concerning the name that they should take
upon them, that they might be distinguished. And it came to pass that they
called their name Anti-Nephi-Lehies; and they were called by this name, and
were no more called Lamanites. And they began to be a very industrious people;
yea, and they were friendly with the Nephites; therefore they did open a
correspondence with them, and the curse of God did no more follow them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma24</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the Amalekites,
and the Amulonites, and the Lamanites which were in the land of Amulon, and
also in the land of Helam, and which was in the land of Jerusalem, and in fine,
in all the land round about, which had not been converted, and had not taken
upon them the name of Anti-Nephi-Lehi, were stirred up by the Amalekites, and
by the Amulonites, to anger against their brethren; and their hatred became
exceeding sore against them, even insomuch that they began to rebel against their
king, insomuch that they would not that he should be their king; therefore they
took up arms against the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi. Now the king conferred the
kingdom upon his son; and he called his name Anti-Nephi-Lehi. And the king died
in that self-same year that the Lamanites began to make preparation for war
against the people of God. Now when Ammon and his brethren, and all those which
had come up with him, saw the preparations of the Lamanites to destroy their
brethren, they came forth to the land of Midian, and there Ammon met all his
brethren; and from thence they came to the land of Ishmael, that they might
hold a council with Lamoni, and also with his brother Anti-Nephi-Lehi, what
they should do to defend themselves against the Lamanites. Now there was not
one soul among all the people which had been converted unto the Lord, that
would take up arms against their brethren; nay, they would not even make any
preparations for war; yea, and also their king commanded them that they should
not. Now these are the words which he said unto the people concerning the
matter: I thank my God, my beloved people, that our great God has in goodness
sent these our brethren, the Nephites, unto us to preach unto us, and to
convince us of the traditions of our wicked fathers. And behold, I thank my
great God that he has given us a portion of his spirit to soften our hearts,
that we have opened a correspondence with these brethren, the Nephites; and
behold, I also thank my God that by opening this correspondence, we have been
convinced of our sins, and of the many murders which we have committed; and I
also thank my God, yea, my great God, that he hath granted unto us that we
might repent of these things, and also that he hath forgiven us those many sins
and murders which we have committed, and took away the guilt from our hearts,
through the merits of his Son. And now behold, my brethren, since it has been
all that we could so, (as we were the most lost of all mankind,) to repent of
all our sins and the many murders which we have committed, and to get God to
take them away from our hearts, for it was all we could do to repent
sufficiently before God, that he would take away our stain. Now my best beloved
brethren, since God hath taken away our stains, and our swords have become
bright, and let us stain our swords no more with the blood of our brethren.
Behold, I say unto you, Nay, let us retain our swords, that they be not stained
with the blood of our brethren: for perhaps, if we should stain our swords
again, they can no more be washed bright through the blood of the Son of our
great God, which shall be shed for the atonement of our sins. And the great God
has had mercy on us, and made these things known unto us, that we might not
perish; yea, and he hath made these things known unto us beforehand, because he
loveth our souls as well as he loveth our children; therefore in his mercy he
doth visit us by his angels, that the plan of salvation might be made known
unto us as well as unto future generations. O how merciful is our God! And now
behold, since it has been as much as we could do to get our stains taken away
from us, and our swords are made bright, let us hide them away that they may be
kept bright, as a testimony to our God at the last day, or at the day that we shall
be brought to stand before him to be judged, that we have not stained our
swords in the blood of our brethren since he imparted his word unto us, and has
made us clean thereby. And now my brethren, if our brethren seek to destroy us,
behold, we will hide away our swords, yea, even we will bury them deep in the
earth, that they may be kept bright, as a testimony that we have never used
them, at the last day; and if our brethren destroy us, behold, we shall go to
our God, and shall be saved. And now it came to pass that when the king had
made an end of these sayings, and all the people were assembled together, they
took their swords, and all the weapons which were used for the shedding of
man's blood, and they did bury them up deep in the earth; and this they did, it
being in their view a testimony to God, and also to men, that they never use
weapons again for the shedding of man's blood; and this they did, vouching and
covenanting with God, that rather than to shed the blood of their brethren,
they would give up their own lives; and rather than to take away from a
brother, they would give unto him; and rather than to spend their days in
idleness, they would labor abundantly with theit hands; and thus we see that
when these Lamanites were brought to believe and to know the truth, that they
were firm, and would suffer even unto death, rather than to commit sin; and
thus we see, that they buried the weapons of peace, or they buried the weapons
of war, for peace. And it came to pass that their brethren, the Lamanites made
preparations for war, and came up to the land of Nephi, for the purpose of
destroying the king, and to place another in his stead, and also of destroying
the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi out of the land. And it came to pass that when
the people saw that they were coming against them, they went out to meet them,
and prostrated themselves before them to the earth, and began to call on the
name of the Lord; and thus they were in this attitude, when the Lamanites began
to fall upon them, and began to slay them with the sword; and thus without
meeting any resistance, they did slay a thousand and five of them; and we know
that they were blessed, for they have gone to dwell with their God. Now when
the Lamanites saw that their brethren would not flee from the sword neither
would they turn aside to the right hand or to the left, but that they would lay
down and perish, and praised God even in the very act of perishing under the
sword; now when the Lamanites saw this, they did forbear from slaying them; and
there were many whose hearts had swollen in them for those of their brethren
who had fallen under the sword, for they repented of the things which they had
done. And it came to pass that they threw down their weapons of war, and they
would not take them again, for they were stung for the murders which they had
committed; and they came down even as their brethren, relying upon the mercies
of those whose arms were lifted to slay them. And it came to pass that the
people of God were joined that day by more than the number which had been
slain; and those which had been slain, were righteous people; therefore we have
no reason to doubt but what they were saved. And there was not a wicked man
slain among them; but there were more than a thousand brought to the knowledge
of the truth; thus we see that the Lord worketh in many ways to the salvation
of his people. Now the greatest number of those of the Lamanites which slew so
many of their brethren, were Amalekites and Amulonites, the greatest number of
whom were after the order of the Nehors. Now among those which joined the
people of the Lord, there were none which were Amalekites or Amulonites, or
which were of the order of Nehor, but they were actual descendants of Laman and
Lemuel; and thus we can plainly discern, that after a people has been once
enlightened by the spirit of God, and hath had great knowledge of things
pertaining to righteousness, and then have fallen away into sin and
transgression, they become more hardened, and thus their estate becometh worse
than as though they had never known these things.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma25</bookName>
<text>And behold, now it came to pass that those
Lamanites were more angry, because they had slain their brethren; therefore
they swore vengeance upon the Nephites; and they did no more attempt to slay
the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi at that time; but they took their armies and went
over into the borders of the land of Zarahemla, and fell upon the people which
were in the land of Ammonihah, and destroyed them. And after that, they had
many battles with the Nephites, in the which they were driven and slain, and
among the Lamanites which were slain, were almost all the seed of Amulon and
his brethren, which were the priests of Noah, and they were slain by the hands
of the Nephites; and the remainder having fled into the east wilderness, and
having usurped the power and authority over the Lamanites, caused that many of
the Lamanites should perish by fire, because of their belief: for many of them,
after having suffered much loss and so many afflictions, they began to be
stirred up in remembrance of the words which Aaron and his brethren had
preached to them in their land; therefore they began to disbelieve the
traditions of their fathers, and to believe in the Lord, and that he gave great
power unto the Nephites; and thus there were many of them converted in the wilderness.
And it came to pass that those rulers which were the remnant of the children of
Amulon, caused that they should be put to death, yea, all those that believed
in these things. Now this martyrdom caused that many of their brethren should
be stirred up to anger; and there began to be contention in the wilderness; and
the Lamanites began to hunt the seed of Amulon and his brethren, and began to
slay them, and they fled into the east wilderness. And behold, they are hunted
at this day, by the Lamanites: thus the words of Abinadi was brought to pass,
which he said concerning the seed of the priests which caused that he should
suffer by fire. For he said unto them, What ye shall do unto me, shall be a
type of things to come. And now Abinadi was the first that suffered death by
fire, because of his belief in God: now this is what he meant, that many should
suffer death by fire, according as he had suffered. And he said unto the
priests of Noah, That their seed should cause many to be put to death, in the like
manner as he was, and that they should be scattered abroad and slain, even as a
sheep having no shepherd is driven and slain by wild beasts: and now behold,
these words were verified, for they were driven by the Lamanites, and they were
hunted, and were smitten. And it came to pass when the Lamanites saw that they
could not overpower the Nephites, they returned again to their own land; and
many of them came over to dwell in the land of Ishmael and the land of Nephi,
and did join themselves to the people of God, which was the people of
Anti-Nephi-Lehi; and they did also bury their weapons of war, according as
their brethren had, and they began to be a righteous people; and they did walk
in the ways of the Lord, and did observe to keep his commandments, and his
statutes, yea, and they did keep the law of Moses: for it was expedient that
they should keep the law of Moses as yet, for it was not all fulfilled. But
notwithstanding the law of Moses, they did look forward to the coming of
Christ, considering that the law of Moses was a type of his coming, and
believing that they must keep those outward performances, until the time that
he should be revealed unto them. Now they did not suppose that salvation came
by the law of Moses; but the law of Moses did serve to strengthen their faith
in Christ; and thus they did retain a hope through faith, unto eternal
salvation, relying upon the spirit of prophecy, which spake of those things to
come. And now behold, Ammon, and Aaron, and Omner, and Himni, and their
brethren, did rejoice exceedingly, for the success which they had had among the
Lamanites, seeing that the Lord granted unto them according to their prayers,
and that he had also verified his word unto them in every particular.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma26</bookName>
<text>And now, these are the words of Ammon to
his brethren, which sayeth thus: My brothers and my brethren, behold I say unto
you, how great reason have we to rejoice; for could we have supposed, when we
started from the land of Zarahemla, that God would have granted unto us such
great blessings? And now I ask, What great blessings hath he bestowed upon us?
Can ye tell? Behold, I answer for you, for our brethren, the Lamanites, were in
darkness, yea, even in the darkest abyss; but behold, how many of them are
brought to behold the marvellous light of God! And this is the blessing which
hath been bestowed upon us, that we have been made instruments in the hands of
God, to bring about this great work. Behold, thousands of them do rejoice, and
have been brought into the fold of God. Behold, the field was ripe, and blessed
are ye, for ye did thrust in the sickle, and did reap with your mights, yea,
all the day long did ye labor; and behold the number of your sheaves, and they
shall be gathered into the garners, that they are not wasted; yea, they shall
not be beaten down by the storm, at the last day; yea, neither shall they be
harrowed up by the whirlwinds; but when the storm cometh, they shall be
gathered together in their place, that the storm cannot penetrate to them; yea,
neither shall they be driven with fierce winds, whithersoever the enemy listeth
to carry them. But behold, they are in the hands of the Lord of the harvest,
and they are his; and he will raise them up at the last day. Blessed be the
name of our God; let us sing to his praise, yea, let us give thanks to his holy
name, for he doth work righteousness forever. For if we had not come up out of
the land of Zarahemla, these our dearly beloved brethren, which have so dearly
loved us, would still have been racked with hatred against us, yea, and they
would also have been strangers to God. And it came to pass that when Ammon had
said these words, his brother Aaron rebuked him saying: Ammon, I fear thy joy
doth carry thee away unto boasting. But Ammon saith unto him, I do not boast in
my own strength, or in my own wisdom; but behold, my joy is full, yea, my heart
is brim with joy, and I will rejoice in my God; yea, I know that I am nothing;
as to my strength, I am weak; therefore I will not boast of myself, but I will
boast of my God; for in his strength I can do all things; yea, behold, many
mighty miracles we have wrought in this land, for which we will praise his name
forever. Behold, how many thousands of our brethren hath he loosed from the
pains of hell; and they are brought to sing redeeming love; and this because of
the power of his word which is in us; therefore have we not great reason to
rejoice? Yea, we have reason to praise him forever, for he is the Most High
God, and has loosed our brethren from the chains of hell. Yea, they were
encircled about with everlasting darkness and destruction; but behold, he hath
brought them into his everlasting light, yea, into everlasting salvation; and
they are encircled about with the matchless bounty of his love; yea, and we
have been instruments in his hands, of doing this great and marvellous work;
therefore let us rejoice, for our joy is full; yea, we will praise our God
forever. Behold, who can glory too much in the Lord? Yea, who can say too much
of his great power, and of his mercy, and of his long suffering towards the children
of men? Behold I say unto you, I cannot say the smallest part which I feel. Who
could have supposed that our God would have been so merciful as to have
snatched us from our awful, sinful, and polluted state? Behold, we went forth
even in wrath, with mighty threatnings to destroy this church. O then, why did
he not consign us to an awful destruction; yea, why did he not let the sword of
his justice fall upon us, and doom us to eternal despair? O my soul, almost as
it were, fleeth at the thought. Behold, he did not exercise his justice upon
us, but in his great mercy hath brought us over that everlasting gulf of death
and misery, even to the salvation of our souls. And now behold, my brethren,
what natural man is there, that knoweth these things? I say unto you, There is
none that knoweth these things, save it be the penitent; yea, he that repenteth
and exerciseth faith, and bringeth forth good works, and prayeth continually
without ceasing: unto such it is given the mysteries of God; yea, unto such it
shall be given to reveal things which never have been revealed; yea, and it
shall be given unto such, to bring thousands of souls to repentance, even as it
hath been given unto us to bring these our brethren to repentance. Now do ye
remember, my brethren, that we said unto our brethren in the land of Zarahemla,
We go up to the land of Nephi, to preach unto our brethren, the Lamanites, and
they laughed us to scorn? For they said unto us, Do ye suppose that ye can
bring the Lamanites to the knowledge of the truth? Do ye suppose that ye can
convince the Lamanites of the incorrectness of the traditions of their fathers,
as stiffnecked a people as they are; whose hearts delighteth in the shedding of
blood; whose days have been spent in the grossest iniquity; whose ways have
been the ways of a transgressor, from the beginning? Now my brethren, ye
remember that this was their language- And moreover, they did say, Let us take
up arms against them, that we destroy them and their iniquity out of the land,
lest they overrun us and destroy us. But behold, my beloved brethren, we came
into the wilderness not with the intent to destroy our brethren but with the
intent that perhaps we might save some few of their souls. Now when our hearts
were depressed, and we were about to turn back, behold, the Lord comforted us,
and said, Go amongst thy brethren, the Lamanites, and bear with patience thine
afflictions, and I will give unto the success. And now behold, we have come,
and been forth amongst them; and we have been patient in our sufferings and we
have suffered every privation; yea, we have travelled from house to house,
relying upon the mercies of the world; not upon the mercies of the world alone,
but upon the mercies of God; and we have entered into their houses and taught them
in their streets; yea, and we have taught them upon their hills; and we have
also entered into their temples and their synagogues and taught them; and we
have been cast out, and mocked, and spit upon, and smote upon our cheeks; and
we have been stoned, and taken and bound with cords, and cast into prison; and
through the power and wisdom of God, we have been delivered again; and we have
suffered all manner of afflictions, and all this, that perhaps we might be the
means of saving some soul; and we supposed that our joy would be full, if
perhaps we could be the means of saving some. Now behold, we can look forth and
see the fruits of our labors; and are they few? I say unto you, Nay, they are
many; yea, and we can witness of their sincerity, because of their love towards
their brethren, and also towards us. For behold, they had rather sacrifice
their lives than even to take the life of their enemy; and they have buried
their weapons of war deep in the earth, because of their love towards their
brethren. And now behold I say unto you, Has there been so great love in all
the land? Behold, I say unto you, Nay, there has not even among the Nephites.
For behold, they would take up arms against their brethren; they would not
suffer themselves to be slain. But behold, how many of these have laid down
their lives; and we know that they have gone to their God, because of their
love, and of their hatred to sin. Now have we not reason to rejoice? Yea, I say
unto you, There never was men that had so great reason to rejoice as we, since
the world began; yea, and my joy is carried away, even unto boasting in my God;
for he has all the power, all wisdom, and all understanding; he comprehendeth
all things, and he is a merciful Being, even unto salvation, to those who will
repent and believe on his name. Now if this is boasting, even so will I boast;
for this is my life and my light, my joy and my salvation, and my redemption
from everlasting wo. Yea, blessed is the name of my God, who hath been mindful
of this people, which are a branch of the tree of Israel, and hath been lost
from its body, in a strange land; yea, I say, blessed be the name of my God,
who hath been mindful of us wanderers in a strange land. Now my brethren, we
see that God is mindful of every people, in whatsoever land they may be in;
yea, he numbereth his people, and his bowels of mercy is over all the earth.
Now this is my joy, and my great thanksgiving; yea, and I will give thanks unto
my God forever. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma27</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that when those
Lamanites which had gone to war against the Nephites, had found after their
many struggles for to destroy them, that it was in vain to seek their
destruction, they returned again to the land of Nephi. And it came to pass that
the Amalekites, because of their loss, were exceeding angry. And when they saw
that they could not seek revenge from the Nephites, they began to stir up the
people in anger against their brethren, the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi;
therefore they began again to destroy them. Now this people again rufused to
take their arms, and they suffered themselves to be slain according to the
desires of their enemies. Now when Ammon and his brethren saw this work of
destruction among those who they so dearly loved, and among those who had so
dearly loved them; for they were treated as though they were angels sent from
God to save them from everlasting destruction; therefore, when Ammon and his
brethren saw this great work of destruction, they were moved with compassion,
and they said unto the king, Let us gather together this people of the Lord,
and let us go down to the land of Zarahemla, to our brethren, the Nephites, and
flee out of the hands of our enemies, that we be not destroyed. But the king
saith unto them, Behold, the Nephites will destroy us, because of the many
murders and sins we have committed against them. And Ammon saith, I will go and
inquire of the Lord, and if he saith unto us, Go down unto our brethren, will
ye go? And the king saith unto him Yea; if the Lord saith unto us Go, we will
go down unto our brethren, and we will be their slaves until we repair unto
them the many murders and sins which we have committed against them. But Ammon
saith unto him, It is against the law of our brethren, which was established by
my father, that there should be any slaves among them; therefore let us go down
and rely upon the mercies of our brethren. But the king saith unto him, Inquire
of the Lord, and if he saith unto us Go, we will go; otherwise we will perish
in the land. And it came to pass that Ammon went and inquired of the Lord, and
the Lord said unto him, Get this people out of this land, that they perish not,
for Satan hath great hold on the hearts of the Amalekites, which do stir up the
Lamanites to anger against their brethren, to slay them; therefore get thee out
of this land; and blessed art this people in this generation; for I will
preserve them. And now it came to pass that Ammon went and told the king all
the words which the Lord had said unto him. And it came to pass that they
gathered together all their people; yea, all the people of the Lord, and did
gather together all their flocks and herds, and departed out of the land, and
came into the wilderness which divided the land of Nephi from the land of
Zarahemla, and came over near the borders of the land. And it came to pass that
Ammon saith unto them, Behold, I and my brethren will go forth into the land of
Zarahemla, and ye shall remain here until we return; and we will try the hearts
of our brethren, whether they will that ye shall come into their land. And it came
to pass that as Ammon was going forth into the land, that he and his brethren
met Alma, over in the place of which has been spoken; and behold, this was a
joyful meeting. Now the joy of Ammon was great, even that he was full; yea, he
was swallowed up in the joy of his God, even to the exhausting of his strength;
and he fell again to the earth. Now was not this exceeding joy? Behold, this is
joy which none receiveth save it be the truly penitent and humble seeker of
happiness. Now the joy of Alma in meeting his brethren was truly great, and
also the joy of Aaron, of Omner, and Himni; but behold, their joy was not that
to exceed their strength. Now it came to pass that Alma conducted his brethren
back to the land of Zarahemla, even to his own house. And it came to pass that
they went and told the Chief Judge all the things that had happened unto them
in the land of Nephi among their brethren, the Lamanites. And it came to pass
that the Chief Judge sent a proclamation throughout all the land, desiring the
voice of the people concerning the admitting their brethren, which were the
people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi. And it came to pass that the voice of the people
came saying, Behold, we will give up the land of Jershon, which is on the east
by the sea, which joins the land Bountiful, which is on the south of the land
of Bountiful; and this land Jershon is the land which we will give unto our
brethren, for an inheritance. And behold, we will set our armies between the
land of Jershon and the land of Nephi, that we may protect our brethren in the
land of Jershon; and this we do for our brethren, on account of their fear to
take up arms against their brethren, lest they should commit sin; and this
their great fear came, because of their sore repentance which they had, on account
of their many murders, and their awful wickedness. And now behold, this will we
do unto out brethren, that they may inherit the land of Jershon; and we will
guard them from their enemies with our armies, on conditions that they will
give us a portion of their substance to assist us, that we may maintain our
armies. Now it came to pass that when Ammon heard this, he returned to the
people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi, and also Alma with him, into the wilderness, where
they had pitched their tents, and made known unto them all these things. And
Alma also related unto them his conversion with Ammon, and Aaron, and his
brethren. And it came to pass that it did cause great joy among them. And it
came to pass that they went down into the land of Jershon, and took possession
of the land of Jershon, and they were called by the Nephites the people of
Ammon; therefore they were distinguished by that name ever after; and they were
among the people of Nephi, and also numbered among the people which were of the
Church of God. And they were also distinguished for their zeal towards God, and
also towards men; for they were perfectly honest and upright in all things; and
they were firm in the faith of Christ, even unto the end. And they did look
upon shedding the blood of their brethren with the great abhorrence; and they
never could be prevailed upon to take up arms against their brethren; and they
never did look upon death with any degree of terror for their hope and views of
Christ and the resurrection; therefore death was swallowed up to them by the
victory of Christ over it; therefore they would suffer death in the most
aggravating and distressing manner which could be inflicted by their brethren,
before they would take the sword or the cimeter to smite them. And thus they were
a zealous and beloved people, a highly favored people of the Lord.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma28</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after the
people of Ammon were established in the land of Jershon, and a church also
established in the land of Jershon; and the armies of the Nephites were set
round about the land of Jershon; yea, in all the borders round about the land
of Zarahemla; behold the armies of the Lamanites had followed their brethren
into the wilderness. And thus a tremendous battle; yea, even such an one as
never had been known among all the people, in the land from the time Lehi left
Jerusalem; yea, and tens of thousands of the Lamanites were slain and scattered
abroad. Yea, and also there was a tremendous slaughter among the people of
Nephi, nevertheless, the Lamanites were driven and scattered, and the people of
Nephi returned again to their land. --And now this was a time that there was a
great mourning and lamentation heard throughout all the land, among all the
people of Nephi; yea, the cry of widows mourning for their husbands, and also
fathers mourning for their sons, and the daughter for the brother; yea, the
brother for the father: and thus the cry of mourning was heard among every one
of them; mourning for their kindred which had been slain. And now surely this
was a sorrowful day; yea, a time of solemnity, and a time of much fasting and
prayer: and thus ended the fifteenth year of the reign of the Judges over the
people of Nephi; and this is the account of Ammon and his brethren, their
journeyings in the land of Nephi, their sufferings in the land, their sorrows,
and their afflictions, and their incomprehensible joy, and the reception and
safety of the brethren in the land of Jershon. And now may the Lord, the
Redeemer of all men, bless their souls forever. And this is the account of the
wars and contentions among the Nephites, and also the wars between the Nephites
and the Lamanites; and the fifteenth year of the reign of the Judges is ended;
and from the first year to the fifteenth, has brought to pass the destruction
of many thousand lives; yea, it has brought to pass an awful scene of
bloodshed; and the bodies of many thousands are laid low in the earth, while
the bodies of many thousands are mouldering in heaps upon the face of the
earth; yea, and many thousands are mourning for the loss of their kindred,
because they have reason to fear, according to the promises of the Lord, that
they are consigned to a state of endless wo; while many thousands of others
truly mourn for the loss of their kindred, yet they rejoice and exult in the
hope, and even know, according to the promises of the Lord, that ye are raised
to dwell at the right hand of God, in a state of never ending happiness: and
thus we see how great the iniquity of man is because of sin and transgression,
and the power of the Devil, which comes by the cunning plans which he hath
devised to ensnare the hearts of men; and thus we see the great call of
diligence of men to labor in the vineyards of the Lord; and thus we see the
great reason of sorrow, and also of rejoicing: sorrow because of death and
destruction among men, and joy because of the light of Christ unto life.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma29</bookName>
<text>O that I were an angel, and could have the
wish of mine heart, that I might go forth and speak with the trump of God, with
a voice to shake the earth, and cry repentance unto every people; yea, I would
declare unto every soul, as with the voice of thunder, Repentance, and the plan
of redemption, that they should repent and come unto God, that there might not
be no more sorrow upon all the face of the earth. But behold, I am a man, and
do sin in my wish; for I had ought to be content with the things which the Lord
hath allotted unto me. I had not ought to harrow up in my desires, the firm
decree of a just God, for I know that he granteth unto men according to their
desires, whether it be unto death or unto life; yea, I know that he allotteth
unto men, yea, decreeth unto them decrees which are unalterable, according to
their wills; whether it be unto salvation or unto destruction; yea, and I know
that good and evil hath come before all men; or he that knoweth not good from evil,
is blameless; but he that knoweth good and evil, to him it is given according
to his desires; whether he desireth good or evil, life or death, joy or remorse
of conscience. Now seeing that I know these things, why should I desire more
than to perform the work to which I have been called? Why should I desire that
I was an angel, that I could speak unto all the ends of the earth? --For
behold, the Lord doth grant unto all nations, of their own nation and tongue,
to teach his word; yea, in wisdom, all that he seeth fit that they should have;
therefore we see that the Lord doth counsel in wisdom, according to that which
is just and true. I know that which the Lord commanded me, and I glory in it; I
do not glory of myself, but I glory in that which the Lord hath commanded me;
yea, and this is my glory, that perhaps I may be an instrument in the hands of
God, to bring some soul to repentance; and this is my joy. And behold, when I
see many of my brethren truly penitent, and coming to the Lord their God, then
is my soul filled with joy; then do I remember what the Lord has done for me;
yea, that he hath heard my prayer; yea, then do I remember his merciful arm
which he extended towards me; yea, and I also remember the captivity of my
fathers; for I surely do know that the Lord did deliver them out of bondage,
and by this did establish his church; yea, the Lord God, the God of Abraham,
the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, did deliver them out of bondage; yea, I
have always remembered the captivity of my fathers; and that same God who
delivered them out of the hands of the Egyptians, did deliver them out of
bondage; yea, and that same God did establish his church among them; yea, and
that same God hath called me by a holy calling, to preach the word unto his people,
and hath given me much success, in the which my joy is full; but I do not joy
in my own success alone, but my joy is more full because of the success of my
brethren, which have been up to the land of Nephi. Behold, they have labored
exceedingly, and have brought forth much fruit; and how great shall be their
reward. Now when I think of the success of these my brethren, my soul is
carried away, even to the separation of it from the body, as it were, so great
is my joy. And now may God grant unto these my brethren, that they may sit down
in the kingdom of God; yea, and also all those which are the fruit of their
labors, that they may go no more out, but that they may praise him forever. And
may God grant that it may be done according to my words, even as I have spoken.
Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma30</bookName>
<text>Behold, now it came to pass that after the
people of Ammon were established in the land of Jershon, yea, and also after
the Lamanites were driven out of the land, and their dead were buried by the
people of the land. Now their dead were not numbered, because of the greatness
of their numbers; neither were the dead of the Nephites numbered. But it came
to pass that after they had buried their dead, and also after the days of
fasting, and mourning, and prayer, (and it was in the sixteenth year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi,) there began to be continual
peace throughout all the land; yea, and the people did observe to keep the
commandments of the Lord; and they were strict in observing the ordinances of
God, according to the law of Moses; for they were taught to keep the law of
Moses, until it should be fulfilled; and thus the people did have no
disturbance in all the sixteenth year of the reign of the Judges over the
people of Nephi. And it came to pass in the seventeenth year of the reign of the
Judges, there was continual peace. But it came to pass in the latter end of the
seventeenth year, there came a man into the land of Zarahemla; and he was
Anti-Christ, for he began to preach unto the people against the prophecies
which had been spoken by the prophets concerning the coming of Christ. Now
there was no law against a man's belief; for it was strictly contrary to the
commands of God, that there should be a law which should bring men on to
unequal grounds. For thus saith the Scripture: Choose ye this day, whom ye will
serve. Now if a man desired to serve God, it was his privilege to serve him;
but if he did not believe in him, there was no law to punish him. But if he
murdered, he was punished unto death; and if he robbed, he was also punished; and
if he stole, he was also punished; and if he committed adultery, he was also
punished; yea, for all this wickedness, they were punished: for there was a
law, that men should be judged according to their crimes. Nevertheless, there
was no law against a man's belief; therefore, a man was punished only for the
crimes which he had done; therefore all men were on equal grounds. And this
Anti- Christ, whose name was Korihor, and the law could have no hold upon him.
And he began to preach unto the people, that there should be no Christ. And
after this manner did he preach, saying: O ye that are bound down under a
foolish and a vain hope, why do ye yoke yourselves with such foolish things?
Why do ye look for a Christ? For no man can know of any thing which is to come.
Behold, these things which ye call prophecies, which ye say are handed down by
the holy prophets, behold, they are foolish traditions of your fathers. How do
ye know of their surety? Behold, ye cannot know of things which ye do not see;
therefore ye cannot know that there shall be a Christ. Ye look forward and say,
that ye see a remission of your sins. But behold, it is the effects of a
phrensied mind; and this derangement of your minds comes because of the
tradition of your fathers, which lead you away into a belief of things which
are not so. And many more such things did he say unto them, telling them that
there could be no atonement made for the sins of men, but every man fared in
this life, according to the management of the creature; therefore every man
prospered according to his genius, and that every man conquered according to
his strength; and whatsoever a man did, was no crime. And thus he did preach
unto them, leading away the hearts of many, causing them to lift up their heads
in their wickedness; yea, leading away many women, and also men, to commit
whoredoms; telling them that when a man was dead, that was the end thereof. Now
this man went over to the land of Jershon, also, to preach these things among
the people of Ammon, which were once the people of the Lamanites. But behold,
they were more wise than many of the Nephites; for they took him, and bound
him, and carried him before Ammon, which was a High Priest over that people.
And it came to pass that he caused that he should be carried out of the land.
And it came to pass that he came over into the land of Gideon, and began to
preach unto them also; and here he did not have much success, for he was taken
and bound, and carried before the High Priest, and also the Chief Judge over
the land. And it came to pass that the High Priest saith unto him, Why do ye go
about perverting the ways of the Lord? Why do ye teach this people that there
shall be no Christ, to interrupt their rejoicings? Why do ye speak against all
the prophecies of the holy prophets? Now the High Priest's name was Giddonah.
And Korihor saith unto him, Because I do not teach the foolish traditions of
your fathers, and because I do not teach this people to bind themselves down
under the foolish ordinances and performances which are laid down by ancient
priests, to usurp power and authority over them, to keep them in ignorance,
that they may not lift up their heads, but be brought down according to thy
words. Yea, say that this people is a free people. Behold, I say they are in bondage.
Ye say that those ancient prophecies are true. Behold, I say that ye do not
know that they are true. Ye say that this people is a guilty and a fallen
people, because of the transgression of a parent. Behold, I say that a child is
not guilty because of its parents. And ye also say that Christ shall come. But
behold, I say that ye do not know that there shall be a Christ. And ye say
also, that he shall be slain for the sins of the world; and thus ye lead away
this people after the foolish traditions of your fathers, and according to your
own desires; and ye keep them down, even as it were, in bondage that ye may
glut yourselves with the labors of their hands, that they durst not look up
with boldness, and that they durst not enjoy their rights and privileges; yea,
they durst not make use of that which is there own, lest they should offend
their priests, which do yoke them according to their desires, and hath brought
them to believe by their traditions, and their dreams, and their whims, and
their visions, and their pretended mysteries, that they should, if they did not
do according to their words, offend some unknown being, which they say is God;
a being which never hath been seen not known, which never was nor ever will be.
Now when the High Priest and the Chief Judge saw the hardness of his heart;
yea, when they saw that he would revile even against God, they would not make
any reply to his words; but they caused that he should be bound; and they
delivered him up into the hands of the officers, and sent him to the land of
Zarahemla, that he might be brought before Alma, and the Chief Judge, which was
governor over all the land. And it came to pass that when he was brought before
Alma and the Chief Judge, that he did go on in the same manner as he did in the
land of Gideon; yea, he went on to blaspheme. And he did rise up in great
swelling words before Alma, and did revile against the priests and teachers,
accusing them of leading away the people after the silly traditions of their
fathers, for the sake of glutting in the labors of the people. --Now Alma saith
unto him, Thou knowest that we do not glut ourselves upon the labors of this
people; for behold, I have labored even from the commencement of the reign of
Judges, until now, with mine own hands, for my support, notwithstanding my many
travels round about the land, to declare the word of God unto my people. And
notwithstanding the many labors which I have performed in the church, I have
never received so much as even one senine for my labor; neither hath any of my
brethren, save it were in the judgment seat; and then we have received only
according to the law, for our time. And now if we do not receive any thing for
our labors in the church, what doth it profit us to labor in the church, save
it were to declare the truth, that we may have rejoicings in the joy of our
brethren? Then why sayest thou that we preach unto this people to get gain,
when thou thyself knowest that we receive no gain? And now, believest thou that
we deceive this people, that causeth such joy in their hearts? --And Korihor
answered him, Yea. And then Alma saith unto him, Believest thou that there is a
God? And he answered, Nay, Now Alma saith unto him, If ye deny again that there
is a God, and also deny the Christ: for behold, I say unto you, I know there is
a God, and also that Christ shall come. And now, what evidence have ye that
there is no God, or that Christ cometh not? I say unto you that ye have none,
save it be your word only. But behold, I have all things as a testimony that these
things are true; and ye also have all things as a testimony unto you that they
are true; and will ye deny them? Believest thou that these things are true?
Behold, I know that thou believest, but thou are possessed with a lying spirit,
and ye have put off the spirit of God, that it may have no place in you; but
the Devil hath power over you, and he doth carry you about, working devices,
that he may destroy the children of God. And now Korihor saith unto Alma, If
thou wilt shew me a sign, that I may be convinced that there is a God, yea,
shew unto me that he hath power, and then I will be convinced of the truth of
my words. But Alma saith unto him, Thou hast had signs enough; will ye tempt
your God? Will ye say, Shew unto me a sign, when ye have the testimony of all
these thy brethren, and also all the holy prophets? The Scriptures are laid
before thee, yea, and all things denote there is a God; yea, even the earth,
and all things that is upon the face of it, yea, and its motion; yea, and also
all the planets which move in their regular form, doth witness that there is a
Supreme Creator; and yet do ye go about, leading away the hearts of this
people, testifying unto them there is no God. And yet will ye deny against all
these witnesses? And he said, Yea, I will deny, except ye shall shew me a sign.
And now it came to pass that Alma said unto him, Behold, I am grieved because
of the hardness of your heart; yea, that ye will resist the spirit of the
truth, that thy soul may be destroyed. But behold, it is better that thy soul
should be lost, than that thou shouldst be the means of bringing many souls
down to destructions, by thy lying and by thy flattering words; that thou shalt
become dumb, that thou shalt never open thy mouth any more, that thou shalt not
deceive this people any more. Now Korihor saith unto him, I do not deny the
existence of a God, but I do not believe that there is a God; and I say also,
that ye do not know that there is a God; and except ye shew me a sign, I will
not believe. Now Alma saith unto him, This will I give unto thee for a sign,
that thou shalt be struck dumb, according to my words; and I say, that in the
name of God, that ye shall be struck dumb, that ye shall no more have
utterance. Now when Alma said these words, Korihor was struck dumb, that he
could not have utterance, according to the words of Alma. And now when the
Chief Judge saw this, he put forth his hand and wrote unto Korihor, saying: Art
thou convinced of the power of a God? In whom did ye desire that Alma shew
forth his sign? Would ye that he should afflict others, to shew unto thee a
sign? Behold, he hath showed unto you a sign; and now, will ye dispute more?
And Korihor put forth his hand, and wrote saying: I know that I am dumb, for I
cannot speak; and I know that nothing, save it were the power of god could
bring this upon me; yea, and I also knew that there was a God. But behold, the
Devil hath deceived me; for he appeared unto me in the form of an angel, and
said unto me, Go and reclaim this people, for they have all gone astray after
an unknown God. And he saith unto me, There is no God; yea, and he taught me
that which I should say. And I have taught his words; and I taught them,
because they were pleasing unto the carnal mind; and I taught them, even until
I had much success, insomuch that I verily believed that they were true; and
for this cause, I withstood the truth, even until I have brought this great
curse upon me. Now when he had said this, he besought that Alma should pray
unto god, that the curse might be taken from him. But Alma said unto him, If
this curse should be taken from thee thou wouldst again lead away the hearts of
this people; therefore, it shall be unto thee, even as the Lord will. And it
came to pass that the curse was not taken off of Korihor; but he was cast out,
and went about from house to house, a begging for his food. Now the knowledge
of what had happened unto Korihor, was immediately published throughout all the
land; yea, the proclamation was sent forth by the Chief Judge, to all the people
in the land, declaring to those who had believed in the words of Korihor, that
they must speedily repent, lest the same judgments would come unto them. And it
came to pass that they were all convinced of the wickedness of Korihor;
therefore they were all converted again unto the Lord; and this put an end to
the iniquity after the manner of Korihor. And Korihor did go about from house
to house, a begging food for his support. And it came to pass that as he went
forth among the people, yea, among a people which had separated themselves from
the Nephites, and called themselves Zoramites, being led by a man whose name
was Zoram; and as he went forth amongst them, behold, he was run upon, and
trodden down, even until he was dead; and thus we see the end of him who
perverteth the ways of the Lord; and thus we see that the Devil will not
Support his children at the last day, but doth speedily drag them down to hell.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma31</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass after the end of
Korihor, Alma having received tidings that the Zoramites were perverting the
ways of the Lord, and that Zoram, which was their leader, was leading the
hearts of the people to bow down to dumb idols, &c., his heart again began
to sicken, because of the iniquity of the people; for it was the cause of great
sorrow to Alma, to know of iniquity among his people; therefore his heart was
exceeding sorrowful, because of the separation of the Zoramites from the
Nephites. Now the Zoramites had gathered themselves together in a land which
they called Antionum, which was east of the land of Zarahemla, which lay nearly
bordering upon the seashore, which was south of the land of Jershon, which also
bordered upon the wilderness south, which wilderness was full of the Lamanites.
Now the Nephites greatly feared that the Zoramites would enter into a
correspondence with the Lamanites, and that it would be the means of a great
loss on the part of the Nephites. And now, as the preaching of the word had a
great tendency to lead the people to do that which was just; yea, it had had
more power effect upon the minds of the people than the sword, or any thing
else, which had happened unto them; therefore Alma thought it was expedient
that they should try the virtue of the word of God. Therefore he took Ammon,
and Aaron, and Omner; and Himni he did leave in the church of Zarahemla; but
the former three he took with him, and also Amulek and Zeesrom, which were at
Melek; and he also took two of his sons. Now the eldest of his sons he took not
with him; and his name was Helaman; but the names of those which he took with
him, were Shiblon and Corianton: and these are the names of those which went
with him among the Zoramites, to preach unto them the word. Now the Zoramites
were dissenters from the Nephites; therefore they had the word of God preached
unto them. But they had fell into great errors, for they would not observe to
keep the commandments of God, and his statutes, according to the law of Moses;
neither would they observe the performances of the church, to continue in
prayer and supplication to God daily, that they might not enter into
temptation; yea, in fine, they did pervert the ways of the Lord in very many
instances; therefore, for this cause, Alma and his brethren went into the land,
to preach the word unto them. Now when they had come into the land, behold, to
their astonishment, they found that the Zoramites had built synagogues, and
that they did gather themselves together on one day of the week, which they did
call the day of the Lord; and they did worship after a manner which Alma and
his brethren had never beheld; for they had a place built up in the centre of
their synagogue, a place of standing, which was high above the head; and the
top thereof would only admit one person. Therefore, whosoever desired to
worship, must go forth and stand upon the top thereof, and stretch forth his
hands towards heaven, and cry with a loud voice, saying: Holy, holy God; we
believe that thou art God., and we believe that thou art holy, and that thou
wast a spirit, and that thou art a spirit, and that thou wilt be a spirit
forever. Holy God, we believe that thou hast separated us from our brethren;
and we do not believe in the tradition of our brethren, which was handed down
to them by the childishness of their fathers; but we believe that thou hast
elected us to be thy holy children; and also thou hast made it known unto us
that there shall be no Christ; but thou art the same, yesterday, to-day, and
forever; and thou hast elected us, that we shall be saved, whilst all around us
are elected to be cast by thy wrath down to hell; for the which holiness, O
God, we thank thee; and we also thank thee that thou hast elected us, that we
may not be led away after the foolish traditions of our brethren, which doth
bind them down to a belief of Christ, which doth lead their hearts to wander
far from thee, our God. And again: We thank thee, O God, that we are a chosen
and a holy people. Amen. Now it came to pass that after Alma and his brethren,
and his sons, had heard these prayers, they were astonished beyond all measure.
For behold, every man did go forth and offer up the same prayers. Now the place
was called by them Rameumptom, which being interpreted is the Holy Stand. --Now
from this stand, they did offer up, every man, the self-same prayer unto God,
thanking their God that they were chosen of him, and that he did not lead them
away after the tradition of their brethren; and that their hearts were not
stolen away to believe in things to come, which they knew nothing about. Now
after the people had all offered up thanks after this manner, they returned to
their homes, never speaking of their God again, until they had assembled
themselves together again, to the holy stand, to offer up thanks after their
manner. Now when Alma saw this, his heart was grieved: for he saw that they
were a wicked and a perverse people; yea, he saw that their hearts were set
upon gold, and upon silver, and upon all manner of fine goods. Yea, and he also
saw that their hearts were lifted up into great boasting, in their pride. And
he lifted up his voice to Heaven, and cried, saying: O how long O Lord, wilt
thou suffer that thy servants shall dwell here below in the flesh, to behold
such gross wickedness among the children of men. Behold, O God, they cry unto
thee, and yet their hearts are swallowed up in their pride. Behold, O God, they
cry unto thee with their mouths, while they are puffed up, even to greatness,
with the vain things of the world. Behold, O my God, their costly apparel, and
their ringlets, and their bracelets, and their ornaments of gold, and all their
precious things which they are ornamented with; and behold, their hearts are
set upon them, and yet they cry unto thee and say, We thank thee, O God, for we
are a chosen people unto thee, while others shall perish. Yea, and they say
that thou hast made it known unto them, that there shall be no Christ. O Lord
God, how long wilt thou suffer that such wickedness and iniquity shall be among
this people? O Lord, wilt thou give me strength, that I may bear with mine
infirmities? for I am infirm, and such wickedness among this people doth pain
my soul. O Lord, my heart is exceeding sorrowful; wilt thou comfort my soul in
Christ? O Lord, wilt thou grant unto me that I may have strength, that I may
suffer with patience these afflictions which shall come upon me, because of the
iniquity of this people? O Lord, wilt thou comfort my soul, and give unto me
success, and also my fellow-laborers which are with me; yea, Ammon, and Aaron,
and Omner, and also Amulek, and Zeezrom, and also my two sons; yea, even all
these wilt thou comfort, O Lord? Yea, wilt thou comfort their souls in Christ?
Wilt thou grant unto them that they may have strength, that they may bear their
afflictions which shall come upon them, because of the iniquities of this
people? O Lord, wilt thou grant unto us that we may have success in bringing
them again unto thee, in Christ? Behold, O Lord, their souls are precious, and
many of them are our near brethren, therefore, give unto us O Lord, power and
wisdom, that we may bring these, our brethren, again unto thee. Now it came to
pass, that when Alma had said these words, that he clapped his hands upon all
they which were with him. And behold, as he clapped his hands upon them, they
were filled with the holy Spirit. And after that, they did separate themselves
one from another, taking no thoughts for themselves what they should eat, or
what they should drink, or what they should put on. And the Lord provided for
them that they should hunger not, neither should they thirst; yea, and he also
gave them strength, that they should suffer no manner of afflictions, save it
were swallowed up in the joy of Christ. --Now this was according to the prayer
of Alma; and this because he prayed in faith.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma32</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that they did go forth,
and began to preach the word of God unto the people, entering into their
synagogues, and into their houses; yea, and even they did preach the word in
their streets. And it came to pass that after much labor among them, they began
to have success among the poor class of people; for behold, they were cast out
of the synagogues, because of the coarseness of their apparel; therefore they
were not permitted to enter into their synagogues to worship God, being esteemed
as filthiness; therefore they were poor; yea, they were esteemed by their
brethren as dross; therefore they were poor as to things of the world; and also
they were poor in heart. Now as Alma was teaching and speaking unto the people
upon the hill Onidah, there came a great multitude unto him, which were those
of which we have been speaking, of which were poor in heart, because of their
poverty as to the things of the world. And they came unto Alma; and the one
which was the most foremost among them, saith unto him, Behold, what shall
these my brethren do, for they are despised of all men, because of their
poverty; yea, and more especially by our priests; for they have cast us out of
our synagogues, which we have labored abundantly to build, with our own hands;
and they have cast us out because of this our exceeding poverty, that we have
no place to worship God; and behold, what shall we do? And now when Alma heard
this, he turned him about, his face immediately towards him, and he beheld,
with great joy; for he beheld that their afflictions had truly humbled them,
and that they were in a preparation to hear the word; therefore he did say no
more to the other multitude, but he stretched forth his hand, and cried unto
those which he beheld, which were truly penitent, and saith unto them, I beheld
that ye are lowly in heart; and if so, blessed are ye. Behold, thy brother hath
said, What shall we do? for we are cast out of our synagogues, that we cannot
worship God. Behold I say unto you, Do ye suppose that ye cannot worship God,
save it be in your synagogues? And moreover, I would ask, Do ye suppose that ye
must not worship God only once in a week? I say unto you, It is well that ye
are cast out of your synagogues, that ye may be humbled, and that ye may learn
wisdom; for it is necessary that ye should learn wisdom; for it is because ye
are cast out, that ye are despised of your brethren; because of your exceeding
poverty, that ye are brought to a lowliness of heart; for ye are necessarily
brought to be humble, blessed are ye; for a man sometimes, if he is compelled
to be humble, seeketh repentance; and now surely, whosoever repenteth, shall
find mercy; and he that findeth mercy and endureth to the end, the same shall
be saved. And now as I said unto you, That because ye are compelled to be
humble, ye were blessed, do ye suppose that they are more blessed who truly
humble themselves because of the word? Yea, he that truly humbleth himself, and
repenteth of his sin, and endureth to the end, the same shall be blessed; yea,
much more blessed than they who art compelled to be humble, because of their
exceeding poverty; therefore blessed are they who humbleth themselves without
being compelled to be humble; or rather, in other words, blessed is he that
believeth in the word of God, and is baptized without stubborness of heart;
yea, without being brought to know the word, or even compelled to know, before
they will believe. Yea, there are many which do say, If thou wilt show unto us
a sign from Heaven, then we shall know of a surety; then we shall believe. Now
I ask, Is this faith? Behold, I say unto you, Nay; for if a man knoweth a
thing, he hath no cause to believe, for he knoweth it. And now, how much more
cursed is he that only believeth, or only hath cause to believe, and falleth
into transgression? Now of this thing, ye must judge. Behold, I say unto you,
That it is on the one hand, even as it is on the other; and it shall be unto
every man according to his work. And now as I said concerning faith: Faith, is
not to have a perfect knowledge of things; therefore if ye have faith, ye hope
for things which is not seen, which are true. And now, behold, I say unto you:
and I would that ye should remember that God is merciful unto all who believe
on his name; therefore he desireth, in the first place, that ye should believe,
yea, even on his word. And now, he imparteth his word by angels, unto men; yea,
not only men, but women also. Now this is not all: little children doth have
words given unto them many times, which doth confound the wise and learned. And
now. my beloved brethren, as ye have desired to know of me what shall ye do
because ye are afflicted and cast out: now I do not desire that ye should
suppose that I mean to judge you only according to that which is true; for I do
not mean that ye all of you have been compelled to humble yourselves;. for I
verily believe there are some among you which would humble themselves, let them
be in whatsoever circumstances they might. Now as I said concerning faith
--that it was not a perfect knowledge, even so it is with my words. Ye cannot
know of their surety at first, unto perfection, any more than faith is a
perfect knowledge. But behold, if ye will awake and arouse your faculties, even
to an experiment upon my words, and exercise a particle of faith; yea, even if
ye can no more than desire to believe, let this desire work in you, even until
ye believe in a manner that ye can give place for a portion of my words. Now we
will compare the word unto a seed. Now if ye give place, that a seed may be
planted in your heart, behold, if it be a true seed, or a good seed, if ye cast
it out by your unbelief, that ye will resist the spirit of the Lord, behold, it
will begin to swell within your breasts; and when you feel these swelling motions,
ye will begin to say within yourselves, It must needs be that this is a good
seed, or that the word is good, for it beginneth to enlarge my soul; yea, it
beginneth to enlighten my understanding; yea, and it beginneth to be delicious
to me. Now behold, would not this increase your faith? I say unto you, yea;
nevertheless it hath not grown up to a perfect knowledge. But behold, as the
seed swelleth, and sprouteth, and beginneth to grow, and then ye must needs
say, That the seed is good; for behold it swelleth, and sprouteth, and
beginneth to grow. And now behold, are ye sure that this is a good seed? I say
unto you, Yea; for every seed bringeth forth unto its own likeness; therefore.
if a seed groweth, it is good, but if it groweth not, behold, it is not good;
therefore it is cast away. And now behold, because ye have tried the
experiment, and planted the seed, and it swelleth, and sprouteth, and beginneth
to grow, ye must needs know that the seed is good. And now behold, is your
knowledge perfect? Yea, your knowledge is perfect in that thing. and your faith
is dormant; and this because you know; for ye know that the word hath swelled
your souls; and ye also know that it hath sprouted up, that your understanding
doth begin to be enlightened, and your mind doth begin to expand. O then, is
not this real? I say unto you, yea, because it is light; and whatsoever is
light, is good, because it is discernible; therefore ye must know that it is
good. And now behold, after ye have tasted this light, is your knowledge perfect?
Behold, I say unto you, Nay; neither must ye lay aside your faith, for ye have
only exercised your faith to plant the seed, that ye might try the experiment,
to know if the seed was good. And behold, as the tree beginneth to grow, ye
will say, Let us nourish it with great care, that ii may get root, that it may
grow up and bring forth fruit unto us. And now behold, if ye nourish it with
much care, it will get root, and grow up, and bring forth fruit. But if ye
neglect the tree, and take no thought for its nourishment, behold, it will not
get any root; and when the heat of the sun cometh and scorcheth it, and because
it hath no root, it whithereth away, and ye pluck it up and cast it out. Now
this is not because the seed was not good; neither is it because the fruit
thereof would not be desirable. But it is because your ground is barren, and ye
will not nourish the tree; therefore ye cannot have the fruit thereof. And thus
if ye will not nourish the word, looking forward with an eye of faith to the fruit
thereof, ye can never pluck of the fruit of the tree of life. But if ye will
nourish the word, yea, nourish the tree as it beginneth to grow, by your faith,
with great diligence, and with patience, looking forward to the fruit thereof,
and it shall take root; and behold, it shall be a tree springing up unto
everlasting life; and because of your diligence, and your faith, and your
patience with the word, in nourishing it, that it may take root in you, behold,
by and by, ye shall pluck the fruit thereof, which is most precious, which is
sweet above all that is sweet, and which is white above all that is white; yea,
and pure above all that is pure; and ye shall feast upon this fruit, even until
ye are filled, that ye hunger not, neither shall ye thirst. Then my brethren ye
shall reap the rewards of your faith, and your diligence, and patience, and
long suffering, waiting for the tree to bring forth fruit unto you.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma33</bookName>
<text>Now after Alma had spoken these words, they
sent forth unto him desiring to know whether they should believe in one God,
that they might obtain this fruit of which he had spoken, or how they should
plant the seed, or the word, of which he had spoken, which he said must be
planted in their hearts; or in what manner they should begin to exercise their
faith. And Alma said unto them, Behold, ye have said that ye could not worship
your God, because ye are cast out of your synagogues. But behold, I say unto
you, If ye suppose that ye cannot worship God, ye do greatly err, and ye had
ought to search the Scriptures; for if ye suppose that they have taught you
this, ye do not understand them. Do ye remember to have read what Zenos, the
prophet of old, hath said concerning prayer or worship? for he saith, Thou art
merciful O God, for thou hast heard my prayer, even when I was in the
wilderness; yea, thou wast merciful when I prayed concerning those which were
mine enemies, and thou didst turn them to me; yea, O God, and thou wast
merciful unto me when I did cry unto thee in my field; when I did cry unto thee
in my prayer, and thou didst hear me. And again, O God, when I did turn to my
house thou didst hear me in my prayer, And when I did turn unto my closet, O
Lord, and prayed unto thee, thou didst hear me; yea, thou art merciful unto thy
children, when they cry unto to thee to be heard of thee, and not of men; and
thou wilt hear them; yea, O God, thou hast been merciful unto me, and heard my
cries in the midst of thy congregations; yea, and thou hast also heard me when
I have been cast out, and have been despised by mine enemies; yea, thou didst
hear my cries, and wast angry with mine enemies, and thou didst visit them in
thine anger, with speedy destruction; and thou didst hear me because of mine
afflictions and my sincerity; and it is because of thy Son that hast been thus
merciful unto me; therefore I will cry unto thee in all mine afflictions; for
in thee is my joy; for thou hast turned they judgments away from me, because of
thy Son. And now Alma saith unto them, Do ye believe those Scriptures which
have been written by them of old? Behold, if ye do, ye must believe what Zenos
saith; for behold, he saith, Thou hast turned away thy judgments, because of
thy Son. --Now behold, my brethren, I would ask, if ye have read the Scriptures?
If ye have, how can ye disbelieve on the Son of God? For it is not written that
Zenos alone spake of these things; for behold, he saith, Thou art angry, O
Lord, with this people, because they will not understand of thy mercies which
thou hast bestowed upon them, because of they Son. And now my brethren, ye see
that a second prophet of old has testified of the Son of God; and because the
people would not understand his words, they stoned him to death. But behold,
this is not all; these are not the only ones which have spoken concerning the
Son of God. Behold, he was spoken of by Moses; yea, and behold, a type was
raised up in the wilderness, that whosoever would look upon it might live. And
many did look and live. But few understood the meaning of those things, and
this because of the hardness of their hearts. But there were many which were so
hardened that they would not look; therefore they perished. Now the reason that
they would not look, is because they did not believe that it would heal them. O
my brethren, if ye could be healed by merely casting about your eyes, that ye
might be healed, would ye not behold quickly, or would ye rather harden your
hearts in unbelief, and be slothful, that ye would not cast about your eyes,
that ye might perish? If so, wo shall come upon you; but if not so, then cast
about your eyes, and begin to believe in the Son of God, that he will come to
redeem his people, and that he shall suffer and die to atone for their sins;
and that he shall rise again from the dead, which shall bring to pass the
resurrection, that all men shall stand before him, to be judged, at the last
and judgment day, according to their works. And now my brethren, I desire that
ye should plant this word in your hearts, and as it beginneth to swell, even so
nourish it by your faith. And behold, it will become a tree, springing up in
you unto everlasting life. And then may God grant unto you that your burdens
may be light, through the joy of his Son. And even all this can ye do, if ye
will. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma34</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that after Alma had
spoken these words unto them, he sat down upon the ground, and Amulek arose and
began to teach them, saying: My brethren, I think that it is impossible that ye
should be ignorant of the things which have been spoken concerning the coming
of Christ, who is taught by us to be the Son of God; yea, I know that these
things were taught unto you, bountifully, before your dissention from among us.
And as ye have desired of my beloved brother, that he should make known unto
you what ye should do, because of your afflictions; and he hath spoken somewhat
unto you to prepare your minds; yea, and he hath exhorted you unto faith, and
to patience; yea, even that ye would have so much faith as even to plant the
word in your hearts, that ye may try the experiment of its goodness; and we have
beheld that the great question which is in your minds, is whether the word be
in the Son of God, or whether there shall be no Christ. And ye also beheld that
my brother hath proven unto you, in many instances, that the word is in Christ,
unto salvation. My brother hath called upon the words of Zenos, that redemption
cometh through the Son of God, and also upon the words of Zenock; and also he
hath appealed unto Moses, to prove these things are true. And now behold, I
will testify unto you of myself, that these things are true. --Behold, I say
unto you, that I do know that Christ shall come among the children of men, to
take upon him the transgressions of his people, and that he shall atone for the
sins of the world; for the Lord God hath spoken it; for it is expedient that an
atonement should be made; for according to the great plan of the Eternal God,
there must be an atonement made, or else all mankind must unavoidably perish;
yea, all are hardened; yea, all are fallen, and are lost, and must perish, except
it be through the atonement which it is expedient should be made; for it is
expedient that there should be a great and last sacrifice; yea, not a sacrifice
of man, neither beast, neither of any manner of fowl; for it shall not be a
human sacrifice; but it must be an Infinite and an Eternal sacrifice. Now there
is not any man that can sacrifice his own blood, which will atone for the sins
of another. Now if a man murdereth, behold, will our law, which is just, take
the life of his brother? I say unto you Nay. But the law requireth the life of
him who hath murdered; therefore there can nothing, which is short of an
Infinite atonement, which will suffice for the sins of the world; therefore it
is expedient that there should be a great and last sacrifice; and then shall
there be, or it expedient there should be a stop to the shedding of blood; then
shall the law of Moses be fulfilled; yea, it shall all be fulfilled; every jot
and tittle, and none shall have passed away. And behold, this is the whole
meaning of the law; every whit a pointing to that great and last sacrifice; and
that great and last sacrifice will be the Son of God; yea, Infinite and
Eternal; and thus he shall bring salvation to all those who shall believe on
his name; this being the intent of this last sacrifice, to bring about the
bowels of mercy, which overpowereth justice and bringeth about means unto men
that they may have faith unto repentance. And thus mercy can satisfy the
demands of justice, and encircles them in the arms of safety, while he that
exerciseth no faith unto repentance, is exposed to the whole law of the demands
of justice; therefore, only unto him that hath faith unto repentance, is
brought about the great and Eternal plan of redemption; therefore may God grant
unto you, my brethren, that ye might begin to exercise your faith unto
repentance, that ye begin to call upon his holy name, that he would have mercy
upon you; yea, cry unto him for mercy; for he is mighty to save; yea, humble
yourselves, and continue in prayer unto him; cry unto him when ye are in your
fields; yea, over all your flocks; cry unto him in your houses, yea, over all
your household, both morning, mid-day, and evening; yea, cry unto him against
the power of your enemies; yea, cry unto him against the Devil, which is an
enemy to all righteousness. Cry unto him over the crops of your fields, that ye
may prosper in them; cry over the flocks of your fields, that they may
increase. But this is not all: ye must pour out your souls in your closets, and
your secret places, and in your wilderness; yea, and when you do not cry unto
the Lord, let your hearts be full, drawn out in prayer unto him continually for
your welfare, and also for the welfare of those which are around you. And now
behold, my beloved brethren, I say unto you, Do not suppose that this is all;
for after ye have done all these things, if ye turn away the needy, and the
naked, and visit not the sick and afflicted, and impart of your substance, if
ye have, to those who stand in need; I say unto you, if ye do not any of these
things, behold, your prayer is vain, and availeth you nothing, and ye are as
hypocrites which do deny the faith; therefore, if ye do not remember to be
charitable, ye are as dross, which the refiners do cast out, (it being of no worth,)
and is trodden under foot of men. And now, my brethren, I would that after ye
have received so many witnesses, seeing that the Holy Scriptures testify of
these things, come forth and bring fruit unto repentance; yea, I would that ye
would come forth and harden not your hearts any longer; for behold, now is the
time, and the day of your salvation; and therefore, if ye will repent and
harden not your hearts, immediately shall the great plan of redemption be
brought about unto you. For behold, this life is the time for men to prepare to
meet God; yea, behold, the day of this life is the day for men to perform their
labors. And now as I said unto you before, as ye have had so many witnesses,
therefore I beseech of you, that ye not procrastinate the day of your
repentance until the end; for after this day of life, which is given us to
prepare for eternity, behold, if we do not improve our time while in this life,
then cometh the night of darkness, wherein there can be no labor performed. Ye
cannot say, when ye are brought to that awful crisis, that I will repent, that
I will return to God. Nay, ye cannot say this; for that same spirit which doth
possess your bodies at the time that ye go out of this life, that same spirit
will have power to possess your body in that eternal world. For behold, if ye
have procrastinated the day of your repentance, even until death, behold, ye
have become subjected to the spirit of the Devil, and he doth seal you his;
therefore the spirit of the Lord hath withdrawn from you, and hath no place in
you, and the Devil hath all power over you: and this is the final state of the
wicked. And this I know, because the Lord hath said, he dwelleth not in unholy
temples, but in the hearts of the righteous doth he dwell; yea, and he hath
also said, that the righteous should sit down in his kingdom, to go no more
out; but their garments should be made white, through the blood of the Lamb.
And now my beloved brethren, I desire that ye should remember these things, and
that ye should work out your salvation with fear before God, and that ye should
no more deny the coming of Christ; that ye contend no more against the Holy
Ghost, but that ye receive it, and take upon you the name of Christ; that ye
humble yourselves even to the dust, and worship God in whatsoever place ye may
be in, in spirit and in truth; and that ye live in thanksgiving daily, for the
many mercies and blessings which he doth bestow upon you; yea, and I also
exhort you my brethren, that ye be watchful unto prayer continually, that ye may
not be led away by the temptation of the Devil, that he may not overpower you,
that ye not become his subjects at the last day: for behold, he rewardeth you
no good thing. And now my beloved brethren, I would exhort you to have
patience, and that ye bear with all manner of afflictions; that ye do not
revile against those who cast you out because of your exceeding poverty, lest
ye become sinners like unto them; but that ye have patience, and bear with
those afflictions, with a firm hope that ye shall one day rest from all your
afflictions.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma35</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that after Amulek had
made an end of these words, they withdrew themselves from the multitude, and
came over into the land of Jershon; yea, and the rest of the brethren, after
they had preached the word unto the Zoramites, also came over into the land of
Jershon. And it came to pass that after the more popular part of the Zoramites
had consulted together, concerning the words which had been preached unto them,
they were angry because of the word, for it did destroy their craft; therefore
they would not hearken unto the words. And they sent and gathered together
throughout all the land, all the people, and consulted with them concerning the
words which had been spoken. Now their rulers, and their priests, and their
teachers, did not let the people know concerning their desires; therefore
therefore they found out privily the minds of all the people. And it came to
pass that after they found out the minds of all the people, those which were in
favor of the words which had been spoken by Alma and his brethren, were cast
out of the land; and they were many; and they came over also into the land of
Jershon. And it came to pass that Alma and his brethren did minister unto them.
Now the people of the Zoramites were angry with the people of Ammon which were
in Jershon, and the chief ruler of the Zoramites being a very wicked man, sent
over unto the people of Ammon desiring them that they should cast out of their
land all those which came over from them into their land. And he breathed out
many threatnings against them. And now the people of Ammon did not fear their
words, therefore they did cast them out, but they did receive all the poor of
the Zoramites that came over unto them; and they did nourish them, and did
clothe them, and did give unto them lands for their inheritance; and they did
administer unto them according to their wants. Now this did stir up the
Zoramites to anger against the people of Ammon, and they began to mix with the
Lamanites, and to stir them up also to anger against them; and thus the
Zoramites and the Lamanites began to make preparations for the war against the
people of Ammon, and also against the Nephites. And thus ended the seventeenth
year of the reign of Judges, over the people of Nephi. And the people of Ammon
departed out of the land of Jershon, and came over into the land of Melek, and
gave place in the land of Jershon for the armies of the Nephites, that they
might contend with the armies of the Lamanites, and the armies of the
Zoramites; and thus commenced a war betwixt the Lamanites and the Nephites, in
the eighteenth year of the reign of the Judges; and an account shall be given
of their wars hereafter. And Alma, and Ammon, and their brethren and also the
two sons of Alma, returned to the land of Zarahemla, after having been
instruments in the hands of God of bringing many of the Zoramites to
repentance, were driven out of their land; but they have lands for their
inheritance in the land of Jershon, and they have taken up arms to defend
themselves, and their wives, and their children, and their lands. Now Alma,
being grieved for the iniquity of his people, yea, for the wars, and the
bloodsheds, and the contentions which were amog them; and having to declare the
word, or sent to declare the word, among all the people in every city; and
seeing that the hearts of the people began to wax hard, and that they began to
be offended because of the strictness of the word, his heart was exceeding
sorrowful; therefore, he caused that his sons should be gathered together, that
he might give unto them every one his charge, separately, concerning the things
pertaining unto righteousness. And we have an account of his commandments,
which he gave unto them according to his own record.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma36</bookName>
<text>My son, give ear to my words; for I swear
unto you, that inasmuch as ye shall keep the commandments of God, ye shall
prosper in the land. I would that ye should do as I have done, in remembering
the captivity of our fathers; for they were in bondage, and none could deliver
them, except it was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of
Jacob, and he surely did deliver them in their afflictions. --And now, O my son
Helaman, behold, thou art in thy youth, and therefore I beseech of thee that
thou wilt hear my words. and learn of me; for I do not know that whomsoever
shall put his trust in God, shall be supported in their trials, and their
troubles, and their afflictions, and shall be lifted up at the last day; and I
would not that ye think that I know of myself, not of the temporal, but of the
spiritual; not of the carnal mind, but of God. Now behold I say unto you, If I
had not been born of God, I should not have known these things; but God hath,
by the mouth of his holy angel, made these things known unto me, not of any
worthiness of myself, for I went about with the sons of Mosiah, seeking to
destroy the church of God; but behold, God sent his holy angel to stop us by
the way. --And behold, he spake unto us, as it were the voice of thunder, and
the whole earth did tremble beneath our feet, and we all fell to the earth, for
the fear of the Lord came upon us. But behold, the voice said unto me, Arise.
And I arose and stood up, and beheld the angel. And he said unto me, if thou
wilt of thyself be destroyed, seek no more to destroy the church of God. And it
came to pass that I fell to the earth; and it was for the space of three days
and three nights, that I could not open my mouth; neither had I the use of my
limbs. And the angel spake more things unto me, which were heard by my
brethren, but I did not hear them; for when I heard the words, If thou wilt be
destroyed of thyself, seek no more to destroy the church of God, I was struck
with such great fear and amazement, lest perhaps that I should be destroyed,
that I fell to the earth, and I did hear no more; but I was racked with eternal
torment, for my soul was harrowed up to the greatest degree, and racked with
all my sins. Yea, I did remember all my sins and iniquities, for which I was
tormented with the pains of hell; yea, I saw that I had rebelled against my God,
and that I had not kept his holy commandments; yea, and I had murdered many of
his children, or rather led them away unto destruction; yea, and in fine, so
great had been my iniquities, that the very thoughts of coming into the
presence of my God, did rack my soul with inexpressible horror. O, thought I,
that I could be banished and become extinct both soul and body, that I might
not be brought to stand in the presence of my God, to be judged of my deeds.
And now, for three days and for three nights was I racked, even with the pains
of a damned soul. And it came to pass that as I was thus racked with torment
while I harrowed up by the memory of my many sins behold, I remembered also to
have heard my father prophecy unto the people, concerning the coming of one
Jesus Christ, a Son of God, to atone for the sins of the world. Now as my mind
caught hold upon this thought, I cried within my heart, O Jesus, thou Son of
God, have mercy on me, who art in the gall of bitterness, and art encircled
about by the everlasting chains of death. And now behold, when I thought this,
I could remember my pains no more; yea, I was harrowed up by the memory of my
sins no more. And O, what joy, and what marvellous light I did behold; yea, my
soul was filled with joy as exceeding as was my pain; yea, I say unto you, my
son. that there could be nothing so exquisite and so bitter, as was my pains.
Yea, and again I say unto you, my son, that on the other hand, there can be
nothing so exquisite and sweet as was my joy; yea, and methought I saw even as
our father Lehi saw, God sitting upon his throne, surrounded with numberless
concourses of angels, in the attitude of singing and praising their God; yea,
and my soul did long to be there. But behold, my limbs did receive their
strength again, and I stood upon my feet, and did manifest unto the people that
I had been born of God; yea, and from that time, even until now, I have labored
without ceasing, that I might bring souls unto repentance; that I might bring
them to taste of the exceeding joy of which I did taste; that they might also
be born of God, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. Yea, and now behold, O my
son, the Lord doth give me exceeding great joy in the fruit of my labors; for
because of the word which he hath imparted unto me, behold, many hath been born
of God, and hath tasted as I have tasted, and hath seen eye to eye, as I have
seen; therefore they do know of these things of which I have spoken, as I do
know; and the knowledge which I have is of God. And I have been supported under
trials and troubles of every kind, yea, and in all manner of afflictions; yea,
God hath delivered me from prison, and from bonds, and from death; yea, and I
do put my trust in him, and he will still deliver me; and I know that he will
raise me up at the last day, to dwell with him in glory; yea, and I will praise
him forever, for he hath brought our fathers out of Egypt, and he hath
swallowed up the Egyptians in the red sea; and he led them by his power into
the promised land; yea, and he hath delivered them out of bondage and
captivity, from time to time; yea, and he hath also brought our fathers out of
Jerusalem; and he hath also, by his everlasting power, delivered them out of
bondage and captivity, from time to time, even down to the present day; and I
have always retained in remembrance their captivity; yea, and ye also had ought
to retain in remembrance, as I have done, their captivity. --But behold, my
son, this is not all: for ye had ought to know, as I do know, that inasmuch as
ye shall keep the commandments of God, ye shall prosper in the land; and ye had
ought to know also, that inasmuch as ye will not keep the commandments of God,
ye shall be cut off from his presence. Now this is according to his word.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma37</bookName>
<text>And now my son Helaman, I command you that
ye take the records which have been entrusted with me; and I also command you
that ye shall keep a record of this people, according as I have done, upon the
plates of Nephi, and keep all these things sacred which I have kept, even as I
kept them: for it is for a wise purpose that they are kept; and these plates of
brass which contain these engravings, which have the records of the Holy
Scriptures upon them, which have the genealogy of our forefathers, even from
the beginning. And behold, it hath been prophesied by our fathers, that they
should be kept and handed down from one generation to another, and be kept and
preserved by the hand of the Lord, until they should go forth unto every
nation, kindred, tongue and people, that they shall know of the mysteries
contained thereon. And now behold, if they are kept, they must retain their
brightness; yea, and they will retain their brightness; yea, and also shall all
the plates which do contain that which is Holy Writ. Now ye may suppose that
this is foolishness in me; but behold I say unto you, That by small and simple
things, are great things brought to pass; and small means, in many instances,
doth confound the wise. And the Lord God doth work by means to bring about his
great and eternal purposes; and by very small means the Lord doth confound the
wise, and bringeth about salvation of many souls. And now, it hath hitherto
been wisdom in God, that these things should be preserved: for behold, they
have enlarged the memory of this people, yea, and convinced many of the error
of their ways, and brought them to the knowledge of their God, unto the
salvation of their souls. Yea, I say unto you, were it not for these things
that these records do contain, which are on these plates, Ammon and his
brethren could not have convinced so many thousand of the Lamanites, of the
incorrect tradition of their fathers; yea, these records and their words,
brought them unto repentance; that is, they brought them to the knowledge of
the Lord their God, and to rejoice in Jesus Christ, their Redeemer. And who knoweth
but what they will be the means of bringing many thousands of them, yea, and
also many thousands of our stiffnecked brethren, the Nephites, which are now
hardening their hearts in sin and iniquities, to the knowledge of their
Redeemer? --Now these mysteries are not yet fully made known unto me; therefore
I shall forebear. And it may suffice, if I only say, they are preserved for a
wise purpose, which purpose is known unto God: for he doth counsel in wisdom
over all his works, and his paths are straight, and his course is one eternal
round. O remember, remember, my son Helaman, how strict are the commandments of
God. And he saith, if ye will keep my commandments, ye shall prosper in the
land; but if ye keep not his commandments, ye shall be cut off from his
presence. And now remember, my son, that God hath entrusted you with these
things, which are sacred, which he hath kept sacred, and also which he will
keep and preserve for a wise purpose in him, that he may shew forth his power
unto future generations. And now behold, I tell you by the spirit of prophecy,
that if ye transgress the commandments of God, behold, these things which are
sacred, shall be taken away from you by the power of God, and ye shall be
delivered up unto Satan, that he may sift you as chaff before the wind; but if
ye keep the commandments of God, and do with these things which are sacred,
according to that which the Lord doth command you, (for you must appeal unto
the Lord for all things whatsoever ye must do with them,) behold, no power of
earth or hell can take them from you, for God is powerful to the fulfilling of
all his words: for he will fulfill all his promises which he shall make unto
you, for he hath fulfilled his promise which he hath made unto our fathers. For
he promised unto them that he would reserve these things for a wise purpose in
him, that he might shew forth his power unto future generations. And now
behold, one purpose hath he fulfilled, even to the restoration of many
thousands of the Lamanites to the knowledge of the truth; and he has shewn
forth his power in them, and he will also still shew forth his power in them,
unto future generations; therefore they shall be preserved; therefore I command
you, my son Helaman, that ye be diligent in fulfilling all my words, and that
ye be diligent in keeping the commandments of God, as they are written. And
now, I will speak unto you concerning those twentyfour plates, that ye keep
them, that the mysteries and the works of darkness, and their secret works, or
the secret works of those people, which have been destroyed, may be made
manifest unto this people; yea, all their murders, and robbings, and their
plunderings, and all their wickedness, and abominations, may be made manifest
unto this people; yea, and that ye preserve these directors. For behold; the
Lord saw that his people began to work in darkness, yea, work secret murders
and abominations; therefore the Lord said, If they did not repent, they should
be destroyed from off the face of the earth. And the Lord said, I will prepare
unto my servant Gazelem, a stone, which shall shine forth in darkness unto
light, that I may discover unto my people which serve me, that I may discover
unto them the works of their brethren; yea, their secret works, their works of
darkness, and their wickedness and abominations. And now my son, these
directors were prepared, that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he
spake saying: I will bring forth out of darkness unto light, all their secret
works and their abominations; and except they repent, I will destroy them from
off the face of the earth; and I will bring to light all their secrets and
abominations, unto every nation that shall hereafter possess the land. And now
my son, we see that they did not repent; therefore they have been destroyed,
and thus far the word of God hath been fulfilled; yea, their secret
abominations have been brought out of darkness, and made known unto us. And now
my son, I command you that ye retain all their oaths, and their covenants, and
their agreements in their secret abominations; yea, and all their sign and
their wonders ye shall retain from this people, that they know them not, lest
peradventure they should fall into darkness also, and be destroyed. For behold,
there is a curse upon all this land, that destruction shall come upon all those
workers of darkness, according to the power of God, when they are fully ripe;
therefore I desire that this people might not be destroyed, --Therefore, ye
shall keep these secret plans of their oaths and their covenants from this
people, and only their wickedness, and their murders, and their abominations,
shall ye make known unto them; and ye shall teach them to abhor such
wickedness, and abominations, murders; and ye shall also teach them, that these
people were destroyed on account of their wickedness, and abominations, and
their murders. For behold, they murdered all the prophets of the Lord which
came among them, to declare unto them concerning their iniquities; and the
blood of those which they murdered, did cry unto the Lord their God, for
vengeance upon those which were their murderers; and thus the judgments of God
did come upon these workers of darkness and secret combinations; yea, and
cursed be the land forever and ever unto those workers of darkness and secret
combinations, even unto destruction, except they repent before they are fully
ripe. And now my son, remember the words which I have spoken unto you: trust
not those secret plans unto this people, but teach them an everlasting hatred
against sin and iniquity; preach unto them repentance, and faith on the Lord
Jesus Christ; teach them to humble themselves, and to be meek and lowly in
heart; teach them to withstand every temptation of the Devil, with their faith
on the Lord Jesus Christ; teach them to never be weary of good works, but to be
meek and lowly in heart: for such shall find rest to their souls. O remember my
son, and learn wisdom in thy youth; yea, learn in thy youth to keep the
commandments of god; yea, and cry unto God for all thy support; yea, let all
thy doings be unto the Lord, and whithersoever thou goest, let it be in the
Lord; yea, thy thought be directed unto the Lord; yea, let the affections of
thy heart be placed upon the Lord forever; counsel the Lord in all thy doings,
and he will direct thee good; yea, when thou liest down at night, lie down unto
the Lord, that he may watch over you in your sleep; and when thou risest in the
morning, let thy heart be full of thanks unto god; and if ye do these things,
ye shall be lifted up at the last day. And now my son, I have somewhat to say
concerning the thing which our fathers call a ball, or director; our fathers
called it liahona, which is interpreted, a compass; and the Lord prepared it.
And behold, there cannot any man work after the manner of so curious a
workmanship. And behold, it was prepared to shew unto our fathers the course
which they should travel in the wilderness; and it did work for them according
to their faith in God; therefore if they had faith to believe that God could
cause that those spindles should point the way they should go, behold, it was
done; therefore they had this miracle, and also many other miracles wrought by
the power of God, day by day; nevertheless, because those miracles were worked
by small means, nevertheless it did shew unto them marvellous works. They were
slothful, and forgot to exercise their faith and diligence, and those
marvellous works ceased, and they did not progress in their journey; therefore
they tarried in the wilderness, or did not travel a direct course, and were
afflicted with hunger and thirst, because of their transgressions. And now my
son, I would that ye should understand that these things are not without a
shadow; for as our fathers were slothful to give heed to this compass, (now
these things were temporal,) they did not prosper; even so it is with things
which are spiritual. For behold, it is as easy to give heed to the word of
Christ, which will point to you a straight course to eternal bliss, as it was
for our fathers to give heed to this compass, which would point unto the a
straight course to the promised land. And now I say, Is there not a type in
this thing? For just as suredly as this director did bring our fathers, by
following its course, to the promised land, shall the words of Christ, if we
follow its course, carry us beyond this vale of sorrow, into a far better land
of promise. O my son, do not let us be slothful, because of the easiness of the
way; for so was it with our fathers; for so was it prepared for them, that if
they would look, they might live; even so it is with us. The way is prepared,
and if we will look, we may live forever. And now my son, see that ye take care
of these sacred things; yea, see that ye look to God and live. Go unto this
people, and declare the word, and be sober, --My son, farewell.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma38</bookName>
<text>My son, give ear to my words: for I say
unto you, even as I said unto Helaman, That inasmuch as ye shall keep the
commandments of God, ye shall prosper in the land; and inasmuch as ye will not
keep the commandments of God, ye shall be cast off from his presence. And now
my son, I trust that I shall have great joy in you, because of your steadiness
and your faithfulness unto God; for as you have commenced in your youth, to
look to the Lord your God, even so I hope that you will continue in keeping his
commandments: for blessed is he that endureth to the end. I say unto you my
son, that I have had great joy in thee already, because of thy faithfulness,
and thy diligence, and thy patience, and thy long suffering among the people of
the Zoramites. For I knew that thou wast in bonds; yea, and I also knew that
thou wast stoned for the word's sake; and thou didst bear all these things with
patience, because the Lord was with thee: and now thou knowest that the Lord
did deliver thee. And now my son, Shiblon, I would that ye should remember that
as much as ye shall put your trust in God, even so much ye shall be delivered
out of your trials, and your troubles, and your afflictions ; and ye shall be
lifted up at the last day. Now my son, I would not that ye should think that I
know these things of myself, but it is the spirit of God which is in me, which
maketh these things known unto me: for if I had not been born of God, I should
not have known these things. But behold, the Lord in his great mercy sent his
angel to declare unto me, that I must stop the work of destruction among his
people; yea, and I have seen an angel face to face; and he spake with me, and
his voice was as thunder, and it shook the whole earth. And it came to pass
that I was three days and three nights in the most bitter pain and anguish of
soul; and never, until I did cry unto the Lord Jesus Christ for mercy, did I
receive a remission of my sins. But behold, I did cry unto him, and I did find
peace to my soul. And now my son, I have told you this, that ye may learn
wisdom, that ye may learn of me that there is no other way or means whereby man
can be saved, only in and through Christ. Behold, he is the life and the light
of the world. Behold, he is the word of truth and righteousness. And now, as ye
have begun to teach the word, even so I would that ye should continue to teach;
and I would that ye would be diligent and temperate in all things. See that ye
are not lifted up to pride; yea, see that ye do not boast in your own wisdom,
nor of your much strength; use boldness, but not overbearance; and also see
that ye bridle all your passions, that ye may be filled with love; see that ye
refrain from idleness; do not pray as the Zoramites do, for ye have seen that
they pray to be heard of men, and to be praised for their wisdom. Do not say, O
God, I thank thee that we are better than our brethren; but rather say, O Lord,
forgive my unworthiness, and remember my brethren in mercy; yea, acknowledge
your unworthiness before God at all times. And may the Lord bless your soul,
and receive you at the last day into his kingdom, to sit down in peace. Now go,
my son, and teach the word unto this people. Be sober. My son, farewell.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma39</bookName>
<text>And now my son, I have somewhat more to say
unto thee than what I said unto thy brother: for behold, have ye not observed
the steadiness of thy brother, his faithfulness, and his diligence in keeping
the commandments of God? Behold, has he not set a good example for thee? For
thou didst not give so much heed unto my words as did thy brother, among the
people of the Zoramites. Now this is what I have against thee: Thou didst go on
unto boasting in thy strength, and thy wisdom. And this is not all, my son.
Thou didst do that which was grievous unto me; for thou didst forsake the
ministry, and did go over into the land of Siron, among the borders of the
Lamanites, after the harlot Isabel; yea, she did steal away the hearts of many;
but this was no excuse for thee, my son. Thou shouldst have tended to the
ministry, wherewith thou wast entrusted. Know ye not, my son, that these things
are an abomination in the sight of the Lord; yea, most abominable above all
sins, save it be the shedding of innocent blood, or denying the Holy Ghost? for
behold, if ye deny the Holy Ghost when it once hath had place in you, and ye
know that ye deny it; behold, this is a sin which is unpardonable; yea, and
whosoever murdereth against the light and knowledge of God, it is not easy for
him to obtain forgiveness; yea, I say unto you, my son, that it is not easy for
him to obtain a forgiveness. And now my son, I would to God that ye had not
been guilty of so great a crime. I would not dwell upon your crimes, to harrow
up your soul, if it were not for your good. But behold, ye cannot hide your
crimes from God; and except ye repent, they will stand as a testimony against
you at the last day. Now my son, I would that ye should repent, and forsake
your sins, and go no more after the lusts of your eyes, but cross yourself in
all these things; for except ye do this, ye can in no wise inherit the Kingdom
of God. O remember, and take it upon you, and cross yourself in these things.
And I command you to take it upon you to counsel your elder brothers in your
undertakings; for behold, thou art in thy youth, and ye stand in need to be
nourished by your brothers. And give heed to their counsel; suffer not yourself
to be led away by any vain or foolish thing; suffer not that the Devil lead
away your heart again, after those wicked harlots. Behold, my son, how great
iniquity ye brought upon the Zoramites: for when they saw your conduct, they
would not believe in my words. And now the spirit of the Lord doth say unto me,
Command thy children to do good, lest they lead away the hearts of many people
to destruction: therefore I command you, my son, in the fear of God, that ye
refrain from your iniquities; that ye turn to the Lord with all your mind,
might and strength; that ye lead away the hearts of no more, to do wickedly;
but rather return unto them, and acknowledge your faults, and retain that wrong
which ye have done; seek not after riches, nor the vain things of the world;
for behold, you cannot carry them with you. And now my son, I would say
somewhat unto you concerning the coming of Christ. Behold, I say unto you, that
it is him that surely shall come, to take away the sins of the world; yea, he
cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people. And now my son,
this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad tidings
unto his people, to prepare their minds; or rather that salvation might come
unto them, that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word
at the time of his coming. And now I will ease your mind somewhat in this
subject. Behold, you marvel why these things should be known so long
beforehand. Behold, I say unto you, Is not a soul at this time as precious unto
God, as a soul will be at the time of his coming? Is it not as necessary that
the plan of redemption should be made known unto this people, as well as unto
their children? Is it not as easy at this time, for the Lord to send his angel
to declare these glad tidings unto us, as unto our children; or as after the
time of his coming?</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma40</bookName>
<text>Now my son, here is somewhat more I would
say unto thee; for I perceive that thy mind is worried concerning the
resurrection of the dead. --Behold, I say unto you, that there is no
resurrection; or I would say, in other words, that this mortal does not put on
immortality; thus corruption does not put on incorruption, until after the
coming of Christ. Behold, he bringeth to pass the resurrection of the dead. But
behold, my son, the resurrection is not yet. Now I unfold unto you a mystery;
nevertheless, there are many mysteries, which are kept, that no one knoweth them
save God himself. But I shew unto you one thing, which I have inquired
diligently of God, that I might know; that is, concerning the resurrection.
Behold, there is a time appointed that shall come forth from the dead. --Now
when this time cometh, no one knows; but God knoweth the time which is
appointed. Now whether there shall be one time, or a second time, or a third
time, that men shall come forth from the dead, it mattereth not; for God
knoweth all these things; and it sufficeth me to know that this is the case;
that there is a time appointed that all shall rise from the dead. Now there
must needs be a space betwixt the time of death, and the time of the
resurrection. And now I would inquire what becometh of the souls of men, from
this time of death, to the time appointed for the resurrection? --Now whether
there is more than one time appointed for men to rise, it mattereth not; for
all do not die at once; and this mattereth not; all is as one day, with God;
and time only is measured unto men; therefore there is a time appointed unto
men, that they shall rise from the dead; and there is a space between the time
of death and the resurrection. And now concerning this space of time. What
becometh of the souls of men, is the thing which I have inquired diligently of
the Lord to know; and this is the thing of which I do know. --And when the time
cometh when all shall rise, then shall they know that God knoweth all the times
which are appointed unto man. Now concerning the state of the soul between
death and the resurrection. Behold, it hath been made known unto me by an
angel, that the spirits of all men, as soon as they are departed from this
mortal body; yea, the spirits of all men, whether they be good or evil, are
taken home to that God who gave them life. And then shall it come to pass that
the spirits of those which are righteous, are received into a state of
happiness, which is called paradise; a state of rest; a state of peace, where
they shall rest from all their troubles, and from all care, and sorrow, &c.
And then shall it come to pass, that the spirits of the wicked, yea, which are
evil; for behold, they have no part nor portion of the spirit of the Lord; for
behold, they chose evil works, rather than good; therefore the spirit of the
Devil did enter into them, and take possession of their house; and these shall
be cast out into outer darkness; they shall be weeping, and wailing, and
gnashing of teeth; and this because of their own iniquity; being led captive by
the will of the Devil. Now this is the state of the souls of the wicked; yea,
in darkness, and a state of awful, fearful looking for of the fiery indignation
of the wrath of God upon them; thus they remain in this state, as well as the
righteous in paradise, until the time of their resurrection. Now there are some
that have understood that this state of happiness, and the state of misery of
the soul, before the resurrection, was a first resurrection. Yea, I admit it
may be termed a resurrection; the raising of the spirit or the soul, and their
consignation to happiness or misery, according to the words which have been
spoken. And behold, again it hath been spoken, that there is a first
resurrection; a resurrection of all those which have been, or which are, or
which shall be, down to the resurrection of Christ from the dead. --Now we do
not suppose that this first resurrection which is spoken of in this manner, can
be the resurrection of the souls, and their consignation to happiness or
misery. Ye cannot suppose that this is what it meaneth. Behold, I say unto you
Nay; but it meaneth the re-uniting of the soul with the body of those from the
days of Adam, down to the resurrection of Christ. Now whether the souls and the
bodies of those of which have been spoken, shall all be re-united at once, the wicked
as well as the righteous, I do not say; let it suffice that I say that they all
come forth; or in other words, their resurrection cometh to pass before the
resurrection of those which die after the resurrection of Christ. Now my son, I
do not say that their resurrection cometh at the resurrection of Christ; but
behold, I give it as my opinion, that the souls and the bodies are re-united,
of the righteous, at the resurrection of Christ, and his ascension into Heaven.
But whether it be at his resurrection, or after, I do not say; but this much I
say: That there is a space between death and the resurrection of the body, and
a state of the soul in happiness or in misery, until the time which is
appointed of God that the dead shall come forth, and be re-united, both soul
and body, and be brought to stand before God, and be judged according to their
works; yea, this bringeth about the restoration of those things of which have
been spoken by the mouths of the prophets. The soul shall be restored to the
body, and the body to the soul; yea, and every limb and joint shall be restored
to the soul; yea, and every limb and joint shall be restored to its body; yea,
even a hair of the head shall not be lost, but all things shall be restored to
its proper and perfect frame. And now my son, this is the restoration of which
has been spoken by the mouths of the prophets: And then shall the righteous
shine forth in the Kingdom of God. But behold, an awful death cometh upon the
wicked; for they die as to things pertaining to things of righteousness; for
they are unclean, and no unclean thing can inherit the Kingdom of God; but they
are cast out, and consigned to partake of the fruits of their labors or their
works, which have been evil; and they drink the dregs of a bitter cup.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma41</bookName>
<text>And now my son, I have somewhat to say
concerning the restoration of which has been spoken; for behold, some have
arrested the Scriptures, and have gone far astray, because of this thing. And I
perceive that thy mind hath been worried also, concerning this thing. But
behold, I will explain it unto thee. I say unto thee, my son, that the plan of
restoration is requisite with the justice of God; for it is requisite that all
things be restored to their proper order. Behold, it is requisite and just,
according to the power and resurrection of Christ, that the soul of man should
be restored to its body, and that every part of the body should be restored to
itself. --And it is requisite with the justice of God, that man should be
judged according to their works; and if their works were good in this life, and
the desires of their hearts were good, that they should also, at the last day,
be restored unto that which is good; and if their works are evil, they shall be
restored unto him for evil; therefore, all things shall be restored to their
proper order; every thing to its natural frame; mortality raised to
immortality; corruption to incorruption; raised to endless happiness, to
inherit the Kingdom of God, or to endless misery, to inherit the kingdom of the
Devil; the one on one hand, the other on the other; the one raised to
happiness, according to his desires of happiness; or good, according to his
desires of good; and the other to evil, according to his desires of evil; for
as he has desired to do evil all the day long, even so shall he have his reward
of evil, when the night cometh. And so it is on the other hand. If he hath
repented of his sins, and desired righteousness until the end of his days, even
so he shall be rewarded unto righteousness. --These are they that are redeemed
of the Lord; yea, these are they that are taken out, that are delivered from
that endless night of darkness; and thus they stand or fall; for behold, they
are their own judges, whether to do good or do evil.-- Now the decrees of God
are unalterable; therefore the way is prepared, that whosoever will, may walk
therein and be saved. And now behold my son, do not risk one more offence
against your God upon these points of doctrine, which ye hath hitherto risked
to commit sin. Do not suppose, because it hath been spoken concerning
restoration, that ye shall be restored from sin to happiness, Behold I say unto
you, Wickedness never was happiness. And now, my son, all men that are in a
state of nature, or I would say, in a carnal state, are in the gall of
bitterness, and in the bonds of iniquity; they are without God in the world;
and they have gone contrary to the nature of God; therefore they are in a state
contrary to the nature of happiness. And now behold, is the meaning of the word
restoration, to take a thing of a natural state, and place it in an unnatural
state, or to place it in a state opposite to its nature? O, my son, this is not
the case; but the meaning of the word restoration, is to bring back again evil
for evil, or carnal for carnal, or devlish for devlish; good for that which is
good; righteous for that which is righteous; just for that which is just;
merciful for that which is merciful; therefore my son, see that ye are merciful
unto your brethren; deal justly, judge righteously, and do good continually;
and if ye do all these things, then shall ye receive your reward; yea, ye shall
have mercy restored unto you again; ye shall have justice restored unto you
again; ye shall have a righteous judgment restored unto you again; and ye shall
have good rewarded unto you again; for that which ye doth send out, shall
return unto you again, and be restored; therefore the word restoration, more
fully condemneth the sinner, and justifieth him not at all.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma42</bookName>
<text>And now, my son, I perceive there is
somewhat more which doth worry your mind, which ye cannot understand, which is
concerning the justice of God, in the punishment of the sinner: for ye do try
to suppose that it is injustice that the sinner should be consigned to a state
of misery. Now behold, my son, I will explain this thing unto thee: for behold,
after the Lord God sent our first parents forth from the garden of Eden to till
the ground, from whence he was taken; yea, he drew out the man, and he placed
at the east end of the garden of Eden, Cherubims, and a flaming sword which
turned every way, to keep the tree of life. Now we see that the man had became
as God, knowing good and evil; and lest he should put forth his hand, and take
also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever, that the Lord God placed
Cherubims and the flaming sword, that he should not partake of the fruit; and
thus we see, that there was a time granted unto man, to repent, yea, a
probationary time, a time to repent and serve God. For behold, if Adam had put
forth his hand immediately, and partook of the tree of life, he would have
lived forever, according to the word of God, having no space for repentance;
yea, and also the word of God would have been void, and the great plan of
salvation would have been frustrated. But behold, it was appointed unto man to
die; therefore as they were cut off from the tree of life, therefore they
should be cut off from the face of the earth; and man became lost forever; yea,
they became fallen man. And now we see by this, that our first parents were cut
off, both temporally and spiritually, from the presence of the Lord; and thus
we see they became subjects to follow after their own will. Now behold, it was
not expedient that man should be reclaimed from this temporal death, for that
would destroy the great plan of happiness; therefore, as the soul could never
die, and the fall had brought upon all mankind a spiritual death as well as a
temporal; that is, they were cut off from the presence of the Lord; therefore
it was expedient that mankind should be reclaimed from this spiritual death;
therefore as they become carnal, sensual and devlish, by nature, this
probationary state became a state for them to prepare: it became a preparatory
state. And now remember my son, if it were not for the plan of redemption,
(laying it aside,) as soon as they were dead, their souls were miserable, being
cut off from the presence of the Lord. And now there was no means to reclaim
men from this fallen state which man had brought upon himself, because of his
own disobedience; therefore, according to justice, the plan of redemption could
not be brought about, only, on conditions of repentance of men in this
probationary state; yea, this preparatory state; for except it were for these
conditions, mercy could not take effect except it should destroy the work of
justice. Now the work of justice could not be destroyed: if so, God would cease
to be God. And thus we see that all mankind were fallen, and they were in the
grasp of justice; yea, the justice of God, which consigned them forever to be cut
off from his presence. And now the plan of mercy could not be brought about,
except an atonement should be made; therefore God himself atoneth for the sins
of the world, to bring about a plan of mercy, to appease the demands of
justice, that God might be a perfect, just God, and a merciful God. Also, now
repentance could not come unto men, except there were a punishment, which also
was as eternal as the life of the soul should be, affixed opposite to the plan
of happiness, which was as eternal also as the life of the soul. --Now, how
could a man repent, except he should sin? How could he sin, if there was no
law? How could there be a law, saved there was a punishment? Now there was a
punishment affixed, and a just law given, which brought remorse of conscience
unto man. Now if there was no law given, if a man murdered he should die, would
he be afraid he should die if he should murder? And also, if there was no law
given against sin, men would not be afraid to sin. And if there was no law
given if men sinned, what could justice do, or mercy either, for they would
have no claim upon the creature? But there is a law given, and a punishment
affixed, and repentance granted; which repentance, mercy claimeth; otherwise,
justice claimeth the creature, and executeth the law, and the law inflicteth
the punishment; if not so, the works of justice would be destroyed, and God
would cease to be God. But God ceaseth not to be God, and mercy claimeth the
penitent, and mercy cometh because of the atonement; and the atonement bringeth
to pass the resurrection of the dead; and the resurrection of the dead bringeth
back men into the presence of god; and thus they are restored into his
presence, to be judged according to their works; according to the law and
justice; for behold, justice exerciseth all his demands, and also mercy
claimeth all which is her own; and thus, none but the truly penitent are saved.
What do ye suppose that mercy can rob justice? I say unto you, Nay; not one
whit. If so, God would cease to be God. And thus God bringeth about his great
and eternal purposes, which was prepared from the foundation of the world. And
thus cometh about the salvation and the redemption of men, and also their
destruction and misery; therefore, O my son, whosoever will come, and partake
of the waters of life freely; and whosoever will not come, the same is not
compelled to come; but in the last day, it shall be restored unto him,
according to his deeds. If he hath desired to do evil, and hath not repented in
his days, behold, evil shall be done unto him, according to the restoration of
God. And now my son, I desire that ye should let these things trouble you no
more, and only let your sins trouble you, with that trouble which shall bring
you down unto repentance. O my son, I desire that ye should deny the justice of
God no more. Do not endeavor to excuse yourself in the least point, because of
your sins, by denying the justice of God, but do you let the justice of God,
and his mercy, and long suffering, having full sway in your heart; but let it
bring you down to the dust, in humility. And now, O my son, ye are called of
God to preach the word unto this people. And now, my son, go thy way, declare
the word with truth and soberness, that thou mayest bring souls unto
repentance, that the great plan of mercy may have claim upon them. --And may
God grant unto you even according to my words. --Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma43</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass, that the sons of
Alma did go forth among the people, to declare the word unto them. And Alma
also, himself, could not rest, and he also went forth. --Now we shall say no
more concerning their preaching, except that they preached the word, and the
truth, according to the spirit of prophecy and revelation; and they preached
after the holy order of God, by which they were called. And now I return to an
account of the wars between the Nephites and the Lamanites, in the eighteenth
year of the reign of the Judges. For behold, it came to pass that the Zoramites
became Lamanites; therefore, in the commencement of the eighteenth year, the
people of the Nephites saw that the Lamanites were coming upon them; therefore
they made preparations for war; yea, they gathered together their armies in the
land of Jershon. And it came to pass that the Lamanites came with their
thousands; and they came into the land of Antionam, which was the land of the
Zoramites; and a man by the name of Zerahemnah was their leader. And now as the
Amalekites were of a more wicked and murderous disposition than the Lamanites
were, in an end of themselves, therefore Zerahemnah appointed Chief Captains
over the Lamanites, and they were all the Amalekites and the Zoramites. Now
this he done, that he might preserve their hatred towards the Nephites; that he
might bring them into subjection to the accomplishment of his designs; for
behold, his designs were to stir up the Lamanites to anger against the
Nephites; this he done that he might usurp great power over them; and also that
he might gain power over the Nephites, by bringing them into bondage, &c.
And now the design of the Nephites were to support their lands, and their
houses, and their wives, and their children, that they might preserve them from
the hands of their enemies, and also, that they might preserve their rights and
their privileges; yea, and also their liberty, that they might worship God
according to their desires; for they knew that if they should fall into the
hands of the Lamanites, that whosoever should worship God, in spirit and in
truth, the true and the living God, the Lamanites would destroy; yea, they also
knew the extreme hatred of the Lamanites towards their brethren, which were the
people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi; which were called the people of Ammon; and they
would not take up arms; yea, they had entered into a covenant, and they would
not break it; therefore, they should fall into the hands of the Lamanites, they
would be destroyed. And the Nephites would not suffer that they be destroyed;
therefore they gave them lands for their inheritance. And the people of Ammon
did give unto the Nephites a large portion of their substance, to support their
armies; and thus the Nephites were compelled, alone, to withstand against the
Lamanites, which were a compound of Laman and Lemuel, and the sons of Ishmael,
and all those which had dissented from the Nephites, which were Amalekites, and
Zoramites, and the descendants of the priests of Noah. Now those descendants
were as numerous, nearly, as were the Nephites; and thus the Nephites were
obliged to contend with their brethren, even unto bloodshed. And it came to
pass, as the armies of the Lamanites had gathered together in the land of
Antionum, behold the armies of the Nephites were prepared to meet them in the
land of Jershon. Now the leader of the Nephites, or the man which had been
appointed to be the Chief Captain over the Nephites: Now the Chief Captain took
the command of all the armies of the Nephites; and his name was Moroni; and
Moroni took all the command, and the governments of their wars. --And he was
only twenty and five years old when he was appointed Chief Commander over the
armies of the Nephites. And it came to pass that he met the Lamanites in the
borders of Jershon, and his people were armed with swords, and with cimeters,
and all manner of weapons of war. And it came to pass, that when the armies of
the Lamanites saw that the people of Nephi, or that Moroni had prepared his
people with breast-plates, and with arm-shields; yea, and also shields to
defend their heads; and also they were dressed with thick clothing. Now the
army of Zerahemnah was not prepared with any such thing. They had only their
swords, and their cimeters, their bows and their arrows, their stones and their
slings; but they were naked, save it were a skin which was girded about their
loins; yea, all were naked, save it were the Zoramites and the Amalekites. But
they were not armed with breast-plates, nor shields; therefore they were
exceeding afraid of the armies of the Nephites, because of their armour,
notwithstanding their number being so much greater than the Nephites. Behold,
now it came to pass, that they durst not come against the Nephites in the
border of Jershon; therefore they departed out of the land of Antionum, into
the wilderness, and took their journey round about in the wilderness, away by
the heads of the river Sidon, that they might come into the land of Manti, and
take possession of the land; for they did suppose that the armies of Moroni
would know whither they had gone. But it came to pass, as soon as they had
departed into the wilderness, Moroni sent spies into the wilderness, to watch
their camp; and Moroni, also knowing of the prophecies of Alma, sent certain
men unto him, desiring him that he should inquire of the Lord whither the
armies of the Nephites should go, to defend themselves against the Lamanites.
And it came to pass that the word of the Lord came unto Alma; and Alma informed
the messengers of Moroni that the armies of the Lamanites were marching round
about in the wilderness, that they might come over into the land of Manti, that
they might commence an attack upon the more weak part of the people. And those
messengers went and delivered the message unto Moroni. Now Moroni, leaving a
part of his army in the land of Jershon, lest by any means, a part of the
Lamanites should come into the land and take possession of the city; and Moroni
took the remainder part of his army and marched over into the land of Manti.
And he caused that all the people in that quarter of the land, should gather
themselves together to battle, against the Lamanites, to defend their lands and
their country, their rights and their liberties; therefore they were prepared
against the time of the coming of the Lamanites. And it came to pass, that
Moroni caused that his army should be secreted in the valley which was near the
bank of the river Sidon, which was on the west of the river Sidon, in the
wilderness. And Moroni placed spies round about that he might know when the
camp of the Lamanites should come. And now as Moroni knew the intentions of the
Lamanites, that it was there intention to destroy their brethren, or to subject
them and bring them into bondage, that they might establish a kingdom unto
themselves, over all the land; and he also knowing that it was the only desire
of the Nephites to preserve their lands and their liberty, and their church,
therefore he thought it no sin that he should defend them by stratagem;
therefore he found, by his spies, which course the lamanites were to take.
Therefore he divided his army, and brought a part over into the valley, and
concealed them on the east, and on the south of the hill Riplah; and the
remainder he concealed in the west valley, on the west of the river Sidon, and
so down into the borders of the land of Manti. And thus having placed his army
according to his desire, he was prepared to meet them. And it came to pass that
the Lamanites came up on the north of the hill where a part of the army of
Moroni was concealed. And it came to pass that as the Lamanites had passed the
hill Riplah, and came into the valley, and began to cross the river Sidon, the
army which was concealed on the south of the hill, who was led by a man whose
name was Lehi; and he led his army forth and encircled the Lamanites about, on
the east, in their rear. And it came to pass that the Lamanites, when they saw
the Nephites coming upon them in the rear, turned them about, and began to
contend with the army of Lehi; and the work of death commenced on both sides;
but it was more dreadful on the part of the Lamanites; for their nakedness was
exposed to heavy blows of the Nephites, with their swords and their cimeters,
which brought death almost at every stroke; while on the other hand, there was
now and then a man fell among the Nephites, by their swords, and the loss of
blood; they being shielded from the more vital parts of the body, or the more
vital parts of the body being shielded from the strokes of the Lamanites, by
their breast-plates, and their arm-shields, and their head-plates; and thus the
Nephites did carry on the work of death among the Lamanites. And it came to
pass that the Lamanites became frightened, because of the great destruction
among them, even until they began to flee towards the river Sidon. And they
were persued by Lehi and his men, and they were driven by Lehi into the waters
of Sidon; and they crossed the waters of Sidon. And Lehi retained his armies
upon the bank of the river Sidon, that they should not cross. And it came to
pass that Moroni and his army met the Lamanites in the valley, on the other
side of the river Sidon. --And it came to pass that Moroni and his army began
to fall upon them, and to slay them. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did
flee again before them, towards the land of Manti; and they were met again by
the armies of Moroni. --Now in this case, the Lamanites did fight exceedingly;
yea, never had the Lamanites been known to have fought with such exceeding
great strength and courage; no, not even from the beginning; and they were
inspired by the Zoramites, and the Amalekites, which were their Chief Captains
and leaders, and by Zerahemnah, who was their Chief Captain, or their chief
leader and commander; yea, they did fight like dragons; and many of the
Nephites were slain by their hands; yea, for they did smite in two many of
their head-plates; and they did pierce many of their breast-plates; and they
did smite off many of their arms; and thus the Lamanites did smite in their
fierce anger. Nevertheless, the Nephites were inspired by a better cause; for
they were not fighting for monarchy nor power; but they were fighting for their
homes, and their liberties, their wives, and their children, and their all;
yea, for their rites of worship, and their church; and they were doing that
which they felt it was the duty which they owed to their God; for the Lord said
unto them, and also unto their fathers. That inasmuch as ye are not guilty of
the first offence, neither the second, ye shall not suffer yourselves to be
slain by the hands of your enemies. And again: The Lord hath said That ye shall
defend your families, even unto bloodshed; therefore, for this cause were the
Nephites contending with the Lamanites, to defend themselves, and their
families, and their lands, their country, and their rights, and their religion.
And it came to pass that when the men of Moroni saw the fierceness and the
anger of the Lamanites, they were about to shrink and flee from them. And
Moroni, perceiving their intent, sent forth and inspired their hearts with
these thoughts; yea, the thoughts of their lands, their liberty, yea, their
freedom from bondage. And it came to pass that they turned upon the Lamanites,
and they cried with one voice unto the Lord their God, for their liberty, and
their freedom from bondage. And they began to stand against the Lamanites with
power; and in that self-same hour that they cried unto the Lord for their
freedom, the Lamanites began to flee before them; and they fled into the waters
of Sidon. Now the Lamanites were more numerous; yea, by more than double the
number of the Nephites; nevertheless, they were driven insomuch that they were
gathered together in one body, in the valley, upon the bank, by the river
Sidon; therefore the armies of Moroni encircled them about; yea, even on both
sides of the river; for behold, on the east, were the men of Lehi; therefore
when Zerahemnah saw the men of Lehi on the east of the river Sidon, and the
armies of Moroni on the west of the river Sidon, that they were encircled about
by the Nephites, they were struck with terror, he commanded his men that they
should stop shedding their blood.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma44</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that they did stop, and
withdrew a pace from them. And Moroni said unto Zerahemnah, Behold, Zerahemnah,
that we do not desire to be men of blood. Ye know that ye are in our hands, yet
we do not desire to slay you. Behold, we have not come out to battle against
you, that we might shed your blood, for power; neither do we desire to bring
any one to the yoke of bondage. But this is the very cause for which ye have
come against us; yea, and ye are angry with us because of our religion. But now
ye behold that the Lord is with us; and ye behold that he hath delivered you
into our hands. And now I would that ye should understand that this is done
unto us because of our religion and our faith in Christ. And now ye see that ye
cannot destroy this our faith. Now ye see that this is the true faith of God;
yea, ye see that God will support, and keep, and preserve us, so long as we are
faithful unto him, and unto our faith, and our religion; and never will the Lord
suffer that we shall be destroyed, except we should fall into transgression,
and deny our faith. And now, Zerahemnah, I command you, in the name of that
all-powerful God, who hath strengthened our arms, that we have gained power
over you by our faith, by our religion, and by our rites of worship, and by our
church, and by the sacred support which we owe to our wives, and our children,
by that liberty which binds us to our lands and our country; yea, and also by
the maintenance of the sacred word of God, to which we owe all our happiness;
and by all that is most dear unto us; yea, and this is not all; I command you
by all the desires which ye have for life, that ye deliver up your weapons of
war unto us, and we will seek not your blood, but we will spare your lives, if
ye will go your way, and come not again to war against us. --And now if ye do
not this, behold, ye are in our hands, and I will command my men that they
shall fall upon you, and inflict the wounds of death in your bodies, that ye
may become extinct; and then we will see who shall have power over this people;
yea, we will see who shall be brought into bondage. And now it came to pass
that when Zerahemnah had heard these sayings, he came forth and delivered up
his sword and his cimeter, and his bow, into the hands of Moroni, and saith
unto him, Behold, here is our weapons of war; we will deliver them up unto you,
and we will not suffer ourselves to take an oath unto you, which we know that
we shall break, and also our children; but take our weapons of war, and suffer
that we may depart into the wilderness; otherwise we will retain our swords,
and we will perish or conquer. Behold, we are not of your faith; we do not
believe that it is God that hath delivered us into your hands; but we believe
that it is your cunning that hath preserved you from our swords. Behold, it is
your breast-plates, and your shields that hath preserved you. And now when
Zerahemnah had made an ending of speaking these words, Moroni returned the
sword, and the weapons of war which he had received, unto Zerahemnah, saying,
Behold, we will end the conflict. Now I cannot retain the words which I have
spoken; therefore, as the Lord liveth, ye shall not depart, except ye depart
with an oath, that ye will not return again against us to war. Now as ye are in
our hands, we will spill your blood upon the ground, or ye shall submit to the
conditions to which I have proposed. And now when Moroni had said these words,
Zerahemnah retained his sword, and he was angry with Moroni, and he rushed forward
that he might slay Moroni; but as he raised his sword, behold, one of Moroni's
soldier smote it even to the earth; and it broke by the hilt; and he also smote
Zerahemnah, that he took off his scalp, and it fell to the earth. And
Zerahemnah withdrew from before them, into the midst of his soldiers. And it
came to pass that the soldier that stood by, which smote off the scalp of
Zerahemnah, took up the scalp from off the ground, by the hair, and laid it
upon the point of his sword, and stretched it forth unto them, saying unto them
with a loud voice, saying: Even as this scalp hath fallen to the earth, which
is the scalp of your Chief, so shall ye fall to earth, except ye will deliver
up your weapons of war, and depart, with a covenant of peace. Now there were
many, when they heard these words, and saw the scalp which was upon the sword,
they were struck with fear, and many came forth and threw down their weapons of
war, at the feet of Moroni , and entered into a covenant of peace. And as many
as entered into a covenant, they suffered to depart into the wilderness. Now it
came to pass that Zerahemnah was exceeding wroth, and he did stir up the
remainder of his soldiers to anger, to contend more powerfully against the
Nephites. And now Moroni was angry, because of the stubbornness of the
Lamanites; therefore he commanded his people that they should fall upon them
and slay them. And it came to pass that they began to slay them; yea, and the
Lamanites did contend with their swords and their mights. But behold, their
naked skins, and their bare heads, were exposed to the sharp swords of the
Nephites; yea, behold, they were pierced and smitten; yea, and did fall
exceeding fast before the swords of the Nephites; and they began to be swept
down, even as the soldier of Moroni had prophesied. Now Zerahemnah, when he saw
that they were all about to be destroyed, he cried mightily unto Moroni,
promising that he would covenant, and also his people, with them, if they would
spare the remainder of their lives, that they never would come to war again
against them. And it came to pass that Moroni caused that the work of death
should cease again among the people. And it came to pass, that he took the
weapons of war from the Lamanites; and after they had entered into a covenant
with him of peace, they were suffered to depart into the wilderness. Now the
number of their dead were not numbered, because of the greatness of the number;
yea, the number of their dead were exceeding great, both on the Nephites, and
on the Lamanites. --And it came to pass that they did cast their dead into the
waters of Sidon; and they have gone forth, and are buried in the depths of the
sea. And the armies of the Nephites, or of Moroni, returned, and came to their
houses, and their lands. And thus ended the eighteenth year of the reign of the
Judges over the people of Nephi. And thus ended the record of Alma, which was
wrote upon the plates of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma45</bookName>
<text>Behold, now it came to pass that the people
of Nephi were exceedingly rejoiced, because the Lord God again delivered them
out of the hands of their enemies; therefore they gave thanks unto the Lord
their God; yea, and they did fast much and pray much, and they did worship God
exceeding great joy. And it came to pass in the nineteeneth year of the reign
of the Judges over the people of Nephi, that Alma came unto his son Helaman,
and saith unto him, Believest thou the words which I spake unto thee concerning
those records which have been kept? And Helaman saith unto him, Yea, I believe.
--And Alma saith again, Believest thou in Jesus Christ, which shall come? And
he saith, Yea, I believe all the words which thou hast spoken. And Alma saith
unto him again, Will ye keep my commandments? And he said, Yea, I will keep thy
commandments with all my heart. Then Alma saith unto him, Blessed art thou; and
the Lord shall prosper thee in this land. But behold, I have somewhat to
prophesy unto thee; but what I prophesy unto thee, ye shall not make known;
yea, what I prophesy unto thee shall not be made known, even until the prophecy
is fulfilled; therefore write the words which I shall say. And these are the
words: Behold, I perceive that this very people, the Nephites, according to the
spirit of revelation which is in me, in four hundred years from the time that
Jesus Christ shall manifest himself unto them, shall dwindle in unbelief; yea,
and then shall they see wars and pestilences, yea, famines and bloodshed, even
until the people of Nephi shall become extinct; yea, and this because they
shall dwindle in unbelief, and fall into the works of darkness and
lasciviousness, and all manner of iniquities; yea, I say unto you, that because
they shall sin against so great light and knowledge; yea, I say unto you, that
from this day, even the fourth generation shall not all pass away, before this
great iniquity shall come; and when that great day cometh, behold, the time
very soon cometh that those which are now, or the seed of those which are now
numbered among the people of Nephi, shall no more be numbered among the people
of Nephi; but whosoever remaineth, and is not destroyed in that great and
dreadful day, shall be numbered among the Lamanites, and shall become like unto
them all, save it be a few, which shall be called the disciples of the Lord;
and them shall the Lamanites pursue, even until they shall become extinct. And
now, because of iniquity, this prophecy shall be fulfilled. And now it came to
pass that after Alma has said these things to Helama, he blessed him, and also
his other sons; and he also blessed the earth, for the righteous sake. And he
said, Thus saith the Lord God: Cursed shall be the land, yea, this land, unto
every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, unto destruction, which do wickedly,
when they are fully ripe; and as I have said, so shall it be: for this is the
cursing and the blessing of God upon the land, for the Lord cannot look upon
sin with the least degree of allowance. And now, when Alma had said these
words, he blessed the church, yea, all those which should stand fast in the
faith, from that time henceforth; and when Alma had done this, he departed out
of the land of Zarahemla, as if to go into the land of Melek. --And it came to
pass that he was never heard of more; as to his death or his burial, we know
not of. Behold, this we know, that he was a righteous man; and the saying went
abroad in the church, that he was taken up by the spirit, or buried by the hand
of the Lord, even as Moses. But behold, the Scripture saith the Lord took Moses
unto himself; and we suppose that he hath also received Alma in the spirit,
unto himself; therefore, for this cause, we know nothing concerning his death
or burial. And now it came to pass in the commencement of the nineteenth year
of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, that Helaman went forth
among the people to declare the word unto them: for behold, because of their
wars with the Lamanites, and the many little dissentions and disturbances which
had been among the people, it became expedient that the word of God should be
declared among them; yea, and that a regulation should be made throughout the
church; therefore Helaman and his brethren went forth to establish the church
again in all the land, yea, in every city throughout all the land which was
possessed by the people of Nephi. And it came to pass that they did appoint
priests and teachers throughout all the land, over all the churches. And now it
came to pass that after Helaman and his brethren had appointed priests and
teachers over the churches, that there arose a dissention among them, and they
would not give heed to the words of Helaman and his brethren; but they grew
proud, being lifted up in their hearts, because of their exceeding great
riches; therefore they grew rich in their own eyes, and would not give heed to
their words, to walk uprightly before God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma46</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that as many as would
not hearken to the words of Helaman and his brethren, were gathered together
against their brethren. And now behold, they were exceeding wroth, insomuch
that they were determined to slay them. Now the leader of those which were
wroth against their brethren, was a large and a strong man; and his name was
Amalickiah. And Amalickiah was desirous to be a king; and those people which
were wroth, were also desirous that he should be their king; and they were the
greater part of them the lower Judges of the land; and they were seeking power.
And they had been led by the flatteries of Amalickiah, that if they would
support him, and establish him to be their king, that he would make them rulers
over the people. Thus they were led away by Amalickiah, to dissentions,
notwithstanding the preaching of Helaman and his brethren; yea, notwithstanding
their exceeding great care over the church, for they were High Priests over the
church. And there were many in the church which believed in the flattering
words of Amalickiah; therefore they dissented even from the church; and thus
were the affairs of the people of Nephi exceeding precarious and dangerous,
notwithstanding their great victory which they had had over the Lamanites, and
their great rejoicings which they had had, because of their deliverance by the
hands of the Lord. Thus we see how quick the children of men doth forget the
Lord their God; yea, how quick to do iniquity, and to be led away by the evil
one; yea, and we also see the great wickedness one very wicked man can cause to
take place among the children of men; yea, we see that Amalickiah, because he
was a man of cunning devices, and a man of many flattering words, that he led
away the hearts of many people to do wickedly; yea, and to seek to destroy the
church of God, and to destroy the foundation of liberty which God had granted
unto them, or which blessing God had sent upon the face of the land, for the
righteous sake. And now it came to pass that when Moroni, which was the chief
commander of the armies of the Nephites, had heard of these dissentions, he was
angry with Amalickiah. And it came to pass that he rent his coat; and he took a
piece thereof, and wrote upon it, In memory of our God, our religion, and
freedom, and our peace, our wives, and our children; and he fastened it upon
the end of a pole thereof. And he fastened his head-plate, and his breast-
plate, and his shields, and girded on his armour about his loins; and he took
the pole, which had on the end thereof his rent coat. (and he called it the
title of liberty,) and he bowed himself to the earth, and he prayed mightily
unto his God for the blessings of liberty to rest upon his brethren so long as
there should a band of Christians remain to possess the land: for thus were all
the true believers of Christ, which belonged to the church of God, called by
those which did not belong to the church; and those who did belong to the
church were faithful; yea, all those who were true believers in Christ, took
upon them, gladly, the name of Christ, or Christians, as they were called,
because of their belief in Christ, which should come; and therefore, at this
time, Moroni prayed that the cause of the Christians, and the freedom of the
land, might be favored.-- And it came to pass that when he had poured out his
soul, he gave all the land which was south of the land Desolation; yea, and in
fine, all the land, both on the north and on the south, a chosen land , and the
land of liberty. --And he saith, Surely God shall not suffer that we, who are
despised because we take upon us the name of Christ, shall be trodden down and
destroyed, until we bring it upon us, by our own transgressions. And when
Moroni had said these words, he went forth among the people, waving the rent of
his garment in the air, that all might see the writing which he had wrote upon
the rent, and crying with a loud voice, saying: Behold, whosoever will maintain
this title upon the land, let them come forth in the strength of the Lord, and enter
into a covenant that they will maintain their rights, and their religion, that
the Lord God may bless them. And it came to pass that when Moroni had
proclaimed these words, behold, the people came running together, with their
armours girded about their loins, rending their garments in token, or as a
covenant, that they would not forsake the Lord their God; or, in other words,
if they should transgress the commandment of God, or fall into transgressions,
and be ashamed to take upon them the name of Christ, the Lord should rend them
even as they rent their garments. Now this was the covenant which they made;
and they cast their garments at the feet of Moroni, saying: We covenant with
our God that we shall be destroyed, even as our brethren in the land northward,
if we shall fall into transgression; yea, he may cast us at the feet of our
enemies, even as we have cast our garments at thy feet, to trodden under foot,
if we shall fall into transgression. Moroni saith unto them, Behold, we are a
remnant of the seed of Jacob; yea, we are a remnant of the seed of Joseph,
whose coat was rent by his brethren, into many pieces; yea, and now behold, let
us remember to keep the commandments of God, or our garments shall be rent by
our brethren, and we be cast into prison, or be sold, or be slain; yea, let us
preserve our liberty, as a remnant of Joseph; yea, let us remember the words of
Jacob, before his death; for behold, he saw that a part of the remnant of the
coat of Joseph was preserved, and had not decayed. And he saith, Even as this
remnant of garment of my sons hath been preserved, so shall a remnant of the
seed of my son be preserved by the hand of God, and be taken unto himself,
while the remainder of the seed of Joseph shall perish, even as the remnant of
his garment. Now behold, this giveth my soul sorrow; nevertheless, my soul hath
joy in my son, because that part of his seed which shall be taken unto God. Now
behold, this was the language of Jacob. And now who knoweth but what the
remnant of the seed of Joseph, which shall perish as his garment, are those
which have dissented from us; yea, and even it shall be us, if we do not stand
fast in the faith of Christ. And now it came to pass that when Moroni had said
these words, he went forth, and also sent forth in all the parts of the land
where there were dissentions, and gathered together all the people which were
desirous to maintain their liberty, to stand against Amalickiah, and those
which had dissented, which were called Amalickiahites. And it came to pass that
when Amalickiah saw that the people of Moroni were more numerous than the
Amalickiahites; and he also saw that his people were doubtful concerning the
justice of the cause in which they had undertaken; therefore, fearing that he
should not gain the point, he took those of his people which would, and
departed into the land of Nephi. Now Moroni thought it was not expedient that
the Lamanites should have any more strength; therefore he thought to cut off
the people of Amalickiah, or to take them and bring them back, and put
Amalickiah to death; yea, for he knew that they would stir up the Lamanites to
anger against them, and cause them to come to battle against them; and this he
knew that Amalickiah would do, that he might obtain his purposes; therefore Moroni
thought it was expedient that he should take his armies, which had gathered
themselves together and armed themselves. and entered into a covenant to keep
the peace: --And it came to pass that he took his army, and marched out into
the wilderness, to cut off the course of Amalickiah in the wilderness. And it
came to pass that he did according to his desires, and marched forth into the
wilderness, and headed the armies of Amalickiah. And it came to pass that
Amalickiah fled with a small number of his men, and the remainder were
delivered up into the hands of Moroni, and were taken back into the land of
Zarahemla. Now Moroni being a man which was appointed by the Chief Judges and
the voice of the people, therefore he had power according to his will, with the
armies of the Nephites, to establish and to exercise authority over them. And
it came to pass that whomsoever of the Amalickiahites that would not enter into
a covenant to support the cause of freedom, that they might maintain a free
government, he caused to be put to death; and there was but few which denied
the covenant of freedom. And it came to pass also, that he caused the title of
liberty to be hoisted upon every tower which was in all the land, which was
possessed by the Nephites; and thus Moroni planted the standard of liberty
among the Nephites. And they began to have peace again in the land; and thus
they did maintain peace in the land, until nearly the end of the nineteenth
year of the reign of the Judges. And Helaman and the High Priests did also
maintain order in the church; yea, even for the space of four years, did they
have much peace and rejoicing in the church. And it came to pass that there
were many who died, firmly believing that their souls were redeemed by the Lord
Jesus Christ; thus they went out of the world rejoicing. And there were some
who died with fevers, which at some seasons of the year, was very frequent in
the land; but not so much so with fevers, because of the excellent qualities of
the many plants and roots which God had prepared, to remove the cause of
diseases which was subsequent to man, by the nature of the climate. But there
were many who died with old age; and those who died in the faith of Christ, are
happy in him, as we must needs suppose.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma47</bookName>
<text>Now we will return in our record, to
Amalickiah, and those which had fled with him into the wilderness: for behold,
he had taken those which went with him, and went up into the land of Nephi,
among the Lamanites, and did stir up the Lamanites to anger, against the people
of Nephi, inasmuch that the king of the Lamanites sent a proclamation
throughout all his land, among all his people, that they should gather
themselves together again, to go to battle against the Nephites. And it came to
pass that when the proclamation had gone forth among them, they were exceeding
fraid; yea, they feared to displease the king, and they also feared to go to
battle against the Nephites, lest they should lose their lives. And it came to
pass that they would not, or the more part of them would not obey the
commandments of the king. And now it came to pass that the king was wroth,
because of their disobedience; therefore he gave Amalickiah the command of that
part of his army which was obedient unto his commands, and commanded him that
he should go forth and compel them to arms. Now behold, this was the desire of
Amalickiah: for he being a very subtle man to do evil, therefore he laid the
plan in his heart to dethrone the king of the Lamanites. And now he had got the
command of those parts of the Lamanites which were in the favor of the king; and
he sought to gain favor of those which were not obedient; therefore he went
forward to the place which was called Onidah, for thither had all the Lamanites
fled; for they discovered the army coming, and supposing that they were coming
to destroy them, therefore they fled to Odinah, to the place of arms. --And
they had appointed a man to be a king and a leader over them, being fixed in
their minds with a determined resolution that they would not be subjected to go
against the Nephites. And it came to pass that they had gathered themselves
together upon the top of the mount which was called Antipas, in preparation to
battle. Now it was not Amalickiah.s intention to give them battle, according to
the commandments of the king; but behold, it was his intention to gain favor
with the armies of the Lamanites, that he might place himself at their head,
and dethrone the king, and take possession of the kingdom. And behold, it came
to pass that he caused his army to pitch their tents in the valley which was
near the mount Antipas. And it came to pass that when it was night, he sent a
secret embassy into the mount Antipas, desiring that the leader of those which
were on the mount, whose name was Lehonti, that he should come down to the foot
of the mount, for he desired to speak with him. And it came to pass that when
Lehonti received the message, he durst not go down to the foot of the mount.
And it came to pass that Amalickiah sent again a second time, desiring him to
come down. And it came to pass that Lehonti would not; and he sent again the
third time. And it came to pass that when Alamickiah found that he could not
get Lehonti to come down off from the mount, he went up into the mount, nearly
to Lehonti's camp; and he sent again the fourth time, his message unto Lehonti,
desiring that he would come down, and that he would bring his guards with him.
And it came to pass that when Lehonti had come down with his guards to
Amalickiah, that Amalickiah desired him to come down with his army in the night
time, and surround those men in their camps, over whom the king gave him
command, and he would deliver them up into Lehonti's hands, if he would make
him, (Amalickiah,) a second leader over the whole army. And it came to pass
that Lehonti came down with his men, and surrounded the men of Amalickiah, so
that before they awoke at the dawn of the day, they were surrounded by the
armies of Lehonti. And it came to pass that when they saw that they were
surrounded, they plead with Amalickiah that he would suffer them to fall in with
their brethren, that they might not be destroyed. Now this was the very thing
which Amalickiah desired. And it came to pass that he delivered his men,
contrary to the commands of the king. Now this was the thing that Amalickiah
desired, that he might accomplish his designs in dethroning the king. Now it
was the custom among the Lamanites, if their chief leader was killed, to
appoint the second leader to be their chief leader. And it came to pass that
Amalickiah caused that one of his servants administer poison, by degrees, to
Lehonti, that he died. Now when Lehonti was dead, the Lamanites appointed
Amalickiah to be their leader and their chief commander. And it came to pass
that Amalickiah marched with his armies (for he had gained his desires) to the
land of Nephi, to the city of Nephi, which was the chief city. And the king
came out to meet him, with his guards: for he supposed that Amalickiah had
fulfilled his commands, and that Amalickiah had gathered together so great an
army for to go against the Nephites to battle. But behold, as the king came out
to meet him, Amalickiah caused that his servants should go forth to meet the
king. And they went and bowed themselves before the king, as if to reverence
him, because of his greatness. And it came to pass that the king put forth his
hand to raise them, as was the custom of the Lamanites, and a token of peace,
which custom they had taken from the Nephites. And it came to pass that when he
had raised the first from the ground, behold, he stabbed the king to the heart;
and he fell to the earth. Now the servants of the king fled; and the servants
of Amalickiah raised a cry, saying: Behold, the servants of the king have
stabbed him to the heart, and he has fell, and they have fled; behold, come and
see. And it came to pass that Amalickiah commanded that his armies should march
forth, and see what bad happened to the king; and when they had come to the
spot, and found the king lying in his gore, Amalickiah pretended to be wroth,
and said, Whosoever loved the king, let him go forth and pursue his servants,
that they may be slain. And it came to pass that when all they who had loved
the king, when they had heard these words, came forth and pursued after the
servants of the king. Now when the servants of the king saw an army pursuing
after them, they were frightened again, and fled into the wilderness, and came
over into the land of Zarahemla, and joined the people of Ammon; and the army
which pursued after them, returned, having pursued after them in vain: and thus
Amalickiah, by his fraud, gained the hearts of the people. And it came to pass
on the morrow, he entered the city of Nephi, with his armies, and took
possession of the city. And now it came to pass that the queen, when she had
heard that the king was slain: for Amalickiah had sent an embassy to the queen,
informing her that the king had been slain by his servants; that he had pursued
them with his army, but it was in vain, and they had made their escape:
Therefore when the queen had received this message, she sent unto Amalickiah,
desiring him that he would spare the people of the city; and she also desired
him that he should come in unto her; and she also desired him that he would
bring witnesses with him, to testify concerning the death of the king. And it
came to pass that Amalickiah took the same servant that slew the king, and also
they which were with him, and went in unto the queen, unto the place where she
sat; and they all testified unto her that the king was slain by his own
servants; and they said, also, They have fled: Does not this testify against
them? And thus they satisfied the queen concerning the death of the king. And
it came to pass that Amalickiah sought the favor of the queen, and took her
unto him to wife; and thus by his fraud, and by the assistance of his cunning
servants, he obtained the kingdom; yea, he was acknowledged king throughout all
the land, among all the people of the Lamanites, which was composed of the
Lamanites, and the Lamanites, and the Ishmaelites, and all the dissenters of the
Nephites, from the reign of Nephi down to the present time. Now these
dissenters, having the same instruction and the same information of the
Nephites; yea, having been instructed in the same knowledge of the Lord;
nevertheless, it is strange to relate, not long after their dissentions, they
became more hardened and impenitent, and more wild, wicked and ferocious, then
the Lamanites; drinking in the traditions of the Lamanites; giving away to
indolence, and all manner of lasciviousness; yea, entirely forgetting the Lord
their God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma48</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that as soon as
Amalickiah had obtained the kingdom, he began to inspire the hearts of the
Lamanites against the people of Nephi; yea, he did appoint men to speak unto
the Lamanites from their towers, against the Nephites; and thus he did inspire
their hearts against the Nephites, insomuch, that in the latter end of the
nineteenth year of the reign of the Judges, he having accomplished his designs
thus far; yea, having been made king over the Lamanites, he sought also to
reign over all the land; yea, and all the people which were in the land; the
Nephites as well as the Lamanites; therefore he had accomplished his design:
for he had hardened the hearts of the Lamanites, and blinded their minds, and
stirred them up to anger, insomuch that he had gathered together a numerous
host, to go to battle against the Nephites. For he was determined, because of
the greatness of the number of his people, to overpower the Nephites, and to
bring them into bondage: and thus he did appoint Chief Captains of the
Zoramites, they being the most acquainted with the strength of the Nephites,
and their places of resort, and the weakest parts of their cities; therefore he
appointed them to be Chief Captains over his armies. And it came to pass that
they took their camp, and moved forth towards the land of Zarahemla, in the
wilderness. Now it came to pass that while Amalickiah had thus been obtaining
power by fraud and deceit, Moroni, on the other hand, had been preparing the
minds of the people to be faithful unto the Lord their God; yea, he had been
strengthening the armies of the Nephites, and erecting small forts, or places
of resort; throwing up banks of earth round about, to enclose his armies, and
also building walls of stone to encircle them about, round about their cities,
and the borders of their lands; yea, all round about the land; and in their
weakest fortifications, he did place the greater number of men; and thus he did
fortify and strengthen the land which was possessed by the Nephites. And thus
he was preparing to support their liberty, their lands, their wives, and their
children, and their peace, and that they might live unto the Lord their God,
and that they might maintain that which was called by their enemies the cause
of Christians. And Moroni was a strong and mighty man; he was a man of a
perfect understanding; yea, a man that did not delight in bloodshed; a man
whose soul did joy in the liberty and the freedom of his country, and his
brethren from bondage and slavery; yea, a man whose heart did swell with
thanksgiving to his God, for the many privileges and blessings which he
bestowed upon his people; a man who did labor exceedingly for the welfare and
safety of his people; yea, and he was a man who was firm in the faith of
Christ, and he had sworn with an oath, to defend his people, his rights, and
his country, and his religion, even to the loss of his blood. Now the Nephites
were taught to defend themselves against their enemies, even to the shedding of
blood, if it were necessary; yea, and they were also taught never to give an
offence; yea, and never to raise the sword, except it were against an enemy,
except it were to preserve their lives: and this was their faith, that by so
doing. God would prosper them in the land; or in other words, if they were
faithful in keeping the commandments of God, that he would prosper them in the
land; yea, warn them to flee, or to prepare for war, according to their danger;
and also, that God would make it known unto them, whither they should go to
defend themselves against their enemies; and by so doing, the Lord would
deliver them: and this was the faith of Moroni; and his heart did glory in it;
not in the shedding of blood, but in doing good, in preserving his people; yea,
in keeping the commandments of God; yea, and resisting iniquity. Yea, verily,
verily I say unto you, if all men had been, and were, and ever would be, like
unto Moroni, behold, the very powers of hell would have been shaken forever;
yea, the Devil would never have no power over the hearts of the children of
men. Behold, he was a man like unto Ammon, the son of Mosiah, yea, and even the
other sons of Mosiah; yea, and also Alma and his sons: for they were all men of
God. Now behold, Helaman and his brethren were no less serviceable unto the people,
then was Moroni; for they did preach the word of God, and they did baptize unto
repentance, all, men whosoever would hearken unto their words. And thus they
went forth, and the people did humble themselves because of their words,
insomuch that they were highly favored of the Lord; and thus they were free
from wars and contentions among themselves; yea, even for the space of four
years. But as I have said in the latter end of the nineteenth; yea,
notwithstanding their peace amongst themselves, they were compelled reluctantly
to contend with their brethren, the Lamanites; yea, and in fine, their wars
never did cease for the space of many years with the Lamanites, notwithstanding
their much reluctance. Now they were sorry to take up arms against the Lamanites,
because they did not delight in the shedding of blood; yea, and this was not
all; they were sorry to be the means of sending so many of their brethren out
of this world into an eternal world, unprepared to meet their God;
nevertheless, they could not suffer to lay down their lives, that their wives
and their children should me massacred by the barbarous cruelty of those who
was once their brethren, yea, and had dissented from their church, and had left
them, and had gone to destroy them, by joining the Lamanites; yea, they could
not bear that their brethren should rejoice over the blood of the Nephites, so
long as there were any who should keep the commandments of God: for the promise
of the Lord were, If they should keep his commandments, they should prosper in
the land.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma49</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the eleventh
month of the nineteenth year, on the tenth day of the month, the armies of the
Lamanites were seen approaching towards the land of Ammonihah. And behold, the
city had been rebuilt, and Moroni had stationed an army by the borders of the
city, and they had cast up dirt round about to shield them from the arrows and
the stones of the Lamanites; for behold, they fought with stones, and with
arrows. Behold, I said that the city of Ammonihah had been rebuilt. I say unto
you, yea, that it was in part re-built, and because the Lamanites had destroyed
it once because of the iniquity of the people, they supposed that it would
again become an easy prey for them. But behold, how great was their
disappointment; for behold the Nephites had dug a ridge of earth round about
them, which was so high that the Lamanites could not cast their stones and
their arrows at them, that they might take effect; neither could they come upon
them, save it was by their place of entrance. Now at this time, the Chief
Captains of the Lamanites were astonished exceedingly, because of the wisdom of
the Nephites in preparing their place of security. Now the leaders of the
Lamanites had supposed, because of the greatness of their numbers; yea, they
supposed that they should be privileged to come upon them as they had hitherto
done; yea, and they had also prepared themselves with shields, and with
breast-plates; and they had also prepared themselves with garments of skins;
yea, very thick garments, to cover their nakedness. And being thus prepared,
they supposed that they should easily overpower and subject their brethren to
the yoke of bondage, or slay and massacre them according to their pleasure. But
behold, to their uttermost astonishment, they were prepared for them, in a
manner which never had been known among all the children of Lehi. Now they were
prepared for the Lamanites, to battle after the manner of the instructions of
Moroni. And it came to pass that the Lamanites, or the Amalickiahites, were
exceedingly astonished at their manner of preparation for war. Now if king
Amalickiah had come down out of the land of Nephi, at the head of his army,
perhaps he would have caused the Lamanites to have attacked the Nephites at the
city of Ammonihah; for behold, he did care not for the blood of his people. But
behold, Amalickiah did not come down himself to battle. And behold, his Chief
Captains durst not attack the Nephites at the city of Ammonihah, for Moroni had
altered the management of affairs among the Nephites, insomuch that the
Lamanites were disappointed in their places of retreat, and they could not come
upon them; therefore they retreated into the wilderness, and took their camp,
and marched towards the land of Noah, supposing that to be the next best place
for them to come against the Nephites; for they knew not that Moroni had
fortified or had built forts of security for every city in all the land round
about; therefore they marched forward to the land of Noah with a firm
determination; yea, their Chief Captains came forward, and took an oath that
they would destroy the people of that city. But behold, to their astonishment,
the city of Noah, which had hitherto been a weak place, had now, by the means
of Moroni, became strong; yea, even to exceed the strength of the city
Ammonihah. And now behold, this was the wisdom in Moroni; for he had supposed
that they would be frightened at the city of Ammonihah; and as the city of Noah
had hitherto been the weakest part of the land, therefore they would march
thither to battle; and thus it was, according to his desires. And behold,
Moroni had appointed Lehi to be Chief Captain over the men of their city; and
it was that same Lehi which fought with the Lamanites in the valley, on the
east of the river Sidon. And now it came to pass, that when the Lamanites had
found that Lehi commanded the city, they were again disappointed, for they
feared Lehi exceedingly; nevertheless, their Chief Captains had sworn with an
oath, to attack the city; therefore they brought up their armies. Now behold,
the Lamanites could not get into their forts of security, by any other way save
by the entrance, because of the highness of the bank which had been thrown up,
and the depth of the ditch which had been dug round about, save it were by the
entrance. And thus were the Nephites prepared to destroy all such as should
attempt to climb up to enter the fort, by any other way, by casting over stones
and arrows at them. Thus they were prepared; yea, a body of their most strong
men, with their swords and their slings, to smite down all who should attempt
to come into their place of security, by the place of entrance; and thus were
they prepared to defend themselves against the Lamanites. And it came to pass
that the Captains of the Lamanites brought up their armies before the place of
entrance, and began to contend with the Nephites, to get into their place of
security; but behold, they were driven back from time to time, insomuch that
they were slain, with an immense slaughter. Now when they found that they could
not obtain power over the Nephites by the pass, they began to dig down their
banks of earth, that they might obtain a pass to their armies, that they might
have an equal chance to fight; but behold, in these attempts, they were swept
off by the stones and the arrows which were thrown at them; and instead of
filling up their ditches by pulling down the banks of earth, they were filled
up in a measure, with their dead and wounded bodies. Thus the Nephites had all
power over their enemies; and thus the Lamanites did attempt to destroy the
Nephites, until their Chief Captains were all slain; yea, and more than a
thousand of the Lamanites were slain; while on the other hand, there was not a
single soul of the Nephites which were slain. There were about fifty which were
wounded, which had been exposed to the arrows of the Lamanites through the
pass; but they were shielded by their shields, and their breast-plates, and
their head-plates, insomuch that their wounds were upon their legs; many of
which were very severe. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites saw that
their Chief Captains were all slain, they fled into the wilderness. And it came
to pass that they returned to the land of Nephi, to inform their King,
Amalickiah, who was a Nephite by birth, concerning their great loss. And it
came to pass that he was exceeding angry with his people, because he had not
obtained his desire over the Nephites; he had not subjected them to the yoke of
bondage; yea, he was exceeding wroth, and he did curse God, and also Moroni,
and swearing with an oath that he would drink his blood; and this because
Moroni had kept the commandments of God in preparing for the safety of his
people. And it came to pass that on the other hand, the people of Nephi did
thank the Lord their God, because of his matchless power in delivering them
from the hands of their enemies. And thus ended the nineteenth year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi; yea, and there was continual
peace among them, and exceeding great prosperity in the church, because of
their heed and diligence which they gave unto the word of God, which was
declared unto them by Helaman, and Shiblon, and Corianton, And Ammon, and his
brethren, &c.; yea, and by all those which had been ordained by the holy
order of God, being baptised unto repentance, and sent forth to preach among
the people, &c.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma50</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Moroni did not
stop making preparations for war, or to defend themselves against the
Lamanites; for he caused that his armies should commence in the commencement of
the twentieth year of the reign of the Judges, that they should commence in
digging up heaps of earth round about all the cities, throughout all the land
which was possessed by the Nephites; and upon the top of these ridges of earth,
he caused that there should be timbers; yea, works of timbers built up to the
height of a man, round about the cities. And he caused that upon those works of
timbers, that there should be a frame of pickets built upon the timbers, round
about; and they were strong and high; and he caused towers to be erected that
overlooked those works of pickets; and he caused places of security to be built
upon those towers, that the stones and the arrows of the Lamanites could not
hurt them. And they were prepared, that they could cast stones from the top thereof,
according to their pleasure and their strength, and slay him which should
attempt to approach near the walls of the city. Thus Moroni did prepare strong
holds against the coming of their enemies, round about every city in all the
land. And it came to pass that Moroni caused that his armies should go forth
into the east wilderness; yea, and they went forth, and drove all the Lamanites
which were in the east wilderness into their own lands, which were south of the
land of Zarahemla; and the land of Nephi did run in a straight course from the
East Sea to the West. And it came to pass that when Moroni had driven all the
Lamanites out of the east wilderness, which was north of the lands of their own
possessions, he caused that the inhabitants which were in the land of
Zarahemla, and in the land round about, should go forth into the east
wilderness, even to the borders, by the seashore, and possess that land. And he
also placed armies on the south, in the borders of their possessions, and
caused them to erect fortifications, that they might secure their armies and
their people from the hands of their enemies. And thus he cut off all the
strong holds of the lamanites, in the east wilderness; yea, and also on the
west, fortifying the line between the Nephites and the Lamanites, between the
land of Zarahemla and the land of Nephi; from the West Sea, running by the head
of the river Sidon; the Nephites possessing all the land northward; yea, even
all the land which was northward of the land Bountiful, according to their
pleasure. Thus Moroni, with his armies, which did increase daily, because of
the assurance of protection which his works did bring forth unto them;
therefore they did seek to cut off the strength and the power of the Lamanites,
from off the lands of their possessions, that they should have no power upon
the lands of their possession. And it came to pass that the Nephites began the
foundation of a city; and they called the name of the city Moroni; and it was
by the East Sea; and it was on the south by the line of the possessions of the
Lamanites. And they also began a foundation for a city, between the city of
Moroni and the city of Aaron, joining the borders of Aaron and Moroni; and they
called the name of the city, or the land, Nephihah. And they also began, in
that same year, to build many cities on the north; one in a particular manner,
which they called Lehi, which was in the north, by the borders of the seashore.
And thus ended the twentieth year. And in these prosperous circumstances were
the people of Nephi, in the commencement of the twenty and first year of the
reign of the Judges, over the people of Nephi. And they did prosper
exceedingly, and they became exceeding rich; yea, and they did multiply, and
were strong in the land. And thus we see how merciful and just are all the
dealings of the Lord, to the fulfilling of all his words unto the children of
men; yea, we can behold that his words are verified, even at this time, which
he spake unto Lehi, saying: Blessed art thou, and thy children; and they shall
be blessed, inasmuch as they shall keep my commandments; they shall prosper in
the land. But remember, inasmuch as they will not keep my commandments, they
shall be cut off from the presence of the Lord. And we see that these promises
have been verified to the people of Nephi; for it has been their quarrelings,
and their contentions; yea, their murderings, and their plunderings, their
idolatry, their whoredoms, and their abominations, which were among themselves,
which brought upon them their wars and destructions. And those who were
faithful in keeping the commandments of the Lord, were delivered at all times,
whilst thousands of their wicked brethren have been consigned to bondage, or to
perish by the sword, or to dwindle in unbelief, and mingle with the Lamanites.
But behold, there never was a happier time among the people of Nephi, since the
days of Nephi, than in the days of Moroni; yea, even at this time, in the
twenty and first year of the reign of Judges. And it came to pass that the twenty
and seeond year of the reign of the Judges, also ended in peace; yea, and also
the twenty and third year. And it came to pass that in the commencement of the
twenty and fourth year of the reign of the Judges, there would also have been
peace among the people of Nephi, had it not been for a contention which took
place among them concerning the land of Lehi, and the land of Morianton, which
joined upon the borders of Lehi; both of which were on the borders, by the
seashore. For behold, the people which possessed the land of Morianton, did
claim a part of the land of Lehi; therefore there began to be a warm contention
between them, insomuch that the people of Morianton took up arms against their
brethren, and they were determined by the sword to slay them. But behold, the
people which possessed the land of Lehi, fled to the camp of Moroni, and
appealed unto him for assistance; for behold, they were not in the wrong. And
it came to pass that when the people of Morianton, which were led by a man
whose name was Morianton, found that the people of Lehi had fled to the camp of
Moroni, they were exceeding fearful, lest the army of Moroni should come upon
them, and destroy them; therefore, Morianton put it to their hearts that they
should flee to the land which was northward, which was covered with large
bodies of water, and take possession of the land which was northward. And
behold, they would have carried this plan into an effect, (which would have
been a cause to have been lamented,)but behold, Morianton, being a man of much
passion, therefore he was angry with one of his maidservants, and he fell her,
and beat her much. And it came to pass that she fled, and came over to the camp
of Moroni, and told Moroni all things concerning the matter; and also
concerning their intentions to flee into the land northward. Now behold, the
people which were in the land Bountiful, or rather Moroni, feared that they
would hearken to the words of Morianton, and unite with his people, and thus he
would obtain possession of those parts of the land, which would lay a
foundation for serious consequences among the people of Nephi; yea, which
consequences would lead to the overthrow of their liberty; therefore Moroni
sent an army, with their camp, to head the people of Morianton, to stop their
flight into the land northward. And it came to pass that they did not head
them, until they had come to the borders of the land Desolation; and there they
did head them, by the narrow pass which led by the sea into the land northward;
yea, by the sea, on the west, and on the east. And it came to pass that the
army which was sent by Moroni, which was led by a man whose name was Teancum,
did meet the people of Morianton; and so stubborn were the people of Morianton,
(being inspired by his wickedness and his flattering words,) that a battle
commenced between them, in which Teancum did slay Morianton, and defeat his
army, and took them prisoners, and returned to the camp of Moroni. And thus
ended the twenty and four year of the reign of the Judges over the people of
Nephi. And thus was the people of Morianton brought back. And upon their
covenanting to keep the peace, they were restored to the land of Morianton, and
a union took place between them and the people of Lehi; and they were also
restored to their lands. And it came to pass that in the same year that the
people of Nephi had peace restored unto them, that Nephihah, the second Chief
Judge, died, having filled the judgment seat with perfect uprightness before
God; nevertheless, he had refused Alma to take possession of those records and
those things which were esteemed by Alma and his fathers to be most sacred;
therefore Alma had conferred them upon his son Helaman. Behold, it came to pass
that the son of Nephihah was appointed to fill the judgment seat, in the stead
of his father; yea, he was appointed Chief Judge, and governor over the people,
with an oath, and sacred ordinance to judge righteously, and to keep the peace,
and freedom of the people, and to grant unto them their sacred privileges to worship
the Lord their God; yea, to support and maintain the cause of God all his days,
and to bring the wicked to justice, according to their crime. Now behold, his
name was Pahoran. And Pahoran did fill the seat of his father, and did commence
his reign in the end of the twenty and fourth year, over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma51</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass, in the
commencement of the twenty and fifth year of the reign of the Judges over the
people of Nephi, they having established peace between the people of Lehi and
the people of Morianton concerning their lands, and having commenced the twenty
and fifth year in peace; nevertheless, they did not long maintain an entire
peace in the land for there began to be a contention among the people
concerning the Chief Judge, Pahoran; for behold, there were a part of the
people which desired that a few particular points of the law should be altered;
therefore he did not hearken to those who had sent in their voices with their
petitions, concerning the altering of the law; therefore those which were
desirous that the law should be altered, were angry with him, and desired that
he should no longer be Chief Judge over the land; therefore there arose a warm
dispute concerning the matter; but not unto bloodshed. And it came to pass that
those who were desirous that Pahoran should be dethroned from the judgment
seat, were called king-men, for they were desirous that the law should be
altered in a manner to overthrow the free government, and to establish a king
over the land. And those who were desirous that Pahoran should remain Chief
Judge over the land, took upon them the name of freemen; and thus was the
division among them: for the freemen had sworn or covenanted to maintain their
rights, and privileges of their religion, by a free government. And it came to
pass that this matter of their contention was settled, by the voice of the
people. And it came to pass that the voice of the people came in the favor of
the freemen, and Pahoran retained the judgment seat, which caused much
rejoicing among the brethren of Pahoran, and also many of the people of
liberty; which also put the king-men to silence, that they durst not oppose,
but were obliged to maintain the cause of freedom. Now those which were in
favor of kings, were those of high birth; and they sought to be kings; and they
were supported by those which sought power and authority over the people. But
behold, this was a critical time for such contentions to be among the people of
Nephi; for behold, Amalickiah had again stirred up the hearts of the people of
the Lamanites, against the people of the Nephites, and he was gathering
together soldiers, from all parts of his land, and arming them, and preparing
for war, with all diligence; for he had sworn to drink the blood of Moroni. But
behold, we shall see that his promise which he made was rash; nevertheless, he
did prepare himself and his armies, to come to battle against the Nephites. Now
his armies were not so great as they had hitherto been, because of the many
thousands which had been slain by the hand of the Nephites; but notwithstanding
their great loss, Amalickiah had gathered together a wonderful army, insomuch
that he feared not to come down to the land of Zarahemla. Yea, even Amalickiah
did himself come down, at the head of the Lamanites. And it was in the twenty
and fifth year of the reign of the Judges; and it was at the same time that
they began to settle the affairs of their contentions concerning the Chief
Judge, Pahoran. And it came to pass that when the men which were called
king-men, had heard that the Lamanites were coming down to battle against them,
they were glad in their hearts, and they refused to take up arms; for they were
so wroth with the Chief Judge, and also with the people of liberty, that they
would not take up arms to defend their country. And it came to pass that when
Moroni saw this, and also saw that the Lamanites were coming into the borders
of the land, he was exceeding wroth, because of the stubborness of those
people, of whom he had labored with so much diligence to preserve; yea, he was
exceeding wroth; his soul was filled with anger against them. And it came to
pass that he sent a petition, with the voice of the people, unto the Governor
of the land, desiring that he should read it, and give him, (Moroni,) power to
compel those dissenters to defend their country, or to put them to death; for
it was his first care to put an end to such contentions, and dissentions among
the people; for behold, this had been hitherto a cause of all their
destruction. --And it came to pass that it was granted, according to the voice
of the people. And it came to pass that Moroni commanded that his army should
go against those king-men, to pull down their pride and their nobility, and
level them with the earth, or they should take up arms and support the cause of
liberty. And it came to pass that the armies did march forth against them; and
they did pull down their pride and their nobility, insomuch, that as they did
lift their weapons of war to fight against the men of Moroni, they were hewn
down, and levelled to the earth. And it came to pass that there were four
thousand of those dissenters, which were hewn down by the sword; and those of
their leaders which were not slain in battle, were taken and cast into prison,
for there was no time for their trials at this period; and the remainder of
those dissenters, rather than to be smote down to the earth by the sword,
yielded to the standard of liberty, and were compelled to hoist the title of
liberty upon their towers, and in their cities, and to take up arms in defence
of their country. And thus Moroni put an end to those king-men, that there were
not any known by the appellation of king-men; and thus he put an end to the
stubborness, and the pride of those people which professed the blood of
nobility; but they were brought down to humble themselves like unto their
brethren, and to fight valiantly for their freedom from bondage. Behold, it
came to pass that while Moroni was thus breaking down the wars and contentions
among his own people, and subjecting them to peace and civilization, and making
regulations to prepare for war against the Lamanites, behold, the Lamanites had
come into the land of Moroni, which was in the borders by the seashore. And it
came to pass that the Nephites were not sufficiently strong in the city of
Moroni; therefore Amalickiah did drive them slaying many. And it came to pass
that Amalickiah took possession of the city; yea, possession of all their
fortifications. And those which fled out of the city of Moroni, came to the
city of Nephihah; and also the people of Lehi gathered themselves together, and
made preparations, and were ready to receive the Lamanites to battle. But it
came to pass that Amalickiah would not suffer the Lamanites to go against the
city of Nephihah to battle, but kept them down by the seashore, leaving men in
every city to maintain and defend it; and thus he went on, taking possession of
many cities: the city of Nephihah, and the city of Lehi, and the city of
Morianton, and the city of Omner, and the city of Gid, and the city of Mulek,
all of which were on the east borders, by the seashore. And thus had the
Lamanites obtained, by the cunning of Amalickiah, so many cities, by their
numberless hosts, all of which were strongly fortified, after the manner of the
fortifications of Moroni; all of which afforded strong holds for the Lamanites.
And it came to pass that they marched to the borders of the land Bountiful,
driving the Nephites before them, and slaying many. But it came to pass that
they were met by Teancum, who had slain Morianton, and had headed his people in
his flight. And it came to pass that he headed Amalickiah also, as he was
marching forth with his numerous army, that he might take possession of the
land Bountiful, and also the land northward. But behold, he met with a
disappointment, by being repulsed by Teancum and his men, for they were great
warriors: for every man of Teancum did exceed the Lamanites in their strength,
and in their skills of war, insomuch they did gain advantage over the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did harrass them, insomuch that they
did slay them even until it was dark. And it came to pass that Teancum and his
men did pitch their tents in the borders of the land of Bountiful; and
Amalickiah did pitch his tents in the borders on the beach by the seashore: and
after this manner they were driven. And it came to pass that when the night had
come, Teancum and his servant stole forth and went out by night, and went into
the camp of Amalickiah; and behold, sleep had overpowered them, because of
their much fatigue, which was caused by the labors and the heat of the day. And
it came to pass that Teancum stole privily into the tent of the king, and put a
javelin to his heart; and he did cause the death of the king immediately, that
he did not awake his servants. And he returned again privily to his own camp,
and behold, his men were asleep; and he awoke them, and told them all the
things that he had done. And he caused that his armies should stand in
readiness, lest the Lamanites had awoke, and should come upon them. And thus
ended the twenty and fifth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of
Nephi; and thus ended the days of Amalickiah.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma52</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the twenty and
sixth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, behold, when
the Lamanites awoke on the first morning of the first month, behold, they found
Amalickiah was dead, in his own tent; and they also saw that Teancum was ready
to give them battle on that day. And now when the Lamanites saw this, they were
affrighted; and they abandoned their design in marching into the land
northward, and retreated with all their army into the city of Mulek, and sought
protection in their fortifications, --And it came to pass that the brother of
Amalickiah was appointed king over the people; and his name was Ammoron: thus
king Ammoron, the brother of king Amalickiah, was appointed to reign in his
stead. And it came to pass that he did command that his people should maintain
those cities which they had taken by the shedding of blood; for they had not
taken any cities, save they had lost much blood. And now Teancum saw that the
Lamanites were determined to maintain those cities which they had taken, and
those parts of the land which they had obtained possession of; and also seeing
the enormity of their number, Teancum thought it was not expedient that he
should attempt to attack them in their forts; but he kept his men round about,
as if making preparations for war; yea, and truly he was preparing to defend
himself against them, by casting up walls round about, and preparing places of
resort. And it came to pass that he kept thus preparing for war, until Moroni
had sent a large number of men to strengthen his army; and Moroni also sent
orders unto him, that he should retain all the prisoners which fell into his
hands; for as the Lamanites had taken many prisoners, that he should retain all
the prisoners of the Lamanites, as a ransom for those which the Lamanites had
taken. And he also sent orders unto him, that he should fortify the land
Bountiful, and secure the narrow pass which led into the land northward, lest
the Lamanites should obtain that point, and should have power to harrass them
on every side. And Moroni also sent unto him, desiring that he would be
faithful in maintaining that quarter of the land, and that he would seek every
opportunity to scourge the Lamanites in that quarter, as much as was his power,
that perhaps he might take again, by stratagem or some other way, those cities
which had been taken out of their hands; and that he also would fortify and
strengthen the cities round about, which had not fallen into the hands of the
Lamanites. And he also said unto him, I would come unto you, but behold, the
Lamanites are upon us in the borders of the land by the West Sea; and behold, I
go against them, therefore I cannot come unto you. Now the king (Ammoron,) had
departed out of the land of Zarahemla, and had made known unto the queen
concerning the death of his brother, and had gathered together a large number
of men, and had marched forth against the Nephites, on the borders of the West
Sea; and thus he was endeavoring to harrass the Nephites, and to draw away a
part of their forces to that part of the land, while he had commanded those
which he had left to possess the cities which he had taken, that they should
also harrass the Nephites on the borders by the East Sea; and should take
possession of their lands as much as it were in their power, according to the
power of their armies. And thus were the Nephites in those dangerous
circumstances, in the ending of the twenty and sixth year of the reign of the
Judges over the people of Nephi. But behold, it came to pass in the twenty and
seventh year of the reign of the Judges, that Teancum, by the command of
Moroni, who had established armies to protect the south and the west borders of
the land, had began his march towards the land Bountiful, that he might assist
Teancum with his men, in retaking the cities which they had lost. And it came
to pass that Teancum had received orders to make an attack upon the city of
Mulek, and retake it if it were possible. And it came to pass that Teancum made
preparations to make an attack upon the city of Mulek, and march forth with his
army against the Lamanites; but he saw that it was impossible that he could
overpower them while they were in their fortifications; therefore he abandoned
his designs, and returned again to the city Bountiful, to wait for the coming
of Moroni, that he might receive strength to his army. And it came to pass that
Moroni did arrive with his army to the land of Bountiful, in the latter end of
the twenty and seventh year of the reign of the Judges over the people of
Nephi. And in the commencement of the twenty and eighth year, Moroni and
Teancum, and many of the Chief Captains, held a council of war, what they
should do to cause the Lamanites to come out against them to battle; or that
they might by some means, flatter them out of their strong holds, that they
might gain advantage over them, and take again the city of Mulek. And it came
to pass that they sent embassies to the army of the Lamanites, which protected
the city of Mulek, to their leader, whose name was Jacob, desiring him that he
would come out with his armies to meet them upon the plains, between the two
cities. But behold, Jacob, which was a Zoramite, would not come out with his
army to meet them upon the plains. And it came to pass that Moroni, having no
hopes of meeting them upon fair grounds, therefore he resolved upon a plan that
he might decoy the Lamanites out of their strong holds. Therefore he caused
that Teancum should take a small number of men, and march down near the
seashore; and Moroni and his army, by night, marched into the wilderness, on
the west of the city of Mulek; and thus, on the morrow, when the guards of the
Lamanites had discovered Teancum, they ran and told it unto Jacob, their
leader. And it came to pass that the armies of the Lamanites did march forth
against Teancum, supposing by their numbers to overpower Teancum, because of
the smallness of his numbers. And as Teancum saw the armies of the Lamanites
coming out against him, he began to retreat down by the seashore, northward.
And it came to pass that when the Lamanites saw that he began to flee, they
took courage and pursued them with vigor. And while Teancum was thus leading
away the Lamanites which were pursuing them in vain, behold, Moroni commanded
that a part of his army which were with him, should march forth into the city,
and take possession of it. And thus they did, and slew all those who had been
left to protect the city; yea, all those who would not yield up their weapons
of war. And thus Moroni had obtained a possession of the city of Mulek, with a
part of his army, while he marched with the remainder to meet the Lamanites,
when they should return from the pursuit of Teancum. And it came to pass that
the Lamanites did pursue Teancum until they came near the city Bountiful, and
then they were met by Lehi, and a small army, which had been left to protect
the city Bountiful. And now Behold, when the Chief Captains of the Lamanites
had beheld Lehi, with his army, coming against them, they fled in much
confusion, lest perhaps they should not obtain the city Mulek, before Lehi
should overtake them; for they were wearied because of their march; and the men
of Lehi were fresh. Now the Lamanites did not know that Moroni had been in
their rear with his army; and all they feared, was Lehi and his men. Now Lehi
was not desirous to overtake them, till they should meet Moroni and his army.
And it came to pass that before the Lamanites had retreated far, they were
surrounded by the Nephites; by the men of Moroni on one hand, and the men of
Lehi on the other, all of whom were fresh and full of strength; but the
Lamanites were wearied, because of their long march. And Moroni commanded his
men that they should fall upon them, until they had given up their weapons of
war. And it came to pass that Jacob, being their leader, being also a Zoramite,
and having an unconquerable spirit, he led the Lamanites forth to battle, with
exceeding fury against Moroni. Moroni being in their course of march, therefore
Jacob was determined to slay them, and cut his way through to the city of
Mulek. But behold, Moroni and his men were more powerful; therefore they did
not give away before the Lamanites. And it came to pass that they fought on
both hands with exceeding fury; and there were many slain on both sides; yea,
and Moroni was wounded, and Jacob was killed. And Lehi pressed upon their rear
with such fury, with his strong man, that the Lamanites in the rear delivered
up their weapons of war; and the remainder of them, being much confused, knew
not whether to go or to strike. Now Moroni seeing their confusion, he said unto
them, if ye will bring forth your weapons of war, and deliver them up, behold
we will forbear shedding your blood. And it came to pass that when the
Lamanites had heard these words, their Chief Captains, all those which were not
slain, came forth and threw down their weapons of war at the feet of Moroni,
and also commanded their men that they should do the same; but behold, there
were many that would not; and those who would not deliver up their swords, were
taken and bound, and their weapons of war were taken from them, and they were
compelled to march with their brethren forth into the land Bountiful. And now
the number of prisoners which were taken, exceeded more than the number of
those which had been slain; yea, more than those which had been slain on both
sides.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma53</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that they did set
guards over the prisoners of the Lamanites, and did compel them to go forth and
bury their dead; yea, and also the dead of the Nephites which were slain; and
Moroni placed men over them to guard them while they should perform their
labors. And Moroni went to the city of Mulek with Lehi, and took command of the
city, and gave it unto Lehi. Now behold this Lehi was a man who had been with
Moroni in the more part of all his battles; and he was a man like unto Moroni;
and they rejoiced in each other's safety; yea, they were beloved by each other,
and also beloved by all the people of Nephi. And it came to pass that after the
Lamanites had finished burying their dead, and also the dead of the Nephites,
they were marched back into the land Bountiful; and Teancum, by the orders of
Moroni, caused that they should commence in laboring in digging a ditch round
about the land, or the city Bountiful; and he caused that they should build a
breastwork of timbers upon the inner bank of the ditch; and they cast up dirt
out of the ditch against the breastwork of timbers; and thus they did cause the
Lamanites to labor, until they had encircled the city of Bountiful round about
with a strong wall of timbers and earth, to an exceeding height. And this city
became an exceeding strong hold ever after; and in this city they did guard the
prisoners of the Lamanites; yea, even within a wall, which they had caused them
to build with their own hands. Now Moroni was compelled to cause the Lamanites
to labor, because it were easy to guard them while at their labor; and he
desired all his forces, when he should make an attack upon the Lamanites. And
it came to pass that Moroni had thus gained a victory over one of the greatest
of the armies of the Lamanites, and had obtained possession of the city of
Mulek, which was one of the strongest hold of the Lamanites in the land of
Nephi; and thus he had built a strong hold to retain his prisoners. And it came
to pass that he did no more attempt a battle with the Lamanites in that year,
but he did employ his men in preparing for war; yea, and in making
fortifications to guard against the Lamanites; yea, and also delivering their
women and their children from famine and affliction, and providing food for
their armies. And now it came to pass that the armies of the Lamanites, on the
West Sea, south, while in the absence of Moroni, on account of some intrigue
amongst the Nephites, which caused dissensions amongst them, had gained some
ground over the Nephites, yea, insomuch that they obtained possession of a
number of their cities in that part of the land; and thus because of iniquity
amongst themselves, yea, because of dissensions and intrigue among themselves,
they were placed in the most dangerous circumstances. And now behold, I have
somewhat to say concerning the people of Ammon, which, in the beginning, were
Lamanites; but by Ammon and his brethren, or rather by the power and word of
god, they had been converted unto the Lord; and they had been brought down into
the land of Zarahemla, and had ever since been protected by the Nephites; and
because of their oath, they had been kept from taking up arms against their
brethren; for they had an oath, that they never would shed blood more; and
according to their oath, they would have perished; yea, they would have
suffered themselves to have fallen into the hands of their brethren, had it not
been for the pity and the exceeding love which Ammon and his brethren had had
for them; and for this cause, they were brought down into the land of
Zarahemla; and they ever had been protected by the Nephites. But it came to
pass that when they saw the danger, and the many afflictions and tribulations
which the Nephites bore for them, they were moved with compassion, and were
desirous to take up arms in the defence of their country. But behold, as they
were about to take their weapons of war, they were overpowered by the
persuasions of Helaman and his brethren, for they were about to break the oath
which they had made; and Helaman feared lest by so doing, they should lose
their souls; therefore all those which had entered into this covenant, were
compelled to behold their brethren wade through their afflictions, in their
dangerous circumstances, at this time. But behold, it came to pass they had
many sons, which had not entered into a covenant that they would not take their
weapons of war to defend themselves against their enemies; therefore they did
assemble themselves together at this time, as many as were able to take up
arms; and they called themselves Nephites; and they entered into a covenant, to
fight for there liberty of the Nephites; yea, to protect the land unto the
laying down of their lives; yea, even they covenanted that they never would
give up their liberty, but they would fight in all cases to protect the
Nephites and themselves from bondage. Now behold, there were two thousand of
those young men which entered into this covenant, and took their weapons of war
to defend their country. And now behold, as they never had hitherto been a
disadvantage of the Nephites, they became now at this period of time also a
great support; for they took their weapons of war, and they would that Helaman
should be their leader. And they were all young men, and they were exceeding
valiant for courage, and also for strength and activity; but behold, this was
not all: they were men which were true at all times in whatsoever thing they
were entrusted; yea, they were men of truth and soberness, for they had been
taught to keep the commandments of God, and walk uprightly before him. And now
it came to pass that Helaman did march at the head of his two thousand
stripling soldiers, to the support of the people in the borders of the land on
the south, by the West Sea. And thus ended the twenty and eigth year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, &c.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma54</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the twenty and
ninth year of the reign of the Judges, that Ammoron sent unto Moroni, desiring
that he would exchange prisoners. And it came to pass that Moroni felt to
rejoice exceedingly at this request, for he desired the provisions which was
imparted for the support of the Lamanite prisoners, for the support of his own
people; and he also desired his own people for the strengthening of his army.
--Now the Lamanites had taken many women and children; and there was not a
woman nor a child among all the prisoners of Moroni, or the prisoners which
Moroni had taken; therefore Moroni resolved upon a stratagem, to obtain as many
prisoners of the Nephites from the Lamanites, as it were possible; therefore he
wrote and epistle, and sent it by the servant of Ammoron, the same who had
brought an epistle to Moroni. Now these are the words which he wrote unto
Ammoron, saying: Behold, Ammoron, I have wrote unto you somewhat concerning
this war which we have waged against my people, or rather which thy brother
hath waged against them, and which ye are still determined to carry on after
his death. Behold, I would tell you something concerning the justice of God,
and the sword of his Almighty wrath, which doth hang over you: Except ye repent
and withdraw your armies into your own lands, or the lands of your possessions,
which is the land of Nephi; yea, I would tell you these things, if ye were
capable of hearkening unto them; yea, I would tell you concerning that awful
hell that awaits to receive such murderers as thou and thy brother hath been,
except ye repent and withdraw your murderous purposes, and return with your
armies to your own lands; but as ye have rejected these things, and have fought
against the people of the Lord. even so I may expect you will do it again. And
now behold, we are prepared to receive you; yea, and except you withdraw your
purposes, behold, ye will pull down the wrath of that God whom you have
rejected, upon you, even to your utter destruction; but as the Lord liveth, our
armies shall come upon you, except ye withdraw, and ye shall soon be visited
with death, for we will retain our cities and our lands; yea, and we will
maintain our religion and the cause of our God. But behold, it supposeth me
that I talk to you concerning these things in vain; or it supposeth me that
that thou art a child of hell; therefore I will close my epistle, by telling
you that I will not exchange prisoners, save it be on conditions that ye will
deliver up a man, and his wife, and his children, for one prisoner; if this be
the case that ye will do it, I will exchange. And behold, if ye do not do this,
I will come against you with my armies; yea, even I will arm my women and my
children, and I will come against you, and I will follow you even into your own
land, which is the land of our first inheritance; yea, and it shall be blood
for blood; yea, life for life; and I will give you battle, even until you are
destroyed from off the face of the earth. Behold, I am in my anger, and also my
people; ye have sought to murder us, and we have only sought to defend
ourselves. But behold, if ye seek to destroy us more, we will seek to destroy
you; yea, and we will seek our land, the lands of our first inheritance. Now I
close my epistle. I am Moroni; I am a leader of the people of the Nephites. Now
it came to pass that Ammoron, when he had received this epistle, he was angry,
and he wrote another epistle unto Moroni; and these are the words which he
wrote, saying: I am Ammoron, the king of the Lamanites; I am the brother of
Amalickiah, whom ye have murdered. Behold, I will avenge his blood upon you;
yea, And I will come upon you with my armies, for I fear not your threatnings.
For behold, your fathers did wrong their brethren, insomuch that they did rob
them of their right to the government, when it rightly belonged unto them. And
now behold, if ye will lay down pour arms, and subject yourselves to be
governed by those whom the government doth rightly belong, then will I cause
that my people shall lay down their weapons, and shall be at war no more.
Behold, ye have breathed out many threatnings against me and my people; but
behold, we fear not your threatnings; nevertheless, I will grant to exchange
prisoners according to your request, gladly, that I may preserve my food for my
men of war; and we will wage a war which shall be eternal, either to subjecting
the Nephites to our authority, or to their eternal extinction. And concerning
that God whom ye say we have rejected, behold, we know not such a being;
neither do ye; but if it so be that there is such a being, we know not but that
he hath made us as well as you; and if it so be that there is a Devil and a
hell, behold, will he not send you there, to dwell with my brother, which ye
have murdered, which ye have hinted that he hath gone to such a place?. But
behold, these things mattereth not. I am Ammoron, and a descendant of Zoram,
whom your fathers pressed and brought out of Jerusalem. And behold, now, I am a
bold Lamanite. Behold, this war has been waged, to avenge their wrongs, and to
maintain, and to obtain their rights to the government; and I close my epistle
to Moroni.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma55</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that when Moroni
received this epistle, he was more angry, because he knew that Ammoron had a
perfect knowledge of his fraud; yea, he knew that Ammoron knew that it was not
a just cause that had caused him to wage war against the people of Nephi. And
he said, Behold, I will not exchange prisoners with Ammoron, save he will
withdraw his purpose, as I have stated in my epistle; for I will not grant unto
him that he shall have any more power than what he hath got. Behold, I know the
place where the Lamanites doth guard my people, which they have taken prisoners;
and as Ammoron would not grant unto me mine epistle, behold, I will give unto
him according to my words; yea, I will seek death among them, until they shall
sue for peace. And now it came to pass that when Moroni had said these words,
he caused that a search should be made among his men, that perhaps he might
find a man which was a descendant of Laman among them. And it came to pass that
they found one, whose name was Laman; and he was one of the servants of the
king which was murdered by Amalickiah. Now Moroni caused that Laman and a small
number of his men, should go forth unto the guard which were over the Nephites.
Now the Nephites were guarded in the city of Gid; therefore Moroni caused that
Laman and a small number of men which was appointed to go with him. And it came
to pass that when it was evening, Laman went to the guards which were over the
Nephites, and behold, they saw him coming, and they hailed him. But he saith
unto them, Fear not. Behold, I am a Lamanite. Behold, we have escaped from the
Nephites, and they sleepeth; and behold, we have took of their wine, and
brought with us. Now when the Lamanites heard these words, they received him
with joy. --And they said unto him, Give us of your wine, that we may drink; we
are glad that ye have thus taken wine with you, for we are weary. But Laman
saith unto them, Let us keep of our wine till we go against the Nephites to
battle. But this saying only made them more desirous to drink of the wine.
--For, said they, We are weary; therefore let us take of the wine, and by and
by we shall receive wine for our rations, which will strengthen us to go
against the Nephites. And Laman saith unto them, You may do according to your
desires. And it came to pass that they did take of the wine freely, and it was
pleasant to their taste; therefore they took of it more freely; and it was
strong, having been prepared in its strength. And it came to pass they did
drink and were merry, and by and by they were all drunken. Now when Laman and
his men saw that they were all drunken, and were in a deep sleep, they returned
to Moroni, and told him all the things that had happened. And now this was
according to the design of Moroni. And Moroni had prepared his men with weapons
of war; and he went to the city of Gid, while the Lamanites were in a deep
sleep, and drunken, and cast in the weapons of war in unto the prisoners,
insomuch that they were all armed; yea, even to their women, and all those of
their children, as many as were able to use a weapon of war; when Moroni had
armed all those prisoners. And all those things were done in a profound silence
. But had they awoke the Lamanites, behold they were drunken, and the Nephites
could have slain them. But behold this was not the desire of Moroni. He did not
delight in murder or bloodshed; but he delighted in the saving of his people
from destruction; and for this cause he might not bring upon him injustice, he
would not fall upon the Lamanites and destroy them in their drunkennes. But he
had obtained his desires; for he had armed those prisoners of the Nephites
which were within the wall of the city, and had gave them power to gain
possession of those parts which were within the walls; and then he caused the
men which were with him, to withdraw a pace from them, and surround the armies
of the Lamanites. Now behold, this was done in the night time, so that when the
Lamanites awoke in the morning, they beheld that they were surrounded by the
Nephites without, and that their prisoners were armed within. And thus they saw
that the Nephites had power over them; and in these circumstances they found it
was not expedient that they should fight with the Nephites; therefore their
Chief Captains demanded their weapons of war, and they brought them forth, and
cast them at the feet of the Nephites, pleading for mercy. Now behold, this was
the desire of Moroni. He took them prisoners of war, and took possession of the
city, and caused that all prisoners should be liberated, which were Nephites;
and they did join the army of Moroni, and were a great strength to his army.
And it came to pass that he did cause the Lamanites which he had taken
prisoners, that they should commence a labor in strengthening the
fortifications round about the city of Gid. And it came to pass that when he
had fortified the city of Gid, according to his desires, he caused that his
prisoners be taken to the city Bountiful. And he also guarded that city with an
exceeding strong force. And it came to pass that they did, notwithstanding all
the intrigues of the Lamanites, keep and protect all the prisoners which they
had taken, and also maintain all the ground and the advantage which they had
retaken. And it came to pass that the Nephites began again to be victorious,
and to reclaim their rights and privileges. Many time did the Lamanites attempt
to encircle them about by night, but these attempts they did lose many
prisoners. --And many times did they atempt to administer of their wine to the
Nephites, that they might destroy them with poison or with drunkenness. But
behold, the Nephites were not slow to remember the Lord their God, in this
their times of affliction. They could not be taken in their snares; yea, they
would not partake of their wine; yea, they would not take of wine, save they
had firstly given to some of the Lamanite prisoners. And they were thus
cautious, that no poison should be administered among them; for if their wine
would poison a Lamanite, it would also poison a Nephite; and thus they did try
all their liquors. And now it came to pass that it was expedient for Moroni to
make preparations to attack the city of Morianton. --For behold, the Lamanites
had, by their labors, fortified the city of Morionton until it had become an
exceeding strong hold; and they were continually bringing new forces into that
city, and also new supplies of provisions. And thus ended the twenty and ninth
year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma56</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the commencement
of the thirtieth year of the reign of the Judges, in the second day, on the
first month, Moroni received an epistle from Helaman, stating the affairs of
the people in that quarter of the land. And these are the words which he wrote,
saying: My dearly beloved brother, Moroni, as well in the Lord as in the
tribulations of our warfare; behold, my beloved brother, I have somewhat to
tell you concerning our warfare in this part of the land. Behold, two thousand
of the sons of those men which Ammon brought down out of the land of Nephi: Now
ye have known that these were a descendant of Laman, which was the eldest son
of our father Lehi. Now I need not rehearse unto you concerning their
traditions or their unbelief, for thou knowest concerning all these things;
therefore it supposeth me that I tell you that two thousand of these young men
hath taken their weapons of war, and would that I should be their leader; and
we have come forth to defend our country. And now ye also know concerning the
covenant which their fathers made, that they would not take up their weapons of
war against their brethren, to shed blood. But in the twenty and sixth year,
when they saw our afflictions and our tribulations for them, they were about to
break the covenant which they had made, and take up their weapons of war in our
defence. But I would not suffer them that they should break this covenant which
they had made, supposing that God would strengthen us, insomuch that we would
not suffer more because of the fulfilling the oath which they had taken. But
behold, here is one thing in which we may have great joy. For behold, in the
twenty and sixth year, I Helaman, did march at the head of these two thousand
young men, to the city of Judea, to assist Antipus, whom ye had appointed a
leader over the people of that part of the land. And I did join my two thousand
sons, (for they are worthy to be called sons,) to the army of Antipus; in the
which strength Antipus did rejoice exceedingly; for behold, his army had been
reduced by the Lamanites because of the numerority of their forces having slain
a vast number of our men; for which cause we have to mourn. Nevertheless, we
may console ourselves in this point: that they have died in the cause of their
country and of their God; yea, and they are happy. And the Lamanites had also
retained many prisoners, all of whom are Chief Captains; for none other have
they spared alive. And we suppose that they are now at this time in the land of
Nephi; it is so if they are not slain. And now these are the cities which the
Lamanites have obtained possession, by the shedding of the blood of so many of
our valiant men: The land of Manti, or the city of Manti, and the city of
Zeezrom, and the city of Cumeni, and the city of Antiparah. And these are the
cities which they possessed when I arrived at the city of Judea; and I found
Antipus and his men toiling with their mights to fortify the city; yea, and
they were depressed in body as well as in spirit; for they had fought valiantly
by day, and toiled by night, to maintain their cities; and thus they had
suffered great afflictions of every kind. And now they were determined to
conquer in this place, or die; therefore you may well suppose that this little
force which I brought with me; yea, those sons of mine, gave them great hopes
and much joy. And now it came to pass that when the Lamanites saw that Antipus
had received a greater strength to his army, they were compelled by the orders
of Ammoron, to not come against the city of Judea, or against us, to battle.
And thus were we favored of the Lord: for had they come upon us in this our
weakness, they might have perhaps destroyed our little army; but thus were we
preserved. They were commanded by Ammoron to maintain those cities which they
had taken. And thus ended the twenty and sixth year. And in the commencement of
the twenty and seventh year, we had prepared our city and ourselves for
defence. Now we were desirous that the Lamanites should come upon us; for we
were not desirous to make an attack upon them in their strong holds. And it
came to pass that we kept spies round about, to watch the movements of the
Lamanites, that they might not pass us by night, nor by day, to make an attack
upon our other cities, which were on the northward; for we knew in those cities
they were not sufficiently strong to meet them; therefore we were desirous, if
they should pass by us, to fall upon them in their rear, and thus bring them up
in the rear, at the same time they were met in the front. We supposed that we
could overpower them; but behold, we were disappointed in this our desire. They
durst not pass by us with their whole army; neither durst they with a part,
lest they should not be sufficiently strong, and they should fall. Neither
durst they march down against the city of Zarahemla; neither durst they cross
the head of Sidon, over the city of Nephihah. And thus, with their forces, they
were determined to maintain those cities which they had taken. And now it came
to pass in the second month of this year, there was brought unto us many
provisions, from the fathers of those two thousand sons, And also there was
sent two thousand men unto us, from the land of Zarahemla. And thus we were
prepared with ten thousand men, and provisions for them, and also for their
wives, and their children. And the Lamanites, thus seeing our forces increase
daily, and provisions arrive for our support, they began to be fearful, and
began to sally forth, if it were possible, to put an end to our receiving
provisions and strength. Now when we saw that the Lamanites began to grow uneasy
on this wise, we were desirous to bring a stratagem into an effect upon them;
therefore Antipus ordered that I should march forth with my little sons, to a
neighboring city, as if they were carrying provisions to a neighboring city.
And we were to march near the city Antiparah, as if we were going to the city
beyond, in the borders, by the seashore. And it came to pass that we did march
forth, as if with our provisions, to go to the city. And it came to pass that
Antipus did march forth, with a part of his army, leaving the remainder to
maintain the city. But he did not march forth, until I had gone forth with my
little army, and came near the city Antiparah. And now in the city of
Antiparah, were stationed the strongest army of the Lamanites; yea, the most
numerous. And it came to pass that when they had been informed by their spies,
they came forth with their army, and marched against us. And it came to pass
that we did flee before them, northward. And thus we did lead away the most
powerful army of the Lamanites; yea, even to a considerable distance, insomuch
that when they saw the army of Antipus pursuing them, with their mights, they
did not turn to the right nor to the left, but pursued their march in a
straight course after us; and, as we supposed, it was their intent to slay us
before Antipus should overtake them, and this that they might not be surrounded
by our people. And now Antipus, beholding our danger, did speed the march of
his army. But behold, it was night; therefore they did not overtake us, neither
did Antipus overtake them; therefore we did camp for the night. And it came to
pass that before the dawn of the morning behold, the Lamanites were pursuing
us. Now we were not sufficiently strong to contend with them, yea, I would not
suffer that my little sons should fall into their hands; therefore we did
continue our march; and we took our march into the wilderness. Now they durst
not turn to the right nor to the left, lest they should be surrounded; neither
would I turn to the right or to the left, lest they should overtake me, and we
could not stand against them, but be slain, and they would make their escape;
and thus we did flee all that day into the wilderness, even until it was dark.
And it came to pass that again when the light of the morning came, we saw the
Lamanites upon us, and we did flee before them. But it came to pass that they
did not pursue us far, before they halted; and it was in the morning of the
third day, on the seventh month. And now whether they were overtaken by Antipus,
we knew not; but I said unto my men, Behold, we know not but they have halted
for the purpose that we should come against them, that they might catch us in
their snare; therefore, what say ye, my sons, will ye go against them to
battle?. And now I say unto you, my beloved brother Moroni, That never had I
seen so great courage, nay, not amongst all the Nephites. For as I had ever
called them my sons,(for they were all of them very young,) even so they said
unto me, Father, behold, our God is with us, and he will not suffer that we
shall fall; then let us go forth; we would not slay our brethren, if they would
let us alone; therefore let us go, lest they should overpower the army of
Antipus. Now they never had fought, yet they did not fear death; and they did
think more upon the liberty of their fathers, than they did upon their lives;
yea, they had been taught by their mothers, that if they did not doubt, that
God would deliver them. And they rehearsed unto me the words of their mothers,
saying: We do not doubt our mothers knew it. And it came to pass that I did
return with my two thousand, against these Lamanites which had pursued us. And
now behold, the armies of Antipus had overtaken them, and a terrible battle had
commenced. The army of Antipus being weary, because of their long march in so
short a space of time, were about to fall into the hands of the Lamanites; and
had I not returned with my two thousand, they would have obtained their
purpose: for Antipus had fallen by the sword, and many of his leaders, because
of their weariness, which was occasioned by the speed of their march; therefore
the men of Antipus being confused, because of the fall of their leaders began
to give way before the Lamanites. And it came to pass that the Lamanites took
courage, and began to pursue them; and thus were the Lamanites pursuing them
with great vigor, when Helaman came upon their rear with his two thousand, and
began to slay them, exceedingly, insomuch that the whole army of the Lamanites
halted, and turned on Helaman. Now when the people of Antipus saw that the
Lamanites had turned them about, they gathered together their men, and came
again upon the rear of the Lamanites. And now it came to pass that we, the
people of Nephi, the people of Antipus, and I with my two thousand, did
surround the Lamanites, and did slay them; yea, insomuch that they were
compelled to deliver up their weapons of war, and also themselves as prisoners
of war. And now it came to pass that when they surrendered themselves up unto
us, behold, I numbered those young men which had fought with me, fearing lest
there were many of them slain. But behold, to my great joy, there had not one
soul of them fallen to the earth; yea, and they had fought as if with the
strength of God; yea, never was men known to have fought with such miraculous
strength; and with such mighty power did they fall upon the Lamanites, that
they did frighten them; and for this cause did the Lamanites deliver themselves
up as prisoners of war. And as we had no place for our prisoners, that we could
guard them to keep them from the armies of the Lamanites, therefore we sent
them to the land of Zarahemla, and a part of those men which were not slain of
Antipus, with them; and the remainder I took and joined them to my stripling
Ammonites, and took our march back to the city of Judea.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma57</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that I received an
epistle from Ammoron, the king, stating that if I would deliver up those
prisoners of war which we had taken, that he would deliver up the city of
Antiparah unto us. But I sent an epistle unto the king, That we were sure our
forces were sufficient to take the city of Antiparah by our force; and by
delivering up the prisoners for that city, we should suppose ourselves unwise,
and that we would only deliver up our prisoners on exchange. And Ammoron
refused mine epistle, for he would not exchange prisoners; therefore we began
to make preparations to go against the city of Antiparah. But the people of
Antiparah did leave the city, and fled to their other cities which they had
possession of, to fortify them; and thus the city of Antiparah fell into our
hands. And thus ended the twenty and eighth year of the reign of the Judges.
And it came to pass that in the commencement of the twenty and ninth year, we
received a supply of provisions, and also an addition to our army, from the
land of Zarahemla, and from the land round about, to the number of six thousand
men, besides sixty of the sons of the Ammonites, which had come to join their
brethren, my little band of two thousand. And now behold, we were strong; yea,
and we had also a plenty of provisions brought unto us. And it came to pass
that it was our desire to wage a battle with the army which was placed to
protect the city Cumeni. And now behold, I will shew unto you that we soon
accomplished our desire; yea, with our strong force, or with a part of our
strong force, we did surround, by night, the city Cumeni, a little before they
were to receive a supply of provisions. And it came to pass that we did camp
round about the city for many nights; but we did sleep upon our swords, and
keep guards that the Lamanites could not come upon us by night, and slay us,
which they attempted many times; but as many times as they attempted this, their
blood was spilt. At length their provisions did arrive, and they were about to
enter the city by night. And we, instead of being Lamanites, were Nephites;
therefore, we did take them and their provisions. --And not withstanding the
Lamanites being cut off from their support after this manner, they were still
determined to maintain the city; therefore it became expedient that we should
take those provisions and send them to Judea and our prisoners to the land of
Zarahemla. And it came to pass that not many days had passed away, before the
Lamanites began to lose all hopes of succor; therefore they yielded up the city
into our hands; and thus we had accomplished our designs, in obtaining the city
Cumeni. But it came to pass that our prisoners were so numerous, that
notwithstanding the enormity of our numbers, we were obliged to employ all our
force to keep them, or to put them to death. For behold, they would break out
in great numbers, and would fight with stones, and with clubs, or whatsoever
things they could get into their hands, insomuch that we did slay upwards of
two thousand of them, after they had surrendered themselves prisoners of war;
therefore it became expedient for us, that we should put an end to their lives,
or guard them, sword in hand, down to the land of Zarahemla; and also our
provisions were not any more sufficient for our own people, notwithstanding
that which we had taken from the Lamanites. And now, in those critical
circumstances, it became a very serious matter to determine concerning these
prisoners of war; nevertheless, we did resolve to send them down to the land of
Zarahemla; therefore we selected a part of our men, and gave them charge over
our prisoners, to go down to the land of Zarahemla. But it came to pass that on
the morrow, they did return. --And now behold, we did not inquire of them
concerning the prisoners; for behold, the Lamanites were upon us, and they
returned in season to save us from falling into their lands. --For behold,
Ammon had sent to their support a new supply of provisions, and also a numerous
army of men. And it came to pass that those men which we sent with the
prisoners, did arrive in season to check them, as they were about to overpower
us. But behold, my little band of two thousand and sixty, fought most
desperately; yea, they were firm before the Lamanites, and did administer death
unto all those who opposed them; and as the remainder of our army were about to
give way before the Lamanites, behold, those two thousand and sixty were firm
and undaunted; yea, and they did obey and observe to perform every word of
command with exactness; yea, and even according to their faith, it was done
unto them; and I did remember the words which they said unto me that their
mothers had taught them. And now behold, it was these, my sons, and those men
which had been selected to convey the prisoners, to whom we owe this great
victory; for it was they who did beat the Lamanites; therefore they were driven
back to the city of Manti. And we retained our city Cumeni, and were not all
destroyed by the sword; nevertheless, we had suffered great loss. And it came
to pass that after the Lamanites had fled, I immediately gave orders that my
men which had been wounded, should be taken from among the dead, and caused
that their wounds should be dressed. And it came to pass that there were two
hundred, out of my two thousand and sixty, which had fainted because of the
loss of blood; nevertheless, according to the goodness of God, and to our great
astonishment, and also the foes of our whole army, there was not one soul of
them which did perish; yea, and neither was there one soul among them which had
not received many wounds. And now, their preservation was astonishing to our
whole army; yea, that they should be spared, while there was a thousand of our
brethren which were slain. And we do justly ascribe it to the miraculous power
of God, because of their exceeding faith in that which they had been taught to
believe, that there was a just God; and whosoever did not doubt, that they should
be preserved by his marvellous power. Now this was the faith of these of which
I have spoken; they are young, and their minds are firm; and they do put their
trust in God continually. And now it came to pass that after we had thus taken
care of our wounded men, and had buried our dead, and also the dead of the
Lamanites, which were many, behold, we did inquire of Gid concerning the
prisoners which they had started to go down to the land of Zarahemla with. Now
Gid was the Chief Captain over the band which was appointed to guard them down
to the land. And now, these are the words which Gid said unto me: Behold, we
did start to go down to the land of Zarahemla, with our prisoners. And it came
to pass that we did meet the spies of our armies, which had been sent out to
watch the camp of the Lamanites. And they cried unto us, saying: Behold the
armies of the Lamanites are a marching towards the city of Cumeni; and behold,
they will fall upon them, yea, and will destroy our people. And it came to pass
that our prisoners did hear their cries, which caused them to take courage; and
they did rise up in rebellion against us. And it came to pass because of their
rebellion, we did cause that our sword should come upon them. And it came to
pass that they did, in a body, run upon our swords, in the which, the greater
number of them were slain; and the remainder of them broke through and fled
from us. And behold, when they had fled, and we could not overtake them, we
took our march with speed towards the city Cumeni; and behold, we did arrive in
time that we might assist our brethren in preserving the city. And behold, we
are again delivered out of the hands of our enemies. And blessed is the name of
our God: for behold, it is he that hath delivered us; yea, that hath done this
great thing for us. Now it came to pass that when I, Helaman, had heard these
words of Gid, I was filled with exceeding joy, because of the goodness of God
preserving us, that we might not all perish; yea, and I trust that the souls of
them which has been slain, have entered into the rest of their God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma58</bookName>
<text>And behold, now it came to pass that our
next object was to obtain the city of Manti; but behold, there was no way that
we could lead them out of the city, by our small bands. For behold, they
remembered that which we had hitherto done; therefore we could not decoy them
away from their strong holds; and they were so exceeding numerous than was our
army, that we durst not go forth and attack them in their strong holds. Yea,
and it became expedient that we should employ our men, to the maintaining those
parts of the land, of which we had retained of our possessions; therefore it
became expedient that we should wait, that we might receive more strength from
the land of Zarahemla, and also a new supply of provisions. And it came to pass
that I thus did send an embassy to the governor of our land, to acquaint him
concerning the affairs of our people. And it came to pass that we did wait to
receive provisions and strength, from the land of Zarahemla. But behold, this
did not profit us but little: for the Lamanites were also receiving great
strength, from day to day, and also many provisions; and thus were our
circumstances at this period of time. And the Lamanitas were sallying forth
against us, from time to time, resolving by stratagem, to destroy us;
nevertheless, we could not come to battle with them, because of their retreats
and their strong holds. And it came to pass that we did wait in these difficult
circumstances, for the space of many months, even until we were about to perish
for the want of food. But it came to pass that we did receive food, which was
guarded to us by an army of two thousand men, to our assistance; and this is
all the assistance which we did receive, to defend ourselves and our country
from falling into the hands of our enemies; yea, to contend with an enemy which
was innumerable. And now the cause of these embarrassments, or the cause why
they did not send more strength unto us, we knew not; therefore we were
grieved, and also filled with fear, lest by any means the judgments of God
should come upon our land, to our overthrow and utter destruction; therefore we
did pour out our souls in prayer to God, that he would strengthen us and
deliver us out of the hands of our enemies; yea, and also give us strength,
that we might retain our cities, and our lands, and our possessions, for the
support of our people. Yea, and it came to pass that the Lord our God did visit
us with assurances, that he would deliver us; yea, insomuch that he did speak
peace to our souls, and did grant unto us as great faith, and did cause us that
we should hope for our deliverance in him; and we did take courage with our
small force which we had received, and were fixed with a determination to
conquer our enemies, and to maintain our lands, and our possessions, and our
wives, and our children, and the cause of our liberty. And thus we did go forth
with all our might against the Lamanites, which were in the city of Manti; and
we did pitch our tents by the wilderness side, which was near to the city. And it
came to pass that on the morrow, that when the Lamanites saw that we were in
the borders by the wilderness which was near the city, that they sent out their
spies round about us, that they might discover the number and the strength of
our army. And it came to pass that when they saw that we were not strong,
according to our numhers, and fearing that we should cut them off from their
support, except they should come out to battle against us, and kill us, and
also supposing that they could easily destroy us with their numerous hosts,
therefore they began to make preparations to come out against us to battle. And
when we saw that they were making preparations to come out against us, behold,
I caused that Gid, with a small number of men, should secrete himself in the
wilderness, and also that Teomner should, with a small number of men, secrete
themselves also in the wilderness. Now Gid and his men was on the right, and
others on the left; and when they had thus secreted themselves, behold, I
remained with the remainder of my army, in that same place where we had first
pitched our tents, against the time that the Lamanites should come out to
battle. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did come out with their numerous
army against us. And when they had come, and were about to fall upon us with
the sword, I caused that my men, those which were with me, should retreat into
the wilderness. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did follow after us with
great speed, for they were exceedingly desirous to overtake us, that they might
slay us; therefore they did follow us into the wilderness; and we did pass by
in the midst of Gid and Teomner, insomuch that they were not discovered by the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites had passed by, or when
the army had passed by, Gid and Teomner did rise up from their secret places,
and did cut off the spies of the Lamanites, that they should not return to the
city. And it came to pass that when they had cut them off, they ran to the
city, and fell upon the guards which were left to guard the city, insomuch that
they did destroy them, and did take possession of the city. Now this was done,
because the Lamanites did suffer their whole army, save a few guards only, to
be led away into the wilderness. And it came to pass that Gid and Teomner, by
this means, had obtained possession of their strong holds. And it came to pass
that we took our course, after having travelled much in the wilderness, towards
the land of Zarahemla. And when the Lamanites saw that they were marching
towards the land of Zarahemla, they were exceeding fraid, lest there was a plan
laid to lead them on to destruction; therefore they began to retreat into the
wilderness again, yea, even back by the same way which they had came. And
behold, it was night, and they did pitch their tents; for the Chief Captains of
the Lamanites had supposed that the Nephites were weary, because of their
march; and supposing that they had driven their whole army, therefore they took
no thought concerning the city of Manti. Now it came to pass that when it was
night, that I caused that my men should not sleep, but that they should march
forward, by another way, towards the land of Manti. And because of this our
march in the night time, behold, on the morrow, we were beyond the Lamanites,
insomuch that we did arrive before them to the city of Manti. And thus it came
to pass, that by this stratagem, we did take possession of the city of Manti,
without the shedding of blood. And it came to pass that when the armies of the
Lamanites did arrive near the city, and saw that we were prepared to meet them,
they were astonished exceedingly, and struck with great fear, insomuch that
they did flee into the wilderness. --Yea, and it came to pass that the armies
of the Lamanites did flee out of all this quarter of the land. But behold, they
have carried with them many women and children out of the land. And those
cities which had been taken by the Lamanites, all of them are at this period of
time, in our possession; and our fathers, and our women, and our children, are
returning to their homes, all save it be those which have been taken prisoners
and carried off by the Lamanites. But behold, our armies are small, to maintain
so great a number of cities, and so great possessions. But behold, we trust
that our God, who hath given us victory over those lands, insomuch that we have
obtained those cities and those lands, which were our own. Now we do not know
the cause that the government does not grant us more strength; neither do those
men which came up unto us, know why we have not received greater strength.
Behold, we do, not know but what ye are unsuccessful, and ye have drawn away
the forces into that quarter of the land; if so, we do not desire to murmur.
And if it is not so, behold, we fear that there is some faction in the
government, that they do not send more men to our assistance; for we know that
they are more numerous than that which they have sent. But behold, it mattereth
not; we trust God will deliver us, notwithstanding the weakness of our armies,
yea, and deliver us out of the hands of our enemies. --Behold, this is the
twenty and ninth year, in the latter end, and we are in the possession of our
lands; and the lamanites have fled to the land of Nephi. And those sons of the
people of Ammon, of which I have so highly spoken, are with me in the city of
Manti; and the Lord hath supported them, yea, and kept them from falling by the
sword, insomuch that even one soul hath not been slain. But behold, they have
received many wounds; nevertheless they stand fast in that liberty wherewith
God hath made them free; and they are strict to remember the Lord their God,
from day to day; yea, they do observe to keep his statutes, and his judgments,
and his commandments continually; and their faith is strong in the prophecies
concerning that which is to come. And now my beloved brother Moroni, that the
Lord our god who hath redeemed us and made us free, may keep you continually in
his presence; yea, and that he may favor this people, even that ye may have
success in obtaining the possessions of all that which the Lamanites hath taken
from us, which was for our support. And now behold, I close mine epistle. I am
Helaman, the son of Alma.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma59</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass in the thirtieth year
of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, after Moroni had received
and had read Helaman's epistle, he was exceedingly rejoiced because of the
welfare, yea, the exceeding success which Helaman had had in obtaining those
lands which were lost; yea, and he did make it known unto all his people in all
the land round about in that part where he was, that they might rejoice also.
And it came to pass that he immediately sent an epistle to Pahoran, desiring
that he should cause men to be gathered together, to strengthen Helaman, or the
armies of Helaman, insomuch that he might with ease maintain that part of the
land which he had been so miraculously prospered in retaining. --And it came to
pass when Moroni had sent this epistle to the land of Zarahemla, he began again
to lay a plan, that he might obtain the remainder of those possessions and
cities which the Lamanites had taken from them. And it came to pass that while
Moroni was thus making preparations to go against the Lamanites to battle,
behold, the people of Nephihah which were gathered together from the city of
Moroni, and the city of Lehi, and the city of Morianton, were attacked by the
Lamanites; yea, even those which had been compelled to flee from the land of
Manti, and from the land round about, had come over and joined the Lamanites in
this part of the land; and thus being exceeding numerous, yea, and receiving
strength from day to day, by the command of Ammoron, they came forth against
the people of Nephihah, and they did begin to slay them with an exceeding great
slaughter. And their armies were so numerous, that the remainder of the people
of Nephihah were obliged to flee before them; and they came even and joined the
army of Moroni. --And now as Moroni had supposed that there should be men sent
to the city of Nephihah, to the assistance of the people to maintain that city,
and knowing that it was easier to keep the city from falling into the hands of
the Lamanites, than to retake it from them, he supposed that they would easily
maintain that city; therefore he retained all his force to maintain those
places whieh he had recovered. And now when Moroni saw that the city of
Nephihah was lost, he was exceeding sorrowful, and began to doubt, because of
the wickedness of the people, whether they should not fall into the hands of
their brethren. Now this was the case with all his Chief Captains. They doubted
and marvelled also, because of the wickedness of the people; and this because
of the success of the Lamanites over them. And it came to pass that Moroni was
angry with the government, because of their indifference concerning the freedom
of their country.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma60</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that he wrote again to
the governor of the land, which was Pahoran, and these are the words which he
wrote, saying, Behold, I direct mine epistle to Pahoran, in the city of
Zarahemla, which is the Chief Judge and the governor over the land, and also to
all those who hath been chosen by this people to govern and manage the affairs
of this war; for behold, I have somewhat to say unto them by the way of
condemnation; for behold, ye yourselves know that ye appointed to gather
together men, and arm them with swords, and with cimeters, and all manner of
weapons of war, of every kind, and sent forth against the Lamanites, in
whatsoever parts they should come into our land. And now behold, I say unto
you, That myself, and also my men, and also Helaman and his men, have suffered
exceeding great sufferings; yea, even hunger, thirst, and fatigue, and all
manner of afflictions of every kind. But behold, were this all we had suffered,
we would not murmur or complain; but behold, great has been the slaughter among
our people; yea, thousands have fallen by the sword, while it might have
otherwise been, if ye had rendered unto our armies sufficient strength and
succor for them. Yea, great has been your neglect towards us. And now behold,
we desire to know the cause of this exceeding great neglect; yea, we desire to
know the cause of your thoughtless state. Can you think to sit upon your
thrones, in a state of thoughtless stupor, while your enemies are spreading the
work of death around you?. Yea, while they are murdering thousands of your
brethren; yea, even they which have looked up to you for protection, yea, have
placed you in a situation that ye might have succored them, and have saved
thousands of them from falling by the sword?. But behold, this is not all: Ye
have withheld your provisions from them, insomuch that many have fought and
bled out their lives because of their great desires which they had for the
welfare of this people; yea, and this they have done, when they were about to
perish with hunger, because of your exceeding great neglect towards them. And
now, my beloved brethren; for ye had ought to be beloved; yea, and ye had ought
to have stirred yourselves more diligently for the welfare and the freedom of
this people: but behold, ye have neglected them, insomuch that the blood of
thousands shall come upon your heads, for vengeance; yea, for known unto God
were all the cries, and all their sufferings. Behold, could ye suppose that ye
could sit upon your thrones, and because of the exceeding goodness of God, ye
could not do nothing, and he would deliver you?. Behold, if ye have supposed
this, ye have supposed in vain. Do ye suppose that, because so many of your
brethren have been killed, because of their wickedness?. I say unto you, if ye
supposed this, ye have supposed in vain: for I say unto you, there are many
which have fallen by the sword; and behold, it is to your condemnation; for the
Lord suffereth the righteous, to be slain, that his justice and judgment may
come upon the wicked; therefore ye need not suppose that the righteous are lost
because they are slain; but behold, they do enter into a rest of the Lord their
God. And now behold, I say unto you, I fear exceedingly that the judgments of God
will come upon this people, because of their exceeding slothfulness; yea, even
the slothfulness of our government, and their exceeding great neglect towards
their brethren, yea, towards those which have been slain: For were it not for
the wickedness which first commenced at our head, we could not have withstood
our enemies, that they could have gained power over us; yea, had it not been
for the war which broke out among ourselves; yea, were it not for these
king-men, which caused so much bloodshed among ourselves, if we had united our
strength, as we hitherto have done; yea, had it not been for the desires of the
power and authority which those king-men had over us; had they been true to the
cause of our freedom, and united with us, and gone forth against our enemies,
instead of taking up their swords against us, which was the cause of so much
bloodshed among ourselves; yea if we had gone forth against them, in the
strength of the Lord, we should have dispersed our enemies; for it would have
been done according to the fulfilling of his word. But behold, now the
Lamanites are coming upon us, and they are murdering our people with the sword;
yea, our women and children; taking possession of, our lands, and also carrying
them away captive; causing them that they should suffer all manner of
afflictions; and this because of the great wickedness of those who are seeking
for power and authority; yea, even those king-men. But why should I say much
concerning this matter, for we know not but what ye yourselves are seeking for
authority?. We know not but what ye are also traitors to your country?. Or is
it that ye have neglected us because ye are in the heart of our country, and ye
are surrounded by security, that ye do not cause food to be sent unto us, and
also men to strengthen our armies?. Have ye forgot the commandments of the Lord
your God?. Yea, have ye forgot the captivity of our fathers?. Have ye forgot
the many times we have been delivered out of the hands of our enemies? Or do ye
suppose that the Lord will still deliver us, while we sit upon our thrones, and
do not make use of the means which the Lord hath provided for us?. Yea, will ye
sit in idleness, while ye are surrounded with thousands of those, yea, and tens
of thousands, which do also sit in idleness, while there are thousands round
about in the borders of the land, which are falling by the sword, yea, wounded
and bleeding?. Do ye suppose that God will look upon us as guiltless, while we
sit still and behold these things?. Behold, I say unto you, Nay. Now I would
that ye should remember that God hath said that The inward vessel shall be
cleansed first, and then shall the outer vessel be cleansed also. And now
except ye do repent of that which ye have done, and begin to be up and doing,
and send forth food and men unto us, and also unto Helaman, that he may support
those parts of our country which he hath retained, and that ye may also recover
the remainder of our possessions in these parts, behold it will be expedient
that we contend no more with the Lamanites until we have first cleansed our
inward vessel; yea, even the great head of our government; and except ye grant
mine epistle, and come out and shew unto me a true spirit of freedom, and
strive to strengthen and fortify our armies, and grant unto them food for their
support, behold I will leave a part of my freemen to maintain this part of our
land, and I will leave the strength and the blessings of God upon them, that
none other power can operate against them; and this because of their exceeding
faith and patience in their tribulations; and I will come unto you, and if
there be any among you that hath a desire for freedom, yea, if there be even a
spark of freedom remaining, behold, I will stir up insurrections among you,
even until those who hath desires to usurp power and authority, shall become
extinct; yea, behold I do not fear your power nor your authority, but it is my
God whom I fear, and it is according to his commandments that I do take my
sword to defend the cause of my country, and it is because of your iniquity
that we have suffered so much loss. Behold it is time, yea, the time is now at
hand, that except ye do bestir yourselves in the defence of your country and
your little ones, the sword of justice doth hang over you; yea, and it shall fall
upon you and visit you even to your utter destruction. Behold, I wait for
assistance from you, and except ye do administer unto our relief, behold I come
unto you even into the land of Zarahemla, and smite you with the sword,
insomuch that ye can have no more power to impede the progress of this people
in the cause of freedom; for behold the Lord will not suffer that ye shall live
and wax strong in your iniquities, to destroy his righteous people. Behold, can
you suppose that the Lord will spare you and come out in judgment against the
Lamanites, when it is the tradition of their fathers that hath caused their
hatred; yea, and it hath been redoubled by those which have dissented from us,
while your iniquity is for the cause of your love and glory, and the vain
things of the world?. Ye know that ye do transgress the laws of god, and ye do
know that ye do trample them under your feet. Behold, the Lord saith unto me,
if those whom ye have appointed your governors, do not repent of their sins and
iniquities, ye shall go up to battle against them. And now behold, I Moroni am
constrained, according to the covenant which I have made to keep the
commandments of my God; therefore I would that ye should adhear to the word of
God, and send speedily unto me of your provisions and of your men, and also
Helaman. And behold if ye will not do this, I come unto you speedily; for
behold, God will not suffer that we should perish with hunger; therefore he
will give unto us of your food, even if it must be by the sword. Now see that
ye fulfill the word of God. Behold, I am Moroni, your Chief Captain. I seek not
for power but to pull it down. I seek not for honor of the world, but for the
glory of my God, and the freedom and welfare of my country. And thus I close
mine epistle.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma61</bookName>
<text>Behold, now it came to pass that soon after
Moroni had sent his epistle unto the Chief Governor, he received and epistle
from Pahoran, the Chief Governor. And these are the words which he received: I,
Pahoran, which art the Chief Governor of this land, do send these words unto
Moroni, the Chief Captain over the army: Behold, I say unto you, Moroni, That I
do not joy in your great afflictions; yea, it grieves my soul. Behold, there
are those are those who do joy in your afflictions; yea, insomuch that they
have risen up in rebellion against me, and also those of my people which are
freemen; yea, and those which have risen up, are exceeding numerous. And it is
those who have sought to take away the judgment seat from me, that have been
the cause of this great iniquity; for they have used great flattery; and they
have led away the hearts of many people, which will be the cause of sore
affliction among us; they have withheld our provisions, and have daunted our
freemen, that they have not come unto you. And behold, they have driven me out
before them, and I have fled to the land of Gideon, with as many men as it were
possible that I could get. And behold, I have sent a proclamation throughout
this part of the land; and behold, they are flocking to us daily, to their arms,
in the defence of their country, and their freedom, and to avenge our wrong
doings. And they have come unto us, insomuch that those which have rose up in
rebellion against us, are set at defiance; yea, insomuch that they do fear us,
and durst not come out against us to battle. They have got possession of the
land, or the city of Zarahemla; they have appointed a king over them, and he
hath written unto the king of the Lamanites, in the which he hath joined an
alliance with him; in the which alliance, he hath agreed to maintain the city
of Zarahemla, in the which maintenance, he supposeth will enable the Lamanites
to conquer the remainder of the land, and he shall be placed king over this
people, when they shall be conquered under the Lamanites. And now, in your
epistle, ye have censured me; but it mattereth not, I am not angry, but do
rejoice in the greatness of your heart. I, Pahoran, do not seek power, save
only to retain my judgment seat, that I may preserve the rights and the liberty
of my people. My soul standeth fast in that liberty, in the which God hath made
us free. And now behold we will resist wickedness even unto bloodshed. We would
not shed the blood of the Lamanites, if they would stay in their own land. We
would not shed the blood of our brethren, if they would not rise up in
rebellion and take the sword against us. We would not subject ourselves to the
yoke of bondage, if it were requisite with the justice of God, or if he should
command us so to do. But behold he doth not command us that we shall subject
ourselves to our enemies, but that we should put our trust in him, and he will
deliver us. Therefore my beloved brother Moroni, let us resist evil; and
whatsoever evil we cannot resist with our words, yea, such as rebellions and
dissentions, let us resist them with our swords, that we may retain our
freedom, that we may rejoice in the great privilege of our church and in the
cause of our Redeemer and our God. Therefore come unto me speedily, with a few
of your men, and leave the remainder in the charge of Lehi and Teancum; give
unto them power to conduct the war in that part of the land, according to the
spirit of God, which is also the spirit of freedom, which is in them. Behold I
have sent a few provisions unto them, that they may not perish until ye can
come unto me. Gather together whatsoever force ye can upon your march hither,
and we will go speedily against those dissenters, in the strength of our God,
according to the faith which is in us. And we will take possession of the city
of Zarahemla, that we may obtain more food to send forth unto Lehi and Teancum;
yea, we will go forth against them in the strength of the Lord, and we will put
and end to this great iniquity. And now Moroni, I do joy in receiving your
epistle; for I was somewhat worried concerning what we should do, whether it
should be just in us to go against our brethren. But ye have said, Except they
repent, the Lord hath commanded you that ye should go against them. See that ye
strengthen Lehi and Teancum in the Lord; tell them to fear not, for God will
deliver them: yea, and also all those who stand fast in that liberty wherewith
God hath made them free. And now I close mine epistle to my beloved brother
Moroni.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma62</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Moroni
had received this epistle, his heart did take courage, and was filled with
exceeding great joy, because of the faithfulness of Pahoran, that he was not
also a traitor to the freedom and cause of his country. But he did also mourn
exceedingly, because of the iniquity of those who had driven Pahoran from the
judgment seat; yea, in fine, because of those who had rebelled against their
country and also their God. And it came to pass that Moroni took a small number
of men, according to the desire of Pahoran, and gave Lehi and Teancum command
over the remainder of his army, and took his march towards the land of Gideon.
And he did raise the standard of liberty in whatsoever place he did enter, and
gained whatsoever force he could in all his march towards the land of Gideon.
And it came to pass that thousands did flock unto his standard, and did take up
their swords in the defence of their freedom, that they might not come into
bondage. And thus when Moroni had gathered together whatsoever men he could in
all his march, he came to the land of Gideon; and uniting his forces with that
of Pahoran, they became exceeding strong, even stronger than the men of Pachus,
which was the king of those dissenters which had driven out the freemen out of
the land of Zarahemla, and had taken possession of the land. And it came to
pass that Moroni and Pahoran went down with their armies into the land of
Zarahemla, and went forth against the city, and did meet the men of Pachus,
insomuch that they did come to battle. And behold, Pachus was slain, and his
men were taken prisoners; and Pahoran was restored to his judgment seat. And
the men of Pachus received their trial, according to the law, and also those
king-men which had been taken and cast into prison; and they were executed
according to the law; yea, those men of Pachus, and those king-men, whosoever
would not take up arms in the defence of their country, but would fight against
it, were put to, death. --And thus it became expedient that this law should be
strictly observed, for the safety of their country; yea, and whosoever was
found denying their freedom, was speedily executed according to the law. And
thus ended the thirtieth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of
Nephi: Moroni and Pahoran having restored peace to the land of Zarahemla, among
their own people, having inflicted death upon all those who were not true to
the cause of freedom. And it came to pass in the commencement of the thirty and
first year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, Moroni
immediately caused that provisions should be sent, and also an army of six
thousand men, should be sent unto Helaman, to assist him in preserving that
part of the land; and he also caused that an army of six thousand men, with a
sufficient quantity of food, should be sent to the armies of Lehi and Teancum,
And it came to pass that this was done, to fortify the land against the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that Moroni and Pahoran, leaving a large body of
men in the land of Zarahemla, took their march with a large body of men towards
the land of Nephihah, being determined to overthrow the Lamanites in that city.
And it came to pass that as they were marching towards the land, they took a
large body of the Lamanites, and slew many of them, and took their provisions,
and their weapons of war. And it came to pass after they had took them, they
caused them to enter into a covenant, that they would no more take up their
weapons of war against the Nephites. And when they had entered into this
covenant, they sent them to dwell with the people of Ammon; and they were in
number about four thousand, which had not been slain. And it came to pass that
when they had sent them away, they pursued their march towards the land of
Nephihah. And it came to pass that when they had come to the city Nephihah,
they did pitch their tents in the plains of Nephihah, which was near the city
Nephihah. Now Moroni was desirous that the Lamanites should come out to battle
against them, upon the plains; but the Lamanites knowing of their exceeding
great courage, and beholding the greatness of their numbers, therefore they
durst not come out against them; therefore they did not come to battle in that
day. And when the night came, Moroni went forth in the darkness of the night,
and came upon the top of the wall to spy out in what part of the city the
Lamanites did camp with their army. And it came to pass that they were on the
east, by the entrance; and they were all asleep. And now Moroni returned to his
army, and caused that they should prepare in haste strong cords and ladders, to
be let down from the top of the wall into the inner part of the wall. And it
came to pass that Moroni caused that his men should march forth and come upon
the top of the wall, and let themselves down into that part of the city, yea,
even on the west, where the Lamanites did not camp with their armies. And it
came to pass that they were all let down into the city by night, by the means
of their strong cords and their ladders; thus when the morning came, they were
all within the walls of the city. And now when the Lamanites awoke, and saw
that the armies of Moroni were within the walls, they were affrighted
exceedingly, insomuch that they did flee out by the pass. And now when Moroni
saw that they were fleeing before him, he did cause that his men should march
forth against them, and slew many, and surrounded many others and took them
prisoners; and the remainder of them fled into the land of Moroni, which was in
the borders by the seashore. Thus had Moroni and Pahoran obtained the
possession of the city of Nephihah, without the loss of one soul; and there
were many of the Lamanites which were slain. Now it came to pass that many of
the Lamanites that were prisoners, were desirous to join the people of Ammon,
and become a free people. And it came to pass that as many as were desirous,
unto them it was granted, according to their desires; therefore all the
prisoners of the Lamanites did join the people of Ammon, and did begin to labor
exceedingly, tilling the ground, raising all manner of grain, and flocks, and
herds of every kind; and thus were the Nephites relieved from a great burthen;
yea, insomuch that they were relieved from all the prisoners of the Lamanites.
Now it came to pass that Moroni, after he had obtained possession of the city
of Nephihah, having taken many prisoners, which did reduce the armies of the
Lamanites exceedingly, and having retained many of the Nephites which had been
taken prisones, which did strengthen the army of Moroni exceedingly; therefore
Moroni went forth from the land of Nephihah to the land of Lehi. And it came to
pass that when the Lamanites saw Moroni was a coming against them, they were
frightened, and fled before the army of Moroni. And it came to pass that Moroni
and his army did pursue them from city to city, until they were met by Lehi and
Teancum; and the Lamanites fled from Lehi and Teancum, even down upon the
borders by the seashore, until they came to the land of Moroni. And the armies
of the Lamanites were all gathered together, insomuch that they were all in one
body, in the land of Moroni. Now Ammoron, the king of the Lamanites, was also
with them. And it came to pass that Moroni, and Lehi, and Teancum, did encamp
with their armies round about in the borders of the land of Moroni, insomuch
that the Lamanites were encircled about in the borders by the wilderness, on
the south, and in the borders by the wilderness on the east; and thus they did
camp for the night. For behold, the Nephites and the Lamanites also, were weary
because of the greatness of the march; therefore they did not resolve upon any
stratagem in the night time, save it were Teancum: for he was exceeding angry
with Ammoron, insomuch that he considered that Ammoron, and Amalickiah his
brother, had been the cause of this great and lasting war between them and the
Lamanites. which had been the cause of so much war and bloodshed, yea, and so
much famine. And it came to pass that Teancum, in his anger, did go forth into
the camp of the Lamanites, and did let himself down over the walls of the city.
And he went forth with a cord, from place to place, insomuch that he did find
the king; and he did cast a javelin at him, which did pierce him near the
heart. --But behold, the king did awake his servant before he died, insomuch
that they did pursue Teancum, and slew him. Now it came to pass that when Lehi
and Moroni knew that Teancum was dead, they were exceeding sorrowful: for
behold, he had been a man which fought valiantly for his country, yea, a true
friend to liberty; and he had suffered very many exceeding sore afflictions.
But behold, he was dead, and had gone the way of all the earth. Now it came to
pass that Moroni marched forth on the morrow, and came upon the Lamanites,
insomuch that they did slay them with a great slaughter; and they did drive them
out of the land; and they did flee, even that they did not return at that time
against the Nephites. And thus ended the thirty and first year of the reign of
the Judges over the people of Nephi; and thus they had had wars, and
bloodsheds, and famine, and affliction, for the space of many years. And there
had been murders, and contentions, and dissensions, and all manner of iniquity
among the people of Nephi; nevertheless, for the righteous' sake, yea, because
of the prayers of the righteous , they were spared. But behold, because of the
exceeding great length of the war between the Nephites and the Lamanites, many
had become hardened, because of the exceeding great length of the war; and many
were softened, because of their afflictions, insomuch that they did humble
themselves before God, even in the depth of humility. And it came to pass that
after Moroni had fortified those parts of the land which were most exposed to
the Lamanites, until they were sufficiently strong, he returned to the city of
Zarahemla, and also Helaman returned to the place of his inheritance; and there
was once more peace established among the people of Nephi. And Moroni yielded
up the command of his armies into the hands of his son, whose name was
Moronihah; and he retired to his own house, that he might spend the remainder
of his days in peace. And Pahoran did return to his judgment seat; and Helaman
did take upon him again to preach unto the people the word of God: for because
of so many wars and contentions, it had become expedient that a regulation
should be made again in the church; therefore Helaman and his brethren went
forth, and did declare the word of Gid with much power, unto the convincing of
many people of their wickedness, which did cause them to repent of their sins,
and to be baptized unto the Lord their God. And it came to pass that they did
establish again the church of God, throughout all the land; yea, and
regulations were made concerning the law. And their Judges, and their Chief
Judges were chosen. And the people of Nephi began to prosper again in the land,
and began to multiply and to wax exceeding strong again in the land. And they
began to grow exceeding rich; but notwithstanding their riches, or their
strength, or their prosperity, they were not lifted up in pride of their eyes;
neither were they slow to remember the Lord their God; but they did humble
themselves exceedingly before him; yea, they did remember how great things the
Lord hath done for them, that he had delivered them from death, and from bonds,
and from prisons, and from all manner of afflictions; and he had delivered them
out of the hands of their enemies. And they did pray unto the Lord their god
continually, insomuch that the Lord did bless them, according to his word, so
that they did wax strong, and prosper in the land. And it came to pass that all
these things were done. And Helaman died, in the thirty and fifth year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xAlma63</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the commencement of
the thirty and sixth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi,
that Shiblon took possession of those sacred things which had been delivered
unto Helaman by Alma; and he was a just man, and he did walk uprightly before
God; and he did observe to do good continually, to keep the commandments of the
Lord his God; and also did his brother. And it came to pass that Moroni died
also. And thus ended the thirty and sixth year of the reign of the Judges. And
it came to pass that in the thirty and seventh year of the reign of the Judges,
there was a large company of men, even to the amount of five thousand and four
hundred men, with their wives and their children, departed out of the land of
Zarahemla, into the land which was northward. And it came to pass that Hagoth,
he being an exceeding curious man, therefore he went forth and built him an
exceeding large ship, on the borders of the land Bountiful, by the land
Desolation, and launched it forth into the West Sea, by the narrow neck which
led into the land northward. And behold, there were many Nephites which did
enter therein, and did sail forth with much provisions, and also many women and
children; and they took their course northward. And thus ended the thirty and
seventh year. And in the thirty and eighth year, this man built other ships.
And the first ship did also return, and many more people did enter into it; and
they also took much provisions, and set out again to the land northward. And it
came to pass that they were never heard of more. --And we suppose that they
were drowned up in the depths of the sea. And it came to pass that one other
ship also did sail forth; and whither she did go, we know not. And it came to
pass that in this year, there were many people which went forth into the land
northward. And thus ended the thirty and eighth year. And it came to pass in
the thirty and ninth year of the reign of the Judges, Shiblon died also, and
Corianton had gone forth to the land northward, in a ship, to carry forth
provisions unto the people which had gone forth into the land; therefore it
became expedient for Shiblon to confer those sacred things, before his death,
upon the son of Helaman, who was called Helaman, being called after the name of
his father. Now behold, all those engravings which were in the possession of
Helaman, were written and sent forth among the children of men throughout all
the land, save it were those parts which had been commanded by Alma should not
go forth. Nevertheless these things were to be kept sacred, and handed down
from one generation to another; therefore, in this year, they had been
conferred upon Helaman, before the death of Shiblon. And it came to pass also
in this year, that there were dissenters which had gone forth unto the
Lamanites; and they were stirred up again to anger against the Nephites. And
also in this same year, they came down with a numerous army to war against the
people of Moronihah, or against the army of Moronihah, in the which they were
beaten, and driven back again to their own lands, suffering great loss. And thus
ended the thirty ninth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of
Nephi. And thus ended the account of Alma, and Helaman his son, and also
Shiblon, which was his son.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel1</bookName>
<text>And now behold, it came to pass in the
commencement of the fortieth year of the reign of Judges over the people of
Nephi, there began to be a serious difficulty among the people of the Nephites.
For behold, Pahoran had died and gone all the way of all the earth; therefore
there began to be a serious contention concerning who should have the judgment
seat among the brethren, which were the sons of Pahoran. Now these are there
names which did contend for the judgment seat, which did also cause the people
to contend; Pahoran, Paanchi, and Pacumeni. Now these are not all the sons of
Pahoran, (for he had many,) but these are they which did contend for the
judgment seat; therefore they did cause three divisions among the people.
Nevertheless, it came to pass that Pahoran was appointed by the voice of the
people to be a Chief Judge and a governor over the people of Nephi. And it came
to pass that Pacumeni, when he saw that he could not obtain the judgment seat,
he did unite with the voice of the people. But behold, Paanchi, and that part
of the people that were desirous that he should be their governor, was
exceeding wroth; therefore he was about to flatter away those people to rise up
in rebellion against their brethren. And it came to pass as he was about to do
this, behold, he was taken, and was tried according to the voice of the people,
and condemned unto death; for he had raised up in rebellion, and sought to
destroy the liberty of the people. Now when those people which were desirous
that he should be their governor, saw that he was condemned unto death,
therefore they were angry; and behold, they sent forth one Kishkumen, even to
the judgment seat of Pahoran, and murdered Pahoran as he sat upon the judgment
seat. And he was pursued by the servants of Pahoran; but behold, so speedy was
the flight of Kishkumen, that no man could overtake him. And he went unto those
that sent him, and they all entered into a covenant, yea, swearing by their
everlasting Maker, that they would tell no man that Kishkumen had murdered
Pahoran; therefore Kishkumen was not known among the people of Nephi, for he
was in disguise at the time that he murdered Pahoran. And Kishkumen, and his
band which was covenanted with him, did mingle themselves among the people, in
a manner that they all could not be found; but as many as were found, were
condemned unto death. And now behold, Pacumeni was appointed, according to the
voice of the people, to be a Chief Judge and a govereor over the people, to
reign in the stead of his brother Pahoran; and it was according to his right.
And all this was done, in the fortieth year of the reign of the Judges; and it
had an end. And it came to pass in the forty and first year of the reign of the
Judges, that the Lamanites had gathered together an innumerable army of men,
and armed them with swords, and with cimeters, and with bows, and with arrows,
and with head-plates, and with breast-plates, and with all manner of shields of
every kind; and they came down again, that they might pitch battle against the
Nephites. And they were led by a man whose name was Coriantumr; and he was a
descendant of Zarahemla; and he was a dissenter from among the Nephites; and he
was a large and mighty man; therefore the king of the Lamanites, whose name was
Tubaloth, who was the son of Ammoron. Now Tubaloth supposing that Coriantumr,
he being a mighty man, could stand against the Nephites, insomuch with his
strength, and also with his great wisdom, that by sending him forth, he should
gain power over the Nephites; therefore he did stir them up to anger, and he
did gather together his armies, and he did appoint Coriantumr to be their
leader, and did cause that they should march down to the land of Zarahemla, to
battle against the Nephites. And it came to pass that because of so much
contention and so much difficulty in the government, that they had not kept
sufficient guards in the land of Zarahemla; for they had supposed that the
Lamanites durst not me into the heart of their lands to attack that great city
Zarahemla. But it came to pass that Coriantumr did march forth at the head of
his numerous host, and came upon the inhabitants of the city, and their march
was with such exceeding great speed, that there was no time for the Nephites to
gather together their armies; therefore Coriantumr did cut down the watch by
the entrance of the city, and did march forth with his whole army into the
city, and they did slay every one who did oppose them, insomuch that they did
take possession of the whole city. And it came to pass that Pacumeni, which was
the Chief Judge, did flee before Coriantumr, even to the walls of the city. And
it came to pass that Coriantumr did smite him against the wall, insomuch that
he died. And thus ended the days of Pacumeni. And now when Coriantumr saw that
he was in possession of the city of Zarahemla, and saw that the Nephites had
fled before them, and were slain, and were taken, and were cast into prison,
and that he had obtained the possession of the strongest hold in all the land,
his heart took courage, insomuch that he was about to go forth against all the
land. And now he did not tarry in the land of Zarahemla, but he did march forth
with a large army, even towards the city of Bountiful; for it was his
determination to go forth and cut his way through with the sword, that he might
obtain the north parts of the land; and supposing that their greatest strength
was in the centre of the land, therefore he did march forth, giving them no
time to assemble themselves together, save it were in small bodies; and in this
manner they did fall upon them and cut them down to the earth. But behold, this
march of Coriantumr through the centre of the land, gave Moronihah great
advantage over them, notwithstanding the greatness of the numbers of the
Nephites which were slain, for behold, Moronihah had supposed that the
Lamanites durst not come into the centre of the land, but that they would
attack the cities round about in the borders, as they had hitherto done;
therefore Moronihah had caused that their strong armies should maintain those
parts round about by the borders. But behold, the Lamanites were not frightened
according to his desire, but they had come into the centre of the land, and had
taken the capital city, which was the city of Zarahemla, and were marching
through the most capital parts of the land, slaying the people with a great
slaughter, both men, women, and children, taking possession of many cities and
of many strong holds. But when Moronihah had discovered this, he immediately
sent forth Lehi with an army round about to head them, before they should come
to the land Bountiful: And thus he did; and he did head them, before they came
to the land Bountiful, and gave unto them battle, insomuch that they began to
retreat back towards the land of Zarahemla. And it came to pass that Moronihah
did head them in their retreat, and did give unto them battle insomuch that it
became an exceeding bloody battle; yea, many were slain; and among the number
which were slain, Coriantumr was also found. And now behold the Lamanites could
not retreat neither way; neither on the north, nor on the south, nor the east,
nor on the west, for they were surrounded on every hand by the Nephites: And
thus had Coriantumr plunged the Lamanites into the midst of the Nephites, and
he himself was slain, and the Lamanites did yield themselves into the hands of
the Nephites. And it came to pass that Moronihah took possession of the city of
Zarahemla again, and caused that the Lamanites which had been taken prisoners,
should depart out of the land in peace. And thus ended the forty and first year
of the reign of the Judges.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel2</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the forty and second
year of the reign of Judges, after Moronihah had established again the peace
betweem the Nephites and the Lamanites, behold there was no one to fill the
judgment seat; therefore there began to be a contention again among the people
concerning w should fill the judgment seat. And it came to pass that Helaman,
which was the son of Helaman, was appointed to fill the judgment seat, by the
voice of the people; but behold, Kishkumen, who had murdered Pahoran, did lay
wait to destroy Helaman also; and he was upheld by his band, which had entered
into a covenant that no one should know his wickedness; for there was one
Gadianton, who was exceeding expert in many words, and also in his craft, to
carry on the secret work of murder and robbery; therefore he became the leader
of the band of Kishkumen; therefore he did flatter them, and also Kishkumen,
that if they would place him in the judgment seat, he would grant unto those
which belonged to his band that they should be placed in power and authority
among the people; therefore Kishkumen sought to destroy Helaman. And it came to
pass as he went forth towards the judgment seat, to destroy Helaman, behold one
of the servants of Helaman, having been out by night, and having obtained,
through disguise, a knowledge of those plans which had been laid by this band
to destroy Helaman. And it came to pass that he met Kishkumen, and gave unto
him a sign; therefore Kishkumen made known unto him the object of his desire,
desiring that he would conduct him to the judgment seat. that he might murder
Helaman: And it came to pass that when the servant of Helaman had known all the
heart of Kishkumen, and how that it was his object to murder, and also that it
was the object of all those which belonged to his band, to murder, and to rob,
and to gain power, (and this was their secret plan, and their combination,) the
servant of Helaman saith unto Kishkumen, Let us go forth unto the judgment
seat. Now this did please Kishkumen exceedingly, for he did suppose that he
should accomplish his design; but behold, the servant of Helaman, as they were
going forth, unto the judgment seat, did stab Kishkumen, even to the heart,
that he fell dead without a groan. And he ran and told Helaman all the things
which he had seen, and heard, and done. And it came to pass that Helaman did
send forth to take this band of robbers and secret murderers, that they might
be executed according to the law. But behold, when Gadianton had found that
Kishkumen did not return, he feared lest that he should be destroyed; therefore
he caused that his band should follow him. And they took their flight out of
the land, by a secret way, into the wilderness; and thus when Helaman sent
forth to take them, they could no where be found. --And more of this Gadianton
shall be spoken hereafter. And thus ended the forty and second year of the
reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi. And behold, in the end of this
book, ye shall see that this Gadianton did prove the overthrow, yea, almost the
entire destruction of the people of Nephi. --But I do not mean the end of the
book of Helaman, but I mean the end of the Book of Nephi, from which I have
taken all the account which I have written.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel3</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that in the forty
and third year of the reign of the Judges, there was no contention among the
people of Nephi, save it were a little pride which was in the church, which did
cause some little dissentions among the people, which affairs were settled in
the ending of the forty and third year. And there was no contention among the
people in the forty and fourth year; neither was there much contention in the
forty and fifth year. And it came to pass in the forty and sixth, yea, there
were much contentions and many dissentions; in the which there were an
exceeding great many which departed out of the land of Zarahemla, and went
forth unto the land northward, to inherit the land; and they did travel to an
exceeding great distance, insomuch that they came to large bodies of water, and
many rivers; yea, and even they did spread forth into all parts of the land,
into whatsoever parts it had not been rendered desolate, and without timber,
because of the many inhabitants which had before inherit the land. And now no
part of the land was desolate, save it were for timber, &c.; but because of
the greatness of the destruction of the people which had before inhabited the
land, it was called desolate. And there being but little timber upon the face
of the land, nevertheless the people which went forth, became exceeding expert
in the working of cement; therefore they did build houses of cement, in the
which they did dwell. And it came to pass that they did multiply and spread,
and did go forth from the land southward, to the land northward, and did spread
insomuch that they began to cover the face of the whole earth, from the sea
south, to the sea north, from the see west, to the sea east. And the people
which were in the land northward, did dwell in tents, and in houses of cement,
and they did suffer whatsoever tree should spring up upon the face of the land,
that it should grow up, that in time they might have timber to build their
houses, yea, their cities, and their temples, and their synagogues, and their
sanctuaries, and all manner of their buildings. And it came to pass as timber
was exceeding scarce in the land northward, they did send forth much by the way
of shipping; and thus they did enable the people in the land northward, that
they might build many cities, both of wood and of cement. And it came to pass
that there were many of the people of Ammon, which were Lamanites by birth, did
also go forth into this land. And now there are many records kept of the
proceedings of this people, by many of this people, which are particular and
very large concerning them; but behold a hundredth part of the proceedings of
this people, yea, the account of the Lamanites, and of the Nephites, and their
wars, and contentions, and dissentions, and their preaching, and their
prophecies, and their shipping, and their building of ships, and their building
of temples, and of synagogues, and their sanctuaries, and their righteousness,
and their wickedness, and their murders, and their robbings, and their
plundering, and all manner of abominations and whoredoms, cannot be contained
in this work; but behold, there are many books and records of every kind, and
they have been kept chiefly by the Nephites; and they have been handed down
from one generation to another, by the Nephites, even unto they have fallen
into transgression, and have been murdered, plundered, and hunted, and driven
forth, and slain, and scattered upon the face of the earth, and mixed with the
Lamanites until they are no more called Nephites, becoming wicked, and wild and
ferocious, yea, even becoming Lamanites. And now I return again to mine
account; therefore what I have spoken had passed after there had been great
contentions, and disturbances, and wars, and dissentions among the people of
Nephi. The forty and sixth year of the reign of the Judges ended. And it came
to pass that there was still great contentions in the land, yea, even in the
forty and seventh year, and also in the forty and eighth year; nevertheless,
Helaman did fill the judgment seat with justice and equity; yea, he did observe
to keep the statutes, and the judgments, and the commandments of God; and he
did do that which was right in the sight of God, continually; and he did walk
after the ways of his father, insomuch that he did prosper in the land. And it
came to pass that he had two sons. He gave unto the eldest the name of Nephi,
and unto the youngest the name of Lehi. And they began to grow up unto the
Lord. --And it came to pass that the wars and contentions began to cease, in a
small degree, among the people of the Nephites, in the latter end of the forty
and eighth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi. And it
came to pass in the forty and ninth year of the reign of the Judges, there was
continual peace established in the land, all save it were the secret
combinations which Gadianton the nobler had established, in the more settled
parts of the land, which at that time were not known unto those which were at
the head of government; therefore they were not destroyed out of the land. And
it came to pass that in this same year, there was exceeding great prosperity in
the church, insomuch that there were thousands who did join themselves unto the
church, and were baptized unto repentance; and so great was the prosperity of
the church, and so many the blessings, which were poured out upon the people,
that even the High Priests and the teachers were themselves astonished beyond
measure. --And it came to pass that the work of the Lord did prosper, unto the
baptizing and uniting to the church of God many souls; yea, even tens of
thousands. Thus we may see that the Lord is merciful unto all who will, in the
sincerity of their hearts, call upon his holy name; yea, thus we see that the
gate of heaven is open unto all, even to those who will believe on the name of
Jesus Christ, which is the son of God; yea, we see that whosoever will lay hold
upon the word of God, which is quick and powerful, which shall divide asunder
all the cunning, and the snares, and the wiles of the Devil, and lead the man
of Christ in a straight and narrow course across that everlasting gulf of
misery which is prepared to engulf the wicked, and land their souls, yea, their
immortal souls, at the right hand of God, in the kingdom of Heaven, to sit down
with Abraham, and Isaac, and with Jacob, and with all our holy fathers, to go
no more out. And in this year there were continual rejoicing in the land of
Zarahemla, and in all the regions round about, even in all the land which was
possessed by the Nephites. And it came to pass that there was peace, and
exceeding great joy in the remainder of the forty and ninth year; yea, and also
there was continual peace and great joy in the fiftieth year of the reign of
the Judges. And in the fifty and first year of the reign of the Judges, there
was peace also save it were the pride which began to enter into the church; not
into the church of God, but into the hearts of the people who professed to
belong to the church of God; and they were lifted up in pride, even as to the
persecution of many of their brethren. Now this was a great evil, which did
cause the humble part of the people to suffer great persecutions, and to wade
through much afflictions; nevertheless, they did fast and pray oft, and did wax
stronger and stronger in their humility, and firmer and firmer in the faith of
Christ, unto the filling their souls with joy and consolation, yea, even to the
purifying and the sanctification of their hearts, which sanctification cometh
because of their yielding their hearts unto God. And it came to pass that the
fifty and second year ended in peace also, save it were the exceeding great
pride which had got into the hearts of the people; and it was because of their
exceeding great riches, and their prosperity in the land; and it did grow upon
them from day to day. And it came to pass, in the fifty and third year of the
reign of the Judges, Helaman died, and his eldest son Nephi began to reign in
his stead. And it came to pass that he did fill the judgment seat with justice
and equity; yea, he did keep the commandments of God, and did walk in the ways
of his father.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel4</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass in the fifty and fourth
year, there were many dissentions in the church, and there was also a
contention among the people, insomuch that there was much bloodshed; and the
rebellious part were slain and driven out of the land, and they did go unto the
king of the Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did endeavor to stir up
the Lamanites to war against the Nephites; but behold, the Lamanites were
exceeding fraid, insomuch that they would not hearken to the words of those
dissenters. But it came to pass in the fifty and sixth year of the reign of the
Judges, there were dissenters which went up from the Nephites unto the
Lamanites; and they succeeded with those others in stirring them up to anger
against the Nephites; and they were all that year preparing for war. And in t
fifty and seventh year, they did come down against the Nephites to battle, and
they did commence the work of death; yea, insomuch, that in the fifty and
eighth year of the reign of the Judges, they succeeded in obtaining possession
of the land of Zarahemla; yea, and also all the lands, even unto the land which
was near the land Bountiful; and the Nephites, and the armies of Moronihah,
were driven even into the land of Bountiful; and there they did fortify against
the Lamanites, from the West Sea, even unto the East; it being a day's journey
for a Nephite, on the line which they had fortified and stationed their armies
to defend their north country. And thus those dissenters of the Nephites, with
the help of a numerous army of the Lamanites, had obtained all the possession
of the Nephites which was in the land southward. And all this was done in the
fifty and eighth and ninth year of the reign of the Judges. And it came to pass
in the sixtieth year of the reign of the Judges, Moronihah did succeed with his
armies, in obtaining many parts of the land; yea, they retained many cities
which had fallen into the hands of the Lamanites. And it came to pass in the
sixty and first year of the reign of the Judges, they succeeded in retaining
even the half of all their possessions. Now this great loss of the Nephites,
and the great slaughter which was among them, would not have happened, had it
not been for their wickedness and their abomination which was among them; yea,
and it was among those also which professed to belong to the church of God; and
it was because of the pride of their hearts, because of their exceeding riches,
yea, it was because of their oppression to the poor, withholding their food
from the hungry, withholding their clothing from the naked, and smiting their
humble brethren upon the cheek, making a mock of that which was sacred, denying
the spirit of prophecy and of revelation, murdering, plundering, lying,
steeling, committing adultery, raising up in great contentions, and deserting
away into the land of Nephi, among the Lamanites; and because of this their
great wickedness, and their boastings in their own strength, they were left in
their own strength; therefore they did not prosper, but were afflicted, and
smitten, and driven before the Lamanites, until they had lost possession of
almost all their lands. But behold, Moronihah did preach many things unto the
people, because of their iniquity, and also Nephi and Lehi, which were the sons
of Helaman, did preach many things unto the people; yea, and did prophesy many
things unto them concerning their iniquities, and what should come unto them if
they did not repent of their sins. And it came to pass that they did repent,
and inasmuch as they did repent, they did begin to prosper; for when Moronihah
saw that they did repent, he did venture to lead them forth from place to
place, and from city to city, even until they had retained the one half of
their property, and the one half of all their lands. And thus ended the sixty
and first year of the reign of the Judges. And it came to pass in the sixty and
second year of the reign of the Judges, that Moronihah could obtain no more
possessions over the Lamanites; therefore they did abandon their design to
obtain the remainder of their lands, for so numerous was the Lamanites that it
became impossible for the Nephites to obtain more power over them; therefore
Moronihah did employ all his armies in maintaining those parts which he had
taken. And it came to pass because of the greatness of the number of the
Lamanites, the Nephites were in great fear, lest they be overpowered, and
trodden down, and slain, and destroyed; yea, they began to remember the
prophecies of Alma, and also the words of Mosiah, and they saw that they had
been a stiffnecked people, and that they had set at nought the commandments of
God; and that they had altered and trampled under their feet the laws of
Mosiah, or that which the Lord commanded him to give unto the people; and thus
seeing that their laws had become corrupted, and that they had become a wicked
people, insomuch that they were wicked even like unto the Lamanites. And
because of their iniquity, the church had began to dwindle; and they began to
disbelieve in the spirit of prophecy, and in the spirit of revelation; and the
judgments of God did stare them in the face. And they saw that they had become
weak, like unto their brethren, the Lamanites, and that the spirit of the Lord
did no more preserve them; yea, it had withdrawn from them, because the spirit
of the Lord doth not dwell in unholy temples; therefore the Lord did cease to
preserve them by his miraculous and matchless power, for they had fallen in a
state of unbelief and awful wickedness; and they saw that the Lamanites were
more exceeding numerous than they, and except they should cleave unto the Lord
their God, they must unavoidably perish. For behold, they saw that the strength
of the Lamanites was as great as their strength, even man for man. And thus had
they fallen into this great transgression, in the space of not many years.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel5</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that in this same year,
behold, Nephi delivered up the judgment seat, to a man whose name was Cezoram.
For as their laws and their governments were established by the voice of the
people, and they which chose evil were more numerous than they which chose
good, therefore they were ripening for destruction, for the laws had been
corrupted; yea, and this was not all; they were a stiffnecked people, insomuch
that they could not be governed by the law nor justice, save it were to their
destruction. And it came to pass that Nephi had become weary, because of their
iniquity; and he yielded up the judgment seat, and took it upon him to preach
the word of God all the remainder of his days, and his brother Lehi also, all
the remainder of his days: for they remembered the words which their father
Helaman spake unto them. And these are the words which he spake: Behold, my
sons, I desire that ye should remember to keep the commandments of God; and I
would that ye should declare unto the people these words: Behold, I have given
unto you the names of our first parents, which came out of the land of
Jerusalem; and this I have done, that when you remember your names, that ye may
remember them; and when ye remember them, ye may remember their works; and when
ye remember their works, ye may know how that it is said, and also written,
that they were good; therefore, my sons, I would that ye should do that which
is good, that it may be said of you, and also written, even as it has been said
and written of them. And now my sons, behold, I have somewhat more to desire of
you , which desire is, that ye may not do these things that ye may boast, but
that ye may do these things to lay up for yourselves a treasure in Heaven, yea,
which is eternal, and which fadeth not away; yea, that ye may have that
precious gift of eternal life, which we have reason to suppose hath been given
to our fathers. O remember, remember, my sons, the words which king Benjamin
spake unto his people; yea, remember that there is no other way nor means
whereby man can be saved, only through the atoning blood of Jesus Christ, which
shall come; yea, remember that he cometh to redeem the world. And remember
also, the words which Amulek spake unto Zeezrom, in the city of Ammonihah: for
he said unto them, That the Lord surely should come to redeem his people; but
that he should not come to redeem them in their sins, but to redeem them from
their sins. And he hath power given unto him from the father, to redeem them
from their sins, because of repentance; therefore he hath sent his angels to
declare the tidings of the conditions of repentance, which bringeth unto the
power of the Redeemer, unto the salvation of their souls. --And now, my sons
remember, remember that it is upon the rock of our Redeemer, which is Christ,
the Son of God, that ye must build your foundation, that when the Devil shall
send forth his mighty winds; yea, h shafts in the whirlwind; yea, when all his
hail and his mighty storm shall beat upon you, it shall have no power over you,
to drag you down to the gulf of misery and endless wo, because of the rock upon
which ye are built, which is a sure foundation, a foundation whereon if men
buildeth, they cannot fall. And it came to pass that these were the words which
Helaman taught his sons; yea, he did teach them many things which are not
written, and also many things which are written. And they did remember his
words; and therefore they went forth, keeping the commandments of God, to teach
the word of God among all the people of Nephi, beginning at the city Bountiful;
and from thence forth to the city of Gid; and from the city of Gid to the city
of Mulek; and even from one city to another, until they had gone forth among
all the people of Nephi, which were in the land southward; and from thence into
the land of Zarahemla, among the Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did
preach with great power, insomuch that they did confound many of those
dissenters which had gone over from the Nephites, insomuch that they came forth
and did confess their sins, and were baptized unto repentance, and immediately
returned to the Nephites, to endeavor to repair unto them the wrongs which they
had done. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did preach unto the Lamanites
with such great power and authority: for they had power and authority given
unto them that they might speak; and they also had what they should speak,
given unto them; therefore they did speak unto the great astonishment of the
Lamanites, to the convincing them, insomuch that there were eight thousand of
the Lamanites which were in the land of Zarahemla and round about, baptized
unto repentance, and were convinced of the wickedness of the traditions of
their fathers. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did proceed from thence
to go to the land of Nephi. And it came to pass that they were taken by an army
of the Lamanites, and cast into prison; yea, even in that same prison in which
Ammon and his brethren were cast by the servants of Limhi. And after they had
been cast into prison many days without food, behold, they went forth into the
prison to take them, that they might slay them. And it came to pass that Nephi
and Lehi were encircled about as if by fire, even insomuch that they durst not
lay their hands upon them for fear, lest they should be burned. Nevertheless,
Nephi and Lehi were not burned; and they were as standing in the midst of fire,
and were not burned. And when they saw that they were encircled about with a
pillar of fire, and that it burned them not, their hearts did take courage. For
they saw that the Lamanites durst not lay their hands upon them; neither durst
they come near unto them, but stood as if they were struck dumb with amazement.
And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did stand forth, and began to speak
unto them, saying: Fear not, for behold, it is God that hath shewn unto you
this marvellous thing, in the which is shewn unto you, that ye cannot lay your
hands on us to slay us. And behold, when they had said these words, the earth
shook exceedingly, and the walls of the prison did shake, as if they were about
to tumble to the earth; but behold, they did not fall. And behold, they that
were in the prison, were Lamanites, and Nephites which were dissenters. And it
came to pass that they were overshadowed with a cloud of darkness, and an
awful, solemn fear came upon them. And it came to pass that there came a voice,
as if it were above the cloud of darkness, saying, Repent ye, repent ye, and
seek no more to destroy my servants which I have sent unto you to declare the
good tidings. And it came to pass when they heard this voice, and beheld that
it was not a voice of thunder; neither was it a voice of a great tumultous
noise; but behold, it was a still voice of perfect mildness, as if it had been
a whisper, and it did pierce even to the very soul. And notwithstanding the
mildness the voice, behold, the earth shook exceedingly, and the walls of the
prison trembled again, as if it were about to tumble to the earth; and behold,
the cloud of darkness which had overshadowed them, did not disperse. And
behold, the voice came again, saying: Repent ye, repent, for the kingdom of
Heaven is at hand; and seek no more to destroy my servants. And it came to pass
that the earth shook again, and the walls trembled; and also again the third time
the voice came, and did speak unto them marvellous words, which cannot be
uttered by man: and the walls did tremble again, and the earth shook as if it
were about to divide asunder. And it came to pass that the Lamanites could not
flee, because of the cloud of darkness which did overshadow them; yea, and also
they were immovable, because of the fear which did come upon them., Now there
was one among them who was a Nephite by birth, who had once belonged to the
church of God, but had dissented from them. And it came to pass that he turned
him about, and behold, he saw through the cloud of darkness the faces of Nephi
and Lehi; and behold, they did shine exceedingly, even as the face of angels.
And he beheld that they did lift their eyes to Heaven; and they were in the
attitude as if talking or lifting their voices to some being which they beheld.
And it came to pass that this man did cry unto the multitude, that they might
turn and look. And behold, there was power given unto them, that they did turn
and look; and they did behold the faces of Nephi and Lehi. And they said unto
the man, Behold, what doth all these things mean? and who is it with whom these
men converse? Now the man's name was Aminadab. And Aminadab saith unto them,
They do converse with the angels of God. And it came to pass that the Lamanites
said unto him, What shall we do, that this cloud of darkness may be removed
from overshadowing us? And Aminadab saith unto them, You must repent, and cry
unto the voice, even until ye shall have faith in Christ, which was taught unto
you by Alma, and Amulek, and by Zeesrom; and when ye shall do this, the cloud
of darkness shall be removed from overshadowing you. And it came to pass that
they all did begin to cry unto the voice of him which had shook the earth; yea,
they did cry even until the cloud of darkness was dispersed. And it came to
pass that when they cast their eyes about, and saw that the cloud of darkness
was dispersed from overshadowing them, and behold, they saw that they were
encircled about, yea, every soul, by the pillar of fire. And Nephi and Lehi was
in the midst of them; yea, they were encircled about; yea, they were as if in
the midst of a flaming fire, yet it did harm them not, neither did it take hold
upon the walls of the prison; and they were filled with that joy which is
unspeakable, and full of glory. And behold, the Holy Spirit of God did come
down from Heaven, and did enter into their hearts, and they were filled as if
with fire; and they could speak forth marvellous words. And it came to pass
that there came a voice unto them, yea, a pleasant voice, as if it were a
whisper, saying, Peace, peace be unto you, because of your faith in my well
beloved, which was from the foundation of the world. And now when they heard
this, they cast up their eyes as if to behold from whence the voice came; and
behold, they saw the heavens open; and angels came down out of heaven, and
ministered unto them. --And there were about three hundred souls which saw and
heard these things; and they were bid to go forth and marvel not, neither
should they doubt. And it came to pass that they did go forth, and did minister
unto the people, declaring throughout all the regions round about, all the
things which they had heard and seen, insomuch that the more part of the
Lamanites were convinced of them, because of the greatness of the evidencess
which they had received; as many as were convinced, did lay down their weapons
of war, and also their hatred, and the tradition of their fathers. And it came
to ass that they did yield up unto the Nephites, the lands of their possession.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel6</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that when the sixty and
second year of the reign of the Judges had ended, all these things had
happened, and the Lamanites had become, the more part of them, a righteous
people, insomuch that their righteousness did exceed that of the Nephites,
because of their firmness, and their steadiness in faith. For behold, there
were many of the Nephites which had become hardened, and impenitent, and
grossly wicked, insomuch that they did reject the word of god, and all the preaching
and prophecying which did come among them. Nevertheless, the people of the
church did have great joy, because of the conversion of the Lamanites; yea,
because of the church of God, which had been established among them. And they
did fellowship one with another, and did rejoice one with another, and did have
great joy. And it came to pass that many of the Lamanites did come down into
the land of Zarahemla, and did declare unto the people of the Nephites the
manner of their conversion, and did exhort them to faith and repentance; yea,
and many did preach with exceeding great power and authority, unto the bringing
down many of them into the depths of humility, to be humble followers of God
and the Lamb. And it came to pass that many of the Lamanites did go into the
land northward; and also Nephi and Lehi went into the land northward, to preach
unto the people. And thus ended the sixty and third year. And behold, there was
peace in all the land, insomuch that the Nephites did go into whatsoever part
of the land they would, whether among the Nephites or the Lamanites. And it
came to pass that the Lamanites did also go whithersoever they would, whether
it were among the Lamanites or among the Nephites; and thus they did have free
intercourse one with another, for to buy and to sell, and to get gain,
according to their desire. And it came to pass that they became exceeding rich,
both the Lamanites and the Nephites; and they did have exceeding plenty of
gold, and of silver, and all manner of precious metals, both in the land south,
and in the land north. Now the land south was called Lehi, and the land north
was called Mulek, which was after the sons of Zedekiah; for the Lord did bring
Mulek into the land north, and Lehi into the land south. And behold, there was all
manner of gold in both these lands, and of silver, and of precious ore of every
kind; and there was also curious workmen, which did work all kinds of ore, and
did refine it; and thus they did become rich. They did raise grain in
abundance, both in the north and in the south; and they did flourish
exceedingly, both in the north and in the south. And they did multiply and wax
exceeding strong in the land . And they did raise flocks and herds, yea, many
fatlings. Behold, their women did toil and spin, and did make all manner of
cloth, of fine twined linen, and cloth of every kind, to clothe their
nakedness. And thus the sixty and fourth year, did pass away in peace. And in
the sixty and fifth year, they did also have great joy and peace; yea, much
preaching, and many prophecies concerning that which was to come. And thus
passed away the sixty and fifth year. And it came to pass that in the sixty and
sixth year of the reign of the Judges, behold, Cezoram was murdered by an
unknown hand, as he sat upon the judgment seat. And it came to pass that in the
same year, that his son, which had been appointed by the people in his stead,
was also murdered. And thus ended the sixty and sixth year. And in the
commencement of the sixty and seventh year, the people began to grow exceeding
wicked again. For behold, the Lord had blessed them so long with the riches of
the world, that they had not been stirred up to anger, to wars, nor to
bloodsheds; therefore they began to set their hearts upon their riches; yea,
they began to seek to get gain, that they might be lifted up one above another;
therefore they began to commit secret murders, and to rob, and to plunder, that
they might get gain. --And now behold, those murderers and plunderers were a
band which had been formed by Kishkumen and Gadianton. And now it came to pass
that there were many, even among the Nephites, of Gadianton's band. But behold,
they were more numerous among the more wicked part of the Lamanites. And they
were called Gadianton's robbers and murderers; and it was they which did murder
the Chief Judge Cezoram, and his son, while in the judgment seat; and behold,
they were not found. And now it came to pass that when the Lamanites found that
there were robbers among them, they were exceeding sorrowful; and they did use
every means whatsoever was in their power, to destroy them off the face of the
earth. But behold, Satan did stir up the hearts of the more parts of the
Nephites, insomuch that they did unite with those bands of robbers, and did
enter into their covenants, and their oaths, that they would protect and
preserve one another, in whatsoever difficult circumstances they should be
placed in, that they should not suffer for their murders, and their
plunderings, and their stealings. And it came to pass that they did have their
signs, yea, their secret signs, and their secret words; and this that they
might distinguish a brother who had entered into the covenant, that whatsoever
wickedness his brothers should do, he should not be injured by his brother, nor
by those who did belong to his band, and plunder, and steal, and commit
whoredoms, and all manner of wickedness, contrary to the laws of their country,
and also the laws of their God; and whosoever of those which belonged to their
band, should reveal unto the world of their wickedness and their abominations,
should be tried, not according to the laws of their country, but according to
the laws of their wickedness, which had been given by Gadianton and Kishkumen.
Now behold, it is these secret oaths and covenants, which Alma commanded his
sons should not go forth unto the world, lest they should be a means of
bringing down the people unto destruction. Now behold, those secret oaths and
covenants did not come forth unto Gadianton from the records which were delivered
unto Helaman; but behold, they were put into the heart of Gadianton, by that
same being who did entice our first parents to partake of the forbidden fruit;
yea, the same being who did plot with Cain, that if he would murder his brother
Abel, it should not be known unto the world. And also it is that same being who
put it into the hearts of the people, to build a tower sufficiently high that
they might get to Heaven. And it was that same being which led on the people
which came from that tower, into this land; which spread the works of darkness
and abominations over all the face of the land, until he dragged the people
down to an entire destruction, and to an everlasting hell; yea, it is that same
being who put it into the heart of Gadianton, to still carry on the work of
darkness, and of secret murder; and he hath brought it forth from the beginning
of man, even down to this time. And behold, it is he which is the author of all
sin. And behold, he doth carry on his works of darkness and secret murder, and
doth hand down their plots, and their oaths, and their covenants, and their
plans of awful wickedness, from generation to generation, according as he can
get hold upon the hearts of the children of men. And now behold, he had got
great hold upon the hearts of the Nephites; yea, insomuch that they had become
exceeding wicked; yea, the more part of them had turned out of the way of
righteousness, and did trample under their feet the commandments of God, and
did turn unto their own ways, and did build up unto themselves idols of their
gold and silver. And it came to pass that all these iniquities did come unto
them, in the space of not many years, insomuch that a more part of it had come
unto them in the sixty and seventh year of the reign of the Judges over the
people of Nephi. And they did grow in their iniquities, n the sixty and eighth
year also, to the great sorrow and lamentations of the righteous. And thus we
see that the Nephites did begin to dwindle in unbelief, and grow in wickedness
and abominations, while the Lamanites began to grow exceedingly in the
knowledge of their God; yea, they began to keep his statutes and commandments,
and to walk in truth and uprightness before him. And thus we see the spirit of
the Lord began to withdraw from the Nephites, because of the wickedness and the
hardness of their hearts. And thus we see that the Lord began to pour out his
spirit upon the Lamanites, because of their easiness and willingness to believe
in his word. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did hunt the band of
robbers of Gadianton; and they did preach the word of God among the more wicked
part of them, insomuch that this band of robbers was utterly destroyed from
among the Lamanites. And it came to pass on the other hand, that the Nephites
did build them up and support them, beginning at the more wicked part of them,
until they had overspread all the land of the Nephites, and had seduced the
more part of the righteous, until they had come down to believe in their works,
and partake of their spoils, and to join with them in their secret murders and
combinations. And thus they did obtain the sole management of the government,
insomuch that they did trample under their feet, and smite, and rend, and turn
their backs upon the poor, and the meek, and humble followers of God. And thus
we see that they were in an awful state, and ripening for an everlasting
destruction. And it came to pass that thus ended the sixty and eighth year of
the reign of Judges over the people of Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel7</bookName>
<text>Behold, now it came to pass in the sixty
and ninth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of the Nephites, that
Nephi, the son of Helaman, returned to the land of Zarahemla, from the land
northward: for he had been forth among the people which was in the land
northward, and did preach the word of God unto them, and did prophesy many
things unto them; and they did reject all his words, insomuch that he could not
stay among them, but returned again unto the land of his nativity; and seeing
the people in a state of such awful wickedness, and those Gadianton robbers filling
the judgment seats; having usurped the power and authority of the land; laying
aside the commandments of God, and not in the least aright before him; doing no
justice unto the children of men; condemning the righteous because of their
righteousness; letting the guilty and the wicked go unpunished, bacause of
their money; and moreover, to be held in office at the head of government, to
rule and do according to their wills, that they might get gain and glory of the
world; and moreover that they might the more easy commit adultery, and steal,
and kill, and do according to their own wills. Now this great iniquity had come
upon the Nephites, in the space of not many years; and when Nephi saw it, his
heart was swollen with sorrow within his breast; and he did exclaim in the
agony of his soul, O that I could have had my days, in the days when my father
Nephi first came out of the land of Jerusalem, that I could have joyed with him
in the promised land; then were his people easy to be entreated, firm to keep the
commandments of God, and slow to be led to do iniquity; and they were quick to
hearken unto the words of the Lord; yea, if my days could have been in them
days, then would my soul have had joy in the righteousness of my brethren. But
behold, I am consigned that these are my days, and that my soul shall be filled
with sorrow, because of this the wickedness of my brethren. And behold, now it
came to pass that it was upon a tower, which was in the garden of Nephi, which
was by the highway which led to the chief market, which was in the city of
Zarahemla; therefore, Nephi had bowed himself upon the tower which was in his
garden, which tower was also near unto the garden gate which led by the higway.
A it came to pass that there was certain men passing by, and saw Nephi as he
was pouring out his soul unto God upon the tower, and they ran and told the
people what they had seen; and the people came together in multitudes, that
they might know the cause of so great mourning for the wickedness of the
people. And now when Nephi arose he beheld the multitudes of people which had
gathered together. And it came to pass that he opened his mouth and said unto
them, Behold, why have ye gathered yourselves together? That I may tell you of
your iniquities? Yea, because I have got upon my tower, that I might pour out
my soul unto my God, because of the exceeding sorrow of my heart, which is
because of your iniquities? And because of my mourning and lamentation, ye have
gathered yourselves together, and do marvel; yea, and ye have great need to
marvel; yea, ye had ought to marvel, because ye are given away, that the Devil
hath got so great hold upon your hearts; yea, how could ye have given away to
enticing of him, who art seeking to hurl away your souls down to everlasting misery
and endless wo? O repent ye, repent ye! why will ye die? Turn ye, turn ye, unto
the Lord your God. Why hath he forsaken you? It is because you have hardened
your hearts; yea, ye will not hearken unto the voice of the good shepherd; ye
have provoked him to anger against you. And behold, instead of gathering you,
except ye will repent, behold he shall scatter you forth that ye shall become
meat for the dogs and wild beasts. O how could you have forgotten your God in
the very day that he hath delivered you? But behold, it is to get gain, to be
praised of men; yea, and that ye might get gold and silver. And ye have set
your hearts upon the riches and the vain things of this world, for the which ye
do murder, and plunder, and steal, and bear false witness against your
neighbor, and do all manner of iniquity; for this cause wo shall come unto you
except ye shall repent. For if ye will not repent, behold this great city, and
also all those great cities, which are round about, which are in the land of
our possessions, shall be taken away, that ye shall have no place in them: For
behold, the Lord will not grant unto you strength, as he hath hitherto done, to
withstand against your enemies. For behold, thus saith the Lord: I will not
shew unto the wicked of my strength, to one more than the other, save it be
unto those who repent of their sins, and hearken unto my words; now therefore I
would that ye should behold, my brethren, that it shall be better for the
Lamanites than for you, except ye shall repent; for behold they are more
righteous than you; for they have not sinned against that great knowledge which
ye have received; therefore the Lord will be merciful unto them; yea, he will
lengthen out their days and increase their seed, even when thou shalt be
utterly destroyed, except thou shalt repent; yea, wo be unto you because of
that great abomination which hath come among you; and ye have united yourselves
unto it, yea, to that secret band which was established by Gadianton; yea, wo
shall come unto you because of that pride which ye have suffered to enter your
hearts, which hath lifted you up beyond that which is good because of your
exceeding great riches; yea, wo be unto you because of your wickedness and
abominations. And except ye repent, yes shall perish; yea even your lands shall
be taken from you, and ye shall be destroyed from off the face of the earth.
Behold now I do not say that these things shall be, of myself, because it is
not of myself that I know these things; but behold, I know that these things
are true, because the Lord God hath made them known unto me; therefore I
testify that they shall be.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel8</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Nephi had
said these words, behold there were men which were Judges, which also belonged
to the secret band of Gadianton, and they were angry, and they cried out
against him, saying unto the people, why do ye not seize upon this man and
bring him forth, that he may be condemned according to the crime which he hath
de? Why seest thou this man, and hearest him revile against this people, and
against our law? For behold, Nephi had spoken unto them concerning the
corruptness of their law; yea, many things did Nephi speak which cannot be
written; and nothing did he speak which were contrary to the commandments of
God. And those Judges were angry with him because he spake plain unto them
concerning their secret works of darkness; nevertheless they durst not lay
their own hands upon him; for they feared the people, lest they should cry out
against them; therefore they did cry unto the people, saying, Why do ye suffer
this man to revile against us? For behold, he doth condemn all this people,
even unto destruction; yea, and also that these our great cities shall be taken
from us, that we shall have no place in them. And now we know that this is
impossible; for behold we are powerful, and our cities great; therefore our
enemies can have no power over us. And it came to pass that thus they did stir
up the people to anger against Nephi, and raised contentions among them; for
there were some which did cry out, Let this man alone, for he is a good man,
and those things which he saith will surely come to pass except we repent; yea,
behold all the judgments will come upon us which he hath testified unto us; for
we know that he hath testified aright unto us concerning our iniquities. And
behold they are many; and he knoweth as well as all things which shall befal us
as he knoweth of our iniqities; yea, and behold if he had not been a prophet he
could not have testified concerning those things. And it came to pass that
those people which sought to destroy Nephi, were compelled because of their
fear, that they did not lay their hands on him. Therefore he began again to
speak unto them, seeing that he had gained favor in the eyes of some, insomuch
that the remainder of them did fear. Therefore he was constrained to speak more
unto them, saying: Behold my brethren, have ye not read that God gave power
unto one man, even Moses, to smite upon the waters of the Red Sea, and they
parted hither and thither, insomuch that the Israelites, which were our fathers,
came through upon dry ground, and the waters closed upon the armies of the
Egyptians, and swallowed them up? And now behold, if God gave unto this man
such power, then why should ye dispute among yourselves, and say that he hath
given unto me no power whereby I may know concerning the judgments that shall
come upon you except ye repent? But behold, ye not only deny my words, but ye
also deny all the words which hath been spoken by our fathers, and also the
words which was spoken by this man, Moses, which had such great power given
unto him; yea, the words which he hath spoken concerning the coming of the
Messiah. Yea, did he not bear record, that the Son of God should come? --And as
he lifted up the brazen serpent in the wilderness, even so shall he be lifted
up which should come. And as many as should look upon the serpent should live,
even so as many as should look upon the Son of God, with faith, having a
contrite spirit, might live, even unto that life which is eternal. --And now
behold, Moses did not only testify of these things, but also all the holy
prophets, from his day even to the days of Abraham. Yea, and behold, Abraham
saw of his coming, and was filled with gladness, and did rejoice. Yea, and
behold I say unto you, That Abraham not only knew of these things, but there
were many before the days of Abraham which were called by the order of God;
yea, even after the order of his Son; and this that it should be shewn unto the
people of a great many thousand years before his coming, that even redemption
should come unto them. And now I would that ye should know, that even since the
days of Abraham, there hath been many prophets that hath testified these
things; yea, behold, the prophet Zenas did testify boldly; for the which he was
slain. And behold, also Zenoch, and also Ezias, and also Isaiah, and Jeremiah,
(Jeremiah being that same prophet which testified of the destruction of
Jerusalem.) And now we know that Jerusalem was destroyed, according to the
words of Jeremiah. O then why not the Son of God come, according to his
prophecy? And now will ye dispute that Jerusalem was destroyed? Will ye say
that the sons of Zedekiah were not slain, all except it were Mulek? Yea, and do
ye not behold that the seed of Zedekiah are with us, and that they were driven
out of the land of Jerusalem? But behold, this is not all. Our father Lehi was
driven out of Jerusalem, because he testified of these things. Nephi also
testified of these things, and also almost all of our fathers, even down to
this time; yea, they have testified of the coming of Christ, and have looked
forward, and have rejoiced in his day which is to come. And behold, he is God,
and he is with them, and he did manifest himself unto them, that they were
redeemed by him; and they gave unto him glory, because of that which is to
come. And now seeing ye know these things, and cannot deny them, except ye
shall lie, therefore in this ye have sinned, for ye have rejected all these
things, notwithstanding so many evidences which ye have received; yea, even ye have
received all things, both things in Heaven, and all things which are in the
earth, as a witness that they are true. But behold, ye have rejected the truth,
and rebelled against your holy God; and even at this time, instead of laying up
for yourselves treusures in Heaven, where nothing doth corrupt, and where
nothing can come which is unclean, ye are heaping up for yourselves wrath
against the day of judgment; yea, even at this time ye are ripening, because of
your murders, and your fornication and wickedness, for everlasting destruction;
yea, and except ye repent, it will come unto you soon; yea, behold it is now
even at your doors; yea, go ye unto the judgment seat, and search; and behold,
your Judge is murdered, and he lieth in his blood; and he ,hath been murdered
by his brother, who seeketh to sit in the judgment seat. And behold, they both
belong to your secret band, whose author is Gadianton, and the evil one which
seeketh to destroy the souls of men.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel9</bookName>
<text>Behold now it came to pass that when Nephi
had spoken these words, certain men which were among them ran to the judgment
seat; yea, even there were five which went; and they said among themselves, as
they went, Behold, we will know of a surety, whether this man be a prophet, and
God hath commanded him to prophesy such marvellous things unto us. Behold we do
not believe that he hath; yea, we do not believe that he is a prophet;
nevertheless, if this thing which he hath said concerning the Chief Judge be
true, that he be dead, then we will believe that the other words which he hath
spoken is true. And it came to pass that they ran in their might, and came in
unto the judgment seat; and behold the Chief Judge had fallen to the earth, and
did lie in his blood. And now behold, when they saw this, they were astonished
exceedingly, insomuch that they fell to the earth; for they had not believed
the words which Nephi had spoken concerning the Chief Judge; but now when they
saw they believed, and fear came upon them, lest all the judgments which Nephi
had spoken should come upon the people; therefore they did quake, and had
fallen to the earth. Now immediately when the Judge had been murdered: he being
stabbed by his brother, by a garb of secrecy; and he fled, and the servants ran
and told the people, raising the cry of murder among them. And behold the
people did gather themselves together unto the place of the judgment seat; and
behold, to their astonishment, they saw those five men which had fallen to the
earth. And now behold, the people knew nothing concerning the ,multitude which
had gathered together at the garden of Nephi; therefore they said among
themselves, These men are they which have murdered the Judge, and God hath
smitten them that they could not flee from us. And it came to pass that they
laid ho on them, and bound them, and cast them into prison. And there was a
proclamation sent abroad that the Judge was slain, and that the murderers had
been taken, and was cast into prison. And it came to pass that on the morrow,
the people did assemble themselves together to mourn and to fast, at the burial
of the great and Chief Judge, which had been slain. And thus were also those
Judges which were at the garden of Nephi, and heard his words, were also
gathered together at the burial. And it came to pass that they inquired among
the people, saying, Where are the five which was sent to inquire concerning the
Chief Judge whether he was dead? And they answered and said, Concerning this
five which ye say ye have sent, we know not; but there are five, which are the
murderers, whom we have cast into prison. And it came to pass that the Judges
desired that they should be brought; and they were brought, and behold they
were the five which were sent; and behold the Judges inquired of them to know
concerning the matter, and they told them all that they had done, saying, We
ran and came to the place of the judgment, and when we saw all things, even as
Nephi had testified, we were astonished, insomuch that we fell to the earth;
and when we were recovered from our astonishment, behold they cast us into
prison. Now as for the murder of this man, we know not who hath done it, and
only this much we know, we ran and came according as ye desired, and behold he
was dead according to the words of Nephi. And now it came to pass that the
Judge did expound the matter unto the people, and did cry out against Nephi,
saying, Behold we know that this Nephi must have agreed with some one to slay
the Judge, and then he might declare it unto us, that he might convert us unto
his faith, that he might raise himself to be a great man, chosen of God, and a
prophet; and now behold we will detect this man, and he shall confess his fault
and make known unto us the true murderer of this Judge. And it came to pass that
the five were liberated on the day of the burial. Nevertheless, they did rebuke
the Judges in the words which they had spoken against Nephi, and did contend
with them one by one, insomuch that they did confound them. Nevertheless, they
caused that Nephi should be taken and bound and brought before the multitude,
and they began to question him in divers ways, that they might cross him, that
they might accuse him to death; saying unto him, Thou art confederate; who is
this man that hath done this murder? Now tell us, and acknowledge thy fault,
saying, Behold here is money; and also we will grant unto thee thy life if thou
wilt tell us and acknowledge the agreement, which thou hast made with him. But
Nephi saith unto them, O ye fools, ye uncircumsised of heart, ye blind, and ye
stiff-necked people, do ye know how long the Lord your God will suffer you that
ye shall go on this your ways of sin? O ye had ought to begin to howl and
mourn, because of the great destruction at this time which doth await you,
except ye shall repent. Behold, ye say that I have agreed with a man, that he
should murder Seezoram, our Chief Judge. But behold, I say unto you, that this
is because I have testified unto you, that ye might know concerning this thing;
yea, even for a witness unto you, that I did know of the wickedness and
abominations which is among you. And because I have done this, ye say that I
have agreed with a man that he should do this thing; yea, because I shewed unto
you this sign, ye are angry with me, and seek to destroy my life. And now
behold, I will shew unto you another sign, and see if ye will in this thing
seek to destroy me. Behold I say unto you, Go to the house of Seantum, which is
the brother of Seezoram, and say unto him, Hath Nephi, the pretended prophet, which
doth prophesy so much evil concerning this people, agreed with thee, in the
which ye have murdered Seezoram, which is your brother? And behold, he shall
say unto you, Nay. And ye shall say unto him, Have ye murdered your brother?
And he shall stand with fear, and wist not what to say. And behold, he shall
deny unto you; and he shall make as if he were astonished; nevertheless, he
shall declare unto you that he is innocent. But behold, ye shall examine him,
and ye shall find blood upon the skirts of his cloak. And when ye have seen
this, ye shall say, From whence cometh this blood? Do we not know that it is
the blood of your brother? And then he shall tremble, and shall look pale, even
as if death had come upon him. And then shall ye say, Because of this fear and
this paleness which hath come upon your face, behold, we know that thou art
guilty. And then shall greater fear come upon him; and then shall he confess
unto you, and deny no more that he hath done this murder. And then shall he say
unto you, That I, Nephi, know nothing concerning the matter, save it were given
unto me by the power of God. And then shall ye know that I am an honest man,
and that I am sent unto you from God. And it came to pass that they went and
did, even according as Nephi had said unto them. And behold, the words which he
had said, were true: for according to the words, he did deny; and also
according to the words, he did confess. And he was brought to prove that he
himself was the very murderer, insomuch that the five were set at liberty; and
also was Nephi. And there were some of the Nephites which believed on the words
of Nephi; and there were some also, which believed, because of the testimony of
the five, for they had been converted while they were in prison. And now there were
some among the people, which said that Nephi was a prophet; and there were
others which said, Behold, he is a god, for except he was a god, he could not
know of all things. For behold, he hath told us the thoughts of our hearts, and
also hath told us things; and even he hath brought unto our knowledge the true
murderer of our Chief Judge.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel10</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that there arose a
division among the people, insomuch that they divided hither and thither, and
went their ways, leaving Nephi alone, as he was standing in the midst of them.
And it came to pass that Nephi went his way towards his own house, pondering
upon the things which the Lord had shewn unto him. And it came to pass as he
was pondering, --being much cast down because of the wickedness of the people
of the Nephites, their secret works of darkness, and their murderings, and
their plunderings, and all manner of iniquities --and it came to pass as he was
thus pondering in his heart, behold, a voice came unto him, saying: Blessed art
thou, Nephi, for those things which thou hast done: for I have beheld how thou
hast with unwearyingness declared the word which I have given unto thee, unto
this people. And thou hast not feared them, and hast not sought thine own life,
but hath sought my will, and to keep my commandments. And now because thou hast
done this with such unwearyingness, behold, I will bless thee forever; and I
will make thee mighty in word and in deed, in faith and in works; yea, even
that all things shall be done unto thee according to thy word, for thou shalt
not ask that which is contrary to my will. Behold, thou art Nephi, and I am
God. Behold, I declare it unto thee in the presence of mine angles, that ye
shall have power over this people, and shall smite the earth with famine, and
with pestilence, and destruction, according to the wickedness of this people.
Behold, I give unto you power, that whatsoever ye shall seal on earth, shall be
sealed in heaven; and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth, shall be loosed in
heaven; and thus shall ye have power among this people. And thus, if ye shall
say unto this temple, It shall be rent in twain, and it shall be done. And if
ye shall say unto this mountain, Be thou cast down and become smooth, and it
shall be done. And behold, if ye shall say, That God shall smite this people,
it shall come to pass. --And now behold, I command you that ye shall go and
declare unto this people, that thus saith the Lord God, who is the almighty:
Except ye repent, ye shall be smitten, even unto destruction. And behold, now
it came to pass that when the Lord had spoken these words unto Nephi, he did
stop, and did not go unto his house, but did return unto the multitudes which
were scattered about upon the face of the land, and began to declare unto them
the word of the Lord, which had been spoken unto him concerning their
destruction, if they did not repent. Now behold, notwithstanding that great
miracle which Nephi had done in telling them concerning the death of the Chief
Judge, they did harden their hearts, and did not hearken unto the words of the
Lord; therefore Nephi did declare unto them the words of the Lord, saying:
Except ye repent, thus saith the Lord: Ye shall be smitten even unto
destruction. --And it came to pass that when Nephi had declared unto them the
word, behold, they did still harden their hearts, and would not hearken unto
his words; therefore they did revile against him, and did seek to lay their
hands upon him, that they might cast him into prison. But behold, the power of
God was with him, and they could not take him to cast him into prison: for he
was taken by the spirit, and conveyed out of the midst of them. And it came to
pass that thus he did go forth in the spirit, from multitude to multitude,
declaring the word of God, even until he had declared it unto them all, or sent
it forth among all the people. And it came to pass that they would not hearken
unto his words; and there began to be contentions, insomuch that they were
divided against themselves, and began to slay one another with the sword. And
thus ended the seventy and first year of the reign of Judges over the people of
Nephi.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel11</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the seventy and
second year of the reign of the Judges, that contentions did increase, insomuch
that there were wars throughout all the land, among all the people of Nephi.
And it was this secret band of robbers which did carry on this work of
destruction and wickedness. And this war did last all that year. And in the
seventy and third year it did also last. And it came to pass that in this year,
Nephi did cry unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, do not suffer that this people shall
be destroyed by the sword; but O Lord, rather let there be a famine in the
land, to stir them up in remembrance of the Lord their God, and perhaps they
will repent and turn unto thee; and so it was done, according to the words of
Nephi. --And there was a great famine upon the land, among all the people of
Nephi. And thus, in the seventy and fourth year, the famine did continue, and
the work of destruction did cease by the sword, but became sore by famine. And
this work of destruction did also continue in the seventy and fifth year. For
the earth was smitten, that it was dry, and did not yield forth grain in the
season of grain; and the whole earth was smitten, even among the Lamanites as
well as among the Nephites, so that they were smitten that they did perish by
thousands, in the more wicked parts of the land. And it came to pass that the
people saw that they were about to perish by famine, and they began to remember
the Lord their God; and they began to remember the words of Nephi. And the
people began to plead with their Chief Judges and their leaders, that they
would say unto Nephi, Behold, we know that thou art a man of God, and therefore
cry unto the Lord our God, that he turn away from us this famine, lest all the
words which thou hast spoken concerning our destruction, be fulfilled. And it
came to pass that the Judges did say unto Nephi, according to the words which
had been desired. --And it came to pass that when Nephi saw that the people had
repented, and did humble themselves in sackcloth, he cried again unto the Lord,
saying: O Lord, behold this people repenteth; and they have swept away the band
of Gadianton from amongst them, insomuch that they have become extinct, and
they have concealed their secret plans in the earth. Now, O Lord, because of
this their humility, wilt thou turn away thine anger, and let thine anger be
appeased in the destruction of those wicked men whom thou hast already
destroyed? O Lord, wilt thou turn away thine anger, yea, thy fierce anger, and
cause that this famine may cease in this land? O Lord, wilt thou hearken unto
me, and cause that it may be done according to my words, and send forth rain
upon the face of the earth, that she may bring forth her fruit and her grain,
in the season of grain? O Lord, thou didst hearken unto my words when I said,
Let there be a famine, that the pestilence of the sword might cease; and I know
that thou wilt, even at this time, hearken unto my words: for thou saidst, That
if this people repent, I will spare them; yea, O Lord, and thou seest that they
have repented, because of the famine, and the pestilence and destruction which
has come upon them. And now, O Lord, wilt thou turn away thine anger, and try
again if they will serve thee? And if so, O Lord, thou canst bless them
according to thy words which thou hast said. And it came to pass that in the
seventy and sixth year, the Lord did turn away his anger from the people, and
caused that rain should fall upon the earth, insomuch that it did bring forth
her fruit in the season of her fruit. And it came to pass that it did bring
forth her grain, in the season of her grain. And behold, the people did
rejoice, and glorify God; and the whole face of the land was filled with
rejoicing; and they did no more seek to destroy Nephi, but they did esteem him
as a great prophet, and a man of God, having great power and authority given
unto him from God. And behold, Lehi, his brother, was not a whit behind him as
to things pertaining to righteousness. And thus it did come to pass that the
people of Nephi began to prosper again in the land, and began to build up their
waste places, and began to multiply and spread, even until they did cover the
whole face of the land, both on the northward and on the southward, from the
sea west, to the sea east. And it came to pass that the seventy and sixth year
did end in peace. And the seventy and seventh year began in peace; and the
church did spread throughout the face of all the land; and the more part of the
people, both the Nephites and the Lamanites, did belong to the church; and they
did have exceeding great peace in the land. And thus ended the seventy and
seventh year. And also they had peace in the seventy and eighth year, save it
were a few contentions concerning the points of doctrine which had been laid
down by the prophets. And in the seventy and ninth year, there began to be much
strife. But it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi, and many of their brethren,
which knew concerning the true points of doctrine, having many revelations
daily, therefore they did preach unto the people, insomuch that they did put
and end to their strife in that same year. And it came to pass that in the
eightieth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi, there was a
certain number of the dissenters from the people of Nephi, which had some years
before gone over unto the Lamanites, and took upon themselves the name of
Lamanites; and also, a certain number which were real descendants of the
Lamanites, being stirred up to anger by them, or by those dissenters, therefore
they commenced a war with their brethren. And they did commit murder and
plunder; and then they would retreat back into the mountains, and into the
wilderness and secret places, hiding themselves that they could not be
discovered, receiving daily an addition to their numbers, inasmuch as there
were dissenters that went forth unto them; and thus in time, yea, even in the
space of not many years, they became an exceeding great band of robbers; and
they did search out all the secret plans of Gadianton; and thus they became
robbers of Gadianton. Now behold, these robbers did make great havoc, yea, even
great destruction among the people of Nephi, and also among the people of the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that it was expedient that there should be a
stop put to this work of destruction; therefore they sent an army of strong men
into the wilderness, and upon the mountains, to search out this band of
robbers, and to destroy them. But behold, it came to pass that in the same
year, they were driven back even into their own lands. And thus ended the
eightieth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi. And it came
to pass in the commencement of the eighty and first year, they did go forth
again against this band of robbers, and did destroy many; and they were also
visited with much destruction; and they were again obliged to return out of the
wilderness, and out of the mountains, unto their own lands, because of the
exceeding greatness of the numbers of those robbers which infested the
mountains and the wilderness. --And it came to pass that thus ended this year.
And the robbers did still increase and wax strong, inasmuch that they did defy
the whole armies of the Nephites, and also of the Lamanites; and they did cause
great fear to come unto the people, upon all the face of the land, yea, for
they did visit many parts of the land, and did do great destruction unto them;
yea, did kill many, and did carry away others captive into the wilderness; yea,
and more especially their women and their children. Now this great evil, which
came unto the people because of their iniquity, did stir them up in remembrance
of the Lord their God. And thus ended the eighty and first year of the reign of
the Judges. And in the eighty and second year, they began again to forget the
Lord their God. And in the eighty and third year, they began to wax strong in
iniquity. --And in the eighty and fourth year, they did not mend their ways.
And it came to pass in the eighty and fifth year, they did wax stronger and
stronger in their pride, and in their wickedness; and thus they were ripening
again for destruction. And thus ended the eighty and fifth year.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel12</bookName>
<text>And thus we can behold how false, and also
the unsteadiness of the hearts of the children of men; yea, we can see that the
Lord in his great infinite goodness, doth bless and prosper those who put their
trust in him; yea, and we may see at the very time when he doth prosper his
people; yea, in the increase of their fields, their flocks, and their herds,
and in gold, and in silver, and in all manner of precious things of every kind
and art; sparing their lives, and delivering them out of the hands of their
enemies; softening the hearts of their enemies, that they should not declare
wars against them; yea, and in fine, doing all things for the welfare and
happiness of his people; yea, then is the time that they do harden their
hearts, and do forget the Lord their God, and do trample under their feet the
Holy One; yea, and this because of their ease, and their exceeding great
prosperity. And thus we see, that except the Lord doth chasten his people with
many afflictions, yea, except he doth visit them with death, and with terror,
and with famine, and with all manner of pestilence, they will not remember him.
O how foolish, and how vain, and how evil, and devlish, and how quick to do
iniquity, and how slow to do good, are the children of men; yea, how quick to
hearken unto the words of the evil one, and to set their hearts upon the vain
things of the world; yea, how quick to be lifted up in pride; yea, how quick to
boast, and do all manner of that which is iniquity; and how slow are they to
remember the Lord their God, and to give ear unto his counsels; yea, how slow
to walk in wisdom's path! Behold, they do not desire that the Lord their God,
who hath created them, should rule and reign over them, notwithstanding his
great goodness and his mercy towards them; they do set at nought his counsels,
and they will not that he should be their guide. O how great is the nothingness
of the children of the men; yea, even they are less than dust of the earth. For
behold, the dust of the earth moveth hither and thither, the dividing asunder,
at the command of our great and everlasting God; yea, behold, at his voice doth
the hills and mountains tremble and quake; and by the power of his voice, they
are broken up and become smooth, yea, even like unto a valley; yea, by the
power of his voice, doth the whole earth shake; yea, by the power of his voice,
doth the foundations rock, even to the very centre; yea, and if he saith unto
the earth, Move, and it is moved; yea, if he saith unto the earth, Thou shalt
go back, that it lengthen out the day for many hours, and it is done; and thus
according to his word, the earth goeth back, and it appeareth unto man that the
sun standeth still; yea, and behold, this is so; for sure it is the earth that
moveth, and not the sun. And behold, also, if he saith unto the waters of the
great deep, Be thou dried up, and it is done. Behold, if he saith unto this
mountain, Be thou raised up, and come over and fall upon that city, that it be
buried up, and behold it is done. And behold, if a man hideth up a treasure in
the earth, and the Lord shall say, Let it be accursed, because of the iniquity
of him that hath hid it up, behold, it shall be accursed; and if the Lord shall
say, Be thou accursed, that no man shall find thee from this time henceforth
and forever, and behold, no man getteth it henceforth and forever. And behold,
if the Lord shall say unto a man, Because of thine iniquities thou shalt be
accursed forever, and it shall be done. And if the Lord shall say, Because of
thine iniquities, thou shalt be cut off from my presence, and he will cause
that it shall be so. --And wo unto whom he shall say this, for it shall be unto
him that will do iniquity, and he cannot be saved; therefore, for this cause,
that men might be saved, hath repentance been declared. Therefore, blessed are
they who will repent, and hearken unto the voice of the Lord their God; for
these are they that shall be saved. And may God grant, in his great fulness,
that men might be brought unto repentance and good works, that they might be
restored unto grace, for grace according to their works. And I would that all
men might be saved. But we read that in that great and last day, there are some
which shall be cast out; yea, which shall be cast off from the presence of the
Lord; yea, which shall be consigned to the state of endless misery, fulfilling
the words which saith, That they have done good, shall have everlasting life;
and they that have done evil, shall have everlasting damnation. --And thus it
is. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel13</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass in the eighty and
sixth year, the Nephites did still remain in wickedness, yea, in great
wickedness, while the Lamanites did observe strictly to keep the commandments
of God, according to the law of Moses. And it came to pass that in this year,
there was one Samuel, a Lamanite, came into the land of Zarahemla, and began to
preach unto the people. And it came to pass that he did preach many-day
repentance unto the people, and they did cast him out, and he was about to
return to his own land. But behold, the voice of the Lord came unto him, that
he should return again, and prophesy unto the people whatsoever things should
come in his heart. And it came to pass that they would not suffer that he
should enter into the city; therefore he went and got upon the wall thereof,
and stretched forth his hand and cried with a loud voice, and prophesied unto
the people whatsoever things the Lord put into his heart; and he said unto
them. Behold, I, Samuel, a Lamanite, do speak the words of the Lord, which he
doth put into my heart; and behold he hath put it into my heart to say unto
this people, that the sword of justice hangeth over this people; and four
hundred years passeth not away save the sword of justice falleth upon this
people; yea, heavy destruction awaiteth this people, and it surely cometh unto
this people, and nothing can save this people, save it be repentance and faith
on the Lord Jesus Christ, which surely shall come into the world, and shall
suffer many things, and shall be slain for his people. And behold, an angel of
the Lord hath declared it unto me, and he did bring glad tidings to my soul.
And behold, I was sent unto you to declare it unto you also, that ye might have
glad tidings; but behold ye would not receive me, therefore thus saith the
Lord, Because of the hardness of the hearts of the people of the Nephites,
except they repent I will take away my word from them, and I will withdraw my
spirit from them, and I will suffer them no longer, and I will turn the hearts
of their brethren against them; and four hundred years shall not pass away,
before I will cause that they shall be smitten; yea, I will visit them with the
sword, and with famine, and with pestilence; yea, I will visit them in my
fierce anger, and there shall be those of the fourth generation, which shall
live, of your enemies, to behold your utter destruction; and this shall surely
come, except ye repent, saith the Lord; and those of the fourth generation
shall visit your destruction. But if ye will repent and return unto the Lord
your God, I will turn away mine anger saith the Lord,; yea, thus saith the
Lord, Blessed are they who will repent and turn unto me, but wo unto him that
repenteth not; yea, wo unto this great city of Zarahemla; for behold it is
because of they which are righteous, that it is saved; yea, wo unto this great
city, For I perceive, saith the Lord, that there are many, yea, even the more
part of this great city, that will harden their hearts against me, saith the
Lord. But blessed are they who will repent, for them will I spare. But behold
if it were not for the righteous which are in this great city, behold I would
cause that fire should come down out of heaven, and destroy it. But behold, it
is for the righteous' sake, that it is spared. But behold, the time cometh,
saith the Lord, that when ye shall be cast out the righteous among you, then
shall ye be ripe for destruction; yea, wo be unto this great city, because of
the wickedness and abominations which is in her; yea, and wo be unto the city
of Gideon, for the wickedness and abominations which is in her; yea, and wo be
unto all the cities which are in the land round about, which is possessed by
the Nephites, because of the wickedness and abominations which is in them; and
behold, a curse shall come upon the land, saith the Lord of Hosts, because of
the people's sake which is upon the land; yea, because of their wickedness and
their abominations. And it shall come to pass, saith the Lord of Hosts, yea,
our great and true God, that whoso shall hide up treasures in the earth, shall
find them again no more, because of the great curse of the land , save he be a
righteous man, and shall hide it up unto the Lord: For I will saith the Lord,
that they shall hide up their treasures unto me; and cursed be they who hideth
not up their treasures unto me; for non hideth up their treasures unto me save
it be the righteous; and he that hideth not up his treasure unto me, cursed is
he, and also the treasure, and none shall redeem it because of the curse of the
land. And the day shall come that they shall hide up their treasures, because
they have set their hearts upon riches; and because they have set their hearts
upon their riches, I will hide up their treasures when they shall flee before
their enemies, because they will not hide them up unto me; cursed be they, and
also their treasures; and in that day shall they be smitten, saith the Lord.
Behold ye, the people of this great city, and hearken unto my words; yea,
hearken unto the words which the Lord saith; for behold, he saith that ye are
cursed because of your riches, and also are your riches cursed because ye have
set your hearts upon them, and hath not hearkened unto the words of him who
gave them unto you. Ye do not remember the Lord your God in the things which he
hath blessed you, but ye do always remember your riches, not to thank the Lord
your God for them; yea, your heart is not drawn out unto the Lord, but they do
swell with great pride, unto boasting, and unto great swelling, envyings,
strifes, malice, persecutions, and murders, and all manner of iniquities: For
this cause hath the Lord God caused that a curse should come upon the land, and
also upon your riches; and this because of your iniquities; yea, wo unto this
people, because of this time which has arriven, that ye do cast out the
prophets, and do mock them, and cast stones at them, and do slay them, and do
all manner of iniquity unto them, even as they did of old time. And now when ye
talk, ye say, If our days had been in the days of our fathers of old, ye would
not have slain the prophets; ye would not have stoned them, and cast them out.
Behold ye are worse than they; for as the Lord liveth, if a prophet come among
you. and declareth unto you the word of the Lord, which testifieth of your sins
and iniquities, ye are angry with him, and cast him out, and seek all manner of
ways to destroy him; yea, you will say that he is a false prophet, and that he
is a sinner, and of the Devil, because he testifieth that your deeds are evil.
But behold, if a man shall come among you, and shall say, Do this, and there is
no iniquity; do that, and ye shall suffer; yea, he will say, walk after the
pride of your own hearts; yea, walk after the pride of your eyes, and do
whatsoever your heart desireth; and if a man shall come among you and say this,
ye will receive him, and ye shall say that he is a prophet; yea, ye will lift
him up, and ye will give unto him of your substance; ye will give unto him of
your gold, and of your silver, and ye will clothe him with costly apparel; and
because he speaketh flattering words unto you, and he saith that all is well,
and then ye will not find fault with him. O ye wicked and ye perverse
generation; ye hardened and stiffnecked people, how long will ye suppose that
the Lord will suffer you; yea, how long will ye suffer yourselves to be lead by
foolish and blind guides; yea, how long will ye choose darkness rather than
light; yea, behold the anger of the Lord is already kindled against you;
behold, he hath cursed the land, because of your iniquity; and behold, the time
cometh that he curseth your riches, that it becometh slippery, that ye cannot
hold them; and in the days of your poverty, ye shall cry unto the Lord; and in
vain shall ye cry, for your desolation is already come upon you, and your
destruction is made sure; and then shall ye weep and howl in that day, saith
the Lord of Hosts. And then shall ye lament, and say, O Lord I had repented,
and had not killed the prophets, and stoned them, and cast them out; yea, in
that day shall ye say, O that we had remembered the Lord our God, in the day he
gave us our riches, and then they would not have become slippery, and that we
should lose them; for behold, our riches are gone from us. Behold, we layeth a
tool here, and on the morrow it is gone; and behold, our swords are taken from
us in the day we have sought them for battle. Yea, we have hid up our
treasures, and they have slipped away from us, because of the curse of the
land. O that we had repented in the day that the word of the Lord came upon us;
for behold, the land is cursed, and all things are become slippery, and we
cannot hold them. Behold we are surrounded by demons, yea, we are encircled
about by the angels of him who hath sought to destroy our souls. Behold, our
iniquities are great. O Lord, canst thou turn away thine anger from us? And
this shall be your language in them days. But behold, your days of probation is
past; ye have procrastinated the day of your salvation, until it is everlasting
too late, and your destruction is made sure; yea, for ye have sought all the
days of your lives for that which ye could not obtain; and ye have sought for
happiness in doing iniquity, which thing is contrary to the nature of that
righteousness which is in our great and Eternal Head. O ye people of the land,
that ye would hear my words. And I pray that t anger of the Lord be turned away
from you, and that ye would repent and be saved.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel14</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that Samuel, the
Lamanite, did prophesy a great many more things which cannot be written. And
behold, he saith unto them, Behold, I give unto you a sign: for five years more
cometh, and behold, then cometh the son of God to redeem all those who shall
believe on his name. And behold, this will I give unto you for a sign at the
time of his coming; for behold, there shall be great lights in Heaven, insomuch
that in the night before he cometh, there shall be no darkness, insomuch that
it shall appear unto man as it is day; therefore there shall be one day and a
night, and a day, as if it were one day, and there were no night; and this
shall be unto you for a sign; for ye shall know of the rising of the sun, and
also of its setting; therefore they shall know of a surety that there shall be
two days and a night; nevertheless the night shall be darkened; and it shall be
night before he is born. And behold there shall a new star arise, such an one
as ye never have beheld; and this also shall be a sign unto you. And behold
this is not all: there shall be many signs and wonders in Heaven. And it shall
come to pass that ye shall be amazed, and wonder, insomuch that ye shall fall
to the earth. And it shall come to pass that whosoever shall believe on the Son
of God, the same shall have everlasting life. And behold, thus saith the Lord
commanded me, by his angel, that I should come and tell this thing unto you;
yea, he hath commanded that I should prophesy these things unto you; yea, he
hath said unto me, Cry unto this people, repent and prepare the ways of the Lord.
And now because I am a Lamanite, and hath spoken unto you the words which the
Lord hath commanded me, and because it was hard against you, ye are angry with
me, and do seek to destroy me, and have cast me out from among you. And ye
shall hear my words, for, for this intent I have come up upon the walls of this
city, that ye might hear and know of the judgments of God which doth await you
because of your iniquities, and also that ye might know the conditions of
repentance; and also that ye might know of the coming of Jesus Christ, the Son
of God, the Father of Heaven and of earth, the Creator of all things, from the
beginning; and that ye might know of his coming, to the intent that ye might
believe on his name. And if ye believe on his name, ye will repent of all your
sins, that thereby ye may have a remission of them through his merits. And
behold, again another sign I give unto you; yea, a sign of his death; for
behold, he surely must die, that salvation may come; yea, it behooveth him, and
becometh expedient that he dieth, to bring to pass the resurrection of the
dead, that thereby man may be brought into the presence of the Lord; yea,
behold this death bringeth to pass the resurrection, and redeemeth all mankind
from the first death; that spiritual death for all mankind, by the fall of
Adam, being cut off from the presence of the Lord, are considered as dead, both
as to things temporal and to things spiritual. But behold, the resurrection of
Christ redeemeth mankind, yea, even all mankind, and bringeth them back into
the presence of the Lord; yea, it bringeth to pass the condition of repentance,
that whosoever repenteth, the same is not hewn down and cast into the fire; but
whosoever repenteth not, is hewn down and cast into the fire, and there cometh
upon them again a spiritual death, yea, a second death, for they are cut off
again as to things pertaining to righteousness; therefore repent ye, lest by
knowing these things and not doing them, ye shall suffer yourselves to come
under condemnation, and ye are brought down unto this second death. But behold,
as I said unto you concerning another sign, a sign of his death: behold, in
that day that he shall suffer death, the sun shall be darkened and refuse to
give his light unto you; and also the moon, and the stars; and there shall be
no light upon he face of this land, even from the time that he shall suffer
death, for the space of three days, to the time that he shall rise again from
the dead; yea, at the time that he shall yield up the ghost, there shall be thunderings
and lightnings for the space of many hours, and the earth shall quake and
tremble, and the rocks which is upon the face of this earth, which is both
above the earth and beneath, which ye know at this time is solid, or the more
part of it is one solid mass, shall be broken up; yea, they shall be rent in
twain, and shall ever after be found in seams, and in cracks, and in broken
fragments upon the face of the whole earth; yea, both above the earth and both
beneath. And behold, there shall be great tempests, and there shall be many
mountains laid low, like unto a valley, and there shall be many places, which
are now called valleys, which shall become mountains, whose height thereof is
great. And many highways shall be broken up, and many cities shall become
desolate, and many graves shall be opened, and shall yield up many of their
dead; and many saints shall appear unto many. And behold thus hath the angel
spoken unto me; for he said unto me, That there should be thunderings and
lightnings for the space of many hours; and he said unto me that while the
thunder and the lightning lasted, and the tempest, that these things should be,
and that darkness should cover the face of the whole earth, for the space of
three days. And the angel said unto me that many shall see greater things than
these, to the intent that they might believe that these signs and these wonders
should come to pass, upon all the face of this land; to the intent that there
should be no cause for unbelief among the children of men; and this to the
intent that whosoever will believe, might be saved, and that whosoever will not
believe, a righteous judgment might come upon them; and also if they are
condemned, they bring upon themselves their own condemnation. And now remember,
remember, my brethren, that whosoever perisheth, perisheth unto himself; and
whosoever doeth iniquity, doeth it unto himself; for behold ye are free; ye are
permitted to act for yourselves; for behold, God hath given unto you a
knowledge, and he hath made you free; he hath given unto you that ye might know
good from evil, and he hath given unto you that ye might choose life or death,
and ye can do good and be restored unto that which is good, or have that which
is good restored unto you; or ye can do evil, and have that which is evil
restored unto you.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel15</bookName>
<text>And now my beloved brethren, behold, I
declare unto you that except ye shall repent, your houses shall be left unto
you desolate; yea, except ye repent, your women shall have great cause to mourn
in the day that they shall give suck; for ye shall attempt to flee, and there
shall be no place for refuge; and wo unto them which are with child, for they
shall be heavy, and cannot flee; therefore they shall be trodden down, and
shall be left to perish; yea, wo unto this people which are called the people
of Nephi, except they shall repent when they shall see all those signs and
wonders which shall be showed unto them; for behold, they have been a chosen
people of the Lord; yea, the people of Nephi hath he loved, and also hath he
chastened them; yea, in the days of their iniquities hath he chastened them,
because he loveth them. But behold my brethren, the Lamanites hath he hated,
because their deeds have been evil continually; and this because of the
iniquity of the tradition of their fathers. But behold, salvation hath come
unto them, through the preaching of the Nephites; and for this intent hath the
Lord prolonged their days. And I would that ye should behold that the more part
of them are in the path of their duty, and they do walk circumspectly before
God, and they do observe to keep his commandments, and his statutes, and his
judgments, according to the law of Moses. Yea, I say unto you, that the more
part of them are doing this, and they are string, with unwearied diligence,
that they may bring the remainder of their brethren to the knowledge of the
truth; therefore there are many which add to their numbers daily. And behold ye
do know of yourselves, for ye have witnessed it, that as many of them as are
brought to the knowledge of the truth, and to know of the wicked and abominable
traditions of their fathers, and are led to believe the Holy Scriptures, yea,
the prophecies of the holy prophets, which are written, which leadeth them to
faith on the Lord, and unto repentance, which faith and repentance bringeth a change
of heart unto them, therefore as many as have come to this, ye know of
yourselve, are firm and steadfast in the faith, and in the thing wherewith they
have been made free. --And ye know also that they have buried their weapons of
war, and they fear to take them up lest by any means they shall sin; yea, ye
can see that they fear to sin; for behold, they will suffer themselves that
they be trodden down and slain by their enemies, and will not lift their swords
against them; and this because of their faith in Christ. And now because of
their steadfastness when they do believe in that thing which they do believe;
for because of their firmness when they are once enlightened, behold the Lord
shall bless them and prolong their days, notwithstanding their iniquity; yea,
even if they should dwindle in unbelief, the Lord shall prolong their days
until the time shall come which hath been spoken of by our fathers, and also by
the prophet Zenos, and many other prophets, concerning the restoration of our
brethren, the Lamanites again, to the knowledge of the truth; yea, I say unto
you, That in the latter times, the promises of the Lord notwithstanding the
many afflictions which they shall have, and notwithstanding they shall be
driven to and fro upon the face of the earth, and be hunted, and shall be
smitten and scattered abroad, having no place for refuge, the Lord shall be
merciful unto them; and this is according to the prophecy, that they shall
again be brought to the true knowledge, which is the knowledge of their Redeemer,
and their great and their true Shepherd, and be numbered among his sheep.
Therefore I say unto you, It shall be better for them than for you, except ye
repent. For behold, had the mighty works been shewn unto them which have been
shewn unto you; yea, unto them which have dwindled in unbelief because of the
traditions of their fathers, ye can see of yourselves, that they never would
again have dwindled in unbelief; therefore, saith the Lord, I will not utterly
destroy them, but I will cause that in the day of my wisdom, they shall return
again unto me, saith the Lord. And now behold, saith the Lord, concerning the
people of the Nephites, if they will not repent, and observe to do my will, I
will utterly destroy them, saith the Lord, because of their unbelief,
notwithstanding the many mighty works which I have done among them; and as
surely as the Lord liveth, shall these things be, saith the Lord.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xhel16</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that there were
many which heard the words of Samuel, the Lamanite, which he spake upon the
walls of the city. And as many as believed on his words, went forth and sought
for Nephi; and when they had came forth and found him, they confessed unto him
their sins and denied not, desiring that they might be baptized unto the Lord.
But as many as there were which did not believe in the words of Samuel, were
angry with him; and they cast stones at him upon the wall, and also many shot
arrows at him, as he stood upon the wall; but the spirit of the Lord was with
him, insomuch that they could not hit him with their stones, neither with their
arrows. Now when they saw this, that they could not hit him, there were many
more which did believe on his words, insomuch that they went away unto Nephi to
be baptized. For behold, Nephi was baptizing, and prophesying and preaching,
crying repentance unto the people; shewing signs and wonders; working miracles
among the people, that they might know that the Christ must shortly come;
telling them of things which must shortly come, that they might know and
remember at the time of their coming, that they had been made known unto them
beforehand, to the intent that they might believe; therefore as many as
believed on the words of Samuel, went forth unto him to be baptized, for they
came repenting and confessing their sins. But the more part of them did not
believe in the words of Samuel; therefore when they saw that they could not hit
him with their stones and their arrows, they cried unto their captains, saying,
Take this fellow and bind him, for behold, he hath a Devil; and because of the
power of the Devil which is in him, we cannot hit him with our stones and our
arrows; therefore take him and bind him, and away with him. And as they went
forth to lay their hands on him, behold, he did cast himself down from the
wall, and did flee out of their lands, yea, even unto his own counrty, and
began to preach and to prophesy among his own people. And behold, he was never
heard of more among the Nephites; and thus were the affairs of the people. And
thus ended the eighty and sixth year of the reign of the Judges over the people
of Nephi. And thus ended also, the eighty and seventh year of the reign of the
Judges, the more part of the people remaining in their pride and wickedness, and
the lesser part walking more circumspectly before God. And these were the
conditions also, in the eighty and eighth year of the reign of the Judges. And
there were but little alteration in the affairs of the people, save it were the
people began to be more hardened in iniquity, and do more and more of that
which was contrary to the commandments of God, in the eighty and ninth year of
the reign of the Judges. But it came to pass in the ninetieth year of the reign
of the Judges, there were great signs given unto the people, and wonders; and
the words of the prophets began to be fulfilled; and angels did appear unto
men, wise men, and did declare unto them glad tidings of great joy; thus in
this year the Scriptures began to be fulfilled. Nevertheless, the people began
to harden their hearts, all save it were the most believing part of them, both
of the Nephites, and also the Lamanites, and began to depend upon their own
strength, and upon their own wisdom, saying: Some things they may have guessed
right, among so many; but behold, we know that all these great and marvellous
works cannot come to pass, of which hath been spoken. And they began to reason
and contend among themselves, saying, That is not reasonable that such a being
as a Christ shall come; if so, and he be the Son of God, the Father of Heaven
and of earth, as it hath been spoken, why will he not shew himself unto us, as
well as unto they which shall be at Jerusalem? Yea, why will he not shew
himself in this land, as well as in the land of Jerusalem? But behold, we know
that this is a wicked tradition, which has been handed down unto us by our
fathers, to cause us that we should believe in some great and marvellous thing
which should come to pass, but not among us, but in a land which is far distant,
a land which we know not; therefore they can keep is in ignorance, for we
cannot witness with our own eyes that they are true. And they will by the
cunning and the mysterious arts of the evil one, work some great mystery, which
we cannot understand, which will keep us down to be servants to their words,
and also servants unto them, for we depend upon them for to teach us the word;
and thus will they keep us in ignorance, if we will yield ourselves unto them
all the days of our lives. And many more did the people imagine up in their
hearts, which were foolish and vain; and they were much disturbed, for Satan
did stir them up to do iniquity continually; yea, he did go about, spreading
rumors and contentions upon all the face of the land, that he might harden the
hearts of the people against that which is good, and against that which should
come; and notwithstanding the signs and the wonders which was wrought among the
people of the Lord, and the many miracles which they did, Satan did get great
hold upon the hearts of the people, upon all the face of the land. And thus
ended the ninetieth year of the reign of the Judges over the people of Nephi.
And thus ended the book of Helaman, according to the record of Helaman and his
sons.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne1</bookName>
<text>Now it came to pass that the ninety and
first year had passed away; and it was six hundred years from the time that
Lehi left Jerusalem; and it was in that year that Lachoneus was the Chief Judge
and the governor over the land. And Nephi, the son of Helaman, had departed out
of the land of Zarahemla, giving charge unto his son Nephi, which was his
eldest son, concerning the plates of brass, and all the records which had been
kept, and all those things which had been kept sacred, from the departure of
Lehi out of Jerusalem: then he departed out of the land, and whither he went,
no man knoweth; and his son Nephi did keep the records in his stead, yea, the
record of this people. And it came to pass that in the commencement of the
ninety and second year, behold the prophecies of the prophets began to be
fulfilled more fully; for there began to be greater signs and greater miracles
wrought among the people. But there were some which began to say, That the time
was past for the words to be fulfilled, which was spoken by Samuel, the
Lamanite. And they began to rejoice over their brethren, saying, the time is
past, and the words of Samuel are not fulfilled; therefore your joy and your
faith concerning this thing, hath been vain. And it came to pass that they did
make a great uproar throughout the land; and the people which believed, began
to be very sorrowful, lest by any means those things which had been spoken,
might not come to pass. But behold, they did watch steadfastly for that day,
and that night, and that day, which shall be as one day, as if there were no
night, that they might know that their faith had not been vain. Now it came to
pass that there was a day set apart by the unbelievers, that all those who
believed in those traditions, should be put to death, except the sign should
come to pass, which had been given by Samuel the prophet. Now it came to pass
that when Nephi, the son of Nephi, saw the wickedness of his people, his heart
was exceeding sorrowful. And it came to pass that he went out and bowed himself
down upon the earth, and cried mightly to his God, in behalf of his people;
yea, those which were about to be destroyed because of their faith in the
traditions of their fathers. And it came to pass that he cried mightly unto the
Lord, all the day; and behold, the voice of the Lord came unto him, saying:
Lift up your head and be of good cheer: for behold, the time is at hand, and on
this night shall the sign be given, and on the morrow come I into the world, to
shew unto the world that I will fulfil all that I have caused to be spoken by
the mouth of my Holy Prophets. Behold, I come unto my own, to fulfil all things
which I have made known unto the children of men, from the foundation of the
world, and to do the will, both of the Father, and the Son of the Father,
because of me, and of the Son, because of my flesh. And behold, the time is at
hand, and this night shall the sign be given. And it came to pass that the
words which came unto Nephi, was fulfilled, according as they had been spoken:
for behold, at the going down of the sun, there was no darkness; and the people
began to be astonished, because there was no darkness when the night came. And
there were many which had not believed the words of the prophets, fell to the
earth, and became as if they were dead, for they knew that the great plan of
destruction which they had laid for those who believed in the word of the
prophets, had been frustrated; for the sign which had been given was already at
hand; and they began to know that the Son of God must shortly appear; yea, in
fine, all the people upon the face of the whole earth, from the west to the
east, both in the land north and in the land south, were so exceedingly
astonished, that they fell to the earth; for they knew that the prophets had
testified of these things for many years, and that the sign which had been given,
was already at hand; and they began to fear because of their iniquity and their
unbelief. And it came to pass that there was no darkness in all that night, but
it was as light as though it was mid-day. And it came to pass that the sun did
rise in the morning again, according to its proper order; and they knew that it
was the day that the Lord should be born, because of the signs which had been
given. And it had come to pass, yea, all things, every whit, according to the
words of the prophets. And it came to pass also, that a new star did appear,
according to the word. And it came to pass that from this time forth, there
began to be lyings sent forth among the people, by Satan, to harden their
hearts, to the intent that they might not believe in those signs and wonders
which they had seen; but notwithstanding these lyings and deceivings, the more
part of the people did believe, and were converted unto the Lord. --And it came
to pass that Nephi went forth among the people, and also many others, baptizing
unto repentance, in the which, there were a great remission of sins. And thus
the people began to have peace in the land; and there were no contentions, save
it were a few that began to preach, endeavoring to prove by the Scriptures,
that it was no more expedient to observe the law of Moses. Now in this thing
they did err, having not understood the Scriptures. But it came to pass that
they soon became converted, and were convinced of the error which they were in:
for it was made known unto them that the law was not yet fulfilled, and that it
must be fulfilled in every whit; yea, the word came unto them that it must be
fulfilled; yea, that one jot nor title should not pass away, till it should all
be fulfilled; therefore in this same year, were they brought to a knowledge of
their error, and did confess their faults. And thus the ninety and second year
did pass away, bringing glad tidings unto the people because of the signs which
had come to pass, according to the words of the prophecy of all the Holy Prophets.
And it came to pass that the ninety and third year did also pass away in peace,
save it were for the Gadianton robbers, which dwelt in the mountains, which did
infest the land; for so strong were their holds and their secret places, that
the people could not overpower them; therefore they did commit many murders,
and did do much slaughter among the people. And it came to pass that in the
ninety and fourth year, they began to increase in a great degree, because there
were many dissenters of the Nephites which did flee unto them, which did cause
much sorrow unto those Nephites which did remain in the land; and there was
also a cause of much sorrow among the Lamanites; for behold, they had many
children which did grow up and began to wax strong in years, that they became
for themselves, and were led away by some which were Zoramites, by their lyings
and their flattering words, to join those Gadianton robbers; and thus were the
Lamanites afflicted also, and began to decrease as to their faith and
righteousness, because of the wickedness of the rising generation.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne2</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that thus passed away
the ninety and fifth year also, and the people began to forget those signs and
wonders which they had heard, and began to be less and less astonished at a
sign or a wonder from Heaven, insomuch that they began to be hard in their
hearts, and blind in their minds, and began to disbelieve all which they had
heard and seen, imagining up some vain thing in their hearts, that it was
wrought by men, and by the power of the Devil, to lead away and deceive the
hearts of the people; and thus did Satan get possession of the hearts of the
people again, insomuch that he did blind their eyes, and lead them away to
believe that the doctrine of Christ was a foolish and a vain thing. And it came
to pass that the people began to wax strong in wickedness and abominations; and
they did not believe that there should be any more signs or wonders given; and
Satan did go about, leading away the hearts of the people. tempting them and
causing them that they should do great wickedness in the land. And thus did
pass away the ninety and sixth year; and also the ninety and seventh year; and
also the ninety and eighth year; and also the ninety and ninth year; and also
an hundred years had passed away, since the days of Mosiah, which was the king
over the people of the Nephites. And six hundred and nine years had passed
away, since Lehi left Jerusalem; and nine years had passed away, from the time
which the sign was given, which was spoken of by the prophets, that Christ
should come into the world. Now the Nephites began to reckon their time from
this period which was the sign given, or from the coming of Christ; therefore,
nine years had passed away, and Nephi, which was the father of Nephi, which had
the charge of the records, did not return to the land of Zarahemla, and could
no where be found in all the land. And it came to pass that the people did
still remain in wickedness, notwithstanding the much preaching and prophesying
which was sent among them; and thus passed away the tenth year also; and the
eleventh year also passed away in iniquity. And it came to pass in the
thirteenth year, there began to be wars and contentions throughout all the
land: for the Gadianton robbers had become so numerous, and did slay so many of
the people, and did lay waste so many cities, and did spread so much death and
carnage throughout the land, that it became expedient that all the people, both
the Nephites and the Lamanites, should take up arms against them; therefore all
the Lamanites which had become converted unto the Lord, did unite with their
brethren, the Nephites, and were compelled, for the safety of their lives, and
their women and their children, to take up arms against those Gadianton
robbers; yea, and also maintain their rights, and their privileges of their
church, and of their worship, and their freedom, and their liberty. And it came
to pass that before the thirteenth year had passed away, the Nephites were
threatened with utter destruction, because of this war, which had become exceeding
sore. And it came to pass that those Lamanites which had united with the
Nephites, were numbered among the Nephites; and their curse was taken from
them, and their skin became white like unto the Nephites; and their young men
and their daughters became exceeding fair, and they were numbered among the
Nephites, and were called Nephites. And thus ended the thirteenth year. And it
came to pass in the commencement of the fourteenth year, the war between the
robbers and the people of Nephi did continue, and did become exceeding sore;
nevertheless, the people of Nephi did gain some advantage of the robbers,
insomuch that they did drive them back out of their lands into the mountains,
and into their secret places. And thus ended the fourteenth year. And in the
fifteenth year they did come forth against the people of Nephi; and because of
the wickedness of the people of Nephi, and their many contentions and
dissentions, the Gadianton robbers did gain many advantages over them. And thus
ended the fifteenth year; and thus were the people in a state of many
afflictions; and the sword of destruction did hang over them, insomuch that
they were about to be smitten down by it, and this because of their iniquity.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne3</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that in the
sixteenth year from the coming of Christ, Lachoneus, the Governor of the land,
received an epistle from the leaders and the Governor of this band of robbers;
and these were the words which were written, saying: Lachoneus, most noble and
Chief Governor of the land: behold I write this epistle unto you, and do give
unto you exceeding great praise because of your firmness, and also the firmness
of your people, in maintaining that which ye suppose to be your right and
liberty; yea, ye do stand well, as if ye were supported by the hand of God, in
the defence of your liberty, and your property, and your country, or that which
ye do call so. And it seemeth a pity unto me, most noble Lachoneus, that ye
should be so foolish and vain as to suppose that ye can stand against so many
brave men, which are at my command, which do now at this time stand in their
arms, and do await, with great anxiety, for the word, Go down upon the Nephites
and destroy them. And I knowing of their unconquerable spirit, having proved
them in the field of battle, and knowing of their everlasting hatred towards
you, because of the many wrongs which ye have done unto them, therefore if they
should come down against you, they would visit you with utter destruction;
therefore I have wrote this epistle, sealing it with mine own hand, feeling for
your welfare, because of your firmness in that which ye believe to be right,
and your noble spirit in the field of battle; therefore I write unto you
desiring that ye would yield up unto this my people, your cities, your lands,
and your possessions, rather than that they should visit you with the sword,
and that destruction should come upon you; or in other words, yield yourselves
up unto us, and unite with us, and become acquainted with our secret works, and
become our brethren, that ye may be like unto us; not our slaves, but our
brethren, and partners of all our substance. And behold, I swear unto you, if
ye will do this, with an oath, ye shall not be destroyed; but if ye will not do
this, I swear unto you, with an oath, that on the morrow month, I will command
that my armies shall come down against you, and they shall not stay their hand,
and shall spare not, but shall slay you, and shall let fall the sword upon you,
even until ye shall become extinct. And behold, I am Giddianhi, and I am the
Governor of this secret society of Gadianton; which society, and the works
thereof, I know to be good; and they are of ancient date, and they have been
handed down unto us. And I write this epistle unto you, Lachoneus, and I hope
that ye will deliver up your lands, and your possessions, without the shedding
of blood, that this my people may recover their rights and government which
have dissented away from you, because of your wickedness in retaining from them
their rights of government; and except ye do this, I will avenge their wrongs.
I am Giddianhi. And now it came to pass when Lachoneus received this epistle,
he was exceedingly astonished, because of the boldness of Giddianhi, demanding
the possession of the land of the Nephites, and also of threatening the people,
and avenging the wrongs of those that had received no wrong, save it were they
had wronged themselves, by dissenting away unto those wicked and abominable
robbers. Now behold, this Lachoneus, the Governor, was a plain man, and could
not be frightened by the demands and the threatenings of a robber; therefore he
did not hearken to the epistle of Giddianhi, the Governor of the robbers, but
he did cause that his people should cry unto the Lord for strength against the
time that the robbers should come down against them; yea, he sent a
proclamation among all the people, that they should gather together their
women, and their children, their flocks and their herds, and all their
substance, save it were their land, unto one place. And he caused that
fortifications should be built round about them, and the strength thereof
should be exceeding great. And he caused that there should be armies, both of
the Nephites and of the Lamanites, or of all of them which were numbered among
the Nephites, should be placed as guards round about, to watch them, and to
guard them from the robbers, day and night; yea, he said unto them, As the Lord
liveth, except ye repent of all your iniquities, and cry unto the Lord, that
they would in no wise be delivered out of the hands of those Gadianton robbers.
And so great and marvellous were the words and prophecies of Lachoneus, that
they did cause fear to come upon all the people, and they did exert themselves
in their might, to do according to the words of Lachoneus. And it came to pass
that Lachoneus did appoint Chief Captains over all the armies of the Nephites,
to command them at the time that the robbers should come down out of the
wilderness against them. Now the chiefest among all the Captains, and the great
Commander of all the armies of the Nephites, was appointed, and his name was
Gidgiddoni. Now it was the custom of all the Nephites, to appoint for their
Chief Captains, save it were in their times of wickedness, someone that had the
spirit of revelation, and also of prophecy; therefore this Gidgiddoni was a
great prophet among them, and also was the Chief Judge. Now the people said
unto Gidgiddoni, Pray unto the Lord, and let us go up upon the mountains, and
into the wilderness, that we may fall upon the robbers and destroy them, in
their own lands. But Gidgiddoni saith unto them, the Lord forbid; for if we
should go up against them, the Lord would deliver us into their hands;
therefore we will prepare ourselves in the centre of our lands, and we will
gather all out armies together, and we will not go against them, but we will
wait till they shall come against us; therefore, as the Lord liveth, if we do
this, he will deliver them into our hands. And it came to pass in the
seventeenth year in the latter end of the year, the proclamation of Lachoneus
had gone forth throughout all the face of the land, and they had taken their
horses and their chariots, and their cattle, and all their flocks, and their
herds, and their grain, and all their substance, and did march forth by
thousands, and by the tens of thousands, until they had all gone forth to the
place which had been appointed, that they should gather themselves together, to
defend themselves against their enemies. And the land which was appointed was
the land of Zarahemla, and the land which was between the land of Zarahemla and
the land Bountiful; yea, to the line which was between the land Bountiful and
the land Desolation; and there were a great many thousand people, which were
called Nephites, which did gather themselves together in this land. Now
Lachoneus did cause that they should gather themselves together in the land
southward, because of the great curse which was upon the land northward; and
they did fortify themselves against their enemies, and they did dwell in one
land, and in one body, and they did fear the words which had been spoken by
Lachoneus, insomuch that they did repent of all their sins; and they did put up
their prayers unto the Lord their God, that he would deliver them in the time
that their enemies should come down against them to battle. And they were
exceeding sorrowful because of their enemy. And Gidgiddoni did cause that they
should make weapons of war, of every kind, that they should be strong with
armor, and with shields, and with bucklers, after the manner of his
instruction.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne4</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that in the latter end
of the eighteenth year, those armies of robbers had prepared for battle, and
began to come down, and to sally forth from the hills, and out of the
mountains, and the wilderness, and their strong holds, and their secret places,
and began to take possession of the lands, both which was in the land south,
and which was in the land north, and began to take possession of all the lands
which had been deserted by the Nephites, and the cities which had been left
desolate. But behold there was no wild beasts nor game in those lands which had
been deserted by the Nephites, and there was no game for the robbers save it
were in the wilderness. And the robbers could not exist save it were in the
wilderness, for the want of food; for the Nephites had left their lands
desolate, and had gathered their flocks, and their herds, and all their
substance, and they were in one body; therefore there were no chance for the
robbers to plunder and to obtain food, save it were to come up in open battle
against the Nephites; and the Nephites being in one body, and having so great a
number, and having reserved for themselves provisions, and horses, and cattle,
and flocks of every kind, that they might subsist for the space of seven years,
in the which time they did hope to destroy the robbers from off the face of the
land. And thus the eighteenth year did pass away. And it came to pass that in
the nineteenth year, Giddianhi found that it was expedient that he should go up
to battle against the Nephites, for there was no way that they could subsist,
save it were to plunder, and rob, and murder. And they durst not spread
themselves upon the face of the land, insomuch that they could raise grain,
lest the Nephites should come upon them and slay them; therefore Giddianhi gave
commandment unto his armies, that in this year they should go up to battle
against the Nephites. And it came to pass that they did come up to battle; and
it was in the sixth month; and behold, great and terrible was the day that they
did come up to battle; and they were girded about after the manner of robbers;
and they had a lamb-skin about their loins, and they were dyed in blood; and
their heads were shorn; and they had head-plates upon them; and great and
terrible was the appearance of the armies of Giddianhi, because of their armor,
and because of their being dyed in blood. And it came to pass that the armies
of the Nephites, when they saw the appearance of the army of Giddianhi, had all
fallen to the earth, and did lift their cries to the Lord their God, that he
would spare them, and deliver them out of the hands of their enemies. And it
came to pass that when the armies of Gaddianhi saw this, they began to shout
with a loud voice, because of their joy; for they had supposed that the
Nephites had fallen with fear, because of the terror of their armies; but in
this thing they were disappointed, for the Nephites did not fear them, but they
did fear their God, and did supplicate him for protection; therefore when the
armies of Giddianhi did rush upon them, they were prepared to meet them; yea,
in the strength of the Lord they did receive them; and the battle commenced in
this the sixth month; and great and terrible was the slaughter thereof,
insomuch that there never was known so great a slaughter among all the people
of Lehi since he left Jerusalem. And notwithstanding the threatenings and the
oaths which Giddianhi had made, behold, the Nephites did beat them, insomuch
that they did fall back from before them. And it came to pass that Gidgiddoni
commanded that his armies should pursue them as far as to the borders of the
wilderness, and that they should not spare any that should fall into their
hands by the way; and thus they did pursue them, and did slay them, to the
borders of the wilderness, even until they had fulfilled the commandment of
Gidgiddoni. And it came to pass that Giddianhi, who had stood and fought with
boldness, was pursued as he fled; and being weary because of his much fighting,
he was overtaken and slain. And thus was the end of Giddianhi, the robber. And
it came to pass that the armies of the Nephites did return again to their place
of security. And it came to pass that this nineteenth year did pass away, and
the robbers did not come again to battle; neither did they come again in the
twentieth year; and in the twenty first year they did not come up to battle,
but they came up on all sides to lay siege round about the people of Nephi; for
they did suppose that if they should cut off the people of Nephi from their
lands, and should hem them in on every side, and if they should cut them off
from all their outward privileges, that they would cause them to yield
themselves up according to their wishes. Now they had appointed unto themselves
another leader, whose name was Zemnarihah; therefore it was Zemnarihah; that
did cause that this siege should take place. But behold this was an advantage
unto the Nephites; for it was impossible for the robbers to lay siege
sufficiently long to have an effect upon the Nephites, because of their much
provision which they had laid up in store because of the scantiness of
provisions among the robbers; for behold they had nothing save it were meat for
their substance, which meat they did obtain in the wilderness. And it came to
pass that the wild game became scarce in the wilderness, insomuch that the
robbers were about to perish with hunger. And the Nephites were continually
marching out by day and by night, and falling upon their armies, and cutting
them off by thousands and by ten thousands. And thus it became the desire of
the people of Zemnarihah, to withdraw from their design, because of the great
destruction which come upon them by night and by day. And it came to pass that
Zemnarihah did give command unto his people, that they should withdraw
themselves from the siege, and march into the farthermost parts of the land,
northward. And now Gidgiddoni, being aware of their design, and knowing their
weakness because of the want of food, and the great slaughter which had been
made among them, therefore he did send out his armies in the night- time, and
did cut off the way of their retreat, and did place his armies in the way of
their retreat; and this did they do in the night-time, and got on their march
beyond the robbers, so that on the morrow, when the robbers began their march,
they were met by the armies of the Nephites, both in their front and in their
rear. And the robbers which were on the south, were also cut off in their place
of retreat. And all these things were done by command of Gidgiddoni. And there
were many thousands which did yield themselves up prisoners unto the Nephites;
and the remainder of them were slain; and their leader Zemnarihah was taken,
and hanged upon a tree, yea, even upon the top thereof until he was dead. And
when they had hanged him until he was dead, they did fall the tree to the
earth, and did cry with a loud voice, saying, May the Lord preserve his people
in righteousness and in holiness of heart, that they may cause to be fell to
the earth all who shall seek to slay them because of power and secret
combinations, even as this man hath been fell to the earth. And they did
rejoice and cry again with one voice, saying, May the God of Abraham, and the
God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, protect this people in righteousness, so
long as they shall call on the name of their God for protection. And it came to
pass that they did break forth, all as one, in singing and praising their God,
for the great thing which he had done for them, in preserving them from falling
into the hands of their enemies; yea, they did cry, Hosanna to the Most High
God; and they did cry, Blessed be the name of the Lord God Almighty, the Most
High God. And their hearts were swollen with joy, unto the gushing out of many
tears, because of the great goodness of God in delivering them out of the hands
of their enemies; and they knew it was because of their repentance and their
humility that they had been delivered from an everlasting destruction.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne5</bookName>
<text>And now behold there was not a living soul
among all the people of the Nephites, which did doubt in the least thing in the
words of all the holy prophets which had spoken; for they knew that it must
needs be that they must be fulfilled; and they knew that it must be expedient
that Christ had come, because of the many signs which had been given, according
to the words of the prophets; and because of the things which had come to pass
already, they knew it must needs be that all things should come to pass
according to that which had been spoken; therefore they did forsake all their
sins, and their abominations, and their whoredoms, and did serve God with all
diligence, day and night. And now it came to pass that when they had taken all
the robbers prisoners, insomuch that none did escape which were not slain, they
did cast their prisoners into prison, and did cause the word of God to be
preached unto them; and as many as would repent of their sins and enter into a
covenant that they would murder no more, were set at liberty; but as many as
there were who did not enter into a covenant, and who did still continue to
have those secret murders in their hearts; yea, as many as were found breathing
out threatenings against their brethren, were condemned and punished according
to the law. And thus they did put an end to all those wicked, and secret, and
abominable combinations, in the which there were so much wickedness, and so
many murders committed. And thus had the twenty and second year passed away,
and the twenty and third year also, and the twenty and fourth, and the twenty
and fifth; and thus had twenty and five years passed away, and there had been
many things transpired which, in the eyes of some, would be great and
marvellous; nevertheless, they cannot all be written in this book; yea, this
book cannot contain even a hundredth part of what was done among so many people
in the space of twenty and five years; but behold there are records which do
contain all the proceedings of this people; and a more short but a true account
was given by Nephi; therefore I have made my record of these things according
to the record of Nephi, which were engraven on the plates which were called the
plates of Nephi. And behold I do make the record on plates which I have made
with mine own hands. And behold, I am called Mormon, being called after the land
of Mormon, the land in which Alma did establish the church among the people;
yea, the first church which was established among them after their
transgression. Behold I am a disciple of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. I have
been called of him to declare his word among his people, that they might have
everlasting life. And it hath become expedient that I according to the will of
God, that the prayers of those which have gone hence, which were the holy ones,
should be fulfilled according to their faith, should make a record of these
things which have been done; yea, a small record of that which hath taken place
from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem, even down until the present time;
therefore I do make my record from the accounts which hath been given by those
which were before me, until the commencement of my day; and then I do make a
record of the things which I have seen with mine own eyes. And I know the
record which I make to be a just and true record; neverthelers there are many
things which according to our language, we are not able to write. And now I
make an end of my sayings which is of myself, and proceed to give my account of
the things which hath been before me. I am Mormon, and a pure descendant of
Lehi. I have reason to bless my God and my saviour Jesus Christ, that he
brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem, (and no one knew it save it
were himself and those which he brought out of that land,) and that he hath
given me and my people so much knowledge unto the salvation of our souls. Surely
he hath blessed the house of Jacob, and hath been merciful unto the seed of
Joseph. An insomuch as the children of Lehi hath kept his commandments, he hath
blessed them and prospered them according to his word; yea, and surely shall he
again bring a remnant of the seed of Joseph to the knowledge of the Lord their
God; and as surely as the Lord liveth will he gather in from the four quarters
of the earth, all the remnant of the seed of Jacob, which was scattered abroad
upon all the face of the earth; and as he hath covenanted with all the house
Jacob, even so shall the covenant wherewith he hath covenanted with the house
of Jacob, be fulfilled in his own due time, unto the restoring all the house of
Jacob unto the knowledge of the covenant that he hath covenanted with them; and
then shall they know their Redeemer, which is Jesus Christ, the Son of God; and
then shall they be gathered in from the four quarters of the earth, unto their
lands, from whence they have been dispersed; yea, as the Lord liveth, so shall
it be. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne6</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that the people of
the Nephites did all return to their own lands, in the twenty and sixth year,
every man, with his family, his flocks and his herds, his horses and his
cattle, and all things whatsoever did belong unto them. And it came to pass
that they had not eaten up all their provisions; therefore they did take with
them all that they had not devoured, of all their grain of every kind, and
their gold, and their silver, and all their precious things, and they did
return to their own lands and their possessions, both on the north, and on the
south, both in the lands northward and on the land southward. And they granted
unto those robbers which had entered into a covenant to keep the peace, of the
band which were desirous to remain Lamanites, lands, according to their
numbers, that they might have with their labors, wherewith to subsist upon; and
thus they did establish peace in all the land. And they began again to prosper
and to wax great; and the twenty and sixth and seventh years passed away, and
there was great order in the land; and they had formed their laws according to
equity and justice. And now there was nothing in all the land, to hinder the
people from prospering continually, except they should fall into transgression.
And now it was Gidgiddoni, and the Judge Lachoneus, and those which had been
appointed leaders, which had established this great peace in the land. And it
came to pass that there were many cities built anew, and there were many old
cities repaired; and there were many highways cast up, and many roads made,
which led from city to city, and from land to land, and from place to place.
And thus passed away the twenty and eighth year, and the people had continual
peace. But it came to pass in the twenty and ninth year, there began to be some
disputings among the people; and some were lifted up in pride and boastings,
because of their exceeding great riches, yea, even unto great persecutions: for
there were many merchants in the land, and also many lawyers, and many officers.
And the people began to be distinguished by ranks, according to their riches,
and their chances for learning; yea, some were ignorant because of their
poverty, and others did receive great learning because of their riches; some
were lifted up in pride, and others were exceeding humble; some did return
railing for railing, while others would receive railing, and persecution, and
all manner of afflictions, and would not turn and revile again, but were humble
and penitent before God; and thus there became a great inequality in all the
land, insomuch that the church began to be broken up; yea, insomuch that in the
thirtieth year the church was broken up in all the land, save it were among a
few of the Lamanites, which were converted unto the true faith; and they would
not depart from it, for they were firm, and steadfast, and immoveable, willing
with all diligence to keep the commandments of the Lord. Now the cause of this
iniquity of the people was this: Satan had great power unto the stirring up of
the people to do all manner of iniquity, and to the puffing them up with pride,
tempting them to seek for power, and authority, and riches, and the vain things
of the world. And thus Satan did lead away the hearts of the people, to do all
manner of iniquity; therefore they had not enjoyed peace but a few years. And
thus in the commencement of the thirtieth year, the people having been
delivered up for the space of a long time, to be carried about by the
temptations of the Devil whithersoever he desired to carry them, and to do
whatsoever iniquity he desired they should; and thus in the commencement of
this, the thirtieth year, they were in a state of awful wickedness. Now they
did not sin ignorantly, for they knew the will of God concerning them, for it
had been taught unto them; therefore they did wilfully rebel against God. And
now it was in the days of Lachoneus, the son of Lachoneus: for Lachoneus did
fill the seat of his father, and did govern the people that year. And there
began to be men inspired from heaven, and sent forth, standing among the people
in all the land, preaching and testifying boldly of the sins and iniquities of
the people, and testifying unto them concerning the redemption which the Lord
would make for his people; or in other words, the resurrection of Christ; and
they did testify boldly of his death and sufferings. Now there were many of the
people which were exceeding angry, because of those which testified of these
things; and those which were angry, were chiefly the Chief Judges, and they
which had been High Priests, and lawyers; yea, all they which were lawyers,
were angry with those which testified of these things. Now there was no lawyer,
nor Judge, nor High Priest, that could have power to condemn any one to death,
save their condemnation was signed by the governor of the land. Now there were
many of those which testified of the things pertaining to Christ, which
testified boldly, which were taken and put to death secretly, by the Judges,
that the knowledge of their death came not unto the governor of the land, until
after their death. Now behold, this was contrary to the laws of the land, that
any man should be put to death, except they had power from the governor of the
land; therefore a complaint came up unto the land of Zarahemla, to the governor
of the land, against these Judges which had condemned the prophets of the land
unto death, not according to the law. Now it came to pass that they were taken
and brought up before the Judge, to be judged of the crime which they had done,
according to the law which had been given by the people. Now it came to pass
that those Judges had many friends and kindreds; and the remainder, yea, even
almost all the lawyers and the High Priests, did gather themselves together,
and unite with the kindreds of those Judges which were to be tried according to
the law; and they did enter into a covenant one with another, yea, even into
that covenant which was given by them of old, which covenant was given and
administered by the Devil, to combine against all righteousness; therefore they
did combine against the people of the Lord, and enter into a covenant to
destroy them, and to deliver those which were guilty of murder from the grasp
of justice, which was about to be administered according to the law. And they
did set at defiance the law and the rights of their country; and they did
covenant, one with another, to destroy the governor, and to establish a king
over the land, that the land should no more be at liberty, but should be
subject unto kings.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne7</bookName>
<text>Now behold, I will shew unto you that they
did not establish a king over the land; but in the same year, yea, the
thirtieth year, they did destroy upon the judgment seat, yea, did murder the
Chief Judge of the land. And the people were divided one against another; and
they did separate one from another, into tribes, every man according to his
family, and his kindred and friends; and thus they did destroy the government
of the land. And every tribe did appoint a Chief, or a leader over them; and
thus they became tribes, and leaders of tribes. Now behold, there was no man
among them, save he had much family and many kindreds and friends; therefore
their tribes became exceeding great. Now all this was done, and there was no
wars as yet among them; and all this iniquity had come upon the people, because
they did yield themselves unto the power of Satan; and the regulations of the
government was destroyed, because of the secret combinations of the friends and
kindreds of them which murdered the prophets. And they did cause great
contention in the land, insomuch that the more righteous part of the people,
although they were nearly all become wicked; yea, there were but few righteous
men among them. And thus six years had not passed away, since the more part of
the people had turned from their righteousness, like the dog to his vomit, or
like the sow to her wallowing in the mire. --Now this great combination which
had brought so great iniquity upon the people, did gather themselves together,
and did place at their head a man whom they did call Jacob; and they did call
him their king; therefore he became a king over this wicked band; and he was
one of the chiefest which had given his voice against the prophets which
testified of Jesus. --And it came to pass that they were not so strong in
number as the tribes of the people which were united together, save it were
their leaders did establish their laws, every one according to his tribe;
nevertheless they were enemies, notwithstanding they were not a righteous
people; yet they were united in the hatred of those who had entered into a
covenant to destroy the government; therefore Jacob seeing that their enemies
were more numerous than they, he being the king of the band, therefore he
commanded his people that they should take their flight into the northernmost
part of the land, and there build up unto themselves a kingdom, until they were
joined by dissenters, (for he flattered them that there would be many
dissenters,) and they become sufficiently strong to contend with the tribes of
the people. And they did so; and so speedy was their march, that it could not
be impeded, until they had gone forth out of the reach of the people. And thus
ended the thirtieth year; and thus were the affairs of the people of Nephi. And
it came to pass in the thirty and first year, that they were divided into
tribes, every man according to his family, kindred and friends; nevertheless
they had come to an agreement that they would not go to war one with another;
but they were not united as to their laws, and their manner of government, for
they were established according to the minds of them which was their chiefs and
their leaders. But they did establish very strict laws that one tribe should
not trespass against another, insomuch that in some degree they had peace in
the land; nevertheless, their hearts were turned from the Lord their God, and
they did stone the prophets, and did cast them out from among them. And it came
to pass that Nephi, having been visited by angels, and also by the voice of the
Lord, therefore having seen angels, and being an eyewitness, and having had
power given unto him that he might know concerning the ministry of Christ, and
also being eyewitness to their quick return from righteousness unto their
wickedness and abominations; therefore, being grieved for the hardness of their
hearts, and the blindness of their minds, went forth among them in that same
year, and began to testify boldly, repentance and remission of sins through
faith on the Lord Jesus Christ. And he did minister many things unto them; and
all of them cannot be written, and a part of them would not suffice; therefore
they are not written in this book. And Nephi did minister with power and with
great authority. And it came to pass that they were angry with him, even
because he had greater power than they, for it were not possible that they
could disbelieve his words; for so great was his faith on the Lord Jesus
Christ, that angels did minister unto him daily; and in the name of Jesus did
he cast out devils and unclean spirits; and even his brother did he raise from the
dead, after he had been stoned and suffered death by the people; and the people
saw it, and did witness of it, and were angry with him, because of his power;
and he did also do many more miracles, in the sight of the people, in the name
of Jesus. And it came to pass that the thirty and first year did pass away, and
there were but few which were converted unto the Lord; but as many as were
converted, did truly signify unto the people that they had been visited by the
power and spirit of God, which was in Jesus Christ, in whom they believed.
--And as many as had devils cast out from them, and were healed of their
sicknesses and their infirmities, did truly manifest unto the people that they
had been wrought upon by the spirit of God, and had been healed; and they did
shew forth signs also, and did do some miracles among the people. And it came
to pass that thus passed away the thirty and second year also. And Nephi did
cry unto the people in the commencement of the thirty and third year; and he
did preach unto them repentance and remission of sins. Now I would have you to
remember also, that there were none which were brought unto repentance, who
were not baptized with water; therefore there were ordained of Nephi, men unto
this ministry, that all such as should come unto them, should be baptized with
water, and this as a witness and a testimony before God, and unto the people,
that they had repented and received a remission of their sins. And there were
many in the commencement of this year, that were baptized unto repentance; and
thus the more part of the year did pass away.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne8</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that according to
our record, and we know our record to be true: for behold, it was a just man
which did keep the record; for he truly did many miracles in the name of Jesus;
and there was not any man which could do a miracle in the name of Jesus, save
he were cleansed every whit from his iniquity. And now it came to pass, if
there was no mistake made by this man in the reckoning of our time, the thirty
and third year had passed away, and the people began to look with great
earnestness for the sign which had been given by the prophet Samuel, and
Lamanite; yea, for the time that there should be darkness for the space of
three days, over the face of the land. And there began to be great doubtings
and disputations among the people, notwithstanding so many signs had been
given. And it came to pass in the thirty and fourth year, in the first month,
in the fourth day of the month, there arose a great storm, such an one as never
had been known in all the land; and there was also a great and terrible
tempest; and there was terrible thunder, insomuch that it did shake the whole
earth as if it was about to divide asunder; and there was exceeding sharp
lightnings, such as never had been known in all the land. And the city of
Zarahemla did take fire; and the city of Moroni did sink into the depths of the
sea, and the inhabitants thereof were drowned; and the earth was carried up
upon the city of Moronihah, that in the place of the city thereof, there became
a great mountain; and there was a great and terrible destruction in the land
southward. But behold, there was a more great and terrible destruction in the
land northward: for behold, the whole face of the land changed, because of the
tempest, and the whirlwinds, and the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the
exceeding great quaking of the whole earth; and the highways were broken up,
and the level roads were spoiled, and many smooth places became rough, and many
great and noble cities were sunk, and many were burned, and many were shook
till the buildings thereof had fallen to the earth, and the inhabitants thereof
were slain, and the places were left desolate; and there were some cities which
remained; but the damage thereof was exceeding great, and there were many in them
which were slain; and there were some which were carried away in the whirlwind;
and whither they went, no man knoweth, save they know that they were carried
away; and thus the face of the whole earth became deformed, because of the
tempests, and the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the quaking of the
earth. And behold, the rocks were rent in twain; yea, they were broken up upon
the face of the whole earth, insomuch that they were found in broken fragments,
and in seams, and in cracks, upon all the face of the land. And it came to pass
that when the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the storm, and the tempest,
and the quakings of the earth did cease --for behold, they did last for about
the space of three hours; and it was said by some that the time was greater;
nevertheless, all these great and terrible things were done in about the space
of three hours; and then behold, there was darkness upon the face of the land.
And it came to pass that there was thick darkness upon the face of all the
land, insomuch that the inhabitants thereof which had not fallen, could feel
the vapour of darkness; and there could be no light, because of the darkness,
neither candles, neither torches; neither could there be fire kindled with
their fine and exceeding dry wood, so that there could not be any light at all;
and there was not any light seen, neither fire, nor glimmer, neither the sun,
nor the moon, nor the stars, for so great were the midst of darkness which were
upon the face of the land. And it came to pass that it did last for the space
of three days, that there was no light seen; and there was great mourning, and
howling, and weeping among all the people continually; yea, great were the
groanings of the people, because of the darkness and the great destruction which
had come upon them. And in one place they were heard to cry, saying: O that we
had repented before this great and terrible day, and then would our brethren
have been spared, and they would not have been burned in that great city
Zarahemla. And in another place they were heard to cry and mourn, saying: O
that we had repented before this great and terrible day, and had not killed and
stoned the prophets, and cast them out; then would our mothers, and our fair
daughters, and our children have been spared, and not have been buried up in
that great city Moronihah; and thus were the howlings of the people great and
terrible.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne9</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that there was a voice
heard among all the inhabitants of the earth upon all the face of this land,
crying, Wo, wo, wo unto this people; wo unto the inhabitants of the whole
earth, except they shall repent, for the Devil laugheth, and his angels
rejoice, because of the slain of the fair sons and daughters of my people; and
it is because of their iniquity and abominations that they are fallen. Behold,
that great city Zarahemla have I burned with fire, and the inhabitants thereof.
And behold, that great city Moroni have I caused to be sunk in the depths of
the sea, and the inhabitants to be drowned. And behold, that great city
Moronihah have I covered with earth, and the inhabitants thereof, to hide their
iniquities and their abominations from before my face, that the blood of the
prophets and the saints shall not come up any more unto me against them. And
behold, the city of Gilgal have I caused to be sunk, and the inhabitants
thereof to be buried up in the depths of the earth; yea, and the city Onihah,
and the inhabitants thereof, and the city of Mocum, and the inhabitants
thereof, and the city of Jerusalem, and the inhabitants thereof, and waters
have I caused to come up in the stead thereof, to hide their wickedness and
abominations from before my face, that the blood of the prophets and the saints
shall not come up any more unto me against them. And behold, the city of
Gadiandi, and the city of Gadiomnah, and the city of Jacob, and the city of
Gimgimno, all these have I caused to be sunk, and made hills and valleys in the
places thereof, and the inhabitants thereof have I buried up in the depths of
the earth, to hide their wickedness and abominations from before my face, that
the blood of the prophets and the saints should not come up any more unto me
against them. --And behold, that great city Jacobugath, which was inhabited by
the people of the king of Jacob, have I caused to be burned with fire, because
of their sins and their wickedness, which was above all the wickedness of the
whole earth, because of their secret murders and combinations: for it was they
that did destroy the peace of my people and the government of the land;
therefore I did cause them to be burned, to destroy them from before my face,
that the blood of the prophets and the saints should not come up unto me any
more against them. And behold, the city of Laman, and the city of Josh, and the
city of Gad, and the city of Kishkumen, have I caused to be burned with fire,
and the inhabitants thereof, because of their wickedness in casting out the
prophets, and stoning them which I did send to declare unto them concerning
their wickedness and their abominations; and because they did cast them all
out, that there were none righteous among them, I did send down fire and
destroy them, that their wickedness and abominations might be hid from before
my face, that the blood of the prophets and the saints which I sent among them,
might not cry unto me from the ground against them; and many great destructions
have I caused to come upon this land, and upon this people, because of their
wickedness and their abominations. O all ye that are spared, because ye were
more righteous than they! will ye not now return unto me, and repent of your
sins, and be converted, that I may heal you? Yea, verily I say unto you, if ye
will come unto me, ye shall have eternal life. Behold, mine arm of mercy is
extended towards you, and whosoever will come, him will I receive; and blessed
are they which cometh unto me. Behold, I am Jesus Christ, the Son of God. I
created the Heavens and the earth, and all things that in them is. I was with
the Father from the beginning. I am in the Father, and the Father in me; and in
me hath the Father glorified his name. I came unto my own, and my own received
me not. And the scriptures, concerning my coming are fulfilled. And as many as
have received me, to them have I given to become the Sons of God; and even so
will I to as many as shall believe on my name: for behold, by me redemption
cometh, and in me is the law of Moses fulfilled. I am the light and the life of
the world. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. And ye shall offer
up unto me the shedding of blood; yea, your sacrifices and your burnt offerings
shall be done away, for I will accept none of your sacrifices and your burnt
offerings; and ye shall offer for a sacrifice unto me a broken heart and a
contrite spirit. And whoso cometh unto me with a broken heart and a contrite
spirit, him will I baptize with fire and with the Holy Ghost, even as the
Lamanites, because of their faith in me, at the time of their conversion, were
baptized with fire and with the Holy Ghost, and they knew it not. Behold, I
have come unto the world to bring redemption unto the world, to save the world
from sin; therefore whoso repenteth and cometh unto me as a little child, him
will I receive; for of such is the kingdom of God. Behold, for such I have laid
down my life, and have taken it up again; therefore repent, and come unto me ye
ends of the earth, and be saved.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne10</bookName>
<text>And now behold it came to pass that all the
people of the land did hear these sayings, and did witness of it. And after
these sayings there was a silence in the land for the space of many hours; for
so great was the astonishment of the people that they did cease lamenting and
howling for the loss of their kindred which had been slain; therefore there was
silence in all the land for the space of many hours. And it came to pass that
there came a voice again unto the people, and all the people did hear, and did
witness of it, saying: O ye people of these great cities which have fallen,
which are the descendant of Jacob; yea, which are of the house of Israel; O ye
people of the house of Israel, how oft have I gathered you as a hen gathereth
her chickens under her wings, and have nourished you. And again, how oft would
I have gathered you, as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings; yea, O ye
people of the house of Israel, which have fallen; yea, ye people of the house
of Israel; ye that dwell at Jerusalem, as ye that have fallen; yea, how oft
would I have gathered you as a hen gathereth her chickens, and ye would not. O
ye house of Israel, whom I have spared, how oft will I gather you as a hen
gathereth her chickens under her wings, if ye will repent and return unto me
with full purpose of heart. But if not, O house of Israel, the places of your
dwellings shall become desolate, until the time of the fulfilling of the
covenant to your fathers. And now it came to pass that after the people had
heard these words, behold they began to weep and howl again, because of the
loss of their kindred and friends. And it came to pass that thus did the three
days pass away. And it was in the morning and the darkness dispersed from off
the face of the land, and the earth did cease to tremble, and the rocks did
cease to rend, and the dreadful groanings did cease, and all the tumultous
noises did pass away, and the earth did cleave together again, that it stood,
and the mourning, and the weeping, and the wailing of the people which were
spared alive, did cease; and their mourning was turned into joy, and their
lamentations into the praise and the thanksgiving unto the Lord Jesus Christ,
their Redeemer: And thus far were the scriptures fulfilled, which had been
spoken by the prophets. --And it was the more righteous part of the people
which were saved, and it was they which received the prophets, and stoned them
not; and it was they which had not shed the blood of the saints, which were
spared; and they were spared, and were not sunk and buried up in the earth; and
they were not drowned in the depths of the sea; and they were not burned by
fire, neither were they fallen upon and crushed to death; and they were not
carried away in the whirlwind; neither were they overpowered by the vapor of
smoke and of darkness. And now whoso readeth, let him understand; he that hath
the scriptures, let him search them, and see and behold if all these deaths and
destructions by fire, and by smoke, and by tempests, and by whirlwinds, and by
the opening of the earth to receive them, and all these things is not unto the
fulfilling of the prophecies of many of the holy prophets. Behold I say unto
you yea, many have testified of these things at the coming of Christ, and were
slain because they testified of these things; yea, the prophet Zenos did
testify of these things, and also Zenock spake concerning these things, because
they testified particular concerning us, which is the remnant of their seed.
Behold our father Jacob also testified concerning a remnant of the seed of
Joseph. And behold, are not we a remnant of the seed of Joseph? And those
things which testifies of us, are they not written upon the plates of brass
which our father Lehi brought out of Jerusalem? And it came to pass that in the
ending of the thirty and fourth year, behold I will shew unto you that the people
of Nephi which were spared, and also they which had been called Lamanites,
which had been spared, did have great favors shew unto them, and great
blessings poured out upon their heads, insomuch that soon after the ascension
of Christ into Heaven, he did truly manifest himself unto them, shewing his
body unto them, and ministering unto them; and an account of his ministry shall
be given hereafter. Therefore this time I make an end of my sayings.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne11</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that there were a
great multitude gathered together, of the people of Nephi, round about the
temple which was in the land Bountiful; and they were marvelling and wondering
one with another, and were shewing one to another the great and marvellous
change which had taken place; and they were also conversing about this Jesus
Christ, of which the sign had been given, concerning his death. And it came to
pass that while they were thus conversing one with another, they heard a voice,
as if it came out of Heaven; and they cast there eyes round about, for they
understood not the voice which they heard; and it was not a harsh voice,
neither was it a loud voice; nevertheless, and notwithstanding it being a small
voice, it did pierce them that did hear, to the centre, insomuch that there
were no part of their frame that it did not cause to quake; yea, it did pierce
them to the very soul, and did cause their hearts to burn. --And it came to
pass that again they heard the voice, and they understood it not; and again the
third time they did hear the voice, and did open their ears to hear it; and
their eyes were towards the sound thereof; and they did look steadfastly
towards Heaven, from whence the sound came; and behold, the third time they did
understand the voice which they heard; and it saith unto them, Behold, my
beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased, in whom I have glorified my name, hear
ye him. And it came to pass as they understood, they cast their eyes up again
towards Heaven, and behold, they saw a man descending out of Heaven: and he was
clothed in a white robe, and he came down and stood in the midst of them, and
the eyes of the whole multitude was turned upon him, and they durst not open
their mouths, even one to another, and wist not what it meant: for they thought
it was an angel that had appeared unto them. And it came to pass that he
stretched forth his hand, and spake unto the people, saying: Behold I am Jesus
Christ, of which the prophets testified that should come into the world; and
behold I am the light and the life of the world, and I have drank out of the
bitter cup which the Father hath given me, and have glorified the Father in
taking upon me the sins of the world, in the which I have suffered the will of
the Father in all things, from the beginning. And it came to pass that when
Jesus had spake these words, the whole multitude fell to the earth, for they
remembered that it had been prophesied among them that Christ should shew
himself unto them after his ascension into Heaven. And it came to pass that the
Lord spake unto them saying: Arise and come forth unto me, that ye may thrust
your hands into my side, and also that ye may feel the prints of the nails in
my hands, and in my feet, that ye may know that I am the God of Israel, and the
God of the whole earth, and have been slain for the sins of the world. And it
came to pass that the multitude went forth, and thrust their hands into his
side, and did feel the prints of the nails in his hands and in his feet; and
this they did do, going forth one by one, until they had all gone forth, and did
see with their eyes, and did feel with their hands, and did know of a surety,
and did bear record, that it was he, of whom it was written by the prophets
that should come. And it came to pass that when they had all gone forth, and
had witnessed for themselves, they did cry out with one accord, saying:
Hosanna! Blessed be the name of the Most High God! And they did fall down at
the feet of Jesus, and did worship him. And it came to pass that he spake unto
Nephi, (for Nephi was among the multitude,) and he commanded him that he should
come forth. And Nephi arose and went forth, and bowed himself before the Lord,
and he did kiss his feet. --And the Lord commanded him that he should arise.
And he arose and stood before him. And the Lord said unto him, I give unto you
power that ye shall baptize this people, when I am again ascended into heaven.
And again the Lord called others, and said unto them likewise; and he gave unto
them power to baptize. And he saith unto them, On this wise shall ye baptize;
and there shall be no disputations among you. Verily I say unto you, that whoso
repenteth of his sins through your words, and desireth to be baptized in my
name, on this wise shall ye baptize them: Behold, ye shall go down and stand in
the water, and in my name shall ye baptize them. And now behold, these are the
words which ye shall say, calling them by name, saying: Having authority given
me of Jesus Christ, I baptize you in the name of the Father, and the Son, and
of the Holy Ghost. Amen. And then shall ye immerse them in the water, and come
forth again out of the water. And after this manner shall ye baptize in my
name, for behold, verily I say unto you, that the Father, and the Son, and the
Holy Ghost are one; and I am in the Father, and the Father in me, and the Father
and I are one. And according as I have commanded you, thus shall ye baptize.
And there shall be no disputations among you, as there hath hitherto been;
neither shall there be disputations among you concerning the points of my
doctrine, as there hath hitherto been; for verily, verily I say unto you, he
that hath the spirit of contention, is not of me, but is of the Devil, which is
the father of contention, and he stirreth up the hearts of men to contend with
anger, one with another. Behold, this is not my doctrine, to stir up the hearts
of men with anger, one against another; but this is my doctrine, that such
things should be done away. Behold, verily, verily I say unto you, I will
declare unto you my doctrine. And this is my doctrine, and it is the doctrine
which the Father hath given unto me; and I bear record of the Father, and the
Father beareth record of me, and the Holy Ghost beareth record of the Father
and me, and I bear record that the father commandeth all men, every where to
repent and believe in me; and whoso believeth in me, and is baptized, the same
shall be saved; and they are they which shall inherit the kingdom of God. And
whoso believeth not in me, and is not baptized, shall be damned. --Verily,
verily I say unto you, that this is my doctrine; and I bear record of it from
the Father; and whoso believeth in me, believeth in the Father also; and unto
him will the Father bear record of me; for he will visit him with fire, and
with the Holy Ghost; and thus will the Father bear record of me: and the Holy
Ghost will bear record unto him of the Father and me: for the father, and I,
and the Holy Ghost, are one. And again I say unto you, ye must repent, and
become as a child, and be baptized in my name, or ye can in nowise receive
these things. And again I say unto you, Ye must repent, and be baptized in my
name, and become as a little child, or ye can in nowise inherit the kingdom of
God. Verily, verily I say unto you, that this is my doctrine; and whoso
buildeth upon this, buildeth upon my rock; and the gates of hell shall not
prevail against them. And whoso shall declare more or less than this, and
establish it for my doctrine, the same cometh of evil, and is not built upon my
rock, but he buildeth upon a sandy foundation, and the gates of hell standeth
open to receive such when the floods come, and the winds beat upon them.
Therefore go forth unto this people and declare the words which I have spoken,
unto the ends of the earth.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne12</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that when Jesus had
spoken these words unto Nephi, and to those which had been called, (now the
number of them which had been called, and received power and authority to
baptize, were twelve,) and behold he stretched forth his hand unto the
multitude, and cried unto them saying: Blessed are ye, if ye shall give heed
unto them saying, Blessed are ye, if ye shall give heed unto the words of these
twelve which I have chosen from among you to minister unto you, and to be your
servants; and unto them I have given power, that they may baptize you with
water; and after that ye are baptized with water, behold I will baptize you
with fire and with the Holy Ghost; therefore blessed are ye, if ye shall
believe in me, and be baptized, after that ye have seen me, and know that I am.
And again, more blessed are they which shall believe in your words, because
that ye shall testify that ye have seen me, and that ye know that I am. Yea,
blessed are they which shall believe in your words, and come down into the
depths of humility, and be baptized; for they shall be visited with fire and
with the Holy Ghost, and shall receive a remission of their sins. Yea, blessed
are the poor in spirit, which cometh unto me, for theirs is the kingdom of
Heaven. And again, blessed are all they that mourn, for they shall be
comforted; and blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth. And
blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness, for they shall
be filled with the Holy Ghost. And blessed are the merciful, for they shall
obtain mercy. And blessed are all the pure in heart, for they shall see God.
And blessed are all the peace-makers, for they shall be called the children of
God. And blessed are they which are persecuted, for my namesake, for theirs is the
kingdom of Heaven. And blessed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute,
and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake, for ye shall
have great joy and be exceeding glad, for great shall be your reward in Heaven:
for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you. Verily, verily I say
unto you, I give unto you to be the salt of the earth; but if the salt shall
lose its savor, wherewith shall the earth be salted? The salt shall be
thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under the
foot of men. Verily, verily I say unto you, I give unto you to be the light of
this people. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. Behold, do men light a
candle and put it under a bushel? Nay, but on a candle-stick, and it giveth
light to all that are in the house; therefore let your light so shine before
this people, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which
is in Heaven. Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets. I am
not come to destroy but to fulfil: for verily I say unto you, one jot nor one
tittle hath not passed away from the law, but in me it hath all been fulfilled.
And behold I have given unto you the law and the commandments of my Father,
that ye shall believe in me, and that ye shall repent of your sins, and come
unto me with a broken heart and a contrite spirit. Behold, ye have the
commandments before you, and the law is fulfilled; therefore come unto me and
be ye saved; for verily I say unto you, that except ye shall keep my
commandments, which I have commanded you at this time, ye shall in no case
enter into the kingdom of heaven. Ye have heard that it hath been said by them
of old time, and it is also written before you, that thou shalt not kill; and
whosoever kill, shall be in danger of the judgment of God. But I say unto you,
that whosoever is angry with his brother, shall be in danger of his judgment.
And whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the
council; and whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire;
therefore, if ye shall come unto me, or shall desire to come unto me, and
rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee, go thy way unto thy
brother, and first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come unto me with
full purpose of heart, and I will receive you. Agree with thine adversary
quickly, while thou art in the way with him, lest any time he shall get thee,
and thou shalt be cast into prison. Verily, verily I say unto thee, thou shalt
by no means come out thence, until thou hast paid the uttermost senine. --And
while ye are in prison, can ye pay even one senine? Verily, verily I say unto
you, Nay. Behold, it is written by them of old time, that thou shalt not commit
adultery; but I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman, to lust after
her, hath committed adultery already in his heart. Behold, I give unto you a
commandment, that ye suffer none of these things to enter into your heart: for
it is better that ye should deny yourselves of these things, wherein ye shall
take up your cross, than that ye should be cast into hell. It hath been
written, That whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of
divorcement. Verily, verily I say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his
wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery; and
whoso shall marry her who is divorced, committeth adultery. And again it is
written, Thou shalt not forswear thyself, but shalt perform unto the Lord thine
oaths. But verily, verily I say unto you, Swear not at all; neither by Heaven,
for it is God's throne; nor by the earth, for it his footstool; neither shalt
thou swear by the head, because thou canst not make one hair black or white;
but let your communications be Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for whatsoever cometh of
more than these are evil. And behold, it is written, An eye for an eye, and a
tooth for a tooth. But I say unto you, That ye shall not resist evil: but
whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. And
if any man shall sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy
cloak also. And whosoever shall compel thee to go a mile, go with him twain.
Give to him that asketh thee, and to him that would borrow of thee, turn thou
not away. And behold, it is written also, That thou shalt love thy neighbor,
and hate thine enemy: but behold I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them
that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which
despitefully use you and persecute you, that ye may be the children of your
Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the
good; therefore those things which were of old time, which were under the law
in me, are all fulfilled. --Old things are done away, and all things have
become new; therefore I would that ye should be perfect even as I your Father
which is in Heaven is perfect.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne13</bookName>
<text>Verily, verily I say that I would that ye
should do alms unto the poor; but take heed that ye do not your alms before
men, to be seen of them: otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in
heaven. Therefore, when ye shall do your alms, do not sound a trumpet before
you, as will hypocrites do in the synagogues, and in the streets, that they may
have glory of men. Verily, I say unto you, They have their reward. But when
thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth; that
thine alms may be secret: and thy Father which seeth in secret, himself shall
reward thee openly. And when thou prayest, thou shalt not do as hypocrites: for
they love to pray standing in the synagogues, and in the corner of the streets,
that they may be seen of men. Verily, I say unto you, They have their reward.
But thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy
door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father, which seeth in
secret, shall reward thee openly. But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions,
as the heathen: for they think that they shall be heard for their much
speaking. Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what
things ye have need of before ye ask him. After this manner therefore pray ye:
Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. Thy will be done in earth
as it is in heaven. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And
lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. For thine is the
kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen. For, if ye forgive men
their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you: but if ye forgive
not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.
Moreover, when ye fast, be not as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance: for
they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Verily, I
say unto you, They have their reward. But thou, when thou fastest, anoint thy
head, and wash thy face; that thou appear not unto men, to fast, but unto thy
Father, which is in secret: and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward
thee openly. Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon the earth, where moth and
rust doth corrupt, and thieves break through and steal: but lay up for
yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and
where thieves do not break through nor steal. For where your treasure is, there
will your heart be also. The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine
eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil,
thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in
thee be darkness, how great is that darkness! No man can serve two masters: for
either he will hate the one, and love the other. or else he will hold to the
one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. And now it came to
pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he looked upon the twelve whom he
had chosen, and saith unto them, Remember the words which I have spoken. For
behold, ye are they which I have chosen to minister unto this people. Therefore
I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye
shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more
than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow
not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father
feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought
can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought for raiment?
Consider the lilies of the field how they grow; they toil not, neither do they
spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon, in all his glory, was not
arrayed like the one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the
field, which to-day is, and to- morrow is cast into the oven, even so will he
clothe you, if ye are not of little faith. Therefore take no thought, saying,
What shall we eat? or, what shall we drink? or, wherewithal shall he be
clothed? For your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these
things. --But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness, and all
these things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow:
for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient is the
day unto the evil thereof.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne14</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Jesus had
spoken these words, he turned again to the multitude, and did open his mouth
unto them again, saying, Verily, verily I say unto you, Judge not, that ye be
not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what
measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the
mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in
thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote
out of thine eye; and behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first
cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast
out the mote of thy brother's eye. Give not that which is holy unto the dogs,
neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet,
and turn again and rend you. Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye
shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh,
receiveth; and he that seeketh, findeth; and to him that knocketh, it shall be
opened. Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give
him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then being
evil knoweth how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall
your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him? Therefore
all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do even so to them:
for this is the law and the prophets. Enter ye in at the straight gate; for
wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many
there be which go in thereat: because, straight is the gate, and narrow is the
way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. Beware of false
prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening
wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits: Do men gather grapes of thorns, or
figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a
corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. --A good tree cannot bring forth evil
fruit, neither a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth
not forth good fruit, is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore, by their
fruits ye shall know them. Not every one that saith unto me Lord, Lord, shall
enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which
is in heaven. Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not
prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in my name
done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you:
depart from me, ye that work iniquity. Therefore, whoso heareth these sayings
of mine, and doeth them, I will liken unto a wise man, which built his house
upon a rock: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew,
and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. And
every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be
likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: and the rain
descended. and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house;
and it fell: and great was the fall of it.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne15</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Jesus had
ended these sayings, he cast his eyes round about on the multitude, and saith
unto them, Behold, ye have heard these things which I have taught before I
ascended to my Father; therefore whoso remembereth these sayings of mine, and
doeth them, him will I raise up at the last day. And it came to pass that when
Jesus had said these words, he perceived that there were some among them which
marvelled, and wondered what he would concerning the law of Moses: for they
understood not the saying, That old things had passed away, and that all things
had become knew. And he saith unto them, Marvel not that I said unto you, that
old things had passed away, and that all things had become new. Behold I say
unto you, That the law is fulfilled that was given unto Moses. Behold, I am he
that gave the law, and I am he which covenanted with my people Israel;
therefore, the law in me is fulfilled: for I have come to fulfil the law;
therefore, it hath an end. Behold, I do not destroy the prophets: for as many
as have not been fulfilled in me, verily, I say unto you, shall all be
fulfilled. And because I said unto you, That old things hath passed away, I do
not destroy that which hath been spoken concerning things which is to come. For
behold, the covenant which I have made with my people, is not all fulfilled;
but the law which was given unto Moses, hath an end in me. Behold, I am the
law, and the light: Look unto me, and endure to the end, and ye shall live: for
unto him that endureth to the end, will I give eternal life. Behold, I have
given unto you the commandments; therefore keep my commandments. And this is
the law and the prophets: for they truly testified of me. And now it came to
pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he said unto those twelve whom he
had chosen, Ye are my disciples; and ye are a light unto this people, which are
a remnant of the house of Joseph. And behold, this is the land of your
inheritance; and the Father hath given it unto you. --And not at any time hath
the Father given me commandment that I should tell it unto your brethren at
Jerusalem; neither at any time hath the Father given me commandment, that I
should tell unto them concerning the other tribes of the house of Israel, which
the Father hath led away out of the land. --This much did the Father command
me, That I should tell unto them, that other sheep I have, which are not of
this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there
shall be one fold, and one shepherd. And now because of stiffneckedness and
unbelief, they understood not my word; therefore I was commanded to say no more
of the Father concerning this thing unto them. But, verily, I say unto you,
that the Father hath commanded me, and I tell it unto you, that ye were
separated from among them because of their iniquity; therefore it is because of
their iniquity, that they know not of you. And verily, I say unto you again,
That the other tribes hath the father separated from them; and it is because of
their iniquity, that they know not of them. And verily, I say unto you, That ye
are they of which I said, other sheep I have, which are not of this fold; them
also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold,
and one shepherd. And they understood me not, for they supposed it had been the
Gentiles: for they understood not that the Gentiles should be converted through
their preaching; and they understood me not that I said they shall hear my
voice; and they understood me not that the Gentiles should not at any time hear
my voice; that I should not manifest myself unto them, save it were by the Holy
Ghost. But behold, ye have not heard my voice, and seen me; and ye are my
sheep, and ye are numbered among them which the Father hath given me.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne16</bookName>
<text>And verily, verily, I say unto you, That I
have other sheep, which are not of this land; neither of the land of Jerusalem;
neither in any parts of that land round about, whither I have been to minister.
For they of which I speak, are they which have not as yet heard my voice;
neither have I at any time manifested myself unto them. But I have received a
commandment of the Father, That I shall go unto them, and that they shall hear
my voice, and shall be numbered among my sheep, that there may be one fold, and
one shepherd; therefore I go to shew myself unto them. And I command you that
ye shall write these sayings, after that I am gone, that if it so be that my
people at Jerusalem, they which have seen me, and been with me in my ministry,
do not ask the Father in my name, that they may receive a knowledge of you by
the Holy Ghost, and also of the other tribes which they know not of, that these
sayings which ye shall write, shall be kept, and shall be manifested unto the
Gentiles, that through the fulness of the Gentiles, the remnant of their seed
which shall be scattered forth upon the face of the earth, because of their
unbelief, may be brought in, or may be brought to a knowledge of me, their
Redeemer. And then will I gather them in from the four quarters of the earth;
and then will I fulfil the covenant which the Father hath made unto all the
people of the house of Israel. And blessed are the Gentiles, because of their
belief in me, in and of the Holy Ghost, which witness unto them of me and of
the Father. Behold, because of their belief in me, saith the Father, and
because of the unbelief of you, O house of Israel, in the latter day shall the
truth come unto the Gentiles, that the fulness of these things shall be made
known unto them. But Wo, saith the Father, unto the unbelieving of the
Gentiles: for notwithstanding that they come forth upon the face of this land,
and have scattered my people, which are of the house of Israel; and my people
which are of the house of Israel, have been cast out from among them, and have
been trodden under feet by them; and because of the mercies of the Father unto
the Gentiles, and also the judgments of the Father upon my people, which are of
the house of Israel, verily, verily, I say unto you, That after all this, and I
have caused my people which are of the house of Israel, to be smitten, and to
be afflicted, and to be slain, and to be cast out from among them, and to
become hated by them. And thus commandeth the Father that I should say unto you
at that day, When the Gentiles shall sin against my Gospel, and shall reject
the fulness of my Gospel, and shall be lifted up in the pride of their hearts
above all nations, and above all the people of the whole earth, and shall be
filled with all manner of lyings, and of deceits, and of mischiefs, and all
manner of hypocrisy, and murders, and priestcrafts, and whoredoms, and of
secret abominations; and if they shall do all these things and shall reject the
fulness of my Gospel, behold, saith the Father, I will bring the fulness of my
Gospel from among them; and then will I remember my covenant which I have made
unto my people, O house of Israel, and I will bring my Gospel unto them; and I
will shew unto thee, O house of Israel, that the Gentiles shall not have power
over you, but I will remember my covenant unto you, O house of Israel, and ye
shall come unto the knowledge of the fulness of my Gospel. But if the Gentiles
will repent, and return unto me, saith the Father, behold, they shall be
numbered among my people, O house of Israel; and I will not suffer my people,
which are of the house of Israel, to go through among them, and tread them
down, saith the Father. But if they will not turn unto me, and hearken unto my
voice, I will suffer them, yea, I will suffer my people, O house of Israel,
that they shall go through among them, and shall tread them down, and they
shall be as salt that hath lost his savour, which is thenceforth good for
nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of my people, O house
of Israel. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Thus has the Father commanded me,
that I should give unto this people this land for their inheritance. And when
the words of the prophet Isaiah shall be fulfilled, which saith, Thy watchmen
shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they
shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. Break forth into
joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem: for the Lord hath comforted
his people, he hath redeemed Jerusalem. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in
the eyes of all the nations: and all the ends of the earth shall see the
salvation of God.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne17</bookName>
<text>Behold, bow it came to pass that when Jesus
had spoken these words, he looked round about again on the multitude, and he
saith unto them, Behold, my time is at hand. I perceive that ye are weak, that
ye cannot understand all my words which I am commanded of the father to speak
unto you at this time; therefore, go ye unto your homes, and ponder upon the
things which I have said, and ask of the Father, in my name, that ye may
understand; and prepare your minds for the morrow, and I come unto you again.
But now I go unto the Father, and also to shew myself unto the lost tribes of
Israel: for they are not lost unto the Father, for he knoweth whither he hath
taken them. And it came to pass that when Jesus had thus spoken, he cast his
eyes round about again on the multitude, and beheld they were in tears, and did
look steadfastly upon him, as if they would ask him to tarry a little while
longer with them. And he saith unto them, Behold, my bowels is filled with compassion
towards you: Have ye any that are sick among you, bring them hither. Have ye
any that are lame, or blind, or halt, or maimed, or leprous, or that are
withered, or that are deaf, or that are afflicted in any manner, bring them
hither, and I will heal them: for I have compassion upon you; my bowels is
filled with mercy: for I perceive that ye desire that I should shew unto you
what I have done unto your brethren at Jerusalem: for I see that your faith is
sufficient, that I should heal you. And it came to pass that when he had thus
spoken, all the multitude, with one accord, did go forth, with their sick, and
their afflicted, and their lame, and with their blind, and with their dumb, and
with all that they were afflicted in any manner; and he did heal them every one
as they were brought forth unto him; and they did all, both they which had been
healed, and they which were whole, bow down at his feet, and did worship him;
and as many as could come for the multitude did kiss his feet, insomuch that
they did bathe his feet with their tears. And it came to pass that he commanded
that their little children should be brought. So they brought their little
children and sat them down upon the ground round about him, and Jesus stood in
the midst; and the multitude gave way till they had all been brought unto him.
And it came to pass that when they had all been brought, and Jesus stood in the
midst, he commanded the multitude that they should kneel down upon the ground.
And it came to pass that when they had knelt upon the ground, Jesus groaned
within himself, and saith, Father, I am troubled because of the wickedness of
the people of the house of Israel. And when he had said these words, he himself
also knelt upon the earth; and beheld he prayed unto the Father; and the things
which he prayed, cannot be written, and the multitude did bear record which
heard him. And after this manner do they bear record; the eye hath never seen,
neither hath the ear heard, before, so great and marvellous things as we saw
and heard Jesus speak unto the Father; and no tongue can speak, neither can
there be written by any man, neither can the hearts of men conceive so great
and marvellous things as we both saw and heard Jesus speak; and no one can
conceive of the joy which filled our souls at the time we heard him pray for us
unto the Father. And it came to pass that when Jesus had made an end of praying
unto the Father, he arose; but so great was the joy of the multitude, that they
were overcome. And it came to pass that Jesus spake unto them, and bade them
arise. And they arose from the earth, and he saith unto them, Blessed are ye
because of your faith. And now behold, my joy is full. And when he had said
these words, he wept, and the multitude bear record of it, and he took their
little children, one by one, and blessed them, and prayed unto the Father for
them. And when he had done this he wept again, and he spake unto the multitude,
and saith unto them, Behold your little ones. And as they looked to behold,
they cast their eyes towards Heaven, and they saw the Heavens open, and they
saw angels descending out of heaven as it were, in the midst of fire; and they
came down and encircled those little ones about; and they were encircled with
fire; and the angels did minister unto them, and the multitude did see and
hear, and bear record; and they know that their record is true, for they all of
them did see and hear, every man for himself; and they were in number about two
thousand and five hundred souls; and they did consist of men, women and
children.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne18</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Jesus commanded
his disciples that they should bring forth some bread and wine unto him. And
while they were gone for the bread and wine, he commanded the multitude that
they should sit themselves down upon the earth. And when the disciples had come
with the bread and wine, he took of the bread, and blessed it; and he gave unto
the disciples, and commanded that they should eat. And when they had eat, and
were filled, he commanded that they should give unto the multitude. And when
the multitude had eaten and were filled, he saith unto the disciples, Behold,
there shall one be ordained among you, and to him will I give power that he
shall break bread, and bless it, and give it unto the people of my church, unto
all they which shall believe and be baptized in my name. And this shall ye
always observe to do, even as I have done, even as I have broken bread, and
blessed it, and gave it unto you. And this shall ye do in remembrance of my
holy body, which I have shewn unto you. --And it shall be a testimony unto the
Father, that ye do always ways remember me. And if ye do always remember me, ye
shall have my spirit to be with you. And it came to pass that when he had said
these words, he commanded his disciples that they should take of the wine of
the cup, and drink of it, and that they should also give unto the multitude,
that they might drink of it. And it came to pass that they did so, and did
drink of it, and were filled; and they gave unto the multitude, and they did
drink, and they were filled. And when the disciples had done this, Jesus saith
unto them, Blessed are ye for this thing which ye have done, for this is
fulfilling my commandments, and this doth witness unto the Father that ye are
willing to do that which I have commanded you. And this shall ye always do unto
those who repent and are baptized in my name; and ye shall do it in
rememberance of my blood, which I have shed for you, that ye may witness unto
the Father that ye do always remember me. And if ye do always remember me, ye shall
have my spirit to be with you. And I give unto you a commandment that ye shall
do these things. And if ye shall always do these things, blessed are ye, for ye
are built upon my rock. But whoso among you shall do more or less than these,
are not built upon my rock, but are built upon a sandy foundation; and when the
rain descends, and the flood come, and the winds blow, and beat upon them, they
shall fall, and the gates of hell is already open to receive them; therefore
blessed are ye if ye shall keep my commandments, which the Father hath
commanded me that I should give unto you. Verily, verily, I say unto you, ye
must watch and pray always, lest ye be tempted by the devil, and ye are led
away captive by him. And as I have prayed among you, even so shall ye pray in
my church, among my people which do repent and are baptized in my name. Behold
I am the light; I have set an example for you. And it came to pass that when
Jesus had spake these words unto his disciples, he turned again unto the
mnltitude, and saith unto them, Behold, verily, verily I say unto you, ye must
watch and pray always, lest ye enter into temptation; for Satan desireth to
have you, that he may sift you as wheat; therefore ye must always pray unto the
Father in my name; and whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, which is
right, believing that ye shall receive, and behold it shall be given unto you.
Pray in your families unto the Father, always in my name, that your wives and
your children may be blessed. And behold, ye shall meet together oft, and ye
shall not forbid any man from coming unto you when ye shall meet together, but
suffer them that they may come unto you, and forbid them not; but ye shall pray
for them, and shall not cast them out; and if it so be that they come unto you
oft, ye shall pray for them unto the Father in my name; therefore hold up your
light, that it may shine unto the world. Behold I am the light which ye shall
hold up --that which ye have seen me do. Behold ye see that I have prayed unto
the Father, and ye all have witnessed; and ye see that I have commanded that
none of you should go away, but rather have commanded that ye should come unto
me, that ye might feel and see; even so shall ye do unto the world; and
whosoever breaketh this commandment, suffereth himself to be lead into
temptation. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he
turned his eyes again upon the disciples whom he had chosen, and saith unto
them, behold, verily, verily I say unto you, I give unto you another commandment,
and then I must go unto my Father, that I may fulfil other commandments which
he hath given me. And now behold, this is the commandment which I give unto
you, that ye shall not suffer any one knowingly, to partake of my flesh, and
blood unworthily, when ye shall minister it: For whoso eateth and drinketh my
flesh and blood unworthily, eateth and drinketh damnation to his soul;
therefore if ye know that a man is unworthy to eat and drink of my flesh and
blood, ye shall forbid him; nevertheless ye shall not cast him out from among
you, but ye shall minister unto him, and shall pray for him unto the Father, in
my name, and if it so be that he repenteth, and is baptized in my name, then
shall ye receive him, and shall minister unto him of my flesh and blood; but if
he repenteth not, he shall not be numbered among my people, that he may not
destroy my people: For behold I know my sheep, and they are numbered;
nevertheless ye shall not cast him out of your synagogues, or your places of
worship, for unto such shall ye minister; for ye know not but what they will
return and repent, and come unto me with full purpose of heart, and I shall
heal them, and ye shall be the means of bringing salvation unto them. Therefore
keep these sayings which I have commanded you, that ye come not under
condemnation: For wo unto him whom the Father condemneth. And I give you these
commandments, because of the disputations which hath been among you beforetime.
And blessed are ye if ye have no disputations among you. And now I go unto the
Father, because it is expedient that I should go unto the Father, for your
sakes. And it came to pass that when Jesus had made an end of these sayings, he
touched with his hand the disciples whom he had chosen, one by one, even until
he had touched them all, and spake unto them as he touched them; and the
multitude heard not the words which he spake, therefore they did not bear
record; but the disciples bear record that he gave them power to give the Holy
Ghost. And I will shew unto you hereafter that this record is true. And it came
to pass that when Jesus had touched them all, there came a cloud and
overshadowed the multitude, that they could not see Jesus. And while they were
overshadowed, he departed from them, and ascended into Heaven. --And the disciples
saw and did bear record that he ascended again into Heaven.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne19</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Jesus had
ascended into Heaven, the multitude did disperse, and every man did take his
wife and his children, and did return to his own home. And it was noised abroad
among the people immediately, before it was dark, that the multitude had seen
Jesus, and that he had ministered unto them, and that he would also show
himself on the morrow unto the multitude; yea, and even all the night it was
noised abroad concerning Jesus; and insomuch did they send forth unto the
people, that there were many, yea, an exceeding great number did labor
exceedingly all night, that they might be on the morrow in the place where
Jesus should shew himself unto the multitude. And it came to pass that on the
morrow, when the multitude was gathered together, behold Nephi and his brother,
whom he had raised from the dead, whose name was Timothy, and also his son,
whose name was Jonas, and also Mathoni, and Mathonihah, his brother, and Kumen,
and Kumenonhi, and Jeremiah, and Shemnon, and Jonas, and Zedekiah, and Isaiah:
Now these were the names of the disciples whom Jesus had chosen. And it came to
pass that they went forth and stood in the midst of the multitude. And behold,
the multitude was so great, that they did cause that they should be separated
into twelve bodies. And the twelve did teach the multitude; and behold, they
did cause that the multitude should kneel down upon the face of the earth, and
should pray unto the Father, in the name of Jesus. And the disciples did pray
unto the Father also, in the name of Jesus. And it came to pass that they arose
and ministered unto the people. And when they had ministered those same words
which Jesus had spoken --nothing varying from the words which Jesus had spoken
--behold, they knelt again, and prayed to the Father in the name of Jesus; and
they did pray for that which they most desired; and they desired that the Holy
Ghost should be given unto them. And when they had thus prayed, they went down
unto the water's edge, and the multitude followed them. And it came to pass
that Nephi went down into the water, and was baptized. And he baptized all they
whom Jesus had chosen. And it came to pass when they were all baptized, and had
come up out of the water, the Holy Ghost did fall upon them, and they were
filled with the Holy Ghost, and with fire. And behold, they were encircled
about as if it were fire; and it came down from heaven, and the multitude did
witness it, and do bear record; and angels did come down out of heaven, and did
minister unto them. And it came to pass that while the angels were ministering
unto the disciples, behold, Jesus came and stood in the midst, and ministered
unto them. And it came to pass that he spake unto the multitude, and commanded
them that they should kneel down again upon the earth, and also that his
disciples should kneel down upon the earth. And it came to pass that when they
had all knelt down upon the earth, he commanded his disciples that they should
pray. And behold, they began to pray; and they did pray unto Jesus, calling him
their Lord and their God. And it came to pass that Jesus departed out of the
midst of them, and went a little way off from them and bowed himself to the
earth, and he saith, Father, I thank thee that thou hast given the Holy Ghost
unto these whom I have chosen; and it is because of their belief in me, that I
have chosen them out of the world. Father, I pray thee that thou wilt give the
Holy Ghost unto all of them that shall believe in their words. Father, thou hast
given them the Holy Ghost, because they believe in me, and thou seest that they
believe in me, because thou hearest them, and they pray unto me; and they pray
unto me because I am with them. And now Father, I pray unto thee for them, and
also for all they which shall believe on their words, that they may believe in
me, that I may be in them as thou, Father, art in me, that we may be one. And
it came to pass, that when Jesus had thus prayed unto the Father, he came unto
his disciples, and behold they did still continue, without ceasing, to pray
unto him; and they did not multiply many words, for it was given unto them what
they should pray, and they were filled with desire. And it came to pass that
Jesus blessed them, as they did pray unto him, and his countenance did smile
upon them, and the light of his countenance did shine upon them, and behold
they were as white as the countenance, and also the garments of Jesus; and
behold the whiteness thereof did exceed all the whiteness, yea, even there
could be nothing upon the earth so white as the whiteness thereof. And Jesus
saith unto them, Pray on, nevertheless they did not cease to pray. And he
turned from them again, and went a little way off, and bowed himself to the
earth; and he prayed again unto the Father, saying: Father, I thank thee that
thou hast purified those which I have chosen, because of their faith, and I
pray for them, and also for them which shall believe on their words, that they
may be purified in me, through faith on their words, even as they are purified
in me. Father, I pray not for the world, but for them which thou hast given
unto me out of the world, because of their faith, that they may be purified in
me, that I may be in them as thou, Father, art in me, that we may be one, that
I may be glorified in them. And it came to pass that when Jesus had spake these
words, he came again unto his disciples, and behold they did pray steadfastly,
without ceasing unto him; and he did smile upon then again; and behold they
were white, even as Jesus. And it came to pass that he went again a little way
off, and prayed unto the Father; and tongue cannot speak the words which he
prayed, neither can be written by man the words which he prayed. And the
multitude did hear, and do bear record, and their hearts were open, and they
did understand in their hearts the words which he prayed. Nevertheless, so
great and marvellous were the words which he prayed, that they cannot be
written, neither can they be utttered by man. And it came to pass that when
Jesus had made an end of praying, he came again to the disciples, and saith
unto them, So great faith have I never seen among all the Jews; wherefore I
could not shew unto them so great miracles, because of their unbelief. Verily I
say unto you, there are none of them that have seen so great things as ye have
seen; neither have they heard so great things as ye have heard.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne20</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that he commanded the
multitude that they should cease to pray, and also his disciples. And he
commanded them that they should not cease to pray in their hearts. And he
commanded them that they should arise and stand up upon their feet. And they
arose up and stood upon their feet. And it came to pass that he break bread
again, and blessed it, and gave to the disciples to eat. And when they had eat,
he commanded them that they should break bread, and give unto the multitude.
And when they had given unto the multitude, he also gave them wine to drink,
and commanded them that they should give unto the multitude. Now there had been
no bread, neither wine, brought by the disciples, neither by the multitude; but
he truly gave unto them bread to eat, and also wine to drink; and he saith unto
them, He that eateth this bread, eateth of my body to their soul, and he that
drinketh of this wine, drinketh of my blood to their soul, and their soul shall
never hunger nor thirst, but shall be filled. Now when the multitude had all
eat and drank, behold they were filled with the spirit, and they did cry out
with one voice, and gave glory to Jesus, whom they both saw and heard. And it
came to pass that when they had all given glory unto Jesus, he saith unto them,
Behold now I finish the commandment which the Father hath commanded me
concerning this people, which are a remnant of the house of Israel. Ye remember
that I spake unto you, and said that when the words of Isaiah should be
fulfilled: Behold they are written, ye have them before you; therefore search
them. And verily, verily I say unto you, that when they shall be fulfilled,
then is the fulfilling of the covenant which the Father hath made unto his
people. O house of Israel, and then shall the remnants which shall be scattered
abroad upon the face of the earth, be gathered in from the east, and from the
west, and from the south, and from the north; and they shall be brought to the
knowledge of the Lord their God, who hath redeemed them. And the Father hath
commanded me that I should give unto you this land, for your inheritance. And I
say unto you, that if the Gentiles do not repent after the blessing which they
shall receive, after that they have scattered my people, then shall ye which
are a remnant of the house of Jacob, go forth among them; and ye shall be in
the midst of them, which shall be many; and ye shall be among them, as a lion
among the beasts of the forest, and as a young lion among the flocks of sheep,
who, if he goeth through, both treadeth down and teareth in pieces, and none
can deliver. Thy hand shall be lifted up upon thine adversaries, and all thine
enemies shall be cut off. And I will gather my people together, as a man gathereth
his sheaves into the floor: for I will make my people with whom the Father hath
covenanted, yea, I will make thy horn iron, and I will make thy hoops brass.
And thou shalt beat in pieces many people; and I will consecrate their gain
unto the Lord, and their substance unto the Lord of the whole earth. And
behold, I am he which doeth it. And it shall come to pass, saith the Father,
That the sword of my justice shalt hang over them at that day; and except they
repent, it shall fall upon them, saith the Father, yea, even upon all the
nations of the Gentiles. --And it shall come to pass that I will establish my
people, O house of Israel. And behold, this people will I establish in this
land, unto the fulfilling of the covenant which I made with your Father Jacob;
and it shall be a new Jerusalem. And the powers of heaven shall be in the midst
of this people; yea, even I will be in the midst of you. Behold, I am he of
whom Moses spake, saying: A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you
of your brethren, like unto me: him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he
shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass that every soul which will not
hear that prophet, shall be cut off from among the people. Verily, I say unto
you, Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel. and those that follow after, as
many as have spoken, have testified of me. And behold, ye are the children of
the prophets; and ye are of the house of Israel; and ye are of the covenant
which the Father made with your fathers, saying: Unto Abraham, and in thy seed,
shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed: the Father having raised me up
unto you first, and sent me to bless you, in turning away every one of you from
his iniquities; and this because ye are the children of the covenant. --And
after that ye were blessed, then fulfilleth the Father the covenant which he
made with Abraham, saying: In thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be
blessed, unto the pouring out of the Holy Ghost through me upon the Gentiles,
which blessing upon the Gentiles, shall make them mighty above all, unto the
scattering of my people, O house of Israel; and they shall be scourge unto the
people of this land. Nevertheless, when they shall have received the fulness of
my Gospel, then if they shall harden their hearts against me, I will return
their iniquities upon their heads, saith the Father. And I will remember the
covenant which I have made with my people: and I have covenanted with them,
that I would gather them together in mine own due time; that I would give unto
them again the land of their fathers, for their inheritance, which is the land
of Jerusalem, which is the promised land unto them forever, saith the Father.
And it shall come to pass that the time cometh, when the fulness of my gospel
shall be preached unto them, and they shall believe in me, that I am Jesus
Christ, the Son of God, and shall pray unto the Father in my name. Then shall
their watchmen lift up their voice; and with the voice together shall they
sing: for they shall see eye to eye. Then will the Father gather them together
again, and give unto them Jerusalem for the land of their inheritance. Then
shall they break forth into joy --sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem:
for the Father hath comforted his people, he hath redeemed Jerusalem. The
Father hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the nations: and all the
ends of the earth shall see the salvation of the Father; and the Father and I
are one. --And then shall be brought to pass that which is writen: Awake, awake
again, and put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful garments, O
Jerusalem. the holy city: for henceforth there shall no more come into thee the
uncircumcised and the unclean. Shake thyself from the dust; arise, sit down, O
Jerusalem: loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O captive of Zion. For
thus saith the Lord, Ye have sold yourselves for nought; and ye shall be
redeemed without money. Verily, verily, I say unto you, That my people shall
know my name; yea, in that day they shall know that I am he that doth speak.
And then shall they say, How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him
that bringeth good tidings unto them, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good
tidings unto them of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy
God reigneth! And then shall a cry go forth, Depart ye, depart ye, go ye out
from thence, touch not that which is unclean; go ye out of the midst of her; be
ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord. For ye shall not go out with
haste, nor go by flight: for the Lord will go before you; and the God of Israel
shall be your reward. Behold, my servant shall deal prudently, he shall be
exalted and extolled, and be very high. As many were astonished at thee; (his
visage was so marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of
men:) so shall he sprinkle many nations; the kings shall shut their mouths at
him: for that which had been told them shall they see; and that which they had
not heard shall they consider. Verily, verily, I say unto you, All these things
shall surely come, even as the Father hath commanded me. Then shall this
covenant which the Father hath covenanted with his people, be fulfilled; and
then shall Jerusalem be inhabited again with my people: and it shall be the
land of their inheritance.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne21</bookName>
<text>And verily, I say unto you, I give unto you
a sign, that ye may know the time when these things shall be about to take
place, that I shall gather in from their long dispersion, my people, O house of
Israel, and shall establish again among them my Zion. And behold, this is the
thing which I will give unto you for a sign: for verily, I say unto you, That
when these things which I declare unto you hereafter of myself, and by the
power of the Holy Ghost, which shall be given unto you of the Father, shall be
made known unto the Gentiles, that they may know concerning this people which
are a remnant of the house of Jacob, and concerning this my people which shall
be scattered by them; verily, verily, I say unto you, When these things shall
be made known unto them of the Father, and shall come forth of the Father from
them unto you: for it is wisdom in the Father that they should be established
in this land, and be set up as a free people by the power of the Father, that
these things might come forth from them unto a remnant of your seed, that the
covenant of the Father may be fulfilled which he hath covenanted with his
people, O house of Israel; therefore, when these works, and the works which
shall be wrought among you hereafter, shall come forth from the Gentiles unto
your seed, which shall dwindle in unbelief because of iniquity: for thus it
behooveth the Father that it should come forth from the Gentiles, that he may
shew forth his power unto the Gentiles, for this cause, that the Gentiles, if
they will not harden their hearts, that they may repent and come unto me, and
be baptized in my name, and know of the true points of my doctrine, that they
may be numbered among my people, O house of Israel; and when these things come
to pass, that thy seed shall begin to know these things, it shall be a sign
unto them, that they may know that the work of the Father hath already
commenced unto the fulfilling of the covenant which he hath made unto the
people which are of the house of Israel. And when that day shall come, it shall
come to pass that kings shall shut their mouths: for that which had not been
told them shall they see; and that which they had not heard shall they
consider. For in that day, for my sake shall the Father work a work, which
shall be a great and a marvellous work among them; and there shall be among them
which will not believe it, although a man shall declare it unto them. But
behold, the life of my servant shall be in my hand; therefore they shall not
hurt him, although he shall be marred because of them. Yet I will heal him, for
I will shew unto them that my wisdom is greater than the cunning of the Devil.
Therefore it shall come to pass, that whosoever will not believe in my words,
which am Jesus Christ, which the Father shall cause him to bring forth unto the
Gentiles, and shall give unto him power that he shall bring them forth unto the
Gentiles, (it shall be done even as Moses said,) they shall be cut off from
among my people which are of the covenant; and my people which are a remnant of
Jacob, shall be among the Gentiles, yea, in the midst of them, as a lion among
the beasts of the forest, as a young lion among the flocks of sheep, who if he
go through, both treadeth down and teareth in pieces, and none can deliver.
Their hand shall be lifted up upon their adversaries, and all their enemies
shall be cut off. Yea, wo be unto the Gentiles, except they repent: for it
shall come to pass in that day, saith the Father, that I will cut off thy
horses out of the midst of thee, and I will destroy thy chariots, and I will
cut off the cities of thy land, and throw down all thy strong holds; and I will
cut off witchcarfts out of thy hand, and thou shalt have no more soothsayers:
thy graven images I will also cut off, and thy standing images out of the midst
of thee; and thou shalt no more worship the works of thy hand; and I will pluck
up thy groves out of the midst of thee; so will I destroy thy cities. And it
shall come to pass that all lyings, and deceivings, and envyings, and strifes,
and priestcrafts, and whoredoms, shall be done away. For it shall come to pass,
saith the Father, that at that day, whosoever will not repent and come unto my
beloved Son, them will I cut off from among my people, O house of Israel; and I
will execute vengeance and fury upon them, even as upon the heathen, such as
they have not heard. But if they will repent, and hearken unto my words, and
harden not their hearts, I will establish my church among them, and they shall
come in unto the covenant, and be numbered among this the remnant of Jacob,
unto whom I have given this land for their inheritance, and they shall assist
my people, the remnant of Jacob; and also, as many of the house of Israel as
shall come, that they may build a city, which shall be called the New
Jerusalem; and then shall they assist my people that they may be gathered in,
which are scattered upon all the face of the land, in unto the New Jerusalem.
And then shall the power of heaven come down among them; and I also will be in
the midst: and then shall the work of the Father commence, at that day even
when this Gospel shall be preached among the remnant of this people. Verily, I
say unto you, At that day shall the work of the Father commence among all the
dispersed of my people; yea, even the tribes which have been lost, which the
Father hath led away out of Jerusalem. Yea, the work shall commence among all
the dispersed of my people, with the Father, to prepare the way whereby they
may come unto me, that they may call on the Father in my name; yea, and then
shall the work commence, with the Father, among all nations, in preparing the
way whereby his people may be gathered home to the land of their inheritance.
And they shall go out from all nations; and they shall not go out in haste, nor
go by flight: for I will go before them, saith the Father, and I will be their
rereward.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne22</bookName>
<text>And then shall that which is written come
to pass. Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break forth into singing,
and cry aloud, thou that didst not travail with child: for more are the
children of the desolate than the children of the married wife, saith the Lord.
Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thy
inhabitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords. and strengthen thy stakes; for
thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall
inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited. Fear not;
for thou shalt not be ashamed: neither be thou confounded: for thou shalt not
be put to shame: for thou shalt forget the shame of thy youth, and shalt not
remember the reproach of thy widowhood any more. For thy Maker, thy husband,
The Lord of hosts is his name; and thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel; The
God of the whole earth shall he be called. For the Lord hath called thee as a
woman forsaken and grieved in spirit, and a wife of youth, when thou wast
refused, saith thy God. For a small amount have I forsaken thee; but with great
mercies will I gather thee. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a
moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the Lord
thy Redeemer. For this, the waters of Noah unto me: for as I have sworn that
the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth, so have I sworn that I
would not be wroth with thee. For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be
removed; but my kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant
of my people be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee. O thou
afflicted, tossed with tempest, and not comforted! behold, I will lay the
stones with fair colors, and lay thy foundations with sapphires. And I will
make thy windows of agates, and thy gates of carbuncles, and all thy borders of
pleasant stones. And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great
shall be the peace of thy children. In righteousness thou shalt be established:
thou shalt be far from oppression; for thou shalt not fear: and from terror;
for it shall not come near thee. Behold, they shall surely gather together
against thee, not by me: whosoever shall gather together against thee shall
fall for thy sake. Behold, I have created the smith that bloweth the coals in
the fire, and that bringeth forth an instrument for his work; and I have
created the waster to destroy. No weapon that is formed against thee shall
prosper; and every tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment thou shalt
condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the Lord, and their
righteousness is of me, saith the Lord.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne23</bookName>
<text>And now behold I say unto you, That ye had
ought to search these things. Yea, a commandment I give unto you, that ye
search these things diligently: for great is the words of Isaiah. For surely he
spake as touching all things concerning my people which are of the house of
Israel; therefore it must needs be that he must speak also to the Gentiles. And
all things that he spake, hath been, and shall be, even according to the words
which he spake. Therefore give heed to my words: write the things which I have
told you; and according to the time and the will of the Father, they shall go
forth unto the Gentiles. And whosoever will hearken unto my words, and
repenteth, and is baptized, the same shall be saved. Search the prophets: for
many there be that testify of these things. And now it came to pass that when
Jesus had said these words, he saith unto them again, after he had expounded
all the Scriptures unto them which they had received, he saith unto the,
Behold, other Scriptures I would that ye should write, that ye have not. And it
came to pass that he said unto Nephi, Bring forth the record which ye have
kept. And when Nephi had brought forth the records, and laid them before him,
he cast his eyes upon them, and saith, Verily, I say unto you, I commanded my
servant Samuel, the Lamanite, that he should testify unto this people, that at
the day that the Father should glorify his name in me, that there were many
saints which should arise from the dead, and should appear unto many, and
should minister unto them. And he saith unto them, Were it not so? And his
disciples answered him and said, Yea, Lord, Samuel did prophesy according to
thy words, and they were fulfilled. And Jesus saith unto them, How be it that
ye have not written this thing, that many saints did arise and appear unto
many, and did minister unto them? And it came to pass that Nephi remembered
that this thing had not been written. And it came to pass that Jesus commanded
that it should be written; therefore it was written according as he commanded.
And now it came to pass that when Jesus had expounded all the Scriptures in
one, which they had written, he commanded them that they should teach the
things which he had expounded unto them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne24</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that he commanded them
that they should write the words which the Father had given unto Malachi, which
he should tell unto them. And it came to pass that after they were written, he
expounded them. And these are the words which he did tell unto them, saying:
Thus said the Father unto Malachi: Behold, I will send my messenger, and he
shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly
come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in:
behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts. But who may abide the day of
his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner's
fire, and like fullers' soap. And he shall sit as a refiner and purifyer of
silver: and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and
silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. --Then
shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the
days of old, and as in former years. And I will come near to you to judgment:
and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the
adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the
hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the
stranger, and fear not me, saith the Lord of hosts. For I am the Lord, I change
not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed. Even from the days of your
fathers ye are gone away from mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return
unto me, and I will return unto you, saith the Lord of hosts. But ye said,
Wherein shall we return? Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed me. But ye say,
Wherein have we robbed thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a
curse: for ye have robbed me, even this whole nation. Bring ye all the tithes
into the storehouse, that there may be meat in my house, and prove me now
herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of
heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to
receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy
the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the
time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all the nations shall call you
blessed: for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts. Your
words have been stout against me, saith the Lord. --Yet ye say, What have we
spoken against thee? Ye have said, It is vain to serve God: and what doth it
profit that we have kept his ordinances, and that we have walked mournfully
before the Lord of hosts? And now we call the proud happy; yea, they that work
wickedness are set up; yea, them that tempt God are even delivered. Then they
that fear the Lord spake often one to another: and the Lord hearkened, and
heard: and a book of remembrance was written before him for them that feared
the Lord, and that thought upon his name. And they shall be mine, saith the
Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as
a man spareth his own son that serveth him. Then shall ye return and discern
between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that
serveth him not.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne25</bookName>
<text>For behold, the day cometh, that shall burn
as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble:
and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it
shall leave them neither root nor branch. But unto you that fear my name, shall
the Son of righteousness arise with healings in his wings; and ye shall go
forth, and grow up as calves in the stall. And ye shall tread down the wicked;
for they shall be ashes under the soles of your feet in the day that I shall do
this, saith the Lord of hosts. Remember ye the law of Moses my servant, which I
commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments.
Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and
dreadful day of the Lord: and he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the
children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite
the earth with a curse.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne26</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that when Jesus had
told these things, he expounded them unto the multitude: and he did expound all
things unto them, both great and small. And he saith, These Scriptures which ye
had not with you, the Father commanded that I should give unto you: for it was
wisdom in him that they should be given unto future generations. And he did
expound all things, even from the beginning until the time that he should come
in his glory; yea, even all things which should come upon the face of the
earth, even until the elements should melt with fervent heat, and the earth
should be wrapt together as a scroll, and the heavens and the earth should pass
away; and even unto the great and last day, when all the people, and all
kindreds, and all nations and tongues shall stand before God, to be judged of
their works, whether they be good or whether they be evil: if they be good, to
the resurrection of everlasting life; and if they be evil, to the resurrection
of damnation, being on a parallel, the one on the one hand, and the other on
the other hand, according to the mercy, and the justice, and the holiness which
is in Christ, which was before the world began. And now there cannot be written
in this book, even a hundredth part of the things which Jesus did truly teach
unto the people; but behold the plates of Nephi do contain the more part of the
things which he taught the people; and these things have I written, which are a
lesser part of the things which he taught the people; and I have wrote them to
the intent that they may be brought again unto this people, from the Gentiles,
according to the words which Jesus hath spoken.--And when they shall have
received this, which is expedient that they should have first, to try their
faith: And if it shall so be that they shall believe these things, then shall
the greater things be made manifest unto them. And if it so be that they will
not believe these things, then shall the greater things be withheld from them,
unto their condemnation. Behold I were about to write them all which were
engraven upon the plates of Nephi, but the Lord forbid it, saying, I will try
the faith of my people; therefore I, Mormon, do write the things which have
been commanded me of the Lord. And now I Mormon, make an end of my sayings, and
proceed to write the things which have been commanded me; therefore I would
that ye should behold that the Lord truly did teach the people, for the space
of three days; and after that, he did shew himself unto them oft, and did break
bread oft, and bless it, and gave it unto them. And it came to pass that he did
teach and minister unto the children of the multitude of whom hath been spoken,
and he did loose their tongues, and they did speak unto their fathers great and
marvellous things, even greater than he had revealed unto the people, and
loosed their tongues that they could utter. And it came to pass that after he
had ascended into Heaven the second time that he shewed himself unto them, and
gone unto the Father, after having healed all their sick, and their lame, and
opened the eyes of their blind, and unstopped the ears of the deaf, and even
had done all manner of cures among them, and raised a man from the dead, and
had shewn forth his power unto them, and had ascended unto the Father, behold,
it came to pass on the morrow, that the multitude gathered themselves together,
and they both saw and heard these children; yea, even babes did open their
mouths, and utter marvellous things; and the things which they did utter were
forbidden, that there should not any man write them. And it came to pass that
the disciples whom Jesus had chosen, began from that time forth to baptize and
to teach as many as did come unto them; and as many as were baptized in the
name of Jesus, were filled with the Holy Ghost. And many of them saw and heard
unspeakable things, which are not lawful to be written; and they taught, and
did minister one to another; and they had all things common among them, every
man dealing justly, one with another. And it came to pass that they did do all
things, even as Jesus had commanded them. And they which were baptized in the
name of Jesus, were called the church of Christ.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne27</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that as the disciples
of Jesus were journeying, and were preaching the things which they had both
heard and seen, and were baptizing in the name of Jesus, it came to pass that
the disciples were gathered together, and were united in mighty prayer and
fasting. And Jesus again shewed himself unto them: for they were praying unto
the Father, in his name; and Jesus came and stood in the midst of them, and
saith unto them, What will ye that I shall give unto you? And they said unto
him, Lord, we will that thou wouldst tell us the name whereby we shall call
this church; for there are disputations among the people concerning this
matter. And the Lord said unto them, Verily, verily I say unto you, why is it
that the people should murmur and dispute because of this thing? have they not
read the scriptures, which saith ye must take upon you the name of Christ,
which is in my name? for by this name shall ye be called at the last day; and
whoso taketh upon him my name, and endureth to the end, the same shall be saved
at the last day; therefore, whatsoever ye shall do, ye shall do it in my name;
therefore ye shall call the church in my name; and ye shall call upon the
Father in my name, that he will bless the church for my sake; and how be it my
church, save it be called in my name? for if a church be called in Moses' name,
then it be Moses' church: or if it be called in the name of a man, then it be
the church of a man; but if it be called in my name, then it is my church, if
it so be that they are built upon my Gospel. Verily, I say unto you, that ye
are built upon my Gospel; therefore ye shall call whatsoever things ye do call
in my name; therefore if ye call upon the Father, for the church, if it be in
my name, the Father will hear you; and if it so be that the church is built
upon my Gospel, then will the Father shew forth his own works in it; but if it
be not built upon my Gospel, and is built upon the works of men, or upon the
works of the devil, verily I say unto you, they have joy in their works for a
season, and by and by the end cometh, and they are hewn down and cast into the
fire, from whence there is no return; for their works do follow them: for it is
because of their works that they are hewn down; therefore remember the things
that I have told you. Behold I have given unto you my Gospel, and this is the
Gospel which I have given unto you: That I came into the world to do the will
of my Father, because my Father sent me; and my Father sent me that I might be
lifted up upon the cross; and after that I have been lifted up upon the cross,
I might draw all men unto me; that as I have been lifted up by men, even so
should men be lifted up by the Father, to stand before me, to be judged of
their works, whether they be good or whether they be evil; and for this cause
have I been lifted up; therefore, according to the power of the Father, I will
draw all men unto me, that they may be judged according to their works. And it
shall come to pass, that whoso repenteth and is baptized in my name, shall be
filled; and if he endureth to the end, behold, him will I hold guiltless before
my Father, at that day when I shall stand to judge the world. And he that
endureth not unto the end, the same is he that is also hewn down and cast into
the fire, from whence they can no more return, because of the justice of the
Father; and this is the word which he hath given unto the children of men. And
for this cause he fulfilleth the words which he hath given, and he lieth not,
but fulfilleth all his words; and no unclean thing can enter into his kingdom;
therefore nothing entereth into his rest, save it be those who have washed
their garments in my blood, because of their faith, and the repentance of all
their sins, and their faithfulness unto the end. Now this is the commandment:
Repent, all ye ends of the earth, and come unto me and be baptized in my name,
that ye may be sanctified by the reception of the Holy Ghost, that ye may stand
spotless before me at the last day. Verily, verily I say unto you, this is my
Gospel; and ye know the things that ye must do in my church; for the works
which ye have seen me do, that shall ye also do; for the works which ye have
seen me do, even that shall ye do; therefore if ye do these things, blessed are
ye, for ye shall be lifted up at the last day. Write the things which ye have
seen and heard, save it be those which are forbidden; write the works of this
people, which shall be even as hath been written of that which hath been; for
behold, out of the books which have been written, and which shall be written,
shall this people be judged: for by them shall their works be known unto men.
And behold, all things are written by the Father; therefore out of the books
which shall be written shall the world be judged. And know ye that ye shall be
judges of this people, according to the judgment which I shall give unto you,
which shall be just; therefore what manner of men had ye ought to be? --Verily
I say unto you, Even as I am. And now I go unto the Father. And verily I say
unto you, whatsoever things ye shall ask the Father, in my name, it shall be
given unto you; therefore ask, and ye shall receive; knock, and it shall be
opened unto you: for he that asketh, receiveth, and unto him that knocketh, it
shall be opened. And now behold, my joy is great, even unto fulness, because of
you, and also this generation; yea, and even the Father rejoiceth, and also all
the holy angels, because of you and this generation: for none of them are lost.
Behold, I would that ye should understand; for I mean them which are now alive,
of this generation; and none of them are lost; and in them I have fulness of
joy. --But behold, it sorroweth me because of the fourth generation from this
generation, for they are led away captive by him, even as was the son of
perdition; for they will sell me for silver, and for gold, and for that which
moth doth corrupt, and which thieves can break through and steal. And in that
day will I visit them, even in turning their works upon their own heads. And it
came to pass that when Jesus had ended these sayings, he saith unto his
disciples, Enter ye in at the straight gate: for straight is the gate, and
narrow is the way that leads to life, and few there be that find it: But wide
is the gate, and broad the way which leads to death, and many there be that
traveleth therein, until the night cometh, wherein no man can work.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne28</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass when Jesus had said
these words, he spake unto his disciples, one by one, saying unto them, What is
it that ye desire of me, after I am gone to the Father? And they all spake, save
it were three, saying, We desire that after we have lived unto the age of man,
that our ministry, wherein thou hast called us, may have an end, that we may
speedily come unto thee, in thy kingdom. And he saith unto them, Blessed are
ye, because ye desired this thing of me; therefore after that ye are seventy
and two years old, ye shall come unto me in my kingdom, and with me ye shall
find rest. And when he spake unto them, he turned himself unto the three, and
said unto them, What will ye that I should do unto you, when I am gone unto the
Father? And they sorrowed in their hearts, for they durst not speak unto him
the thing which they desired. And he saith unto them, Behold, I know your
thoughts, and ye have desired the thing which John, my beloved, which was with
me in my ministry, before that I was lifted up by the Jews, desired of me;
therefore more blessed are ye, for ye shall never taste of death, but ye shall
live to behold all the doings of the Father, unto the children of men, even
until things shall be fulfilled, according to the will of the Father, when I
shall come in my glory, with the powers of heaven; and ye shall never endure
the pains of death; but when I shall come in my glory, ye shall be changed in
the twinkling of an eye, from mortality to immortality; and then shall ye be
blessed in the kingdom of my Father. --And again, ye shall not have pain while
ye shall dwell in the flesh, neither sorrow, save it be for the sins of the
world; and all this will I do because of the thing which ye have desired of me:
for ye have desired that ye might bring souls of men unto me, while the world
shall stand; and for this cause ye shall have fulness of joy; and ye shall sit
down in the kingdom of my Father; yea, your joy shall be full, even as the
Father hath given me fulness of joy; and ye shall be even as I am; and I am
even as the Father; and the Father and I are one; and the Holy Ghost beareth
record of the Father and me; and the Father giveth the Holy Ghost unto the
children of men because of me. And it came to pass that when Jesus had spake
these words, he touched every one of them with his finger, save it were the
three which were to tarry, and then he departed. And behold, the heavens were
opened, and they were caught up into heaven, and saw and heard unspeakable
things. And it was forbidden them that they should utter; neither was it given
unto them power that they could utter the things which they saw and heard; and
whether they were in the body or out of the body, they could not tell: for it
did seem unto them like a transfiguration of them, that they were changed from
this body of flesh, into an immortal state, that they could behold the things
of God. But it came to pass that they did again minister upon the face of the
earth; nevertheless they did not minister of the things which they had heard
and seen, because of the commandment which was given them in heaven. And now
whether they were mortal or immortal, from the day of their transfiguration, I
know not; but this much I know: According to the record which hath been given,
they did go forth upon the face of the land, and did minister unto all the
people, uniting as many to the church as would believe in their preaching;
baptizing them; and as many as were baptized, did receive the Holy Ghost; and
they were cast into prison by them who did not belong to the church. And the
prisons could not hold them, for they were rent in twain, and they were cast
down into the earth. But they did not smite the earth with the word of God,
insomuch that by his power they were delivered out of the depths of the earth;
and therefore they could not dig pits sufficiently to hold them. And thrice
they were cast into the furnace, and received no harm. And twice were they cast
into a den of wild beasts; and behold they did play with the beasts, as a child
with a sucking lamb, and received no harm. And it came to pass that thus they
did go forth among all the people of Nephi, and did preach the gospel of Christ
unto all people upon the face of the land: And they were converted unto the
Lord, and were united unto the church of Christ: And thus the people of that
generation were blessed, according to the word of Jesus. And now I, Mormon,
make an end of speaking concerning these things, for a time. Behold, I were
about to write the names of those who were never to taste of death; but the
Lord forbade, therefore I write them not, for they are hid from the world. But
behold I have seen them, and they have ministered unto me; and behold they will
be among the Gentiles, and the Gentiles knoweth them not. They will also be
among the Jews, and the Jews shall know them not. And it shall come to pass,
when the Lord seeth fit in his wisdom, that they shall minister unto all the
scattered tribes of Israel, and unto all nations, kindred, tongues and people,
and shall bring out of them unto Jesus many souls, that their desire may be
fulfilled, and also because of the convincing power of God which is in them,
and they are as the angels of God and if they shall pray unto the Father in the
name of Jesus they can shew themselves unto whatsoever man it seemeth them
good; therefore great and marvellous works shall be wrought by them, before the
great and coming day, when all people must surely stand before the judgment
seat of Christ; yea, even among the Gentiles shall there be a great and
marvellous work wrought by them, before that judgment day. --And if ye had all
the scriptures which gives an account of all the marvellous works of Christ, ye
would, according to the words of Christ, know that these things must surely
come. --And wo be unto him that will not hearken unto the words of Jesus, and
also to them which he hath chosen and sent among them: for whoso receiveth not
the words of Jesus, and the words of them which he hath sent, receiveth not him;
and therefore he will not receive them at the last day; and it would be better
for them of they had not been born. For do ye suppose that ye can get rid of
the justice of an offended God, who hath been trampled under feet of men, that
thereby salvation might come? And now behold, as I spake concerning them whom
the Lord had chosen, yea, even three which were caught up into the Heavens,
that I knew not whether they were cleansed from mortality to immortality: --But
behold, since I wrote, I have inquired of the Lord, and he hath made it
manifest unto me, that there must needs be a change wrought upon their bodies,
or else it needs be that they must taste of death; therefore that they might
not taste of death, there was a change wrought upon their bodies, that they
might not suffer pain nor sorrow, save it were for the sins of the world. Now
this change was not equal to that which should take place at the last day, but
there was a change wrought upon them, insomuch that Satan could have no power
over them, that he could not tempt them, and they were sanctified in the flesh,
that they were holy, and that the powers of the earth could not hold them; and
in this state they were to remain until the judgment day of Christ; and at that
day they were to receive a greater change, and to be received into the kingdom
of the Father, to go no more out, but to dwell with God eternally in the
Heavens.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne29</bookName>
<text>And now behold, I say unto you, that when
the Lord shall see fit, in his wisdom, that these sayings shall come unto the
Gentiles, according to his word, then ye may know that the covenant which the
Father hath made with the children of Israel, concerning their restoration to
the lands of their inheritance, is already beginning to be fulfilled; and ye
may know that the words of the Lord, which have been spoken by the holy
prophets, shall be fulfilled; and ye need not say that the Lord delays his
coming unto the children of Israel; and ye need not imagine in your hearts, that
the words which have been spoken are vain, for behold, the Lord will remember
his covenant which he hath made unto his people of the house of Israel. And
when ye shall see these sayings coming forth among you, then ye need not any
longer spurn at the doings of the Lord, for the sword of his justice is in his
right hand, and behold at that day, if ye shall spurn at his doings, he will
cause it that it shall soon overtake you. Wo unto him that spurneth at the
doings of the Lord; yea, wo unto him that shall deny the Christ, and his works;
yea, wo unto him that shall deny the revelations of the Lord, and that shall
say, the Lord no longer worketh by revelation, or by prophecy, or by gifts, or
by tongues, or by healings, or by the power of the Holy Ghost; yea, and wo unto
him that shall say at that day, that there can be no miracle wrought by Jesus
Christ, for to get gain; for he that doeth this, shall become like unto the son
of perdition, for whom there was no mercy, according to the word of Christ.Yea,
and ye need not any longer hiss, nor spurn, nor make game of the Jews, nor any
of the remnant of the house of Israel, for behold the Lord remembereth his
covenant unto them, and he will do unto them according to that which he hath
sworn; therefore ye need not suppose that ye can turn the right hand of the
Lord unto the left, that he may not execute judgment unto the fulfilling of the
covenant which he hath made unto the house of Israel.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x3ne30</bookName>
<text>Hearken, O ye Gentiles, and hear the words
of Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, which he hath commanded me that I
should speak concerning you: for behold he commandeth me that I should write,
saying, Turn all ye Gentiles from your wicked ways, and repent of your evil
doings, of your lyings and deceivings, and of your whoredoms, and of your
secret abominations and your idolatries, and of your murders, and your
priestcrafts, and your envyings, and your strifes, and from all your wickedness
and abominations, and come unto me, and be baptized in my name, that ye may
receive a remission mission of your sins, and be filled with the Holy Ghost,
that ye may be numbered with my people, which are of the house of Israel.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>x4ne1</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the thirty and
fourth year passed away, and also the thirty and fifth, and behold the
disciples of Jesus had formed a church of Christ in all the lands round about.
And as many as did come unto them, and did truly repent of their sins, were
baptized in the name of Jesus; and they did also receive the Holy Ghost. And it
came to pass in the thirty and sixth year, the people were all converted unto
the Lord, upon all the face of the land, both Nephites and Lamanites, and there
were no contentions and disputations among them, and every man did deal justly
one with another. And they had all things common among them; therefore there
were not rich and poor, bond and free, but they were all made free, and
partakers of the Heavenly gift. And it came to pass that the thirty and seventh
year passed away also, and there still continued to be peace in the land. And
there were great and marvelous works wrought by the disciples of Jesus,
insomuch that they did heal the sick, and raise the dead, and cause the lame to
walk, and the blind to receive their sight, and the deaf to hear; and all
manner of miracles did they work among the children of men; and in nothing did
they work miracles save it were in the name of Jesus. And thus did the thirty
and eighth year pass away, and also the thirty and ninth, and forty and first,
and the forty and second, yea, even until forty and nine years had passed away,
and also the fifty and first, and the fifty and second; yea, and even until
fifty and nine years had passed away. And the Lord did prosper them exceedingly
in the land; yea, insomuch that they did build cities again where there had
been cities burned. Yea, even that great city Zarahemla did they cause to be
built again. But there were many cities which had been sunk, and waters came up
in the stead thereof; therefore these cities could not be renewed. And now,
behold, it came to pass that the people of Nephi did wax strong, and did
multiply exceedingly fast, and became an exceedingly fair and delightsome
people. And they were married, and given in marriage, and were blessed according
to the multitude of the promises which the Lord had made unto them. And they
did not walk any more after the performances and ordinances of the law of
Moses; but they did walk after the commandments which they had received from
their Lord and their God, continuing in fasting and prayer, and in meeting
together oft both to pray and to hear the word of the Lord. And it came to pass
that there was no contention among all the people, in all the land; but there
were mighty miracles wrought among the disciples of Jesus. And it came to pass
that the seventy and first year passed away, and also the seventy and second
year, yea, and in fine, till the seventy and ninth year had passed away; yea,
even an hundred years had passed away, and the disciples of Jesus, whom he had
chosen, had all gone to the paradise of God, save it were the three who should
tarry; and there were other disciples ordained in their stead; and also many of
that generation had passed away. And it came to pass that there was no contention
in the land, because of the love of God which did dwell in the hearts of the
people. And there were no envyings, nor strifes, nor tumult, nor whoredoms, nor
lyings, nor murders, nor any manner of lasciviousness; and surely there could
not be a happier people among all the people who had been created by the hand
of God. There were no robbers, nor no murderers, neither were there Lamanites,
nor no manner of -ites; but they were in one, the children of Christ, and heirs
to the kingdom of God. And how blessed were they! For the Lord did bless them
in all their doings; yea, even they were blessed and prospered until an hundred
and ten years had passed away; and the first generation from Christ had passed
away, and there was no contention in all the land. And it came to pass that
Nephi, he that kept this last record, (and he kept it upon the plates of Nephi)
died, and his son Amos kept it in his stead; and he kept it upon the plates of
Nephi also. And he kept it eighty and four years, and there was still peace in the
land, save it were a small part of the people who had revolted from the church
and taken upon them the name of Lamanites; therefore there began to be
Lamanites again in the land. And it came to pass that Amos died also, (and it
was an hundred and ninety and four years from the coming of Christ) and his son
Amos kept the record in his stead; and he also kept it upon the plates of
Nephi; and it was also written in the book of Nephi, which is this book. And it
came to pass that two hundred years had passed away; and the second generation
had all passed away save it were a few. And now I, Mormon, would that ye should
know that the people had multiplied, insomuch that they were spread upon all
the face of the land, and that they had become exceedingly rich, because of
their prosperity in Christ. And now, in this two hundred and first year there
began to be among them those who were lifted up in pride, such as the wearing
of costly apparel, and all manner of fine pearls, and of the fine things of the
world. And from that time forth they did have their goods and their substance
no more common among them. And they began to be divided into classes; and they
began to build up churches, unto themselves to get gain, and began to deny the
true church of Christ. And it came to pass that when two hundred and ten years
had passed away there were many churches in the land; yea, there were many
churches which professed to know the Christ, and yet they did deny the more
parts of his gospel, insomuch that they did receive all manner of wickedness,
and did administer that which was sacred unto him to whom it had been forbidden
because of unworthiness. And this church did multiply exceedingly because of
iniquity, and because of the power of Satan which did get hold upon their hearts.
And again, there was another church which denied the Christ; and they did
persecute the true church of Christ, because of their humility and their belief
in Christ; and they did despise them because of the many miracles which were
wrought among them. Therefore they did exercise power and authority over the
disciples of Jesus which did tarry with them, and they did cast them into
prison; but by the power of the word of God, which was in them, the prisons
were rent in twain, and they went forth doing mighty miracles among them.
Nevertheless, and notwithstanding all these miracles, the people did harden
their hearts, and did seek to kill them, even as the Jews at Jerusalem sought
to kill Jesus, according to his word. And they did cast them into furnaces of
fire, and they came forth receiving no harm. And they also cast them into dens
of wild beasts, and they did play with the wild beasts even as a child with a
lamb; and they did come forth from among them, receiving no harm. Nevertheless,
the people did harden their hearts, for they were led by many priests and false
prophets to build up many churches, and to do all manner of iniquity. And they
did smite upon the people of Jesus; but the people of Jesus did not smite
again. And thus they did dwindle in unbelief and wickedness, from year to year,
even until two hundred and thirty years had passed away. And now it came to
pass in this year, yea, in the two hundred and thirty and first year, there was
a great division among the people. And it came to pass that in this year there
arose a people which was called the Nephites, and they were true believers in
Christ; and among them there were they which was called by the
Lamanites-Jacobites, and Josephites, and Zoramites; Therefore the true
believers in Christ, and the true worshipers of Christ, (among whom were the
three disciples of Jesus which should tarry) were called Nephites, and
Jacobites, and Josephites, and Zoramites. And it came to pass that they which
rejected the gospel were called Lamanites, and Lemuelites, and Ishmaelites; and
they did not dwindle in unbelief, but they did willfully rebel against the
gospel of Christ; and they did teach their children that they should not
believe, even as their fathers, from the beginning, did dwindle. And it was
because of the wickedness and abomination of their fathers, even as it was in
the beginning. And they were taught to hate the children of God, even as the
Lamanites were taught to hate the children of Nephi from the beginning. And it
came to pass that two hundred and forty and four years had passed away, and
thus were the affairs of the people. And the more wicked part of the people did
wax strong, and became exceedingly more numerous than were the people of God.
And they did still continue to build up churches unto themselves, and adorn
them with all manner of precious things. And thus did two hundred and fifty
years pass away, and also two hundred and sixty years. And it came to pass that
the wicked part of the people began again to build up the secret oaths and combinations
of Gadianton. And also the people who were called the people of Nephi began to
be proud in their hearts, because of their exceeding riches, and become vain,
like unto their brethren, the Lamanites. 44 And from this time the disciples
began to sorrow for the sins of the world. And it came to pass that when three
hundred years had passed away, both the people of Nephi and the Lamanites had
become exceedingly wicked, one like unto another. And it came to pass that the
robbers of Gadianton did spread over all the face of the land; and there were
none that were righteous save it were the disciples of Jesus. And gold and
silver did they lay up in store in abundance, and did traffic in all manner of
traffic. And it came to pass that after three hundred and five years had passed
away, (and the people did still remain in wickedness) Amos died; and his
brother, Ammaron, did keep the record in his stead. And it came to pass that
when three hundred and twenty years had passed away, Ammaron, being constrained
by the Holy Ghost, did hide up the records which were sacred-yea, even all the
sacred records which had been handed down from generation to generation, which
were sacred-even until the three hundred and twentieth year from the coming of
Christ. 49 And he did hide them up unto the Lord, that they might come again
unto the remnant of the house of Jacob, according to the prophecies and the
promises of the Lord. And thus is the end of the record of Ammaron.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm1</bookName>
<text>And now I, Mormon, make a record of the
things which I have both seen and heard, and call it the Book of Mormon. --And
about the time that Ammaron hid up the records unto the Lord, he came unto me,
(I being about ten years of age; and I began to be learned somewhat after the
manner of the learning of my people, ) And Ammaron saith unto me, I perceive
that thou art a sober child, and art quick to observe; therefore when ye are
about twenty and four years old, I would that ye should remember the things
that ye have observed concerning this people; and when ye are of that age, go
to the land of Antum, unto a hill, which is called Shim; and there have I
deposited unto the Lord, all the sacred engravings concerning this people. And
behold, ye shall take the plates of Nephi unto yourself, and the remainder
shall ye leave in the place where they are; and ye shall engrave upon the
plates of Nephi, all the things which ye have observed concerning this people.
And I, Mormon, being a descendant of Nephi, (and my father's name was Mormon,)
I remembered the things which Ammaron commanded me. And it came to pass that I
being eleven years old, was carried by my father into the land southward, even
to the land of Zarahemla: the whole face of the land having become covered with
buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the
sea. And it came to pass in this year there began to be a war between the
Nephites, which consisted of the Nephites, and the Jacobites, and the
Josephites, and the Zoramites: and this war was between the Nephites and the
Lamanites, and the Lamanites and the Lemuelites, and the Ishmaelites. Now the
Lamanites, and the Lemuelites, and the Ishmaelites, were called Lamanites, and
the two parties were Nephites and Lamanites. And it came to pass that the war
began to be among them, in the borders of Zarahemla, by the waters of Sidon.
And it came to pass that the Nephites had gathered together a great number of
men, even to exceed the number of thirty thousand. And it came to pass that
they did have in this same year a number of battles, in the which the Nephites
did beat the Lamanites, and did slay many of them. And it came to pass that the
Lamanites withdrew their design, and there was peace settled in the land, and
peace did remain for the space of about four years, that there were no blood
shed. But wickedness did prevail upon the face of the whole land, insomuch that
the Lord did take away his beloved disciples, and the work of miracles and of
healing did cease, because of the iniquity of the people. And there were no
gifts from the Lord, and the Holy Ghost did not come upon any, because of their
wickedness and unbelief. And I, being fifteen years of age, and being somewhat
of a sober mind, therefore I was visited of the Lord, and tasted , and knew of
the goodness of Jesus. And I did endeavor to preach unto this people, but my
mouth was shut, and I were forbidden that I should preach unto them: for behold
they had wilfully rebelled against their God, and the beloved disciples were
taken away out of the land, because of their iniquity. But I did remain among
them, but I were forbidden that I should preach unto them, because of the
hardness of their hearts; and because of the hardness of their hearts, the land
was cursed for their sake. And these Gaddianton robbers, which were among the
Lamanites, did infest the land, insomuch that the inhabitants thereof began to
hide up their treasures in the earth; and they became slippery, because the
Lord had cursed the land, that they could not hold them, nor retain them again.
And it came to pass that there were sorceries, and witchcrafts, and magics: and
the power of the evil one was wrought upon all the face of the land, even unto
the fulfilling of all the words of Abinadi, and also Samuel the Lamanite.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm2</bookName>
<text>--And it came to pass in that same year,
there began to be a war again between the Nephites and the Lamanites. And
notwithstanding I being young, was large in stature, therefore the people of
Nephi appointed me that I should be their leader, or the leader of their
armies. Therefore it came to pass that in my sixteenth year, I did go forth at
the head of an army of the Nephites, against the Lamanites; therefore three
hundred and twenty and six years had passed away. And it came to pass that in
the three hundred and twenty and seventh year, the Lamanites did come upon us with
exceeding great power, insomuch that they did frighten my armies; therefore
they would not fight, and they began to retreat towards the north countries.
And it came to pass that we did come to the city of Angelah, and we did take
possession of the city, and make preparations to defend ourselves against the
Lamanites. And it came to pass that we did fortify the city with our mights;
but notwithstanding all our fortifications, the Lamanites did come upon us, and
did drive us out of the city. And they did also drive us forth out of the land
of David. And we marched forth, and came to the land of Joshua, which was in
the border west by the seashore. And it came to pass that we did gather our
people as fast as it were possible, that we might get them together in one
body. But behold, the land was filled with robbers and with Lamanites; and
notwithstanding the great destruction which hung over my people, they did not
repent of their evil doings; therefore there was blood and carnage spread
throughout all the face of the land, both on the part of the Nephites, and also
on the part of the Lamanites; and it was one complete revolution throughout all
the face of the land. And now the Lamanites had a king, and his name was Aaron;
and he came against us with an army of forty and four thousand. And behold, I
withstood him, with forty and two thousand. And it came to pass that I beat him
with my army, that he fled before me. And behold, all this was done, and three
hundred and thirty years had passed away. And it came to pass that the Nephites
began to repent of their iniquity, and began to cry even as had been prophesied
by Samuel the prophet: for behold no man could keep that which was his own, for
the thieves, and the robbers, and the murderers, and the magic art, and the
witchcraft which was in the land. Thus there began to be mourning and
lamentation in all the land, because of these things; and more especially among
the people of Nephi. And it came to pass that when I, Mormon, saw their
lamentation, and their mourning, and their sorrowing before the Lord, my heart
did begin to rejoice within me: knowing the mercies and the long suffering of
the Lord, therefore supposing that he would be merciful unto them, that they
would again become a righteous people. But behold this my joy was in vain, for
their sorrowing was not unto repentance, because of the goodness of God, but it
was rather the sorrowing of the damned, because the Lord would not always
suffer them to take happiness in sin. And they did not come unto Jesus with broken
hearts and contrite spirits, but they did curse God, and wish to die.
Nevertheless they would struggle with the sword for their lives. And it came to
pass that my sorrow did return unto me again, and I saw that the day of grace
was past with them, both temporally and spiritually: for I saw thousands of
them hewn down in open rebellion against their God, and heaped up as dung upon
the face of the land. And thus three hundred and forty and four years had
passed away. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and forty and fifth
year, the Nephites did begin to flee before the Lamanites, and they were
pursued until they came even to the land of Jashon, before it were possible to
stop them in their retreat. And now the city of Jashon was near the land where
Ammaron had deposited the records unto the Lord, that they might not be
destroyed. And behold I had gone according to the word of Ammaron, and taken
the plates of Nephi, and did make a record according to the words of Ammaron.
And upon the plates of Nephi, I did make a full account of all the wickedness
and abominations; but upon these plates I did forbear to make a full account of
their wickedness and abominations: for behold, a continual scene of wickedness
and abominations has been before mine eyes ever since I have been sufficient to
behold the ways of man. And wo is me, because of their wickedness: for my heart
has been filled with sorrow because of their wickedness, all my days;
nevertheless, I know that I shall be lifted up at the last day. And it came to
pass that in this year the people of Nephi again were hunted and driven. And it
came to pass that we were driven forth until we had come northward to the land
which was called Shem. And it came to pass that we did fortify the city of
Shem, and we did gather in our people in as much as it were possible, that
perhaps we might save them from destruction. And it came to pass in the three
hundred and forty and sixth year, they began to come upon us again. And it came
to pass that I did speak unto my people, and did urge them with great energy,
that they would stand boldly before the Lamanites, and fight for their wives,
and their children, and their houses and their homes. And my words did arouse
them somewhat to vigor, insomuch that they did not flee from before the
Lamanites, but did stand with boldness against them. And it came to pass that
we did contend with an army of thirty thousand, against an army of fifty
thousand. And it came to pass that we did stand before them with such firmness,
that they did flee from before us. And it came to pass that when they had fled,
we did pursue them with our armies, and did meet them again, and did beat them;
nevertheless the strength of the Lord was not with us: yea, we were left to
ourselves, that the spirit of the Lord did not abide in us; therefore we had
become weak, like unto our brethren. And my heart did sorrow because of this
great calamity of my people; because of their wickedness and their
abominations. But behold we did go forth against the Lamanites, and the robbers
of Gaddianton, until we had again taken possession of the lands of our
inheritance. And the three hundred and forty and ninth year had passed away.
And in three hundred and fiftieth year, we made a treaty with the Lamanites and
the robbers of Gaddianton, in which we did get the lands of our inheritance
divided. And the Lamanites did give unto us the land northward; yea, even to
the narrow passage which led into the land southward. And we did give unto the
Lamanites all the land southward.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm3</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the Lamanites did
not come to battle again until ten years more had passed away. And behold, I
had employed my people, the Nephites, in preparing their lands and their arms
against the time of battle. And it came to pass that the Lord did say unto me,
Cry unto this people repent ye, and come unto me and be baptized, and build up
again my church, and ye shall be spared. And I did cry unto this people, but it
was in vain, and they did not realise that it was the Lord that had spared them,
and granted unto them a chance for repentance. And behold, they did harden
their hearts against the Lord their God. And it came to pass that after the
tenth year had passed away, making in the whole, three hundred and sixty years
from the coming of Christ, the king of the Lamanites sent an epistle unto me,
which gave unto me to know that they were preparing to come again to battle
against us. And it came to pass that they should gather themselves together at
the land Desolation, to a city which was in the borders, by the narrow pass
which lead into the land southward. And there we did place our armies, that we
might stop the armies of the Lamanites, that they might not get possession of
any of our lands; therefore we did fortify against them with all our force. And
it came to pass that in the three hundred and sixty and first year, the
Lamanites did come down to the city of Desolation to battle, against us. And it
came to pass that in that year, we did beat them, insomuch that they did return
to their own lands again. And in the three hundred and sixty and second year,
they did come down again to battle. And we did beat them again, and did slay a
great number of them, and their dead was cast into the sea. And now because of
this great thing which my people, the Nephites, had done, they began to boast
in their own strength, and began to swear before the heavens that they would
avenge themselves of the blood of their brethren which had been slain by their
enemies. And they did swear by the heavens, and also by the throne of God, that
they would go up to battle against their enemies, and would cut them off from
the face of the land. And it came to pass that I, Mormon, did utterly refuse
from this time forth, to be a commander and a leader of this people, because of
their wickedness and abomination. Behold, I had led them, notwithstanding their
wickedness, I had lead them many times to battle, and had loved them, according
to the love of God which was in me, with all my heart; and my soul had been
poured out in prayer unto my God all the day long, for them; nevertheless it
was without faith, because of the hardness of their hearts. And thrice have I
delivered them out of the hands of their enemies, and they have repented of
their sins. And when they had sworn by all that had been forbidden them, by our
Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, that they would go up unto their enemies to
battle, and avenge themselves of the blood of their brethren, behold, the voice
of the Lord came unto me saying: Vengeance is mine, and I will repay; and
because this people repented not after that I had delivered them, behold, they
shall be cut off from the face of the earth. And it came to pass that I utterly
refused to go up against mine enemies; and I did even as the Lord had commanded
me; and I did stand as an idle witness to manifest unto the world the things
which I saw and heard, according to the manifestations of the spirit which had
testified of things to come. Therefore I write unto you, Gentiles, and also
unto you, house of Israel, when the work shall commence that ye shall be about
to prepare to return to the land of your inheritance; yea, behold, I write unto
all the ends of the earth; yea, unto you, twelve tribes of Israel. which shall
be judged according to your works, by the twelve whom Jesus chose to be his
disciples in the land of Jerusalem. And I write also unto the remnant of this
people, which shall also be judged by the other twelve whom Jesus chose in the
land of Jerusalem. And these things do the spirit manifest unto me; therefore I
write unto you all. And for this cause I write unto you, that ye may know that
ye must all stand before the judgment seat of Christ, yea, every soul which
belong to the whole human family of Adam; and ye must stand to be judged of
your works, whether they be good or evil; and also that ye may believe the
Gospel of Jesus Christ, which ye shall have among you; and also that the Jews,
the covenant people of the Lord, shall have other witness besides that which
they saw and heard, that Jesus, whom they slew, was the very Christ, and the
very God; and I would that I could persuade all ye ends of the earth to repent
and prepare to stand before the judgment seat of Christ.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm4</bookName>
<text>And now it came to pass that in the three
hundred and sixty and third year, the Nephites did go up with their armies to
battle against the Lamanites, out of the land Desolation. And it came to pass
that the armies of the Nephites were driven back again to the land of
Desolation. And while they were yet weary, a fresh army of the Lamanites did
come upon them; and they had a sore battle, insomuch that the Lamanites did
take possession of the city Desolation, and did slay many of the Nephites, and
did take many prisoners; and the remainder did flee and join the inhabitants of
the city Teancum. Now the city Teancum lay in the borders by the seashore; and
it was also near the city Desolation. And it was because of the Nephites went
up unto the Lamanites, that they began to be smitten: for were it not for that,
the Lamanites could have no power over them. But behold, the judgments of God
will overtake the wicked; and it is by the wicked, that the wicked are
punished: for it is the wicked that stireth up the hearts of the children of
men unto bloodshed. --And it came to pass that the Lamanites did make
preparation to come against the city Teancum. And it came to pass in the three
hundred and sixty and fourth year, the Lamanites did come against the city
Teancum, that they might take possession of the city Teancum also. And it came to
pass that they were repulsed and driven back by the Nephites. And when the
Nephites saw that they had driven the Lamanites, they did again boast of their
strength; and they went forth in their own might, and took possession again of
the city Desolation. And now all these things had been done and there had been
thousands slain on both sides, both the Nephites and the Lamanites. And it came
to pass that the three hundred and sixty and sixth year had passed away, and
the Lamanites came again upon the Nephites to battle; and yet the Nephites
repented not of the evil which they had done, but persisted in their wickedness
continually. And it is impossible for the tongue to describe, or for a man to
write a perfect description of the horrible scene of the blood and a carnage
which was among the people, both of the Nephites and of the Lamanites; and
every heart was hardened, so that they delighted in shedding of blood
continually. And there never had been so great wickedness among all the
children of Lehi, nor even among all the house of Israel, according to the
words of the Lord, as were among this people. And it came to pass that the
Lamanites did take possession of the city Desolation, and this because their
number did exceed the number of the Nephites. And they did also march forward
against the city Teancum, and did drive the inhabitants forth out of her, and
did take many prisoners of women and of children, and did offer them up as
sacrifices unto their idol gods. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and
sixty and seventh year, the Nephites being angry because the Lamanites had
sacrificed their women and their children, that they did go against the
Lamanites with exceeding anger, insomuch that they did beat again the
Lamanites, and drive them out of their lands; and the Lamanites did not come
again against the Nephites, until the three hundred and seventy and fifth year.
And in this year they did come down against the Nephites with all their powers;
and they were not numbered, because of the greatness of their number. And from
this time forth did the Nephites gain no power over the Lamanites, but began to
be swept off by them even as a dew before the sun. And it came to pass that the
Lamanites did come down against the city of Desolation; and there was an
exceeding sore battle fought in the land Desolation, in which they did beat the
Nephites. And they fled again from before them, and they came to the city Beaz;
and there they did stand against the Lamanites with exceeding boldness,
insomuch that the Lamanites did not beat them until they had come again the
second time. the Nephites were driven and slaughtered with an exceeding great
slaughter; their women and their children were again sacrificed unto idols. And
it came to pass that the Nephites did again flee from before them, taking all
the inhabitants with them, both in towns and villages. And now I, Mormon,
seeing that the Lamanites were about to overthrow the land, therefore I did go
to the hill Shim, and did take all the records which Ammaron had hid up unto
the Lord.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm5</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that I did go forth
among the Nephites, and did repent of the oath which I made, That I would no
more assist them; and they gave me command again of their armies: for they
looked upon me as though I could deliver them from their afflictions. But
behold, I was without hopes, for I knew the judgments of the Lord which should
come upon them: for they repented not of their iniquities, but did struggle for
their lives, without calling upon that Being who had created them. And it came
to pass that the Lamanites did come against us as we fled to the city of
Jordan; but behold, they were driven back that they did not take the city at
that time. And it came to pass that they came against us again, and we did
maintain the city. And there were also other cities which were maintained by
the Nephites, which strong holds did cut them off that they could not get into
the country which lay before us to destroy the inhabitants of our land. But it
came to pass that whatsoever lands we had passed by, and the inhabitants
thereof were not gathered in, were destroyed by the Lamanites, and their towns,
and villages, and cities were burned with fire; and thus the three hundred and
seventy and nine years passed away. And it came to pass that in the three
hundred and eightieth year, the Lamanites did come again against us to battle,
and we did stand against them boldly; but it was all in vain, for so great were
their numbers that they did tread the people of the Nephites under their feet.
And it came to pass that we did again take to flight, and they whose flight
were swifter than the Lamanites did escape, and they whose flight did not
exceed the Lamanites, were swept down and destroyed. And now behold, I, Mormon,
do not desire to harrow up the souls of men in casting before them such an
awful scene of blood and carnage as was laid before mine eyes, but I, knowing
that these things must surely be made known, and that all things which are hid
must be revealed upon the house tops, and also that a knowledge of these things
must come unto the remnant of these people, and also unto the Gentiles, which
the Lord hath said should scatter this people, and this people should be
counted as nought among them, therefore I write a small abridgement, daring not
to give a full account of the things which I have seen, because of the
commandment which I have received, and also that ye might not have too great
sorrow because of the wickedness of this people. And now behold, this I speak
unto their seed, and also to the Gentiles, which hath care for the house of
Israel, that realize and know from whence their blessings come: For I know that
such will sorrow for the calamity of the house of Israel; yea, they will sorrow
for the destruction of this people; they will sorrow that this people had not
repented, that they might have been clasped in the arms of Jesus. Now these
things are written unto the remnant of the house of Jacob; and they are written
after the manner, because it is known of God that wickedness will not bring
them forth unto them; and they are to be hid up unto the Lord, that they may
come forth in his own due time. And this is the commandment which I have
received; and behold they shall come forth according to the commandment of the
Lord, when he shall see fit, in his wisdom. And behold they shall go unto the
unbelieving of the Jews; and for this intent shall they go: that they may be
persuaded that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God; that the Father
may bring about, through his most beloved, his great and eternal purpose, in
the restoring the Jews or all the house of Israel, to the land of their
inheritance, which the Lord their God hath given them, unto the fulfilling of
his covenant, and also that the seed of this people may more fully believe his
gospel, which shall go forth unto them from the Gentiles: for this people shall
be scattered, and shall become a dark, a filthy, and loathsome people beyond
the description of that which ever hath been amongst us; yea, even that which
hath been among the Lamanites; and this because of their unbelief and idolatry:
For behold, the spirit of the Lord hath already ceased to strive with their
fathers, and they are without Christ and God in the world, and they are driven
about as chaff before the wind. They were once a delightsome people, and they
had Christ for their Shepherd; yea, they were led even by God the Father. But
now, behold they are led about by Satan, even as chaff is driven before the
wind, or as a vessel is tossed about upon the waves, without sail or anchor, or
without any thing wherewith to steer her; and even as she is, so are they. And
behold, the Lord hath reserved their blessing, which they might have received
in the land, for the Gentiles, which shall possess the land. --But behold, it
shall come to pass that they shall be driven and scattered by the Gentiles; and
after that they have been driven and scattered by the Gentiles, behold, then
will the Lord remember the covenant which he made unto Abraham, and unto all
the house of Israel. And also the Lord will remember the prayers of the
righteous, which hath been put up unto him for them. And then, O ye Gentiles,
how can ye stand before the power of God, except ye shall repent and turn from
your evil ways? Know ye not that ye are in the hands of God? Know ye not that he
hath all power, and at his great command the earth shall be rolled together as
a scroll? Therefore repent ye, and humble yourselves before him, lest he shall
come out in justice against you; lest a remnant of the seed of Jacob shall go
forth among you as a lion, and tear you in pieces, and there is none to
deliver.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm6</bookName>
<text>And now I finish my record concerning the
destruction of my people, the Nephites. And it came to pass that we did march
forth before the Lamanites. And I, Mormon, wrote an epistle unto the king of
the Lamanites, and desired of him that he would grant unto us that we might
gather together our people unto the land of Camorah, by the hill which was
called Camorah, and there we would give them battle. And it came to pass that
the king of the Lamanites did grant unto me the thing which I desired. And it
came to pass that we did march forth to the land of Camorah; and we did pitch
our tents round about the hill of Camorah; and it was in a land of many waters,
rivers and fountains; and here we had hope to gain advantage over the Lamanites.
And when three hundred and eighty and four years had passed away, we had
gathered in all the remainder of our people unto the land Camorah. And it came
to pass that when we had gathered in all our people in one to the land of
Camorah, behold I, Mormon, began to be old; knowing it to be the last struggle
of my people, and having been commanded of the Lord that I should not suffer
that the records which had been handed down by our fathers, which were sacred,
to fall into the hands of the Lamanites, (for the Lamanites would destroy
them,) therefore I made this record out of the plates of Nephi, and hid up in
the hill of Camorah, all the records which had been entrusted to me by the hand
of the Lord, save it were these few plates which I gave unto my son Moroni. And
it came to pass that my people, with their wives and their children, did now
behold the armies of the Lamanites a marching towards them; and with that awful
fear of death which fills the breasts of all the wicked, did they await to
receive them. And it came to pass that they came to battle against us, and
every soul was filled with terror, because of the greatness of their numbers.
And it came to pass that they did fall upon my people with the sword, and with
the bow, and with the arrow, and with the axe, and with all manner of weapons
of war. And it came to pass that my men were hewn down, yea, even my ten
thousand which were with me, and I fell wounded in the midst; and they passed
by me that they did not put an end to my life. And when they had gone through
and hewn down all my people save it were twenty and four of us, (among whom was
my son Moroni,) and we having survived the dead of our people, did behold on
the morrow, when the Lamanites had returned unto their camps, from the top of
the hill Camorah, the ten thousand of my people which were hewn down, being led
in front by me, and we also beheld the ten thousand of my people which were led
by my son Moroni. And behold, the ten thousand of Gidgiddonah had fallen, and
he also in the midst; and Lamah had fallen with his ten thousand; and Gilgal
had fallen with his ten thousand; and Limhah had fallen with his ten thousand;
and Joneam had fallen with his ten thousand; and Camenihah and Moronihah, and
Antionum, and Shiblom, and Shem, and Josh, had fallen with their ten thousand
each. And it came to pass that there were ten more which did fall by the sword,
with their ten thousand each; yea, even all my people, save it were those
twenty and four which were with me, and also a few which had escaped into the
south countries, and a few which had dissented over unto the Lamanites, had
fallen, and their flesh, and bones, and blood lay upon the face of the earth,
being left by the hands of those who slew them, to moulder upon the land, and
to crumble and to return to their mother earth. And my soul was rent with
anguish, because of the slain of my people: And I cried, O ye fair ones, how
could ye have departed from the ways of the Lord! O ye fair ones, how could ye
have rejected that Jesus, who stood with open arms to receive you! Behold, if
ye had not done this, ye would not have fallen. But behold, ye are fallen, and
I mourn your loss. O ye fair sons and daughters, ye fathers and mothers, ye
husbands and wives, ye fair ones, how is it that ye could have fallen! But
behold, ye are gone, and my sorrows cannot bring your return; and the day soon
cometh that your mortal must put on immortality, and these bodies which are now
mouldering in corruption, must soon become incorruptible bodies; and then ye
must stand before the judgment seat of Christ, to be judged according to your
works: and if it so be that ye are righteous, then ye are blessed with your
fathers which have gone before you. O that ye had repented before that this
great destruction had come upon you. But behold, ye are gone, and the Father,
yea, the eternal Father of heaven, knoweth your state; and he doeth with you
according to his justice and mercy.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm7</bookName>
<text>And now behold, I would speak somewhat unto
the remnant of this people which are spared, if it so be that God may give unto
them my words, that they may know of the things of their fathers; yea, I speak
unto you, ye remnant of the house of Israel; and this is the words which I
speak: Know ye that ye are of the house of Israel. Know ye that ye must come
unto repentance, or ye cannot be saved. Know ye that ye must lay down your
weapons of war, and delight no more in the shedding of blood, and take them not
again, save it be that God shall command you. Know ye that ye must come to the
knowledge of your fathers, and repent of all of your sins and iniquities, and
believe in Jesus Christ, that he is the Son of God, and that he was slain by
the Jews, and by the power of the Father he hath risen again, whereby he hath
gained the victory over the grave; and also in him is the sting of death
swallowed up. And he bringeth to pass the resurrection of the dead, whereby man
must be raised to stand before his judgment seat. And he hath brought to pass
the redemption of the world, whereby he that is found guiltless before him at
the judgment day, hath it given unto them to dwell in the presence of God in
his kingdom, to sing ceaseless praises with the choirs above, unto the Father,
and unto the Son, and unto the Holy Ghost, which is one God, in a state of
happiness which hath no end. Therefore repent, and be baptized in the name of
Jesus, and lay hold upon the Gospel of Christ, which shall be set before you,
not only in this record, but also in the record which shall come unto the
Gentiles from the Jews, which record shall come from the Gentiles unto you. For
behold, this is written for the intent that ye may believe that; and if ye
believe that, ye will believe this also; and if ye believe this, ye will know
concerning your fathers, and also the marvellous works which were wrought by
the power of God among them; and ye will also know that ye are a remnant of the
seed of Jacob; therefore ye are numbered among the people of the first
covenant; and if it so be that ye believe in Christ, and are baptized, first
with water, then with fire and with the Holy Ghost, following the example of
our Saviour according to that which he hath commanded us, it shall be well with
you in the day of judgment. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm8</bookName>
<text>Behold I, Moroni, do finish the record of
my father Mormon. Behold, I have but a few things to write, which things I have
been commanded of my father. And now it came to pass that after the great and
tremendous battle at Camorah, behold, the Nephites which had escaped into the
country southward, were hunted by the Lamanites, until they were all destroyed;
and my father was also killed by them; and I, even I remaineth alone to write
the sad tale of the destruction of my people. But behold, they are gone, and I
fulfil the commandment of my father. And whether they will slay me, I know not;
therefore I will write and hide up the records in the earth: and whither I go
it mattereth not. Behold, my father hath made this record, and he hath written
the intent thereof. And behold, I would write it also. if I had room upon the
plates; but I have not; and ore I have none, for I am alone: my father hath
been slain in battle, and all my kinsfolk, and I have not friends nor whither
to go; and how long that the Lord will suffer that I may live, I know not.
Behold, four hundred years have passed away since the coming of our Lord and
Saviour. And behold, the Lamanites have hunted my people, the Nephites, down
from city to city, and from place to place, even until they are no more; and
great has been their fall; yea, great and marvellous is the destruction of my
people, the Nephites. and behold, it is the hand of the Lord which hath done
it. And behold also, the Lamanites are at war one with another; and the whole
face of this land is one continual round of murder and bloodshed; and no one
knoweth the end of the war. And now behold, I say no more concerning them, for
there are none, save it be Lamanites and robbers, that do exist upon the face
of the land; and there are none that do know the true God, save it be the
disciples of Jesus, which did tarry in the land until the wickedness of the
people were so great, that the Lord would not suffer them to remain with the
people; and whether they be upon the face of the land, no man knoweth. But
behold, my father and I have seen them, and they have ministered unto us. And
whoso receiveth this record and shall not condemn it because of the
imperfections which are in it, the same shall know of greater things than
these. Behold, I am Moroni; and were it possible, I would make all things known
unto you. Behold, I make an end of speaking concerning this people. I am the
son of Mormon, and my father was a descendant of Nephi; and I am the same which
hideth up this record unto the Lord; the plates thereof are of no worth,
because of the commandment of the Lord. For he truly saith, That no one shall
have them to get gain; but the record thereof is of great worth; and whoso
shall bring it to light, him will the Lord bless. For none can have power to bring
it to light, save it be given him of God: for God will that it shall be done
with and eye singled to his glory, or the welfare of the ancient and long
dispersed covenant people of the Lord. And blessed be him that shall bring this
thing to light: for it shall be brought out of darkness unto light, according
to the word of God; yea, it shall be brought out of the earth, and it shall
shine forth out of darkness, and come unto the knowledge of the people; and it
shall be done by the power of God: and if there be faults, they be the faults
of a man. But behold, we know no fault. Nevertheless, God knoweth all things;
therefore he that condemneth, let him be aware lest he shall be in danger of
hell fire. And he that sayeth, Shew unto me, or ye shall be smitten, let him
beware lest he commandeth that which is forbidden of the Lord. For behold, the
same that judgeth rashly, shall be judged rashly again: for according to his
works shall his wages be; therefore, he that smiteth, shall be smitten again of
the Lord. Behold what the Scriptures saith: Man shall not smite, neither shall
he judge: for judgment is mine, saith the Lord; and vengeance is mine also, and
I will repay. And he that shall breathe out wrath and strifes against the work
of the Lord, and against the covenant people of the Lord, which is the house of
Israel, and shall say, We will destroy the work of the Lord, and the Lord will
not remember his covenant which he hath made unto the house of Israel, the same
is in danger to be hewn down and cast into the fire: for the eternal purposes
of the Lord shall roll on, until all his promises shall be fulfilled. Search
the prophecies of Isaiah. Behold, I cannot write them. Yea, behold I say unto
you, That those saints which have gone before me, which have possessed this
land, shall cry; yea, even from the dust will they cry unto the Lord; and the
Lord liveth, he will remember the covenant which he hath made with them. And he
knoweth their prayers, that they were in the behalf of their brethren. And he
knoweth their faith: for in his name could they remove mountains; and in his
name could they cause the earth to shake; and by the power of his word did they
cause prisons to tumble to the earth; yea, even the fiery furnace could not
harm them; neither wild beasts, nor poisonous serpents, because of the power of
his word. And behold, their prayers were also in behalf of him that the Lord
should suffer to bring these things forth. And no one need not say, They shall
not come, for they surely shall, for the Lord hath spoken it: for out of the
earth shall they come, by the hand of the Lord, and none can stay it; and it
shall come in a day when it shall be said that miracles are done away; and it
shall come even as if one should speak from the dead. And it shall come in a day
when the blood of saints shall cry unto the Lord, because of secret
combinations and the works of darkness; yea, it shall come in a day when the
power of God shall be denied, and churches become defiled, and shall be lifted
up in the pride of their hearts; yea, even in a day when leaders of churches,
and teachers, in the pride of their hearts, even to the envying of them who
belong to their churches; yea, it shall come in a day when there shall be heard
of fires, and tempests, and vapors of smoke in foreign lands; and there shall
also be heard of wars, and rumors of wars, and earthquakes in diverse places;
yea, it shall come in a day when there shall be great pollutions upon the face
of the earth: there shall be murders, and robbing, and lying, and deceivings,
and whoredoms, and all manner of abominations; when there shall be many which
will say, Do this, or do that, and it mattereth not, for the Lord will uphold
such at the last day. But wo unto such, for they are in the gall of bitterness,
and in the bonds of iniquity. Yea, it shall come in a day when there shall be
churches built up that shall say, Come unto me, and for your money you shall be
forgiven of your sins. O ye wicked and perverse, and stiffnecked people, why
have ye built up churches unto yourselves to get gain? Why have ye transfigured
the holy word of God, that ye might bring damnation upon your souls? Behold,
look ye unto the revelations of God. For behold, the time cometh at that day
when all these things must be fulfilled. Behold, the Lord hath shewn unto me
great and marvellous things concerning that which must shortly come at that day
when these things shall come forth among you. Behold, I speak unto you as if ye
were present, and yet ye are not. But behold, Jesus Christ hath shewn you unto me,
and I know your doings; and I know that ye do walk in the pride of your hearts;
and there are none, save a few only, which do not lift themselves up in the
pride of their hearts, unto the wearing of very fine apparel, unto envyings,
and strifes, and malice, and persecutions, and all manner of iniquities; and
your churches, yea, even every one, have become polluted because of the pride
of your hearts. For behold, ye do love money, and your substances, and your
fine apparel, and the adorning of your churches, more than ye love the poor and
the needy, the sick and afflicted. O ye pollutions, ye hypocrites, ye teachers,
which sell yourselves for that which will canker, why have ye polluted the holy
church of God? Why are ye ashamed to take upon you the name of Christ? Why do
ye not think that greater is the value of an endless happiness, than that
misery which never dies, because of the praise of the world? Why do ye adorn
yourselves with that which hath no life, and yet suffer the hungry, and the
needy, and the naked, and the sick, and the afflicted to pass by you, and
notice them not? Yea, why do ye build up your secret abominations to get gain,
and cause that widows should mourn before the Lord, and also orphans to mourn
before the Lord; and also the blood of their fathers and their husbands to cry
unto the Lord from the ground, for vengeance upon your heads? Behold, the sword
of vengeance hangeth over you; and the time cometh that he avengeth the blood
of the saints upon you, for he will not suffer their cries any longer.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmorm9</bookName>
<text>And now, I speak also concerning those who
do not believe in Christ. Behold, will ye believe in the day of your
visitation, behold, when the Lord shall come; yea, even that great day when the
earth shall be rolled together as a scroll, and the elements shall melt with
fervent heat; yea, in that great day when ye shall be brought to stand before
the Lamb of God, then will ye say that there is no God? Then will ye longer
deny the Christ, or can ye behold the Lamb of God? Do ye suppose that ye shall
dwell with him under a consciousness of your guilt? Do ye suppose that ye could
be happy to dwell with that holy Being, when your souls are racked with a
consciousness of your guilt that ye have ever abused his laws? Behold I say
unto you, that ye would be more miserable to dwell with a holy and just God,
under a consciousness of your filthiness before him, than ye would to dwell
with the damned souls in hell? For behold, when ye shall be brought to see your
nakedness before God, and also the glory of God, and the holiness of Jesus
Christ, it will kindle a flame of unquenchable fire upon you. O then ye
unbelieving, turn ye unto the Lord; cry mightily unto the Father in the name of
Jesus, that perhaps ye may be found spotless, pure, fair, and white, having
been cleansed by the blood of the Lamb, at that great and last day. And again I
speak unto you, who deny the revelations of God, and say that they are done
away, that there is no revelations, nor prophecies, and the interpretation of
tongues. Behold I say unto you, He that denieth these things, knoweth not the
Gospel of Christ; yea, they have not read the Scriptures; if so, they do not
understand them. For do we not read that God is the same yesterday, to-day, and
forever: and in him there is no variableness, neither shadow of changing. And
now, if ye have imagined up unto yourselves a god which doth vary, and in him
there is shadow of changing, then have ye imagined up unto yourselves a god
which is not a God of miracles. But behold, I will shew unto you a God of
miracles, even the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob;
and it is that same God which created the heavens and the earth, and all things
that in them is. Behold, he crated Adam; and by Adam came the fall of man. And
because of the fall of man, came Jesus Christ, even the Father and the Son; and
because of Jesus Christ, came the redemption of man. And because of the
redemption of man, which came by Jesus Christ, they are brought back into the
presence of the Lord; yea, this is wherein all men are redeemed, because the
death of Christ bringeth to pass the resurrection, which bringeth to pass a
redemption from an endless sleep, from which sleep all men shall be awoke by
the power of God, when the trump shall sound; and they shall come forth, both small
and great, and all shall stand before his bar, being redeemed and loosed from
their eternal band of death, which death is a temporal death; and then cometh
the judgment of the Holy One upon them; and then cometh the time that he that
is filthy, shall be filthy still; and he that is righteous, shall be righteous
still: he that is happy, shall be happy still; and he that is unhappy, shall be
unhappy still. And now, O all ye that have imagined up unto yourselves a god
which can do no miracles, I would ask of you, have all these things past, of
which I have spoken? Has, the end come yet? Behold I say unto you, Nay; and God
has not ceased to be a God of miracles. Behold, are not the things that God
hath wrought, marvellous in our eyes? Yea, and who can comprehend the
marvellous works of God? Who shall say that it was not a miracle, that by his
word the heaven and the earth should be; and by the power of his word, man was
created of the dust of the earth; and by the power of his word, hath miracles
been wrought? And who shall say that Jesus Christ did not do many miracles? And
there was many mighty miracles wrought by the hands of the apostles. And if
there was miracles wrought, then why has God ceased to be God of miracles, and
yet be an unchangeable being. And behold I say unto you, He changeth not: if
so, he would cease to be God; and he ceaseth not to be God, and is a God of
miracles. And the reason why he ceaseth to do miracles among the children of
men, is because that they dwindle in unbelief, and depart from the right way,
and know not the God in whom they should trust. Behold I say unto you, That
whoso believeth in Christ, doubting nothing what so ever he shall ask the
Father in the name of Christ, it shall be granted them: and this promise is
unto all, even unto the ends of the earth. For behold, thus saith Jesus Christ,
the Son of God, unto his disciples which should tarry; yea, and also to all his
disciples, in the hearing of the multitude, Go ye into all the world, and
preach the Gospel to every creature; and he that believeth and is baptized,
shall be saved, but he that believeth not, shall be damned. And these signs
shall follow them that believe: In my name shall they cast out Devils; they
shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink
any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and
they shall recover; and whosoever shall believe in my name, doubting nothing,
unto him will I confirm all my words, even unto the ends of the earth. And now behold,
who can stand against the works of the Lord? Who can deny his sayings? Who will
rise up against the almighty power of the Lord? Who will despise the works of
the Lord? Who will despise the children of Christ? Behold, all ye that are
despisers of the works of the Lord, for ye shall wonder and perish. O then
despise not, and wonder not, but hearken unto the words of the Lord, and ask
the Father in the name of Jesus for what things soever ye shall stand in need.
Doubt not, but believing and begin as in times of old, and come unto the Lord
with all your heart, and work out your own salvation with fear and trembling
before him. Be wise in the days of your probation; strip yourselves of all
uncleanness; ask not, that ye may consume it on your lusts, but ask with
firmness unshaken, that ye will yield to no temptation, but that ye will serve
the true and living God. See that ye are baptized unworthily; see that ye
partake not of the sacrament of Christ unworthily; but see that ye do all
things in worthiness, and do it in the name of Jesus Christ, the Son of the
living God; and if ye do this, and endure to the end, ye will in no wise be
cast out.-- Behold, I speak unto you as though I spake from the dead: for I
know that ye shall hear my words. Condemn me not because of mine imperfection;
neither my father, because of his imperfection; neither them which have written
before him, but rather give thanks unto God that he hath made manifest unto you
our imperfections, that ye may learn to be more wise than that which we have
been. And now behold, we have written this record according to our knowledge in
the characters, which are called among us the reformed Egyptian being handed
down and altered by us, according to our manner of speech. And if our plates
had been sufficiently large, we should have written in Hebrew; but the Hebrew
hath been altered by us also; and if we could have written in the Hebrew,
behold, ye would have had none imperfection in our record. But the Lord knoweth
the things which we have written, and also that none other people knoweth our
language; and because that none other people knoweth our language, therefore he
hath prepared means for the interpretation thereof. And these things are
written, that ye may rid our garments of the blood of our brethren which have
dwindled in unbelief. And behold, these things which we have desired concerning
our brethren, yea, even their restoration to the knowledge of Christ, is
according to the prayers of all the saints which have dwelt in the land. And
may the Lord Jesus Christ grant that their prayers may be answered according to
their faith; and may God the Father remember the covenant which he hath made
with the house of Israel; and may he bless them forever, through faith on the
name of Jesus Christ. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether1</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, proceed to give an
account of those ancient inhabitants which were destroyed by the hand of the
Lord upon the face of this north country. And I take mine account from the
twenty and four plates which were found by the people of Limhi, which is called
the Book of Ether. And as I suppose that the first part of this record, which
speaketh concerning the creation of the world, and also of Adam, an account
from that time even to the great tower, and whatsoever things transpired among
the children of men until that time, is had among the Jews, therefore I do not
write those things which transpired from the days of Adam until that time; but
they are had upon the plates; and whoso findeth them, the same will have power
that he may get the full account. But behold, I give not the full account, but
a part of the account I give, from the tower down until they were destroyed.
And on this wise do I give the account. He that wrote this record was Ether,
and he was a descendant of Coriantor; Coriantor was the son of Moron; and Moron
was the son of Ethem; and Ethem was the son of Ahah; and Ahah was the son of
Seth; and Seth was the son of Shiblon; and Shiblon was the son of Com; and Com
was the son of Coriantum; and Coriantum was the son of Amnigaddah; and
Amnigaddah was the son of Aaron; and Aaron was a descendant of Heth, who was
the son of Hearthom; and Hearthom was the son of Lib; and Lib was the son of
Kish; and Kish was the son of Corom; and Corom was the son of Levi; and Levi
was the son of Kim; and Kim was the son of Morianton; and Morianton was a
descendant of Riplakish; and Riplakish was the son of Shez; and Shez was the
son of Heth; And Heth was the son of Com; and Com was the son of Coriantum; and
Coriantum was the son of Emer; and Emer was the son of Omer; and Omer was the
son of Shule; and Shule was the son of Kib; and Kib was the son of Orihah,
which was the son of Jared; which Jared came forth with his brother and their
families, with some others and their families, from the great tower, at the
time the Lord confounded the language of the people, and swear in his wrath
that they should be scattered upon all the face of the earth; and according to
the word of the Lord the people were scattered. And the brother of Jared, being
a large and a mighty man, and being a man highly favored of the Lord; for Jared
his brother said unto him, Cry unto the Lord, that he will not confound us that
we may not understand our words. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared
did cry unto the Lord, and the Lord had compassion upon Jared; therefore he did
not confound the language of Jared; and Jared and his brother were not
confounded. Then Jared said unto his brother, Cry again unto the Lord, and it
may be that he will turn away his anger from them which are our friends, that
he confound not their language. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared
did cry unto the Lord, and the Lord had compassion upon their friends, and
their families also, that they were not confounded. And it came to pass that
Jared spake again unto his brother, saying, Go and inquire of the Lord whether
he will drive us out of the land; and if he will drive us out of the land, cry
unto him whither we shall go. And who knoweth but the Lord will carry us forth
into a land which is choice above all the earth. And if it so be, let us be faithful
unto the Lord, that we may receive it for our inheritance. And it came to pass
that the brother of Jared did cry unto the Lord according to that which had
been spoken by the mouth of Jared. And it came to pass that the Lord did hear
the brother Jared, and had compassion upon him, and said unto him, Go to and
gather together thy flocks, both male and female, of every kind; and also of
the seed of the earth of every kind, and thy families; and also Jared thy
brother and his family; and also thy friends and their families, and the friend
of Jared and their families. And when thou hast done this, thou shalt go at the
head of them down into the valley, which is northward. And there will I meet
thee, and I will go before thee into a land which is choice above all the land
of the earth. And there will I bless thee and thy seed, and raise up unto me of
thy seed, and the seed of thy brother, and they which shall go with thee, a
great nation. And there shall be none greater than the nation which I will
raise up unto me of thy seed, upon all the face of the earth. And thus I will
do unto thee because of this long time which ye have cried unto me.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether2</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Jared and his
brother, and their families, and also the friends of Jared and his brother, and
their families, went down into the valley which was northward, mighty hunter,)
with their flocks which they had gathered together, male and female, of every
kind. And they did also lay snares and catch the fowls of the air; and they did
also prepare a vessel, in the which they did carry with them the fish of the
waters; and they did also carry with them deseret, which by interpretation, is
a honey bee; and thus they did carry with them swarms of bees, and all manner
of that which was upon the face of the land, seeds of every kind. And it came
to pass that when they did come down into the valley of Nimrod, the Lord came
down and talked with the brother of Jared; and he was in a clowd, and the
brother of Jared saw him not. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded them
that they should go forth into the wilderness, yea, into that quarter where
there never had man been. And it came to pass that the Lord did go before them,
and did talk with them as he stood in a cloud, and gave directions, whither
they should travel. --And it came to pass that they did travel in the
wilderness, and did build barges, in the which they did cross many waters,
being directed continually by the hand of the Lord. And the Lord would not
suffer that they should stop beyond the sea in the wilderness, but he would
that they should come forth even unto the land of promise, which was choice
above all other lands, which the Lord God had preserved for a righteous people;
and he had sworn in his wrath unto the brother of Jared, that whoso possess
this land of promise, from that time henceforth and forever, should serve him,
the true and only God, or they should be swept off when the fulness of his
wrath should come upon them. And now we can behold the decrees of God
concerning this land, that is a land of promise, and whatsoever nation shall
possess it, shall serve God, or they shall be swept off when the fulness of his
wrath shall come upon them. And the fulness of his wrath cometh upon them when
they are ripened in iniquity: for behold, this is a land which is choice above
all other lands; wherefore he that doth possess it shall serve God, or shall be
swept off; for it is the everlasting decrees of God. And it is not until the
fulness of iniquity among the children of the land, that they are swept off.
And this cometh unto you, O ye Gentiles, that ye may know the decrees of God,
that ye may repent, and not continue in your iniquities until the fulness be
come, that ye may not bring down the fulness of the wrath of God upon you, as
the inhabitants of the land hitherto done. Behold, this is a choice land, and
whatsoever nation shall possess it, shall be free from bondage, and captivity,
and from all other nations under the Heaven, if they will but serve the God of
the land, which is Jesus Christ, which hath been manifested by the things which
we have written. And now I proceed with my record: for behold it came to pass
that the Lord did bring Jared and his brethren forth even to that great sea which
divideth the lands. And as they came to the sea, they pitched their tents; and
they called the name of the place Moriancumer; and they dwelt in tents; and
dwelt in tents upon the seashore for the space of four years. And it came to
pass at the end of the four years, that the Lord came again unto the brother of
Jared, and stood in a cloud and talked to him. And for the space of three hours
did the Lord talk with the brother of Jared, and chastened him because he
remembered not to call upon the name of the Lord. And the brother of Jared
repented him of the evil which he had done, and did call upon the name of the
Lord for his brethern which were with him. And the Lord said unto him, I will
forgive thee and thy brethren of their sins; but thou shalt not sin anymore,
for ye shall remember that my spirit will not always strive with man; wherefore
if ye will sin until ye are fully ripe, ye shall be cut off from the presence
of the Lord. And this is my thoughts upon the land which I shall give you for
your inheritance; for it shall be a land choice above all other lands. And the
Lord said, Go to work and build, after the manner of barges which ye have
hitherto built. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did go to work,
and also his brethren, and built barges after the manner which they had built,
according to the instructions of the Lord. And they were small, and they were
light upon the water; and they were built after a manner that they were
exceeding tight; even that they would hold water like unto a dish; and the
bottom thereof was tight like unto a dish; and the sides thereof was tight like
unto a dish; and the ends thereof were peaked; and the top thereof was tight
like unto a dish; and the length thereof was the length of a tree; and the door
thereof, when it was shut, was tight like unto a dish. And it came to pass that
the brother of Jared cried unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, I have performed the
work which thou hast commanded me, and I have made the barges according as thou
hast directed me. And behold, O Lord, in them there is no light, whither shall
we steer. --And also we shall perish, for in them we cannot breathe, save it is
the air which is in them; therefore we shall perish. And the Lord said unto the
brother of Jared, Behold, thou shalt make a hole in the top thereof, and also
in the bottom thereof; and when thou shalt suffer for air, thou shalt unstop
the hole thereof, and receive air. And if it so be that the water come in upon
thee, behold, ye shall stop the hole thereof, that ye may not perish in the
flood. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did so, according as the
Lord commanded. And he cried again unto the Lord, saying, O Lord, behold I have
done even as thou hast commanded me; and I have prepared the vessels for my
people, and behold, there is no light in them. Behold, O Lord, wilt thou suffer
that we shall cross this great water in darkness? And the Lord said unto the
brother of Jared, What will ye that I should do that ye may have light in your
vessels? For behold, ye cannot have windows, for they will be dashed in pieces;
neither shall ye take fire with you, for ye shall not go by the light of the
fire: for behold, ye shall be as a whale in the midst of the sea; for the
mountain waves shall dash upon you. Nevertheless, I will bring you up again out
of the depths of the sea: for the winds have gone out of my mouth, and also the
rains and the floods have I sent forth. And behold, I prepare you against these
things: for howbeit, ye cannot cross this great deep, save I prepare you
against the waves of the sea, and the winds which have gone forth, and the
floods which shall come. --Therefore what will ye that I should prepare for
you, that ye may have light when ye are swallowed up in the depths of the sea?</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether3</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the brother of
Jared, (now the number of the vessels which had been prepared, was eight,) went
forth unto the mount, which they called the mount Shelem, because of its
exceeding height, and did moulten out of a rock sixteen small stones; and they
were light and clear, even as transparent glass; and he did carry them in his
hands upon the top of the mount, and cried again unto the Lord, saying, O Lord,
thou hast said that we must be encompassed about by the floods. Now behold, O
Lord, and do not be angry with they servant because of his weakness before
thee: for we know that thou art holy, and dwellest in the heavens, and that we
are unworthy before thee: because of the fall, of our natures have become evil
continually; nevertheless, O Lord, thou hast given us a commandment that we
must call upon thee, that from thee we may receive according to our desires.
Behold, O Lord, thou hast smitten us because of our iniquity, and hath driven
us forth, and for this many years we have been in the wilderness; nevertheless,
thou hast been merciful unto us. O Lord, look upon me in pity, and turn away
thine anger from this thy people, and suffer it not that they shall go forth
across this raging deep in darkness, but behold these things which I have
moulten out of the rock. --And I know, O Lord, that thou hast all power, and
can do whatsoever thou wilt for the benefit of man; therefore touch these
stones, O Lord, with thy finger, and prepare them that they may shine forth in
darkness; and they shall shine forth unto us in the vessels which we have
prepared, that we may have light while we cross the sea. Behold, O Lord, thou
canst do this. We know that thou art able to shew forth great power, which
looks small unto the understanding of men. And it came to pass that when the
brother of Jared had said those words, behold, the Lord stretched forth his
hand and touched the stones, one by one, with his finger; and the veil was
taken from off the eyes of the brother of Jared, and he saw the finger of the
Lord; and it was as the finger of a man, like unto flesh and blood; and the
brother of Jared fell down before the Lord, for he was struck with fear. And
the Lord saw that the brother of Jared had fallen to the earth; and the Lord
said unto him, Arise, why hast thou fallen down? And he saith unto the Lord, I
saw the finger of the Lord, and I feared lest he should smite me: for I knew
not that the Lord had flesh and blood. And the Lord said unto him, Because of
thy faith thou hast seen that I shall take upon me flesh and blood, and never
has man come before me with such exceeding faith as thou hast: for were it so,
ye could not have seen my finger. Sawest thou more than this? And he answered,
Nay, Lord, shew thyself unto me. And the Lord said unto him, Believest thou the
words which I shall speak? And he answered, Yea, Lord, I know that thou
speakest the truth, for thou art a God of truth, and canst not lie. And when he
had said these words, behold, the Lord shewed himself unto him, and said,
Because thou knowest these things, ye are redeemed from the fall; therefore ye
are brought back into my presence; therefore I shew myself unto you. Behold, I
am he which was prepared from the foundation of the world, to redeem my people.
Behold, I am Jesus Christ. I am the Father and the Son. In me shall all mankind
have light, and that eternally, even they which shall believe on my name; and
they shall become my sons and daughters. And never hath I shewed myself unto
man whom I have created, for never hath man believed in me as thou hast. Seest
thou that ye are created after mine own image? Yea, even all men were created,
in the beginning, after mine own image. Behold, this body, which ye now behold,
is the body of my spirit; and man have I created after the body of my spirit;
and even as I appear unto thee to be in the spirit, will I appear unto my
people in the flesh. And now, as I Moroni, said I could not make a full account
of these things which are written, therefore it sufficeth me to say, That Jesus
shewed himself unto this man in the spirit, even after the manner and in the
likeness of the same body, even as he shewed himself unto the Nephites; and he
ministered unto him, even as he ministered unto the Nephites: and all this,
that this man knew that he was God, because of the many great works which the
Lord had shewed unto him. And because of the knowledge of this man, he could
not be kept from beholding within the veil: and he saw the finger of Jesus,
which when he saw, he fell with fear: for he knew that it was the finger of the
Lord; and he had faith no longer, for he knew, nothing doubting; wherefore,
having this perfect knowledge of God, he could not be kept from within the
veil; therefore he saw Jesus, and he did minister unto him. And it came to pass
that the Lord said unto the brother of Jared, Behold, thou shalt not suffer
these things which ye have seen and heard, to go forth unto the world, until
the time cometh that I shall glorify my name in the flesh; wherefore, ye shall
treasure up the things which ye have seen and heard, and shew it to no man. And
behold, when ye shall come unto me, ye shall write them and shall seal them up,
that no one can interpret them: for ye shall write them in a language that they
cannot read. And behold, these two stones will I give unto thee, and ye shall
seal them up also with the things which ye shall write. For behold, the
language which ye shall write, I have confounded; wherefore I will cause in
mine own due time that these stones shall magnify to the eyes of men, these
things which ye shall write. And when the Lord had said these words, the Lord
shewed unto the brother of Jared all the inhabitants of the earth which had
been, and also all that would be; and the Lord withheld them not from his
sight, even unto the ends of the earth: for the Lord had said unto him in times
before, that if he would believe in him, that he could shew unto him all things
--it should be shewn unto him; therefore the Lord could not withhold any thing
from him: for he knew that the Lord could shew him all things. And the Lord
said unto him, Write these things and seal them up, and I will shew them in
mine own due time unto the children of men. And it came to pass that the Lord
commanded him that he should seal up the two stones which he had received, and
shew them not, until the Lord should shew them unto the children of men.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether4</bookName>
<text>And the Lord commanded the brother of Jared
to go down out of the mount from the presence of the Lord, and write the things
which he had seen: and they were forbidden to come unto the children of men,
until after that he should be lifted up upon the cross: and for this cause did
king Benjamin keep them, that they should not come unto the world until after
Christ shew himself unto his people. And after that Christ truly had shewed
himself unto his people, he commanded that they should be made manifest. And
now, after that, they have all dwindled in unbelief, and there is none, save it
be the Lamanites, and they have rejected the Gospel of Christ; therefore I am
commanded that I should hide them up again in the earth. Behold, I have written
upon these plates the very things which the brother of Jared saw; and there
never was greater things made manifest, than that which was made manifest unto
the brother of Jared; wherefore, the Lord hath commanded me to write them; and
I have wrote them. And he commanded me that I should seal them up; and he also
hath commanded that I should seal up the interpretation thereof; wherefore I
have sealed up the interpreters. according to the commandments of the Lord. For
the Lord saith unto me, They shall not go forth unto the Gentiles until the day
that they shall repent of their iniquity, and become clean before the Lord; and
in that day that they shall exercise faith in me, saith the Lord, even as the
brother of Jared did, that they may become sanctified in me, then will I
manifest unto them the things which the brother of Jared saw, even to the
unfolding unto them all my revelations, saith Jesus Christ, the Son of God, the
Father of the heavens and of the earth, and all things that in them is. And he
that will contend against the word of the Lord, let him be accursed; and he
that shall deny these things, saith Jesus Christ, for I am he which speaketh;
and at my command the heavens are opened and are shut; and at my word, the
earth shall shake; and at my command the inhabitants thereof shall pass away,
even so as by fire; and he that believeth not my words, believeth not my
disciples; and if it so be that I do not speak, judge ye: for ye shall know
that it is I that speaketh, at the last day. But he that believeth these things
which I have spoken, him will I visit with the manifestations of my spirit, and
he shall know and bear record. For because of my spirit, he shall know that
these things are true: for it persuadeth men to do good; and whatsoever thing
persuadeth men to do good, is of me: for good cometh of none, save it be of me.
I am the same that leadeth men to all good: he that will not believe my words,
will not believe me, will not believe the Father which sent me. For behold, I
am the Father, I am the light, and the life, and the truth of the world. Come
unto me, O ye Gentiles, and I will shew unto you the greater things, the
knowledge which is hid up because of unbelief. Come unto me, O ye house of
Israel, and it shall be made manifest unto you how great things the father hath
laid up for you, from the foundation of the world; and it hath not come unto
you, because of the unbelief. Behold, when ye shall rend that veil of unbelief
which doth cause you to remain in your awful state of wickedness, and hardness
of heart, and blindness of mind, then shall the great and marvellous things
which have been hid up from the foundation of the world from you; yea, when ye
shall call upon the father in my name, with a broken heart and a contrite
spirit, then shall ye know that the Father hath remembered the covenant which
he made unto your fathers, O house of Israel; and then shall my revelations
which I have caused to be written by my servant John, be unfolded in the eyes
of all the people. Remember, when ye see these things, ye shall know that the
time is at hand that they shall be made manifest in very deed; therefore, when
ye shall receive this record, ye may know that the work of the Father has
commenced upon all the face of the land. Therefore, repent all ye ends of the
earth, and come unto me, and believe in my Gospel, and be baptized in my name:
for he that believeth, and is baptized, shall be saved; but he that believeth
not, shall be damned: and signs shall follow them that believe in my name. And
blessed is he that is found faithful unto my name, at the last day: for they
shall be lifted up to dwell in the kingdom prepared for them from the
foundation of the world. And behold, it is I that hath spoken it. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether5</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, have written the words
which was commanded me, according to my memory; and I have told you the things
which I have sealed up; therefore touch them not, in order that ye may
translate: for that thing is forbidden you, except by and by it shall be wisdom
in God. And behold, ye may be privileged that ye may shew the plates unto those
who shall assist to bring forth this work; and unto three shall they be shewn
by the power of God; wherefore, they shall know of a surety that these things
are true. And in the mouth of three witnesses shall these things be
established; and the testimony of three, and this work, in which shall be shewn
forth the power of God, and also his word, of which the Father, and the Son,
and the Holy Ghost beareth record; and all this shall stand as a testimony
against the world, at the last day. And if it so be that they repent and come
unto the Father in the name of Jesus, they shall be received into the kingdom
of God. And now, if I have no authority for these things, judge ye, for ye
shall know that I have authority when ye shall see me, and we shall stand
before God at the last day. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether6</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, proceed to give the
record of Jared and his brother. For it came to pass after that the Lord had
prepared the stones which the brother of Jared had carried up into the mount,
the brother of Jared came down out of the mount, and he did put forth the
stones into the vessels which were prepared, one in each end thereof; and
behold, they did give light unto the vessels thereof. And thus the Lord caused
the stones to shine in darkness, to give light unto men, women and children,
that they might not cross the great waters in darkness. And it came to pass that
when they had prepared all manner of food, that thereby they might subsist upon
the water, and also food for their flocks and herds, and whatsoever beast, or
animal, or fowl that they should carry with them. And it came to pass that when
they had done all these things, they got aboard of their vessels or barges, and
set forth into the sea, commending themselves unto the Lord their God. And it
came to pass that the Lord caused that there should a furious wind blow upon
the face of the waters, towards the promised land; and thus they were tossed
upon the waves of the sea before the wind. And it came to pass that they were
many times buried in the depths of the sea, because of the mountain waves which
broke upon them, and also the great and terrible tempests which were caused by
the fierceness of the wind. And it came to pass that when they were buried in
the deep, there was no water that could hurt them, their vessels being tight
like unto a dish, and also they were tight like unto the ark of Noah; therefore
when they were encompassed about by many waters, they did cry unto the Lord,
and he did bring them forth again upon the top of the waters. And it came to
pass that the wind did never cease to blow towards the promised land, while
they were upon the waters; and thus they were driven forth before the wind; and
they did sing praises unto the Lord; yea, the brother of Jared did sing praises
unto the Lord, and he did thank and praise the Lord all the day long; and when
the night came, they did not cease to praise the Lord. And thus they were
driven forth; and no monster of the sea, could break them, neither whale that
could mar them: and they did have light continually, whether it was above the
water or under the water. And thus they were driven forth, three hundred and
forty and four days upon the water; and they did land upon the shore of the
promised land. And when they had set their feet upon the shores of the promised
land, they bowed themselves down upon the face of the land, and did humble
themselves before the Lord, and did shed tears of joy before the Lord, because
of the multitude of his tender mercies over them. And it came to pass that they
went forth upon the face of the land, and began to till the earth. And Jared
had four sons; and they were called Jacom, and Gilgah, and Mahah, and Orihah.
And the brother of Jared also begat sons and daughters. And the friend of Jared
and his brother, were in number about twenty and two souls; and they also begat
sons and daughters, before they came to the promised land; and therefore they
began to be many. And they were taught to walk humbly before the Lord; and they
were also taught from on high. And it came to pass that they began to spread
upon the face of the land, and to multiply and to till the earth; and they did
wax strong in the land. And the brother of Jared began to be old, and saw that
he must soon go down to the grave; wherefore he saith unto Jared, Let us gather
together our people, that we may number them, that we may know of them what
they will desire of us before we go down to our graves. And accordingly the
people were gathered together. Now the number of the sons and daughters of the
brother of Jared were twenty and two souls; and the number of the sons and
daughters of Jared were twelve, he having four sons. And it came to pass that
they did number all their people; and after that they had numbered them, they
did desire of them the things which they would that they should do before they
went down to their graves. And it came to pass that the people desired of them
that they should anoint one of their sons to be a king over them. And now
behold, this was grievous unto them. --But the brother of Jared said unto them,
Surely, this thing leadeth into captivity. But Jared said unto his brother,
Suffer them that they may have a king; and therefore he said unto them, Choose
ye out from among our sons a king, even whom ye will. And it came to pass that
they chose even the first born of the brother of Jared; and his name was Pagag.
And it came to pass that he refused and would not be their king. And the people
would that his father should constrain him; but his father would not; and he
commanded them that they should constrain no man to be their king. And it came
to pass that they chose all the brothers of Pagag, and they would not. --And it
came to pass that neither would the sons of Jared, even all, save it were one;
and Orihah, he was anointed to be king over the people. And he began to reign,
and the people began to prosper; and they became exceeding rich. And it came to
pass that Jared died, and his brother also. And it came to pass that Orihah did
walk humbly before the Lord, and did remember how great things the Lord had
done for his father, and also taught his people how great things the Lord had
done for their fathers.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether7</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Orihah did execute
judgment upon the land in righteousness all his days, whose days were exceeding
many. And he begat sons and daughters; yea, he begat thirty and one, among whom
were twenty and three sons. And it came to pass that he also begat Kib in his
old age. And it came to pass that Kib reigned in his stead; and Kib begat
Corihor. And when Corihor was thirty and two years old, he rebelled against his
father, and went over and dwelt in the land of Nehor; and he begat sons and daughters;
and they became exceeding fair; wherefore Corihor drew away many people after
him. And when he had gathered together an army, he came up unto the land of
Moron where the king dwelt, and took him captive, which brought to pass the
saying of the brother of Jared, That they would be brought into captivity. Now
the land of Moron where the king dwelt, was near the land which is called
Desolation by the Nephites. --And it came to pass that Kib dwelt in captivity,
and his people, under Corihor his son, until he became exceeding old;
nevertheless Kib begat Shule in his old age, while he was yet in captivity. And
it came to pass that Shule was angry with his brother; and Shule waxed strong,
and became mighty, as to the strength of a man; and he was also mighty in
judgment. Wherefore he came to the hill Ephraim, and he did moulten out of the
hill, and made swords out of steel for those which he had drew away with him;
and after he had armed them with swords, he returned to the city Nehor, and
gave battle unto his brother Corihor, by which means he obtained the kingdom,
and restored it unto his father Kib. And now because of the thing which Shule
had done, his father bestowed upon him the kingdom; therefore he began to reign
in the stead of his father. And it came to pass that he did execute judgment in
righteousness; and he did spread his kingdom upon all the face of the land, for
the people had become exceeding numerous. --And it came to pass that Shule also
begat many sons and daughters. And Corihor repented of the many evils which he
had done; wherefore Shule gave him power in his kingdom. And it came to pass
that Corihor had many sons and daughters. --And among the sons of Corihor,
there was one whose name was Noah. And it came to pass that Noah rebelled against
Shule, the king, and also his father Corihor, and drew away Cohor his brother,
and also his brethren and many of the people. --And he gave battle unto Shule,
the king in the which he did obtain the land of their first inheritance; and he
became a king over that part of the land. And it came to pass that he gave
battle again unto Shule the king; and he took Shule the king, and carried him
away captive into Moron. And it came to pass as he was about to put him to
death, the sons of Shule crept into the house of Noah by night and slew him,
and broke down the door of the prison and brought out their father, and placed
him upon his throne in his own kingdom; wherefore the son of Noah did build up
his kingdom in his stead; nevertheless they did not gain power any more over
Shule the king; and the people which were under the reign of Shule the king,
did prosper exceedingly and wax great. And the country was divided; and there
was two kingdoms, the kingdom of Shule, and the kingdom of Cohor, the son of
Noah. And Cohor, the son of Noah, caused that his people should give battle
unto Shule, in the which Shule did beat them, and did slay Cohor. And now Cohor
had a son which was called Nimrod; and Nimrod gave up the kingdom of Cohor unto
Shule, and he did gain favor in the eyes of Shule; wherefore Shule did bestow
great favor upon him, in the which he did do in the kingdom of Shule according
to his desires; and also in the reign of Shule there came prophets among the
people, which were sent from the Lord, prophesying that the wickedness and
idolatry of the people was bringing a curse upon the land, in the which they
should be destroyed, if they did not repent. And it came to pass that the
people did revile against the prophets, and did mock them. And it came to pass
that king Shule did execute judgment against all those who did revile against
the prophets; and he did execute a law throughout all the land, which gave
power unto the prophets that they should go whithersoever they would; and by
this cause the people were brought unto repentance. And because the people did
repent of their iniquities and idolatries, the Lord did spare them, and they
began to prosper again in the land. And it came to pass that Shule begat sons
and daughters in his old age. And there was no more wars in the days of Shule;
and he remembered the great things that the Lord had done for his fathers in
bringing them across the great deep into the promised land; wherefore he did
execute judgment in righteousness all his days.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether8</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that he begat Omer, and
Omer reigned in his stead. And Omer begat Jared; and Jared begat sons and
daughters. And Jared rebelled against his father, and came and dwelt in the
land of Heth. And it came to pass that he did flatter much people, because of
his cunning words until he had gained the half of the kingdom. And when he had
gained the half of the kingdom, he gave battle unto his father, and he did
carry away his father into captivity, and did make him serve in captivity. And
now in the days of the reign of Omer, he was in captivity the half of his days.
And it came to pass that he begat sons and daughters, among whom were Esrom and
Coriantumr; and they were exceeding angry because of the doings of Jared their
brother, insomuch that they did raise an army, and gave battle unto Jared. And
it came to pass that they did give battle unto him by night. --And it came to
pass that when they had slew the army of Jared, they were about to slay him
also; and he plead with them that they would not slay him, and he would give up
the kingdom unto his father. And it came to pass that they did grant unto him
his life. And now Jared became exceeding sorrowful because of the loss of the
kingdom, for he had set his heart upon the kingdom, and upon the glory of the
world. Now the daughter of Jared being exceeding expert, and seeing the sorrows
of her father, thought to devise a plan whereby she could redeem the kingdom
unto her father. Now the daughter of Jared was exceeding fair. And it came to
pass that she did talk with her father, and saith unto him, Whereby hath my
father so much sorrow? Hath he not read the record which our fathers brought
across the great deep? Behold, is there not an account concerning them of old,
that they by their secret plans did obtain kingdoms and great glory? And now
therefore, let my father send for Akish, the son of Kimmer; and behold, I am
fair, and I will dance before him, and I will please him, that he will desire
me to wife; wherefore if he shall desire of thee that ye shall give unto him me
to wife, then shall ye say, I will give her if ye will bring unto me the head
of my father, the king. And now Omer was a friend to Akish, wherefore when
Jared had sent for Akish, the daughter of Jared danced before him, that she
pleased him, insomuch that he desired her to wife. And it came to pass that he
said unto Jared, Give her unto me to wife. And Jared said unto him, I will give
her unto you, if ye will bring unto me the head of my father, the king. And it
came to pass that Akish gathered in unto the house of Jared all his kinsfolks,
and saith unto them, Will ye swear unto me that ye will be faithful unto me in
the thing which I shall desire of you? And it came to pass that they all sware
unto him, by the God of Heaven, and also by the Heavens, and also by the earth,
and by their heads, that whoso should vary from the assistance which Akish
desired, should lose his head; and whoso should divulge whatsoever thing Akish
made known unto them, the same should lose his life. And it came to pass that
thus they did agree with Akish. And Akish did administer unto them the oaths
which was given by them of old, who also sought power, which had been handed
down even from Cain, who was a murderer from the beginning. And they were kept
up by the power of the devil to administer these oaths unto the people, to keep
them in darkness, to help such as sought power, to gain power, and to murder,
and to plunder, and to lie, and to commit all manner of wickedness and
whoredoms. --And it was the daughter of Jared which put it into his heart to
search up these things of old; and Jared put it into the heart of Akish;
wherefore Akish administered it unto his kindreds and friends, leading them
away by fair promises to do whatsoever thing he desired. And it came to pass
that they formed a secret combination, even as they of old; which combination
is most abominable and wicked above all, in the sight of God: for the Lord
worketh not in secret combinations, neither doth he will that man should shed
blood, but in all things hath forbidden it, from the beginning of man. And now I,
Moroni, do not write the manner of their oaths and combinations, for it hath
been made known unto me that they are had among all people, and they are had
among the Lamanites, and they have caused the destruction of this people of
which I am now speaking, and also the destruction of the people of Nephi; and
whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combinations, to get power and gain,
until they shall spread over the nation, behold, they shall be destroyed, for
the Lord will not suffer that the blood of his saints, which shall be shed by
them, shall always cry unto him from the ground for the vengeance upon them,
and yet he avengeth them not; wherefore, O ye Gentiles, it is wisdom in God
that these things should be shewn unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your
sins, and suffer not that these murderous combinations shall get above you,
which are built up to get power and gain, and the work, yea, even the work of
destruction come upon you; yea, even the sword of justice of the eternal God,
shall fall upon you, to your overthrow and destruction, if ye shall suffer
these things to be; wherefore the Lord commandeth you, when ye shall see these
things come among you, that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation,
because of this secret combination which shall be among you, or wo be unto it,
because of the blood of them which have been slain: for they cry from the dust
for vengeance upon it, and also upon those who build it up. For it cometh to
pass that whoso buildeth it up, seeketh to overthrow the freedom of all lands,
nations and countries; and it bringeth to pass the destruction of all people:
for it is built up by the devil, which is the father of all lies; even that
same liar which beguiled our first parents; yea, even the same liar which hath
caused man to commit murder from the beginning; which hath hardened the hearts
of men, that they have murdered the prophets, and stoned them, and cast them
out from the beginning. Wherefore I, Moroni, am commanded to write these
things, that evil may be done away, and that the time may come that Satan may
have no power upon the hearts of the children of men, that they may be
persuaded to do good continually, that they may come unto the fountain of all
righteousness and be saved.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether9</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, proceed with my record.
Therefore behold, it came to pass that because of the secret combinations of
Akish and his friends, behold they did overthrow the kingdom of Omer;
nevertheless, the Lord was merciful unto Omer, and also his sons and daughters,
which were not, or which did not seek his destruction. And the Lord warned Omer
in a dream, that he should depart out of the land; wherefore Omer departed out
of the land with his family, and travelled many days, and came over and passed
by the hill of Shim, and came over by the place where the Nephites were
destroyed, and from thence eastward, and came to a place which was called
Ablom, by the seashore, and there he pitched his tent, and also his sons and
his daughters, and all his household, save it were Jared and his family. And it
came to pass that Jared was anointed king over the people, by the hand of
wickedness; and he gave unto Akish his daughter to wife. And it came to pass
that Akish sought the life of his father-in-law; and he applied unto those whom
he had sworn by the oath of the ancients, and they obtained the head of his
father-in-law, as he sat upon his throne, giving audience to his people: for so
great had been the spreading of this wicked and secret society, that it had
corrupted the hearts of all the people; therefore Jared was murdered upon his
throne, and Akish reigned in his stead. And it came to pass that Akish began to
be jealous of his son, therefore he shut him up in prison, and kept him upon a
little or no food, until he had suffered death. And now the brother of him that
suffered death, that which his father had done unto his brother. And it came to
pass that Nimrod gathered together a small number of men, and fled out of the
land, and came over and dwelt with Omer. And it came to pass that Akish begat
other sons, and they won the hearts of the people, notwithstanding they had
sworn unto him to do all manner of iniquity, according to that which he
desired. Now the people of Akish were desirous for gain, even as Akish was desirous
of power; wherefore the sons of Akish did offer them money, by the which means
they drew away the more part of the people after them; and there began to be a
war between the sons of Akish and Akish, which lasted for the space of many
years; yea, unto the destruction of nearly all the people of the kingdom; yea,
even all, save it were thirty souls, and they which fled with the house of
Omer; wherefore Omer was restored again to the land of his inheritance. And it
came to pass that Omer began to be old; nevertheless, in his old age he begat
Emer; and he anointed Emer to be king to reign in his stead. And after that he
anointed Emer to be king, he saw peace in the land for the space of two years,
and he died, having seen exceeding many days, which were full of sorrow. And it
came to pass that Emer did reign in his stead, and did fill the steps of his
father. And the Lord began again to take the curse from off the land, and the
house of Emer did prosper exceedingly under the reign of Emer; and in the space
of sixty and two years, they had become exceeding strong, insomuch that they
became exceeding rich, having all manner of fruit, and of grain, and of silks,
and of fine linen, and of gold, and of silver, and of precious things, and also
all manner of cattle, of oxen, and cows, and of sheep, and of swine, and of
goats, and also many other kind of animals, which were useful for the food of
man; and they also had horses, and asses, and there were elephants, and
cureloms, and cumoms; all of which were useful unto man, and more especially
the elephants, and cureloms, and cumoms. And thus the Lord did pour out his
blessings upon this land, which was choice above all other lands; and he
commanded that whoso should possess the land, should possess it unto the Lord, or
they should be destroyed when they were ripened in iniquity: for upon such,
saith the Lord, I will pour out the fulness of my wrath. And Emer did execute
judgment in righteousness, all his days; and he begat many sons and daughters;
and he begat Coriantum; and he anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead. And
after he anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead, he lived four years, and he
saw peace in the land; yea, and he even saw the son of righteousness, and did
rejoice and glory in his days; and he died in peace. And it came to pass that
Coriantum did walk in the steps of his father, and did build many mighty
cities, and did administer that which is good unto his people, in all his days.
And it came to pass that he had no children, even until he was exceeding old.
And it came to pass that his wife died, being an hundred and two years old. And
it came to pass that Coriantum took to wife, in his old age, a young maid, and
begat sons and daughters; wherefore he lived until he was an hundred and forty
and two years old. And it came to pass that he begat Com, and Com reigned in
his stead; and he reigned forty and nine years, and he begat Heth, and he also
begat other sons and daughters. And the people had spread again over all the
face of the land, and there began to be an exceeding great wickedness upon the
face of the land, and Heth began to embrace the secret plans again of old, to
destroy his father. And it came to pass that he did dethrone his father: for he
slew him with his own sword; and he did reign in his stead. And there came
prophets in the land again, crying repentance unto them; that they must prepare
the way of the Lord, or there should come a curse upon the face of the land;
yea, even there should be a great famine, in the which they should be destroyed,
if they did not repent. But the people believed not the words of the prophets,
but they cast them out; and some of them they cast into pits, and left them to
perish. And it came to pass that they done all these things according to the
commandment of the king Heth. And it came to pass that there began to be a
great dearth upon the land, and the inhabitants began to be destroyed exceeding
fast, because of the dearth: for there was no rain upon the face of the earth;
and there came forth poisonous serpents also upon the face of the land, and did
poison many people. And it came to pass that their flocks began to flee before
the poisonous serpents, towards the land southward, which was called by the
Nephites, Zarahemla. And it came to pass that there were many of them which did
perish by the way; nevertheless, there were some which fled into the land
southward. And it came to pass that the Lord did cause the serpents that they
should pursue them no more, but that they should hedge up the way, that the people
could not pass; that whoso should attempt to pass, might fall by the poisonous
serpents. And it came to pass that the people did follow the course of the
beasts, and did devour the carcasses of them which fell by the way, until they
had devoured them all. Now when the people saw that they must perish, they
began to repent of their iniquities, and cry unto the Lord. And it came to pass
that when they humbled themselves sufficiently before the Lord, the Lord did
send rain upon the face of the earth, and the people began to revive again, and
there began to be fruits in the north countries, and in all the countries round
about. And the Lord did shew forth his power unto them, in preserving them from
famine.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether10</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that Shez, which was a
descendant of Heth, for Heth had perished by the famine, and all his household,
save it were Shez: wherefore Shez began to build up again a broken people. And
it came to pass that Shez did remember the destruction of his fathers, and he
did build up a righteous kingdom, for he remembered what the Lord had done in
bringing Jared and his brother across the deep; and he did walk in the ways of
the Lord, and he begat sons and daughters. And his eldest son, whose name was
Shez, did rebel against him; nevertheless, Shez was smitten by the hand of a
robber, because of his exceeding riches, which brought peace again unto his
father. And it came to pass that his father did build up many cities upon the
face of the land, and the people began again to spread over all the face of the
land. And Shez did live to an exceeding old age; and he begat Riplakish, and he
died. And Riplakish reigned in his stead. And it came to pass that Riplakish
did not do that which was right in the sight of the Lord, for he did have many
wives and concubines, and did lay that upon men's shoulders which was grievous
to be borne; yea, he did tax them with heavy taxes; and with the taxes he did
build many spacious buildings. And he did erect him an exceeding beautiful
throne, and he did build many prisons, and whoso were not able to pay taxes he
did cast into prison; and he did cause that they should labor continually for
their support; and whoso refused to labor, he did cause to be put to death;
wherefore he did obtain all his fine work; yea, even his fine gold he did cause
to be refined in prison, and all manner of fine workmanship he did cause to be
wrought in prison. And it came to pass that he did afflict the people with his
whoredoms and abominations; and when he had reigned for the space of forty and
two years, the people did raise up in rebellion against him, and there began to
be war again in the land, insomuch that Riplakish was killed and his
descendants were driven out of the land. And it came to pass after a space of
many years, Morianton, (he being a descendant of Riplakish,) gathered together
an army of outcasts, and went forth and gave battle unto the people; and he
gained power over many cities; and the war became exceeding sore, and did last
for the space of many years, and he did gain power over all the land, and did
establish himself king over all the land. And after that he established himself
king, he did ease the burden of the people, in the which he did gain favor in
the eyes of the people, and they did anoint him to be their king. And he did do
justice unto the people, but not unto himself, because of his many whoredoms;
wherefore he was cut off from the presence of the Lord. And it came to pass
that Morianton built up many cities, and the people became exceeding rich under
his reign, both in buildings, and in gold, and in silver, and in raising grain,
and in flocks, and herds, and such things which had been restored unto them.
And Morianton did live to an exceeding great age, and then he begat Kim; and
Kim did reign in the stead of his father; and he did reign eight years, and his
father died. And it came to pass that Kim did not reign in righteousness,
wherefore he was not favored of the Lord. And his brother did raise up in
rebellion against him, in the which he did bring him into captivity; and he did
remain in captivity all his days; and he begat sons and daughters in captivity;
and in his old age he begat Levi, and he died. And it came to pass that Levi
did serve in captivity after the death of his father, for the space of forty
and two years. And he did make war against the king of the land, in the which
he did obtain unto himself the kingdom. And after that he had obtained unto
himself the kingdom, he did that which was right in the sight of the Lord; and
the people did prosper in the land, and he did live to a good old age, and
begat sons and daughters; and he also begat Corom, whom he anointed in his
stead. And it came to pass that Corom did that which was good in the sight of
the Lord, all his days; and he begat many sons and daughters; and after that he
had seen many days, he did pass away, even like unto the rest of the earth; and
Kish reigned in his stead. And it came to pass that Kish passed away also, and
Lib reigned in his stead. And it came to pass that Lib also did that which was
good in the sight of the Lord. And in the days of Lib the poisonous serpents
were destroyed; wherefore they did go into the land southward, to hunt food for
the people of the land; for the land was covered with animals of the forest.
And Lib also became a great hunter. --And they built a great city by the narrow
neck of land, by the place where the sea divides the land. And they did
preserve the land southward for a wilderness, to get game. And the whole face
of the land northward was covered with inhabitants; and they were exceeding
industrious, and they did buy and sell, and traffic one with another, that they
might get gain. And they did work in all manner of ore, and they did make gold,
and silver, and iron, and brass, and all manner of metals; and they did dig it
out of the earth; wherefore they did cast up mighty heaps of earth for to get
ore, of gold, and of silver, and of iron, and of copper. And they did work all
manner of fine work. And they did have silks, and fine twined linen; and they
did work all manner of cloth, that they might clothe themselves from their
nakedness. And they did make all manner of tools to till the earth, both to
plough and to sow, to reap and to hoe, and also to thrash. And they did make
all manner of tools in the which they did work their beasts. And they did make
all manner of weapons of war. And they did work all manner of work of exceeding
curious workmanship. And never could be a people more blessed than were they.
and more prospered by the hand of the Lord. And they were in a land that was
choice above all lands, for the Lord had spoken it. And it came to pass that
Lib did live many years, and begat sons and daughters; and he also begat
Hearthom. And it came to pass that Hearthom reigned in the stead of his father.
And when Hearthom had reigned twenty and four years, behold the kingdom was
taken away from him. And he served many years in captivity; yea, even all the
remainder of his days. And he begat Heth, and Heth lived in captivity all his
days. And Heth begat Aaron, and Aaron dwelt in captivity all his days; and he
begat Amnigaddah, and Amnigaddah also dwelt in captivity in all his days; and
he begat Coriantum, and Coriantum dwelt in captivity all his days; and he begat
Com. And it came to pass that Com drew away the half of the kingdom. And he
reigned over the half of the kingdom forty and two years; and he went to battle
against the king Amgid, and they fought for the space of many years, in the
which Com gained power over Amgid and obtained power over the remainder of the
kingdom. And in the days of Com there began to be robbers in the land; and they
adopted the old plans, and administered oaths after the manner of the ancients,
and sought to destroy the kingdom. Now Com did fight against them much;
nevertheless, he did not prevail against them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether11</bookName>
<text>And there came also in the days of Com many
prophets, and prophesied of the destruction of that great people, except they
should repent and turn unto the Lord, and forsake their murders and wickedness.
And it came to pass that the prophets were rejected by the people, and they
fled unto Com for protection, for the people sought to destroy them; and they
prophesied unto Com many things: and he was blessed in all the remainder of his
days. And he lived to a good old age, and begat Shiblom; and Shiblom reigned in
his stead. And the brother of Shiblom rebelled against him; and there began to
be an exceeding great war in all the land. And it came to pass that the brother
of Shiblom did cause that all the prophets which prophesied of the destruction
of the people, should be put to death; and there was great calamity in all the
land: for they had testified that a great curse should come upon the land, and
also upon the people, and that there should be a great destruction among them,
such an one as never had been upon the face of the earth; and their bones
should become as heaps of earth upon the face of the land, except they should
repent of their wickedness. And they hearkened not unto the voice of the Lord,
because of their wicked combinations; wherefore there began to be wars and
contentions in all the land, and also many famines and pestilences, insomuch
that there was a great destruction, such an one as never had been known upon
the face of the earth: and all this came to pass in the days of Shiblom. And
the people began to repent of their iniquity; inasmuch as they did, the Lord
did have mercy on them. And it came to pass that Shiblom was slain, and Seth
was brought into captivity; and he did dwell in captivity all his days. And it
came to pass that Ahah, his son, did obtain the kingdom; and he did reign over
the people all his days. And he did do all manner of iniquity in his days, in
the which he did cause the shedding of much blood; and few were his days. And
Ethem, being a descendant of Ahah, did obtain the kingdom; and he also did do
that which was wicked in his days. And it came to pass in the days of Ethem,
there came many prophets and prophesied again unto the people; yea, they did
prophesy that the Lord would utterly destroy them from off the face of the earth,
except they repented of their iniquities. And it came to pass that the people
hardened their hearts, and would not hearken unto their words; and the prophets
mourned and withdrew from among the people. And it came to pass that Ethem did
execute judgment in wickedness all his days; and he begat Moron. And it came to
pass that Moron did reign in his stead; and Moron did do that which was wicked
before the Lord. And it came to pass that there arose a rebellion among the
people, because of that secret combination which was built up to get power and
gain; and there arose a mighty man among them in iniquity, and gave battle unto
Moron, in the which he did overthrow the half of the kingdom; and he did
maintain the half of the kingdom for many years. And it came to pass that Moron
did overthrow him, and did obtain the kingdom again. And it came to pass that
there arose another mighty man; and he was a descendant of the brother of
Jared. And it came to pass that he did overthrow Moron and obtain the kingdom;
wherefore Moron dwelt in captivity all the remainder of his days; and he begat
Coriantor. And it came to pass that Coriantor dwelt in captivity all his days.
And in the days of Coriantor there also came many prophets, and prophesied of
great and marvellous things, and cried repentance unto the people, and except
they should repent, the Lord God would execute judgment against them to their
utter destruction; and that the Lord God would send or bring forth another
people to possess the land, by his power, after the manner which he brought
their fathers. And they did reject all the words of the prophets, because of
their secret society and wicked abominations. And it came to pass that
Coriantor begat Ether, and he died, having dwelt in captivity all his days.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether12</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that the days of Ether
was in the days of Coriantumr; and Coriantumr was king over all the land. --And
Ether was a prophet of the Lord; wherefore Ether came forth in the days of
Coriantumr, and began to prophesy unto the people, for he could not be
constrained because of the spirit of the Lord which was in him: for he did cry
from the morning, even until the going down of the sun, exhorting the people to
believe in God unto repentance, lest they should be destroyed saying unto them,
That by faith all things are fulfilled; wherefore, whoso believeth in God,
might with surety hope for a better world, yea, even a place at the right hand
of God, which hope cometh of faith, maketh an anchor to the souls of men; which
make them sure and steadfast, always abounding in good works, being led to
glorify God. And it came to pass that Ether did prophesy great and marvellous
things unto the people. which they did not believe, because they saw them not.
And Now I, Moroni, would speak somewhat concerning these things: I would shew
unto the world that faith is things which are hoped for and not seen;
wherefore, dispute not because ye see not, for ye receive no witness until
after the trial of your faith: for it was by faith that Christ shewed himself
unto our fathers, after that he had risen from the dead; and he shewed not
himself unto them, until after they had faith in him, for he shewed himself not
unto the world. But because of the faith of men, he has shewn himself unto the
world, and glorified the name of the Father, and prepared a way that thereby
others might be partakers of the heavenly gift, that they might hope for those
things which they have not seen; wherefore ye may also have hope, and be
partakers of the gift, if ye will have faith. Behold, it was by faith that they
of old were called after the holy order of God; wherefore by faith was the law
of Moses given. But in the gift of his Son, hath God prepared a more excellent
way; and it is by faith that it hath been fulfilled: for if there be no faith
among the children of men, God can do no miracle among them; wherefore he
shewed not himself until after their faith. Behold, it was the faith of Alma
and Amulek that caused the prison to tumble to the earth. Behold, it was the
faith of Nephi and Lehi, that wrought the change upon the Lamanites, that they
were baptized with fire and with the Holy Ghost. Behold it was the faith of
Ammon and his brethren which wrought so great a miracle among the Lamanites;
yea, and even all they which wrought miracles, wrought them by faith, even
those which were before Christ, and also them which were after. And it was by
faith that the three disciples obtained a promise that they should not taste of
death; and they obtained not the promise until after their faith. And neither
at any time hath any wrought miracles until after their faith; wherefore they
first believed in the Son of God. And there were many whose faith was so
exceeding strong even before Christ came, which could not be kept from within
the veil, but truly saw with their eyes the things which they had beheld with
an eye of faith, and they were glad. And behold, we have seen in this record,
that one of these was the brother of Jared: for so great was his faith in God,
that when God put forth his finger, he could not hide it from the sight of the
brother of Jared, because of his word which he had spoken unto him, which word
he had obtained by faith. And after that the brother of Jared had beheld the
finger of the Lord, because of the promise which the brother of Jared had
obtained by faith, the Lord could not withhold any thing from his sight;
wherefore he shewed him all things, for he could no longer be kept without the
veil. And it is by faith that my fathers have obtained the promise that these
things should come unto their brethren through the Gentiles; therefore the Lord
hath commanded me, yea, even Jesus Christ. And I said unto him, Lord, the
Gentiles will mock at these things because of our weakness in writing: for
Lord, thou hast made us mighty in word by faith, whereunto thou hast not made
us mighty in writing: for thou hast made all this people that they could speak
much, because of the Holy Ghost which thou hast given them; and thou hast made
us that we could write but little, because of the awkwardness of our hands.
Behold, thou hast not made us mighty in writing like unto the brother of Jared,
for thou madest him that the things which he wrote, were mighty even as thou
art, unto the overpowering of man to read them. Thou hast also made our words
powerful and great, even that we cannot write them; wherefore, when we write,
we behold our weakness, and stumble because of the placing of our words; and I
fear lest the Gentiles shall mock at our words. And when I had said this, the
Lord spake unto me, saying, Fools mock, but they shall mourn; and my grace is
sufficient for the meek, that they shall take no advantage of your weakness:
and if men come unto me, I will shew unto them their weakness. I give unto men
weakness, that they may be humble. and my grace is sufficient for all men that
humble themselves before me: for if they humble themselves before me, and have
faith in me, then will I make weak things become strong unto them. Behold, I
will shew unto the Gentiles their weakness, and I will shew unto them that
faith, hope, and charity, bringeth unto me the fountain of all righteousness.
And I, Moroni, having heard these words, was comforted, and said, O Lord, thy
righteous will be done, for I know that thou workest unto the children of men
according to their faith: for the brother of Jared said unto the mountain
Zerin, Remove, and it was removed. And if he had not faith, it would not have
moved; wherefore thou workest after that men have faith: for thus did thou
manifest thyself unto thy disciples. For after that they had faith, and did
speak in thy name, thou didst shew thyself unto them in great power; and I also
rememberest that thou hast said that thou hast prepared a house for man; yea,
even among the mansions of thy Father, in the which man might have a more
excellent hope; wherefore man must hope, or he cannot receive an inheritance in
the place which thou hast prepared. And again I remember that thou hast said
that thou loved the world, even unto the laying down of thy life for the world,
that thou mightest take it again to prepare a place for the children of men.
And now I know that this love which thou hast had for the children of men, is
charity; wherefore, except men shall have charity, they cannot inherit that
place which thou hast prepared in the mansions of they Father. Wherefore, I
know by this thing which thou hast said, that if the Gentiles have not charity
because of our weakness, that thou wilt prove them, and take away their talent,
yea, even that which they have received, and give unto them which shall have
more abundantly. And it came to pass that I prayed unto the Lord that he would
give unto the Gentiles grace, that they might have charity. And it came to pass
that the Lord said unto me, if they have not charity, it mattereth not unto
thee, thou hast been faithful; wherefore thy garments shall be made clean. And
because thou hast seen thy weakness, thou shalt be made strong, even unto the
sitting down in the place which I have prepared in the mansions of my Father.
And now I, Moroni, bid farewell unto the Gentiles, yea, and also unto my
brethren whom I love, until we shall meet before the judgment seat of Christ,
where all men shall know that my garments are not spotted with your blood; and
then shall ye know that I have seen Jesus, and that he hath talked with me face
to face, and that he told me in plain humility, even as a man telleth another
in mine own language, concerning these things; and only a few have I written,
because of my weakness in writing. And now I would commend you to seek this
Jesus of whom the prophets and Apostles have written, that the Grace of God the
Father, and also the Lord Jesus Christ, and the Holy Ghost, which beareth
record of them, may be, and abide in you forever. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether13</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, proceed to finish my
record concerning the destruction of the people of which I have been writing.
--For behold, they rejected all the words of Ether: for he truly told them of
all things, from the beginning of man; and how that after the waters had
receded from off the face of this land, it became a choice land above all other
lands, a chosen land of the Lord; wherefore the Lord would have that all men
should serve him, which dwelleth upon the face thereof; and that it was the
place of the New Jerusalem, which should come down out of Heaven, and the Holy
Sanctuary of the Lord. Behold, Ether saw the days of Christ, and he spake
concerning a New Jerusalem upon this land; and he spake also concerning the
house of Israel, and the Jerusalem from whence Lehi should come; after that it
should be destroyed, it should be built up again a holy city unto the Lord;
wherefore it could not be a New Jerusalem, for it had been in a time of old,
but it should be built up again, and become a holy city of the Lord; and it
should be built up unto the house of Israel; and that a New Jerusalem should be
built up upon this land, unto the remnant of the seed of Joseph, for the which
things there has been a type: for as Joseph brought his father down into the
land of Egypt, even so he died there; wherefore the Lord brought a remnant of
the seed of Joseph out of the land of Jerusalem, that he might be merciful unto
the seed of Joseph, that they should perish not, even as he was merciful unto
the father of Joseph, that he should perish not; wherefore the remnant of the
house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their
inheritance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the
Jerusalem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come,
when the earth shall pass away. And there shall be a new heaven and a new
earth; and they shall be like unto the old, save the old have passed away, and
all things have become new. And then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are
they which dwell therein, for it is they whose garment are white through the
blood of the Lamb; and they are they which are numbered among the remnant of
the seed of Joseph, which were of the house of Israel. And then also cometh the
Jerusalem of old; and the inhabitants thereof, blessed are they, for they have
been washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they which were scattered
and gathered in from the four quarters of the earth, and from the north
countries, and are partakers of the fulfilling of the covenant which God made
with their father Abraham. And when these things come, bringeth to pass the
Scripture which saith, There are they which were first, which shall be last;
and there are they which were last, which shall be first. And I was about to
write more, but I am forbidden; but great and marvellous were the prophecies of
Ether, but they esteemed him as nought, and cast him out, and he hid himself in
the cavity of a rock by day, and by night he went forth viewing the things
which should come upon the people. And as he dwelt in the cavity of a rock, he
made the remainder of this record, viewing the destructions which came upon the
people by night. And it came to pass that in that same year which he was cast
out from among the people, there began to be a great war among the people, for
there were many which rose up who were mighty men, and sought to destroy
Coriantumr by their secret plans of wickedness, of which hath been spoken. And
now Coriantumr, having studied himself in all the arts of war, and all the
cunning of the world, wherefore he gave battle unto them which sought to
destroy him; but he repented not, neither his fair sons nor daughters; neither
the fair sons and daughters of Cohor; neither the fair sons and daughters of
Corihor; and in fine, there was none of the fair sons and daughters upon the
face of the whole earth, which repented of their sins; wherfore it came to pass
that in the first year that Ether dwelt in the cavity of a rock, there was many
people which was slain by the sword of those secret combinations fighting
against Coriantumr, that they might obtain the kingdom. And it came to pass
that the sons of Coriantumr fought much, and bled much. And in the second year,
the word of the Lord came to Ether, that he should go and prophesy unto
Coriantumr, that if he would repent, and all his household, the Lord would give
unto him his kingdom, and spare the people, otherwise they should be destroyed,
and all his household, save it were himself, and he should only live to see the
fulfilling of the prophecies which had been spoken concerning another people
receiving the land for their inheritance; and Coriantumr should receive a
burial by them; and every soul should be destroyed save it were Coriantumr. And
it came to pass that Coriantumr repented not, neither his household, neither
the people; and the wars did cease not; and they sought to kill Ether, but he
fled from before them, and hid again in the cavity of the rock. And it came to
pass that there arose up Shared, and he also gave battle unto Coriantumr; and
he did beat him, insomuch that in the third year he did bring him into
captivity. And the sons of Coriantumr, in the fourth year, did beat Shared, and
did obtain the kingdom again unto their father. Now there began to be a war
upon all the face of the land, every man with his band, fighting for that which
he desired. And there was robbers, and in fine, all manner of wickedness upon
all the face of the land. And it came to pass that Coriantumr was exceeding
angry with Shared, and he went against him with his armies, to battle; and they
did meet in great anger; and they did meet in the valley of Gilgal; and the
battle became exceeding sore. --And it came to pass that Shared fought against
him for the space of three days. And it came to pass that Coriantumr beat him,
and did pursue him until he came to the plains of Heshlon. And it came to pass
that Shared gave him battle again upon the plains; and behold, he did beat
Coriantumr, and drove him back again to the valley of Gilgal. And Coriantumr
gave Shared battle again in the valley of Gilgal, in the which he beat Shared,
and slew him. And Shared wounded Coriantumr, in his thigh, that he did not go
to battle again for the space of two years, in the which time all the people
upon all the face of the land were a shedding blood, and there was none to
constrain them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether14</bookName>
<text>And now there began to be a great curse
upon the land, because of the iniquity of the people, in the which, if a man
should lay his tool or his sword upon the shelf, or upon the place whither he
would keep it, and behold, upon the morrow, he could not find it, so great was
the curse upon the land. Wherefore every man did cleave unto that which was his
own, with his hands, and would not borrow, neither would he lend; and every man
kept the hilt of his sword thereof, in his right hand, in the defence of his
property and his own life, and they of his wives and children. And now after
the space of two years, and after the death of Shared, behold, there arose the
brother of Shared, and he gave battle unto Coriantumr, in the which Coriantumr
did beat him, and did pursue him to the wilderness of Akish. And it came to
pass that the brother of Shared did give battle unto him in the wilderness of
Akish; and the battle became exceeding sore, and many thousands fell by the
sword. And it came to pass that Coriantumr did lay siege to the wilderness, and
the brother of Shared did march forth out of the wilderness by night, and slew
a part of the army of Coriantumr, as they were drunken. And he came forth to
the land of Moron, and placed himself upon the throne of Coriantumr. And it
came to pass that Coriantumr dwelt with his army in the wilderness, for the
space of two years, in the which he did receive great strength to his army. Now
the brother of Shared, whose name was Gilead, also received great strength to
his army, because of secret combinations. And it came to pass that his High
Priest murdered him as he sat upon his throne. And it came to pass that one of
the secret combinations murdered him in the secret pass, and obtained unto
himself the kingdom; and his name was Lib; and Lib was a man of great stature,
more than any other man among all the people. And it came to pass that in the
first year of Lib, Coriantumr came up unto the land of Moron, and gave battle
with Lib, in the which Lib did smite upon his arm, that he was wounded;
nevertheless, the army of Coriantumr did press forward upon Lib, that he fled
to the borders upon the seashore. And it came to pass that Coriantumr pursued
him; and Lib gave battle unto him upon the seashore. And it came to pass that
Lib did smite the army of Coriantumr, that they fled again to the wilderness of
Akish. And it came to pass that Lib did pursue him until he came to the plains
of Agosh. And Coriantumr had taken all the people with him, as he fled before
Lib, in that quarter of the land whither he fled. And when he had come to the
plains of Agosh, he gave battle unto Lib, and he smote upon him until he died;
nevertheless, the brother of Lib did come against Coriantumr in the stead
thereof, and the battle became exceeding sore, in the which Coriantumr fled
again before the army of the brother of Lib. Now the name of the brother of Lib
was called Shiz. And it came to pass that Shiz pursued after Coriantumr, and he
did overthrow many cities, and he did slay both women and children, and he did burn
the cities thereof; and there went a fear of Shiz throughout all the land; yea,
a cry went forth throughout the land: Who can stand before the army of Shiz?
Behold, he sweepeth the earth before him! And it came to pass that the people
began to flock together in armies, throughout all the face of the land. And
they were divided, and a part of them fled to the army of Shiz, and a part of
them fled to the army of Coriantumr. --And so great and lasting had been the
war, and so long had been the scene of bloodshed and carnage, that the whole
face of the land was covered with the bodies of the dead; and so swift and
speedy was the war, that there was none left to bury the dead, but they did
march forth from the shedding of blood, to the shedding of blood, leaving the
bodies of both men, women and children, strewed upon the face of the land, to
become a prey to the worms of the flesh; and the scent thereof went forth upon
the face of the land, even upon all the face of the land; wherefore the people
became troubled by day and by night, because of the scent thereof;
nevertheless, Shiz did not cease to pursue Coriantumr, for he had sworn to
avenge himself upon Coriantumr of the blood of his brother, which had been
slain, and the word of the Lord which came to Ether, that Coriantumr should not
fall by the sword. And thus we see that the Lord did visit them in the fulness
of his wrath, and their wickedness and abominations had prepared a way for
their everlasting destruction. And it came to pass that Shiz did pursue Coriantumr
eastward, even to the borders by the seashore, and there he gave battle unto
Shiz for the space of three days; and so terrible was the destruction among the
armies of Shiz, that the people began to be frightened, and began to flee
before the armies of Coriantumr; and they fled to the land of Corihor, and
swept off the inhabitants before them, all they that would not join them; and
they pitched their tents in the valley of Corihor. And Coriantumr pitched his
tents in the valley of Shurr. Now the valley of Shurr was near the hill Comnor;
wherefore Coriantumr did gather his armies together, upon the hill of Comnor,
and did sound a trumpet unto the armies of Shiz, to invite them forth to
battle. And it came to pass that they came forth, but were driven back again;
and they came a second time; and they were driven again a second time. And it
came to pass that they came again the third time, and the battle became
exceeding sore. And it came to pass that Shiz smote upon Coriantumr, that he
gave him many deep wounds. And Coriantumr having lost his blood, fainted, and
was carried away as though he were dead. Now the loss of men, women and
children, on both sides, were so great that Shiz commanded his people that they
should not pursue the armies of Coriantumr; wherefore they returned to their
camp.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xether15</bookName>
<text>And it came to pass that when Coriantumr
had recovered of his wounds, he began to remember the words which Ether had
spoken unto him: He saw that there had been slain by the sword already nearly
two millions of his people, and he began to sorrow in his heart; yea, there had
been slain two millions of mighty men, and also their wives and their children.
He began to repent of the evil which he had done; he began to remember the
words which had been spoken by the mouth of all the prophets, and he saw them
that they were fulfilled, thus far, every whit; and his soul mourned, and
refused to be comforted. And it came to pass that he wrote an epistle unto
Shiz, desiring him that he would spare the people, and he would give up the
kingdom for the sake of the lives of the people. And it came to pass that when
Shiz had received his epistle, he wrote an epistle unto Coriantumr, that if he
would give himself up, that he might slay him with his own sword, that he would
spare the lives of the people. And it came to pass that the people repented not
of their iniquity; and the people of Coriantumr were stirred up to anger
against the people of Shiz; and the people of Shiz were stirred up to anger
against the people of Coriantumr; wherefore the people of Shiz did battle unto
the people of Coriantumr. --And when Coriantumr saw that he was about to fall,
he fled again before the people of Shiz. And it came to pass that he came to
the waters of Ripliancum, which, by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all;
wherefore, when they came to these waters, they pitched their tents; and Shiz
also pitched his tents, near unto them; and therefore, on the morrow, they did
come to battle. And it came to pass that they fought an exceeding sore battle,
in the which Coriantumr was wounded again, and he fainted with the loss of
blood. And it came to pass that the armies of Coriantumr did press upon the
armies of Shiz, that they beat them, that they caused them to flee before them;
and they did flee southward, and did pitch their tents in a place which was
called Ogath. And it came to pass that the army of Coriantumr did pitch their
tents by the hill Ramah; and it was the same hill where my father Mormon did
hide up the records unto the Lord, which were sacred. --And it came to pass
that they did gather together all the people, upon all the face of the land,
which had not been slain, save it were Ether. And it came to pass that Ether
did behold all the doings of the people; and he beheld that the people which
were for Coriantumr, were gathered together to the army of Coriantumr; and the
people which were for Shiz, were gathered together to the army of Shiz;
wherefore they were for the space of four years, gathering together the people,
that they might get all which were upon the face of the land, and that they
might receive all the strength which it were possible that they could receive.
And it came to pass that when they were all gathered together, every one to the
army which he would, with their wives, and their children; both men, women and
children being armed with weapons of war, having shields, and breast-plates,
and head-plates, and being clothed after the manner of war, they did march
forth one against another, to battle; and they fought all that day, and
conquered not. And it came to pass that when it was night they were weary, and
retired to their camps; and after that they had retired to their camps, they
took up a howling and a lamentation for the loss of the slain people; and so
great were their cries, their howlings and lamentations, that it did rend the
air exceedingly. And it came to pass that on the morrow they did go again to
battle, and great and terrible was that day; nevertheless they conquered not,
and when the night came again, they did rend the air with their cries, and
their howlings, and their mournings, for the loss of the slain of their people.
And it came to pass that Coriantumr wrote again an epistle unto Shiz, desiring
that he would not come again to battle but that he would take the kingdom, and
spare the lives of the people. But behold, the spirit of the Lord had ceased
striving with them, and Satan had full power over the hearts of the people, for
they were given up unto the hardness of their hearts, and the blindness of
their minds, that they might be destroyed; wherefore they went again to battle.
And it came to pass that they fought all that day, and when the night came they
slept upon their swords; and on the morrow they fought even until the night
came; and when the night came they were drunken with anger, even as a man which
is drunken with wine and they slept again upon their swords; and on the morrow
they fought again; and when the night came they had all fallen by the sword,
save it were fifty and two of the people of Coriantumr, and sixty and nine of
the people of Shiz. And it came to pass that they slept upon their swords that
night, and on the morrow they fought again, and they contended in their mights
with their swords, and with their shields, all that day; and when the night
came there was thirty and two of the people of Shiz, and twenty and seven of
the people of Coriantumr. And it came to pass that they ate and slept, and
prepared for death on the morrow. And they were large and mighty men, as to the
strength of men. And it came to pass that they fought for the space of three
hours, and they fainted with the loss of blood. And it came to pass that when
the men of Coriantumr had received sufficient strength, that they could walk,
they were about to flee for their lives, but behold, Shiz arose, and also his
men, and he swore in his wrath that he would slay Coriantumr, or he would
perish by the sword; wherefore he did pursue them; and they fought again with
the sword. And it came to pass that when they had all fallen by the sword, save
it were Coriantumr and Shiz, behold, Shiz had fainted with loss of blood. And
it came to pass that when Coriantumr had leaned upon his sword, that he rested
a little, he smote off the head of Shiz. And it came to pass that after he had
smote off the head of Shiz, that Shiz raised upon his hands and fell; and after
that he had struggled for breath, he died. And it came to pass that Coriantumr
fell to the earth, and became as if he had no life. And the Lord spake unto
Ether, and said unto him, Go forth. And he went forth, and beheld that the
words of the Lord had all been fulfilled; and he finished his record; (and the
hundredth part I have not written,) and he hid them in a manner that the people
of Limhi did find them. Now the last words which are written by Ether are
these: Whether the Lord will that I be translated, or that I suffer the will of
the Lord in the flesh: It mattereth not, if it so be that I am saved in the
kingdom of God. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro1</bookName>
<text>Now I, Moroni, after having made an end of
abridging the account of the people of Jared, I had supposed not to have
written more, but I have not as yet perished; and I make not myself known to
the Lamanites, lest they should destroy me. For behold, their wars are
exceeding fierce among themselves; and because of their hatred, they put to
death every Nephite that will not deny Christ. And I, Moroni, will not deny the
Christ; wherefore, I wander whithersoever I can, for the safety of mine own
life. Wherefore, I write a few more things, contrary to that which I had
supposed: for I had supposed not to have written any more; but I write a few
more things, that perhaps they may be of worth unto my brethren, the Lamanites,
in some future day, according to the will of the Lord.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro2</bookName>
<text>The words of Christ, which he spake unto
his disciples, the twelve whom he had chosen, as he laid his hands upon them.
And he called them by name, saying, Ye shall call on the Father in my name, in
mighty prayer; and after that ye have done this, ye shall have power that on
him whom ye shall lay your hands, ye shall give the Holy Ghost; and in my name
shall ye give it: for thus do mine apostles. Now Christ spake these words unto
them at the time of his first appearing; and the multitude heard it not, but
the disciples heard it; and on as many as they laid their hands, fell the Holy
Ghost.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro3</bookName>
<text>The manner which the disciples, which were
called the elders of the church, ordained priests and teachers. After they had
prayed unto the Father in the name of Christ, they laid their hands upon them,
and said, In the name of Jesus Christ I ordain you to be a priest; (or if he be
a teacher,) I ordain you to be a teacher, to preach repentance and remission of
sins through Jesus Christ, by the endurance of faith on his name to the end.
Amen. And after this manner did they ordain priests and teachers, according to
the gifts and callings of God unto men; and they ordained them by the power of
the Holy Ghost, which was in them.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro4</bookName>
<text>The manner of their elders and priests
administering the flesh and blood of Christ unto the church. And they
administered it according to the commandments of Christ; wherefore we know that
the manner to be true: and the elder or priest did minister it. And they did
kneel down with the church, and pray to the Father in the name of Christ,
saying, O God, the Eternal Father, we ask thee in the name of thy Son Jesus
Christ, to bless and sanctify this bread to the souls of all those who partake
of it, that they may eat in remembrance of the body of thy Son, and witness
unto thee, O God the Eternal Father, that they are willing to take upon them
the name of thy Son, and always remember him, and keep his commandments which
he hath given them, that they may always have his spirit to be with them. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro5</bookName>
<text>The manner of administering the wine.
Behold, they took the cup, and said, O God, the Eternal Father, we ask thee, in
the name of thy Son Jesus Christ, to bless and sanctify this wine to the souls
of all those who drink of it, that they may do it in remembrance of the blood
of thy Son, which was shed for them, that they may witness unto thee, O God the
Eternal Father, that they do always remember him, that they may have his spirit
to be with them. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro6</bookName>
<text>And now I speak concerning baptism. Behold,
elders, priests, and teachers were baptized; and they were not baptized, save
they brought forth fruit meet that they were worthy of it; neither did they
receive any unto baptism, save they came forth with a broken heart and a
contrite spirit, and witnessed unto the church that they truly repented of all
their sins. And none were received unto baptism, save they took upon them the
name of Christ, having a determination to serve him unto the end. And after
they had been received unto baptism, and were wrought upon and cleansed by the
power of the Holy Ghost, they were numbered among the people of the church of
Christ, and their names were taken, that they might be remembered and nourished
by the good word of God, to keep them in the right way, to keep them
continually watchful unto prayer, relying alone upon the merits of Christ, who
was the author and the finisher of their faith. And the church did meet
together oft, to fast and to pray, and to speak one with another concerning the
welfare of their souls; and they did meet together oft to partake of the bread
and wine, in remembrance of the Lord Jesus; and they were strict to observe
that there should be no iniquity among them; and whoso was found to commit
iniquity, and three witnesses of the church did condemn them before the elders;
if they repented not, and confessed not, their names were blotted out, and they
were not numbered among the people of Christ; but as oft as they repented, and
sought forgiveness, with real intent, they were forgiven. And their meetings
were conducted by the church, after the manner of the workings of the spirit,
and by the power of the Holy Ghost: for as the power of the Holy Ghost led them
whether to preach, or exhort, or to pray, or to supplicate, or to sing, even so
it was done.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro7</bookName>
<text>And now I, Moroni, write a few of the words
of my father Mormon, which he spake concerning faith, hope, and charity: for
after this manner did he speak unto the people as he taught them in the
synagogue which they had built for the place of worship. And now I, Moroni,
speak unto you, my beloved brethren; and it is by the grace of God, the Father,
and our Lord Jesus Christ, and his holy will, because of the gift of his
calling unto me, that I am permitted to speak unto you at this time; wherefore
I would speak unto you that are of the church, that are the peaceable followers
of Christ. and have obtained a sufficient hope, by which ye can enter into the
rest of the Lord, from this time hence forth, until ye shall rest with him in
Heaven. And now my brethren, I judge these things of you because of your
peaceable walk with the children of men: for I remember the word of God, which
saith, By their works ye shall know them: for if their works be good, then they
are good also. For behold, God hath said, A man being evil, cannot do that
which is good: for if he offereth a gift, or prayeth unto God, except he shall
do it with real intent, it profiteth him nothing. For behold, it is not counted
unto him for righteousness. For behold, if a man being evil, giveth a gift, he
doeth it grudgingly; wherefore it is counted unto him the same as if he had
retained the gift; wherefore he is counted evil before God. And likewise also
is it counted evil unto a man, if he shall pray, and not with real intent of
heart; yea, and it profiteth him nothing: for God receiveth none such;
wherefore, a man being evil, cannot do that which is good; neither will he give
a good gift. For behold, a bitter fountain cannot bring forth good water;
wherefore a man being the servant of the Devil, cannot follow Christ; and if he
follow Christ, he cannot be a servant of the Devil. Wherefore, all things which
are good, cometh of God; and that which is evil, cometh of the Devil: for the
Devil is an enemy unto God, and fighteth against him continually, and inviteth
and enticeth to sin, and to do that which is evil continually. But behold, that
which is of God, inviteth and enticeth to do good continually; wherefore, every
thing which inviteth and enticeth to do good, and to love God, and to serve
him, is inspired of God. Wherefore take heed, my beloved brethren, that ye do not
judge that which is evil to be of God, or that which is good and of God, to be
of the Devil. For behold, my brethren, it is given unto you to judge is as
plain, that ye may know with a perfect knowledge, as daylight is from the dark
night. --For behold, the spirit of Christ is given to every man, that they may
know good from evil; wherefore I shew unto you the way to judge: for every
thing which inviteth to do good, and to persuade to believe in Christ, is sent
forth by the power and gift of Christ; wherefore ye may know with a perfect
knowledge, it is of God; but whatsoever thing persuadeth men to do evil, and
believe not in Christ, and deny him, and serve not God, then ye may know with a
perfect knowledge it is of the Devil, for after this manner doth the Devil
work: for he persuadeth no man to do good, no not one; neither doth his angels;
neither doth they which subject themselves unto him. And now my brethren,
seeing that ye know the light by which ye may judge, which is the light of
Christ, see that ye do not judge wrongfully: for with that same judgment which
ye judge, ye shall also be judged. Wherefore I beseech of you, brethren, that
ye should preach diligently in the light of Christ, that ye may know good from
evil; and if ye will lay hold upon every good thing and condemn it not, ye
certainly will be a child of Christ. And now, my brethren, how is it possible
that ye can lay hold upon every good thing? And now I come to that faith, of
which I said I would speak; and I will tell you the way whereby ye may lay hold
on every good thing. For behold, God knowing all things, being from everlasting
to everlasting, behold, he sent angels to minister unto the children of men, to
make manifest concerning the coming of Christ; and in Christ there should come every
good thing. And God also declared unto prophets, by his own mouth, that Christ
should come. And behold, there were diverse ways that he did manifest things
unto the children of men, which were good; and all things which are good,
cometh of Christ, otherwise men were fallen, and there could no good things
come unto them. Wherefore, by the ministering of angels, and by every word
which proceedeth forth out of the mouth of God, men began to exercise faith in
Christ; and thus by faith, they did lay hold upon every good thing: and thus it
were until the coming of Christ. And after that he came, men also were saved by
faith in his name; and by faith, they become the sons of God. And as suredly as
Christ liveth, he spake these words unto our fathers, saying, Whatsoever thing
ye shall ask the Father in my name, which is good, in faith believing that ye
shall receive, behold, it shall be done unto you. Wherefore, my beloved
brethren, hath miracles ceased, because that Christ hath ascended into heaven,
and hath set down on the right hand of God, to claim the Father his rights of
mercy which he hath upon the children of men: for he hath answered the ends of
the law, and he claimeth all those that hath faith in him; and they that have
faith in him, will cleave unto every good thing; wherefore he advocateth the
cause of the children of men; and he dwelleth eternally in the heavens. And
because that he hath done this, my beloved brethren, hath miracles ceased?
Behold I say unto you, Nay; neither hath angels ceased to minister unto the
children of men. For behold, they are subject unto him, to minister according
to the word of his command, shewing themselves unto them of strong faith and a
firm mind, in every form of godliness. And the office of their ministry is, to
call men unto repentance, and to fulfil and do the work of the covenants of the
Father which he hath made unto the children of men, to prepare the way among
the children of men, by declaring the word of Christ unto the chosen vessel of
the Lord, that they may bear testimony of him; and by so doing, the Lord God
prepareth the way that the residue of men may have faith in Christ, that the
Holy Ghost may have place in their hearts, according to the power thereof: and
after this manner bringeth to pass the Father the covenants which he hath made
unto the children of men. And Christ hath said, if ye will have faith in me, ye
shall have power to do whatsoever thing is expedient in me. And he hath said,
Repent all ye ends of the earth, and come unto me and be baptized in my name,
and have faith in me, that ye may be saved. And now my beloved brethren, if
this be the case that these things are true which I have spoken unto you, and
God will shew unto you with power and great glory at the last day, that they
are true; and if they are true, hath the day of miracles ceased? or hath angels
ceased to appear unto the children of men? or hath he withheld the power of the
Holy Ghost from them? or will he, so long as time shall last, or the earth
shall stand, or there shall be one man upon the face thereof to be saved?
Behold I say unto you Nay, for it is by faith that miracles are wrought; and it
is by faith that angels appear and minister unto men; wherefore if these things
have ceased, wo be unto the children of men, for it is because of unbelief, and
all is vain: for no man can be saved, according to the words of Christ, save
they shall have faith in his name; wherefore, if these things have ceased, than
has faith ceased also; an awful is the state of man: for they are as though
there had been no redemption made. But behold, my beloved brethren, I judge
better things of you, for I judge that ye have faith in Christ, because of your
meekness: for if ye have not both faith in him, then ye are not fit to be
numbered among the people of his church. And again my beloved brethren, I would
speak unto you concerning hope. How is it that ye can attain unto faith, save
ye shall have hope? And what is it that ye shall hope for? Behold I say unto
you, That ye shall have hope through the atonement of Christ and the power of
his resurrection, to be raised unto life eternal; and this because of your
faith in him according to the promise; wherefore, if a man have faith, he must
needs have hope: for without faith there cannot be any hope. And again: Behold
I say unto you, That he cannot have faith and hope, save he shall be meek, and
lowly of heart: if so, his faith and hope is vain, for none is acceptable
before God, save the meek and lowly of heart; and if a man be meek and lowly in
heart, and confesses by the power of the Holy Ghost, that Jesus is the Christ,
he must needs have charity: for if he have not charity, he is nothing;
wherefore he must needs have charity. And charity suffereth long, and is kind,
and envieth not, and is not puffed up, seeketh not her own, is not easily
provoked, thinketh no evil, and rejoiceth not into iniquity, but rejoiceth in
the truth, beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things,
endureth all things; wherefore, my beloved brethren, if ye have not charity, ye
are nothing, for charity never faileth. Wherefore, cleave unto charity, which
is the greatest of all, for all things must fail; but charity is the pure love
of Christ, and it endureth forever; and whoso is found possessed of it, at the
last day it shall be well with them. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, pray unto
the Father with all energy of heart, that ye may be filled with this love which
he hath bestowed upon all who are true followers of his Son Jesus Christ, that
ye may become the sons of God, that when he shall appear, we shall be like him:
for we shall see him as he is, that we may have this hope, that we may be
purified even as he is pure. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro8</bookName>
<text>And epistle of my father Moron, written to
me, Moroni; and it was written unto me soon after my calling to the ministry.
And on this wise did he write unto me, saying: My beloved son Moroni, I rejoice
exceedingly that your Lord Jesus Christ hath been mindful of you, and hath
called you to his ministry, and to his holy work. I am mindful of you always in
my prayers, continually praying unto God the Father, in the name of his holy
child, Jesus, that he, through his infinite goodness and grace, will keep you
through the endurance of faith on his name to the end. And now my son, I speak
unto you concerning that which grieveth me exceedingly: for it grieveth me that
there should disputations rise among you. For if I have learned the truth,
there has been disputations among you concerning the baptism of your little
children. And now my son, I desire that ye should labor diligently, that this
gross error should be removed from among you: for, for this intent I have
written this epistle. For immediately after I had learned these things of you,
I inquired of the Lord concerning this matter. And the word of the Lord came to
me by the power of the Holy Ghost, saying, Listen to the words of Christ, your
Redeemer, your Lord and your God. Behold, I came into the world not to call the
righteous, but sinners to repentance; the whole need no physician, but they
that are sick; wherefore little children are whole, for they are not capable of
committing sin; wherefore the curse of Adam is taken from them in me, that it
hath not power over them: and the law of circumcision is done away in me. And
after this manner did the Holy Ghost manifest the word of God unto me;
wherefore my beloved son, I know that it is solemn mockery before God, that ye
should baptize little children. Behold, I say unto you, that this thing shall
ye teach, repentance and baptism unto they which are accountable and capable of
committing sin; yea, teach parents that they must repent and be baptized, and
humble themselves as their little children, and they shall be saved with their
little children; and their little children need no repentance, neither baptism.
Behold, baptism is unto repentance to the fulfilling the commandments unto the
remission of sins. But little children are alive in Christ, even from the
foundation of the world; if not so, God is a partial God, and also a changeable
God, and a respector to persons: for how many little children have died without
baptism. Wherefore, if little children could not be saved without baptism, they
must have gone to an endless hell. Behold I say unto you, That he that
supposeth that little children needeth baptism, is in the gall of bitterness,
and in the bonds iniquity: for he hath neither faith, hope, nor charity;
wherefore, should he be cut off while in the thought, he must go down to hell.
For awful is the wickedness to suppose that God saveth one child because of
baptism, and the other must perish because he hath no baptism. Wo be unto him
that shall pervert the ways of the Lord after this manner, for they shall
perish, except they repent. Behold, I speak with boldness, having authority
from God; and I fear not what man can do: for perfect love casteth out all
fear; and I am filled with charity, which is everlasting love; wherefore all
children are alike unto me; wherefore I love little children with a perfect
love; and they are all alike, and partakers of salvation. For I know that God
is not a partial God, neither a changeable being; but he is unchangeable from
all eternity to all eternity. Little children cannot repent; wherefore it is
awful wickedness to deny the pure mercies of God unto them, for they are all
alive in him because of his mercy. And he that saith that little children
needeth baptism, denieth the mercies of Christ, and setteth at nought the
atonement of him and the power of his redemption. Wo unto such, for they are in
danger of death, hell, and an endless torment. I speak it boldly, God hath
commanded me. Listen unto them and give heed, or they stand against you at the
judgment seat of Christ. For behold that all little children are alive in
Christ, and also all they that are without the law. For the power of redemption
cometh on all they that have no law; wherefore, he that is not condemned, or he
that is under no condemnation, cannot repent; and unto such baptism availeth
nothing. But it is a mockery before God denying the mercies of Christ, and the
power of his holy spirit, and putting trust in dead works. Behold, my son, this
thing had not ought to be: for repentance is unto them that are under
condemnation, and under the curse of a broken law. And the first fruits of
repentance is baptism; and baptism cometh by faith, unto the fulfilling the
commandments; and the fulfilling the commandments bringeth remission of sins;
and the remission of sins bringeth mekness, and lowliness of heart; and because
of meekness, and lowliness of heart; cometh the visitation of the Holy Ghost,
which comforter filleth with hope and perfect love, which love endureth by
diligence unto prayer, until the end shall come when all the saints shall dwell
with God. Behold, my son, I will write unto you again, if I go not out soon
against the Lamanites. Behold, the pride of this nation, or the people of the
Nephites, hath proved their destruction, except they should repent. Pray for
them, my son, that repentance may come unto them. But behold, I fear lest the
spirit hath ceased striving with them; and in this part of the land they are
also seeking to put down all power and authority, which cometh from God; and
they are denying the Holy Ghost. And after rejecting so great a knowledge, my
son, they must perish soon, until the fulfilling of the prophecies which was
spoken by the prophets, as well as the words of our Saviour himself. Farewell,
my son, until I write unto you, or shall meet you again. Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro9</bookName>
<text>My beloved son, I write unto you again,
that ye may know that I am yet alive; but I write somewhat that which is
grievous. For behold, I have had a sore battle with the Lamanites, in the which
we did conquer; and Archeantus has fallen by the sword, and also Luram and
Emron; yea, and we have lost a great number of our choice men. And now behold,
my son, I fear lest the Lamanites shall destroy this people, for they do not
repent, and Satan stireth them up continually to anger one with another.
Behold, I am laboring with them continually; and when I speak the word of God
with sharpness, they tremble and anger against me; and when I use no sharpness,
they harden their hearts against it; wherefore I fear lest the spirit of the
Lord hath ceased striving with them. For so exceedingly do they anger, that it
seemeth me that they have no fear of death; and they have lost their love, one
towards another; and they thirst after blood and revenge continually. And now
my beloved son, notwithstanding their hardness, let us labor diligently: for if
we should cease to labor, we should be brought under condemnation: for we have
a labor to perform whilst in this tabernacle of clay, that we may conquer the
enemy of all righteousness, and rest our souls in the kingdom of God. And now I
write somewhat concerning the sufferings of this people. For according to the
knowledge which I have received from Amoron, behold the Lamanites have many
prisoners, which they took from the tower of Sherrizah; and there were men,
women, and children. And the husbands and fathers of those women and children
they have slain; and they feed the women upon the flesh of their husbands, and
the children upon the flesh of their fathers; and no water, save a little do
they give unto them. And notwithstanding this great abomination of the
Lamanites, it doth not exceed that of our people in Moriantum. For behold, many
of the daughters of the Lamanites have they taken prisoners; and after
depriving them of that which was most dear and precious above all things, which
is chastity and virtue; and after that they had done this thing, they did
murder them in a most cruel manner, torturing their bodies even unto death; and
after that they have done this, they devour their flesh like unto wild beasts,
because of the hardness of their hearts; and they do it for a token of bravery.
O my beloved son, how can a people like this, that are without civilization;
(and only a few years have passed away, and they were a civil and a delightsome
people;) but O my son, how can a people like this, whose delight is in so much
abomination, how can we expect that God will stay his hand in judgment against
us? Behold, my heart cries wo unto this people. Come out in judgment, O God,
and hide their sins, and wickedness, and abominations from before thy face. And
again, my son, there are many widows and their daughters, which remain in
Sherrizah; and that part of the provisions which the Lamanites did not carry
away, behold, the army of Zenephi has carried away, and left them to wander
whithersoever they can for food; and many old women do faint by the way and
die. And the army which is with me, is weak; and the armies of the Lamanites
are betwixt Sherrizah and me; and as many as have fled to the army of Aaron,
have fallen victims of their awful brutality. O the depravity of my people!
they are without order and without mercy. Behold, I am but a man, and I have
but the strength of a man, and I cannot any longer enforce my commands; and
they have become strong in their perversion; and they are alike brutal, sparing
none, neither old or young; and they delight in every thing save that which is
good; and the sufferings of our women and our children upon all the face of
this land, doth exceed every thing; yea, tongue cannot tell, neither can it be
written, And now my son, I dwell no longer upon this horrible scene. Behold,
thou knowest the wickedness of this people; thou knowest that they are without
principle and past feeling; and their wickedness doth exceed that of the
Lamanites. Behold, my son, I cannot recommend thee unto God, lest he should
smite me. But beold, my son, I recommend thee unto God, and I trust in Christ
that thou wilt be saved; and I pray unto God that he would spare thy life, to
witness the return of his people unto him, or their utter destruction: for I
know that they must perish, except they repent and return unto him; and if they
perish, it will be like unto the Jaredites, because of the wilfulness of their
hearts, seeking for blood and revenge. And if it so be that they perish, we know
that many of our brethren are dissented over unto the Lamanites, and many more
will also dissent over unto them; wherefore, write somewhat a few things, if
thou art spared; and I shall perish and not see thee; but I trust that I may
see thee soon: for I have sacred records that I would deliver up unto thee. My
son, be faithful in Christ; and may not the things which I have written, grieve
thee to weigh thee down unto death, but may Christ lift thee up, and may his
sufferings and death, and the shewing his body unto our fathers, and his mercy
and long suffering, and the hope of his glory and of eternal life, rest in your
mind forever. And may the grace of God, the Father, whose throne is high in the
heavens, and our Lord Jesus Christ, who sitteth on the right hand of his power,
until all things shall become subject unto him, be, and abide with you forever.
Amen.</text>
</book>
- <book>
<author>Unknown</author>
<year>1830</year>
<title>BOM</title>
<bookName>xmoro10</bookName>
<text>Now I, Moroni, write somewhat as seemeth me
good; and I write unto my brethren, the Lamanites; and I would that they should
know that more than four hundred and twenty years has passed away, since the
sign was given of the coming of Christ. And I seal up these records after that
I have spoken a few words by way of exhortation unto you. Behold, I would
exhort you that when ye shall read these things, if it be wisdom in God that ye
should read them, that ye would remember how merciful the Lord hath been unto
the children of men, from the creation of Adam, even down until the time that
ye shall receive these things, and ponder it in your hearts. And when ye shall
receive these things, I would exhort you that ye would ask God, the Eternal
Father, in the name of Christ, if these things are not true; and if ye shall
ask with a sincere heart, with real intent, having faith in Christ, and he will
manifest the truth in you, by the power of the Holy Ghost; and by the power of
the Holy Ghost, ye may know the truth of all things. And whatsoever thing is
good, is just and true; wherefore, nothing that is good denieth the Christ, but
acknowledgeth that he is. And ye may know that he is, by the power of the Holy
Ghost; wherefore I would exhort you, that ye deny not the power of God: for he
worketh by power according to the faith of the children of men, the same
to-day, and to-morrow, and forever. And again I exhort you, my brethren, that
ye deny not the gifts of God, for they are many; and they come from the same
God. And there are different ways that these gifts are administered; but it is
the same God which worketh all in all: and they are given by the manifestations
of the spirit of God unto men, to profit them. For behold, to one is given by
the spirit of God, that he may teach the word of wisdom; and to another, that
he may teach the word of knowledge by the same spirit; and to another,
exceeding great faith; and to another, the gifts of healing by the same spirit.
And again, to another, that he may work mighty miracles; and again, to another,
that he may prophesy concerning all things; and again, to another, the
beholding of angels and ministering spirits; and again, to another, all kinds
of tongues; and again, to another, the interpretation of languages and of
diverse kinds of tongues. And all these gifts comes by the spirit of Christ;
and they come unto every man severally, according as he will. And I would
exhort you, my beloved brethren, that ye remember that every good gift cometh
of Christ. And I would exhort you, my beloved brethren, that ye remember that
he is the same yesterday, to-day, and forever, and that all these gifts which I
have spoken, which are spiritual, never will be done away, even as long as the
world shall stand, only according to the unbelief of the children of men.
Wherefore, there must be faith; and if there must be faith, there must also be
hope; and if there must be hope, there must also be charity; and except ye have
charity ye can in no wise be saved in the kingdom of God; neither can ye be
saved in the kingdom of God, if ye have not faith; neither can ye, if ye have
no hope; and if ye have no hope, ye must needs be in despair; and despair
cometh because of iniquity. And Christ truly said unto our fathers, If ye have
faith, ye can do all things which is expedient unto me. And now I speak unto
all the ends of the earth, that if the day cometh that the power and gifts of
God shall be done away among you, it shall be because of unbelief. And wo be
unto the children of men, if this be the case: for there shall be none that
doeth good among you, no not one. For if there be one among you that doeth
good, he shall work by the power and gifts of God. And wo unto them which shall
do these things away and die, for they die in their sins, and they cannot be
saved in the kingdom of God; and I speak it according to the words of Christ,
and I lie not. And I exhort you to remember these things: for the time speedily
cometh that ye shall know that I lie not, for ye shall see me at the bar of
God: and the Lord God will say unto you, Did I not declare my words unto you,
which was written by this man, like as one crying from the dead? yea,, even as
one speaking out of the dust, I declare these things unto the fulfilling of the
prophecies. And behold, they shall proceed forth out of the mouth of the
everlasting God; and his word shall hiss forth from generation to generation.
And God shall shew unto you, that that which I have written, is true. And again
I would exhort you, that ye would come unto Christ, and lay hold upon every
good gift, and touch not the evil gift, nor the unclean thing. --And awake, and
arise from the dust, O Jerusalem; yea, and put on thy beautiful garments, O
daughter of Zion, and strengthen thy stakes, and enlarge thy borders forever,
that thou mayest no more be confounded, that the covenants of the Eternal Father,
which he hath made unto thee, O house of Israel, may be fulfilled. Yea, come
unto Christ, and be perfected in him, and deny yourselves of all ungodliness;
and if ye shall deny yourselves of all ungodliness, and love God with all your
might, mind and strength, then is his grace sufficient for you, that by his
grace ye may be perfect in Christ; and if by the grace of God ye are perfect in
Christ, ye can in no wise deny the power of God. And again, if ye, by the grace
of God are perfect in Christ, and deny not his power, then are ye sanctified in
Christ by the grace of God, through the shedding of the blood of Christ, which
is in the covenant of the Father, unto the remission of your sins, that ye
become holy without spot. And now I bid unto all, farewell. I soon go to rest
in the paradise of God, until my spirit and body shall again reunite, and I am
brought forth triumphant through the air, to meet you before the pleasing bar
of the great Jehovah, the Eternal Judge of both quick and dead. Amen.